I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (2024)

Table of Contents
Chapter 1: Forgive Himself Chapter Text Chapter 2: Three Days Left Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 3: Two Days Left Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 4: One Day Left Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 5: HIKIKO Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 6: Happy Birthday, SUNNY! Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 7: OMORI Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 8: Reunion Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 9: SOMETHING Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 10: A Needed Heartfelt Talk Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 11: Goodbye, World. Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 12: The New World Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 13: The Calm Before The KEL Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 14: Reunion With KEL Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 15: The Lives We All Live Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 16: Taking A Small Break Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 17: A Day Spent With KEL Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 18: BASIL's All Grown Up Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 19: Last Day of Peace Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 20: We Didn't Even Reach The Climax Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 21: BASIL Pancakes Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 22: Stranger Danger, But Not Really Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 23: Dreaming Within A Dream Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 24: The Lost City of Gold Diggers Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 25: Truth Is, It Was All Rigged From The Start Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 26: I am alive, and the next chapter will come soon. Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 27: Something About Monsters Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 28: V For Victory Sign Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 29: It Was Like Show-and-Tell Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 30: Tea and Bagels Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 31: A Broken Glass Shard Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes: Chapter 32: The Important Story That Explains How AUBREY Got Her Metal Pipe, Which Is Integral To The Entire Plot of I Won't Let Him (Probably) Summary: Notes: Chapter Text Notes:

Chapter 1: Forgive Himself

Chapter Text

It's a long way down…

That was the last thought he had in his mind before he decided to jump.

They would have never believed in me anyway.

That was the last thought he had in his mind after he jumped.

The soaring wind brushing his face as he fell somehow made him feel so calm. None of it felt real to him, to be honest.

It didn't really matter, either way. Nothing was real to him anymore. Nothing mattered.

He didn't deserve to live anyway. This was the best outcome for everyone.

He was sure that BASIL would confess about everything, once he woke up. Confess to their friends about what really happened. This was good though. It works out in the end. This way, when everyone finds out what actually happened, they'll feel no guilt or remorse over his death.

He's sure that they'll be glad to be rid of him.

Perhaps it was cruel of him to force all the responsibilities onto his friend after everything he's been through. Once again, he chose to selfishly leave BASIL behind by himself.

BASIL always did hate being alone… Just like him.

Perhaps once BASIL learns what happened to his dear best friend after this is all over… he'll be the only one distraught about it. He may even decide to follow after him out of a sense of guilt, or obligation.

Perhaps that's for the best too… Maybe murderers like them don't deserve to live after all.

Once this was all over… OMORI will go back to sleep, and dream of White Space again. Where he'll go back to the simple life of a child, going on adventures, playing games, and having picnics. With his friends. With his sister. No longer shackled by the guilt of the waking world, he'll finally be able to dream eternally in HEADSPACE where everything was okay… Where his sister never died… His sister...

MARI…

If only things had gone differently. Time after time, For the past four years when SUNNY stayed awake, he had replayed the event in his mind over and over again, desperately wondering if he could have done something differently to prevent the way things played out.

If only SUNNY was better at the violin, he wouldn't have made MARI upset for not being perfect.

If only he didn't throw the violin down the stairs on the day of the recital, MARI wouldn't have gotten even more upset at him.

If only he was more responsible, he could have apologized to MARI instead of shouting back at her.

If only he never tried to run away… he could have prevented himself from shoving MARI off when she tried to grab him…

If only he didn't throw the violin down the stairs… MARI would have never landed on it.

If only he knew that she was still alive… he would have never let BASIL convince him to follow his lead.

If only he didn't turn around when BASIL tried to pull him back to the house after they hung her...

He would have never known that this was the moment when MARI truly died.

Sorry MARI. SUNNY just couldn't find the strength to forgive himself. OMORI just wouldn't let him…

If you're truly out there, watching over him like you said…

Well...

See you soon, I guess.

A hazy feeling.

Like a distant memory.

Like he was just waking up from a long sleep.

His vision blurry, he couldn't see what was in front of him.

A loud stream of muffling poured into his ears, accompanied by constant ringing.

Where was he? Was he dead? Did he survive the fall?

No, that can't be… A dream, maybe. It had to be. A last final dream to suffer through before the end.

"...UNNY… SUNNY…. SUNNY!"

His senses come back to him, steady, slowly.

He finally noticed that he was standing, all this time.

His eyes twitched up, his vision unblurs itself to see his sister MARI right in front of him again.

She was angry at him. Loudly upset. She looked down on him with judgemental eyes.

"Are you listening to me?! I am TALKING, young man!"

Ah, maybe not a dream then. A nightmare. Or Hell. A deserving hell…

Figures. If he were to see MARI again, of course she'd hate him too. Was she angry at him for not being able to forgive himself? Or maybe more preferably, she was angry at him for killing her in the first place…

Yes, he'd rather MARI hate him for that… He deserved nothing less.

"Look at the mess you made! Do you not realize that you just destroyed everyone's hard work at getting you that violin?!"

MARI sternly pointed downwards to the side, making OMORI look over in a daze.

The familiar scene of the violin he smashed at the bottom of the stairs.

What…? Why was he seeing this again? Hasn't he lived through this nightmare enough times already…?

"I can't believe you would throw your violin like that! On the day of our recital! Do you have any idea what you've just done, you ungrateful little brat?!"

If this is truly Hell, if he was truly dead, then does that mean that OMORI would have to be subjugated to suffer living through this scenario over and over again?

The past four years now, he's gone through this in his head. Over and over and over and over again. He never stopped thinking about it, he never once was able to stop thinking about it. Constantly torturing himself with the guilt and pain of reliving the same day every single time. Every moment he was awake, he remembered this day. The only time he could truly ever let him forget was when he dreamed of White Space, where nothing ever went wrong.

He wanted to die to get away from this. He wanted to die so that he could finally find peace, knowing that there would never be any peace if he was alive. To live in White Space for the rest of eternity.

This Hell would be no different than he was alive.

"Don't you know how hard everyone worked just to get you that violin?! How could you just throw it away like that?! Do you have anything to say for yourself, SUNNY?!"

MARI, she had been so angry at him. All he wanted to do was to get closer to her, to spend more time with her, but he was never good enough to match her skill and dedication to the piano.

He picked up the violin forher. It was for her sake, not his. Why couldn't she see that? Why couldn't she see how hard he was working just to be with her? Why did she have to be so angry, so judgmental, just because he wasn't as perfect as her?

Why was he being called a selfish brat, WHEN EVERYTHING HE EVER DID WAS FOR-

...

No… No- no Nonono Nonono-

It was all playing out exactly like it did before.

Anywhere but here. Anything but this. He couldn't stand this kind of torture!

He'd rather stab himself again. He'd rather get lost in the forest surrounded by spiders constantly trying to kill him. He'd rather struggle and drown at the darkest pits of the ocean. He'd rather see the haunting corpse of his sister hanging off of every branch of every tree in the entire world.

Anything would be better than reliving this scene again, knowing that he couldn't do anything.

He had to get away from here. He had to run…

He took a disoriented step back before he tried to turn around and run away from MARI, only to have her grab onto his arm and pull him back-

"Where do you think you're going?! I'm not done talking to you!"

No, not again, NOT AGAIN-

It was purely instinctual. In his panicked mind, it was the only thing he could think of doing. In order to prevent living through the scene again, he had to shove her away.

But when he saw MARI stumble back towards the stairs, OMORI realized in horror what he had done.

It was like time had frozen, as OMORI watched his sister fall backwards. Her bad knee hadn't healed up yet, she lost her balance and tripped, she wouldn't grab onto the railing in time. She could only reach her hand out in order to latch on to something. She could only reach her hand out… to him.

He could only look on in horror.

He could only look on in horror.

He could only look on in horror.

Just like before.

That day, SUNNY's body froze up, his mind unable to comprehend what he was seeing- instead of doing anything- all he could do was to wait for something to happen.

Waiting for something to happen.

Waiting for something to happen.

Waiting for something to happen.

OMORI won't make the same mistake as SUNNY.

Dashing forward, he latched his arms quickly around MARI's waist just as they were about to fall together.

OMORI felt his world spinning in circles as body began to get battered and bruised from colliding with the stair steps over and over again. He could feel every step breaking the bones in his arm, his leg, his wrists and ankles- he could see the stars shining up in his eyes after his head bounced on each step.

Yet not once did he let go of MARI. All he could think about was protecting her.

After what felt like countless years of falling down on an endless stairway, the both of them finally dropped to the bottom with MARI landing right on top of him.

"Owww! Owowowow! I think I busted my back…" MARI cried out in a stupor as she rubbed her back, before realizing her little brother was underneath her. In a panic, she quickly shuffled off of him before asking in concern, "SUNNY?! Are you alright?!"

OMORI could not respond. His mind was in a daze, and his body was as numb as it was in pain. Like being hit by an oncoming train.

If there was only one thing his body could feel though, it was this strange sensation in his right eye. Painful, yet familiar. Like when he tried to go visit BASIL in his room for the last time before he had to move away…

Garden shears.

"SUNNY, come on! Speak to me! Please let me know if you're alright!" MARI shouted nervously, roughly shaking his shoulders as if rousing him from sleep. "SUNNY! Come on, SUNNY!"

Unable to turn his head, he felt a hand grab on to his cheek as it gently pulled his head up for him.

There, he saw MARI. Looking down on him, not with the same judgemental eyes like before, but with horrified concern.

"Oh my god, SUNNY! Your eye, i-i-it's bleeding!" MARI stuttered in shock, "The violin, it- it got into your-"

She was alive. Alive and well. Even after falling down the stairs and landing on top of his violin.

This was… unexpected… He was so sure that things would play out the same as they always have… How was she still okay?

Was this another HEADSPACE delusion? A what-if scenario of what it would be like if OMORI was the one who fell down the stairs?

Out of the corner of his eye, the eye that wasn't being covered in pitch black darkness, he saw a familiar blond hair poking into view.

"M-MARI…? W-What happened?"

BASIL's voice. Of course he would show up too. Just like back then. Just like before. If it hadn't been for him, SUNNY would have never helped him hang MARI's body onto the tree outside. If it hadn't been for him, MARI would still have been alive. He was a murderer, same as SUNNY.

Will this scene continue to play out like he was imagining? Will BASIL suggest to MARI to hang his body on the tree, like he did for MARI in the real world?

Was his final punishment before death was to experience how it felt for MARI when she died?

"BASIL, go get help! Get someone, anyone- mom or dad, an adult, HERO- Just please find someone! SUNNY's hurt!" MARI desperately pleaded.

BASIL hesitated and trembled in fear, before running away. In the distance, OMORI could hear him scream, "KEL! HERO! SUNNY needs help!"

That's different. Everything was so different. OMORI couldn't wrap his mind around why everything was playing out so differently.

He was so sure that this was supposed to be his final punishment...

Beside him, MARI started hugging him to her body as she began shivering from the shock. Her eyes started swelling up as streams of tears unraveled down her cheeks.

"SUNNY, I'm so sorry… This was my fault… Oh god, this is all my fault- I shouldn't have- I shouldn't have-"

As the tears of his sister hit land on his face, mixing in with the blood that was presumably coming from his eye, OMORI couldn't help but wonder if maybe this wasn't really a punishment after all?

Instead of his sister, it was him that was bleeding and on the ground.

MARI was the one that was alive this time.

This never happened before. Never has this ever happened before in any of his nightmares.

If he was truly about to die from the fall at the hospital, or even perhaps already in the process of dying, then what could any of this mean?

Is this… is this a world where he managed to save his sister? Before she fell and died?

Maybe this was actually Heaven instead. How long has he always fantasized of a world where his sister was still alive?

Or maybe this was one last final delusion he's given himself before he passes on.

Heh… Heheheh…

He could feel the light in the room starting to dim… His other eye could barely keep itself open as he suddenly felt sleepier than ever before.

He could feel himself fading away.

"SUNNY? SUNNY, stay with me!"

A world where SUNNY dies in MARI's place… Where he never killed his sister… Where BASIL never hanged her body to the tree outside.

What a perfect world, indeed. One where he would gladly live in if he wasn't about to die.

MARI pulled OMORI closer, hugging him to her chest as she was sobbing.

Her heartbeat… It made such a beautiful rhythm. He could stay here and listen to it forever if he could help it.

"We're going to get you to the hospital SUNNY... You're going to be just fine! I promise that I'll be there for you!" He could hear MARI muttering in between gasps and hiccups.

No, don't cry for him, MARI. This is perfect, exactly what he always wanted…

OMORI weakly reached up to hold the hand caressing his cheek, covered in blood and tears. Looking up at her, he couldn't help but give a calm smile.

Whether this world was real or fake, some sort of premonition of what could've been, or another one of his fantasies to give him comfort… He never felt more at peace with himself as he did now.

"Don't worry… Everything is going to be okay…" MARI whimpered.

Everything is going to be okay…

Those words…Those words have haunted him for so long. Spoken by BASIL to reassure him that he wouldn't get in trouble for pushing MARI down those flight of steps that night. No matter how many times he said it, OMORI knew nothing was ever going to be okay...

But to hear it coming from MARI, he felt like he could truly believe it for the first time ever in his life.

Dying in his sister's arms… it was all he could ever ask for.

It was like the past four years was nothing more than a long-forgotten nightmare...

Everything was going to be okay…

Six years have passed since the incident.

An adult MARI, twenty-one years old, pulled up a chair and sat right beside her little brother in the hospital bed.

In just a few more days, her little brother will soon be celebrating his eighteenth birthday.

"Hey, Little Brother." MARI greeted cheerfully enough, before rummaging around her bag and pulling out a small wrapped-up plate of steak. "I know I'm just a few days early, but I couldn't help but get a bit over-excited. I wanted to celebrate with you as soon as possible."

Unwrapping the plate, she carefully placed the item right on top of her little brother's lap.

"It's your favorite! Steak!" MARI smiled, "I even made it exactly how you always liked it."

Silence was her only response, as the only noise in the room was that of a heartbeat monitor continuing to beep at a steady pace.

With a sigh, she said, "I know you can't eat it right now, so how about I help eat it for you? Best not to let it go to waste."

With that, she moved the plate over to her lap instead, and began slowly eating.

For the next half hour, MARI silently ate by herself right next to her little brother. Occasionally, she would look up to stare at him. Watching his face. Watching his arms and legs. Watching his fingers.

Just waiting.

Waiting for something to happen.

At last, she finished her last bite and wiped her mouth away with a small napkin. Cleaning herself up, she put her plate back in her bag before standing up.

"Well… I hope you liked your early birthday present…" MARI said sadly, "Only four days left to go…"

Leaning down, MARI brushed the bangs away from her little brother's face and gave his forehead a small kiss.

"Don't feel lonely, okay? I'm going to keep visiting you every single day." MARI reassured him gently.

Even then, there was still no response.

"No matter how long it takes…" She gulped, "I'll still come to visit you, okay? Until you wake up again, I'll be right by your side…"

SUNNY never woke up since the incident.

That fateful day when SUNNY protected her from falling down the stairs and landing on his violin, he was immediately rushed to the hospital. BASIL managed to get help from KEL and HERO, and their parents were able to get an ambulance to arrive right on time.

The recital she and SUNNY were about to participate in had to be canceled, of course. There was no way MARI could focus on anything other than her brother's wellbeing.

She had waited so long in the check-in room, waiting for the doctors to tell them all if he was going to be all right.

Even though she was there with friends and family, she couldn't bring herself to speak or even look at them. All she could think about was how…

How it was her fault.

When the doctors came out after hours of waiting to deliver the news, she became devastated.

He had become stable again and was breathing just fine. The doctors managed to stop the bleeding and heal his body, but they weren't able to save his eye.

It was MARI's fault that he lost his eye.

She was the first to ask the doctor to let her see SUNNY, but the doctor was hesitant. SUNNY hadn't woken up yet, and might not be conscious for a while.

It didn't matter. She just had to see him. To make sure she was all right.

When she saw his sleeping form for the very first time, she couldn't help but admire how peaceful her little brother looked. As if he was just taking a short nap to regain his energy. As if he would soon wake up at any moment.

He never woke up.

Days after days of waiting, visiting him whenever she was allowed to. Sometimes with her parents. Sometimes with her friends.

Usually almost always by herself.

He still never woke up.

There's no telling when he'll ever wake up. It could be tomorrow, or it could even be in the next fifty years.

That's all she could remember the doctors saying.

Coma. Her brother SUNNY was in a coma. It was MARI's fault that he was in a coma.

The news broke her. Knowing that her little brother would be in a coma after falling down those stairs, a fall that she surely caused, it was overwhelming for her. It felt like a part of her died.

It was all her fault. She was the reason why he was like this.

If it hadn't been for her, SUNNY would have still…

HERO tried his best to comfort her, trying to convince her that it was just an accident. But there was no way she could believe that. She knew, from the bottom of her heart, that this whole thing was entirely her fault and no one else's.

All she had to do was let herself fall by herself. She didn't have to reach out to grab SUNNY. If only she could have fell by herself, SUNNY would have been just fine.

She couldn't sleep right anymore. She barely ate properly either. Ever since then, she's been unable to focus on her schoolwork and had to be dropped out of school early.

During the years that passed, all she ever did now was wake up, cook, eat, visit SUNNY, and sleep. She couldn't bring herself to do anything else. She's barely even touched her piano ever since the incident.

She didn't even go outside anymore unless it was to go visit SUNNY. When was the last time she ever brought out her picnic basket?

At first, it used to be that everyone would be visiting him. KEL, AUBREY, HERO and BASIL, they'd all make time out of their schedules to come and visit SUNNY along with her. Not as often as her, but they still made the attempt to visit.

But as time moved on, they all eventually gave up when they realized SUNNY wasn't going to be waking up anytime soon.

KEL stopped first, as he started getting into more curricular activities in school with his sports and making new friends. Even though he would come over to her house to occasionally visit, he doesn't ever seem to want to go to the hospital anymore. One time MARI asked why he stopped. He became nervous and changed the topic.

MARI couldn't see KEL as a friend after that anymore.

AUBREY was shockingly the second to stop coming. Her last visit, she completely broke down in tears and shouted how she couldn't handle seeing him like this anymore, before running back home. Ever since then, AUBREY has been actively avoiding MARI and the others. The last time MARI saw her, she had dyed her hair pink and was hanging out with some scooter gang from the neighborhood. Carrying a nail bat.

MARI couldn't see AUBREY as a friend anymore either.

HERO… he left for college.

She'd rather not think about him. For all she cared, he was dead to her.

The only person left who ever visits SUNNY as much as she does was BASIL. Every so often, he'd come to add or change the flowers in the vase sitting right next to SUNNY's bed.

White Egret Orchids. Supposedly, in the language of flowers, it symbolizes the phrase, "my thoughts will follow you into your dreams."

BASIL was a true friend, in her eyes. Even if he absolutely hated her guts for what she did to SUNNY.

BASIL doesn't ever visit their house anymore. Even though he comes to visit SUNNY, she knew that he only specifically visits during the hours when he knows MARI isn't there.

She couldn't blame him. At least he still cared about SUNNY, unlike the others.

So in the end, she was left all alone to be the one to take care of her little brother. Besides BASIL, she was practically all alone…

All alone...

It was fine. Who cares? Not like she needed them anyways.

If her group of friends could so easily be torn apart and broken from something like this, then maybe they were never her friends to begin with…

As long as SUNNY was still breathing, she'll come visit him and stay right by his side. She'll never leave him alone.

Then when he eventually wakes up, he won't be alone.

It was her responsibility to make sure.

Because it was all her fault…

All her fault.

Buckling to her knees, she laid her head on the bed and covered her face to stop herself from crying. Her other hand reached out to grab onto her little brother's hand and tightly grasped it like a lifeline.

No matter how long it takes, she'll continue to wait.

Just wait.

Waiting until something happens.

Chapter 2: Three Days Left

Summary:

MARI never got over the incident that lead to her losing her little brother.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

THREE DAYS LEFT…

MARI woke up with a sudden start.

Blinking for a few seconds, she tiredly rubbed her eyes before looking at the digital clock by her bed.

3 AM.

Ugh… She woke up way too early. On one of the rare nights where she wasn't having any dreams or nightmares too…

That's unfortunate…

She slowly shook her head, before noticing a blinking light right beside the clock. Her house phone, flashing to notify her that she had a voicemail.

It was probably her dad again. Used to be her phone would only get voicemails from both Dad and HERO during the beginning of her slump since SUNNY- … since SUNNY went to the hospital. She doesn't get voicemails from HERO anymore since she blocked his number though. So it definitely had to be Dad.

She contemplated whether it would be worth it to stand up and walk over just to listen to it. She felt rather sluggish, and would really rather stay in bed.

Sigh… No, the least she could do was hear his message. It might be important, like he was sending another check again to pay her expenses and last her for another month. Or it could be him warning her that his business trip was going to take longer than usual, so she won't be able to see him visiting anytime soon.

Hopefully he won't remind her to go outside more often or to take up a hobby… She wasn't really in the mood to listen to another long nagging voicemail about her mental health.

With a groan, she brought herself out of bed and trudged towards the phone. Pressing on the button, she listened to the voicemail left for her.

"... Hey sweetie! It's your father. I hope I didn't call you while you were sleeping. Time zones here are different and I forgot if the clocks over here are too fast or too slow… Anyway, I won't keep you for long. I just wanted to tell you that my business trip will be taking longer than expected, so I won't be able to come home anytime soon. I'm really sorry about this 'hun, but I promise I'll bring back souvenirs so that you can decorate your room! I'm sure SUNNY would appreciate seeing some new stuff if he ever wakes- … I mean,whenhe eventually wakes up."

MARI couldn't help but give another tired sigh.

"To make it up to you though, I've already sent you a check that should give you about three months worth for food, water, and electricity. That should be more than enough time to last you before I can come back home. Be responsible, don't spend it all in willy-nilly, okay? Be back home soon sweetie, I love you!"

BEEP.

Guess she'll need to be on the lookout for another check in the mail then.

Sigh…

If it wasn't for the pictures decorated all around the house, she wasn't sure if she'd be able to even remember her dad's face anymore with how often he left her alone.

She certainly couldn't remember what her mother looked like anymore. Unable to handle the grief over SUNNY, she suddenly had the urge to go visit her relatives one day and decided to never come back. Dad says that she was just grieving, but MARI honestly couldn't care less.

Sludging her feet back towards the bed, she fell over with a thump and covered herself in her blanket.

With one tired eye open, she looked over to see the other empty bed sitting just a few feet away from her own. The blanket was tucked in and the pillows were fluffed every single day. MARI made a point to always clean and wash the blankets or pillows if they ever collected too much dust. But no one ever slept in that bed anymore.

She closed her eyes, eventually finding her energy drained as she slowly fell back into sleep…

*GRUMBLE*

She was starving, she realized.

When was the last time she ate again?

Ah, that's right. The last thing she ate was that piece of steak she made for SUNNY yesterday when she came to visit. That had to be… what, fourteen hours ago?

She didn't really feel like moving though… The bed was too comfortable, and her eyes were so heavy. She wondered if she couldn't just ignore the hunger inside and just go back to sleep.

*GRUMBLE*

Apparently not.

Ugh, this would have never happened if she just ate something for dinner last night. She knew better to maintain a healthy eating schedule, but she just… she just didn't really feel like eating at the time.

Since it was coming back to bite her though, she had no choice but to go downstairs and grab something quick to eat.

Leaving the sanctity of her bed and exiting her room, she took a deep breath as she looked towards the stairway in her house.

Even though it had been six years since the incident, it never got easier for her.

Steeling herself for the trial ahead, she stepped towards the stairs and gripped tightly on the railing. She still had the bad knee, so it was important for her to take it slow.

One by one, step by step, she walked down the stairs. Never letting go of the railing. Never letting the same mistake happen again.

She was so careless that day. Why did she have to lose balance near the stairs? Why did she have to reach out and grab SUNNY like that? If only she didn't have the bad knee from that softball game back in middle school. If only she had just kept her hands to herself… Why were they even having an argument next to the stairs in the first place? She couldn't even remember what they were arguing about, it seemed so important at the time…

She couldn't believe the last time they talked, she was screaming at his face over something that didn't even matter anymore.

And now he's gone.

Was it just her, or was the stairway taking longer than usual to go down?

She couldn't help but feel like she was walking down to the depths of the ocean with how long this took.

It was so dark in this house. Why did it have to be so dark? Why couldn't the light switch for this room be on the top of the stairs instead of the very bottom?

Her breathing became unsteady. Her vision started to darken, making the room that much more harder to see.

Out of the corner of her eyes, she thought she could see hands protruding out of the walls. Hands. Hands. Hands. Hands everywhere.

Reaching out to grab her. Reaching out to push her. Reaching out to make sure that she'll fall and suffer just like she did to her little brother.

She had to stop in place and hug the railing tightly as she began hyperventilating.

MARI was AFRAID.

The hands… She could feel them crawling all over her back. If she made one wrong move, one wrong step, they'll push her down without hesitation.

Don't let go of the railing, MARI… Don't let go of the railing…

Slowly, steadily, miraculously, she managed to make it to the bottom of the staircase. No worse for wear.

The moment her foot landed on the final step, she could feel all the hands around her retreating back to the dark depths of her mind where they came from.

Letting go of the railing, she steadied herself to make sure she didn't collapse to the floor. She wasn't sure if she could stand back up if she did.

Breathe…Slow, steady breaths.

MARI took a deep breath and CALMED DOWN.

Now that the worst part of it all was over, she could finally make her way to the kitchen.

Leftover steak from yesterday.

Although steak was more SUNNY's favorite food rather than hers, she didn't really have any other option in the fridge.

Taking the steak out of the microwave, she grabbed a steak knife and fork before chowing down.

Swallowing a bite, she fought back the urge to grimace… Ugh, doesn't taste as good when it's not fresh from the grill.

She definitely should have eaten this last night instead of waiting until now.

After this, she should make sure to buy some tofu later in the morning. Not exactly her favorite either, but at least it was cheap and filling.

Finishing the meal and putting the dishes in the sink, she gave another depressed sigh.

Taking a glance at the steak knife, she went ahead and started washing it, "Shouldn't leave this out in the open. Might accidentally cut myself if I'm not paying attention."

And since she was already in the process, might as well wash the other dishes too.

It took her a brief moment before she was done, just in time for her to give a tired yawn.

Her eyes still felt heavy.

At least she was going to be heading UP the stairs instead of down this time. Walking up never seems to faze her, it was trying to go down that was the hard part for her.

*KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK*

MARI froze.

Someone was knocking at the front door.

But who could that even be? It was three in the morning, everyone in the neighborhood should be asleep right about now.

Cautiously, she exited the kitchen and stepped towards the front door.

Looking out in the eyehole, she couldn't see anyone on the other side.

Was it just her imagination then?

"W-..." She hesitated a bit, before quietly asking, "Who's there?"

MARI? It's me, SUNNY.

I stayed out too late playing at BASIL's house and now the sun is down… I've been trying to get home but the door is locked. It's dark outside and I'm really scared.

MARI could only stare blankly at the door.

Can you let me back inside? Please?

MARI could hear her heart beating loudly against her chest.

She was going insane. SUNNY was still in the hospital. There's no way he could be outside her front door right now.

What was he doing at BASIL's house? If he was awake all this time, why didn't he come back home to her?

She had been waiting for him to wake up for so long...

It couldn't be her brother.

She had to at least check though. Check to make sure it was true.

What if the past six years were only just a nightmare? What if SUNNY was still awake this entire time?

If there was even a chance that SUNNY would come back home to her...

She unlocked the door, and slowly opened it to take a peek.

A peek.

A peek.

Just a small peek.

...

A smiling three-eyed demon forced the door open and attacked her.

She woke up with a start.

MARI was still in the kitchen. She just finished washing the dishes and put the last plate away.

A nightmare. She fell asleep standing and had a nightmare.

She felt like she was going to be sick.

Nausea quickly filled her mind as her vision became disoriented and dizzy. She could feel the leftover steak from earlier quickly rising up in her throat.

Knowing what was about to come, she began speed walking to the stair room and ran up the steps.

She shoved the door to the bathroom open and sprinted all the way to the toilet, opening the lid up just barely in time before she felt her stomach hurl everything she ate.

She shut her eyes closed, the only sound to accompany her was the disgusting noise of her wretching all over the inside of the toilet.

After it was all over, she took a deep breath.

Oh god, that steak did not agree with her.

Welp, so much for her appetite. At least she wasn't starving anymore.

Flushing the toilet, she stepped over to the sink and began washing her face clean.

She was so tired… So so so tired.

She just wants to go to sleep.

Grabbing the towel to dry herself off, she looked up to the mirror to see her reflection.

Her long hair was all frazzled and unkempt, years of neglect building up to result in what could politely be considered an optimal nest for the birds or raccoons.

The bags under her eyes were completely overshadowed by her bangs, covering up half of her view.

Her skin, no longer having the healthy pink hue she used to have while she was young, was now pale and sickly white. Years doing nothing but staying in her room, waiting for something to happen.

Covered only by her white sleeping gown. Wrinkled and disheveled, just like the rest of her.

All in all, she looked like she could be a good shoe in replacement for that one ghost girl from The Ring.

She briefly glanced over to the doorway in her reflection to see…

To see…

SOMETHING… behind her.

Sitting there.

Her eyes widened. She dared not move. She dared not breathe.

Three eyes. It always had three eyes. Two left ones and one right.

It was staring at her. She knows it was there. She wasn't crazy, she could see it right there.

It had always been there, staying right behind her, ever since the nightmares started.

Judging her. Taunting her. Reminding her of her mistake.

Reminding her that it was her fault.

Gripping the sink tightly, she mentally prepared herself as she got ready to turn around. To catch it. To make sure she could grab it in time and kill it so that it could never haunt her again.

But when she finally turned around, it disappeared. Like it was never there at all.

Turning back to the mirror, she looked at the doorway in her reflection. Missing. Gone.

She wasn't crazy. No, she was not crazy. SHE'S NOT.

She was just tired.

So so so tired…

She made her way to her bedroom, making sure to ignore any and all distractions.

Slumping over the bed, she didn't even bother covering herself up with a blanket.

She closed her eyes and desperately willed herself to sleep.

MARI just wanted to hang out with her little brother right now…

..

.

.

.

WELCOME TO BRIGHTSPACE

YOU HAVE BEEN LIVING HERE FOR AS LONG AS YOU CAN REMEMBER

HIKIKO opened her eyes, waking up in a bright endless void of a room. Surrounding her was her personal knick-knacks that she used to pass the time when she wasn't busy.

A blanket to keep her tushie comfortable to sit in. A laptop to help her organize her schedule better and write her personal journals of her day. A small toy piano that she uses to express her creative freedom through music. Her pet kitty MEWO sitting in the corner taking a nap.

And lastly, a rope hanging from the endless ceiling above, dangling above a chair. For when she decided to wake up. A quick and easy escape.

Standing up from her spot, she wordlessly turned to the white door that was the only exit out of here.

Opening the door, on the other side was a small playroom. Filled with toys, games, and all sorts of fun things. The sky was purple and the stars were out. It looked like today was going to be a beautiful day to play with her friends.

In front of her, four kids around her age were distracting themselves sitting in a circle playing a card game.

A girl with a pink ribbon noticed her first and called out to the others, "Guys look! HIKIKO is here!"

The boy with short hair next to her excitedly waved at her, "Hey HIKIKO! We've been waiting for you! Let's go outside and play!"

The other boy, a little bit older than the rest, gave her a bright, warm, and charming grin, "HIKIKO! Always a pleasure to see your beautiful eyes again."

And lastly, the boy in front of them… Although usually expressionless and shy, he turned around to give her a small smile.

"Hi, sis."

HIKIKO smiled back at them.

"Hi, SUNNY. Hi, everyone. Where do you guys want to play first?"

SUNNY pointed up the stairs of the exit hole in their hide out, "BASIL said he's waiting for us at the lake. Let's go visit him."

"Sure! Let's not keep him waiting then!" HIKIKO proclaimed cheerfully.

And so, another fun adventure begins for the kids from FARAWAY.

Notes:

Three guesses as to why MARI sees three eyes instead of one.

Whoever wins gets a free mention from me in the next chapter.

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 3: Two Days Left

Summary:

KEL is feeling restless and really wants to do something with somebody he knows.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

TWO DAYS LEFT…

Today, KEL was restless.

REALLY restless.

Like, the kind of restless one would feel after downing seven cups of coffee in one sitting and being told to stand in the corner to think about life.

This past week has flown by where KEL had basically done nothing but play video games by himself, play basketball by himself, and was practically doing nothing but hanging out by himself. It was starting to get really really boring without any social interactions.

Getting up from his bed, he scratched his head as he wondered to himself what he was going to do today in order to fix this restless feeling. It was already the afternoon, so there should still be daytime left to burn.

Today was the middle of Summer. The hot heat outside made it a perfect time to go do something fun and energetic. Especially with some friends.

If only he could find someone to do something fun with…

Hm…

Oh! That's it!

Maybe the best way to spend this day was to get his high school basketball team together and asked the captain if he wanted to train before school starts back up again!

With an excited gleam, KEL immediately grabbed his house phone and dialed a phone number as he mentally high-fived himself for a great idea. It'll be fun! He'll get to see the team again, reminisce the good ol' times, ask them how their lives have been and if they've gone through any adventures over the summer-

"Yeah, no, sorry man. I'm out on a ski trip with my family. Won't be able to ask anyone anything until I get back home."

"Oh." KEL blinked, not expecting the sails of his boat to be knocked out so early. Ah well, no big deal. That's life.

"Oh, but I don't mind if you want to round the old team up to do some practice games if you want. Just give them a call!"

Oh yeah, that's a great idea!

Except… Er…

"I… um… I don't have any of the other team member's phone numbers…" KEL mumbled embarrassingly.

"Seriously? You've been on the team for two years now and you only have my phone number?"

"I mean, it just never came up! I never needed anything from the team until now, and it's not like anyone calls me either…" KEL sighed, before having another brilliant idea! "Ooh! If you still know the other guy's phone numbers, how about listing them off to me?"

"Sure, man! Here, give me a sec to find my notepad. I wrote everyone's phone number on a list."

KEL patiently waited while kicking his feet, listening as his captain made rustling noises on the other end of the phone.

"Uh…"He could hear a nervous mumble.

"Anything wrong?" KEL asked.

"No, not really- Well, I mean… Hmm… Actually, yeah. I totally forgot to bring my notepad with me."

KEL sighed, "Seriously?"

"Well, I wasn't expecting to actually need it during this trip! This vacation was supposed to be family-focused, you know? Sorry man…"

"Nah, it's cool." KEL reassured, "I guess I'll just find something else to do in the meantime."

"Sure man. Hope you have a nice summer."

"Yeah, you too."

Hanging up the phone, KEL flopped right back into bed with a large groan.

Well, that plan was a bust. What now?

Hm…

OOH, maybe he could call JAY to see if he was available? The guy was captain of the football team at KEL's school, but with nothing to do until Summer ends, maybe he might be free?

"Sorry dude, can't hang out with you. My aunt's having a baby shower and my family can't miss it."

Ah, alright. Understandable, he remembered how much of a big deal it was for his parents when SALLY was just born. Good for JAY.

How about CRIS? That ocean-loving girl surely must be free during the summer!

"Er, you do realize I'm at a beach party at my old boarding school, right? As much as I'd like to hang out, I'm currently in the middle of a far-off island."

Yeah, even KEL had to admit that was a stretch on his part. Obviously, the girl who loves water, beaches, and oceans would have made plans during the Summer.

MINCY! The cute girl in red glasses who makes amazing art! He asked for her phone number a couple of years back and they've been in touch with each other for the most part. She DEFINITELY has to be free!

"I'm sorry KEL, but I'm taking a tutorship abroad. I'm nowhere near close to FARAWAY town to hang out. Again, I'm really sorry!"

Okay then…

Then what about-

"Nope, getting treatment for surgery."

Oh, how about asking-

"I take cram during the summer, man!"

What if he asked-

"Going on a date with my girlfriend in her hometown."

Maybe he should reach out to-

"Dad dropped his wedding ring in the ocean in Puerto Rico."

I mean, what are the chances that they'll be busy now if he asked-

"I am literally in outer space fighting a space monster to save the world right now. Please call me back later."

KEL did not call them back later, especially not after hearing a rather loud and ominous roar from the other end.

Welp, that was literally the last person on his contact list.

Sigh…

Glancing at the clock in his room, he saw that he had somehow managed to waste an hour trying to find someone to hang out with. Man, he wasn't expecting daylight to burn so quickly. At this rate, he'll be stuck bored out of his mind the entire day.

Hm… Well, there was still one person left he could call to see if he wanted to hang out.

Dialing another phone number one last time, he waited for a moment as he hoped his call got through.

"Hello? KEL?" He heard his big brother answer.

Ah man, it'd been a while since he actually heard HERO's voice. It was pleasant to finally find an excuse to talk to him after all this time, especially since HERO had only visited home once before two years ago.

"Hey, Bro! How's it hanging?" KEL greeted enthusiastically.

"Oh, well… It's hanging, I guess."HERO responded absentmindedly."Something you needed, KEL?"

"Nah, I'm just bored. I was trying to find someone to hang out with, but all my friends in high school are busy doing their own thing. So I decided,why not give my big brother a call?See what you've been up to, you know? Hang out with me a bit."

"Oh, right… Um…"The tone in HERO's voice sounded both guilty and tired."Now's probably not a good time…"

"Why, what's up?" KEL asked.

"Studying for finals. Gotta get through this semester with a good gradeso that I can keep my scholarship going. Sorry, but I really do not have the time to talk to you today. Or for the next week, to be honest."

Aw man, not even HERO was free to just talk? Was KEL seriously the only high school teenager on Earth with nothing better to do?

He couldn't help but give a disappointed groan, unaware that he accidentally did it on the phone for HERO to listen to.

"Hey, is everything all right? You don't sound like your usual whiny self. This seems more serious."HERO couldn't help but ask in concern.

Realizing the blunder he made, KEL quickly reassured HERO, "O-Oh, no, nothing's wrong, man. Sorry, didn't mean to bother you during your studying session. I've just been trying to find someone that's willing to hang out with me. I've been really bored this past week, you know? I totally get that you're busy though and that this is more important than trying to entertain your whiny little brother." With an embarrassed chuckle, KEL told him, "Seriously, no worries. Good luck with your tests! I know you'll do just fine! Anyways, I'll stop bugging you now. Don't let me hold you back."

Before he was about to turn off his phone though, KEL could hear HERO give a contemplating hum.

"Hey, you know-"HERO suddenly proclaimed,"After this, I could probably ask for a break and come home sometime around the end of this month. How does that sound to you?"

KEL eyes widened in excitement.

"For real?! You're gonna come visit us at the end of this month?!"

"Sure, why not? It's been a while since I've visited anyway. I was starting to feel a little homesick. Plus, you definitely sound like you need the company."

Oh boy, does he ever!

"Aw yeah! Dude, this is totally gonna be sweet! I can't wait to hang out with my best bro again! Thanks, HERO!"

"No problem, little man. What kind of brother would I be if I left you hanging?"

"Hey, who's the little man here? I'm pretty sure I'm finally taller than you now!" KEL couldn't help but playfully pout.

"Oh yeah? Guess we'll just have to find out once again later when I get back home.Little Man." HERO emphasized in a teasing tone.

"Oh-hoh-hoh! You are totally on!" KEL accepted the challenge to his honor with gusto. "If it turns out I've gotten taller than you, you so owe me a pack of Orange Joes!"

"Deal. Oh and also by the way? Maybe keep this a secret from Mom and Dad. I think I'd rather make this a surprise visit."HERO chuckled,"Can I trust you to keep your mouth shut until the end of this month, KEL?

KEL motioned zipping his lips and throwing the zipper away.

"You know I can't see you right? Since I'm on the phone."

"I know."

HERO chuckled again,"I'll just take your silence as a yes then. Okay, but seriously though, I really need to get back to work."

"Sure thing, man! See you later!"

"Yeah, see you soon!"

Oooohhhh man! This was totally going to be so sweet! It's been so long since HERO came to visit since he started college. KEL couldn't wait to see how their heights compared now, or play all the new fighting games he's bought since then, and how much SALLY has grown the last time he visited-

With all this extra excitement in his veins, there was no way he could make himself cooped up in his room! He's gotta get out there and do something for fun!

Ah, right. The excitement of hearing HERO coming to visit completely overshadowed the main problem he was still having.

He was still alone, with no one else to hang with him. Despite the news, HERO was still a long way off before KEL can expect him to arrive.

Shoot…

Maybe his mom might need him to run a few errands or something. It'd be a waste of energy, but it still beats playing around by himself…

"You mean you're gonna be out of the house for the whole day?" KEL asked astonishingly.

"Didn't I tell you already, KEL?" His mother reminded as she carried a two-year-old SALLY in her arms, "I'm going to the local pool in order to help train SALLY to swim at an early age." Looking at the small girl in question and rubbing her nose against the little kid's stomach, "We want you to grow up to be a safe swimmer! Yes we do, yes we do little Snooky-poo!"

SALLY giggled uncontrollably from the tickling.

Bringing her back down, KEL's mother continued, "I don't have any errands for you to run. You're free to do whatever you want, it's all up to you."

"Oh… Okay…" KEL awkwardly scratched his neck.

Wow. Of all the days to have the most free time available to him, it had to be when no one else was around to play with him.

So that meant no chores. No friends. No anything to keep him busy.

Sigh… What was he supposed to do then?

Hm…

KEL continued to ponder this question for a long time, even as he sat outside under the shade of a tree. With nothing to do, he couldn't really seem motivated to play anything.

At least it was better being outside lamenting all of this instead of being inside. The wind blowing felt good in his skin.

Still, he couldn't quite shake off this restless feeling he's had since the beginning of the day.

He really really just wanted to do something with SOMEBODY. Is there seriously nobody else he knows in this town?

Well… There were a few, actually… But...

It had been a while since he last spoke with them. No doubt, asking out of the blue to hang out with them after a long period of silence would feel pretty awkward for both parties involved.

Out of all the people he knew in the town of FARAWAY, the only ones he hadn't asked yet to hang out with him were…

AUBREY.

MARI.

SUNNY.

BASIL.

He's not so sure if he should speak with AUBREY. The last time he remembered hanging out with her was over four years ago. The situation with SUNNY had definitely overwhelmed the both of them when it slowly dawned on them that SUNNY wasn't going to wake up anytime soon.

KEL just really needed something to change in his life. To keep the flow going. Waiting around for SUNNY to wake up wasn't going to help him do that. So he met up with other new people, tried to extend his social circle to as many people as possible. Shame that he accidentally managed to lose contact with his old friend group as a consequence…

He wouldn't say that he's changed all that much. KEL thought that he was still the same old KEL as he was six years ago.

The years had definitely changed AUBREY and MARI though, and not for the better.

AUBREY's change was something KEL never expected to happen. What was once a cute sweet girl with a temper problem and love for cute things, seemingly turned into some kind of gang leader while he wasn't paying attention. He had seen AUBREY hanging around the delinquents, or as they call themselves, "The SCOOTER GANG." Causing trouble around the neighborhood by breaking random things, making a mess wherever they go, and holding a turf over the secret hideout that the old friend group used to have picnics in. He's even seen AUBREY going around holding a nailed bat of all things. Seriously, what was up with that?

KEL wasn't proud to admit it, but the change had scared him a bit. He'd rather not have to deal with the potential hassle of messing with them.

MARI's change was something he saw happening years ago, ever since the day of the accident. When the doctors told everyone that SUNNY was going to be stuck in a coma for potentially the rest of his life, MARI hadn't been the same.

She rarely talked to anyone anymore. Hell, he had rarely seen her even leave the house unless it was to go visit SUNNY. In the beginning of it all, MARI was at least still on friendly terms with him, even if she became very quiet and lifeless. Ever since KEL stopped visiting SUNNY though, MARI started giving him the cold shoulder.

One time, two years ago, he remembered seeing her out in the Supermart buying groceries. When he went to say hi and ask how she's been, MARI gave him the coldest glare before walking away without even speaking a word. When he told HERO about it while he was visiting, HERO went ahead to try to have a talk with her. Something must have gone wrong though because shortly after, HERO came home saying that MARI had broken up with him. Poor guy...

It was the first time KEL has ever seen her like that… Yet a part of him couldn't help but feel like it was definitely his fault… KEL was not the brightest bulb in the warehouse, but even he had some self-awareness that he must have done something wrong to get MARI to hate him.

He just wasn't sure what, though…

As much as he would like to visit MARI and try to patch things up with her, he wasn't sure he'd get very far. Every attempt he made to visit her house, MARI pointedly ignored him. Standing outside and knocking on her door every five minutes for an entire day didn't work either. If he tried to go to her now, it probably won't end up any different.

SUNNY… Well, the reasons why he couldn't ask SUNNY to hang out with him were already obvious. KEL couldn't bring himself to visit him at the hospital either…

Whenever KEL saw him, sleeping like that… Never waking up… It brought an uncomfortable feeling inside him. One that he'd rather not confront at the moment. He just wasn't ready for it…

BASIL… Huh, actually, it had been a while since he last really hung out with the flower boy. Out of all of his past friends, BASIL actually seemed the most unchanged since SUNNY's accident. KEL also knew that he and BASIL didn't have any bad blood between them either, so he could totally just go visit his house if he wanted to.

Yet there was a reason why KEL stopped hanging out with him though, wasn't there? Hm… No, there was definitely a specific reason why, KEL just couldn't quite seem to remember. Was it about his grandma passing away four years ago? KEL remembered BASIL asking him to leave him alone to grieve about it, and KEL respectively honored his wishes. He even remembered telling BASIL that he would be there for him if BASIL ever wanted to talk about it. Was that it?

No, that wasn't it… It was a different reason why he stopped… Hm…

His train of thought was interrupted when he saw a familiar car drive down the street, before watching it slowly park right in front of his neighbor's house. Also known as SUNNY and MARI's house.

He saw her getting out of the car with tired dead eyes as she proceeded to open the trunk to carry her groceries in. It looked like she just bought a massive amount, considering she was having trouble carrying it all.

Hm…

A lightbulb flashed in his head.

This might be the perfect opportunity to make amends with MARI and get her to like him again!

"MAAAARIIIIIIIIII!" KEL decided to shout out of the top of his lungs as he made a beeline towards her.

MARI jumped with a startled expression as she heard her name being shouted in the distance, almost dropping her groceries. When she turned and saw KEL running towards her though, her expression deformed into an annoyed scowl before she quickly made her way into her house.

"Hey, MARI! Wait up!" KEL called out, "Need some help carrying those?"

MARI seemed to make a point to ignore him, even as she struggled to carry her bags with her.

In her rush to avoid the speed demon that was KEL though, her bad knee began acting up as she started stumbling forward. The weight of her hubris over carrying all these bags at once was nearly about to bite her as she almost face-planted into the pavement.

Fortunately or unfortunately, depending on who's perspective it was, KEL caught up with her just in time to hold her back.

"Whoa! Almost took a nasty fall there. You gotta be more careful and take things slow next time." KEL advised her with a friendly smile.

MARI did not return the smile with her own. Instead, she glared at the boy before ignoring him and trudging along. When she eventually reached her door, she dropped her bags in order to fish out her house keys. It took her a bit to unlock her door, fumbling around as she attempted to rush through it as fast as she could in order to get away from the happy-go-lucky boy in her presence.

Once she unlocked it, she took a deep breath and attempted to carry all of her bags at once. Her arms must have given out though, as she struggled to carry it all this time, much to her annoyance.

"You should let me help you carry some! You look like you're about to keel over at any second." KEL offered.

"I'm fine, KEL." MARI responded curtly.

"Nonsense! Don't be stubborn, I insist!"

KEL didn't bother to wait for her rejection, already grabbing half of the bags and inviting himself into her house.

MARI could only give a resigned yet frustrated sigh.

When KEL entered the living room for the first time in years, he couldn't help but look around with a nostalgic smile. "Aw man, it's been so long since I last stepped foot in here. God, this place brings back so many memories." Turning around to grin at MARI, he continued, "Hey, remember when we all used to come here for sleepovers and spend all night watching movies and cartoons? The Captain Spaceboy trilogy was the best, wasn't it? Heheh."

MARI didn't respond. She tiredly continued on to the kitchen, as she opened the fridge and steadily started filling it with her bags of groceries.

KEL kept admirably looking around the house, "Man, this place still looks as clean and organized as ever! I'm so jealous! Ever since HERO left for college, our room has started getting messier and messier by the day. I wish I could have been half as organized as you two were."

Hearing the nickname of her ex-boyfriend, MARI once again gave a vicious glare at the offending boy before taking a deep breath to calm down and ignore him again.

Oof. Mentioning HERO might be a touchy subject. As much as KEL would love to know more about what happened between the two of them two years ago, it might be best to leave that conversation topic for another time.

Deciding to keep the flow of conversation going, he went into the kitchen with MARI and opened up the bag in his hand to see what was inside.

To his confusion, it was a bag filled completely with plastic boxes containing tofu. Like, nothing but boxes and boxes and boxes of the same brand of tofu.

"MARI, is this all just tofu? How many boxes did you buy? Enough to outlast Fort Knox or something?" KEL chuckled lightheartedly.

When KEL walked up behind MARI to see that, yes, she did indeed fill the fridge to the brim with nothing but tofu.

KEL blinked stupidly at the sight, even as MARI roughly grabbed the bags of tofu out of his hand while still completely ignoring him.

Bleugh, seriously? Tofu was such a bland and weird meal. Sure, KEL was always a picky eater, but he couldn't even imagine himself wanting to purposely eat tofu for a single meal, let alone making it the only thing he would have in his fridge.

Is that even a healthy diet for someone? His mom always told him that eating tofu would be healthier than eating junk food, but he really doubted that eating nothing BUT tofu day in and day out would be a better alternative. At the very least, it would make every meal boring as heck.

"I, uh…" KEL mumbled awkwardly, "I see you like tofu. That's pretty cool…"

KEL honestly had no idea what else to say at this point.

After MARI finished storing all of her tofu and set the fridge temperature to max freezing, she closed the door with a sigh before turning to KEL, "What do you want, KEL? I don't have time for your nonsense."

Ouch. Looks like she's still angry at him, even after all this time. Man, he wished he knew what he did to tick her off so badly, to the point where even HERO became a casualty of it.

KEL was not a socially tactful person, he will admit. Even though he has no trouble making friends, he knows that he could be pretty oblivious to some of the more serious social cues in life.

With a guilty expression, KEL could only rub his arm as he awkwardly answered, "I mean… It's been a while since we last talked and hung out, you know? This is the first time I've seen you in months. The first time we ever actually talked in years, actually. I just wanna catch up, you know? See how you've been doing."

Looking closely at her now that he had the chance to be up close, he realized that MARI seemed a lot more frail and pale than how he remembered her back then. Man, what happened to her? She used to be so full of life and cheery and stuff, but now she just looks… half-dead.

MARI, never losing the edge in her voice or the cold stare in her eyes, scoffed, "There's nothing to catch up on, KEL. If that's seriously all you needed, then don't bother asking. Now can you kindly leave my property?"

She was so cold towards him too. If you had asked him six years ago if he could ever imagine MARI, the big sister of their old group, to ever act like this towards him, he would call you a loony.

Even though he came here in order to patch things up with her, now he was just worried…

"Hey, no offense or anything, but have you been taking care of yourself these days?" KEL couldn't help but ask out of concern.

She rolled her eyes annoyedly, "I'm fine. Will you please leave now?"

"But… You don't look so good. You're really skinny and pale. Maybe you should get some sunlight more oft-"

"That's none of your business, KEL!" MARI snapped suddenly, her patience with him quickly running dry. "I'm not asking again. Leave my house.Now."

KEL, being the nosey type that he was, couldn't back down now. Not while one of his oldest friends seemed to be living an unhealthy lifestyle.

"I feel like itismy business though!" KEL spoke back, making it clear that he wasn't going to leave anytime soon. "C'mon, MARI. Be honest with me. This is the first time I've ever gotten to see you since forever. I'm worried!"

"Why should I care?!" MARI shouted frustratedly, "I've never seen you around for the past four years, KEL! Don't start pretending to worry about me now!"

"But… But I'm not pretending." KEL felt hurt to hear that she thought of him that way. Did she really think KEL had stopped caring about her or something? "You're one of my oldest friends since we were kids!"

"Friends?!" MARI decided to laugh mockingly, "Is that what we are? Friends? You really think that's true?"

MARI…

"Of course I do…" KEL muttered sadly. Was all this anger and hatred his fault? He always thought he was trying his best to be the best friend that anyone could rely on… Did he fail to be that towards MARI?

MARI frowned again, staring into his eyes as if she was desperately searching for a lie. Eventually, she looked away to hide her face and asked softly, "... If we really were friends, why did you stop coming to visit…?"

KEL perked up at this, before immediately assuring her, "What do you mean?! I've been trying to visit all the time to make sure you were all right! But ever since four years ago, you wouldn't ever open the door for me whenever I knocked-"

"NOT ME, KEL." MARI raised her voice again, "SUNNY. Why did you stop coming to visit SUNNY?!"

Oh…

"Wasn't he your best friend?!" MARI turned up to look at him again, the light in her eyes flaring up as her expression became distraught and betrayed, "He was always there for you when you needed him, wasn't he? He would always come out to play with you whenever you invited him. He had always been looking forward to seeing you every day. So why?! Why won't you visit SUNNY anymore?!"

This… So this was the reason why…

KEL gulped nervously as he gave a guilty frown. He looked away from her, unable to find the backbone to make eye contact with her anymore.

It's not that KEL didn't care about his friend anymore. Of course, he cared! Of course, KEL still missed him, even to this day. KEL would never forget the time he spent with SUNNY and the bond they shared.

But that was exactly the problem for him…

All KEL could do whenever he visited SUNNY at the hospital was remember him. That's all. They couldn't play together like they used to. They couldn't have conversations like they used to.

It was hard to stay connected to someone when they never wake up…

In a way, KEL could understand why MARI hated him now. It was pretty selfish of him to stop coming to visit SUNNY anymore. But…

But he seriously couldn't stand being around the shell of a person that he cared about. It… It hurt. Like a constant reminder of what once was, might not ever be again.

That was why KEL had to stop visiting. So that he could move on and make sure the world around him keeps spinning. Otherwise, he'd be left behind by everyone else…

It hurt to remember.

But he couldn't say that to her. Not to MARI's face. Not to the person who was still grieving over the loss of her little brother, after all these years. It would only make her feel hurt even more if she ever realized the selfish reason why he stopped.

That's why KEL didn't say anything in response.

All he could do was silently look at the floor.

The light in MARI's eyes slowly dyed out as KEL refused to answer her question. MARI's expression turned back to the cold hard look that she had moments before.

"Get out."

And so, KEL was stuck in the park, dribbling his basketball all by his lonesome.

Back to square one…

Lining up for the shot, KEL halfheartedly shot a ball at the hoop, putting no energy or concentration behind his throw.

Surprise surprise, nothing but air.

KEL watched the ball bounce back down to the ground but made no attempt to retrieve it.

Sigh…

Dang it, KEL… You really could have done a better job at handling that situation.

Now MARI was more upset with him than ever before.

"Man, today is just… not my day." KEL sighed depressingly.

Now what was he going to do? It wasn't like he could just tell anyone about what happened with him and MARI. Who would he even talk to about this anyway?

He really wanted to know what HERO's advice on this might be. He was usually always smarter than KEL in situations like these.

Although, this was probably a unique problem that not even his big brother could solve. Not with his finals coming up, and especially not with MARI being involved.

It was evening now. The whole afternoon was completely wasted. Yet KEL still felt as restless as ever.

Dang…

"Meet up with the gang later at GINO's then, AUBREY?"

"Yeah, totally. See you later, KIM. Don't eat all the taffy in a single night VANCE."

KEL's ears perked up as he heard a familiar voice a distance across from the park.

Far off away, he saw the familiar pink hair of another old friend from his childhood. She was waving goodbye at two others riding away in scooters.

AUBREY and the SCOOTER GANG members. It seemed those three just exited the forest that led to where their old hangout spot used to be.

Now that he thought about it, when was the last time KEL ever spoke to AUBREY?

Ever since the accident with SUNNY, KEL never really saw her around anymore, not even in school. They would both meet up occasionally sometimes back then when school was over, but once they went up a grade and got forced into different classes, they never really maintained contact anymore.

It was around this time that KEL had been busy meeting other people and making new friends though, so no doubt he must have been too busy to notice.

When did she change from the old girl she used to be to the punk delinquent she was now? KEL had been curious about it for a while now, but never really had the guts or the opportunity to ever find out.

KEL didn't really like violence or negative confrontation with people if he could help it. Unless it was to help someone in need, he'd rather avoid trouble like it was the plague. Seeing AUBREY carrying a nailed bat around and messing with the neighborhood as leader of the SCOOTER GANG deterred KEL from ever approaching her anymore.

AUBREY never seemed to confront him either. From the few times they crossed paths with each other, it was almost like she was pretending not to even notice him.

Hm…

Seeing her now without her friends around, and it was also the rare day where she wasn't carrying her nailed bat in her hands, KEL suddenly felt confident enough to approach AUBREY again for the first time in forever.

Even though they used to argue and fight a lot as kids, KEL still remembered that they used to get along great as friends. Maybe he might be able to rekindle that same kind of relationship even now.

"Hey! AUBREY!" KEL decided to smile happily as he waved at the pink-haired girl.

She was in the middle of stretching when she froze up at the sound of his voice. She turned around to see him running after her with a big dumb goofy grin that he was always known for.

"AUBREY! It's been a while! How've you been?" KEL asked cheerfully enough.

AUBREY, instead of greeting him, blankly stared at him for a moment as if she didn't even recognize who was in front of her. Then without a word, immediately spun around and walked away.

KEL tilted a bit from being ignored so bluntly, before shaking his stupor off and following after her.

"Hey, wait up!" KEL called out, "Don't you recognize me? It's me, KEL!"

"I know who you are. I'm not blind." AUBREY stated matter of factly.

"Then why did you just turn around and ignore me? That was a bit rude…" KEL pouted.

AUBREY stopped walking as she turned around to face KEL again. Giving KEL a blank neutral stare, she asked, "And why shouldn't I have done that? Were you expecting me to say hi back?"

"Well… sort of? I guess?" KEL shrugged, feeling a bit less confident in himself.

"What do you want, KEL? You're bothering me." AUBREY continued with her blunt attitude.

Despite the blank stare she was giving to KEL, he couldn't help but feel just a little animosity behind that look.

Jeeze, he was going two for two at making his old friends give him the stink eye. Today seriously wasn't his day, was it?

"Sorry, didn't mean to bother." KEL smiled apologetically, "I just saw you standing around alone and decided to ask if we could maybe hang out."

"Why would you want to hang out with me? Don't you have your other friends to keep you busy?"

KEL could actually hear the bite hidden underneath that tone of hers. It was like she was accusing him of something.

"Do I need a reason to want to hang out with you?" KEL asked.

"We haven't talked in four years, KEL. This is the first time you ever even spoke a word to me since we graduated middle school."

Eheh… That was a good point…

"Right… Sorry about that." KEL chuckled nervously, "None of my other friends are around right now to keep me company. Everyone is either busy with their own stuff, or on vacation, or studying during the summer- and I guess I got pretty lonely. When I saw you hanging around the park without your usual friends, I thought I might as well try to see if you were busy."

After that, AUBREY gave a thoughtful look as she turned away. "I see. So you only came to me because I was literally the last option you had left."

KEL winced, "Jeez, don't say it like that! You make it sound as if I only came up to you because I had nothing else better to do!"

"Isn't that basically what you just admitted to me though?" AUBREY asked rhetorically.

KEL felt his nerves acting up with the way AUBREY was speaking towards him. Even though she was right in front of him, he couldn't help but feel so… distant.

"Hate to burst your bubble, but I have my own things to worry about. Find someone else to keep you distracted."

With that, she walked away and left him behind.

"Wait, AUBREY!" KEL reached out, only for her to ignore him and keep walking.

"Seriously…?"

What the heck was AUBREY's deal? Why was she acting so aloof?

Honestly, her acting this way towards him hurt even more than the cold hateful glare that MARI gave him earlier. It was like the childhood friendship they used to have together never even happened for her.

Was it… KEL's fault that she was like this?

He never did make the attempt to reach out to her after all these years…

He wondered to himself if maybe he wasn't just a bad friend all along?

The restless feeling inside KEL became more prominent than ever.

Sigh… what was he supposed to do now?

...

...

...

...

"KEL? Is that you?"

He didn't know how long he zoned out for. The moment he heard someone call his name though, KEL snapped out of his and looked around.

"It is you!"

Right in front of him was the familiar blond flower boy that had always hung out in their old friend group.

BASIL gave KEL a warm and friendly smile, "How have you been, KEL? It's been such a long time since we talked, haven't we?"

KEL had to blink a few times to make sure he wasn't just imagining him. BASIL's friendly attitude towards him counteracted the previous mood from a few minutes ago. It almost gave him a tonal whiplash.

"Hey BASIL…" KEL mumbled a bit, before shaking his head clear. Eventually, KEL was able to get himself to smile again as he properly greeted his old friend, "It has been a while, hasn't it? Nice to see you again!"

"Yeah, you too!" BASIL smiled happily, "Wow, I can't believe it's been years now. I've seen you around school, but we never really had the chance to talk with each other since we had different periods from each other." BASIL curiously eyed KEL up and down, before stating, "You've gotten taller."

KEL couldn't help but give a prideful chuckle, "You notice, have you? I've been forcing myself to drink milk every single day!

"That's good! I always know how much you dislike milk, so I'm glad to see you're still pushing yourself to overcome it!"

"You know, you don't look bad yourself! You definitely grew a few feet taller than I remember you being." KEL complimented.

"Thanks, hearing that from you is really good to hear." BASIL chuckled embarrassingly as he looked away, "There was a time a few years ago where I wasn't taking care of myself properly. I was worried it might have stunted my growth since I wasn't eating properly."

KEL wondered what he meant before realizing, "You're talking about when your grandma passed away?"

Despite the sad reminder, BASIL gave KEL a soft smile, "Yeah."

That was definitely a dark time for BASIL if KEL remembered correctly. BASIL practically locked himself away in his house for months. Almost like how MARI locked herself up after SUNNY's accident.

"I'm really sorry about what happened, BASIL. She was a real sweetheart, and I know you loved her a lot." KEL offered his condolences.

BASIL shook his head and continued to grin happily, "Don't be. It wasn't your fault. She was just at that age, you know? I'm sure she's in a better place now."

"It's good to see that you managed to move on peacefully enough."

BASIL nodded, "It was hard at first. She pretty much raised me my entire life. Knowing that she's gone really affected me." With a wistful smile, he looked up to the orange sky, "I was really sad that she was gone. Even remembering the good times we spent together was enough to get me to break down. But then, eventually, I realized something." Turning back down to look at KEL again, he continued cheerfully, "Even though remembering the memories we had together seem a little sad now, I should be happy that they even happened at all. If it hadn't been for my parents deciding to leave me with her, I would have never gotten to know and experience her love. That's why, instead of obsessing over the past, I should keep moving towards the future and make even more new memories along the way. Then once I eventually get to meet up with her again, I'll have tons of stories to tell her while I was still alive."

KEL blinked astonishingly at the flower boy, surprised at how mature and grown-up he seemed. It wasn't long ago that he remembered BASIL being the crybaby of the group. Even when they first met, he had seemed so fragile and innocent. Like a simple touch could break him apart.

Seeing him like this now, KEL felt really proud of him. The same kind of pride that an older brother would usually feel when they see their little brother all grown up.

"I'm sure wherever she is now, she's looking down on you with all the love and happiness in the world." KEL assured BASIL, slapping his hand on his shoulder.

BASIL nodded happily, "Yeah. She is."

There was a brief moment of silence between them as a moment of respect before BASIL continued the conversation.

"Anyways, what are you doing out here by yourself? You were just standing around the park like a dead zombie."

"O-Oh, was I?" KEL chuckled embarrassingly, "Yeah, sorry, I guess I was getting lost in my own thoughts."

BASIL tilted his head curiously, "That doesn't normally sound like you. You always seemed to be the type that's always focused more on being 'in the now', you know?"

"You're right, I guess it is pretty out of character for me." KEL mumbled awkwardly.

BASIL hummed curiously, before shrugging it off. Then with an excited smile, BASIL asked, "Hey, if you're not busy, do you want to spend some time together? It's been a long time, we should hang out and catch up with each other."

KEL was surprised at the offer at first before slowly growing excited himself, "Yeah! Totally! I'd love to hang out with my old bud! I've actually been trying to find something to do with someone this whole day!"

"That's perfect then!" BASIL cheered happily.

"So what do you wanna do, BASIL? Even though it's already evening, we still have time to burn, right?" KEL asked.

BASIL looked towards his wristwatch with a contemplative hum, "Let's see… They shouldn't be closed yet… We could still make it in time…"

"Ooh, where we going?" KEL started jumping in place, the hype already building up inside him, "We heading over to GINO's for a quick bite? Or maybe you wanted to head to HOBBEEZ to buy some new gadgets? Ooh, maybe we could even head up to the arcade downtown and play some gun games!"

BASIL couldn't help but chuckle at his friend's overexcitement, before correcting him, "Actually, I was planning to spend the rest of the evening visiting SUNNY at the hospital!"

KEL immediately stopped bouncing.

"Y-You are…?" KEL asked nervously.

Oblivious to the sudden shift in attitude, BASIL beamed with a radiant and innocent joy, "It's been so long since I brought anyone to come visit SUNNY with me! I'm sure he'd be happy to know that we're still visiting him after all these years!"

KEL felt sweat dripping from his head.

Ah, right. KEL remembered now. There was a specific reason why KEL stopped hanging out with BASIL all those years ago. It only took him just now to figure it out.

BASIL would visit SUNNY almost as often as MARI does. He practically had his own schedule revolving around getting as much free time as possible just to go visit SUNNY.

Shoot...

"Anyways, we should hurry on over! The sooner we get there, the longer we can talk to SUNNY and talk to each other about how our lives have been!" BASIL gestured KEL to follow as he prepared to jog over to the hospital.

He was stopped in place when KEL suddenly landed a rough hand on his shoulder.

"Uh… A-Actually, BASIL… Um…" KEL nervously stuttered, "I… I don't… think I can visit SUNNY right now…"

BASIL seemed genuinely shocked and confused at this, as he turned around to ask, "Why not? I thought you said you were looking for someone to spend time with today."

"..." KEL wondered to himself how he was going to get out of this one.

If KEL had already screwed up his friendship between two of his other childhood friends already. He wasn't sure if he could mentally take on the fact that he might have to screw up another just because he was too scared to visit SUNNY.

Would BASIL hate him like MARI if KEL just admitted the truth? That he couldn't see SUNNY because he didn't want to be reminded of a past that couldn't be brought back?

KEL remembered how close BASIL and SUNNY were back in the day. They pretty much followed each other around like a pair of overexcited puppies each time the other visited them.

He didn't want to lose BASIL as a friend too. But a part of him still wasn't ready to face seeing SUNNY again. He just wasn't mentally prepared for it.

What was he going to do? What was he going to say? How was he going to make it so that he could get out of this without hurting BASIL's feelings?

It seemed KEL took too long to respond, as BASIL seemed to notice the odd behavior KEL was displaying. BASIL put his own hand on KEL's shoulder, as he gently asked, "KEL, are you okay?"

KEL couldn't respond.

After a moment of silence, BASIL seemed to figure out the situation himself as he nodded understandingly, "I think I get it. KEL, you can't see SUNNY right now because it hurts, right?"

KEL looked up at BASIL in shock. He didn't expect the blond boy to figure it out so quickly!

With a sad smile, BASIL reassured KEL, "I get it. I do, seriously. You're not ready to face him yet. It hurts just to see him like this, knowing you can't do anything except wish and pray that he'll eventually come back. Even then, it doesn't ever feel like it's enough."

"T-That's right…" KEL nodded, a big part of his heart feeling majorly relieved at BASIL's understanding. "How did you know…?"

"You're not the only one that feels like this. Trust me, you're not alone." BASIL smiled softly. "If you don't feel like you're ready to see him again, then you don't have to feel pressured to visit. I'm sure SUNNY would understand. He'd never want to make his friends uncomfortable just for his expense. SUNNY is nice like that."

KEL smiled back, a huge weight being lifted off his shoulders. Man, he had been so scared too that BASIL would start judging him…He should have known that the flower boy would be kind-hearted enough to know what he was going through.

Rubbing his face, KEL gave a relieved sigh, "Thank you, BASIL. You have no idea how much it means to me to know that you totally get me. I was so worried that… that you'd…"

"That I'd what?" BASIL asked with genuine curiosity.

"..." KEL swiped down his face before looking away sadly, "I was worried that you'd hate me too. Just like MARI. Because I stopped visiting SUNNY. I met up with her today and she… she was really upset that I never visited him anymore like I used to."

KEL felt BASIL's grip on his shoulder tighten a bit. KEL looked up to see the rare sight of BASIL actually looking…annoyedat something. No, not even annoyed. He lookedbitter.

It was not a face that suited BASIL, counteracting with his usually innocent charm.

As quickly as it came though, BASIL switched back to a kind smile, as he reassured KEL, "Don't listen to whatever MARI has to say about SUNNY, okay? She never got over what happened to him. MARI is too busy in her own world grieving over SUNNY to understand how anyone else feels about the situation. Just because her own method of coping is different, it doesn't mean yours is any less validated."

Once again, for like the fifth time tonight, KEL had to blink in astonishment at how amazingly mature BASIL was acting. It was like he knew all the right things to say to make KEL feel better.

No, for real, who was this guy and what did he do to the real BASIL?

"All that matters is that, when SUNNY wakes up one day, you'll welcome him back with open arms and treat him the same way you've always treated him. That's the best thing you can do for him."

KEL nodded back slowly, agreeing with BASIL, "Of course I'll do that! I'd do it even if you didn't tell me to!"

BASIL smiled happily, "Great! That's all I needed to hear." Letting KEL's shoulder go, BASIL continued the conversation prior, "Later when I go see SUNNY today, I'm definitely going to tell him about our conversation. When he wakes up, he's going to be so happy to know that you're still thinking about him!"

Man, BASIL was always the optimistic one. Seeing him again reminded him of the good ol' days back when the group was still together. Even despite often being weak and fragile, BASIL never once became pessimistic. He always looked at the brighter side of things, even when the situation went against his favor.

KEL was a little jealous that BASIL never let that part of him die, even six years later.

"Hey, BASIL." KEL started.

"Hm? Yes?" BASIL responded.

"I gotta ask you… How is it that you're so confident that SUNNY will wake up?" It was a terrible question to ask, now that he thought about it. But it was one that KEL really wanted to know the answer to. To understand how BASIL could be so optimistic in such a dire situation.

"I'm… not, actually," BASIL admitted honestly. With an embarrassing chuckle, BASIL continued, "A part of me is scared that SUNNY might never wake up. It's something that's always been nagging me in the back of my head." Slowly shaking his head, he went on, "But that won't stop me from believing that he'll wake up. It's the reason why I keep visiting him whenever I get free time on my hands. SUNNY is a good person, you know? I know for a fact that he would never leave any of us behind. Not on purpose."

BASIL looked up at the sky once more. KEL followed suit, looking up as well, as if SUNNY was going to be up there somehow.

"Whenever he's ready, maybe it's sometime soon, maybe not. I know SUNNY will wake up, and when he does, he'll help everything go back to the way things used to be. Where all of us are back together again, having picnics, having fun like we always do."

Hearing BASIL speak about him like this, KEL almost felt like he saw SUNNY up in the sky giving him a thumbs up.

"As long as I believe that, I can visit him without it feeling hard."

BASIL waved goodbye and left him after that, leaving KEL alone with his thoughts.

He swung on the swingset as he looked towards the sky, watching the clouds go by.

BASIL was able to visit SUNNY every day because he truly believed in his heart that SUNNY was going to wake up someday.

That kind of dedication and determination was something KEL found extremely admirable.

Maybe that was his problem… KEL had stopped believing that SUNNY would wake up again at some point.

Visiting the comatose boy over and over again without any sign of change must have put a damper on his hopes that his friend would ever come back.

This might also be why MARI hated him. Not only because he stopped visiting, but maybe in her mind, she thought that KEL had given up on SUNNY by not believing.

KEL didn't want to give up. KEL wouldn't stop believing anymore.

With a newfound sense of determination, KEL brought himself back up with a confident grin.

"Tomorrow." KEL stated out loud with finality, "Tomorrow for sure, I'm going to start visiting him regularly again. And then I'm gonna tell him sorry for not believing in him earlier."

The restless feeling that KEL had inside him all day finally melted away, leaving him with a satisfying kick in his step as he went back home.

Notes:

My best guess for the three eyes is that one of the eyes is the piece of the violin that got jutted into sunny's right eye most likely in a way that makes it look like Sunny has two eyes on side that's my best guess at least.
- Prime76

*Me writing this down* : Mmm, yes, I see, what a very correct guess you have just posted that is definitely what I had planned this entire time...

There. There's my shoutout for this chapter.

ALSO BASIL IS A GOOD BOY AND I JUST WANT HIM TO HAVE A HEALTHY LIFE- IS THAT SO WRONG

Chapter 4: One Day Left

Summary:

AUBREY reminisces the past few years of her life as she grounds herself to reality.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

ONE DAY LEFT…

AUBREY didn't know what possessed her to pull out the photo album again after all this time.

Maybe it was from seeing KEL earlier yesterday.

Maybe it was because she looked at the calendar and remembered that SUNNY's birthday was about to come up tomorrow.

Maybe it was because she just wanted to make sure the photo album was still safe and intact.

Maybe it was all three reasons combined. Who knows? Certainly not her.

Still, when she pulled the photo album out from underneath the lockbox under her bed, she felt compelled to at least go through the memories one more time.

Sitting there in her room, in the attic of her house, she perused through the old memories of eight years ago at her desk.

It'd been a while since she took the time to go through this again. When was the last time she actually opened this ever since BASIL gave it to her for safekeeping?

Maybe… two-ish years now? Huh. That long?

She'd have to apologize to BASIL later about this then if the topic ever came up. She definitely wasn't giving it the loving treatment that BASIL would have if he was still holding on to it.

Flipping to the last page of the album, she gave a depressed sigh as her eyes fell to the very last photo of the book.

(9/22): After some begging, SUNNY came to join MARI for recital practice... Hehe... They're still working out some stuff, but they already sound so amazing! I know they're going to be great. Go, MARI! Go, SUNNY! You can do it!

The photo of SUNNY and MARI practicing for their recital six years ago. Back when he was still awake. The last photo BASIL ever took of SUNNY being awake…

She gently closed the photo album and leaned back in her chair, staring aimlessly up at her roof.

Things changed so much after all these years… Ever since SUNNY became comatose, nothing had been the same.

At first, it was small. Barely noticeable changes. When they still had hope that SUNNY would wake up sometime soon, her old friend group was still closely knit together. She made the effort to hang out with BASIL and KEL at school. She did her best to wait patiently for HERO to make time for her. She earnestly gave her best effort to try to spend time with MARI…

But when SUNNY didn't wake up, and HERO moved on to go to college, it dawned on all of them that maybe things wouldn't go back to the way things were.

KEL probably realized this first when he suddenly stopped joining them to visit SUNNY. Did his best to avoid the topic too until he eventually stopped talking to her and moved on to be with other friends.

Heh… As much as she hated KEL for that, she only just realized how she actually did the same. So she was no better than him. What a hypocrite she was to act all high and mighty and ignore him yesterday when he reached out to her for the first time in years.

Whatever. Piece of sh*t still deserved it.

When KEL left, it starting being only MARI and AUBREY visiting SUNNY together. BASIL would actually visit at different hours for some reason, so that was why she saw less of him during this point.

AUBREY tried… she really really really tried to keep herself together…

But seeing her best friend on that bed, over and over and over, again and again and again, with no signs of change or waking up for two years- She couldn't take it anymore.

She had to stop visiting or else she'd literally go insane.

And MARI… Well…

She loved the poor girl, but AUBREY didn't really want to go see MARI either ever since… She knew that MARI would just ask AUBREY to go visit SUNNY again.

MARI never wanted to do anything else. She never wanted to go outside and play, she never wanted to do sleepovers, she never did ANYTHING else. All she ever did was visit SUNNY, and then stay locked up in her house when she couldn't.

Looking into her bedroom mirror, she absentmindedly twirled a finger around her pink hair.

She wondered if MARI ever remembered the promise they made to dye their hair together. AUBREY was pink, and MARI was supposed to be purple.

No, MARI probably forgot all about her at this point in life. SUNNY was the only thing that mattered in her mind now.

AUBREY ran her fingers through her hair, her mood dampened from thinking about how much MARI had changed from the sweet older girl she used to be to the lonely hermit she was now.

Then her eyes were drawn in by a picture frame next to her bed.

A photo of her and her friend KIM, posing together after AUBREY just got her hair dyed.

Seeing that brought a smile to her face as she remembered how they first met.

Four years ago...

She had run away from the hospital to get away from SUNNY, didn't she? She was crying, and she didn't want to make a scene.

She didn't want to go back home, so she essentially decided to cry her heart out in the playground.

It was around this time where she truly felt alone. Nobody to talk to, nobody to comfort her, nobody to tell her that it would be okay.

HERO chose to go to college.

KEL had abandoned her and made other friends as replacements.

BASIL just lost his grandmother and wouldn't come out of his house.

MARI was unapproachable ever since she lost her little brother.

SUNNY was… gone. Just gone. And who knows when he'll ever be back, if he'll ever come back at all.

AUBREY was truly and utterly alone. When she realized this, she cried harder than she ever had before.

Until…

Um… Hey. Why're you crying?

KIM showed up in her life.

Four years ago…

"Is… Is this really a good idea?" AUBREY asked apprehensively as she held onto the wooden baseball bat that KIM just handed to her.

They were in a junkyard somewhere in FARAWAY. KIM was lining up random pieces of garbage in a straight line.

"Trust me! This is definitely going to help! I've done this countless times before, and I felt better after each time!" KIM reassured excitedly.

AUBREY remained unconvinced, both uncomfortable from the situation KIM placed her in and also by the horrible smell.

"My mom always tells me that being sad about something is only because you don't have any control over what's going on in your life! But being sad is unproductive and is only going to make things worse! So instead of lazing about, you should try to get yourself MAD instead. Like, REALLY angry. Then, all that pent-up energy could be used for something more productive and useful!" KIM explained. "It makes you feel like you have control over your life again!"

"Where did your mom learn about that?"

"From her anger management group or something." KIM casually waved off, "That's not the point though! The point is that, after some creative thinking on my end, I managed to figure out how to put her advice into practical use and eventually found out about this place here!" KIM organized the last pile of junk she could scrounge up and placed it alongside the rest of the other piles of garbage. "Whenever I get really sad or mad about something, I bring out my bat, and I PULVERIZE everything I see in sight to get me to feel better about myself."

"And you want me to do the same thing?" AUBREY asked worriedly.

"Yeah! It'll totally be rad!" KIM cheered on excitedly.

"But… I mean… I don't like being violent or angry though…" AUBREY muttered sheepishly.

Some memories of her parents screaming and arguing with each other in the middle of the night flashed into her mind, before she had to force it to go away.

"Don't be a scaredy-cat! Everyone likes being violent sometimes. They just don't want to be violent towards the things they care about." KIM encouraged her as she patted the garbage she set up, "But we can be as violent as we want without worrying about anyone getting hurt! So give it a go already! I promise you'll feel great after this."

AUBREY gulped nervously as she brought herself closer to the first garbage pile in front of her. KIM stepped back a few distances away, clearly eager to see her new friend rain carnage.

She brought the bat up to swinging position, even though AUBREY really didn't know what to do here or what she was expecting to happen. Does she… need to pretend that the garbage pile was a softball?

She liked to think she was good at softball. She remembered playing a few games during PE class and managed to get five consecutive home runs once.

She remembered the look in SUNNY's eye when she turned to see how he would react. The boy looked like he had stars in his eyes, and it was enough to get her to blush embarrassingly.

Reminding herself of SUNNY made her depressed again…

She couldn't muster up any strength in her swing, as the bat daintily bounced off the garbage pile like it was given a gentle love tap.

KIM from far away saw this and did her best to give an encouraging cheer, "Okay, that was great for a first attempt! Now do it again, but this time, hit it like you really really mean it!"

AUBREY sighed, "KIM, I don't really think this is going to work. I just don't feel like hitting stuff…"

Hearing this, KIM hummed to herself as she brought herself back into the field with AUBREY.

Taking a quick look at AUBREY's depressed stance and the garbage piles in front of them, KIM heavily brainstormed a solution before quickly coming to a eureka.

"Maybe you're just not in the right mindset! I can totally help with that!"

KIM stepped right behind AUBREY and forced her to face the garbage pile.

Talking directly behind her ear, KIM spoke, "First, I want you to look directly into this garbage pile. Are you looking at it?"

Not knowing what was happening but still compelled to play along, AUBREY timidly nodded.

"Now… Imagine the person you hate the most. Like really really really hate. Maybe it's some stupid bully from school, or maybe that one teacher that keeps giving you a bad grade. Whoever it is, I want you to really imagine them in front of you right now. Their stupid face. Their stupid voice. The reason why you hate them in the first place."

As KIM went along to describe this imaginary person, AUBREY began to think of KEL. Imagining his stupid face whenever he did something to make her angry. Imagining his whiny annoying voice whenever he teased her about something. The way he gave that annoying co*cky smile whenever she couldn't prove him wrong or get back at him.

The way he just… left her. Left her to hang out with new friends. Abandoning everyone. Replacing everyone. As if nothing had ever happened.

Her grip on the baseball bat tightened.

"You thinking about them?" KIM asked.

AUBREY gave a frustrated nod.

"Good. Now imagine that stupid person is sitting right in front of you, where the junk pile is. They just said something stupid and mean to you, in front of your face! They're not even sorry about it either, they're just laughing at the way you're getting upset! God, they're so annoying!" KIM continued to feed into AUBREY's mind.

"That stupid KEL is always so annoying…!" AUBREY whispered under her breath.

KIM heard this and smiled, "That's right. Now, aim that bat straight at his face, AND SWING WITH ALL YOU GOT!"

At that, KIM immediately ran away to a safe distance as AUBREY brought her bat up again.

That idiot KEL! That stupid inconsiderate idiot KEL! Always doing whatever he wanted and never thinking about her feelings! AGH, he makes her so angry all the time! Whenever he opens his mouth to say something, it was like he was just purposely trying to get on her nerves!

She thought about KEL at that moment, standing right in front of her as she aimed her bat.

She thought about what would happen if she swung with all her might.

She thought about what KEL would look like right after.

Right as she was about to swing, she thought about KEL in the hospital. His head dented in. Bruised and injured. Wrapped in bandages. Sleeping on the hospital bed.

Never waking up ever again.

She hesitated at the last second and whiffed the shot.

The bat bounced softly off the ground, never even touching the garbage pile in the first place.

"The hell was that puss* sh*t?" KIM shouted out in shock.

AUBREY dropped the bat in frustration, and gave a sigh, "Don't say the p or s word… It's bad to swear..."

KIM came up behind her, "AUBREY, come on. What happened? I saw you getting so worked up just a second ago! Why did you fizzle out at the last possible moment?"

With a guilty frown, AUBREY looked away, "I was… I was thinking about one of my friends. He always makes me angry, sure, but… I mean, I didn't want to actually hurt him! He always gets on my nerves, but I didn't think he deserved to get his face caved in with a bat! It just seems so mean!"

KIM groaned exasperatedly as if she couldn't believe she was stuck with such a soft-hearted girl.

"I'm sorry… I know you're just trying to help…" AUBREY felt the need to apologize.

"No no, this is my fault." KIM waved away, "I'm the one that's going about this wrong. Obviously, different people have different problems. The things that work for me might not work for you." KIM hummed in thought again as she had another brainstorm session in her mind.

After a while, AUBREY got startled when KIM suddenly shouted with another idea.

"I GOT IT!" KIM clapped her hands excitedly, before returning to her position behind AUBREY again, "Instead of thinking of a person, why not think of an idea instead?"

AUBREY was confused, repeating unsurely, "An idea…?"

"Okay, bear with me." Making AUBREY face the garbage pile again and putting the bat back in her hands, KIM continued, "Think about all the problems that are going on in your life right now. Everything, literally anything that has ever made your life horrible. Think of all the things that have ever gone wrong, and you couldn't do anything to stop it."

AUBREY closed her eyes and thought about it.

KEL abandoning her so that she could be replaced with new friends.

BASIL losing his grandma and not wanting to come out of the house.

MARI becoming sad and depressed, never wanting to play with her anymore.

SUNNY never waking up.

Her dad divorcing her mom, leaving them to live by themselves in that rotten trash heap of a house.

AUBREY being left alone.

"Imagine… what if all those things that happened, it wasn't just bad luck? What if someone was out there, a person that was making all these bad things happen on purpose?"

A… a person? Making all of this happen on purpose?

"Why would they do that?" AUBREY asked in distraught, her eyes still closed.

"Because they want to see you suffer."

AUBREY imagined a silhouette of a person standing right in front of her.

"They did all of that because they wanted to see you cry."

No features. No descriptions. No face. Just a shadow of a person.

"They want to ruin your life. They want to make you sad. They're the reason why you can't ever be happy anymore." KIM kept going.

"But why…? Why me?!" AUBREY trembled, gripping tightly onto her bat. "Why my friends?!"

"Because they thought it would be funny." KIM continued, standing back a bit as she noticed AUBREY shivering in place. "They could have chosen anyone else in the world to do this too, but instead they decided to do it to you because they were bored. They just wanted to screw with you, screw with your life, never leave you alone, because they just love making you cry and suffer."

AUBREY could see the malicious smile on the shadow's face. Like it was mocking her.

"I hate you…!" AUBREY muttered.

"They don't care. They love watching you get upset. They love following you around and making your life a living hell."

The smile became more evil and malicious as AUBREY kept imagining it.

"Leave me alone!" AUBREY was practically seething at this point.

"What are you going to do if they don't? They know you're not gonna do anything to them. They can do whatever they want."

"I never did anything to you to deserve this!" AUBREY almost sobbed out.

She could almost hear the shadow in front of her laughing at her face.

"They don't care. It's fun." KIM continued, "And they'll keep doing it, again and again. Forever."

AUBREY imagined the shadow, ruining her life.

She imagined the shadow standing behind KEL, whispering fake rumors about her in order to convince him to leave.

She imagined the shadow being the reason why BASIL's grandmother died, forcing him to stay inside his house.

She imagined the shadow bullying MARI, mocking her for losing her little brother.

AUBREY imagined this shadow following her for almost her entire life, being the sole reason why her dad lost his job. Why they had to move away from her old town and lived in that stupid trash heap of a house. Why her parents kept arguing and never stopped. Why her dad divorced her mom and abandoned them.

AUBREY imagined that this shadow was the reason why she was all alone.

AUBREY imagined the shadow attacking SUNNY by pushing him down the stairs.

The shadow grinned at her, as if confirming this was all true.

"AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAUUUUUGH!"

AUBREY became FURIOUS.

KIM was already far away by the time AUBREY swung her bat.

Again and again and again, AUBREY kept swinging her bat at the imaginary shadow in her mind, breaking the pile of junk in front of her into smithereens. AUBREY screamed out all of her frustrations and anger and hatred, destroying the garbage without mercy.

She didn't stop there. All that pent-up rage and sadness was too much for AUBREY to handle, so after she was done with the first pile, she immediately went after another.

KIM watched on as AUBREY demolished everything in her path with the wooden bat in her hands, impressed at the display of violence.

"It's your fault! Everything was your fault!" AUBREY screamed in rage, swinging non-stop at the imaginary shadow in her mind, "I HATE YOU! I HATE YOU! I HAAAATE YOOOOOOUU!"

KIM continued to let AUBREY throw her tantrum for as long as she needed. Even when all the piles of trash she set up became nothing more than rubble and broken glass. Even as the evening turned dark. Even as there was nothing left in sight for AUBREY to break anymore.

With one last final swing of the last unbroken bottle at her feet, AUBREY screamed at the top of her lungs the last bit of her frustrations to the night sky and the moon above.

After that, AUBREY finally gained control of herself as she started gasping heavily. Dropping the bat and falling to her knees, AUBREY continued to suck in as much air as possible as her stamina was completely drained out.

Seeing that she was done, KIM slowly walked up to the girl and crouched right beside her.

"So, how does it feel?" KIM asked knowingly.

Although AUBREY knew that her problems weren't solved and that the imaginary shadow she made up wasn't real, she said hoarsely, "Good… It felt good…"

"Does it feel better than crying?"

Her body was weak and sore everywhere. Her arms felt like they could pop right off at any second. Her lungs were on fire. Her heart was working overtime, beating heavily in her chest like a steam-powered train engine.

She felt so tired…

"Yeah…" AUBREY nodded satisfyingly, "It is."

KIM stayed with AUBREY until she felt all better. They continued hanging out in the junkyard under the night sky, even when it became waaaay past their usual bedtime.

AUBREY, now having since calmed down, gratefully handed KIM back the bat, "Thanks, KIM. I really do feel a lot better now."

KIM glanced at the bat a bit before turning away, "Keep it. It's yours."

"What?" AUBREY asked with a bit of surprise. "Are you sure?"

"Yeah, dude." KIM nodded, "Honestly, I rarely ever use that bat anymore anyway. You might find better use out of it than I ever could."

AUBREY looked down at the bat in her hands.

"But… I feel bad just taking it from you…"

"Nah, don't think like that." KIM waved away, before smiling, "Think of it as a gift. Proof that you and I are friends now."

"F… Friends…?" AUBREY asked hesitantly, as if the word was alien to her.

"Duh, of course!" KIM chuckled, "After what we went through today, we now share a bond that nobody else could ever have."

A friend… She had felt like she was alone for so long… and now she had a friend again.

She could feel tears swelling up in her eyes for some reason.

Unlike before, they weren't sad tears though…

Clutching the bat closely to her chest, AUBREY whispered softly, "Thank you…"

AUBREY still had that bat, now that she thought about it.

Standing up from her seat, she went over to the closet in her room and opened it up.

Inside was a small collection of her clothes, random knick-knacks of her childhood, and most importantly- a broken bat that was split in half tucked away in the corner.

Yep, there it was. The same bat that KIM gave her all those years ago.

Broke it during her first fight with a rival gang from the neighboring town. KIM ended up buying her a new bat to commemorate AUBREY's promotion as the unchallenged leader of the newly formed SCOOTER GANG.

Oh man, those were the days.

AUBREY definitely didn't start out as a delinquent when she first began hanging around KIM. No, KIM was absolutely a bad influence on her.

She had to laugh at an old memory of back when she committed her first crime.

AUBREY had decided on a whim to want to get her hair dyed pink, but she didn't have the money to afford it. Lamenting this situation to her friend one day, the side-shaved girl had this brilliant idea to steal it from the local OTHERMART.

"You want to steal it? But isn't stealing bad?"

"Nah, dude. OTHERMART is a huge multi-conglomerate corporation owned by a bunch of evil rich fat-cats. We're not stealing from innocent people, we're just stealing some hair dye from some soulless rich douchebags who could easily afford replacing it anyway."

Heh, AUBREY definitely inherited a lot of her rebellious personality from KIM.

That day, AUBREY had to act as a distraction by purposely bumping into a large pile of make-up boxes on display and crying about it when the employees showed up to check on her. Her acting skills weren't bad, as she actually managed to make some tears appear while apologizing about how clumsy she was and how she didn't mean to make a mess. While the employees were eating her act all up, KIM had ample time to steal what they came for and made out like a bandit.

Right after she finished dying her hair, the first thing they did to celebrate was to take a picture to commemorate their first successful heist together.

It was actually the day right after that one did KIM introduce her to her other friends.

Back before they called themselves the SCOOTER GANG, they mostly just knew themselves as the HOOLIGANS. Mostly because they loitered around FARAWAY, doing nothing but whatever that seems fun.

Despite her initial worries, they all seemed pretty accepting about her joining the group.

VANCE was KIM's older brother, so of course, she already had his approval. It just had to be earned by bribing him with a piece of taffy. KIM and VANCE were strangely obsessive about their sweet tooths.

MIKHAEL acted snobby at first (she refuses to acknowledge his preferred name) and even tried to flirt with her despite being obviously shorter and younger. After a bit of bullying from KIM though, MIKHAEL quickly changed his tune andgraciouslyaccepted her with open arms.

ANGEL wasn't that hard to convince either, since he agrees to whatever MIKHAEL says. For some reason, he treats the blonde-wigged boy with the respect and loyalty deserving of an idol. It was creepy, but she learned to get used to it.

CHARLIE was a bit of an enigma for her at first. She was so intimidatingly large and silent, AUBREY didn't know what to make of her. She actually thought CHARLIE was a boy at first before ANGEL corrected her. CHARLIE was actually CHARLENE, she just preferred the name CHARLIE as a nickname. After a bit of getting to know each other, CHARLIE gave a thumbs up to show her acceptance to the new member of the group.

This was going to be her new group of friends for the next four years of her life.

Even though they didn't always get along, AUBREY couldn't help but feel like they were her family. Despite their obvious quirks and flaws, they were a strangely tightly-knit group that was loyal to one another.

She never would have thought that, just a few months later, she'd end up being unanimously voted as leader of their gang.

Four years ago, a few months after meeting KIM...

"Hahaha!" A pretentiously handsome-looking teenager laughed mockingly towards the HOOLIGANS, "Is this really the best fight you could put up? You're nothing but a bunch of chumps!"

The HOOLIGANS were all beaten, defeated by the hands of a group of guys wearing biker jackets and sunglasses.

Laying at their feet, MIKHAEL mustered up the energy to scowl angrily, "You foul villains! What gives you the right to come here and beat us up?! We never did anything towards you!"

The group could only chuckle in response before the apparent leader smiled egotistically, "We told you already. We're the MOPED BOYS of SOMEWHERE High. We take what we want, and we ain't gonna stop until we get what we want." Leering down on the blond-wigged boy, the leader sneered, "And we told yous that we was gonna take FARAWAY's park for ourselves. Not our fault you five dumbasses decided to jump us when we told you to scram."

"You can't just take our park!" ANGEL shouted, struggling to pull himself up, "This park belongs to the public! Everyone is allowed in this park!"

Another guy, apparently the leader's right-hand man, came up to kick the small boy in the stomach.

ANGEL coughed up a storm as he held his stomach in pain, collapsing back down again.

"Well guess what? Since we're also part of the public, that means the park belongs to us. And as owners of the park, we officially announce that you lame-oes are banned from ever setting foot in it ever again."

"What the hell do a bunch of guys from a different school want with our park anyway?! What's wrong with the park in your neighborhood?!" KIM spat out, wiping a bloody nose while trying to see clearly out of her broken glasses.

"Whatsittoya?" The leader sneered, "We don't need a reason to do nothin'. We just like this park better than the one back home, and we wanna take it."

"You're not gonna get away with this, bastards!" VANCE groaned, nursing a bruise on his leg.

"Oh yeah? And who'd be stoppin' us? The cops?" At this, the entire group proceeded to laugh mockingly, "The cops don't care about a bunch of kids! And even if they do, we'll already be skedaddling out of here before anyone gets caught."

"Face it, dweebs. You guys ain't nothin'." The sub-leader taunted, "Now get out of our park, before we start getting really angry."

The HOOLIGANS felt a deep pit of shame in their stomachs as they realized they wouldn't be able to retaliate anytime soon. This mark of defeat would end up haunting them forever…

That is, until a certain girl showed up to witness the whole thing.

As she walked into the park, one by one, everyone started noticing the pink-haired girl just casually strolling into the fray as if it was all a part of the scenery.

The leader of the gang's eyes lit up, already taken in a trance, "Oooh, hello~! Who do we have here?"

"Yoooo, who's this pretty little dame?" One of the other gang members called out, with others whistling.

Huh, AUBREY didn't realize she'd have that kind of reaction on guys. MARI had always told her that she was cute, and so did BASIL often enough…She didn't really think it'd ever come to use in a situation like this though.

"AUBREY, don't! They're too many of them!" KIM warned, her face still covered to stop her bleeding nose.

"AUBREY, huh?" The gang leader repeated to himself, before giving a smug smile, "A pretty name for a pretty girl. So, what are you doing around here? Don't tell me you're actually friends with these bozos on the floor, eh?"

As AUBREY got closer to the gang leader, she began sizing him up.

Seeing this, the leader started flexing, "Like what you see? Can't blame ya."

After studying him for a while, AUBREY dropped her bat on the ground and got even closer to him. Intimately close.

AUBREY had a sweet smile on her face as she got face to face with the gang leader and began wrapping her arms around his neck.

This was actually enough to get the gang leader to start blushing nervously. The gang members behind started whispering scandalously, wondering what was going on.

"Y-Y-Y-You… uh… You're getting pretty touchy there, g-girlie." The gang leader stuttered.

The HOOLIGANS had absolutely no idea how to react to what was happening, too shocked to even react properly.

AUBREY tilted her head in a cutesy manner.

"You put up a decent act, but when it comes down to it, you're all talk. Aren't ya?"

"W-Wha-" The gang leader could barely get the word out before he suddenly saw stars.

AUBREY had reared her head back and suddenly slammed it right into the guy's nose, launching him back a few feet away.

Instant knockout.

AUBREY bent down to grab her baseball bat as everyone went speechless.

It took them a moment to process what just happened, before one of them shouted out, "BOSS!"

The sub-leader finally wrapped his head around the fact that their leader was down, before coming up to her with violent intentions, "You got a lotta nerve taking down our boss, you little twerp!"

AUBREY didn't respond verbally, instead choosing to knock his teeth out by swinging her bat into his face.

"AGH, FACK! MAH MOUTH- SHE HIT MAH MOUTH-" The guy sprawled back, blood gushing out of his mouth. He spent the next few moments rolling around in pain before begging, "Someone! Geth me ah mirrah! I needs ah mirrah! I can'th askx JUDY outh if I'm uglyyy!"

All the other gang members recoiled in fear and shock at how easily both of their leaders went down so quickly.

AUBREY brought their attention back by slamming her bat to the ground, causing it to make a loud crack as it began splintering in half.

Pointing the nearly broken bat at them, AUBREY coldly asked, "Anyone else wants a piece of thispretty looking dame?"

Nobody jumped at the opportunity. Everyone stayed silent, except their sub-leader who was still rolling around on the floor in agony.

"No?" AUBREY asked with a tilt of her head. Then, with the meanest glare she could muster, she screamed, "THEN GET OUT OF HERE!"

"Holy sh*t, this girl is a psycho…!" She could hear them talk amongst themselves. "I don't want to deal with no crazy bat lady! I'm out!" "Yeah, same!" "Screw this place! Y'all are all insane!"

The demoralized MOPED BOYS retreated back to their mopeds, carrying their leaders as they sped away from the town. Never to be seen again.

AUBREY gave a sigh of relief. sh*t, that was tense. She never had to act that scary before in her life. Thank god they were all convinced by it.

"AUBREY, holy sh*t! You actually beat them!"

AUBREY turned around to see KIM gleaming excitedly at her with stars in her eyes.

"That was a splendid, amazingly, stupendous, superflendiforous display!" MIKHAEL complimented earnestly in his own usual way, "I, THE MAVERICK, am completely in awe at your strength!"

"Holy cow, AUBREY! You're just as good as the MASTER! Maybe even better!" ANGEL cheered excitedly, still holding onto his stomach.

VANCE struggled to get up, so he instead stayed sitting but looked up at AUBREY with admiration, "That was some impressive batting skills, you crazy chick! You landed him square in the jaw! I bet we could even find that guy's teeth if we took the time to look for it!"

CHARLIE nodded silently with a bruised eye, showing her respects.

All this positive attention on AUBREY was starting to overwhelm her, as she couldn't help but blush from the praises, "I mean, I didn't really do anything that impressive. I was just trying to scare them away."

"Are you kidding me?! Dude, I wish I had that level of confidence!" KIM gushed, "You were walking up all slow-like, trying to act all flirty and cute, then all of a sudden- BAM- You knocked that guy out in a single hit! It was so cool- GOD I am so turned on right now!"

VANCE made a disgusted look, "Ew, KIM. Too much information."

KIM looked back annoyed, "Oh shut up, VANCE, I'm too busy fangirling to care!"

"Anybody else want a piece of this pretty looking dame?"MIKHAEL repeated AUBREY's earlier words, playing out the scene again with ANGEL.

"Oh noes, please don't hurt us! We're just a bunch of babies! We surrenderrrr!"ANGEL fake cried, overwhelmed by the might of MIKHAEL acting as AUBREY.

"Jeez guys, c'mon… You're embarrassing me…" AUBREY muttered awkwardly.

KIM was suddenly at her side, wrapping an arm around her shoulder as they both faced the group together.

"Welp, I think this settles our earlier debate. Wouldn't you say, guys?" KIM announced.

"Oh, definitely. She'd be perfect for the role." VANCE nodded.

"No objections from THE MAVERICK!" MIKHAEL posed.

"If the MASTER agrees, then I do too!" ANGEL fist pumped.

CHARLIE gave a thumbs up.

AUBREY looked at them with confusion. "Wait, what? Debate? Perfect for what?" Looking between the five of her friends, she asked them, "What are you guys talking about?"

"For the past few months, me and the guys have been thinking about doing something about the recent problems that's been plaguing our town." KIM explained, "Lately, FARAWAY town has been in trouble by a bunch of assholes popping up from different towns, coming here and causing mayhem."

"Lots of kids around here have been getting bullied, mugged, or even just scared off by these out-of-town gangs. You just saw a perfect example of what they look like and how they act firsthand." VANCE continued.

"Each one of us has been a victim of their evildoings for far too long! That is why I, THE MAVERICK, alongside the others here, have decided to form a vigilante group in order to stop their evildoings once and for all!"

"Yeah! We're sick and tired of having to deal with these jerks coming into our town like they own the place!" ANGEL added, "The stupid police won't do anything serious about them since they're just kids, but they're causing serious damage to everyone we care about!"

"One of them pushed my mom down the sidewalk while she was on her way to get her meds..." CHARLIE solemnly stated.

KIM continued on, "We're not called the HOOLIGANS because we're just a random group of friends that are trying to be special. We call ourselves that because we're trying to be our own gang to build up a reputation. This way, we can protect the town by making the other gangs start to fear us, leaving FARAWAY alone."

"It's been a downhill battle so far." VANCE sighed, "We've never managed to be a serious threat to any of these jerks, so none of them ever take us seriously." VANCE pointed to the bruises and injuries on his body, "And as you can see, we're not doing too well with the job of protecting either."

"If it wasn't for those villains catching me off guard, THE MAVERICK would have totally pwned those losers!" MIKHAEL lamented, nursing his wounds. "Alas, what we make up for in numbers and strength, we still find ourselves lacking proper leadership and coordination skills."

"So for the past few days, we've been thinking about rebranding ourselves with a different gang name. One that people can hear about on the streets and take it seriously." KIM further explained, "But we've been holding off on that until we could find someone that could properly lead us."

"Which is where we decided that you come in." VANCE finally managed to get himself to stand up, walking up to the other side of AUBREY and slapping a hand on her back.

AUBREY, still confused by the sudden info-dumping, had her eyes bug out as she incredulously asked, "W-Wait, what? Me? What about me?"

"As much as I, THE MAVERICK, hate to admit it," MIKHAEL started off with a dejected sigh, "I possess none of the qualities that would make for a great leader. In a role of a typical Shonen Jump manga, I would fit better as the Lancer of the group, or as the main protagonist's destined rival who also works together with him against the final villain of the series."

Ignoring MIKHAEL, KIM admitted sheepishly, "Yeah, it sucks to say, but we have absolutely no idea what we're doing. Which is why we think you'd make a perfect fit as our brand new leader!"

AUBREY, now that she was slowly caught up with the situation but still overwhelmed, pulled herself out of KIM's grasp and stepped back a bit.

"Hold on, guys. Look, I get what you guys are doing, and I honestly think it's pretty cool. But are you seriously suggesting that I should be your new leader?" AUBREY asked nervously, "I mean… I've only joined the group a few months ago. Plus, I'm only just now hearing about this whole thing about gangs and whatever. I don't really think I'm ready or even cut out to be a leader for something this serious."

"Aw c'mon, AUBREY!" KIM argued back encouragingly, "You just gotta believe in yourself! We saw firsthand how cool you are! There's no way you can't NOT be our leader!"

"As much as a low bar we represent, you are clearly the better fighter in our group. We'd rather have someone like that at least teach us how to fight better, at the very least." VANCE joined in too.

"Don't be intimidated by the fact that you're the newest member of the group! None of us have been doing this for too long either. In fact, the HOOLIGANS have only been around for a month before you joined us!" ANGEL reassured.

"Man, we really need to change that name…" MIKHAEL sighed, "I've been against it from the start. It just doesn't sound as cool as any of my ideas, like the BLACKSTARS- or maybe GHOSTRAIDERS- or even something like THE MAVERICK'S MAVERICKS!"

KIM continued, "Seriously AUBREY, at least consider it? Every fight we've ever engaged in, we've never won even once. But then all it took for us to turn the tables on those moped guys was for you to show up and teach those guys who's boss! I really think you being our leader would turn out for the better!"

AUBREY looked at all of her friends as they all gazed upon her with pleading desperate eyes.

KIM even had to put in an extra convincing, "Pweaaaaase?" for good measure.

This was a bit much for her, to be honest. She wasn't expecting her new friend group to put her on the spot over something like this. She wasn't even sure how realistic their plan about protecting the town from rival gangs was.

Still, they were all clearly relying on her… It had been a long time since she ever felt like she was part of a group…

And honestly? If it wasn't for KIM finding her in that playground that day, AUBREY probably...

She'd probably still be all alone…

AUBREY gave a resigned sigh as she looked away from their puppy dog eyes, "ALRIGHT, alright already. Stop looking at me with those doe eyes, you're gonna make me puke."

The group held in their breaths with trepidation.

"I'll give it a shot, at the very least. Besides, I'm pretty sure I owe you one, KIM. So I don't really have the option to say no to you." AUBREY chuckled.

"YES! WOO!" KIM cheered happily like she just won the lottery.

VANCE gave a relieved sigh, "Phew, I'm glad. I didn't know what we would have done if you said no…"

"I entrust myself in your care, AUBREY- No!" MIKHAEL paused for a bit with dramatic flair, before correcting himself, "THE BOSS."

"Ooh, I like that! If the MASTER calls you THE BOSS, then that means you're going to be THE BOSS, boss!" ANGEL concurred excitedly.

CHARLIE nodded silently and smiled.

Aw jeez, what the hell did AUBREY just sign up for herself? She hoped she wouldn't come to regret this anytime soon...

KIM, after ample amounts of cheering done, immediately moved on to the next part of her plan, "Great! Now that we have a new leader, we can finally get started on thinking of a new name for our gang!"

"What shall we call ourselves, I wonder?" VANCE hummed in thought.

"FISTS OF JUSTICE?" MIKHAEL began listing off, unaware that everyone else was ignoring him, "BLACK SPIDER? PAINKILLERS? Ooh, what about the original plan to call us THE MAVERICK'S MAVERICKS?!"

"Mmm… I'm not really good at coming up names, to be honest…" ANGEL lamented.

As the whole gang proceeded to think themselves to death over what to call themselves, AUBREY noticed CHARLIE twiddling her fingers together like a shy schoolgirl.

"You got something to say, CHARLIE?" AUBREY called her out, knowing she might be too reserved to speak up first.

Everyone else stopped in their ramblings to turn their attention to the usually silent giant of the group.

CHARLIE had a faint blush, but suggesting, "...SCOOTER GANG…"

"Huh? Did you just say SCOOTER GANG?" KIM asked confusedly.

CHARLIE nodded, before pointing to the pile of scooters parked haphazardly near the entrance of the park.

"Those guys earlier called themselves MOPED BOYS. That must mean every other gang does something similar with their names. We have scooters. SCOOTER GANG." CHARLIE explained her reasoning.

It took a moment for the idea to settle in their heads. Then, they all collectively brightened up at the idea.

"That's not half bad! We can call ourselves the SCOOTER GANG!" KIM agreed wholeheartedly.

"Yeah, I can see that working out for us… I like it!" VANCE agreed as well.

"Ah yes, I can see it now!" MIKHAEL envisioned, "We ride down the middle of the street on our scooters in V formation, with THE BOSS taking the lead. The sun setting behind us, villains cower in terror over the almighty visage towering above them menacingly. They all whisper in fear and awe amongst themselves… The SCOOTER GANG!"

"It's simple but memorable! Even if someone forgets who we are, all they have to do is see us riding on our scooters, and that'd be enough to jog their memory!" ANGEL nodded along.

As everyone agreed amongst themselves about the new name change, AUBREY had an embarrassed smile on her face that did not go unnoticed by KIM.

"AUBREY, sup?" KIM asked.

"So, uh… This might disappoint you guys, but I only own a bike." AUBREY chuckled nervously to herself, "I don't think I could afford to get a scooter either. The name is cool and all, but would it really be okay if the supposed leader of the SCOOTER GANG went without a scooter of her own?"

KIM shrugged, "I don't see a problem. In fact, it seems fitting to be honest."

At that, AUBREY became confused again.

VANCE agreed, "Yeah, I can see where she's coming from. The SCOOTER GANG members all ride on their scooters, but only the leader gets to ride a bike. It's a great way to show the difference in status."

"It's only fair that THE BOSS has special privileges in her own gang." MIKHAEL added in. "When you show up in fights, the other gang will know then that things are about to get serious!"

AUBREY rubbed her neck awkwardly, unsure as to what to say.

With nothing else to really add to the conversation, she could only shrug in acceptance, "Okay then. I guess I'm now the leader of the SCOOTER GANG. Without a scooter."

The SCOOTER GANG cheered together to celebrate their new name.

Good memories…

AUBREY fondly recollected the years that transpired.

Turns out, what KIM said about gangs from other towns messing with FARAWAY was true. Patrolling the town with her gang, she witnessed countless delinquents messing up the streets of her neighborhood. It was a crime that would not go unpunished.

Every time she and the others witnessed a crime happening from these other gangs, they'd immediately go on the offensive to teach them a lesson.

With AUBREY's surprisingly decent leadership skills, they were organized enough to stand a chance against most groups, driving them out of town with their tails stuck between their legs.

Over time, her gang's reputation started growing more and more as they repelled every single attempt at a gang moving in on their territory. She had become so popular that people unaware of the gang problem had started knowing her.

Unfortunately, that started bad rumors about her and her friends. Instead of being known as the protectors of the town, they were vilified as much as the other gangs instead. It seems a lot of people just don't like the idea of a bunch of rowdy high schoolers going around picking fights in their town.

Whatever though, it doesn't matter. The SCOOTER GANG wasn't protecting the town for the praise or publicity. They were doing it because no one else was willing to do it for them.

She wondered how her old friend group might have thought about her if they could see her now… Would they know that she was just doing her best to help the community? Or would they assume the worst and think she was no better than the gangs that were bullying the people?

Guess it didn't matter.

AUBREY brought her nailed bat up and gave a few practice swings. This was the bat that KIM and the others bought for her after the old one broke. She put nails on it to make herself seem more intimidating than she actually was. She never actually used it in a real fight though, but nobody was stupid enough to come near her to find out if she was willing to use it.

Swing.

Swing.

Swing.

HERO would be too busy with college to care about her.

KEL had already abandoned her, so there's no point in worrying about what he thinks.

MARI was too focused on obsessing over SUNNY to pay her any attention.

SUNNY…

SUNNY probably won't ever wake up…

She didn't have to worry about BASIL though. AUBREY already had the opportunity to tell the truth to him, and he's actually been quite supportive despite the violent nature of it all.

Remembering it now, she was actually quite shocked to see the flower boy outside his house for the first time. She had truly thought that BASIL would become a reclusive shut-in after his grandma died, just like MARI did after losing SUNNY.

She was glad to know that wasn't the case…

Three years ago…

AUBREY could only stare in shock at the sight before her.

There he was, an old relic of the past, coming back into her life again after god knows how long since they stopped.

"Get out of here, blondy!" ANGEL was shouting, kicking a defenseless flower boy as he cowered in fear, "This is our secret hideout! You're not welcome here!"

"If you don't get out of here soon, I, THE MAVERICK, will teach you a lesson you'll never forget!" MIKHAEL shouted too, posing dramatically to impose dominance.

BASIL didn't run away then. Instead, he just kept sucking in all the punches and kicks with a strained face, "But this place means something special to me! You can't just keep this place for yourselves! It's not fair to the people who've been here before!"

"MASTER, this guy is a real toughie." ANGEL said tiredly, losing his breath after countless attempts to kick him, "Should we try to get KIM or VANCE to help?"

"No need, my young apprentice!" MIKHAEL reassured, "I've already sent a message to THE BOSS! She'll be on her way to help deal with this pestering villain!"

Being reminded that she existed, AUBREY snapped out of her daze and ran up to the three boys, "Hey! What's going on here?!"

"Haha, exactly on cue too!" MIKHAEL laughed triumphantly, "You're going to get it now, you girly-looking boy!"

The two stepped away from BASIL as AUBREY approached.

BASIL nervously looked up to see the new girl arrive, quivering in fear as he didn't recognize her.

AUBREY felt chills in her bones as she saw the bruises and marks on BASIL's face. She couldn't help but gulp nervously, knowing that this was indirectly her fault.

"THE BOSS! You arrived just in time!" ANGEL cheered proudly, "We caught this snooping jerk scouting our secret hideout! He was looking around the place like a detective looking for evidence!"

"I have reasons to suspect that this guy here might be a spy for an enemy gang, trying to gather information on us!" MIKHAEL explained.

"I-I told you, I'm not! I'm not part of any stupid gang, I was just here because this place holds special memories for me!" BASIL defended himself, before pleading to AUBREY, "Please Miss, they listen to you, right? Tell them to stop! I promise I'm not doing anything wrong! This place used to be my friend's favorite spot too! That's all!"

Oh, BASIL…

With a soft look, AUBREY crouched down in front of him and gave him a gentle reassuring hug.

BASIL's body stiffened up in response from the touch, not expecting the close contact from this girl he didn't even know.

For him, it was a pleasant touch though. A bit familiar too, but he couldn't place why.

ANGEL and MIKHAEL gave each other confused looks as their boss was hugging the boy they were attacking moments ago.

"Er… You think she's just setting him up for her special move?" ANGEL asked quietly, motioning his body to mimic a headbutt.

MIKHAEL could only shrug unsurely, unable to provide an answer.

After a moment of hugging, AUBREY pulled back with a regretful frown, "I'm sorry, BASIL. This is my fault…"

BASIL could only blink in shock at the apology, before slowly furrowing his brows as he looked closer at her features. Then he slowly seemed to recognize her as he whispered, "...AUBREY…?"

"You two…" AUBREY stood up to turn her attention to the other two, "are such idiots!"

Both ANGEL and MIKHAEL jumped in fright from hearing their boss raise her voice at them.

Stomping over to them, she grabbed the scruff of their necks and pulled them closer, "What the hell makes you guys think this guy is a spy?! Have you even looked at him?! He's skinnier than bone, timid as all hell, and he wears a flower clip on his head! What about that screams enemy gang member?! Are you bothblind?!"

MIKHAEL and ANGEL could only stammer in fear.

"The worst part of it all, you just started attacking him for no reason!" AUBREY continued, her face contorting further into rage, "Since when did the SCOOTER GANG attack random people?! We don'tstartthe fights, we're supposed toend them! If all we did was pick random fights with bystanders, we'd be no better than the gangs attacking FARAWAY!"

AUBREY proceeded to grab both of their heads and slam them both into each other, causing them to grunt in pain and hold onto their heads.

"Idiots…!" AUBREY sighed in frustration.

The two members of the SCOOTER gang continued writhing all over the floor, giving her enough time to compose herself and face BASIL again.

Reaching out a hand for her old friend, she asked in concern, "Can you still stand?"

BASIL was still in dumbfounded shock as he was still processing the girl in front of him to be AUBREY. Taking her hand and steadily standing up, he could only stare at the pink-haired girl.

"Sorry about those two... I hope they didn't hurt you too badly." AUBREY said softly, checking up on his injuries. "Thank goodness those two aren't the bruisers in our group. Looks like it's nothing too serious-"

BASIL interrupted her when he suddenly launched himself at her with a full-on hug, "AUBREY, it is you! I've been looking for you everywhere!"

Now it was AUBREY's turn to be in shock.

BASIL was… looking for her?

Pulling away from the hug, BASIL happily told AUBREY, "I was so worried about you! I couldn't find you at school, I couldn't find you in the neighborhood, I didn't even know where you lived- I thought you moved away from FARAWAY town when I wasn't looking!" Running a gentle hand through her hair, he continued with a relieved laugh, "No wonder why I couldn't find you! You completely changed your look! I couldn't recognize you with the new hair and the different eye color! If I had known sooner that this was what you looked like now, I would have had an easier time spotting you out!" Resuming his hug again, he buried his face into her shoulder, "God, I missed you so much!"

AUBREY felt her eyes swelling up again as she unconsciously hugged BASIL back.

This whole time… This whole time, BASIL had been looking for her.

And she never even knew.

She just assumed that BASIL would… he would abandon her like everyone else did…

God, she was… she was so stupid and naive to think that… BASIL was one of her first friends in this town outside their old friend group… Of course, he'd never abandoned her…

She could feel her breathing getting hitched as she slowly started growing emotional at the reunion.

BASIL noticed this and called out to her in concern, "AUBREY? You okay?"

Not wanting to worry the flower boy any longer, AUBREY quickly composed herself before she could let any tears fall out. Pulling away with a gentle smile, she shook her head, "Don't worry. I'm all good. If anything, I'm just worried about you."

"Nah, these guys didn't hurt too bad." BASIL chuckled warmly, "I'm a lot tougher than I look at first glance, you know?"

Well, that was a surprise for her. BASIL was never the type to man up from personal injuries before. He was usually frail and easily sensitive. She remembered him crying over the simplest paper cut in school...

Just behind her, she could hear her two underlings recovering from their wounds as they both struggled to stand up.

"Okay… Clearly, I, THE MAVERICK, have made a grave error in assessing the situation…" MIKHAEL groaned, before asking "So, if you don't mind… Who is this guy and why are you both so friendly with each other?"

AUBREY sighed, turning around to face the idiots as she explained, "This is BASIL, a friend from my past. From before I joined the SCOOTER GANG."

Then she gestured towards the lake right beyond them.

"Before this place was the secret hideout of the SCOOTER GANG, it used to be the secret hideout of my old friends. BASIL came here because he was probably trying to remember old memories from before our group split up." AUBREY's eyes turned hard again towards the two boys, "Let me make it clear again that he isnotan enemy gang member. Capische?"

"Crystal."ANGEL and MIKHAEL nodded nervously.

"Good. Now, on your hands and knees." AUBREY commanded.

The two boys looked at her in confusion.

AUBREY tapped her shoulder as she waited, before growing impatient, "Did I stutter?Hands and knees, now!"

MIKHAEL and ANGEL did not need to be told thrice, already in position.

BASIL awkwardly scratched his neck, unsure what to expect.

AUBREY walked over to stand right behind them, before commanding, "Apologize to BASIL for attacking him. Make it sincere, or else I'll make sure you'll both apologize correctly next time through the end of a tube!"

Under threat, both MIKHAEL and ANGEL proceeded to bow in unison, "WE'RE SORRY, PLEASE ACCEPT OUR APOLOGIES!"

"WE BEG FOR YOUR FORGIVENESS, INNOCENT STRANGER!"

"I, THE MAVERICK, WAS TRULY IN THE WRONG FOR ATTACKING ONE OF THE BOSS'S OLD FRIENDS!"

BASIL felt a sweat drop from his brow, overwhelmed by the sudden one-eighty from his attackers.

Feeling guilty over the fact that they were feeling guilty, BASIL quickly waved them down, "N-No, it's fine! You don't have to apologize, really! I'm sure you both were just defending what you thought was important because this place means so much to you!"

Both MIKHAEL and ANGEL looked up in surprise, fully expecting one of THE BOSS's friends to be as tough and cruel as she was when it came to dealing out punishment.

Crouching down to their level, BASIL smiled warmly, "If anything, I actually have to thank you both! If it wasn't for me running into you guys here, you would have never called AUBREY to come meet me! I wouldn't have ever been able to figure out who or where she was if it wasn't for you two!" Pulling up a hand from each of them, BASIL gratefully held onto them tightly, "Thank you so much for helping me reunite with AUBREY again!"

MIKHAEL and ANGEL could only gape in awe at the kindness of the flower boy. In their minds, they could practically see the angel wings protruding from his back and a halo above his head as he exuded so much innocence and purity.

"So kind…!" ANGEL muttered.

"So pure…!" MIKHAEL followed up.

"Nothing like THE BOSS!"They cried together.

AUBREY rolled her eyes, "Ugh. I'm literally standing right here."

MIKHAEL and ANGEL proceeded to bow down again, not out of fear this time, but out of sheer compassion.

"WE'RE SO SORRY WE EVER DOUBTED YOU, BASIL! PLEASE FORGIVE USSS!"

BASIL blinked confusedly for a bit, before turning to AUBREY and innocently asking, "Did I say something wrong?"

AUBREY couldn't help but chuckle to herself.

AUBREY gratefully looked through her second photo album, looking through the memories that she was able to capture with her SCOOTER GANG. BASIL suggested that she should get an album for herself so that she could hold onto the memories of her new friends.

Even though her old friends were gone from her life, she was so grateful for the fact that she still at least had BASIL sticking around.

She finally had someone to talk to about the problems she had with her old friend group, the depression she suffered from it, and the loneliness she felt when she thought she was abandoned by everyone. BASIL listened to everything she said with patience and understanding, before making her feel all the better in his own special way.

God, she was so happy that BASIL managed to move on peacefully from his grandma's death. She was so worried that BASIL would end up like MARI since she was the only other person she knew at the time to have lost a family member close to her.

She still had hopes and dreams that maybe one day, her old friend group could be reunited again and they would all have another picnic somewhere in the future… But she knew realistically that this might never be possible.

BASIL seemed convinced otherwise though, continuing to reassure her that SUNNY will definitely wake up one day and that things will go back to the way they used to be. Always the optimist, that boy. In a way, AUBREY was completely jealous that he could still look her in the eye and tell her that so seriously and genuinely.

She wanted to believe that SUNNY would wake up someday… But her heart just couldn't muster the willpower to actually believe it…

It would make life so much better if he did. She missed him so much, even after all these years.

But after waiting for so long, AUBREY just couldn't hold onto that hope anymore like BASIL could. The sooner she accepted the fact that she'll never see SUNNY again, the better it would be for her so that she could move on…

AUBREY's eyes widened as she just remembered something important.

Looking at the calendar in her room, she saw the day was drawing extremely near.

July 20. SUNNY's birthday… It was going to be tomorrow.

One day left until SUNNY's birthday… How old was he going to be this year? Eighteen? Same age as her, huh…

SUNNY… She would have liked to have known what SUNNY looked like all grown up as an adult. He would have been rather dashing, she was sure…

If the accident never happened and SUNNY was still with her, she wondered how differently her life would have played out…

She would like to think that she would still have met up with KIM somehow. AUBREY probably wouldn't have ever joined up with the SCOOTER GANG though, having no reason to since she wouldn't have been lonely if SUNNY was around to keep the old group together.

MARI wouldn't be the shut-in that she was now. If anything, MARI probably would have gone to highly prestigious places alongside HERO. They probably would have worked super hard in their fields to get their dream jobs and end up extremely famous. No doubt they would've gotten married sooner or later.

AUBREY, SUNNY, KEL, and BASIL would still hang out with each other since they were all around the same age as each other.

If things had played out smoothly enough, AUBREY might've eventually asked SUNNY out to be her boyfriend at some point in high school.

Dammit, why was she blushing all of a sudden? It was a realistic scenario to imagine if SUNNY was still around. There's no reason for her to act all girly and mushy over this…

Things will never play out that way, sadly…

SUNNY was gone…

AUBREY felt her mind remember back to when BASIL invited her out to his house to look through his photo album together…

Two years ago...

"You know…" BASIL brought up casually, "SUNNY has a crush on you."

AUBREY froze up from turning mid-page.

Her face became uncontrollably red as her brain was trying to process the words that BASIL just told her.

Eventually, AUBREY couldn't help but whimper out a small, "...what…?"

BASIL gave a guilty chuckle as he scratched his head, "I probably shouldn't have said that. I promised SUNNY that I wouldn't tell." Then he shrugged, "Oh well, it's been four years now. SUNNY would get over it if I told him."

"W-wait, back up a bit-" AUBREY was still wrapping her mind over this new information that suddenly came to light, "S-SUNNY had a crush… on me...?"

BASIL looked over to see a completely blushing AUBREY, no doubt overheating from the secret being revealed. BASIL looked up a bit in contemplation before remembering, "Oh yeah… I remember now. You used to have a crush on him too, didn't you? I remembered you admitted that to me after that one Christmas party.He looked so cool playing that violin, I thought my heart skipped a beat!Is what you told me."

AUBREY covered up her face as she crawled into a ball out of embarrassment, "Wait, come on! I still haven't mentally processed what you just told me yet! Don't just bring up embarrassing memories out of the blue after telling me a bombshell of that magnitude!"

"Wow, so you seriously never knew?" BASIL asked.

"OF COURSE I DIDN'T, BASIL!" AUBREY shouted indignantly, "If I knew, I wouldn't be freaking out like this! I thought he only thought of me as a friend!"

AUBREY proceeded to roll around as a ball for a few minutes as she tried to put her thoughts into order. BASIL looked on with amusem*nt, waiting for her to calm down.

Eventually, after she finished, she laid herself on the floor looking like a dead fish. A blushing dead fish, to be fair. But it was still a dead fish expression. You know the one? With the eyes wide open and the mouth hanging dumbly? Yeah, that one.

"When did you find out about this?" AUBREY asked nervously.

"Mmm…" BASIL flipped through the photo album for a bit before his finger landed on a photo, "Around the time I took this photo of you, actually."

AUBREY sat back up to see the familiar photo of her younger self wearing a pink raincoat while winking at the camera on a rainy day.

BASIL explained, "See, I noticed that every time I took a photo of you, SUNNY would always come up to me to ask if he could see it first. When I told him about this, I teased him a little bit asking if he had a little crush on you." BASIL giggled nostalgically, "You should have seen the way his ears turned red! Aaaw, it was sooo cuuute~! I promised him that I would keep my lips sealed, but SUNNY stormed away right after in order to hide his embarrassment."

AUBREY still felt her blush practically radiating the room.

SUNNY would ask BASIL to let him see photos of her first?

Hhhhhnnnggg…

GOD, WHY WAS THIS SO EMBARRASSING?!

BASIL continued on, "Even though I promised him I'd never tell you, I was secretly trying to hint to the both of you that you were secretly into each other. Sadly, both of you were surprisingly equally dense about each other's feelings." He laughed, "To be honest, it was quite frustrating now that I remembered how many signs I was trying to give the both of you. Hahaha…"

AUBREY had to resist the urge to roll up into a ball again. Or punch BASIL in the face. Or kill herself.

Honestly, all three were really hard to resist doing all at the same time.

BASIL looked fondly at the photo, before frowning to himself, "Maybe… Maybe I should have made it more obvious that you two were in love with each other… If I did, maybe you two would have gotten together sooner…before SUNNY…"

That's right… SUNNY wasn't here anymore. There was no use feeling embarrassed about all this about a boy who wasn't even awake.

SUNNY was… probably never going to wake up again. If he was, he would have done so a long time ago…

Even if she did still have a crush on him… It would be pointless asking out a boy who was no longer with her…

"Well, I guess it doesn't matter." BASIL remarked happily, "Now that I've told you, I expect you to use this information wisely. And by wisely, I secretly meanYou better be constantly teasing him about this so that he can make all those cute embarrassing faces once he wakes up from the coma."

AUBREY looked over at BASIL to see him acting carefree as normal. It was like he truly believed in his heart that SUNNY was going to wake up sometime soon…

Sigh… Why couldn't BASIL see the reality of the situation? SUNNY had been asleep for about four years now. They had waited for him to wake up for so long now, but he never did. There's no way SUNNY would wake up now… It would be better for everyone if they just accepted this fact…

But… AUBREY didn't have it in her heart to tell BASIL any of this. Her true thoughts… were probably best kept hidden away so that BASIL could stay happy.

She'd rather BASIL stay happy hoping for a day that will never come than to be sad and depressed over losing SUNNY again…

She… She didn't want him to end up like MARI…

So instead of telling BASIL what she was truly thinking, AUBREY gave him a shy nod, "Yeah… I will. It'll be fun to see his reactions when he's normally so stoic…"

BASIL smiled widely at that, as if he was extremely excited for the day to come, "Heeheeheehee! Oh, I can't wait! The two of you are going to be so cute together! The thought of SUNNY finally working up the courage to confess his feelings after all this time- and the cute smile you'll be making when you look at him- GAH, I'm so incredibly jealous!"

Wait, what?

Jealous?

"BASIL, why would you be jealous?"

The moment AUBREY asked that question, BASIL turned into stone.

Almost literally in a sense. He stilted up so much, she was worried she might have accidentally completely frozen the boy into an eternal statue of himself.

In a very robotic manner, BASIL slowly tilted his head over to look at her before asking in a stuttering fashion, "W-Whatever do you m-mean, A-AUBERGINE?"

"Okay, first off, don't ever call me that again." Ugh, she hated her full name so much. AUBREY will always be the better normal-sounding name. "Second off, you said that you would be jealous? What do you mean by that?"

"I don't remember saying that." BASIL denied way too quickly for his own good. "I don't remember saying anything of the sort. What were we talking about again? Who's BASIL?"

Overplaying the playing-dumb act, BASIL. Reign it down a bit. The word denial was practically written on your face.

AUBREY thought about it for a bit before realization hit her like a brick wall.

"No way… BASIL… Were you…" AUBREY gasped.

With an embarrassed groan, BASIL slammed his face down on the floor, "Oohh, please don't…"

"Did you secretly have a crush on…" AUBREY continued.

"Aaagh, here it comes…" BASIL lamented.

"On me?"

"YES, THAT IS EXACTLY RIGHT!" BASIL instantly recovered himself, giving an excited thumbs up and a fake smile even as he sweated profusely, "YOU GENIUS OF A GIRL! YOU FIGURED ME OUT! TEN STAR DEDUCTION SKILLS!"

AUBREY blinked for a bit before gasping again, "You had a crush on SUNNY?!"

BASIL collapsed, "Aaaugh, dammit…"

Now this was another filibuster that she was not prepared for today.

Wow…

"Oh man, BASIL… I didn't realize you swung that way." AUBREY murmured in shock, "Thinking back on it now, it actually sort of made sense. You and SUNNY were always together the most out of all of us."

Rubbing his face to clear his mind, BASIL gave a sigh, "Well, you're sort of half-right, I guess…"

"Oh? There's more to this?"

BASIL looked away embarrassingly as he tried to regain his composure. Then he gave another sigh, before admitting, "Yes, I do have a crush on SUNNY. But I'm not swinging for the other team, not usually at least. It's more like… SUNNY was a special exception…"

"Ah. Okay…" AUBREY nodded in understanding.

"And… Well…" BASIL muttered nervously as he rubbed his neck, "You weren't wrong when you guessed that I had a crush on you either."

"Ah… Okay…" AUBREY nodded again, less understanding this time. "So… wait… You had a crush on both SUNNY… and me?"

BASIL sighed now that the secret was out, "Yeah… Guess this is karma for revealing SUNNY's crush on you out of the blue. Now I had to reveal my own crush. SUNNY is probably going to find this hilarious once I tell him this a few years after he wakes up…"

"So… does that mean you've been swinging both ways?" AUBREY felt the need to ask.

"Well, like I said, I don't usually swing for the other team. I'd probably still consider myself straight in any other situation." BASIL further elaborated, "SUNNY is… special to me. In the same way that you're special to me. I cherish the both of you deeply."

AUBREY felt her face blushing again as BASIL confessed his feelings.

BASIL continued, "It only makes sense… Before I met anyone else, you were the first person who ever reached out to me and actually became my friend. Of course, I would start to develop a crush for you. Then when you eventually introduced me to SUNNY and the others, I found myself feeling more comfortable around SUNNY since he was always so quiet and attentive. I could tell him all about my problems or go on long tangents about my gardening hobbies, and he would listen with bated breath, encouraging me to keep going. He's always been a great listener…"

Yeah… He definitely was, AUBREY remembered that. She could tell him anything that was on her mind, and he would give her his complete attention, almost like nothing else was more important to him.

She missed that about him…

"I always wanted to… maybe confess my feelings to either of you. To find out if you'd ever feel the same way towards me... " BASIL chuckled embarrassingly, "But I never did work up the courage to say anything. But then when I eventually found about the two of your mutual crushes, I instantly knew that you two would be a waaay better fit together! I just had to root for the both of you on the sidelines, you know? I mean, seriously, the two people I loved the most secretly had a crush on each other? There was no way I could let the opportunity slide!"

So, BASIL had been playing matchmaker while secretly hiding his feelings away this whole time, huh? She couldn't imagine herself being able to handle that sort of thing if put in the same situation, to be honest…

"That's why I felt like I needed to keep my feelings a secret from the two of you." BASIL continued on with a rueful smile, "And I was doing a good job at keeping it a secret all this time too! Four years going, all to screw it up simply because I couldn't contain my emotions…"

"You know," AUBREY felt like she needed to console the poor boy, "If you had confessed back then, I probably would have maybe felt the same way towards you..."

BASIL shook his head with a knowing smile, "No, don't say that. We both know you're just trying to make me feel better."

Saw right through her. Damn. BASIL has gotten way better at reading people since the past four years...

"Even if you were being honest just now, I would never want to come between you and SUNNY." BASIL giggled, "You're just too perfect for each other."

AUBREY couldn't help but disagree...

Perfect for each other? Yeah, maybe four years ago…

But a lot has changed since then…

Looking back at the photo of the cute girl winking at the camera in her pink raincoat, she compared herself between the two of them.

She was so different now… No longer was she the cute innocent girl that she used to be back then. She was… rougher now. More hardened. Violent even, sometimes.

She was the kind of girl that would get into fights now. When the solution to a problem wasn't clear, she would rather resort to the quick and easy method of violence...

Would SUNNY still feel the same way towards her as he did back then? If he saw her the way she was now?

She… she was definitely not cute anymore.

No… No, SUNNY wouldn't feel the same way towards her anymore. She was sure.

She had changed too much to be the same girl SUNNY used to have a crush on.

And she'll never be the same girl ever again… No matter how much she desperately wishes otherwise.

BASIL seemed to notice her looking forlornly at the photo album. Deciding to do something about it, BASIL closed up the album and grabbed it in his hand before standing up.

AUBREY stood up as well, wondering what was going on.

BASIL gave one last look at his photo album with a sad smile, before reaching out to hand it over to her. "Here, AUBREY. I want you to have it."

"What…?" AUBREY's eyes widened in shock, "But… BASIL, this is your photo album! You treasure this thing more than anything else! This thing contains all of the cherished memories we had together… Why would you just want to give it to me?"

BASIL shook his head, "Don't worry about me. I know I can trust you to keep it safe. Please, just take it."

AUBREY looked incredulously at the album in front of her before she hesitantly reached out to take it.

Once it was in her hands, BASIL gave a sigh of relief as if a weight was lifted from his shoulders.

Turning around, BASIL walked up next to the window in his room, looking out in the night sky.

"You know, AUBREY… The day my grandma died, I thought that my life was over. I had lost too many things in such a short timespan… SUNNY going into a coma… Our old group slowly disbanding right before our eyes… Grandma passing away… I couldn't find any meaning to continue on…"

Turning to face her again, BASIL gave a broken smile.

"I truly wanted to die."

AUBREY felt her goosebumps flare up as he said it.

"It was a really dark time for me… Unable to find the motivation to do anything, I would stay cooped up in my room, getting lost in my own world. I couldn't even find myself getting up to water my plants anymore. Isn't that a scary thought? Me, being negligent towards my plants. Heheh…" BASIL laughed for a bit, before frowning, "Every night, I would dream of a fantasy world where everything didn't go wrong. It was my only escape from reality. I could only ever find happiness when I was asleep... " BASIL looked away embarrassingly, "And whenever I eventually wake up, I'd feel the despair wash over me all over again. It was like I had… SOMETHING… clawing away at the back of my mind, reminding me of everything I've ever lost… Telling me that it was pointless to go on… It was scary, having all these dark thoughts piled up in my head, almost like they were trying to take control of my body… The only way I could stop them from overwhelming me was by pulling out the photo album to remember the happy memories that I shared with everyone. I found myself constantly staring at my photos, over and over again, pretty much every single day. Forcing myself to get lost in the memories while I was awake. Then forgetting about the world as I went to sleep."

BASIL walked over to his bed and laid down, absentmindedly staring up at his roof.

"At some point though, a part of me must have gotten tired of feeling sorry for myself. I realized I was wasting away inside my own room, pointlessly torturing myself by dangling a perfect world in front of my face but never within my grasp. I thought about how Grandma would feel if she saw me the way I was. She'd be so disappointed that her grandson chose to give up on life. She'd feel so guilty, thinking that it was her fault I was like this. Then when I realized this, I thought of SUNNY. How would he react to seeing me in such a sorry state for myself? He'd never let me continue on like this. He'd be waking up every morning, forcing me out of my house and try to get me to appreciate life again. Because he cares about me. Because that's what he would have wanted for me."

BASIL sat up, giving AUBREY a proud smile.

"So that was when I decided, enough was enough. I wasn't going to stay like this any longer. I needed to find the strength to face myself, to face the dark thoughts in my head, and convince myself tolive again. If not for me, then at least for SUNNY. If not for SUNNY, then at least for my grandma. On that day, I forced myself out of my room and took a deep long look at myself in the mirror, working up the courage to face my deepest fears. The fear of loss… the fear of change… the fear of having no control over my life. I didn't want to be stagnant like this any longer. I need to accept change in order to become a better person. A stronger person, one that could face reality head-on. It was… hard… facing myself, to say the least. A darker part of me wanted so desperately to cling onto the perfect imaginary world I created for myself, to try to convince myself that everything would be okay, just go back to bed and forget about everything."

BASIL sucked in a deep breath as if the memory was painful for him.

"But I persevered. I beat that dark part of myself and went outside for the first time in months. I accepted change. I accepted loss. And I truly learned for the first time what it felt like to be alive."

BASIL sighed in relief, letting out everything for AUBREY to hear.

"Ever since then, I've been doing my best to work towards becoming a better version of myself. One that I can be proud of. One that everybody could rely on and admire. One that SUNNY will look up to for guidance when he wakes up lost and confused in this new crazy world that kept on spinning without him. I think I've almost finally reached my goal too… there's just… one last thing I needed to do."

BASIL gestured to the photo album, making AUBREY look down at it.

"I have to get rid of the photo album." BASIL explained, "As much as it helped me cope when I was at my lowest… As much as it gave me joy whenever I looked through it… I figured out that I've been using it as a crutch this whole time. When things got too hard for me, I noticed that I would end up reverting back to my old habits of hiding away from reality through the world of my memories. If I was ever going to become the ideal version of myself that I aspired to be, I needed to get rid of the crutch that was holding me back. That's why I want you to have it, AUBREY. I could never throw it in the trash, it means too much for me to abandon it so coldly. It would be better if I can pass it on to the hands of someone that could get better use out of it than I ever could."

AUBREY stared at the photo album in her hands. She silently stared for so long.

BASIL patiently waited for her to respond. He would wait for as long as it takes.

Eventually, AUBREY could only silently whisper out, "Are you sure…? Are you really absolutely sure…?"

BASIL nodded happily, "Of course! Who better than you, AUBREY? Besides… I noticed that you've changed a lot since the last time we met. I can't help but feel like… you're purposely trying to forget the girl you used to be. And I don't think that's right." Standing back up, BASIL stood in front of AUBREY, "You shouldn't forget you are used to be, AUBREY. You're allowed to change, and you're allowed to grow. But you shouldn't deny the past, even if it hurts. The AUBREY from back then is as much a part of you as you are yourself. You could learn from her. Get along with her. Becoming the AUBREY that could have the best of both worlds."

BASIL had started wiping tears away from her cheeks. She didn't even realize she was crying until just now.

"Take good care of the photo album for me." BASIL reminded her, "Although it once helped me escape from reality before, I think for you, it'll help you stay more grounded in it. Then, when you eventually find yourself strong enough to not need it anymore, I hope you'll pass it on to the next person that'll need it most. Whoever you'll feel is right to give it to when the time comes."

AUBREY nodded, using her sleeve to wipe her eyes.

"Promise?" BASIL asked politely.

"Promise…" AUBREY quivered.

AUBREY looked over the photo of herself, one last time.

The girl winking at the camera in the rain.

Maybe she hadn't changed that much after all…

She smiled to herself in the mirror, before giving herself a cute wink.

You know what? Even if SUNNY might not ever wake up…

It had been so long since she last came to visit him. Maybe now was the best time for her to start again.

If not just to wait for him… then at least to pay her respects. In honor of being one of her best friends since childhood…

She looked at the calendar once again with a smile.

Tomorrow was SUNNY's eighteenth birthday, huh? She definitely needs to buy him a gift before she visited.

But before that, she definitely needs to get some sleep.

God, what time was it? 2 AM already?

At this rate, she won't even have the energy to come to visit. She better get started right away.

Notes:

I may have been a bit too indulgent with the writing on this one. I can't help but feel just a little bit cringe while rereading this... Hopefully, I did fine... Hopefully...

Let me know if I made anyone act OOC besides BASIL. BASIL is a perfect boy who I want to have a healthy life. Anyone else, let me know in the comments.

By the way, can anyone guess what MARI's Dreamspace weapon is? I've already established that it wasn't a knife in the second chapter. If you guess correctly, I'll give you ten cookie points and a shout-out in the next chapter.

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 5: HIKIKO

Summary:

HIKIKO spends some time with her friends, and everything was fine.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

For the kids of FARAWAY, their journey through the forest to visit BASIL's house was supposed to be a normal one…

That was until they heard the scream of a familiar boy calling out for help.

"AH! NO! SOMEBODY, PLEASE HELP!"

SUNNY, normally easily distracted and lost in his own world, had perked up immediately at the voice of his friend, "BASIL?"

"Sounds like he's in trouble." HERO murmured seriously, before quickly running after the noise, "We should probably hurry to see what's wrong!"

Not needing to be told twice, the entire group raced towards the end of the forest to reach BASIL's house as quickly as possible.

What they saw when they arrived was too shocking for words.

There BASIL was, in the middle of the chaotic mayhem, running around as he desperately begged, "No, stop it! Please, don't ruin my garden anymore! All my plants...!"

Surrounding him from all sides were a group of POTATO BEETLES, making a huge mess as they partied on top of BASIL's garden and feasted on every flower they like a buffet. Poor BASIL was left only to watch helplessly as his hard work was left to ruins by the heartless creatures.

"HYEA HYEA HYEA HYEA!" One of the POTATO BEETLES laughed, "Eat up as much as you can boys! Momma is gonna be so proud of us tonight for bringing home dinner!"

Disgusting monstrosities they are, being insects the size of an average person's head. From far away, they looked like potatoes with wings, but in actuality, the potato skin was only a camouflage for their hard shell. They were inconsiderate, rude to anyone they met, and smelled horrible to boot.

Several of them invaded BASIL's property as they laid waste to each patch of garden on sight. It must have been like a massacre for the poor boy, to have him watch his hard work being eaten like that.

HIKIKO ran up to BASIL, crouching to his level and asking in concern, "BASIL? Are you alright? Are you hurt?!"

BASIL, hearing the sound of familiar friends, turned around with a relieved cry before running up to HIKIKO and hugging her tightly, "HIKIKO! The POTATO BEETLES are eating my garden! I keep asking them to stop, but they won't listen to me!"

HIKIKO went to comfort the poor boy by hugging him back tightly, "There, there, don't worry. We're here now to help."

Stepping up from behind, AUBREY proceeded to assert her dominance as she screamed out to the beetles, "HEY! What do you bullies think you're doing to our friend's garden?! You're eating all of his flowers!"

Only one of them seemed surprised by the audacity of AUBREY calling out to them, as it indignantly replied back, "Hisflowers? What the heck are you talking about?! We found this place first, fair and square! These flowers are all ours!"

"Hey, that's not fair!" KEL shouted back, "What do you mean you found this place first?! BASIL has been living here his whole life! He planted all of these flowers, not you!"

"Oh yeah?" The beetle looked around for show, then asked, "If these flowers belonged to him, why don't any of them have his name on it? Nobody was around when we showed up here, so that means these flowers didn't belong to anyone! So scram you little shrimp!"

"That's not nice, Sir." HERO, ever the peaceful mediator of the group, stepped up to plate with a stern glare, "These flowers were on BASIL's property. You had no right to come waltzing in and suddenly claiming these flowers as your own!"

A different POTATO BEETLE gave a dismissive scoff as it gulped a clawful of daisies, "Property schmoperty! If he wasn't here first before we showed up, then that means we were here first! It's finders keepers, losers weepers! He should have stuck around if he didn't want anyone taking these flowers! Who would be dumb enough to leave their territory unguarded?"

"But I was just leaving for a moment to refill my watering can! I was gone only for a few minutes!" BASIL sobbed, unable to calm down even when HIKIKO did her best to comfort him.

"That's your fault, kid. Not ours! These flowers belong to the POTATO FAMILY now, and you can't do nothing to stop us!"

HIKIKO, now severely pissed off beyond all measure at the callous treatment shown, called her little brother over and politely asked, "SUNNY, be a dear and take BASIL away to a good hiding spot. Big Sister has some insects to exterminate."

SUNNY nodded resolutely, grabbing BASIL by the hand and gently pulling him away to someplace safe nearby.

Good. Since both of them were the youngest and didn't know how to fight, it was better that they'd get out of harm's way.

Standing back up, HIKIKO faced the beetles with a glare, "This is your last warning! Give back all the flowers you stole from our friend and leave, or else we'll kick you out ourselves!"

Many of the POTATO BEETLES practically seemed offended at her threat, as all of them dropped what they were doing to surround the kids in an intimidating manner, "You really trying to pick a fight with the POTATO FAMILY? You should know that us beetles don't take kindly to bullies!"

"Who's the bully here?! You're the ones ruining our friend's garden and eating all of his hard work! You're nothing but a bunch of mean jerks!" AUBREY shouted back angrily.

"We told you kids already, FINDERS KEEPERS!" One beetle aggravatingly shouted back, "If you don't leave us alone to eat in peace, we'll show you who the real mean jerks are gonna be!"

Things grew tense and silent as the two groups stared each other down.

BASIL and SUNNY were watching nervously from behind the trees of the forest.

HIKIKO narrowed her eyes, refusing to back down.

Behind her, everyone was getting ready for a fight.

The beetles in front of them grew more aggravated as their wings sped up to make an ominous buzzing sound.

Looks like a fight was inevitable.

AUBREY smiled with a glint in her eye as she readied up her foam bat.

Just as a POTATO BEETLE was about to fly directly towards her, AUBREY timed it just right as she swung.

By the time AUBREY placed her bat down and held a hand up to cover the sun out of her eyes so that she could see where the beetle went, it was already a star shining in the middle of the sky.

Just behind her, KEL was dribbling past everyone with a bouncy ball. His speed and athletic prowess were unmatched, even as countless POTATO BEETLES attempted to grab him.

"Haha! You're too slow!" KEL taunted, blowing a raspberry before hurling his ball at a group of foes.

With precision, the ball mercilessly bounced back and forth between three beetles like a pinball in a pinball machine, knocking them out of the air before KEL caught the ball as it came back.

A little way to the side, a group of beetles was surrounding HERO, circling around him like predators to prey. To them, they must have thought he was easy pickings.

Of course, it would be foolish to think so.

Before any of the beetles could charge at him, HERO had pulled out a hand to call for a timeout before he started a campfire in the middle of the fight. While the fire was lit, HERO took out his trusty frying pan and started heating it up with some cooking oil.

This caused the beetles to blink in confusion, staying back a bit as they wondered what the heck he was doing. They watched curiously as HERO even began mixing and frying something up.

After a few moments, HERO proudly beamed as he showed off the red curry in his pan, "Ta-daah! Red hot spicy curry! Cooked to perfection!"

"Er… Okay…?" The beetles looked between themselves in confusion, before one of them asked, "So, you gonna eat it or something?"

HERO had a devilish glint in his eye as he simply answered, "Nope! You are!" and then proceeded to throw the curry into all of their faces.

Several of them then screamed in agony as their eyes became blinded by the delicious hot spiciness of HERO's cooking, as they flew around like headless chickens and colliding into each other.

Breathing a quick sigh, HERO turned around to double-check how the others were doing. Over his shoulders, he saw a quick glance of HIKIKO focusing on a POTATO BEETLE in front of her, unaware of two that was sneaking up from behind.

"HIKIKO! Watch out behind you!" HERO warned.

HIKIKO heard his warning just in time as she ducked and rolled out of danger, right as a beetle nearly bit her head off with its pincer.

"Thanks, HERO! I can handle it from here!" HIKIKO nodded towards him in gratitude before facing off against her own fair share of foes.

As the POTATO BEETLES swarmed around her, HIKIKO pulled out her trusty jump rope and got ready for action.

When one beetle charred directly at her, HIKIKO slid down while holding the jump rope out right above her head, catching the beetle by the foot.

Quickly tying his feet up, she jumped back up and pulled on one end of her jump rope to swing the beetle around, launching it away right as the jump rope loosened up and causing the beetle to collide with another.

The last one in her sight started buzzing around at incredible speed, hoping to catch her off guard and confuse her.

HIKIKO straightened her jump rope out as she focused on her target, taking aim and then cracking her jump rope out like a whip.

One end of the jump rope hit directly into the beetle's wing, causing it to spiral out of control and crash to the floor like a gunned down plane.

"Nice shot!" She heard HERO complimented from afar.

HIKIKO turned to him and winked back in response.

HERO chuckled a bit with a blush as he looked away.

As the fight continued, many of the POTATO BEETLES were starting to realize how outmatched they were as they started falling one by one against the group of kids. Despite their initial unassuming appearances, it seems the kids were far tougher than the POTATO FAMILY bargained for.

"Ah boy, this isn't good…" One of them muttered bitterly as it retreated, "I need to get outta here and call Mama!"

As it buzzed away, HIKIKO and the others continued their relentless onslaught against the beetles in order to drive them out of BASIL's garden.

SUNNY and BASIL watched from afar, with BASIL continuing to worry about his plants while SUNNY was silently cheering on his sister.

Neither of them noticed the big giant bug shadow lurking right behind them.

Meanwhile, HIKIKO was beginning to feel a bit tired from dealing with so many POTATO BEETLES as they continued swarming around her. Despite taking down so many already, they were very stubborn in sticking around to finish the fight.

HERO had already noticed HIKIKO's condition and was halfway done prepping his next meal.

AUBREY and KEL continued working together to cover each other's back, their teamwork surprisingly effective despite normally being constantly at each other's throats.

"Think fast!" KEL threw his ball straight at AUBREY, who then proceeded to knock the ball out of the park and directly into a bunch of beetles grouped together.

Sound effects of a bowling ball getting a strike would be an appropriate choice here.

Despite the impressive display, KEL found reason to criticize AUBREY as he went to pick up his ball, "Aw, come on! AUBREY, pick up the pace! You could have hit it harder than that!"

"Screw you, KEL! I hit the ball back just fine! You're the one throwing it so weak!"

"Guys, stop it!" HERO piped up in between them, "Seriously not the best time to have an argument right now!"

Fortunately, HERO was just finished with his next meal. A piping fresh well-done slab of steak, ready to be eaten.

"HIKIKO, here! Use this!" HERO called out, launching the steak into the air for her to catch.

Noticing the slab of well-done meat coming her way, she lit up like a Christmas tree and caught it with her jump rope.

"Thanks, HERO! This is perfect!"

Instead of eating it like he thought however, HIKIKO actually ended up tying the steak on one end of the rope with a tight knot before swinging it around like a flail.

HIKIKO then proceeded to charge directly at a group of beetles with a war cry, knocking many of them out of the air as she passed by with her impromptu steak-flail.

HERO watched on awkwardly as he scratched his head, "Well, I mean, it was supposed to help you get your energy back- but alright… If it works, it works…"

The battle continued raging on until finally, a majority of the POTATO BEETLES were down for the count.

The remaining ones became demoralized as they watched their brethren fall like flies before most of them decided to run away in fear.

Eventually, when there were no foes left in sight for them to fight, the group calmed down and gained their bearings.

"Did… we beat all of them?" AUBREY asked first, breathing heavily to regain her stamina.

KEL, with a co*cky smirk, spun his ball around his finger and loudly taunted, "Serves them right! Bet you they realized we were unstoppable together and couldn't keep up the pace! Who's the mean jerks now, huh?"

HERO wiped the sweat off his brow as he gasped for breath, "Is it over? Oh thank goodness it's over… I didn't know how much longer I could keep going…"

Rolling her up jump-rope, HIKIKO asked in concern, "Everyone alright? Nobody hurt too bad?"

Everyone shook their heads negatory, showing that they were fine if not a bit tired. Nothing a couple of juice boxes couldn't fix-up.

Seeing that the coast was clear of any danger, HIKIKO called out, "SUNNY! BASIL! You can come out now! We made sure it's safe!"

HIKIKO did not hear a response.

That… was worrying…

"SUNNY? BASIL? Can you hear me?" HIKIKO shouted louder this time.

SUNNY didn't run off with BASIL too far, did they? She knows that she told him to find a good hiding spot, but she never did specify how good it had to be, did she?

"SUNNY?!" She called out again, this time much more frantically, "SUNNY, please let me know you're alright!"

Sensing that HIKIKO was about to panic, HERO came to her side and placed a comforting hand on her shoulder, "Easy, HIKIKO. I bet SUNNY's just fine. He's with BASIL after all, and BASIL would do his best to keep him safe."

Right… Right, of course. BASIL would keep SUNNY safe. SUNNY wouldn't be in any danger as long as they were smart and stuck together. She could trust BASIL.

"Come on, let's go look for them together. They couldn't have gone that far." HERO gently suggested with a calming smile.

HIKIKO smiled back and nuzzled HERO's hand appreciatively, "You're right. I'm sure SUNNY and BASIL are around here somewhere…"

"Don't worry, HIKIKO. I know how much you hate being separated from SUNNY for too long. We'll find them before you know it." HERO reassured.

Of course… They all knew how important SUNNY meant to her. Being the protective older sister that she was, she had the tendency to go a bit overboard when it involved her little brother. She just didn't want to lose him, that's all.

Before they could begin a search party to look for the two missing boys, the group heard an ominous laugh ringing throughout the forest.

KEL brought up his ball again, "They back for some more?"

HERO hurriedly sucked the last bit of juice in his juice box in preparation before pulling his frying pan and spatula out.

HIKIKO carefully looked around, ready to jump in with her jump rope at a moment's notice. "Keep your eyes peeled."

AUBREY held her bat up, already prepared the whole time.

The loud buzzing noise coming from nearby did not help make the situation any less tense.

When it started growing louder and closer, it was actually AUBREY who noticed where it came from first as she looked up at the sky and pointed out to the others, "Guys! Look!"

Everyone looked up and felt a chill run up their spine at the sight that they were not prepared for.

A big giant ladybug was flying above them, with comically huge human lips instead of pincers like the other bugs. It was almost the same size as BASIL's house and was wearing an overbearingly annoying amount of makeup on, making it look horrendously tasteless.

But that wasn't what HIKIKO was focused on right now. No, something much more serious caught her attention as her breathing hitched up.

Within the grasps of this giant ladybug's many legs, she saw both BASIL and SUNNY were struggling to break free from.

"SUNNY!" HIKIKO screamed out in fear.

KEL was already voicing what everyone thought, "Oh no! SUNNY and BASIL's been caught by that thing!"

The giant ladybug slowly hovered closer before finally landing right in front of them, menacingly standing on its hind legs as it shielded itself with BASIL and SUNNY.

BASIL gave a distraught and apologetic look to HIKIKO, "I'm sorry, HIKIKO! It snuck up behind us before we could react! I couldn't protect SUNNY like I promised…"

SUNNY vehemently shook his head even as he continued to struggle to break free, "Not your fault…!"

Neither of them looked like they were hurt or in any immediate danger of getting hurt, which eased some of HIKIKO's worries.

But that doesn't mean that they were out of harm's way, not until HIKIKO could somehow think of a way to get them free and back into her arms again, away from this disgusting thing in front of her.

Looming over the group, the giant lady began to speak in an irritated tone.

"So, here I was, having a nice family outing with all my sons today. We were out and about, having fun, enjoying the scenery, when all of a sudden we found the motherload of all meals! Flowers and plants of all variety, neatly organized and stacked together like a vegan combo meal! What a perfect day, right?" The giant ladybug asked rhetorically, before loudly screeching, "WRONG! I find out all my sons are getting annihilated by a bunch of kids who wanted the flowers for themselves! Now I need to figure out how to repopulate our family again to make up for all the boys I've lost before we start the great migration! All because of you!"

"And who are you supposed to be?!" AUBREY growled.

"I am the great MOTHER BEETLE, the matriarch of the BEETLE FAMILY!" The giant ladybug introduced herself coldly, swinging BASIL around in one leg, "And who the heck are you kids?! What makes you think you can hurt my children and get away with it?! You guys don't even eat flowers, you eat those disgusting artificial stuff like meat and post-processed sugar bars!"

"We didn't stop your dumb kids just so that we can eat the flowers for ourselves! The flowers already belonged to one of our friends, we were just stopping them from stealing and eating the entire garden!"

"YEAH!" KEL joined in audaciously, "The flowers were sitting on BASIL's property and he worked really hard to grow them by himself! You guys were the bad guys here for barging in here and suddenly eating all of it!"

"HOW DARE YOU ACCUSE MY BOYS OF SUCH A FALSE CRIME!" The giant ladybug began fuming in rage, "My boys are angels who would never steal from others! The flowers didn't belong to anyone, it was just sitting here out in the open for anyone to take! If this so-called BASIL really owned them, then why didn't he eat all of them first?! Why did he just leave all these delicious plants out here without protecting them, letting it slowly rot?!"

"The plants weren't for eating, they were for caring and decoration!" HERO spoke up sternly, "What part of this is so hard to understand? Your family invaded BASIL's home and devoured everything in sight! How would you feel if you had someone break into your houses and start stealing all of your stuff?!"

"We beetles do not live in homes! We're migrators who move where the Summer leads us! Your argument is stupid and invalid!" The ladybug screeched back stubbornly. "My family did nothing wrong, and I'm going to make sure you pay for attacking us!"

"Oh my god, it's like we're talking to a brick wall!" AUBREY muttered irritably.

"I don't think anything we say is gonna get through to her." KEL groaned in annoyance.

HERO turned to HIKIKO in concern, asking, "How do you want to go about this, HIKIKO? We'll follow your lead."

Considering the fact that this fat idiotic insect refused to accept the responsibility for what they did to BASIL, HIKIKO could only see this leading to one direction.

Stepping forward, she snapped out the jump rope in her hands to make a loud menacing cracking sound as she got ready in her stance, "No more talking. Give me back my brother and his friend, or else we're going to take you down next!"

"UGH, you disgusting kids are so rude!" The giant ladybug continued seething in rage, before taking a pause to give a considerable look at SUNNY and BASIL in her leg arms. The ladybug hummed, before asking in a mocking tone, "You want me to give you back these two younglings?"

HIKIKO was not going to say it twice, making it clear by glaring nastily at the ladybug.

What the ladybug did next, however, was beyond her imagination.

With only a smug smile, the ladybug suddenly opened her giant mouth and swallowed SUNNY whole, causing him to scream in surprise even as he was being gulped down the ladybug's throat.

Everyone began panicking.

AUBREY was screaming in terror.

KEL could only shout in, "SUNNY!"

HERO looked like he was going to be so sick that he might even puke.

HIKIKO froze up in shock, unable to grasp the sight in front of her.

BASIL looked on with a terrified expression, as he started thrashing about even harder than before, "SUNNY! NO, GIVE HIM BACK!"

"Oh, you want to be with him too? Oh well, if you insist. Bottoms up!" The giant ladybug smiled cruelly before opening her mouth to swallow BASIL as well.

Nobody could do anything but watch as they watched for a second time as another friend got swallowed whole.

The ladybug gave a loud burp, before groaning, "Ugh, disgusting. I'm going to have indigestion by the end of this, I just know it." Facing the group of four again, she smiled evilly, "Now how does it feel to know what it's like to lose family members, hm? Maybe this will teach you not to hurt anyone else and spread lies ever again!"

HIKIKO couldn't hear her. In fact, HIKIKO couldn't hear anything.

There was a ringing in her ears that drowned everything out, even covering the commotion that her friends were making behind her.

Her vision blurred, only able to focus on the giant insect in front of her.

All HIKIKO could think about was the fact that SUNNY was taken from her by this thing.

Her little brother.

He had been right there, just now. Within her grasp to save.

But she couldn't save him.

She had just lost her little brother.

Again.

And this monstrosity took him.

Something within HIKIKO snapped.

HIKIKO has become LIVID.

HIKIKO can no longer feel any other EMOTION.

Ignoring everything else that could distract her, HIKIKO took slow steps towards the monster that took her brother away from her.

Noticing HIKIKO walking towards her, the giant ladybug smirked arrogantly, "Oh? Are you upset? Did little ol' me do something naughty?"

HIKIKO gave a quick snap of her jump-rope, letting it silently trail behind her.

"What's the matter, cat got your tongue? Doesn't feel very good to lose someone important to you, does it?"

HIKIKO continued walking towards the insect, staring directly into its eyes.

At this point, the giant ladybug began wavering a bit from the cold glare that HIKIKO was giving her, stepping back a bit with a stammer, "H-Hey, why aren't you saying anything? Stop giving me that look."

HIKIKO got closer.

The ladybug stepped further back, "Y-You're not scary, you know! A little pipsqueak like couldn't lay a finger on someone like me!"

HIKIKO got even closer.

The ladybug nearly stumbled as it tried backing away even further, "Q-Quit looking at me like that! You're creeping me out!"

"Give him back." HIKIKO stated coldly.

"What?" The ladybug blinked in confusion, "But I already ate them both!"

"Give him back." HIKIKO repeated, now stretching the jump rope out between her hands.

HIKIKO got even closer.

"Look, you're just going to have to reproduce and make another one! I can't give you back what you've already lost!"

HIKIKO paused in place.

The ladybug gave a brief sigh in relief when it saw her stop, only to feel a chill in the back of it's spine as HIKIKO's glare became more murderous than ever before.

"I'll kill you."

Nope.The ladybug thought just as it spread its wings out to fly away.

Before it could get very far, something tight latched around its neck and pulled it back down to the ground.

The jump rope that had been tied into a noose was suffocating its neck, slowly becoming even tighter as HIKIKO kept pulling and pulling, mercilessly staring down at the face of the monster beneath her.

"Give him back."

The noose tightened.

It couldn't breathe.

"SUNNY, BASIL! I'm so glad you two are okay!" AUBREY cried out in relief as she hugged the two boys covered in slime, not at all caring how she was getting covered as well.

"There, there, AUBREY…" BASIL gently hugged her back as he comforted her, "There's no reason to cry! We're gonna be just fine."

HERO came up to SUNNY and gave him a soft head pat, "Man, it's a good thing we managed to pull you guys both out before that thing could digest you. You must have been so scared!"

Far back in the distance, a headless corpse of a giant ladybug sat against one of the trees in the forest. Its detached head was hanging out loosely on the ground even further back.

SUNNY shook his head neutrally, "Not really."

"Oh?" HERO tilted his head curiously, "And why weren't you scared, SUNNY?"

SUNNY pointed at HIKIKO, who was doing her best to calm down just a few feet away from them, "HIKIKO."

"Ah, I see." HERO chuckled, "You knew your big sister was going to save you, right? That's why you weren't scared."

SUNNY simply nodded.

"I don't know about you, but I was actually very scared." BASIL laughed right next to him, "When I saw you get eaten first, I was so sure we were both gonna die."

"I thought you alreadyweredead!" AUBREY cried out, tears streaming out of her eyes like a geyser, "I didn't know what we were going to do if we lost the both of you! I was more scared than either of you!"

"Aw, c'mon. We all know that HIKIKO was the most scared out of all of us. Didn't you see her snapping like that when she saw SUNNY get eaten? Compared to her, you're just being a crybaby, AUBREY." KEL teased.

"SHUT UP, KEL!" AUBREY continued crying. "I'M NOT A CRYBABY!"

SUNNY hummed in thought, before turning back to see HIKIKO again.

She was still breathing heavily, staring ruthlessly at the dead insect corpse as if preparing to fight it again if it somehow came back to life.

Seems she hasn't calmed down yet.

SUNNY went over to her and gently tugged on her sleeping gown, "Sis?"

HIKIKO flinched before turning around, calming down considerably when she saw that it was only her little brother.

With a smile, she collapsed to her knees and wrapped her arms tightly around her little brother, "You came back to me…"

"Mm-hmm." SUNNY nodded, returning the hug.

When HIKIKO felt him hugging her back, she began quivering against him, becoming overwhelmed with relief.

"I… I thought I was going to lose you again…" HIKIKO sniffled, hugging SUNNY even tighter.

"Mm-mmm." SUNNY shook his head, "Never leaving you alone."

"I'm so glad… I promise I'll never leave you by yourself ever again…" HIKIKO sobbed, doing her best to keep her emotions steady.

"Okay." SUNNY responded simply, allowing her to cry on him for as long as she needed.

She cried for a while before her tear tanks ran dry.

Thank god…

Thank god that she managed to save SUNNY before it was too late...

Now that everything was calming down and the worst of it was all over, everyone regained their composure and resumed back to business as usual.

The whole trekked back to the main front garden of BASIL's house, surveying the carnage and mess that was left behind by the BEETLE FAMILY.

The entire place was a mess, nothing but the dead bodies of POTATO BEETLES and leftover pieces of flowers scattered everywhere.

BASIL had a miserable expression on as he walked over to the garden, only to find that nothing was left. Practically every single flower he ever planted was eaten or ruined.

"Oh, BASIL…" AUBREY murmured in pity, wishing she could do something to help the poor boy.

"Man… This place used to be so beautiful…" HERO lamented, looking over the whole garden, "Now look at it…"

KEL huffed angrily, "I can't believe this all happened in just a single day! Those stupid beetles…! if I see another one, I'm gonna beat the crap out of it!"

HIKIKO could only stand by awkwardly, not knowing what to do. She felt bad for BASIL, for certain. But even she knew that she couldn't do anything to take back what happened here.

BASIL sniffed a bit as tears started dropping before he quickly wiped it away and covered his eyes with his arm.

Seeing this, SUNNY walked up to him and gave him a pat on the back.

BASIL looked up to see SUNNY giving him a remorseful expression.

"Oh, SUNNY." Despite the situation, BASIL forced himself to smile in order to ease his friend, "It's not your fault, don't worry."

"Are you okay?" SUNNY asked in concern.

BASIL shook his head, wiping the last tear in his eye and continued smiling, "Don't worry, I'm fine! I may have lost the garden, but things could have turned out a lot worse! I'm just glad all of my friends are fine."

SUNNY didn't seem convinced, still giving BASIL a worried look.

Following SUNNY's lead, everyone else came up to BASIL as well as they gave their own comforting words.

"BASIL is right. We almost lost both him and SUNNY to that MOTHER BEETLE character." HERO reminded with a gentle smile, "We should all be thankful that nothing serious happened beyond that."

"I still feel bad for the flowers…" AUBREY frowned remorsefully, "BASIL, is there anything we can do to help?"

"Yeah, it's not the end of the world!" KEL cheerfully proclaimed, "Even though the garden is gone, we can just help you start over a new one! Sure, it'll take time, but if we work hard together and wait patiently, we can help BASIL's garden regrow back to the way it used to be!"

Slowly being cheered up by everyone, BASIL's sad smile became more genuine as he giggled, "That's not a bad idea. Sure, we can start the garden over again. Even if it'll take a long time to set it all up, I think it might end up looking better than before if we all work together."

"That's the spirit!" HERO proudly clapped on BASIL's shoulder before announcing confidently, "Okay gang, you know the plan. Let's help BASIL clean this whole mess up and start the garden over again. By the time this is over, we'll make this place look better than when it started!"

AUBREY, KEL, and SUNNY playfully saluted, as both KEL and AUBREY cheered, "AYE AYE!"

HIKIKO gave a sigh of relief, glad to see that her friends were able to get their spirits back. She wished she could have done more for the flower boy, but helping out to fix the garden seemed like it'll have to do for now.

If only she had gotten here sooner though, she might have helped prevent this whole mess from ever happening to begin with…

Another regret that'll follow her, she supposed…

KEL asked cheerfully, "Alright, BASIL. Since this is your garden, you're gonna be the leader! Where do we get started first!"

AUBREY nodded excitedly, "Yeah! Tell us what to do, LEADER!"

BASIL blushed at the attention, a bit taken aback by the sudden responsibility placed upon him in such short notice. Awkwardly scratching his neck, he hummed and stammered, "I… Uh… Hm… I guess the first thing we need to do… Um…"

Seeing the nervous boy unable to speak clearly, HERO jumped in with a helpful suggestion, "Why don't we start by cleaning the whole place up first? Pick up all the ruined flowers, throw the dead beetles in the trash, something like that."

BASIL looked over to HERO with a relieved smile, before turning to the others, "Yeah. Let's do that first. Let's clean the garden up."

AUBREY and KEL raised their fists up cheerfully, "YESSIR!" before immediately going to work.

SUNNY tugged BASIl to get his attention, pointing at the house, "Let's check to see if the house is okay."

BASIL glanced over and nodded, "Right, we should check my house too… Thankfully I locked the door before I left, so everything inside should be in one piece."

"You have seed packets, right? Let's use them to regrow the garden." SUNNY mentioned.

BASIL nodded happily, "Good idea. I'll grab those too and hand it out to everyone once the garden is cleared up."

HERO gestured over to KEL and AUBREY, "In that case, I'll be supervising the others to make sure they're focused on the job. Can't let them accidentally get into another argument and start another mess of things, you know?"

BASIL giggled, "Yeah, okay."

With everyone's roles sorted out, the group spread out into separate teams as they begin getting to work.

HIKIKO was still on the sidelines, unsure of what to do for herself. Maybe she should follow HERO's example and help out with cleaning the garden too?

Although, she felt a bit uncomfortable after everything that just happened… She'd rather take a breather to calm down and stick around SUNNY to make sure he's alright. The stoic boy didn't seem all that bothered despite being swallowed whole a moment ago. She hoped he wasn't hiding his emotions away again just to make sure everyone didn't worry about him.

He was such a considerate boy, but it was a bad habit for him to keep things inside all the time…

HERO noticed HIKIKO awkwardly rubbing her arm, before asking, "HIKIKO? Are you alright?"

HIKIKO snapped out of her thoughts, mumbling, "Huh? Oh, yeah, I'm fine."

"You sure? You still seem a bit shaken up." HERO pointed out in concern.

"I mean… I guess…" HIKIKO admitted nervously, "I just saw my little brother get eaten alive… It still hasn't left my mind yet."

HERO gave an understanding smile before reaching out to hug her, "Hey, no reason to worry anymore. He's fine. Everyone's fine. You saved your little brother before anything could go wrong."

Yeah… That's right…

HIKIKO managed to save SUNNY before it was too late…

That should be all that matters…

With a gentle smile, HERO suggested to her, "How about you go follow your little brother. Make sure they don't need any help inside. It'll do you some good to stick closer to them so that you can see that they're alright."

HIKIKO smiled back gratefully at HERO's understanding nature. No matter what happened to her, it always seems like HERO would be there to cheer her up.

Giving him a quick kiss on the cheek, HIKIKO said softly, "Thanks, HENRY. You're the sweetest."

HERO blushed and stammered a bit, the kiss taking him by surprise, "O-Oh, uh, yeah! N-No problem. Anything for you!" He chuckled nervously.

HIKIKO giggled to herself, proud that her ability to make him flustered was still at the top of its game. He was always so cute like that. It was her favorite thing about him.

Giving a final wave, HIKIKO went to follow after BASIL and her little brother to make sure they'll be alright.

Behind her, she could hear AUBREY and KEL getting into another shouting match as they argued who wasn't pulling their weight in pushing all the dead beetles into the corner.

"C'mon, AUBREY! You gotta push harder, this thing is still heavy!"

"I'm pushing harder than you, KEL! It's not my fault these things weigh so much!"

"Hey guys, settle down. No need to get heated, let's just take this one at a time." HERO mediated between them.

HIKIKO turned back to give one final look at her friends with a grateful smile.

She was so lucky to have everyone with her. She couldn't ask for a better group of friends to care for her and SUNNY.

She hoped their friendship would last forever.

Taking a deep breath as she neared the door to BASIL's house, she turned the knob and entered.

Black.

Everything was black.

HIKIKO blinked in surprise at how dark it was inside his house.

Did SUNNY and BASIL not turn on the lights?

HIKIKO went to look for a light switch near the door, fumbling a bit in the dark before she finally felt one in her fingertips.

Flicking the lights on, HIKIKO felt her breathing hitch as she looked at the sight in front of her.

This wasn't BASIL's house.

This was MARI's house.

This didn't make any sense… Why was she…

HIKIKO felt a growing headache starting to rise, causing her to hold her head in pain.

She was…

What was she doing here again?

She was just outside… doing something with… a garden, right? Then SUNNY and BASIL came in here to…

SUNNY…

Her little brother was in here… Wasn't he?

HIKIKO had to go find him.

She felt her nerves crawling up the back of her spine as she had a bad feeling all of a sudden.

"SUNNY? Are you here?" HIKIKO called out nervously, before walking forward.

She couldn't hear a response.

Maybe SUNNY was in their room? Yeah, that's it. He was just hiding out in their room, that's why he couldn't hear her.

Better go check…

HIKIKO stepped past the living room couch, pausing briefly to see the fire in the fireplace lighting up all of a sudden.

The comfortable fire was so warm… the bright red glow was drawing her in for some reason.

Inside, she could see something familiar being burnt to ashes in the fire. This made her feel good. It deserved to be burnt. That was the conclusion she came to as she saw it.

As the ashes burnt away into dust, all that was left within the fire was a small tiny piece of… whatever it was sitting there.

HIKIKO felt compelled to reach in and grab it.

The fire was strangely cool to touch.

Once the object was in her hand, she opened it up to take a closer look.

It was… one of the musical keys to a piano. What was it doing in the fireplace? It didn't look like it was supposed to belong to whatever was burning in there.

The piano key seemed… important, somehow… Like she was going to need it in the future.

She pocketed it away, making sure that it was safe.

What was she doing here?

SUNNY.

Recovering from her thoughts, HIKIKO made her way to the stair room to go up to their rooms.

She didn't expect to see BASIL standing at the bottom of the stairs though.

"BASIL?" She called out, "Where's SUNNY? Is he with you?"

BASIL looked up at her, giving her one of the coldest glares she's ever seen him give in her entire life.

She froze in place, her instincts telling her that she was in danger if she got any closer.

"B-… BASIL?" She nervously murmured.

"Why did you pull him down with you, MARI…?" BASIL asked harshly.

"W-... What? What are you talking about?" HIKIKO stuttered fearfully.

"You were older than him. You would have been just fine…" BASIL continued, staring deep into her soul, "SUNNY was young. Fragile. His injuries would have lasted longer than yours."

HIKIKO wanted to back out of this room, away from BASIL, be anywhere else in the world.

But the doorway behind her vanished, leaving only a wall to keep her trapped.

"I saw you, MARI. You were about to fall, and you pulled him down with you. Why?!" BASIL tone became harsher than before, the intensity in his words was making HIKIKO stumble back until she was on the floor.

"I… I didn't…" HIKIKO couldn't make the words come out of her mouth. She didn't even know what she wanted to say.

"Why couldn't you just fall by yourself?!" BASIL's voice started growing louder, "At least then, only you would have suffered from the fall! SUNNY would have been just fine! So why did you have to pull him down with you?!"

HIKIKO didn't know what to do.

She just wanted to leave.

"It should have been YOU! You should be on that hospital bed with a missing eye, MARI! NOT SUNNY!"BASIL began screaming at her, his face showing nothing but contempt and hatred, "You were screaming at him! He looked so scared! Why were you shouting at him near the stairs to begin with, MARI?! SUNNY didn't do anything wrong, so why were you so angry with him?! Why did you pull him down the stairs with you?! It's your fault! Everything was your fault! SUNNY is gone because of you! WHY COULDN'T IT HAVE BEEN YOU?!"

She wanted to leave.

HIKIKO crawled up into a ball to try to close herself off from the world.

She just wanted to leave.

She didn't want to see this.

SUNNY wasn't gone… SUNNY was still here with her.

Where was SUNNY? Why wasn't he here with her?

"I HATE YOU, MARI!"BASIL continued screaming into her ear, "YOU TOOK SUNNY AWAY FROM US! GIVE SUNNY BACK! MAKE HIM COME BACK!"

No- stay away- shut up- This isn't real. SUNNY was still with her, he never left!

SUNNY's still awake! He never fell asleep! He's still with her! He was just with her a moment ago!

She had saved him! She saved SUNNY before it was too late, she knows she did!

Why won't BASIL shut up and go away?!

ShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutupShutup

SHE WANTED TO LEAVE-

..

.

.

WELCOME TO BRIGHTSPACE

HIKIKO kept herself curled into a ball as she laid there in the middle of the vast emptiness that was BRIGHTSPACE.

HIKIKO didn't know how long it was before she suddenly came to and realized she was stuck in a ball position on the floor.

Calming herself down, she pulled herself together and stood back up again.

She couldn't seem to remember what she was doing. It was like she had just woken up from a bad dream.

Everything should be fine though. Nothing wrong happened to her.

Nothing wrong ever happens to her in BRIGHTSPACE.

It was a simple place. Easy to understand. Easy to live in.

Nothing bad ever happens in BRIGHTSPACE.

Taking a look around, she saw that her kitty MEWO was still snoozing away in the corner of her blanket.

All her personal items were still where she left them.

The door that led to HEADSPACE wasn't there anymore though… Maybe it was just closed off to her for the time being?

With nothing better to do, HIKIKO decided to keep herself distracted as she passed the time, waiting for something to happen.

She checked her laptop, placing it on her lap to enjoy the warmth as it heated up. She casually checked her planner to see that everything was still as orderly as it ever was. Nothing seemed out of place. Opening up her journal, she began typing as she recorded what happened today.

Today I went to visit my friends. Everything was fine.

With nothing else to do, she stared blankly at the home screen for a bit before growing bored and shutting her laptop down.

What else should she do?

Piano practice might be good. It wouldn't do for her to get rusty.

Stepping up, she walked over to her toy piano and cracked her fingers in order to play a few songs.

At least, that was the plan.

For some reason, her toy piano didn't have any of its musical keys attached.

That's weird. Did she accidentally break it the last time she played with it?

How was she supposed to play anything now if her piano was broken?

Hm…

She blinked for a bit as she reached into her pocket and pulled out a piano key.

Where did this come from? How did she manage to get this?

It felt… very important to her for some reason…

Shrugging, she went to attach the piano key back in its rightful place on the piano.

One key down.

Looking down at her piano, the single key sitting on the keyboard seemed very lonely. Hopefully, she'll find the rest soon enough.

HIKIKO looked around one last time, finding herself wondering what else she should do.

Maybe she let time passed long enough… She should probably wake up now. She had something important to do today, didn't she?

She turned to look at the rope dangling from the endless ceiling above the chair, before walking over to it.

Setting the chair up, she stood on top of it before looping the rope into a tight knot to form a noose with comfortable ease.

When the knot was done, she pulled on it to make sure it was sturdy and tight. Satisfied with her handiwork, she wrapped the noose around her neck and took a deep breath to prepare herself.

When she was all ready, she pushed the chair away from under her.

She enjoyed the brief weightless sensation for a bit before the sudden-

...

MARI slowly opened her eyes as the sun shined over her face.

Today was SUNNY's birthday. She should get ready so that she could come visit him in the hospital again.

Pulling herself away from her bed, MARI rubbed her eyes clear as she went to prepare her day.

Notes:

I was planning to make this a BASIL focused chapter, but I ended up writing more of MARI's HEADSPACE than I was planning.

Elder_Scrolling_The_Internet on Chapter 4 in regards to what he thought MARI's weapon was-
"A steak, not a steak knife, a steak."

This. This inspired the steak-flail gag. I chose this over the correct guesses because it was funny. I hope you enjoy the shoutout, you monster.

Hope I did a decent job writing the dream world. I decided to keep most elements familiar with canon instead of doing my own thing to make it unique for MARI. If you think hard about it, it probably wouldn't make sense for MARI to imagine all of her friends knowing how to fight with toys like SUNNY does since she was never portrayed with an overactive imagination. Still, I'm more comfortable writing it like this to make it easier to grasp. I have evidence to believe that HEADSPACE isn't just a personal thing that exists within SUNNY's imagination alone, and is actually a broad idea that's existed in humanity for centuries. MR. OUTBACK from ORANGE OASIS planted this idea in me when he answered that he was 33000 years old give or take. I think everyone who visits HEADSPACE views it differently, each unique to their own perception of reality, in order to cope with their broken mind. That's why even though some elements are similar, other elements stay the same.

BTW, I've made it clear that BASIL has his own HEADSPACE. Whether this comes up again or not is something only I will know.

TWO OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHOUT OUTS IN THE NEXT CHAPTER
Question 1.
What did HIKIKO see in the fireplace as it was burning to ash? It wasn't a piano, despite the evidence left behind...

Question 2.
Since BASIL has his own HEADSPACE, it also means he had his own WHITE SPACE. Since MARI is HIKIKO, and SUNNY is OMORI, what name did BASIL adopt for himself in order to forget reality in his own WHITE SPACE?

Whoever's guess I like the most will be mentioned in the next chapter. WORK HARD PEOPLE.

Chapter 6: Happy Birthday, SUNNY!

Summary:

SUNNY celebrates his birthday with his friends!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

MARI waited patiently in the elevator as it took her to the floor that held her little brother's room.

The remnant memories of her dream last night, while mostly fuzzy at this point, still seemed to be bothering her for some reason…

She couldn't really understand why. From the bits she could still remember, she was mostly just having fun with her old friend group alongside SUNNY.

It was the regular comfort dream that allowed her to forget her real-life worries, if only temporarily. It was the reason why she hasn't gone insane yet.

But for some reason, she couldn't shake off the feeling that something bad happened near the end of the dream…

BASIL was angry at her, wasn't he? About… SUNNY...

Hm… Well, it makes sense, she supposed…

Her guilt over what she did to SUNNY must have transferred over in the form of an angry BASIL trying to torment her in her happy dreams.

No doubt, it was something she deserved. She had no right to complain or argue.

Still, waking up from a dream with a bad ending always made her feel so tired in the morning… Even now, her eyes felt heavy and her mind felt foggy. If it wasn't SUNNY's birthday today, she would have probably spent the early hours laying in her bed to keep resting. Then after that, she'd probably-

Probably just… keep resting.

Waiting.

The elevator stopped earlier than where she was going as it picked up another straggler.

Entering the elevator and standing away in the opposite corner was one of the giant POTATO BEETLES that she fought in her dreams.

It was floating in place patiently while reading the daily newspaper.

She blinked a bit, staring at the interestingly mundane sight.

The POTATO BEETLE in front of her seemed to notice her staring as it shifted uncomfortably.

"Well… This is awkward…" It mumbled.

"Yeah…" MARI responded back dumbly.

Clearing its throat, it went back to reading the newspaper and minding its own business.

After a while, MARI turned away to do the same, pretending that she never saw it.

The elevator ride to SUNNY's floor took a painfully long time… Especially with that stupid love song playing as she waited.

Eventually, the elevator stopped again, still nowhere near where SUNNY's floor was.

"Uhp, this is my mom's floor." The POTATO BEETLE murmured, politely nodding his head goodbye at MARI as he hovered away, leaving the elevator to herself.

Once the door closed and she was back to being alone, MARI had to rub her eyes clear as she wondered if she didn't just hallucinate all of that.

God, she should've used the extra hours to sleep before coming here.

No use complaining about it now.

"KEL?" AUBREY muttered in confusion.

"AUBREY?" KEL asked back, equally surprised.

The two childhood friends stared at each other in shock, never expecting to see the other one showing up in SUNNY's hospital room today.

After a moment of awkward silence, KEL was the one to break the ice first with a grin, "Hey! I didn't see this coming. You still visit SUNNY too, huh? I guess I shouldn't be surprised..."

AUBREY blinked for a bit before narrowing her eyes at him suspiciously, "What exactly are you doing here?"

KEL raised an eyebrow, before realizing how it looked and gave a sheepish smile, "Oh, right… It has been a few years since you last saw me visit SUNNY… Seeing me again all of a sudden probably took you off guard, didn't it?"

KEL had only just started visiting SUNNY again just a few days ago after all. The last time he did this, he remembered AUBREY would always come over in order to keep MARI company when she visited.

It seems AUBREY just visits SUNNY by herself now.

KEL realized that out of everyone, he was probably the only one that ever stopped coming… BASIL, MARI, and even AUBREY have been constantly keeping check of SUNNY every day, didn't they?

Only KEL ever stopped...

It kind of made him feel guilty, to be honest.

It kind of made him feel ashamed that it took this long to finally come back to visit SUNNY again.

AUBREY gave an incredulous look at KEL, before slowly responding, "I… I guess..."

For AUBREY, she was incredibly confused to see KEL in the hospital right next to SUNNY's bed. She had remembered that he stopped coming to visit around four years ago… When exactly did KEL start coming back?

Was it around the time when AUBREY stopped visiting SUNNY anymore? Has KEL always been visiting SUNNY these past few years after she stopped without her knowing?

But… that didn't make sense… She thought KEL abandoned their old friend group in order to replace them all with different friends…

If KEL had actually changed his mind and started visiting SUNNY again while she was gone… Did that mean KEL never actually abandoned them at all? Has KEL been keeping tabs on SUNNY all this time just like MARI and BASIL were?

If so, then that means AUBREY was the odd one out. She was the only one that ever stopped coming...

It was honestly confusing for her to comprehend. She had been so convinced into thinking that KEL had forgotten all about her, SUNNY, and BASIL this entire time… Had she been wrong the whole time?

It wouldn't be the first time. She had assumed BASIL abandoned her too before he ended up proving her wrong by finding her all those years ago.

It shouldn't be a surprise if she was wrong about KEL as well...

Kinda makes her feel guilty for how she treated KEL when they last saw each other a few days ago...

Kinda makes her feel ashamed that it took her this long to finally come back to visit SUNNY again...

KEL, who was noticing that AUBREY was uncomfortably shifting in place, asked, "Doing alright?"

AUBREY snapped up with a sudden, "Huh? O-Oh, yeah. I am."

"Okay…" KEL blinked, before scratching his neck awkwardly.

Man, AUBREY probably hates me just like MARI does, doesn't she?KEL thought to himself.That's why she's so uncomfortable around me.

KEL must be upset at how I brushed him off last time… I should probably apologize, shouldn't I?AUBREY thought to herself.God, this was so awkward...

The two came to their own conclusions about themselves and each other, however incorrect those conclusions might be, and decided to just stay silent in each other's presence as the awkward tension in the air overwhelmed them.

With neither of them knowing how to talk to each other, or probably just not wanting to talk to each other, they ended up staying silent as they both watched over SUNNY, waiting for something to happen.

Luckily, something did happen.

BASIL arrived with an excited smile as he opened the door, carrying a white flower in his hand.

When he entered the room though, he paused in his step for a bit before he gave an excited gasp, "AUBREY! KEL! You both showed up for SUNNY's birthday!"

AUBREY smiled back, "Hey, BASIL. Sorry it took so long for me to finally come around, but yeah. I'm here now."

AUBREY remembered the countless times BASIL had tried to get her to come visit SUNNY with him since they've reconnected with each other. Each time, AUBREY would get cold feet and gently let him down by saying that she wasn't ready yet.

BASIL, bless his heart, would give a sad yet understanding smile each time and told her not to force herself if she didn't want to.

BASIL shook his head, "Don't worry! I know you've been through a lot, so the fact that you're here now is all that matters! SUNNY would be so happy to know that you've visited today!"

KEL, meanwhile, was internally screaming as he had hyperfocused on something BASIL said just a few seconds ago.

OH MY GOD, IT'S HIS BIRTHDAY?! I COMPLETELY FORGOT!

Oh shoot- whatdoIdowhatdoIdowhatdoIdowhatdoIdo-

No. Neither of them suspects anything yet. Pretend that you totally knew this whole time.

With a carefree smile, KEL loudly cheered, "Alright! It's great to see both of you remembering SUNNY's birthday today too!" Noticing the flower in BASIL's hand, KEL asked, "Is that white flower your birthday gift to SUNNY?"

BASIL beamed happily, "Actually, this is just to replace the one that's already in the vase on the counter." He gestured over to the vase near SUNNY's head, "These are White Egret Orchids. They say you can put your thoughts into them and those thoughts will follow the person through their dreams. I've been watering and replacing these for SUNNY every few weeks so that I can let SUNNY know I'm always thinking about him."

"Aw, that's so sweet…" AUBREY smiled warmly.

KEL nodded in agreement, "Yeah, man. That's some dedication right there."

BASIL went over to do as he said he'd do and proceeded to replace the old nearly wilting flower with the brand new healthy one.

After that, he pulled out a cupcake and a small candle before setting them on the counter, "This is my real birthday gift for him. I went out and bought a cupcake in SUNNY's honor so that I could light a candle for him." Then with an embarrassed smile, he apologetically smiled, "I only brought the one cupcake though… If I knew I'd be having company with me, I would have bought more for all of us to eat."

KEL and AUBREY glanced away in opposite directions with their own guilty expression, knowing that it was their own fault, unaware that the other was thinking the exact same thing.

"I-It's cool, man! I already ate before I came here, so I wouldn't have the room in my tummy anyway." KEL waved away with an awkward laugh.

"Y-Yeah, it's fine! Same here, I already had a big enough breakfast to last me the whole day. Hahaha…" AUBREY reassured while trying to act natural.

BASIL looked between the two of them, wondering why they were acting so weird, before shrugging.

Must be because it's been so long since they've visited SUNNY. The situation must be hard for them. BASIL understands completely.

He was just happy to know that they're both at least trying just for SUNNY's sake.

BASIL looked over at SUNNY with a warm smile. It's a shame that HERO couldn't be here with them for today. It would make the entire group complete. Oh, if only SUNNY could wake up right now to see his friends together waiting for him. He'd be so touched.

In fact, he could probably wake up at any moment!

Any moment!

No? Guess not. BASIL tried.

Well, alright then. Take your time, SUNNY. Everyone will be waiting patiently for you until you do.

AUBREY stepped up to pull out a small keychain of a yellow cat mascot, "This is my birthday gift for SUNNY. I remembered back when we were kids, SUNNY would always put in a dollar to collect the stuff inside the capsule machine at HOBBEEZ. I managed to get lucky with this one." Setting the keychain down on the counter, she turned to give a forlorn expression, "It's not much, but I hope he'll like it."

BASIL gave a reassuring pat on the back, "SUNNY would love anything you give him, AUBREY. No matter what it was. You could probably even give him a cheap stick of gum, and he'd keep it under his pillow every night while thinking of you!"

KEL tilted his head in confusion as he saw AUBREY suddenly blush her face off like a red light bulb and BASIL laughing at her reaction.

KEL didn't really get what the joke was about though. Why would SUNNY like AUBREY's gum so much to keep it under his pillow instead of eating it? Was this like an inside joke between the two of them that he wasn't here for?

Well, now he just feels alienated.

AUBREY softly shoved BASIL out of her face before walking away to a corner to calm herself down.

BASIL settled his giggling before turning to KEL, "So, what did you get for SUNNY as a birthday gift, KEL?"

Well, now hereallyfeels alienated.

Crap crap crap crap crap- Since KEL completely forgot about SUNNY's birthday today, he didn't even know he had to bring a gift!

C'mon, think think think- What did he have on him that he could give to SUNNY without arousing suspicion?!

He had a twenty-dollar bill in his pocket… Would that be enough? He felt like he owed SUNNY that much...

No way! That just seems so impersonal… Besides, what was SUNNY going to use that money for while he's still in a coma?

Hm…

"Uh…" KEL began searching all over his body before realizing something he had on him that was perfect! Pulling it out with a proud smile, he showed basil a small electronic toy, "This! I got him a PET ROCK!"

Haha! Thank goodness KEL always brought at least one PET ROCK with him for any occasion! Whether it be for battle or to get himself out of an awkward situation, PET ROCKS could do anything!

BASIL had a nostalgic smile as he looked over KEL's impromptu gift, "Oh, I remember these things! SUNNY and I used to play with these all the time back when they were just starting to get popular. SUNNY would always win every fight though. He just seems to have an unbeatable track record when it comes to video games." Smiling at KEL, he beamed, "I'm sure SUNNY will love it!"

HAHA, BASIL DIDN'T SUSPECT A THING!

Sorry JASH, but it looks like you'll have to be sacrificed in order to preserve KEL's dignity. Don't worry, SUNNY will take good care of you…

You know, when he ever wakes up.

KEL set the PET ROCK down on the counter next to the other gifts.

With everyone already done offering their well-thought-out and meaningfully planned gifts, BASIL decided to put the candle on the cupcake and light up a flame.

KEL and AUBREY watched as BASIL held up the cupcake towards SUNNY. Glancing over to them, he softly asked, "Will you guys sing the song with me?"

KEL and AUBREY glanced at each other, giving a mutual smile before they both nodded to BASIL.

Standing right beside him, they all counted to three…

MARI paused before she could open the door to SUNNY's room, hearing singing on the other side.

"Happy birthday to you~! Happy birthday to youuu~!"

MARI could make out the voice of BASIL as he was singing. To her confusion, she also heard two other voices singing along with him.

MARI took a step back to stare at the door in front of her. Her imagination painting a vision of what was on the other side.

She could see them… BASIL, KEL, and AUBREY, just like how she used to remember them. They were standing right next to SUNNY as they sang to him for his birthday.

BASIL… He invited them to join, didn't he?

"Happy birthday, dear SUNNY~! Happy birthday to youuu~!"

It had been so long since… since anyone else besides her and BASIL visited SUNNY.

A part of her felt a little overjoyed, to be honest. To see that they still remembered her little brother after all. To care enough to show up on his eighteenth birthday.

But another part of her... It was absolutely furious. How dare those two show up to visit after neglecting SUNNY for four entire years? Leaving him just to enjoy their own personal lives while MARI was still suffering alongside her little brother? Then suddenly visiting on his birthday as if they could just waltz back into his life like nothing ever happened. It was unforgivable.

Inside herself was a conflict of emotions. Of wanting to welcome them back, happy to know that they still care. Of wanting to scream at them to get out of her little brother's room, to make sure they know that MARI hadn't forgiven them.

A part of her still loved them. A part of her still hated them.

In the end, she didn't know what to do. Anxiety filled her mind as she wondered how she would go about this new stressful situation she found herself in.

What would SUNNY do in this situation, she wondered? What kind of choice would SUNNY make if he hadn't seen his friends in four years, only for them to come back to his life?

She imagined he would be happy at the very least if he wasn't resentful at being thrown away by those he cared about. But then again, SUNNY was never the type to be resentful towards anyone… He was a kind and considerate boy who put other's feelings first before thinking of his own. Even if it hurt him.

Especially if it hurt him…

...Especially…?

MARI had to hold her head as she felt a migraine starting to form.

It was hard to even think right now. Her two overwhelming emotions clashed together so hard, she could practically split in half right now.

Yet, compared to her, BASIL was completely fine. He sounded joyful, even.

How was it that BASIL was perfectly content with letting KEL and AUBREY back into his life? How was he able to forgive them for giving up on SUNNY four years ago?

Does he not realize that these were the two out of the three friends who left SUNNY? Left him to rot by himself?

It boggled her mind.

She knew that BASIL cared for SUNNY as much as she did, so surely he must feel some resentment towards AUBREY and KEL? Or maybe he was just holding it all back for SUNNY's sake, knowing that SUNNY would be happy to have them back in his life.

She didn't know anymore.

The only person she could trust right now when it came to SUNNY was BASIL. Moreso than she could even trust herself... If BASIL was willing to trust AUBREY and KEL, then she would have to accept it.

But that didn't mean she'd forgive them.

The past six years have been so lonely, waiting for SUNNY to wake up. The past four years hurt so much as everyone left her behind. The past two years, she only just barely managed to keep her sanity despite everyone moving on with their lives without her. Without SUNNY.

She was so tired… So so so tired...

Maybe it would be better if she… stayed outside here. To avoid causing trouble. The idea of facing AUBREY and KEL right now made her too unstable.

If she entered the room right now, she might… She might ruin the birthday party for SUNNY. She might do something that she'll regret…

She can't trust herself not to hurt two of SUNNY's beloved friends.

Even if they deserved it for giving up on her little brother and leaving him to rot in the first place.

As much as she wanted to see her little brother, she'll stay out here and wait.

Waiting… like she always does.

Hours passed as the three childhood friends conversed with each other.

The conversation at some point switched from reminiscing about the old days to eventually talking about what had happened in their recent lives since SUNNY's accident.

KEL was surprised to see AUBREY being more open and talkative compared to the last time they saw each other. It was only a few days ago, but he remembered her being so distant and cold. But now, as they sat around SUNNY and talked, it was like she did a complete one-eighty.

BASIL didn't even seem all that surprised, conversing with her as if they've still been in contact with each other all this time.

It really threw him in for a loop.

He wondered if this meant that AUBREY didn't hate KEL as much as she did before… Maybe all it took was visiting SUNNY again to get back on track with his old friends.

Remembering what BASIL told him a few days back, KEL was beginning to believe that BASIL might have been onto something about how SUNNY would one day help make things go back to the way things used to be.

It only took ten minutes in the same room with the comatose boy for AUBREY to start acting like a normal human being towards him again.

"So, wait a second-" KEL interrupted the conversation as his mind got caught up, "The reason why you became the leader of your own gang was because you were trying to stop the rise of gang violence that was culminating in FARAWAY?"

AUBREY raised an eyebrow at his incredulous tone, "What, you got a problem with that?"

"Well, I mean…" KEL shrugged dubiously, "I just have a hard time believing that. I never heard about any gang problem in FARAWAY before. If anything, you and the SCOOTER GANG were the only gangs that I've ever even heard about."

Crossing her arms up, she gave an indignant look as she asked, "Well, answer me this then, KEL. Have you seen any gangs bullying or mugging people in this town for the past four years?"

"Uh…" KEL around awkwardly, before giving a flat, "No."

"Have you noticed random punks from out of town trying to lay claim on the town's park?"

"No…?"

"Have you ever experienced being a victim of a gang attack in the last four years?"

KEL shook his head, "No."

"Exactly. You're welcome." AUBREY harrumphed with a prideful nose up in the air.

KEL blinked to himself, still confused. Turning to BASIL, he asked dubiously, "Hey, is she telling the truth? Or is she just trying to mess with me?"

BASIL chuckled, politely stating, "At the very least, I can confidently say that she and the SCOOTER GANG aren't bad kids. They're just trying to do what's right."

"Mhm…" KEL pressed X to Doubt, but didn't add anything further.

Well, as long as AUBREY and her gang weren't causing trouble like the rumors were saying…

Looking over to SUNNY for a bit, he wondered out loud, "Imagine if SUNNY could talk to us right now. I wanna hear what he has to say about all this." Turning back to AUBREY, he gave a teasing smile, "I bet you he'd probably be rolling his eyes at all this and not believe a single word."

"Orrrr…" AUBREY drawled out, before countering, "He'd think that I was the coolest sh*t on the block for basically being a modern-day vigilante superhero in our own hometown."

"What, like The Magical Girl SWEETHEART?" KEL chuckled.

"Uh, yeah!" AUBREY stated matter of factly, "She's f*cking awesome, so exactly like SWEETHEART."

"Oh god, I'm suddenly imagining you constantly doing that signature laugh she always does…" KEL deadpanned, "You guys remember what I'm talking about? The laugh that got so obnoxiously overused in the TV show that they toned it down for the movie adaptation?"

"Oh yeah, she did do that a lot in the show, didn't she?" BASIL recalled, before imitating it, "It went something like…HoHohoHohoHOHO!… Right?"

"No no no, you're doing it wrong," AUBREY stated, "You gotta do it with the same stance and the triumphant face she does." Bringing her hand just under her chin and making an obnoxious-looking smile, AUBREY proceeded to laugh, "OHOHOHOHOHOHO!"

"I remember it being more like this though…" KEL cleared his throat, making the same stance and face as AUBREY as he laughed as well, "OoohHOH HOH HOH HOH HOH HOH!"

"Like this?" BASIL attempted again while following the other two's examples, "HOHOHOHOHOHOHO!"

"HOHHOHOHOHHOOHHOHOH!"

"AHO HO HO HO HO HO HO!'

"FUFUFUFUFUFUFUFUFU!"

"Oh come on, that's not even the same laugh anymore!" AUBREY broke out into a genuine laugh this time.

"It so totally is though! It just has a different inflection now!" KEL laughed back.

BASIL started giggling as well from the ridiculousness of it all.

When everyone eventually calmed their giggle fits, BASIL continued, "SUNNY might not appreciate the comparison to SWEETHEART though. I remember her show being his least favorite to watch whenever we came over on Saturdays."

"Yeah, makes sense. He was always more into CAPTAIN SPACEBOY." KEL remembered fondly, "Man, I remember back then, me and SUNNY would go sneaking out in the middle of the night just to go over to HOBBEEZ so that we could keep reading all the CAPTAIN SPACEBOY issues. By the time we'd get back home, we would only be able to get three hours of sleep before having to wake up for school."

"Oh, dude, I remember HERO actually going off on a tirade about that. He was sooo pissed when we all found out…" AUBREY chuckled fondly, "God, you and SUNNY were such idiots back then."

"Oh yeah? Well, I still managed to read further into the comic series before anyone else did, thus granting me power through the knowledge of spoilers. Who's the idiot now?" KEL challenged with a smirk.

"Still you, dude." AUBREY smirked back.

"Exactly!" KEL puffed his chest out proudly at this for some reason.

BASIL studied his two friends fondly as they began getting along with each other like back when they were kids. Despite being older and taller, despite all the changes and hardships they all individually faced, they both still acted like the bratty kids they used to be down to their core. BASIL honestly wouldn't have it any other way.

"And what are you smiling at us for?" AUBREY called out playfully, "You better not be thinking something rude about us."

BASIL shook his head, "Nope… I'm actually just really happy right now. Hanging out with the both of you makes me feel like I'm a kid again. Like nothing changed at all."

KEL nodded understandingly, "Yeah… It is pretty fun to just relax and talk, just like back then. Even though we're missing some people, I can't help but feel like things are back to how they used to be…"

AUBREY seemed pretty surprised at this revelation at how natural she was acting, as well as how much she was enjoying herself being around them. Then, with a nostalgic smile, she agreed, "Yeah… it does feel like that, doesn't it."

When AUBREY first arrived and saw KEL again, she was immediately preparing herself for either an awkward confrontation or an angry violent one. Never did she expect that she would actually manage to have fun with her old friends again.

It was almost like the past four years of silence never happened.

Almost, at least…

AUBREY looked over at SUNNY again, this time with a frown.

If only SUNNY was here with them to enjoy this too. HERO and MARI should be here with them as well.

It's just not the same without the whole group together…

BASIL and KEL noticed the sad look she was giving, before BASIL asked softly, "You're thinking about SUNNY?"

She nodded, "I wish he was awake right now. I miss him so much. I miss being together with MARI and HERO too…"

KEL and BASIL gave an understanding look, silently agreeing with her.

It's been six years now… Six years of his life that SUNNY completely missed out on.

What could life have been like if SUNNY never got into that accident? How much would change if he was still with them now, and never left?

Questions that will never get any answers. Something that they'll have to deal with on their own until he decides to wake up…

BASIL stood up from his seat to walk over to SUNNY, with KEL and AUBREY sitting by to watch curiously.

"Hey, SUNNY." BASIL began happily enough, "It's your best friend, BASIL. I hope you're doing well. I managed to get both AUBREY and KEL together to come visit you again for the first time in years. I bet you missed them both dearly, haven't you? Were you excited when you heard their voices again? I know I was when I first saw them." BASIL chuckled softly, "Sorry that we couldn't get HERO to swing by too. I'm sure you would've appreciated having him visit. College takes up a lot of free time apparently."

"I got good news about that, actually!" KEL spoke up cheerfully, "HERO said that he's going to go on a break soon once he's done with his finals this course! He's gonna come back home to spend his break! I think I might be able to convince him to come visit SUNNY when we have some free time on our hands!"

"Did you hear that, SUNNY?" BASIL looked back at his friend with a wide smile, "You might be able to see HERO after all! Isn't that so exciting?"

Despite everything being told to him, SUNNY didn't once show any kind of response.

Besides the steady breathing of his lungs, SUNNY hasn't moved a muscle in years.

"If you can, I'd like for you to wake up soon… It might be asking for much though, and I probably shouldn't get my hopes up... But still, never hurts to ask." BASIL chuckled, "I should probably mention that I won't be able to visit you for the next couple of days… The manager of FIX-IT is low on staff and is asking me to work overtime to make up for it until he finds more workers. I promise I won't take too long though! Once I get free time again, I'll be back visiting you before you know it! Even if you get lonely, you'll have KEL and AUBREY to keep you company again."

SUNNY remained steadily breathing without a care in the world.

BASIL looked down at him sadly, "I miss you, SUNNY. Take your time and wake up when you feel ready, okay?"

Finishing his talk, BASIL went back to his seat with a sad smile.

"Do you think he can hear you?" KEL asked.

"Maybe. Maybe not." BASIL shrugged, "I just find that it helps to talk to him sometimes. Even if he can't hear us, maybe our intentions might be able to get through to him somehow, you know? Reaching wherever he is in his head."

KEL looked back, humming in thought as he mulled BASIL's words over.

AUBREY looked at her tapping foot, finding herself impatient and restless. Emboldened by BASIL's example, she suddenly decided to stand up and give her own attempt at speaking with SUNNY.

Looking down at him with sad eyes, she started off, "Hey, SUNNY… It's me, AUBREY. I hope you can still recognize my voice…" She toyed with her hair awkwardly, but continued on, "I know we haven't talked in a long time… I've changed since then. I've changed a lot, actually... I've got pink hair now and blue contacts now. You probably wouldn't recognize me anymore just by looking. Despite it all, I hope you still find me cute."

KEL raised an eyebrow at this but didn't interrupt, listening with rapt attention.

"BASIL once told me your secret crush on me a few years back. Hopefully, you won't be too mad at him for spilling the secret. I… I was actually really flattered and happy when I found out how you felt about me." AUBREY started blushing again, but kept continuing, "I just want you to know that… I probably feel the same way, maybe. Probably.God, what am I saying right now?" She muttered to herself as she covered her face.

The speed of KEL reacting to this plot twist was so fast, it caused a wormhole to open up and destroyed the time-space continuum as KEL had already collapsed on the floor in shock about five hours ago as he listened to this.

"Sometimes I wonder if you'd still feel the same way towards me as you did six years ago. I'm not the same girl you used to remember, so I wouldn't be surprised if you don't have the same spark anymore... Still, it's nice to imagine what could have been... I wish I told you how I felt sooner." AUBREY took a deep breath to steady her nerves, "I really miss you, SUNNY. I really really really miss you. Happy birthday..."

Giving a huge sigh of relief as she finished her confession, AUBREY slugged herself over to her seat and went slack.

"God, that was intense. I didn't realize admitting your feelings and speaking your mind would put such a toll on the body." AUBREY said tiredly.

BASIL looked over at KEL who had been stuck in the same position for the past five hours, "That doesn't seem like a sanitary sitting position, KEL."

Ignoring the flower boy, KEL immediately sat straight up before giving a wide sh*t-eating grin at AUBREY, "Soooo~ You and SUNNY have had a crush on each other, huuuuh~?"

Too tired to move, AUBREY closed her eyes as she muttered, "BASIL. Punch KEL in the face for me. I'd do it myself, but I don't wanna move."

BASIL followed her wishes, giving KEL an extremely weak love top to the face.

KEL overreacted by hurling himself backward to roughly crash onto the floor again, as if AUBREY's intention of inflicting pain on him was enough to power up BASIL's weak punch.

"Thank you." AUBREY muttered, satisfied with the sound she heard.

Bouncing back up with a cheerful and excited smile, KEL patted himself down, "Okay, I'll make sure to put a pin on this and ask you about it later~! Now it's finally my time to shine!"

KEL hopped over to SUNNY, bombastically presenting himself with enough energy to kill an elephant.

"HEY, SUNNY! It's your old friend, KEL! Bet you missed me a whole bunch, huh?" KEL chuckled, "I missed you too man. You won't believe the adventures I've been having while you were gone! I met so many new friends and got along with tons of strangers!" KEL began listing off, "I managed to get into the school's basketball team, I made friends with a cute artist who can make incredible life-like drawings, I got a little sister named SALLY- Oh my god, I forgot to tell you that first! I'm totally a big brother now! Isn't that awesome?!" KEL gushed, "Mom and Dad had her about two years ago, and she's the cutest baby in the world! I know it sounds like exaggerated bias coming from her own family, but I'm telling you that she is absolutely adorable! I wish I could hold her without making her cry though… She always gets scared of my face for some reason…"

"HAH!For some reasonhe says!" AUBREY heckled.

"Shush." KEL bit back, before resuming, "When you finally wake up again, I gotta introduce you to her someday. I'm sure you'll love her just as much as I do!" KEL's smile slowly softened a bit as he admitted, "A lot has changed since you slept. Some good, some bad. When you finally wake up, you might have a hard time recognizing the place you used to live in for so long. But no matter what happens, I promise I'll be there for you this time. I'm not going to leave you alone ever again. From now on, I'm gonna start visiting you regularly like I used to before I stopped four years ago. I hope you don't mind hearing my voice screaming into your ear a whole lot more often than normal in the coming future. Happy birthday, SUNNY. Hope you have sweet dreams."

Finished with his turn, KEL jumped back to his seat again with a satisfied smile and a long stretch.

"Ah, it feels good to let that out of my system. Really hoping SUNNY was listening to all that…"

BASIL smiled back, "With your explosive voice and bombastic personality, I doubt he could tune you out even if he tried."

AUBREY pulled herself back up as she suddenly asked, "Wait, earlier you just said that you were going to start visiting SUNNY regularly…from now on?"

KEL looked back at her with a curious, "Yeah?"

"As in, you haven't been visiting at all since four years ago until now?" AUBREY continued.

Raising an eyebrow, he stated, "I thought you already knew that? Haven't you been visiting SUNNY along with BASIL and MARI all this time while I was gone?"

AUBREY blinked stupidly to herself as her earlier conclusions have crashed down on themselves.

Then with a groan, she tilted her head back and covered her face, "UUUUUUUUGGHH! You freakin' idiot! So I was right about you all along since the beginning! And I was totally building up all that goodwill and trust towards you too until now!"

"Okay, what am I missing here?" KEL asked as he turned to BASIL, "I suddenly feel like I did something wrong without even realizing it."

BASIL looked between his two friends in confusion, before shrugging, "I'm honestly lost in this conversation myself."

Bringing her hands down to glare at KEL, she was about to give a piece of her mind.

But then she stopped, as she noticed both KEL and BASIL were looking at her strangely. Then she remembered the past few hours today and how much fun she had been having with them both as they celebrated SUNNY's birthday.

She also realized that KEL had mistakenly come to the same accidental conclusions as she did about how either of them was still visiting SUNNY all these years while the other was gone living their own life.

If she really decided to make a deal out of it now, she'd end up exposing herself as a massive hypocrite and would have no moral ground to stand on anymore.

Was it really worth it to get angry about it, she asked herself? When bygones wordlessly became bygones today?

Was it worth souring the mood, just to fulfill her own self-righteous satisfaction?

Sigh… She was tired of being angry, to be honest.

"Ugh, never mind." AUBREY groaned annoyingly, "I'm too tired to even want to do anything about it anymore."

KEL, unaware of the massive giant bullet that he somehow luckily managed to dodge, tilted his head confusedly before wisely deciding to let sleeping dogs lie.

He had a bad feeling that if he continued prodding the sleeping beast, it'll ruin the whole day and reset everyone's progress back to square one all over again.

BASIL was clueless as to what just happened but still managed to stay happy.

Having both AUBREY and KEL speak to SUNNY after all these years gave BASIL some comfort and peace of mind. It only reaffirmed that SUNNY was the missing link that was keeping their old friend group back together. As if his mere presence was enough to get people connected again.

He only just needs to wake up… And BASIL was sure everything would be back to the way things used to be.

Eventually, the sky turned orange, and everyone decided to leave it there on a high note.

AUBREY and KEL left the hospital room with a satisfied smile, turning back to BASIL to thank him.

"Hey, thanks for having us join you, BASIL. Today was… surprisingly more fun than I was expecting." AUBREY admitted.

"Yeah, man! Me too." KEL concurred, "If it wasn't for you giving me the encouragement I needed, I probably would have still been too scared to come back after all this time. It was really great hanging out with everyone again."

BASIL shook his head, "No need to thank me! If anything, I should be thanking you! You're the ones who made SUNNY's eighteenth birthday all the more memorable. I want both of you to know that you're welcome at any time to come visit SUNNY, with or without me."

"I'll make the effort to go at it alone next time." AUBREY nodded.

"Same here." KEL gave a quick peace sign before walking away, "See you later!"

AUBREY waved farewell as well, following KEL to the elevator.

BASIL waved at the two of them fondly, "Bye you guys! It was great to be together with you two again!"

...

...

...

After they went out of sight, BASIL's smile slowly faded away as his face hardened.

Turning around, BASIL slammed the door shut to reveal MARI was hiding behind it this entire time. She jolted a bit from the loud slam, keeping her face hidden away.

"I was wondering where you've been. I knew you wouldn't miss out on visiting SUNNY on his birthday." BASIL stated before simply asking, "Why were you hiding? You could have come in and joined us this entire time."

MARI kept her eyes on the floor, refusing to make eye contact with him.

She shook her head, "I… I just didn't want to face those two."

"Why not?" BASIL stared coldly at her, "It would have been the perfect chance to reconnect and make up with them."

At this, she shook her head even harder, "There's… There's no way I could have done that…I couldn't trust myself to stay calm around those two. That's too much to ask."

"Is it?" BASIL asked incredulously, "Because you still hate them?"

MARI didn't bother responding back to that.

BASIL shook his head slowly with disgust in his eyes.

Still too busy getting lost in her own world to understand how everyone else feels around her.

Despite the fact that it was all her fault to begin with… How she managed to find the reasons to resent her friends for not willing to suffer as much as she was over SUNNY's tragedy was insulting. Both to their friends and to SUNNY.

It's just another brand of selfishness.

Hypocrite.

Unable to tolerate her any longer, BASIL had to force himself to leave before he said something he'd regret.

BASIL turned around, not bothering to say goodbye to MARI as he headed towards the exit.

By the time BASIL was long out of earshot, MARI was too late to muster up the courage to thank him for still caring about SUNNY. Thank him for still being able to forgive their friends when she still hasn't been able to herself.

Thank him for still not forgiving her.

In her eyes… BASIL was the only true friend for SUNNY that she could rely on.

She hoped that never changes…

After a while, she somehow found the strength to push herself away from the wall and open the door to SUNNY's room.

Being able to see him again sent waves of relief to her heart.

Being together with him like this felt like a stab through the heart…

It pained her so much to see him sometimes. But she still keeps visiting in order to keep him company.

And to remind herself what she's done...

Pulling up a chair next to SUNNY, she gave a weak smile as she held onto his hand.

"Hey, Little Brother." She started off softly, "Happy birthday… Did you have fun spending time with your friends again? BASIL is such a nice boy for setting it up for you. He even somehow managed to get KEL and AUBREY to join, even though they haven't visited in so long…"

SUNNY said nothing back.

"I know what you're going to say…" MARI chuckled weakly, "You want me to go find BASIL and apologize to him, don't you? To find AUBREY and KEL and apologize to them too…" She slowly shook her head, "I'm sorry, but I don't think I can bring myself too… I just… can't seem to get over it… I'm sure you'd have already done the right thing and forgiven all of them by now if you were here, but… I guess I'm just not as kind-hearted as you are…"

Looking over the counter next to her, her eyes lit up as she saw all the gifts left behind for him.

"Look, SUNNY! Look at all these gifts your friends left you!" MARI called out cheerfully, even if the smile never reached her eyes, "This big yellow cat looks so cute! Isn't it lovely?" Picking up the keychain that AUBREY left for him, she dangled it above SUNNY's head for him to see, "You collect stuff like this, don't you? I'm sure it'll look nice with all the other capsule toys you've bought." Setting the keychain back down, she picked up the next one, "Oh, I recognize these! I've seen you and BASIL play together with these all the time back then." Placing the PET ROCK in SUNNY's hand, she squeezed it tightly between the two of them, "You had plans to try to build up a large collection of this stuff too, didn't you? You've worked so hard doing chores in order to save up enough just to try to get the next piece."

Setting that back on the counter, she found a lit candle that was already blown out.

"Oh, did you and your friends make a wish?" She picked the candle up and carefully looked it over, "It's a shame there was only just one candle. I remember back when we were celebrating your twelfth birthday, you were so awestruck to find so many candles sticking out of your cake! Your expression was so cute… I think BASIL took a picture of it before you blew it all out, didn't he? I would have loved to have a copy of that photo…"

Putting the candle away, MARI turned back to SUNNY as she continued acting cheerfully, "Wow, today must have been the best birthday for you yet! I can't wait to see how you'll celebrate the next one when you're nineteen years old!"

SUNNY did not respond.

MARI, unable to keep the act going for any longer, felt her smile fade away.

Laying her head down on his lap, MARI quietly started begging, "Please wake up, SUNNY… I miss you so much… I just want you to come home to me…"

SUNNY did not respond.

Tears began trickling out of her eyes, "I'd do anything just to see your smile again… I loved your smile so much… Even though you rarely do it, it always brightened up my day whenever you did."

SUNNY did not respond.

"I wouldn't care if you'd even hated me… You can call me names, insult me, hurt me as much as you want… As long as you woke up, I wouldn't care… I'd accept it all, because I'd deserve it."

SUNNY did not respond.

Her composure slowly crumbling, MARI began sobbing, "I'm so sorry, SUNNY… I'm so sorry… I wish I could take your place… I wish I could be the one on this bed instead of you…! Because of me, you lost your eye and the last six years of your life… I don't know how I'd ever be able to pay you back…I ruined your life, didn't I? I'm such a stupid dumb sister… I can't even remember why we were arguing near the stairs in the first place, but because of that, I ruined your life…"

SUNNY did not respond.

No longer having any words left to say, MARI devolved into just sobbing uncontrollably onto his lap, the blankets soaking up all her tears.

Her hand held tightly onto his with a deathlike grip, unable to let go.

She was never able to let go.

She could never let him go.

Otherwise, she'd have nothing left.

And with nothing left, how could she find the excuse to go on?

Eventually, the tears stopped flowing.

MARI passed out on top of his lap, her hand still holding onto his tightly.

The sun began setting as nighttime came.

Visiting hours were coming to a close.

Yet somehow, perhaps due to negligence or from being understaffed, no one bothered to check in the room with the comatose boy missing an eye.

MARI was left sleeping by her little brother the entire night, as she dreamed of a space where nothing ever went wrong.

SUNNY's eighteenth birthday party was over.

The world kept on spinning without a care in the world.

Nighttime turned into day.

The sky turned from dark to blue.

The sunlight entered through the windows of the room.

OMORI slowly opened his eye as the sun shined over his face.

Notes:

I wrote this entire chapter sleep-deprived in order to immerse myself into MARI's shoes.

Turns out, she only shows up for like half of the chapter. Whomp whomp.

This chapter means a lot to me, and I am going to need you to comment to let me know how terribly I screwed up writing this.

Shoutout time!

Kamary on Chapter 5 in regards to both questions-
Question 1: I'm pretty sure the thing in the fire was the broken violin. I feel like Mari would have burned it because she couldn't stand the reminder of what happened. It was also probably part of the reason people thought it was a suicide attempt, since that was the sharp thing he fell on. In a way, the violin is the implication that Sunny was partially responsible for what happened, and I feel like Mari would want to scrub any trace of that. Her little brother is perfect and would never put himself in danger.
Question 2: If we're going with the the idea of the White Space names being exclusively from Hikikomori, then I feel like Ori would be the best one for Basil (like from Ori and the Blind Forest because Basil has plant vibes at all times). Outside of that, I think another great way to go would be with flower meaning. I tend to favour Anemone, which is forsaken love, or Poppy, which is the flower of forgetfulness.

Kamary, my dude/duddette/dud. Your guesses, they make me tingle. BUT I AM SO CONFUSED ABOUT WHAT YOU MEAN BY SUICIDE ATTEMPT.

The incident was never portrayed as a suicide attempt, and neither BASIL nor MARI tried to frame it as such. To everyone else, it was just a simple accident on the stairs. To MARI and BASIL, it was all MARI's fault. I want to say good guesses on both questions! I will neither confirm nor deny if you're correct though.

No questions for this chapter, but still comment anyway so that I can have an excuse to make more shoutouts.

I'm gonna aim unrealistically high and ask for 500 unique comments for this single chapter. READY?! GO!

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 7: OMORI

Summary:

INTERLUDE CHAPTER - PLEASE READ AUTHOR'S NOTE WHEN FINISHED

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

INTERLUDE

I was hiding in the bathroom. I had already locked the door so that nobody could come in and find me.

I couldn't breathe. I couldn't calm down. Nothing made sense anymore…

Why did I turn around? Why…? Why did I have to turn around?!

Oh god, MARI… She was looking at me…!

She was staring right at me! Why was she staring?! How could she stare at me like that?!

It didn't make any sense. Nothing made sense!

She wasn't breathing.

She wouldn't move.

I waited… I waited for so long for her to wake up, move, breathe, do anything- but she never woke up…

No matter how much I shook her awake, she just wouldn't wake up- and it was my fault…!

BASIL… He told me to do it. To help him bring MARI outside in the backyard.

I didn't know why. He kept telling me to trust him, that everything was going to be okay.

I didn't understand why. I couldn't even make sense out of anything.

But I trusted him. I wanted to trust him. He was one of my best friends… If he knew what to do, I had to trust him to help me fix it…

But… but…

He hung her body to the tree with a jump rope. He tied it into a noose and pulled her body up there to hang on the tree.

I didn't understand why. I couldn't make any sense out of it. How was this going to help?

He told me that now I wouldn't be in trouble for pushing MARI down the stairs.

Was I going to be in trouble?

No, what am I saying? Of course, I would have gotten in trouble… I just killed my sister by pushing her down the stairs- Of course I was…

BASIL just wanted to protect me, didn't he?

But… But why did MARI have her eyes open when we turned around?

Why was she staring at me?! Her eyes were closed the entire time when I moved her to our room! Her eyes stayed close even when I helped BASIL bring her outside to the backyard!

So how?! How could she look at me with her eyes open like that when I turned around?! How was it possible if she was already-

No… NO…!

It couldn't be…?

She was… She was… still alive…?

She was… still alive… and she woke up just as we hung her?

Oh god, please no… No, please God, don't be true…

NO! NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO-

SHE WAS DEAD, I KNOW SHE WAS DEAD!

I kept checking over and over and over to try to see if she was still breathing- SHE WOULDN'T BREATHE!

She never woke up.

But how could she open her eyes if she was dead...?

Oh god… MARI… She-

She wasn't dead. Not yet.

Not until I hung her. She was still alive, wasn't she?

That was the only explanation I could think of. It was the only thing I could possibly believe.

I could have saved her.

I could have told someone.

I could have called 911.

But… But instead, I hung her.

Why…?

Why did I hang her instead of calling for help?!

Why didn't she wake up sooner?!

Why did BASIL make me hang her?!

Oh god, why BASIL, why?! Why did you make me help you hang her to the tree if she was still alive?!

That's when she died. She woke up just in time to die. She was suffering, and I finished the job.

I killed her.

It's all my fault…!

I killed her.

IkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledherIkilledher

It'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfaultIt'sallmyfault

I killed my sister.

I could've saved her, but I killed her.

I'm a murderer.

And now SOMETHING won't stop staring back at me in the mirror.

Why was I in the piano room?

Was I still in denial? Was I still trying to convince myself that I would see MARI practicing there like she always does in the morning?

Her music was so beautiful… I just had to hear it one more time.

But it was silent.

Nobody was in the piano room. Only me.

I sat in the same seat that MARI usually sat. I stroked my fingers over the keys that MARI would always press.

The piano room would never play beautiful music anymore. Never again…

All because of me.

Because I killed my sister.

I looked over the reflection of the polished dark wood of the piano, and in that reflection, I saw a boy looking back at me.

He looked so miserable...

When I looked into his eyes in the reflection, I could only see sadness and pity looking back at me.

Why was this boy sad? Why was he looking at me like that?

What did he know about me that I didn't already?

He looked confused as I continued to stare at him. Widened his eyes as if he couldn't figure out what he was seeing.

Am I that much of a jumbled mess to him? Do I even resemble a human being anymore?

A murderer like me must seem disgusting to the boy inside the piano. An abomination of nature.

What I wouldn't give to be able to trade places with him. What I wouldn't give to leave this place and go to where he lived, inside the reflection. To escape what I've done...

He must be doing better off than I was. He looked like still had the sanity to know what was going on.

I glanced up a bit to see a name etched just right above him.

OMORI…

Was that the boy's name? OMORI? It sounded familiar.

I couldn't even find the concentration to remember what my own name was anymore…

How nice would it be to have a name again? To know what was going on. To make sense of this jumbled garbled world.

The world I was living in was a mess. Everything was too complicated for me to make any sense out of. Life might as well be a tv screen playing static.

But in OMORI's world, it looked simple. Empty. Different. Like nothing bad happens inside.

Like nothing ever goes wrong.

I want that kind of world… It seems so much easier to understand in comparison. OMORI looked like he could understand everything.

If only I could be in his shoes instead… If only I could… be OMORI…To live in OMORI's world...

Maybe then I can finally understand what was going on.

I closed my eyes… and wondered…

He had opened his eyes gently, before looking back at the reflection in front of him.

The boy was still there, staring back at him.

OMORI wondered why the boy was staring at him so? Was there something he wanted from OMORI?

All OMORI could offer him was an apologetic look. There was nothing in this world that OMORI could provide, not to the boy on the other side…

But still… He felt bad for the boy. He looked so miserable... Tired. Dead. It was like the boy couldn't make any sense of the world he was living in and wanted to live somewhere else.

If OMORI could, he would try to invite this boy over to this side of the reflection. To where he lived.

WHITE SPACE.

It was a simple place, WHITE SPACE. OMORI has been living here for as long as he could remember.

Nothing bad ever happened in WHITE SPACE. Nothing ever went wrong…

OMORI liked it like that. It was simple. Easier to understand.

Easier to live in.

OMORI wondered what he could do to help this poor boy who looked at him so desperately.

It's not like he could just reach into the reflection and pull him over here.

The boy in the reflection pressed his head against the wall that OMORI was laying against.

OMORI pressed his head back.

The only thing OMORI could do for this boy was to let him watch. Watch OMORI play by himself in WHITE SPACE.

Let him watch OMORI live his life here in a world where nothing bad ever happens and things just made sense.

And when the boy became bored, perhaps OMORI could try to invite others in the WHITE SPACE to come play with him. To let the boy watch and see how much fun OMORI could have in a world where nothing bad happens.

OMORI had tons of friends over in WHITE SPACE. OMORI could do anything in WHITE SPACE.

Because WHITE SPACE was OMORI's world.

Whatever was bothering the boy in the reflection, OMORI will try to entertain him as best he can. OMORI will distract him from whatever he was having trouble with.

Although the boy will need to confront his problems again one day, it is not a bad thing to have fun every once in a while.

Whatever responsibilities the boy needs to face, OMORI can temporarily push it away for the boy's sake…

And hopefully, he will feel better…

"You should just die."

OMORI stabbed SUNNY in the heart one last time.

SUNNY slouched as he lost his grip on his violin.

Before he could fall over, OMORI had already caught him in his arms and hugged him tightly.

SUNNY dropped the violin, allowing it to vanish into the depths of WHITE SPACE.

Despite the awful words that OMORI had spoken to him this whole fight, OMORI had no malice towards him.

Yes, OMORI hated SUNNY. He hated SUNNY with every fiber of his existence.

But everything he said to SUNNY was not said out of spite or hatred. It was just the honest truth. A fact of life.

What SUNNY did was unforgivable, and SUNNY should not forgive himself. SUNNY deserved to die.

This was the truth that SUNNY was trying so hard to remember. The truth that he had hoped would help him find comfort from remembering MARI's death. The truth that he had clung onto so desperately as they battled.

In the end, OMORI knew it would have never helped at all.

OMORI was a part of SUNNY, so he knew that the truth would kill him. That was why OMORI fought so hard to hide it, in order to protect SUNNY.

But now it was meaningless.

SUNNY's curious mind could not let go of the mysteries that he hid from himself, and all of OMORI's attempts to protect him have failed. Countless times, BASIL would jumpstart the memory that OMORI tried so hard to suppress. Once started, SUNNY would chase after the truth of what happened and never stop. Countless times, OMORI would reset HEADSPACE in order to bury the truth even further below. Yet no matter how hard OMORI tried, SUNNY's curious mind would allow BASIL to open up the keys to BLACK SPACE once more, causing it to bounce back stronger than ever.

The more he suppressed the truth, the harder SUNNY would fight back to try to relearn it.

SUNNY could never have known that chasing the truth would only lead to misery, despair, and regret. That was why SUNNY was so relentless in his pursuit. Yet OMORI did his best to keep him distracted and hide it just beyond his reach.

In the end, OMORI couldn't prevent the inevitable any longer.

The only thing OMORI could do now was to show the truth to SUNNY the hard way.

No matter how much SUNNY tried to delude himself into thinking that forgiveness was just around the corner… how his friends would still care for him if they had known what he did… how MARI would forgive him after everything he's done to her...

OMORI would have never allowed SUNNY to forgive himself once he learned the truth...

Whatever relief or comfort SUNNY was trying to look for, it never existed.

They all would have abandoned him. KEL, AUBREY, HERO. No matter what he did or how he would tell them, there would be no other outcome other than complete abandonment… Because that was what he deserved. That was the honest truth.

The person who they thought was SUNNY didn't exist at all. He wasn't the kind and considerate boy who needed help moving on. He was nothing more than a murderer who killed his own sister. If they ever knew the truth, they would hate him just as much as he hated himself. That was the honest truth.

No matter what he did, it would be hopeless. All he'll do is make things worse. It would be better to just die.

That was the honest truth.

And now, SUNNY knew.

With the truth heavily weighing down on him, SUNNY could not bother to stand up any longer.

OMORI could feel the pain, guilt, and suffering building up within SUNNY. If left alone, SUNNY would continue to suffer like this forever. All alone. Constantly torturing himself over what he's done. Lost in his own mind as the memory of killing MARI will haunt him forever.

No amount of pushing these memories back in the depths of BLACK SPACE would help now… It was too late for that.

That's why… As much as OMORI hated SUNNY for what he did… OMORI will be merciful.

SUNNY would not have the strength to finish the job himself, for he was too weak and cowardly to face it. OMORI knew that SUNNY would never be able to do it himself.

That's why OMORI would shoulder the burden and do it for him… To finally put an end to all these countless years of torture.

SUNNY's miserable existence would be over. No longer will they both continue to suffer anymore.

They'll finally be at peace…

OMORI urged SUNNY to listen to him as he hugged the slouched boy tightly in his arms.

OMORI won't let you forgive yourself. But OMORI can still take care of the last step for you, SUNNY. You've been in so much pain already… You don't need to do anything else from here on…

Let OMORI help protect you one last time.

Acknowledging OMORI's final act of kindness, SUNNY vanished in his arms.

SUNNY had succumbed.

With nothing else to stop him now, all that was left for OMORI to do...

Was to finish the last chore that SUNNY should have started all those years ago.

It's a long way down…

MARI will be avenged.

His friends will no longer be burdened.

SUNNY will be at peace.

OMORI will be at peace.

Everything is going to be okay.

Notes:

Wow, I got... A LOT of comments yesterday... Like, the most I've ever gotten in a single day... So soon after the chapter got published too! I didn't think asking for it like that would actually work, but okay then. Thanks you guys, seriously.

I'm more motivated than ever to keep writing. Hope I don't burn out anytime soon...

This chapter isn't a real chapter, it's just an excuse for me to write my thanks and appreciation for you guys. I hope I'll continue meeting your high expectations of me! Hopefully I won't go crazy and push my sister down the stairs like the last idiot, HUR HUR HUR-

If I can be selfish one more time though... I really gotta ask-

Why do you guys like my fanfic so much? The overwhelming amount of attention I've been getting is honestly stunning compared to anything else I've ever made... I mean, the six chapters before this one were really just a prologue introduction before I can REALLY start the main story.

This isn't even that original. I've seen plenty of fanfics on this site trying to do the same premise: SUNNY in a coma or dies in MARI's place, MARI lives on with guilt, yada yada- What makes my story so different that you guys are actually willing to get hyped up about it before it even actually started?

I'm just a writer having fun, making things up as I go along with no real plan or draft to follow... Anything I write, I write just because I thought it would be cool at the time.

Don't get me wrong, I truly and genuinely appreciate everyone's support and I really really want to make more so that I can make you guys even more satisfied, but I just don't get how I got this big so quickly when this is the only fanfic I've ever posted on this website.

Share me your thoughts and opinions. I really want to get to know my audience. I don't want to disappoint any of you.

Hopefully this won't be too much to ask for. This will be my last selfish request (at least until I get the urge to ask for another :P)

Anyways, sorry no shoutout this time since this isn't a real chapter. I'll do shoutouts in my next real one, which I'll begin working on tomorrow when I have the free time. Again, seriously, thanks.

Really. Thank you guys.

Chapter 8: Reunion

Summary:

They both waited for something to happen.

Something finally happened.

Notes:

Fanart image source: https://gall.dcinside.com/mgallery/board/view/?id=omoriomori&no=6436&s_type=search_subject_memo&s_keyword=%EC%95%84%EC%9B%90%EB%A0%9B%ED%9E%98+&page=1

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

*FLASH*

BASIL gave a satisfied nod, "Another perfect picture!"

AUBREY immediately hopped up from the picnic blanket before swarming over to BASIL, "I wanna see! Let me see let me see!"

KEL followed after her, "Hey! No fair! I wanted to be the first to see!"

HERO sat up next, going into protective peacekeeper mode, "Hey, guys, don't crowd him! You can each take a turn to see it once the photo gets printed!"

SUNNY had somehow already sneaked by everyone and was hanging his head over BASIL's shoulder to see the photograph first.

BASIL laughed nervously at all the attention he was getting, "Guys, come on! You'll make me drop it by accident!"

It was a perfect Summer day for HIKIKO and her friends. A perfect day to have a picnic by the lake of their secret spot.

She looked up at the stars shining above, pulling her hair back as she enjoyed the breeze of the wind.

Another perfect day…

BASIL eventually managed to get everyone else to settle down as they all formed behind him in a group, waiting for the picture to finalize.

Once it did, everyone gave a happy cheer at how beautiful the picture must have been.

BASIL was always such a good photographer. Getting him that camera on his birthday was the best idea HIKIKO ever had.

Now every day would be captured perfectly and never forgotten.

"HIKIKO, do you wanna take a look?" BASIL invited her over with an excited smile.

HIKIKO softly giggled, "Of course! Show me what you got!"

BASIL handed the photo over to her, allowing her to admire his handiwork.

All of them gathered in a circle on the picnic blanket, having fun and smiling all their troubles away. KEL and HERO were having a brotherly roughhousing session, while AUBREY and SUNNY were cuddling up close with HIKIKO in the center.

Amazing as always. Another perfect memory to place in the photo album.

"Everyone looks so cute!" HIKIKO practically gushed, "Aww, BASIL, this is great!"

BASIL gave an embarrassed chuckle as he blushed and rubbed his neck, "Aw, HIKIKO! You say that for every single picture I take!"

"That's because it's true!" She giggled, "I don't think I've ever seen you take a bad photo of us before."

"Now that's not true… You're just saying that!" Despite his words, BASIL was beaming with pride.

Pulling out the photo album in his pocket, he placed the new photo on a blank page as everyone gathered together to take a look and review everything they did today.

"Look at all the photos I was able to get just from today!" BASIL said happily. "At this rate, I'm going to need to buy another photo album just to fit more!"

AUBREY moved around the picture of them penguin-sliding when they went up to the snowy mountains earlier, "The penguins were so nice to let us ride on them! I hope we'll be able to visit them again someday!"

KEL pointed to a picture of himself standing on top of a table while pumping a glass of milk into the air victoriously, "Going to the Wild Saloon was fun! I can't believe I still managed to outdrink all the other Cowfolks and not puke right after!"

HERO fondly pressed on a picture of himself swimming with technicolored narwhals when they traveled to the beach, "Aw man, I can't believe we did this one just today! Those narwhals were so much fun to hang out with, if only we could have gotten to know them a little bit longer before they had to leave."

SUNNY pointed at one picture which showed him cuddling with a bunch of adorable moon-sheep when they went up to space, "Fluffy nap."

BASIL giggled as he pulled away a photo of AUBREY and HIKIKO posing right next to a talking sunflower they had met during their travels, "My personal favorite was when we met FLOWEY! I never thought we'd ever meet a friendly talking sunflower! I wondered if asking him for seeds so that I could plant more of them would have been considered a bit creepy though…"

HIKIKO felt a wave of warmth wash over her as she perused the entire photo collection, "We sure had a productive day today, didn't we? Let's hope the next day we spend together will be just as fun!"

Moments like these were what HIKIKO would always cherish in her hearts.

"Well of course!" KEL proclaimed cheerfully, "As long as we all stay together, every day is going to be like today!"

She couldn't ask for a more peaceful life than to be able to spend time with her little brother and all their friends. She was so blessed to have all these friends who have been so loyal to her and SUNNY for all these years. To be able to spend the rest of their lives together was something that she had always wanted. Each day spent with them seemed so much better than the last, there was no room to ever feel lonely or have any depressing thoughts.

A life like this was truly all she had ever wanted.

Everything was absolutely perfect…

On her side, SUNNY began nudging her with his head to grab her attention. HIKIKO glanced over and gave a curious smile as she petted her little brother's adorable head, "Something you need, SUNNY?"

"Can we take a small walk together? I want to stretch my legs." SUNNY asked.

"Aw~!" HIKIKO giggled before giving his forehead a quick kiss, "Sure, I'll follow you to make sure you're okay."

SUNNY nodded appreciatively.

The both of them stood up and brushed their legs as they got ready to go. Noticing the two siblings preparing to leave, HERO asked, "Is it time to go already? I'll help pack up the picnic."

HIKIKO was actually about to invite anyone else who would want to join before SUNNY suddenly answered for her.

"No." SUNNY held his hand up to stop him, "We're just taking a quick walk around. We'll circle back later. Don't go anywhere, okay?"

"Ooh! Can I join you guys?" AUBREY asked excitedly.

Surprisingly, SUNNY shook his head, "We're fine, AUBREY. It's just a quick trip, you don't need to come with."

"O-Oh… Okay, SUNNY…" AUBREY blinked a bit before seeming to deflate.

HIKIKO glanced down to look at him in surprise. SUNNY was unusually forthright for some reason. He'd almost never turn down someone over a simple request, especially not to AUBREY or BASIL.

Rubbing his neck awkwardly, he sighed and clarified, "Sorry… I just need a moment alone with HIKIKO. I wanted some privacy to talk with only her…"

At that, AUBREY perked up again as she nodded, "Oh, I understand now! Private sibling moment. In that case, stay safe and don't get lost okay?"

SUNNY nodded back before quickly grabbing HIKIKO's hand and pulling her away from the group before anyone else could notice and ask to join.

HIKIKO wondered what was going on as her little brother pulled her along. Was it something serious? SUNNY usually always tells her if he has any problems, but he was usually never so secretive about it to want to hide it from their friends.

She couldn't help but feel a bit anxious and worried…

SUNNY continued pulling her along for a long while now, far away enough from the picnic site that they almost couldn't see it anymore.

Then he went on even further.

Further and further and further.

Until they reached the shores of the ocean.

HIKIKO was remaining silent all this time, trusting that her little brother had good reasons to go so far off from the group for something as just a simple walk to stretch their legs.

When they finally stopped on the edge, SUNNY let go of HIKIKO's hand.

HIKIKO took this as her cue to finally ask, "SUNNY, is something wrong?"

SUNNY looked out to the horizon of the ocean, enjoying the fresh seawater air and the sunlight bathing him.

Then he took a deep breath, before turning around to face HIKIKO, "I have to tell you something..."

HIKIKO gave her brother a patient smile as she lowered herself to reach his level, "You can tell me anything, Little Brother. My ears are always willing."

SUNNY stared at HIKIKO for a while, his eyes shifting back and forth as he studied her face. In his eyes, HIKIKO noticed that he seemed a little… sad…

But why?

"I'm… I'm going to be going somewhere else soon. Somewhere far away." SUNNY explained.

HIKIKO blinked for a bit, before turning confused, "What? What do you mean?"

"It means I'm… I'm not going to be around anymore… I'm going someplace really far…"

At this, HIKIKO nervously laughed, "SUNNY, don't be silly! You don't have to go anywhere. What about your friends? Won't they miss you?"

SUNNY shook his head, "That's not the issue. I don't have a choice. The place I'm going to go to, I'm going there whether I like it or not…"

HIKIKO frowned worriedly, her instincts telling her to grab a hold of SUNNY's hand so that he didn't go anywhere.

With a nervous gulp, HIKIKO declared, "Okay, fine… then I'm going to come with you!"

SUNNY shook his head again, giving her a sad and apologetic expression, "That… that's not possible either. You can't come."

"Why not?!" HIKIKO asked incredulously, "I'm your sister! I have to come with you!"

"It's not possible… the place I'm going to be staying, it's only available to me. Nobody else can go except me."

"Then I won't let you go then! You have to stay here!" HIKIKO reaffirmed.

"You couldn't stop me, even if you tried…" SUNNY looked away guiltily, "Actually… it's too late. I'm already there. I've been stuck there since the beginning before all of this even started…"

"SUNNY, stop talking nonsense!" HIKIKO commanded roughly, grabbing a firm hold of his shoulders, "You don't have to go anywhere! You don'tneedto go anywhere! I'm your big sister, and I say that you belong here with me and your friends! We can keep you safe from whatever is trying to take you away from us!"

SUNNY gave a tired sigh, before effortlessly pulling her hands off his shoulder.

HIKIKO was stunned at how easily she lost her grip on him.

Holding her hands together, SUNNY explained, "There's a boy who's going to come. He'll take my place. He's going to wake up soon, and he's going to help you heal."

"SUNNY, what are you talking about?! What boy?!" HIKIKO was beginning to grow more anxious and frantic, "What do you mean he'll take your place?!"

SUNNY gave her a soft smile, "He's a good person. He loves you just as much as SUN- …" His voice trembled and paused, before correcting himself, "-as much as I do. He can help take care of you, and you won't even be able to tell the difference between us. In fact, we're not so different at all! I know you'll love him too."

"NO! NO NO NO!" HIKIKO violently shook her head, "I don't want that! I don't want something replacing my brother! I don't care how much better he is or how much I'll love him! You're the only little brother I want! You're the only one that I need! You can't go, you can't leave me! I won't let you leave me!"

SUNNY couldn't help but giggle a bit as he smiled softly, a tear falling down his cheek, "I know…! I know exactly how you feel…!"

HIKIKO tried desperately to pull away so that she could grab ahold of him again, to hug him, to keep him safe. Keep him within her grasp and line of sight so that he doesn't try to run away.

His grip was unnaturally strong.

There's no way she could let him go! He was her brother! Her only brother! HIKIKO couldn't lose him again!

She can't… not again… please, not again…

She couldn't bear to lose him again...

"There's still a chance…" SUNNY suddenly exclaimed, "A chance to get me back."

HIKIKO looked up at him in confusion.

Continuing to explain, SUNNY resolutely told her, "You don't want to lose your only brother, right? Then you have to listen to me and do whatever it takes."

HIKIKO straightened up at this, her mind already agreeing desperately in order to keep her brother with her, "Anything!"

SUNNY gave a deep breath, explaining, "He's going to do his best to help save you. Save you from yourself. But he can't do it unless you let him first."

HIKIKO grew confused again, "W-What do you mean? What is he going to help me with?"

"HIKIKO, you've been suffering for a long time… and honestly, in your situation, I'm sure I would have as well." SUNNY sighed, "There's something… something that you're trying to forget, isn't there? Or I guess you've already succeeded in forgetting it."

Forget…? Forget what?

There was something that she had… forgotten?

"And I know exactly why you want to forget it… I'd probably have done the same thing too…" SUNNY shook his head and gave her a determined look, "But you need to remember it, and face it this time! If you can't, you'll never get your brother back again!"

"SUNNY, I don't know what you're talking about! What have I forgotten?!" HIKIKO cried.

"It's something scary, MARI." SUNNY called to her, causing her to widen her eyes in shock, "It's something so scary, you'll try to deny it and hide it away again. But if you want to get your little brother back, you have to be brave enough to keep pushing through."

SUNNY moved to grab HIKIKO's face, before he pressed his head against hers.

"You won't be alone. He'll help you through it. He'll want you to succeed just as much as I do. He loves you so much, after all…! If you can do it… if you can face yourself over the truth… you'll be all better again… Stronger, better than you ever have been before…" SUNNY continued, "And you'll need that strength for when it's your turn to help him too."

SUNNY started brushing his fingers on her hair in a comforting manner. The action somehow soothed her despite everything that was going on.

"He's just like you, MARI." SUNNY explained, "He's been suffering, almost as long as you have. But he's a good boy who's just misguided, because he can't forgive himself over what he's done. You have to be there to help him too, before it's too late and he does something he won't even live to regret… Otherwise, you'll lose your brother forever. No more second chances…"

SUNNY's breathing gets hitched as he desperately tries to keep himself from sobbing. SUNNY moved to hug HIKIKO tightly.

HIKIKO hugged him back, not knowing what else to do.

"I tried, MARI… I triedsohardto convince him, but he just won't listen…! It wasn't his fault, but he refuses to accept that! He hates himself so much, and it breaks my heart just to see him like this...!" SUNNY gasped out, sniffling in her ear, "You have to be the one to save him, MARI! You have to succeed where I failed!"

After a while, SUNNY composed himself and pulled away from her with a gentle smile.

"When he's done helping you, you have to help him back… This is the only way you can save your little brother."

HIKIKO stared at him blankly.

She stared for the longest time.

She had no idea where to even begin…

A boy will come to replace her brother. He'll help her remember something that she desperately tried to forget. Once she remembers, she'll be strong enough to help him in return.

And somehow, that'll save SUNNY.

Still lost and confused, she had hoped to ask more questions to learn more-

But SUNNY pulled away from her before she could have the chance to ask.

Turning away, he looked to the horizon of the ocean with a disappointed frown.

HIKIKO looked over as well, only to see a large window with familiar curtains draped to the sides.

She's seen these curtains before. It's been so long since the last time she last saw them, but she's seen these curtains before.

"I explained everything I could…" SUNNY mumbled tiredly, "I don't have time left."

SUNNY began stepping towards the curtains, somehow walking on water as he went.

HIKIKO shot her hands out in desperation, "W-Wait, SUNNY!"

Pulling herself up, she sprinted towards her little brother in one last-ditch attempt to not let him go. To somehow keep him by her side, where he belonged.

Unlike SUNNY, her body splashed right through the water, submerging her lower body even as she tried desperately to catch up with him.

The ocean current pushed against her, slowing her down as she tried to reach out to him.

"Please…! Please don't go!"

What will she have left if she didn't have her precious brother by her side? What would she do with herself without him in her life?

What good of a sister is she if she couldn't even protect her own little brother?

SUNNY paused a bit, before turning around.

Then he gave her the brightest smile she's ever seen him give before in her entire life.

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (1)

"Don't be sad. When you wake up, this is going to be the greatest day of your life!" SUNNY reassured her, "You'll get the chance to fix everything! You'll have the chance for a perfect life that I wish I was able to have. I know you won't screw this up. I believe in you."

The bright light from the window behind him shined brighter than ever before, blinding her completely. For a second, she thought she could see the shadow of a girl standing where SUNNY just was.

Everything became white.

Then black.

OMORI slowly opened his eye as the sun shined over his face

Where was he?

It took a moment for his eye to adjust to the light, it felt like it almost blinded him.

How long was he asleep for…?

Once his sight was adjusted, he stared at the ceiling in the room.

White tiles. White hospital tiles.

Hospital room.

Why was he back here again?

Closing his eye again, he tried deeply to remember what happened before he woke up…

He… he had just remembered. Remembered everything about MARI. The day she died.

It wasn't a suicide. It was a murder.

He was the one that killed her.

He woke up in BASIL's house… he was there with his friends. HERO, AUBREY, KEL. They wanted to check up on him to make sure he was alright. OMORI and his friends spent the night there to keep BASIL company if he needed it.

OMORI thought about it some more, before frowning…

No, it wasn't OMORI that spent the night there. SUNNY did. SUNNY woke up in BASIL's house. SUNNY, after remembering everything, went in to save BASIL. Because he knew the flower boy was about to do something that he shouldn't.

What a horrible mistake that was…

BASIL stabbed his eye out with garden shears, didn't he? He was trying to aim for SOMETHING behind him, only to hit his face instead.

...

OMORI brought a hand up to check.

His eye hasn't healed. In fact, he couldn't feel anything at all in the area. It was entirely numb.

...

After that… SUNNY passed out again. OMORI would then wake up in the hospital bed, his head covered in bandages.

It was at that moment, he knew what had to be done.

He realized how long he had burdened his friends. How much suffering he caused to them. How much suffering he caused to BASIL.

He spent the last four years of his life, forcing himself to forget what he did, but…

There was no forgetting, was there?

OMORI knew nothing would work out. No matter what he'd do, it would only end up getting worse for everyone he cared about. He was useless. Worthless. Less than worthless.

He was sick.

It'd be better to just die.

He remembered walking up the steps to go out to the roofs.

He remembered feeling the wind in his hair as he gave his last final thoughts.

He remembered taking the jump.

How was he still alive?

He brought his hand out in front of him again, seeing no bandages, blood, or injuries. Despite the absolute numbness of his entire body, his body looked the same as it did before. Skinny, frail, pale. He was completely fine.

Or was he?

"Mmm… SUNNY…"

His eye widened as he heard a voice just beneath him.

It was… a voice… a voice that he didn't think he'd ever hear again.

Forcing himself to sit up, despite the constraints and the numbness, he looked down on his lap to see his older sister resting her head on his lap. Asleep. Holding onto his other hand.

Ah. So that's it.

He wasn't alive after all.

This must be the afterlife of some sort.

Or maybe just even a hyper-realistic dream that he crafted for himself without knowing.

So… he finally did it, didn't he?

He finally freed himself. He avenged MARI, protected his friends, and freed himself.

Staring at his sister, he lamented at how sickly and pale she had gotten since the last time he saw her. She looked exactly like a ghost… like a shell of a person. Her entire appearance looked like a mess, as if she had gone through the worst years of her life.

MARI used to look so beautiful and full of life too… It was truly a shame that she couldn't look the way she used to.

How long had she been suffering, waiting on this side? Was she waiting for him? Had she been waiting for him, all this time?

OMORI frowned.

She shouldn't have waited for him. He didn't deserve to be welcomed by her the first thing after finally passing on.

He should be rotting in Hell right now.

Taking a hand, he gently caressed the bangs of MARI's hair out of her face so that he could take a closer look at her.

She was in such a deep sleep. Despite the years of suffering that he must have caused to her ethereal spirit, OMORI couldn't help but admire her.

Out of all the places for the afterlife to look like, why did it choose to be a hospital room though?

If he was going to be comforted, he'd rather be by the lake of their old hangout spot with a picnic basket.

If he was going to be tormented, he'd expected to be sitting next to the tree where he hung MARI's body.

A hospital room gave him neither the comfort he desired nor the torment he deserved. It just made him feel lost and confused.

Maybe that was the point.

Hm…

OMORI looked back down at MARI, once again staring at her face.

It was strange for people in the afterlife to need to sleep… He wondered to himself how something like this worked. Was it like when he enjoyed the naps he would have in his dreams?

...

God, he missed her so much… Even though the dreams of HEADSPACE managed to give him temporary respite, the MARI in his imaginary dream world could never have filled the empty void that was left behind when she died.

OMORI gripped his fingers around her hand tightly.

His hands were so numb… He couldn't feel anything…

If only he could feel the warmth from her fingers at least one more time…

He didn't want to wake her up just yet. He'd rather have her rest as much as she wanted. He had taken everything from her, after all. It was only right for him to be patient and let her rest.

She must be so tired… Having to watch over a murderer like him, even after all this time...

If only… If only he hadn't…!

Dammit…!

"SUNNY!"

OMORI flinched back a bit in surprise as MARI suddenly jolted herself awake.

For MARI, she was breathing heavily, the last moment of her dream still directly in her mind. The vision of her little brother going past the curtains, as if he was moving on to the afterlife… No matter how much she begged for him to stay, no matter how hard she tried to reach him, she couldn't get him to stop.

Oh god… Why did she have to dream that? Why won't her nightmares ever leave her alone? This one had to be the worst one out of all she could remember…

She'd rather have BASIL torture her again than to see something like that. It was too much for her…

It was just a nightmare though… It was just another nightmare...

OMORI could hear MARI start whispering under her breath as MARI tiredly rubbed her eyes. She looked so shaken up about whatever she saw, OMORI couldn't just stand back to watch...

In an attempt to comfort her, OMORI pulled his hand away from her grip to reach out and rub her shoulders.

At first, she didn't seem to register the touch, still trying to get over whatever nightmare she had been having. But then, after a while, she slowly started to stiffen her body up as he continued to rub her shoulders.

MARI turned to look at him with a blank stare.

Ah. Maybe he shouldn't have touched her?

For a long time, neither of them said anything. All they could do was look at each other, soaking in the image for as long as they could.

"S...SUNNY…?" MARI could barely breathe out.

"Hi, MARI." OMORI nodded depressingly.

OMORI could see the bags under her eyes were tinted so darkly, even under the bright light of the hospital room. She really didn't get any good night's sleep, did she? Probably not for a long time.

MARI blinked. Then she blinked again.

MARI couldn't stop staring at her little brother.

Was this… another dream? Was she still asleep?

Curiously, she grabbed onto one of his hands and brought it up near her face. His hand felt cold against her skin, but she could feel every touch.

OMORI gently cupped her cheeks and used his thumbs to wipe the strand of hair covering her eye. If only he could feel the warmth of her face in his hand...

MARI still had no way of knowing if this was a dream or not…The way she usually tried to get herself to wake up was by hanging herself in the room of her BRIGHTSPACE.

MARI gulped, before hesitantly bringing her a hand up to wrap her fingers around her neck.

Maybe she should… test to see if it hurts?

MARI experimented with a tight squeeze, constricting her airflow.

OMORI grew alarmed as he flinched at the sight, the memories of what happened that day hitting him like a truck all over again. Out of instinct, he roughly pulled her hand away from that spot.

"Don't." OMORI shook his head pleadingly.

MARI's eyes widened.

It did hurt. It actually genuinely hurt. It never hurt before. She was awake. This wasn't a dream.

OMORI glazed his eyes over to the red mark on her neck, saddened that she felt like she had to do that. Was it a reminder? Was she wondering if he still remembered?

Of course OMORI remembered. There was no way he'd let himself forget ever again. It was all his fault.

"SUNNY…" MARI's voice trembled, "You came back to me…"

She had waited for so long.

Six whole years.

Six whole years of suffering, torturing herself, waiting for her little brother to finally come back to her.

He was back. He was here. He was awake. This wasn't a dream.

OMORI, looking up from the mark on her neck, noticed the tears beginning to stream down her cheeks.

Came back to her? Is that what she said?

So… MARI really did wait for him all this time. Even after all he did, she still waited patiently for him to finally be together with her…

He really… He seriously… He truly never deserved a perfect sister like her…

Solemnly, OMORI closed his eye as he felt himself beginning to cry as well.

"MARI… I… I'm so sorry…" He managed to get out, "I'm so sorry for everything…"

MARI shook her head slowly, "What are you apologizing for…?"

There was nothing to apologize about. This was everything MARI had always wanted.

SUNNY was back. Her little brother was finally back…!

"That night… on the stairs…The recital..." MARI heard him hoarsely whisper out, "It was all my fault…! Everything was all my fault…!"

What?

Why would he think that? Why would he apologize for that?!

"No, SUNNY! Don't say that!" MARI sobbed out, reaching out to grab his head and force him to look up at her, "That day wasn't your fault! Don't ever blame yourself! You can't blame yourself!"

That day was all MARI's fault.

Even though the memory was muddy, even though she couldn't remember why they were arguing on top of the stairs, she remembered clearly enough that everything was her fault.

She had been screaming in his face.

She had lost her balance and trip.

She had grabbed SUNNY down with her, and he wrapped himself around her entire body to save her life.

If it wasn't for her, none of this would've happened.

Why would SUNNY ever think to blame himself for what happened? Had he been blaming himself this whole entire time, his last thought stuck in his head as he slept throughout all these six years?

He slept, thinking it was all his fault?

What kind of horrible joke is this?! He doesn't deserve this kind of torture!

Her little brother shook his head frustratingly, as he cried out, "No- It's the truth! I pushed you…! I pushed you down- Everything was all my fault!"

"STOP IT! STOP SAYING THAT!" MARI shouted back.

OMORI flinched at her desperate tone, quickly making himself mute.

"Don't ever say that it was your fault ever again!" MARI sobbed, pressing her forehead against his, "Never! Never never never! It wasn't your fault! It was never your fault! Don't you dare say that again!"

OMORI couldn't understand why she was insisting so forcefully to not accept the fault. It was the honest truth. He was the one who killed her, all those years ago. Why would she be here to say that he wasn't?

It didn't make any sense…

Why didn't MARI hate him for what he did…? Why was she in denial…?

It was… It was the truth…

He killed her.

Murderers like him don't deserve to live…

It was the truth...

MARI stared deeply into his eye. The downtrodden look of remorse, guilt, and misery heavily weighed on his shoulders, MARI could clearly see it haunting him especially now.

He doesn't believe her. He genuinely believes that it was all his fault and he wouldn't believe her.

Oh god… SUNNY… Her precious little SUNNY… Her amazing, wonderful, innocent little brother- always so kind and considerate to everyone he meets…

Always bottling up his emotions.

Always putting other people's feelings first before his own.

Always hurting himself to make others happy.

He spent the last six years in his sleep, thinking that it was all his fault.

Even though everything was actually her fault...

MARI felt like her heart was being crushed.

"SUNNY…" MARI sobbed, "SUNNY… SUNNY SUNNY SUNNY SUNNY SUNNY!"

MARI will never let him go ever again.

MARI won't ruin the second chance that life has blessed her with.

She'll make this right, somehow. She'll make him realize the truth one day…

For now, she was just…

"SUNNY!" MARI cried out in relief as she hugged him, giving a genuine smile for the first time in forever, "You came back to me!"

She was just so happy.

So so so happy.

OMORI, overwhelmed by the genuine sound of relief and joy in her voice, couldn't help but hug her back as he cried.

He was finally back with his sister. He had missed her so much…!

It was all he could have ever wanted…

So why was this empty feeling inside him still so shallow?

Why was he still not satisfied?

Why couldn't he feel at peace?

Why didn't MARI blame him for what happened?

Maybe… This wasn't the afterlife after all…

This was just…

another…

...

dream.

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (2)

Notes:

Oh my god, reading everyone's comment last chapter was a great ego-booster, let me tell you.

I'm going to be completely honest, I have no idea who to even post as a shoutout here. Everyone's comment gave me warm fuzzy feelings that I felt like I was on cloud nine.

I really hope this latest chapter meets everyone's expectations. Honestly, this one made me the most nervous to write because I actually didn't know how to properly write how MARI and OMORI would react to each other. I just started typing what felt natural and deviated from there.

Now that I've read how most of you think of me, I'm starting to feel a little bit like SUNNY right now before the recital. Lots of heavy expectations from many people, the fear of dropping the ball so soon, and a whole lot of anxiety.

I still want to write though! I'm gonna keep writing until someone tells me the shut up and die! AND EVEN THEN, I'LL KEEP WRITING SOME MORE

I'M GONNA MAKE IT TO THE TOP, BABY! I'M GONNA WRITE SO HARD, I'LL GET MY OWN TV TROPES PAGE AND THEN DIE OF A STROKE SOON AFTER!

Wish me luck!

Shoutouts to comments left by Sphiniix, Kaimiiru, Tuppence, Light_Mega_Z, RadicalRogue, celico, Kamary, Arouwuctine, JustMan, Refrix22, KRDiStort, Taanifeer, Casual_Weeb- and everyone else who left a comment that I couldn't fit naming on here. Each of you gave me your thoughts and insight to make me understand what the audience likes about me, what you're looking for, what you think is going to happen, and your encouraging words have definitely made me more excited than ever to keep writing. I hope I'll be seeing your comments all the way to the end finale, which I have actually pre-written as a motivational goal to release one day.

Let me know exactly when I drop the ball, okay? I'll be counting on you.

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 9: SOMETHING

Summary:

SOMETHING was still following OMORI.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Now, please take a few steps forward. Don't rush, just go at your own pace."

OMORI did as the doctors asked, steadying himself with the handrail as he slowly walked forward.

When he finally got used to walking, he decided to let go of the rail and proceeded to walk on his own as normal.

"Remarkable…!" He could hear the doctors exclaiming in pleasant surprise as they took their notes.

MARI watched with a bit of concern as her little brother passed all the physical exams with surprisingly little difficulty.

"You'd think six years of muscle atrophy would take a toll on him…" The nurse next to her muttered in awe, "He's just powering on through without a sweat… It's like a miracle."

For some reason, this actually made MARI more nervous than impressed.

That couldn't possibly be natural...

"How does it feel if I do this?"

The doctor poked at his knee.

OMORI shook his head.

"Nothing? Really?"

"It's numb." OMORI replied simply.

"Hm… Yes, I suppose we should've expected that…" The doctor murmured to himself.

"Remember to make sure he isn't straining himself." The doctors warned her, "His entire body has apparently become numb to almost all physical stimuli."

MARI gulped nervously.

She was right to be worried after all…

"Without the ability to feel things physically, he might not be able to properly react to pain or know when he's overdoing something. Keep a close eye on him, remind him not to overexert his body, and let us know after a week if his body regains the ability to touch again."

"Apparently, he thought that only four years had passed since the accident happened to him." Another doctor looked through his notes, "He says that he remembers spending all this time locked up in his house."

MARI widened her eyes.

SUNNY was experiencing something like that during his coma?

"It's not strange for coma victims to live in a fabricated reality within their dreams. Certainly, it's not the most common occurrence, but he isn't the first." The doctor hummed, muttering in thought, "Still, he seemed evasive about something… I get the feeling that he's not showing us the full picture of what he's gone through…" Then with an embarrassed cough, he apologized, "Excuse my ramblings. I just wanted to let you know. If he experiences any problems with differentiating realities or becomes negatively affected by strange dreams, I can recommend you to a psychiatrist."

"Now, sadly we have no way of recovering your eye after the injury it sustained six years ago." A different doctor explained to them. "However, we can prescribe surgery to get a glass eye to replace your old one. You'll look just like you used to, before the accident."

MARI turned to look at SUNNY, seeing him looking disinterestedly at the ground.

Laying a hand over his arm and giving him an encouraging smile, MARI brought his attention back and asked, "What do you think, SUNNY? Do you want to get a glass eye?"

It won't give him his sight back in that one eye, which MARI will forever regret for the rest of her life… But at least the option to cover it up could be the first step to making things go back to normal.

Her brother sighed as he gave it some thought.

Glancing away, he said neutrally, "No. I'd rather have the eye patch…"

MARI's smile wilted, a bit shocked and disappointed. "W-Why don't you want the glass eye, SUNNY?"

"I think… It'll help remind me to stay in touch with reality." He replied vaguely, "A glass eye will just make me confused."

"Oh…" MARI blinked.

In… In that case, MARI will just have to accept that…

She would have preferred him taking the glass eye so that she could…

Well, if that's what SUNNY thinks will help, then that's what will help. That was more important here.

It took them hours before the both of them could finally check out of the hospital. It was already night by the time they were driving back.

MARI looked over her little brother with cautious optimism.

His right eye was covered with a large white eyepatch and was properly clothed with an outfit she went out to buy earlier while waiting for her brother to finish his examinations.

He was sitting in the passenger's seat, lost in his thoughts as he looked up at the stars.

MARI smiled a bit.

He was always the type to get lost in his own head. There were times when she would remember catching him off guard or dozing off while in the middle of the most menial tasks. She was glad to know that part of him hasn't changed.

The doctors recommended she follow a strict rehabilitation process at home for him. While it appeared that he may have seemingly recovered at a miraculous rate, she was advised to keep watch over him and make sure he undergoes the rehabilitation as smoothly as possible.

Small short exercises to regain muscle strength. Soft and easy to swallow diet with tons of protein and nutrients.

Plenty of… sleep.

Sigh…

First time waking up after six years, and one of the first things she has to make sure SUNNY gets enough of is more sleep. It was a bit ironic… and sad.

There was a paranoid part of her that was worried that today would be just a fluke. That once she lets him close his eyes to go to sleep, he'll go straight back into another coma again.

It was an irrational fear, she knew that. But still, the fear was there.

She'd rather have him stay awake so that she could spend as much time as possible with him while she had the chance.

He had been missing from her life for so long… She just wants to reconnect with her little brother again.

Most importantly, she also wanted to ask him a few questions about… how he apparently was living in his coma dream.

When she heard that her SUNNY had been stuck in his own mind this entire time, she wondered how lonely he must have felt. The doctors never elaborated any more detail about the life in his dreams besides just being cooped up in his room for… four years?

Four years… The doctors did tell her that he initially thought he was only sixteen before being corrected.

She couldn't even imagine what sort of things SUNNY must have been through in his own head.

She hoped he didn't have too much of a bad time...

Hopefully, he'll open up to her later when they get home.

At a red stoplight, MARI slowed the car to a halt.

This could be a good opportunity for some small talk with her little brother.

"SUNNY… Um…" MARI cleared her throat awkwardly, before asking, "Are you doing okay? Do you have any problems readjusting to… the situation?"

SUNNY turned to look at her.

MARI could see in his one eye that he still seemed a bit shocked to see her. Almost as if he was expecting something else to appear whenever he looks at her.

Then that shock turned to sadness.

"I'm okay… No problems." He shook his head.

MARI frowned at the obvious lie.

What in the world did he go through…? What sort of things did he see in his coma to make that solemn expression every time he turns to look at her?

Reaching a hand out to his shoulder, MARI gave him a bright smile in the hopes to comfort him, "You don't have to hide anything from me, okay? I'm here to help with whatever you need. The only thing it'll cost is your love!"

Instead of comforting him like she was hoping for, SUNNY seemed to have gotten more depressed as she said that.

Should she not have said that?

MARI couldn't seem to figure out any reason why she shouldn't. It was always something she said in order to convince her little brother to open up more whenever he was feeling down or having problems. It was almost a habit at this point, despite the six years that have passed.

SUNNY took her hand and held it in between his own, looking down as if he was studying it carefully.

MARI smiled a bit, watching her little brother play with her hands. It was nice just to see him move and hold her like this. Actually, it was just pleasant in general to see him awake at all.

Playing with her fingers, he asked, "How... do my hands feel to you?"

Gripping onto his hand, she reassured him, "It's gotten warmer compared to earlier. It feels soft and smooth. Most importantly, it feels alive."

"Is that so…" SUNNY hummed, before lamenting, "I can't feel anything… I don't even know if I'm actually holding your hand or not…"

The doctors have told her that his body seemed incapable of being able to touch or feel things right now. They said that it was most likely because of the six years of muscle atrophy, possibly. It was an irregular situation for him, one that doctors were still trying to understand more.

"You just need time to heal. Your body will get its sense of touch back in just a few months while you recover." MARI reassured him, "Just remember to do light exercises every day, eat plenty of healthy soft food, and you should be able to get it to come back naturally."

"Hm." SUNNY nodded in acknowledgment but didn't seem to believe it.

MARI felt her heart pang whenever she looked at him in this state. It was like he was still having trouble coming to terms with reality.

She really hoped that she would be able to help him get used to it soon…

The light turned green, and MARI had to unfortunately pull her hand away so that she could grab the wheel and keep driving.

They were nearly home… Just a few more blocks to go…

"Home sweet home…" MARI cheered softly, flipping the lights on.

Turning to her little brother, she stepped aside and welcomed him in.

SUNNY seemed a bit hesitant at first, and she still hasn't figured out why. It was almost like he was nervous to be back at their house again.

Still, he entered after a while. His eye carefully glanced over every part of the house, almost in disbelief at what he was seeing.

Hopefully, MARI did a good job at keeping the whole place clean… In order to keep herself distracted, she usually spent her free time performing maintenance on the house. She would regularly clean and dust the whole place until she was satisfied, always making sure for the day SUNNY would one day wake up and return home to a nice clean house.

Now that the day had finally come, she was nervous at how he'd react.

He gave every wall in the room a discerning eye, one that made her wonder if she accidentally made something seem different since the last six years.

Eventually, his eyes settled on the family portrait in the room. Stepping over to it, he brought a hand up to feel the frame… Only to pull his hand back and look at it in disappointment.

Right, still numb… He probably forgot…

"I did my best to keep everything clean and spotless for you." MARI told him with a soft smile, "I didn't want to change a single thing until you came back home."

SUNNY turned to her again.

He still did that thing where his eyes would widen in shock, before turning sad.

It made her feel a bit guilty. Almost like it was her fault…

It was her fault, though…

"You… You weren't planning to move away?" SUNNY suddenly asked.

MARI blinked in confusion.

Move away?

"Why would I move away?" MARI asked curiously, "There's no reason for me to do that. I had to stay here so that I could wait for you to wake up, remember?"

"Oh…" SUNNY mumbled, glancing away.

MARI still wasn't able to quite grasp what was going on in her little brother's mind right now. She didn't know what he experienced while in his coma, so she didn't know what to say.

If only she could get him to open up to her about it… It still seemed too early to delve deep into the topic, especially since she just finally got him to come back home.

SUNNY was back home.

That's right. The shock of it all almost managed to make her forget it, but her little brother was here with her now.

He was finally back home.

After six long years of waiting for him, making sure everything was the same as it was back then, she finally had him back again…

Looking at him, standing right in front of her, in the middle of the living room…

It only just now settled in her mind that she had her little brother back.

She never thought she'd ever see him again.

She couldn't help but bring herself closer so that she could hug him.

"MARI?" SUNNY seemed surprised but otherwise didn't react negatively.

MARI couldn't contain herself any longer, a bubbling excitement and pure elation rising within her. She had a smile so wide, she wouldn't have minded if her face got stuck like that.

"Sorry, I just…" MARI timidly apologized, "I'm just so happy right now… Everything happened so quickly today, I didn't get the chance to fully appreciate it until now."

God, she felt like she could cry again.

"You're back… You came back home to me…" MARI's voice cracked a bit as she tried to hold her composure, "You don't know how long I've been waiting for this day to come… I've wished and prayed every single minute of my life that you'd come back to me again... And… and now they all finally came true…" She sniffed, before breaking out into a small giggle, "You're back. You're back home. You're finally back home. I love you so much, SUNNY…! I don't ever want you to leave me again…!"

She could feel her little brother hesitantly raising his hands up before hugging her back too.

"I… I'm sorry…" SUNNY apologized again, his voice sounding so broken, "For everything…"

MARI pulled away and shook her head, smiling resolutely at him, "Don't apologize. There's nothing to be sorry about. If anything, this is the happiest day of my life!"

Despite everything though, SUNNY never returned a smile of his own. He only looked away with a guilty expression.

In fact, ever since he woke up, MARI never once saw SUNNY look happy. Not even for a single second…

She wished her SUNNY would smile more. MARI always liked his smile. It was usually so rare for him to give one.

That certainly won't do. Once they both have the energy and time, MARI will absolutely do her best to change that.

In fact, starting now should be a good opportunity.

"Here, how about this. Since we're home, let's eat some dinner before going to bed." MARI offered happily, "You haven't eaten anything except the weird goop they put in your feeding tube bag for the past six years. You must be starving to get actual solids in your stomach, right?"

SUNNY blinked a bit before looking down at his stomach. Rubbing his stomach curiously, he looked up with a half-hearted, "Uh… Maybe? I don't know."

"Well, why don't you go to the kitchen and start the stove for me. I'll be in the bathroom for a bit and come right back down to make us some fried tofu." MARI asked, before briefly pausing a bit. Would tofu be good for him in this situation? Maybe it would be best to ask to make sure. "Tofu's fine, right?"

"Uh… Sure." SUNNY nodded neutrally.

Phew, good.

"I'll be right back." MARI smiled sweetly before heading up to the bathroom to take care of business.

She couldn't wait to eat together at the dinner table with her little brother again!

OMORI watched her leave the living room by the door next to the fireplace.

Once he was by his lonesome, he gave another scan throughout the entire house.

Every single picture frame and furniture was exactly back where they originally were, never been boxed or taken down in order to prepare for the moving company to come collect.

Everything was back to how the house used to look.

It was… disorienting for OMORI, to say the least.

He wasn't really sure what to say or expect when MARI drove him back home.

Everything today had been… so confusing for him…

They all said that he had been in a coma for six years. On the day of the incident, instead of MARI, he was the one who suffered from the fall of the stairs. MARI had explained to him that he had wrapped her body around hers in order to save her life, which caused him to go into a coma in the first place.

It was also the reason he lost his eye, somehow. Presumably due to landing on the violin before MARI could.

It was too perfect.

Everything about this was all too perfect for him to accept.

There was no way this could all be real.

It was as if the universe took pity on him and decided to give him everything he asked for.

A perfect situation, where only he had suffered from the fall.

A perfect world, where MARI never died.

A perfect excuse… Where the last four years of his life were all just a coma-induced nightmare, and nothing bad ever actually happened.

As if it all just happened in his head…

No… This wasn't the afterlife at all.

This was just a joke. What did he do to deserve something like this?

After everything he's ever done… All the people he hurt… The people he burdened… The lives that were ruined… Why did the universe decide to grant him this second chance?

It didn't make any sense. Nothing made sense.

What the hell was the purpose of him being here?

Life was never this simple. Life doesn't just hand you whatever you wanted because you asked nicely. Things don't justwork outperfectly like this…

If it did, MARI would have never died in the first place.

If it did, he wouldn't have to suffer those four years, trapped in his own head trying to forget what he had done.

If it did… then it would only happen in HEADSPACE.

He didn't deserve this…

It all had to be a dream… A dream he made up in order to live out the perfect fantasy for himself. Why else couldn't he touch or feel anything after waking up in this dream?

Why couldn't he feel MARI's hands or face whenever he touched her? At least in HEADSPACE, he could pretend to feel the grass on the playground or the warmth of MARI's hugs…

But this was just… nothing. At all.

What was the point of all this? To make up for all the suffering he had to go through over killing his sister? To make him happy?

Then why couldn't he feel at peace?

That was the whole point of jumping off the rooftop in the first place… So that he could end his suffering and free himself from the guilt that shackled him in the real world.

If anything, seeing all this just made him realize his guilt even more…

To see a world of what could have been, if things had played out differently.

To see a world where MARI still loved him and smiled at him… To see her alive…

It hurt… It hurt so badly inside.

The real question on his mind though… What exactly was he going to do about it?

If this was all just a dream, just like HEADSPACE, he could decide to just…

Go with it. Forget everything that ever happened. Pretend it was all a nightmare like everyone was trying to convince him.

Live out his imaginary life here with his sister who waited for so long for him to come back. Who suffered longer than he had when she had died.

Pretend that he was never a murderer.

Pretend that he never killed MARI.

Pretend that everything was going to be okay.

This was… everything he could have ever wanted. It was all he could have asked for.

It was what he was hoping would happen the moment he jumped off that roof.

An escape.

No.

The more he thought about it, the more he realized that this wasn't what he truly wanted at all…

Accepting this dream at face value and pretending that nothing bad ever happened, it would be no different than the four years he locked himself in his house and dreamt of HEADSPACE.

All he ever did was run away from the problem, pretend it didn't exist, try to forget about everything.

All that did was make things worse in the end.

He was tired of forgetting… He was tired of running away… He was so tired of pretending that everything was okay…

Everything was not okay.

He killed his sister.

He didn't deserve any happiness. He didn't deserve any perfect dream world. He didn't deserve to be forgiven…

He didn't deserve to exist.

A murderer like him doesn't deserve to live.

With these dark thoughts plaguing his mind, OMORI looked up to see… SOMETHING… staring down at him with its large judgemental eye.

He felt himself lock up in fear.

It's not in the mirror this time. It was right in front of him.

What did that mean?

Blinking at him, SOMETHING hovered away as it flew towards the kitchen. Almost as if it was leading him.

OMORI didn't know whether to follow it or not. For so long, he had been haunted by SOMETHING ever since the day MARI died. What was it trying to tell him?

In the end, he chose to follow it.

Making his way into the kitchen, he took a careful look around to see where it disappeared off to. He wondered to himself if he hadn't just hallucinated it after all?

But when he turned around, his eyes instantly honed in on the steak knife that was lying carelessly on the kitchen counter.

His favorite weapon. His most used tool.

His means of escape.

His means of punishment.

OMORI remembered all the countless times he used this steak knife to wake himself up from his dreams in WHITE SPACE.

Was this what SOMETHING was leading him towards?

SUNNY… I love you…

Perhaps this made sense. If this was all just a dream, then it would be appropriate for him to finally wake himself up and accept the reality of the situation.

He was never in any perfect world where his sister survived. She was still dead.

He had killed her, after all.

It was naive of him to even think otherwise.

Running away from the truth and pretending it all didn't happen wasn't going to be acceptable any longer. He had entertained himself in this fake delusional world for too long, longer than he deserved.

He already made up his mind.

He wasn't going to run from the consequences of his actions anymore.

MARI was waiting for him to avenge her.

A murderer like him doesn't deserve to live.

This was the only way for him to make up for everything he's done...

Then he'll finally be at peace...

MARI took a deep sigh of relief as she went to wash her hands.

She wondered what sort of questions she should ask him during dinner to get him to open up about what he's been through. Hopefully, it won't be too invasive to ask what he had done in his dreams.

What was more important now was that she helped him get used to being awake in the real world again. If he was still confused or had questions about what happened while he was gone in the last six years, she should be able to answer everything without any problems.

Or maybe… The problem she'd have the most trouble trying to tell him would be what happened to his friends…

She couldn't decide whether or not to tell him what their friends did in the past six years… how almost all of them had given up on him so that they could go about their own lives.

How would he react to that? Knowing that KEL, AUBREY, and… HERO… had all left him by himself to rot all alone… That she and BASIL were the only ones to have taken the time to actually keep him company.

She didn't want to do anything to break his heart… MARI knew how much SUNNY cared for his friends.

Even if KEL and AUBREY decided to show up to his eighteenth birthday, it still didn't excuse the fact that they abandoned him for four entire years.

MARI covered her eyes as she gave a frustrated groan…

Now that SUNNY was back… how were they all going to react? How was SUNNY going to react to them?

It made her anxious, thinking about it…

A part of her hoped SUNNY would realize what horrible friends he had this whole time and leave them just like they left him.

A part of her wished everyone could come back together to a happy reunion where everyone could be happy again and go back to the ways things used to be…

She didn't understand why she felt so conflicted. All she knew was that she loved everyone and hated all of them for what they did.

Another sigh.

Maybe… if it comes up, she'll just tell him the truth. That AUBREY, KEL, and HERO all chose to leave him to go live their own lives without him. Only her and BASIL bothered to visit anymore.

How he chooses to react to that will be of his own accord. Whatever he ends up choosing, MARI will have to accept it and support him no matter what.

If he forgives them, then he forgives them. Simple as that.

If he doesn't… If he ends up being hurt instead…

She'll be there for him, no matter what.

After drying herself off with a towel, she looked over to her handbag to pull out the gifts that everyone left for him.

She'll definitely need to tell him eventually… But… maybe not now… Maybe after she gets SUNNY situated first.

It wouldn't be good for her to overwhelm him with everything all at once.

Shaking her head clear, she put the gifts away back in her purse before taking a look at herself in the mirror.

She still looked horrible. It's a wonder how SUNNY even managed to recognize her while she looked like this.

The fact that her face didn't scare him back into another coma was a miracle. Heheh…

She should start cleaning herself up and take better care of herself, maybe. It's been far too long since she stopped.

I have to tell you something…

MARI froze up as she felt her ears ringing.

Looking in the mirror, she saw SUNNY appear out of nowhere in the doorway.

That wasn't what freaked her out.

What was really freaking her out was that this SUNNY looked twelve years old again, exactly how he looked her dreams. Furthermore, his right eye was completely bleeding.

I have to tell you something…

He pointed at something behind him, before nodding his head to follow.

MARI immediately turned around, only to find that he disappeared.

Another hallucination again?

What was going on with her these days? Was she actually seriously losing it? Why… Why was she seeing something so morbid all of a sudden?

I have to tell you something…

She…

She suddenly had a very bad feeling…

"SUNNY." MARI widened her eyes in alarm.

She needed to go see him.

RIGHT NOW.

With a quick step, she exited the bathroom and found herself on the top of the stairs.

She hesitated a bit, her phobia manifesting again at the worst possible time. Her vision started blurring the longer she continued to stare, finding the stairs to suddenly stretch themselves to an impossible length.

If she falls, she's going to die.

But at the bottom, she could see him.

A young SUNNY with a bloody eye, pointing towards the kitchen.

Somewhere far away…

If she doesn't get to him in time, he's going to die.

...

Slapping herself in the face, her senses came back to her again before she powered through her phobia. Taking a deep breath, she focused and looked at the stairs again.

It was back to its normal length again.

It's never as scary as you think. She had to remember that for herself.

Taking a deep breath, she grabbed tightly onto the railing and speed-walked down the stairs, forcing her legs not to tremble by focusing all of her thoughts on her little brother.

Focus…

Focus…

Focus…!

She made it to the bottom of the stairs. No worse for wear.

Shaking her nerves off, she quickly sprinted her way into the kitchen.

"SUNNY?" She called out.

There he was, next to the kitchen counter.

Hands holding onto a steak knife, gripping it tightly while the tip of the blade was pointed towards himself.

A single dark miserable eye looking down at his hands, as if he had already made up his mind.

SOMETHING behind his shoulder.

One eye.

MARI trembled as her eyes widened.

"SUNNY…" MARI called out gently, taking slow steps towards him.

Her little brother didn't acknowledge her.

"SUNNY… What are you holding that knife for?" MARI asked slowly, steadily, calmly as possible.

Don't scare him. Don't give him a reason to be scared.

This time, SUNNY looked up at her. The expression on his face was absolutely soul-crushing.

"SUNNY… Can you put the knife back down?" MARI smiled gently, slowly trudging her feet forward step by step.

SUNNY looked back down again, staring contemplatively at the knife in his hands.

SOMETHING wrapped an encouraging hairy tendril on his shoulder.

MARI was starting to panic.

"Please put the knife down, SUNNY. You're scaring me." MARI started pleading.

SUNNY turned back to her again, his eye completely glazed over as if under a spell.

"Please… Please put the knife down. Please." MARI continued, "I'm begging you."

By now, SUNNY had a pained expression as he continued looking back and forth between her and the steak knife in his hand. He didn't know what to do.

"Don't do this… Please." MARI desperately pleaded, "Listen to your big sister. Listen to my voice. I don't want you to go."

SUNNY's hands began trembling as he gripped the knife tighter in his fingers.

"Won't you please stay? Stay with me? Stay with your big sister?" MARI kept begging, her feet beginning to weigh even heavier the closer she moved towards him, "Don't break your sister's heart and leave so soon. Not after I just got you back."

SUNNY looked up to her again, tears streaming down his eye. He was in complete agony over deciding what to do.

"Please stay. Just a little longer." MARI smiled desperately, "Won't you do that for me?"

SUNNY clenched his eye shut and took a deep breath.

MARI felt a chill down her spine as she prepared for what came next.

Somehow, for some reason, whatever being out there watching them was on her side.

SUNNY pointed the steak knife away from his body and shakingly placed it back on the counter before stepping away.

SOMETHING was already long gone.

Seeing her chance, MARI was already quick on her feet to grab the steak knife away from him and put it back in the knife holder.

Just to be extra safe, she grabbed the entire thing and placed it inside the top shelf cabinets before slamming the cabinet door shut.

Breathing heavily in relief now that the threat was gone, she took a moment to gather her composure.

MARI turned to SUNNY to see him staring down at his feet with a remorseful expression.

"SUNNY…" MARI breathed out with a shaky voice, running up to him and wrapping her arms around him.

Feeling him trembling against her, she took several deep breaths to try to calm down.

For some reason, the air in her lungs just won't keep still. She didn't know what to do.

"SUNNY…" MARI started off steadily, "You were just… You were just confused, right? You were trying to hold the knife, but you just forgot how to hold it properly. That's why it was pointing at you, right?."

"...right…" SUNNY nodded hesitantly.

It was a lie. It was the most obvious lie in history. There had never been a more obvious lie told in her entire life.

She chose to believe it.

"Hahahah…" MARI laughed, hugging him even tighter, "You silly boy… If you needed help, you should have just asked me. I was only just a few seconds away, you wouldn't have bothered me."

Of course. That was all. It was just her overreacting.

He wasn't going to use the knife to stab himself. He wasn't going to kill himself.

Why would he want to kill himself? He'd never do that to his big sister. Not after waiting several years for him to come back.

SUNNY would never do that to her. He loves her too much. He knows how much she loves him too.

"Next time, please ask me for help before doing anything. You're still weak and fragile." She admonished him lightly, rubbing her hands over his head to feel the hair in her fingers, "You'll promise to do that, won't you? Pretty please?"

"...okay…" She felt him nod.

"Good… Good…" She breathed a sigh of relief.

She won't ask why he was holding the knife in the first place. She won't ask why he even needed the knife.

She won't ask what SOMETHING was doing behind his shoulder. She was just hallucinating after all.

SUNNY was fine. He was alive. He was going to stay with her.

MARI managed to get to him before it was too late.

She held onto her little brother tightly, feeling his heart beating against her body like a two-ton truck.

It was the only thing that was helping her calm down right now.

She won't let go until she calms down.

She won't let go until SUNNY calms down.

She won't let go until everything calms down.

She can't calm down.

Notes:

AUgh, this was my least favorite chapter to write. Mostly because I wanted to get them back home as soon as possible but didn't know how to circumvent the whole "realistic coma recovery process" procedure since I don't know how coma victims are usually treated. Medical professional, I am not.

Also, I suck at attempted suicide/angst scenes. I just want them both to be happy, but I NEED to make them suffer first before I can get to that part. Forgive me for cringe writing this chapter, I know it's not as good compared to the other ones.

Hopefully, the next one will be better.

Shoutouts to Tuppence for his extremely detailed comment theorizing about the details of the last chapter. Don't worry man, even if you make incorrect assumptions, your comments are seriously one of the best things I get to read and look forward to after publishing something. They give me insight on the chapter I just finished making, giving me further ideas on how I should keep going next. You also make me feel smarter than I actually am.

Alright, so! Everyone who has commented in the past eight chapters have only ever seemed to give extremely positive comments, which I am super jazzed about! But now is the time for me to learn how to improve even further beyond. Instead of positive comments, I'm going to need you guys to think critically of the story and give me feedback on the parts that AREN'T good. Things that you don't really vibe with, things that you want me to put less focus on, things you want me to change- I know what you guys like, but it's time for me to learn what you guys don't like!

Hopefully, this will guide my writing direction to the right path as I make future chapters.

WORK HARD, PEOPLE!

Chapter 10: A Needed Heartfelt Talk

Summary:

OMORI has to tell MARI something.

MARI wished he told her sooner.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

One of the most important people in his life has always been his big sister, MARI.

That has never changed, not even after she died.

MARI has always been his role model. His personal hero. His greatest friend.

She was always perfect. Even in his dreams, he imagined her to be the perfect big sister that he always remembered her being.

Because of this, he had always been a bit soft towards her whenever she was around. Whether it be to ask him for help, to share chores, to discuss secrets and feelings, or to encourage him to do something he usually wouldn't think of doing before- OMORI would always find himself caving in and listening to whatever she says.

Maybe that was why OMORI stopped himself from waking up.

Hearing her desperate voice, pleading for him to stay with her just a little longer…To not leave her so soon, not after just being reunited together...

Whether she was real or not, there was no way OMORI could've denied her. He couldn't bear the thought of hurting her again.

Maybe he was crazy to listen to this possible delusion he crafted for himself. Maybe he was crazy for even thinking about leaving her at all.

Whatever the case may be, OMORI was persuaded to at least stick around just a little bit longer to see how things played out…

Which was why he was currently at the dinner table with his sister, absentmindedly poking at the fried tofu on his plate.

He hadn't even taken a bite yet. He didn't really have much of an appetite after what just happened earlier…

All he could really feel was… guilt.

Guilt for making MARI freak out so much to the point where she's become unhinged.

MARI sat right next to him, chair scooched up close by his side. They were almost touching shoulders from how close she was.

He wasn't sure if MARI had noticed, but her hands have been shaking the entire time since they started eating.

She had difficulties stabbing a fork into her tofu, oftentimes missing the mark by a few centimeters. Even so, she did her best to pretend that everything was completely fine as she finally caught a tofu and began chewing it.

He had never decided to use the knife to wake himself up while someone else was watching before. He didn't really expect someone from a dream to react so strongly at the sight of him almost attempting to stab himself.

Seeing how much her behavior had changed since he first got here, he… Well, he just feels stupid and guilty for putting an unnecessary burden on her now…

Seems no matter where he is or what he does, OMORI always seemed to screw up and make everything worse… Even in a perfect dream world…

Sigh… Worthless...

"SUNNY, you haven't taken a bite out of your tofu yet."

OMORI looked up to see MARI pointing at his dish.

He realized he had been playing around with his food for the past several minutes now. An honest habit. Lost in his own thoughts, he would often forget to eat.

Didn't help that he wasn't feeling that hungry either…

"Oh…" OMORI shook his head clear before standing up straight, "Sorry."

"Is the tofu not good?" MARI suddenly asked, before growing increasingly worried and erratic, "Is my cooking bad? Does it not look appetizing? Do you need me to redo it again?! Do you want to eat something else instead?!"

Before he could even answer a single question, MARI suddenly stood up with a manic smile.

"STEAK! You love steak! We can go get you some steak! The OTHERMART store should still probably be open right now- we can go to the meat counter and get you some steak! Let's go together, SUNNY! You can point out whichever you want, and we can bring it home and eat it together! I can cut it up to pieces for you so that you don't need to cut it and we can-"

OMORI grabbed her hand before she could go.

MARI looked back at him in surprise.

The look in her eyes did not look mentally stable. OMORI couldn't help but gulp nervously.

"The tofu is fine." OMORI gently reassured her, "Stay. Eat together with me."

MARI stared at him for several long seconds in complete silence, before nodding slowly, "...okay."

At his insistence, she sat back down again and resumed eating her food. Judging by how she was currently gripping onto his hand tightly and not letting go, she still hasn't been able to calm herself down...

MARI's grip on his hand was so tight, her knuckles were bare white. OMORI didn't think she realized it though…

Well… it was fine. OMORI decided to just let it happen. The grip wasn't bothering him anyway since he was too numb to know whether it was actually hurting him or not.

Wanting to avoid another situation from starting, OMORI started eating tentatively as he brought the tofu into his mouth and began chewing.

Nothing. He couldn't even taste anything in this world either.

That was frustrating...

No touch, and no taste. Two out of his five senses, completely nonexistent.

He wasn't able to tell if he could smell the food either, to be honest… So, that potentially makes three out of five.

Sight, and hearing. That was all he reliably had left. Not even sight either if he thought about it. Missing an eye means he didn't have depth perception anymore and was completely blind on his right side. Three and half out of five?

Sigh… He didn't really know what to do with himself.

OMORI looked over at MARI as she placed her fork down, already finished with her entire plate.

MARI had noticed that OMORI had barely even gotten started with finishing his own.

With a worried glance, she gently reassured him, "D-Don't rush yourself. You can eat as slowly as you want. I'll be here, waiting for you."

OMORI nodded silently, continuing at his own pace.

MARI still hasn't let go of his hand yet.

They silently sat together in relative peace as OMORI ate his tofu, with no new problems arising.

MARI's eyes never once wandered away from him, tensely looking him over like a watchdog ready to pounce on the first sign of trouble.

OMORI felt the situation was just a little bit awkward...

MARI's mind was probably still thinking about what just happened earlier with the steak knife. She was acting extremely erratic and overprotective, it made OMORI uncomfortable.

Maybe it would be better to say something so that she could get her mind off of it.

What to say though? He wasn't exactly a man of words. He was usually more reserved, preferring to listen to others more than partake in conversation.

Still, he had to think of something to ease the tension...

He thought back on the family portrait he saw earlier when he first entered the house. The portrait was taken back when he and MARI were only just babies.

This whole time, he never saw his mom and dad here. They didn't even bother to show up for dinner…

"Hey, MARI…" OMORI started off steadily, "Where's Mom and Dad?"

MARI blinked a bit, clearly not expecting him to start the conversation first. After a bit, she stumbled a bit as she answered, "O-Oh, uh… Well, Dad is currently out on a business trip overseas. He's part of a… paper business or something, I don't really remember… He says he'll be back home in a couple of months."

Okay… So in this world, Dad never left the family. Makes sense.

OMORI could remember the harsh look on Dad's face when he was outside chopping down the tree where he hung MARI's body on.

Stay away… you are not my son…

He had known about the true cause of MARI's death the entire time… He never said it out loud, but OMORI knew that Dad blamed him. It was the entire reason why he left… And he was right to.

In this world, since MARI was never killed… Dad never had a reason to abandon him.

"What about Mom?" OMORI asked.

He became confused when MARI had a dark look on her face all of a sudden, before turning away with a rough, "She left to go live with extended family five years ago. She doesn't consider this home anymore."

Ah.

So… Mom was the one to abandon the family instead?

What a… strange twist of fate…

"She tried to get us to move away." MARI recalled coldly, "She said she wanted to give us a fresh new start in a different town."

"...But you didn't move?" OMORI asked.

"I convinced her not to." MARI explained vaguely.

She didn't seem to want to elaborate further. OMORI felt it was a bad idea to dig any deeper than that, so he decided to let sleeping dogs lie.

MARI laid her head on his shoulder and reassured him, "Don't be sad, SUNNY… Even if our mom isn't our mom anymore, I promise I'll be there to help take care of you instead. You can forget all about her. I won't ever leave you."

OMORI didn't know how to respond to that. So instead, he just nodded and continued eating.

This dream world was throwing curveballs at him that he was never expecting, now that he was taking a deeper look beyond the surface. He had assumed that... since MARI was alive, things in this world were better than the one he left.

But… Mom left them? Because he was in a coma?

What else was different about this world that he wasn't aware of?

"MARI, how old are you now?" OMORI decided to ask, "Twenty-one, right?"

MARI nodded, "Yeah. Why do you ask?"

"I remembered back then that you were taking classes for college prep. Did you ever go to the college you wanted? Have you graduated yet?"

MARI widened her eyes at this before giving an embarrassing laugh, "I… Um… I never went to college."

OMORI stopped eating in shock, dropping his fork as he turned to her, "What?"

MARI nervously chuckled as she brought a shaky hand up to scratch her cheek, "I never went to college. I actually dropped out of high school five years ago."

"But… But why?" OMORI asked, "MARI, you were always so serious about your grades… You always brought home perfect straight A's!"

MARI smiled sadly, "I couldn't really… go to school anymore. I just didn't have the energy to attend."

"Was it… because of me?" OMORI asked tentatively.

MARI rapidly shook her head, "No! It wasn't your fault! I just… I mean, you were just more important at the time! I couldn't go to school knowing you were still suffering in a coma, so I had to drop out! It was my choice!"

OMORI couldn't help but frown at her, knowing that she gave up her academic prowess simply because she was worried about him. It seems even in this world, he was still causing problems for other people...

"What… what have you been doing then? While I was gone?"

MARI stayed silent, thinking about the question. After a while, she simply answered, "Waiting for you to come back."

"For six years?" OMORI asked incredulously.

MARI blinked, before nodding, "Yes."

OMORI furrowed his brows at this, "You… didn't do anything for six years except wait for me? What about your piano classes? All that hard work you've spent years perfecting? Friends? Hobbies? Anything?"

MARI shook her head, "None of those… It just…didn't feel right. To live a life without you in it. So I just wanted to take a break from all of that so that I could wait until you came back."

That didn't sound right at all… She must have done something to at least make her life more fulfilling. She still had a relationship with HERO! OMORI knew that HERO would never let MARI drag herself into a depressive slump for all these years. He would have at least been there to support her when she needed him the most...

"What about HERO?"

OMORI was taken aback a bit when MARI's eyes flared up in absolute rage the moment he mentioned HERO's name. It was gone as quickly as it appeared though, making him wonder if his eyes weren't playing tricks on him.

"You're more important to me than HERO." MARI stated firmly.

That couldn't possibly be a good sign...

"...What…" There was a question he needed an answer to, but his voice couldn't find the strength to continue, fearing for the answer he might hear. In the end, he pushed through and asked, "What would you have done if I never came back?"

MARI stared blankly at him.

She didn't answer. She stayed silent for the longest time.

Eventually, she glanced away with a fake smile and changed the topic by asking, "Are you done with your tofu? I can put it away for you!"

MARI quickly let go of the vice grip she had on his hand and already took his plate before he could respond, quickly leaving to the kitchen.

OMORI could only stare back at her.

This world wasn't perfect after all.

Even in this one, he had inadvertently ruined her life.

Even in this one, after somehow saving her from falling down the stairs and sacrificing himself in the process, she chose to sacrifice everything important to her because she couldn't live without him.

Even in this one, she had suffered because of him.

This didn't make any sense.

Nothing made sense.

Why was he here?

What kind of world was this?

Why was he in this world to begin with?

Is this all just a dream like he thought, or was there something more to it?

Why did he come here instead of dying?

He just… He just couldn't understand anything.

What did any of this all mean?

Was any of this even real?

Dishes were cleaned and placed away as the nighttime crept deeper.

After the tiring day the two siblings had together, some sleep would probably do them some good.

The two of them stood by at the bottom of the stairs, MARI looking at it cautiously while OMORI continued to be lost in thought.

MARI gulped, wondering how she should tackle this new hurdle.

She never really thought about how her little brother might react to the stairs that almost nearly killed the both of them. MARI didn't want him to suffer from the memories of what happened that night, so she was unsure how she should handle this.

Looking over to him, MARI could see that he wasn't even really paying attention to the stairs at all, lost in his own thoughts.

Once they go up the stairs, would her little brother react strongly to it? Would he be suffering from some PTSD that she and the doctors never found out about?

It was unlikely to be the case, but MARI still wanted to make sure so that he didn't end up getting hurt over it…

For her, ever since that day, she had always had the phobia of falling down the stairs again. Sometimes she would manage the strength to get over it, going down the stairs with relative ease. Other times, there would be days where her phobia became so strong, she wouldn't want to even look at the stairs anymore.

The only reason why she never decided to move her bed away to the bottom floor was because she didn't want to do anything to change the house, in case SUNNY ever woke up and came back home to her.

...

If MARI was suffering from this, she wondered if her little brother was too?

If he was, then MARI would have to take the responsible role and resolve herself to get over her fear so that she could help her little brother overcome it too.

Taking a deep breath, she grabbed her little brother's hand and tugged it, causing him to look up at her.

With a reassuring smile, she asked softly, "Are you scared of the stairs?"

OMORI looked between her and the stairs leading up to her room, before giving an unsure, "S-Sometimes. Not as much as I used to be."

MARI was a bit shocked to hear about this. "Used to be?"

OMORI thought back to the dream world where he overcame his fear of heights as he climbed up to the surface of OTHERWORLD. In order to search for a missing BASIL, he had to find the courage to help himself reach into outer space in case his friend was ever lost there.

At the time, he never realized that he placed the ladder there in order to intimidate him from ever leaving his comfort zone…

"I pushed myself to get over it eventually…" OMORI explained vaguely.

"You mean while you were dreaming inside the coma?" MARI asked.

OMORI paused at her words.

That's right… This MARI would have no knowledge of anything he had been through for the past four years of his life. To her, anything he tells her about what he experienced would just be taken as memories from a world inside his coma.

But… it didn't sit right with him to treat the last four years as him being in a coma. He couldn't believe that it all just happened in his mind.

It felt too real to just be another dream.

It was all too real just to be a nightmare…

So what did that make this world then?

Unaware of the mental turmoil in her little brother's head, MARI smiled encouragingly, "That's good then."

If SUNNY wasn't going to have any issues going up and down the stairs, then that eases the burden off her shoulders. One less thing to worry about.

Her little brother managed to overcome his fear first before she ever did in the last six years… Without even being awake to do it…

Kinda makes her feel pathetic in comparison… She was supposed to be the reliable older sister, wasn't she?

If her own brother was improving himself and out-growing her without help… What good was she?

Clearing her head of depressing thoughts, she cheered herself up by pulling SUNNY's hand and leading him up to their rooms, "C'mon, we should get to bed so that we can wake up early in the morning."

But her little brother didn't follow after her. He just stood there, mulling over his thoughts.

He looked like he had something serious on his mind.

"SUNNY?" MARI asked in concern.

It took a while before OMORI looked up at his sister, watching over him with worried eyes.

If this was all just a dream, then perhaps it would be better to tackle it directly and shatter the fake walls around him.

"MARI…" OMORI started steadily, "Can I ask something serious?"

MARI brought herself closer as she gave a reassuring smile, "Of course. I'm always here to help with whatever you need, little brother!"

OMORI took a deep breath and sighed.

With a disillusioned eye, he asked, "Are you real?"

MARI blinked a bit, confused by the question. It took her a while before she could even respond, "W-What do you mean?"

"Are you real, MARI?" OMORI asked again, "Is any of this real, or am I just stuck in another dream?"

"SUNNY…" MARI grabbed his hands and lightly caressed his fingers before reassuring, "Of course, I'm real! Everything here is real. You're not dreaming, SUNNY."

"Then how are you still alive?"

This caught MARI off guard.

In fact, it was so out of left field, she didn't even know what to say. She didn't even know how to comprehend the question in the first place.

"W-What?" MARI stammered.

OMORI studied her, watching her reaction with a contemplative stare.

Stepping past her, OMORI kneeled to the floor right next to the bottom of the stairs. He brought his hand up to caress the floor where he last remembered… seeing MARI.

"That night… The day of the recital…" OMORI began, looking up at the top of the stairs, "We had an argument after I threw the violin and broke it."

MARI, after a short while, began to recover her senses as she snapped out of her stupor. Looking over to SUNNY, she sat down right next to him and decided to listen carefully to what he had to say so that she could understand his question better.

OMORI continued, "At the top of the stairs, we were shouting at each other. I was trying to get my feelings across to you, but you were still angry about the violin I broke… You were so upset about how I destroyed the gift that everyone worked so hard to get for me that one Christmas party…"

As MARI listened intently, she felt a small ringing in her ears. It wasn't enough to distract her, but it did make her feel uncomfortable a bit.

Actually… They were arguing over SUNNY's violin? Did MARI… really get that upset over something like that?

It was hard to remember since it was so long ago…

Shaking her head clear, she continued listening.

"I had been so frustrated at that point… I just wanted to get away from you so that I could calm down… But… But you blocked me before I could leave…" OMORI took another deep breath, the memory of it all starting to overwhelm him. He could recall the night perfectly in his mind, recounting each moment like it was engraved in his head. "I… I was so fed up with you… The fall, it was…"

"I stumbled back, tripped, and fell." MARI continued for him, "And I ended up grabbing you down with me-"

"No." OMORI suddenly interrupted.

MARI was nearly startled back by the force of his voice.

"No… That didn't happen." OMORI continued, "I pushed you down the stairs. I remember it perfectly. I got so angry, I ended up pushing you away towards the stairs… And when you fell, I stood still and watched."

MARI widened her eyes in shock. "W-What?"

"I never saved you, MARI. You never grabbed me, and I never had the chance to protect you before you fell…" OMORI trembled as he closed his eye with a frustrated sigh, "I just… watched you fall."

MARI didn't understand what he was saying. What in the world was he even talking about? That didn't happen…

"You landed right on top of the broken violin. There was blood everywhere." OMORI's hands clenched tightly into fists on the floor as he continued recalling his version of events, "I went down to check on you to see if you were okay… You wouldn't… You wouldn't move. You weren't breathing. You wouldn't wake up…"

MARI stood still in silence as she continued listening, unable to believe what she was hearing.

"I kept shaking you, asking if you were okay. Begging you to wake up. I was still in denial about what happened." OMORI furrowed his brows and slowly shook his head, "I carried you up to our room and put you in bed because I thought you just needed some rest. Just a little bit of rest, and you'd soon wake up."

OMORI turned to her, giving her a heartbroken frown.

"You never woke up."

MARI felt her heart being stabbed.

Turning back to the floor, OMORI continued, "I was… I was trying to convince myself that it was all a dream… A nightmare… I was trying so hard to wake myself up, hoping that once I did, you'd still be there. I kept calling your name. I kept hitting myself in the head. Nothing was working. You wouldn't wake up, and I couldn't do anything to reverse the situation… But then BASIL came along. He was there with me. He had seen everything that happened."

OMORI curled up into a ball and gripped onto his hair with a frustrated hiss.

"He told me that everything was going to be okay… He told me had an idea to keep me from being in trouble. I thought I could trust him because he was my friend, but… It was the worst mistake I ever made in my entire life." OMORI felt his body shaking against the floor, "We both carried your body out to the backyard. I was in a daze, still in denial about everything. I was still convincing myself that it was all just a nightmare. BASIL laid your body down next to the big tree outside and came back with a jump rope."

MARI wanted to put a hand out to comfort him, but she was still too much in shock to even find the strength to move. Her body had locked up so tight, she was like a frozen statue. She didn't even know whether she wanted to continue hearing this...

"While BASIL was busy taking care of your body, I bit my tongue in a last-ditch attempt to wake myself up. I bit so hard to the point where I tasted blood. I still couldn't wake up." OMORI was beginning to sob at this point, and he was surprised to find that he still had tears left over to cry about this. He thought he had already dried himself up years ago over this. "He hung your body up to the tree to make it look like a suicide. He reassured me that now I wouldn't get in trouble for killing you… He kept pulling me back inside the house, but I turned around."

I shouldn't have turned around.

"I saw… you were staring at us. At me." OMORI gasped out, "You had your eyes opened and you were staring at me. That's when I realized that you weren't dead yet… You were somehow still alive, but then I… I finished the job and helped hang you. You woke up just in time to die."

OMORI felt his hands become slack as he finished recounting the memories of that night. Straightening his back up, he turned to look at MARI giving him a horrified expression.

"You're dead, MARI. I killed you." OMORI stated emotionlessly. "You died, and it was all my fault… So how are you real? How are you even alive? If any of this is real, why don't you hate me for what I did?"

MARI couldn't even find the words to say anything. She was so shocked and appalled by what she was hearing, a part of her felt like denying it.

But as she listened, slowly it began to dawn on her why her SUNNY was acting so depressed and strange this whole day.

The apology from this morning after just waking up.

The shocked looks he would give her every time he turned to glance at her, before looking so sad and regretful.

When he… When he held the steak knife in his hand and almost nearly… nearly…

K… K…

K-K-Kill-...

She closed her eyes and concentrated.

Nearly killed himself.

It all stemmed from the guilt of… thinking he had killed her. Because he thought it was all his fault.

In his morbid mind, he experienced a different life than she had. A world where SUNNY killed his big sister and was haunted by her death for six entire years in his mind. Constantly blaming himself, suffering from the guilt and trauma over what he had done to desecrate her body in some misguided attempt to escape the responsibilities of his actions.

Not even in her worst nightmares did she ever imagine herself in a situation like this.

To think that this was what he had gone through, in his own mind… Trapped in an endless nightmare of guilt.

For six years.

And he still couldn't bring himself to believe that he was awake yet.

MARI felt like she was going to be sick.

But instead of running away to clear her stomach, she kept it all inside as she forced herself to come closer to SUNNY and wrap her arms around him again to give him a great big hug.

"I will never hate you…" MARI whispered hoarsely in his ear, "I could never ever ever hate you, SUNNY…!"

"Why…?" She could hear him mutter, "It was my fault-"

"IT WASN'T!" She screamed out, "Stop saying that it was your fault!"

It wasn't his fault.

It was never his fault.

That day, when he protected MARI from the fall down the stairs… That day, when he bled out and nearly died… That day, when he became comatose…

If anything, it was all…

"It's all my fault." MARI admitted.

It was all her fault… Everything was entirely her fault.

"I shouldn't have gotten angry at you…" MARI stated out loud to herself, "I shouldn't have shouted at you and hurt you like that. I should have known something was wrong and patiently tried to understand you. But I didn't… Because I was so stupid…"

She held onto her little brother as tightly as possible.

"You've been suffering all this time… Thinking you killed me… Thinking it was all your fault…" She shook her head, "But it wasn't your fault… It was all mine. If only I hadn't gotten clumsy near the stairs, I would have never grabbed you down with me. You would have never gotten into a coma. You would have never experienced any of this!"

It's all her fault.

"It's all my fault… I'm so sorry that I put you through this, SUNNY. You've been stuck in a neverending nightmare this whole time, and I didn't even know… It's all my fault that you're like this…"

"You shouldn't say that…"

Even now, after admitting everything to him, her little brother still loved her enough to hug her back and comfort her.

She didn't deserve it. She didn't deserve his love and respect. She was the cause of all of his problems and suffering, she didn't deserve to be treated so kindly…

Her little brother was… so kind and considerate to everyone he meets. So kind and considerate, even to MARI…

She wished he would blame her instead of himself.

Pulling away from the hug, she forcefully grabbed onto his face and made him look at her. With a stern glare, she said directly at him, "You are not dreaming, SUNNY. You are awake. I am alive. You never killed me. I'm right here, and I am never going to leave you ever again. Forget everything you thought was true, and believe me when I say that it was all just a horrible nightmare."

OMORI stared back at her.

Even though her hands were grabbing a hold of his face, he still couldn't feel her touch.

He wanted to believe what she was saying. He wanted to so badly, so desperately.

But he couldn't write off the last four years of his life that easily. Not when the memory was still fresh on his mind.

There was no way it was all just a nightmare. There was just no way. It was all too real to be a nightmare.

It hurt too much to be just a nightmare.

...

He didn't know what to believe anymore.

Why was he here?

Why didn't he die?

Why was he being forgiven...?

He didn't deserve… any of this...

Seeing her little brother still looking at her with sad doubt, MARI stated resolutely, "I don't care how long it takes for you to get it through your head. I'll stay here by your side every day and every night until you realize you're not in a dream. One way or another, I'll make you finally believe everything is real. I won't ever stop until you realize it."

Even if it took the rest of their lives…

She will be here for him.

She will always be here for him.

She won't stop until she repents for all her sins.

After everything that happened today, the two siblings finally managed to make it to their room for the night.

OMORI settled into his bed as he looked around the room with a curious glance.

Everything looked exactly the way it was, back before his family put away all of MARI's belongings after she died.

He knew he should have expected to see it again, but it was still a surprise when he saw that the room contained two of their beds. It had been so long for him since his room had MARI's bed in it.

Then there was the schedule planner behind the telephone. MARI always used it to plan everything out, since she was always so perfect about everything.

The boxes containing all of his old collection of dolls and baby toys were tucked away in the corner. He never got around to throwing those out yet. Looks like MARI never had any plans to.

In a way, it felt… nostalgic, seeing their room like this again. He never thought he'd see it like this ever again.

OMORI looked over to his left to see MARI opening up the wardrobe as she held her purse. She gave a quick look inside, juggling with a decision in her mind, before shaking her head and closing the wardrobe again.

Instead of doing whatever she was originally planning on doing, she pulled out a vase containing a familiar white flower before walking over to place it next to the lamp on the counter in between their beds.

"White Egret Orchids." OMORI muttered in surprise.

"You know about it?" MARI smiled, before explaining, "BASIL gave it to you. He would always bring these flowers along whenever he came to visit you in the hospital."

"Because he wanted to give his thoughts into my dreams?"

MARI nodded, before taking a pause. Looking at the plant curiously, she turned to ask OMORI, "Did it ever work? Has anything he ever said… reach you?"

OMORI looked away as he stared up at the ceiling.

"Don't know. Maybe." OMORI answered vaguely.

Honestly, not even he knew if it ever worked or not. He always had difficulty differentiating between his dreams and reality sometimes. If BASIL ever thought about him, he wouldn't be able to tell it apart from the dreams and nightmares that involved the flower boy.

In HEADSPACE, he always went missing... And OMORI would always come searching.

Countless times. Countless cycles.

"I didn't want to leave the flower by itself, so I took it back home with us." MARI said, admiring the flower, "It just feels important, you know?"

OMORI remembered the day MARI's casket got buried in the cemetery. Her body was surrounded by White Egret Orchids as she was lowered down.

"When we have the energy tomorrow, I should get you all caught up over the last six years you missed." MARI told him, "I… I would have told you over dinner, but I thought it would have overwhelmed you after everything that happened. Sorry."

"It's okay." OMORI reassured, "I feel pretty tired, honestly. We can deal with that tomorrow."

MARI nodded, "Okay."

Turning the light of the lamp off, she settled herself in her own bed and whispered a good night to him.

OMORI returned it back, as he closed his eyes.

His mind was filled heavily with thoughts of everything that happened today.

In the end, he still didn't know what was going on or what was happening.

He was still so confused about everything…

The same question just kept repeating in his mind.

Why was he here?

It was the question that was driving him up the wall.

There had to be a reason for why he was here in this world instead of being dead. He just couldn't figure it out.

Why wasn't the universe punishing him over what he did? Why did it place him in this confusing world and try to convince him that his original life was just a coma-induced nightmare?

This world didn't bring him any peace. If anything, he's just been more frustrated and confused since he woke up.

SOMETHING still haunted him. Reminding him over what he's done.

He knew that it all couldn't possibly be just a dream.

But this world was nothing like HEADSPACE either, so he wasn't sure if this was or wasn't a dream either.

OMORI felt so tired trying to wrap his mind around everything…

So tired, he probably could fall asleep at any minute…

He wondered… Would OMORI still dream of WHITE SPACE, now that he wasn't trying to repress the truth anymore? His safe haven, where nothing went wrong… SUNNY had destroyed the light bulb that contained all of his repressed thoughts and memories of what happened to MARI.

What will happen to him once he falls asleep?

A rustling sound to his right side interrupted his thoughts, as he suddenly could hear someone breathing right next to him.

Opening his eyes, he turned to see MARI had gotten into his bed and hugged him.

She had an embarrassed and guilty smile.

"Sorry… I just…" MARI apologized, "I don't know if you think you're too old to sleep with your big sister anymore but… it's been a long time since we last slept together like this. I always remembered back then when you came over to sleep in my bed whenever you had nightmares, and I… I missed those times."

MARI brought herself closer and pulled OMORI's head against her chest.

Even though he couldn't feel the warmth or touch of her body next to him, he could still hear the sound of her heart beating in his ear...

Her heartbeat… It made such a beautiful rhythm…He could stay here and listen to it forever...

"I… hope you don't mind, SUNNY…" MARI asked nervously.

OMORI shook his head, "It's okay… I actually like this."

MARI breathed a sigh of relief, "Good… Thank you."

They stayed together like that the entire time in complete comfort.

"...I missed you, MARI."

"...I missed you too, SUNNY."

They both fell asleep soon after.

..

.

.

.

WELCOME TO BLACK SPACE

Notes:

Now this chapter, I felt much more comfortable and happier to make.

Shoutouts to Kamary and Tuppence again! This time, I wanted to address the very valid concerns you two brought up with how I rushed SUNNY back home from the hospital.

I know you guys wanted to see SUNNY still stuck his hospital room trying to recover while his friends all come in one by one to reunite with him... The problem with that is...

Well...

I f*cking don't.

At least, not in the hospital room. Having them reunited in such a boring and limiting location would have been such a drag, and it wasn't what I wanted to do. This was why I wanted to try to get SUNNY to go back home as soon as physically possible.

I still have plans to have him reunite with his friends one by one, don't get me wrong. I just REALLY REALLY REALLY did not want to do it with him still stuck in his coma-bed. God, just thinking about it makes me feel stressed out and bored. BLEUGH. f*ck that. Sorry, really, but f*ck THAT.

Trust me guys, you'll thank me for doing it this way. What I have planned is going to be so much more engaging and fun and emotional. Would you guys really prefer to have SUNNY be reunited with his friends while stuck in a room? Three times consecutively? OR WOULD YOU RATHER PREFER SUNNY OUTSIDE, ABLE TO INTERACT WITH THE WORLD AS THEY ALL TRY TO GET HIM INVOLVED WITH REAL-WORLD SHENANIGANS?!

Another thing I wanted to address that was brought up by Kamary- The suicide attempt being too early. I know where you're coming from, but I couldn't feasibly find a way to postpone the suicide attempt any further than immediately after coming home. I have plans for OMORI to realize something important soon once he goes back to sleep, and it would not make sense narratively if he tried to commit sudoku any time after that.

One last thing to bring up, SUNNY's unnatural recovery speed despite having six-year muscle atrophy.

... Yeah, I got nothing to excuse for that. He's so numb that he can't even feel the strain and pain of his muscles, I guess? f*ck me, I just wanted to get him to come home as soon as possible... That's what I get for writing myself into a corner with a six-year coma. I would have made it only a four-years coma if it didn't counteract my timeline of events of everything that happened in this custom OMARI universe.

One more surprise shoutout, Sphiniix. Yeah, you got really stressed out with how I cut to MARI after what happened with SUNNY, eh? That was what I was intending, the dread and suspense and confusion with a jarring cut to another scene, like a tonal whiplash. Glad to know I managed to do that perfectly!

Anyways, thanks again for everyone commenting last chapter. I am seriously and genuinely shocked that I had so little criticisms about this story. I remember back in the old days when I first started writing, people would constantly point out flaws or plot-holes in my work without a second thought. It's seriously shocking that I've managed to pull this story off in a way that doesn't garner any negativity yet. I'm touched that so many of you still enjoy it. Hopefully I keep up this perfect track record and continue publishing banger after banger!

Question for another shoutout opportunity!

Man, that White Egret Orchid was in MARI's purse this whole time when she brought it with her to the bathroom? And she took it back home from the hospital room after BASIL gave it to SUNNY yesterday, the place where they both slept with it nearby? So strange that things weird things keep happening whenever it's in the room, don't you think? I wonder if there's anything weird or special about it? Hm...

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 11: Goodbye, World.

Summary:

OMORI says goodbye.

HIKIKO says hello.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

MARI had been lying still for what felt like hours now.

She wasn't exactly sure what she was supposed to be doing at the moment.

Still, to feel the hectic stress and anxiety she felt building up all day melting away from her as the relief and tranquility settled it, it made her give a soft comforting sigh.

She wouldn't mind just staying here for a while to calm down a bit.

After a while of just lying still and doing nothing, a shadow was eventually cast over her face.

She gave a glance up to see HIKIKO sitting on her knees while peering down at MARI.

HIKIKO and MARI gave each other contemplative looks, waiting around as if expecting the other to do something first.

Knowing that she wasn't going to do anything until someone finally relents, MARI sighed and nodded in understanding.

HIKIKO nodded back as she stood up.

By then, MARI had already vanished.

HIKIKO gave her own sigh of relief, before looking around.

WELCOME TO BRIGHTSPACE

YOU HAVE BEEN LIVING HERE FOR AS LONG AS YOU CAN REMEMBER

She was back in her safe haven. The bright endless void that stretches on forever, with only her personal belongings to keep her company.

MEWO was purring softly as she laid on her back, continuing her nap from last time. That silly kitty was always so lazy…

Her toy piano was still broken, apparently. The lone piano key was as lonesome as ever until she looked around to try to find the rest.

Her laptop was still in the same spot as she left it. No need to update the journal yet since she hasn't done anything today.

The chair and long dangling rope were back in their original position. She'd need to make a new noose again when it was time to wake up.

Hm.

Well, looks like she has some free time on her hands. Let's go play around with SUNNY and the others.

Turning to the white door in the room, she stepped up and opened the door to visit the small playroom again.

The sky was purple and the stars were out. It looked like today was going to be a beautiful day to play with her friends.

In front of her, she spots three familiar faces gathered around playing a card game to pass the time.

...wait, three?

The moment they spotted HIKIKO entering the room, they all jumped up and came up to her in a flash with worried looks.

"HIKIKO! There you are!" HERO cried out as he grabbed her hand, "We've been looking everywhere for you!"

"Yeah! You said you were only going to take a short walk around the picnic with SUNNY, but then you both suddenly disappeared!" AUBREY had hugged her leg in relief, "We were all worried sick!"

"O-Oh…" HIKIKO felt a bit overwhelmed at all this sudden concern and attention aimed at her, before she did her best to clear everyone's worries away, "I'm sorry guys! I didn't mean to make you all scared. I should have come back as soon as I could, but something came up."

Something came up…? Huh… She wasn't really sure what caused her to actually not come back in the first place...

"The three of us thought that you might show up again if we waited here long enough, but BASIL said he was still going to go around to look for SUNNY." KEL told her.

HIKIKO's thoughts paused as she became hyper-focused on what KEL had just said.

"Wait, you mean SUNNY's not with you?" HIKIKO asked with a worried look.

"We thought he was with you!" KEL stated.

Oh no… Not again…

What were they doing the last time HIKIKO was here? She and SUNNY were out taking a quick walk to stretch their legs, right? But then…

Something about… curtains and… remembering something scary…

A boy coming to… replace...

...

All three of them began dragging a distracted HIKIKO out to the exit with them, as HERO urged, "Come on, HIKIKO! If SUNNY's not with you, then we should all start helping BASIL search for SUNNY too. He might be somewhere around here!"

"R-Right!" HIKIKO snapped out of her stupor and nodded resolutely, before taking charge of the group as they all followed behind her.

If her little brother was missing, it was up to her to help find him. She won't stop until he's safe back in her arms again. Any questions she had would need to be figured out later.

"Any ideas where we should look for SUNNY first? When was the last time you saw him?" HERO asked behind her.

Thinking about it, she remembered… they had walked near the shores of the ocean…

"First, we get BASIL to regroup with us. Then, we all head towards the beach. That was the last time I saw SUNNY." HIKIKO listed off.

"Alright!" Everyone quickly agreed as they followed HIKIKO's lead.

OMORI was sitting on the shores by the ocean for what felt like hours now.

Staring out at the vast sea in front of him, he slowly blinked before becoming aware of where he was.

Taking a quick look around, he steadily recognized the area and found himself frowning.

Big empty grey ocean in front, vast grey forest behind him...

Dark foreboding atmosphere...

So… Back here again, huh?

The entrance to BLACK SPACE…

OMORI didn't even need to find any keys this time around. He just woke up in the middle of it all.

This place…

The opposite of WHITE SPACE, it was the dark black void that OMORI would always shove all of his dark thoughts and unwanted memories into.

It was the place where he hid the truth of MARI's death for so long.

Back when OMORI was still suppressing the truth, he would have no memory of this place each and every time he stepped foot in it. In his mind, all he wanted to focus on was to save his missing friend BASIL and get out as quickly as possible.

But then… the memories of everything would seep back into his mind… The longer he stayed here, the more he would remember…

Eventually, he would realize that BASIL didn't go missing after all. OMORI had subconsciously put him here as punishment for somehow knowing the truth.

Thus, OMORI would then erase BASIL by killing him in whatever gruesome way OMORI could think of. Sometimes even he was surprised at how malicious his methods of murder could be.

It would all be so that OMORI would eventually ascend to his throne of red hands, forcing these hands to lead him back to NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM so that he could reset HEADSPACE once more…

Force everything to go back to normal.

Bring BASIL back to life.

Erase the memories he had of BLACK SPACE.

Suppress the truth further back into the depths of his mind.

Pretend that everything was okay.

Up until BASIL would somehow remember the truth again, forcing OMORI to subconsciously send him back to BLACK SPACE.

Thus, the search for his missing friend begins all over again.

Over and over and over.

For the last four entire years of his life.

A cycle that never ends… Not until now.

...

This was actually the first time he ever set foot in BLACK SPACE with all of his memories intact. Now that he was no longer suppressing the truth, he remembered where BLACK SPACE came from.

He was the creator. The master of the realm, so to speak.

A place he created to hide away everything that would cause him to remember anything related to MARI's death. Whether it was memories, inhabitants of HEADSPACE, or anything else that would get in his way to a peaceful life.

Despite all the scary and unsettling things that resided here, everything was completely harmless as long as he was still OMORI. Nothing here could physically hurt him.

It still didn't stop OMORI from being filled with dread and misery though.

The more he suppressed BLACK SPACE, the more powerful it became. Like a spring being pushed against the wall before finally building up enough energy to bounce off and wreak havoc.

If he woke up here by the entrance instead of in WHITE SPACE, then that must mean that BLACK SPACE has overtaken everything else now. No amount of suppressing the truth would ever push it back anymore. It was too powerful now.

He still would have preferred WHITE SPACE, to be honest…

There would be no doors here this time around.

Without anything to repress, everything in BLACK SPACE would no longer be locked away anymore.

No doors. No keys to open them. No way out or in.

Everything that was once in there has already escaped out to HEADSPACE.

No access to doors means no access to the keys that reside in them. No keys mean no red door to appear.

No red door means he can't access his throne of red hands…

No access to the red hands means they can't lead him to the NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM.

There probably wouldn't be a point to do that anyway…

Why reset the world if it didn't matter? OMORI has already given up on hiding the truth away anymore. HEADSPACE was nothing more than a distraction for SUNNY so that he wouldn't be tortured by the guilt and suffering of it all. There was no need to be distracted anymore.

Nothing he did matter.

Hiding away the truth again will only cause further problems and further suffering…

The better question would be to ask why he was still here? Why wake up near BLACK SPACE again? It wasn't like he had any unfinished business to do.

He should have been dead by now, actually. The fall from the hospital roof should have killed him, he was never supposed to be back here again… Yet, here he was...

What to do then?

"Lost in thought as always, DREAMER?"

OMORI widened his eyes as he recognized the voice appearing out of nowhere.

Now that was a voice that he wasn't expecting to hear ever again.

Popping out of the ocean in front of him, he saw the familiar face of an old imaginary friend.

ABBI.

Or at least, the haunting form that she had been reduced to.

"Surprised to see me, old friend?" ABBI asked in a gentle tone.

"A little, yeah…" OMORI nodded, growing a bit cautious.

A giant head protruding halfway out of the surface, surrounded by tentacles. Staring back at him was a single eye, reminiscent of the many forms of SOMETHINGS that haunted him.

"I thought I banished you to the ABYSS and wiped away your memories…" OMORI recalled.

"You did." ABBI stated, although she showed no sign of contempt towards him… strangely enough.

ABBI, one of the first three imaginary friends he had brought to WHITE SPACE in order to be a companion and distraction for SUNNY. The wisest one, ABBI had acted as a sort of surrogate sister-figure for SUNNY to fill the void left empty after MARI's death.

She had been the one to introduce him to HEADSPACE in the first place, conjuring the door that led him out into the colorful pastel world of his imagination. Along with HUMPHREY and the BIG YELLOW CAT, the four of them would travel on adventures together to keep SUNNY entertained.

ABBI was too wise and caring for her own good though… Knowing that SUNNY was still in pain from the guilt over what he had done, ABBI wanted to encourage SUNNY to face the truth so that he could find the strength to forgive himself.

At the time, facing the truth was the last thing SUNNY wanted to do. Thus, her attempts to help him only caused him further pain and suffering.

OMORI had summoned her to fulfill the role as a distraction for SUNNY, not to help remind him of the truth. Acting beyond her duties and hurting him in the process, OMORI became furious and banished her into the darkest depths of the ABYSS that he could think of as well as stripped away her wisdom so that she would never be smart enough to find a way out again.

Afterwards, OMORI performed his first-ever reset of HEADSPACE in order to forget that she had ever existed.

Seeing her again after so long, especially in this new grotesque form she had, it was quite unsettling for the most part. OMORI didn't know what to think of it.

"You look different." OMORI said simply.

"Yes. The ABYSS wasn't kind to me." ABBI explained sadly, "Those who wander the realms close to BLACK SPACE for too long will eventually find themselves deformed. You might have seen some familiar faces during your adventures, but perhaps didn't recognize them."

OMORI could recall some of them, yeah. At the time, they all just seemed like monsters from his nightmares… He didn't realize that they were actually all his former imaginary friends from the earliest cycles. All abandoned or punished in some ways or another for similar reasons...

"How did you get your memories back?" OMORI asked.

"The light bulb was broken, wasn't it?" ABBI stated, "Everything you ever tried to hide away and forget came back in full force. This includes more than just the truth about your sister, DREAMER."

OMORI didn't quite understand fully, but he supposed that's as satisfactory an answer as any.

Not even he knew exactly the full logic behind how his imaginary friends worked in his mind… Sometimes the inhabitants of HEADSPACE felt more lifelike than he expected for a bunch of imaginary people...

"So, you have faced the truth, finally." ABBI said sadly, "And yet, you chose not to forgive yourself. I'm truly saddened…"

OMORI furrowed his brows at this, before telling her, "Don't be. I'm not worth pitying over."

"...I guess not then…" ABBI turned her eye away depressingly. "I was just hoping that something else would've happened instead."

For someone who had spent years trapped and tortured in the darkest pits of the ocean, ABBI was surprisingly amicable towards him.

"You still care about me? Even after what I did to you?"

At this, ABBI gave a small chuckle, "It will take a lot more than erasing my mind and torturing my body to get me to hate you, DREAMER."

"For most people, it would take far less to be enough."

"And when have I ever been like most people?"

OMORI didn't answer, knowing it was just a rhetorical question.

It was odd, talking to her again after all these years. OMORI had mostly forgotten ABBI's entire existence up until now, so he didn't quite know what to say to her.

Well, there was one thing he should probably say…

"Sorry." OMORI apologized stoically.

Sorry for a lot of things, to be precise. Sorry for banishing her when she was only trying to help. Sorry for wiping away her mind so that she could suffer endlessly this entire time. Sorry for doing what ended up being a pointless waste of time to begin with.

"It's okay. I forgive you." ABBI responded simply.

OMORI flinched back, feeling like he had been hit directly in the heart.

Dammit, that was not what you were supposed to say to a horrible person like him...

It hurts to be forgiven. He didn't like it. He'd rather ABBI hate him instead…

Knowing her though, asking that would be impossible.

"ABBI, can I ask something?"

"Of course, DREAMER. What's on your mind?" ABBI responded expectantly.

"After I tried to kill myself, I woke up in a different world where my sister was still alive. She's trying to convince me that the past four years were just a nightmare I had from a coma." OMORI explained, "It all seemed too convenient to be true. I was wondering if you knew whether it was just a dream or not?"

Surely, someone as wise and smart as ABBI could help him figure this out.

ABBI closed her eye and gave a contemplative hum, before answering unsurely, "I don't think I can provide the answer to that. This is something you'll need to discover by yourself..."

OMORI sighed and looked away with disappointment, "Figures…"

Of course ABBI wouldn't know anything. If even he couldn't tell whether or not it was all real, how could he expect ABBI to know? She was just an imaginary friend after all...

"If you ask me though, I'd say this must be a second chance for you. Perhaps it would be best not to look a gift horse in the mouth and accept it."

With a dismissive scoff, OMORI hid his face in his knees and grumbled, "And why would anyone want to give me a second chance? I don't deserve it…"

"Maybe, maybe not. You feel this way now, but… maybe someday you'll change your mind…" ABBI offered.

No.

Not if OMORI could help it.

A murderer like him doesn't deserve to live...

...

Changing the topic, OMORI looked up at her curiously before asking, "So, why are you here with me, ABBI? Don't tell me you just wanted to keep me company."

Surprisingly, ABBI shook her head, "Contrary to what you're thinking, no. As much as I enjoy seeing you again, I have something important to do."

"Huh?" OMORI looked at her confusedly.

"Your friends wish to see you again. I'm here to help lead you to them."

Wait, what?

"What friends? You mean… MARI and the others? They're still around?"

She nodded.

"But I thought HEADSPACE was taken over by BLACK SPACE. I'm not hiding the truth anymore. HEADSPACE doesn't have a reason to exist. It was all just something I created to keep myself distracted, wasn't it?"

How could his friends in HEADSPACE be around if HEADSPACE doesn't exist anymore?

ABBI giggled at him before saying, "HEADSPACE is more than just an imaginary world created by you, DREAMER. It's an idea that's existed long before you ever came to be born, since the beginning of time itself."

OMORI felt himself growing confused even further.

He wasn't even sure if this was just all his overactive imagination talking or not.

"Hm… it would be hard to explain… Just know for now that your friends are waiting for you. It seems pretty important too." ABBI insisted, "Whatever they have to say, I think you should at least hear them out."

OMORI took one last look around the area.

Nothing but a dark grey ocean and a dark forest behind him.

It's not like he has anything better to do.

Standing up from his spot, he patted the sand off of him before nodding, "Okay then. Lead the way."

A red door suddenly appeared in front of him, exactly on cue.

"Travel through here, DREAMER. Everyone will be waiting for you on the other side." ABBI told him.

OMORI widened his eyes at seeing the familiar red door in front of him again. This was the door that led to the CHURCH…

Something inside him made him hesitate… He wasn't sure if he was ready to go through yet, and he couldn't understand why…

ABBI seemed to notice this, pointing out, "Getting cold feet, DREAMER?"

"ABBI… Why does it feel like I'm about to say goodbye?" OMORI asked cautiously.

"Hm…" ABBI gave a small hum, before confirming, "Maybe because you are?"

That definitely didn't answer his question.

Giving a small gulp, he rephrased the question, "Will I ever see you again?"

Unexpectedly, ABBI answered him honestly, "I'm afraid not, DREAMER. Once you go through this door, this will be the last time we ever see each other again. For real this time."

Ah.

So that's why he felt so hesitant.

"In that case… sorry again for everything I've ever done, ABBI. It would have been nice if we went on some adventures together one last time…" OMORI apologized again.

"It would have been nice, wouldn't it?" Despite it all, OMORI had the feeling that ABBI would be smiling at him if she still had a mouth to do so.

OMORI still hadn't moved towards the door yet… For some reason, he felt like he had something more important to say to her…

"Don't tell me you're thinking you might regret leaving me." ABBI said in a teasing tone, "You were planning to end your life the last time you were here, and you didn't even think to say goodbye to anyone. Suddenly changed your mind?"

Instead of answering her question, OMORI asked back, "Why is this going to be the last time we see each other? Are you going somewhere important?"

"No, DREAMER. I'm staying right here. You're the one who's going somewhere important." She replied cryptically, "You'll see what I mean when you meet your friends."

OMORI was going somewhere important, huh?

Okay then…

Knowing that there was nothing else for him here, OMORI steeled himself before opening the door.

"Good luck, old friend. You'll be needing it up ahead." ABBI said just as he passed through the door.

What he expected when he got to the other side was the familiar unrelenting cold showering his body, just like all the other times he's been here.

He definitely got that, seeing how he was shivering right now.

What he did not expect the moment he opened his eyes was to feel someone collide against him and wrap him into a warm hug.

"OMORI! You're here!"

The green hair and the flower crown covering his vision right now could only belong to one person…

"BASIL…?" OMORI muttered in shock.

Pulling away, the green-haired pastel-colored flower boy gave a humorous smile, "Who else would it be?"

The last time he had seen him, OMORI had stabbed his guts out with a knife and trampled over his body to get to the throne of red hands…

He never did make it to NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM to force a reset before SUNNY woke up, did he?

This BASIL should still be a corpse right now…

"You look like you've seen a ghost. Something wrong, best friend?" BASIL tilted his head curiously.

God, don't even mention ghosts right now. He's seen so many ghosts recently that he was about to have an existential crisis.

OMORI shook his head, "Just surprised to see you is all…"

It was at this point that OMORI finally took a deep look around to notice that he and BASIL weren't the only ones in the area.

Lots of familiar faces surrounded him on the snowy mountain of the CHURCH. All inhabitants of the many worlds he came across during his adventures.

Many of them seemed busy conversing with each other, but the occasional few had noticed him staring and showed their greetings in one way or another.

"What's going on, exactly...?" OMORI felt the need to ask, growing confused by the situation.

"Everyone here is showing up to say their final goodbyes." BASIL explained cheerfully.

"Final goodbyes? To who?"

"Who do you think?" BASIL chuckled obviously.

So, was that how this works? Now that he wasn't suppressing the truth from himself any longer, his overactive imagination decided to give him one last final send-off with all the imaginary friends in his mind before the entire place gets overtaken by BLACK SPACE?

Seems fitting. Feels sort of like an end of the world party being celebrated…

"So where are MARI and the others?"

BASIL pointed up to the top, "They're all waiting for us back in NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM. We're having a slumber party there!"

Is that so? Sounds nice. He wouldn't mind one last final slumber party with all his friends…

He wasn't quite sure he knew what was going to happen next after this, however. If HEADSPACE gets overtaken by BLACK SPACE, will he be left all alone? What will happen to him the next time he goes back to sleep?

Will it just be normal dreams from here on out?

"We don't have to go there immediately, you know." BASIL informed him, gesturing to the crowd of people surrounding them, "We still have some time left to say goodbye to the others."

OMORI shrugged, deciding to go with the flow and letting BASIL lead him around the area.

On their journey up to the CHURCH, the two of them met up with many familiar friends and foes alike as they exchanged their goodbyes.

The PLAYGROUND children were first, all expressing their fond farewells and thanking OMORI for the time they were able to spend playing together.

BOSS was amongst them as well, somehow getting along with BERLY of all people. He and BASIL had a quick hug as he thanked the flower boy for sticking up for him when no one else would.

After that were the people of OTHERWORLD. Various inhabitants from that world came to say their farewells before they both came across PLUTO and CAPTAIN SPACEBOY having a heart-to-heart talk with each other. Strangely enough, the various clones of SWEETHEART were standing just nearby, as if waiting on CAPTAIN SPACEBOY.

PLUTO wanted OMORI to flex with him at least one time before he had to go. OMORI decided to humor the dwarf planet by flexing his muscles and repeating the signature catchphrase.

"WHEN I FLEX, I FEEL MY BEEEEEEEST!"

"When I flex, I feel my... best." OMORI flexed halfheartedly.

He felt like an idiot, but it was fun to play along. PLUTO then asked OMORI to remember to say goodbye to KEL for him, which OMORI will try to keep in mind.

CAPTAIN SPACEBOY came up to him next, hand in hand with PERFECTHEART as MUTANTHEART and ROBOHEART followed slightly behind. Apparently, the four of them had met at some point and decided to hit it off with each other. He was now happily SPACE HUSBAND for real this time to three different clones of his original girlfriend.

Good for him. OMORI always liked the space pirate captain.

ORANGE OASIS was next in line. The wacky characters from that world all came forward to him and gave their goodbyes and wished him good luck.

He wasn't expecting to see an unlikely duo discussing something amongst themselves. MR. OUTBACK and DADDY LONGLEGS were standing together holding a conversation until one of them noticed OMORI approaching.

"How d'ya do, buckaroo!" The cowboy greeted gently, "Seems you finally made it through the end of your journey. Darn shame the fat load of good it did for ya, though…"

"So you have finally decided to embrace the truth rather than run from it again." DADDY LONGLEGS crouched down to get closer, "Yet even so, you still choose to deny your salvation. An interesting, if not disappointing, outcome. Perhaps it would have been better to live in blissful ignorance after all, DREAMER?"

"Would it have made a difference if I chose to live like that?" OMORI asked curiously.

"Hm… Perhaps not…" DADDY LONGLEGS sighed, "The end of the world was an inevitability, whether you choose to accept the truth or not. The darkness would have overtaken this world one way or another… This path just ended up being quicker."

Remembering the time when OMORI came across DADDY LONGLEGS on his adventure to find BASIL, back in the LOST FOREST, OMORI asked, "So you knew this was all going to happen from the beginning?"

Back when OMORI was still trying to suppress the truth, this mysterious dark man in the LOST FOREST had told all of them the story about HEADSPACE's origins. A door conjured by a dreamer, bored from being stuck in his room. He would wander around the world, coming and going as he pleased. Eventually, he would accidentally come across the darkness that lurked deep below the surface and began to fear it. Thus, in his fear, he forcefully piled world after world on top of the darkness to cover it up, hoping that it would never be found again. But the darkness never stopped clawing its way back out to torment the dreamer, not until he chose to forget himself and lived in ignorance as he took another name.

At the time, it seemed like a weird and cryptic story that couldn't possibly help him find his missing friend BASIL. All it did was creep him and his friends out.

Now that he knew better… He was slowly realizing just how much these imaginary people in his head knew more than he originally thought.

"As all things are born, so too must they end." DADDY LONGLEGS answered back in his usual mysterious manner, "It is not a bad thing, though. Sometimes things must come to an end so that another could be born in its place. A circle of life, as you would call it. Someday, another HEADSPACE will take its place."

HEADSPACE was such a mysterious world… The people living in it even more so.

How much of this was actually just a part of his overactive imagination? Even he had to admit, he couldn't possibly be this creative to come up with… all ofthis. Characters likethese.

Before he could ask any further questions of how much they knew, BASIL tugged on his arm, "C'mon, OMORI! I know I said we had time, but we should really hurry up if we want to make it to the others!"

"R-Right." OMORI nodded apologetically before waving goodbye to the two more mysterious inhabitants of HEADSPACE.

So they continued on, meeting familiar character after character along their way up to the CHURCH.

KITE KID and his KITE gave them a respectful salute as he flew KITE in the air. It was nice to see him doing well.

MR. JAWSUM was apparently enjoying an increased hike in the stock market, saying that the end of the world was helping him make a killing in selling insurance. How he'll enjoy any of those CLAMS by the time HEADSPACE gets overtaken, OMORI decided not to ask in order to let him have his brief thrill of fun.

Seeing the SLIME GIRLS still alive was another surprise that he wasn't expecting. Although they were only just a trio of talking heads now, they didn't seem to have any hard feelings towards OMORI since their last encounter. Another big surprise was the fact that they converted the obnoxiously selfish SWEETHEART into the obnoxiously annoying SWEEPHEART. She was apparently going to work off the debt she owed to them by being their maid, despite the fact that the end of the world was coming.

OMORI gave SWEEPHEART his entire life savings of CLEMS as a tip, to show his support. She immediately crumpled up the valueless paper and threw it off the cliff, called him a miserable peon, then continued sweeping the mountain in a fit of rage.

Darn. A reliable source told him that CLEMS would replace CLAMS in the future. Oh well.

While OMORI was busy saying goodbye to everyone he came across, BASIL stood by the side with a smile every time before leading him towards the next character.

Seeing the flower boy acting happy and smiling, despite the gruesome death he experienced, made OMORI wonder if BASIL had somehow forgotten about it when he somehow came back to life.

On the stairways leading up to the CHURCH, OMORI actually pulled BASIL back so that he could actually ask a few questions.

"Hm? Something wrong, OMORI?" BASIL asked with a patient smile.

OMORI stared at the flower boy, wondering what to say or how to ask…

Without the truth being suppressed, OMORI remembered every single time he had killed BASIL within the depths of BLACK SPACE. Each death was more gruesome and violent than the last… If OMORI could remember, does that mean BASIL could too?

"BASIL, how much do you remember since the last time we spoke?" OMORI ended up asking.

BASIL widened his eyes a bit before looking away embarrassingly, "Oh, that? It doesn't really matter anymore, does it?"

"It does. To me, at least." OMORI shook his head, "I want to know how much you know. Do you remember any of the other cycles?"

With a sigh, BASIL rubbed his head and frowned, "Y-Yes. I do. All of them, in fact. Ever since the light bulb was broken."

The same case with ABBI then.

Somehow, OMORI knew that was going to be the case.

"Aren't you upset?" OMORI felt he should ask, "I… kinda killed you. Like, a lot of times. Several times, actually."

BASIL shook his head before giving a reassuring smile, "Like I said, I really don't think it matters anymore. Instead of focusing on that, we should be living in the moment now that we can finally spend time together before everything goes away."

"Seriously? No grudges at all?" OMORI pulled out his steak knife and pointed the handle towards the flower boy, "I wouldn't mind if you wanted to even the score a little."

"Jeez, OMORI…" BASIL quickly pushed the knife away and gave him a disapproving look, "I wish you learned to love yourself a bit more. I already told you that it doesn't matter."

Giving a tired sigh, OMORI pocketed the weapon away, "Guess I'm just feeling guilty now that I remembered everything I ever did."

"You've been feeling guilty enough these past four years. I just want our last moments to be happy now." Extending a hand out to OMORI, BASIL gently smiled, "We're almost there. Let's keep going."

OMORI nodded as he took his hand before they continued walking up the path.

On the second-highest platform of the mountain where the CHURCH sits, OMORI could see HUMPHREY casually floating by in the air.

Noticing the monochrome boy approaching, the whale grinned, "Whale, whale, whale! If it isn't my favorite sailor!"

"Sailor? You haven't called me that in a long time…"

Like ABBI and the BIG YELLOW CAT, HUMPHREY was one of OMORI's first-ever imaginary friends. Based on a book in the real world, he would often take OMORI off on adventures while living inside his stomach. At some point, OMORI must have just naturally forgotten about him when he started yearning for the relationships he used to have with AUBREY, HERO, KEL, and BASIL…

"Being stuck in a cave by yourself with nothing to do does tend to make one go a bit crazy after a while. NYUK NYUK NYUK!" The whale laughed heartily, "It's nice to be able to remember everything though, even if it's only for my last moments."

"Sorry for forgetting about you, HUMPHREY." OMORI apologized.

"Feeling sorry for me, are you?" HUMPHREY grinned mischievously, before asking, "In that case, how about tossing a few CLAMS my way? I'll be much more forgiving after having a last meal."

"Always hungry, aren't you?" OMORI smirked as he fished out his wallet full of CLAMS. Tossing the entire thing to the whale, he stated, "Savor it. Not like I'll be needing this anymore."

HUMPHREY happily caught the wallet with his tongue before munching on it, "MMMMM! Delicious!"

A quick swallow and a loud burp later, the whale gave a satisfied sigh.

Looking down at OMORI, he gave what seemed to be a very rare sad smile, something OMORI has never seen him do before, "You're a good boy, DREAMER. You always have been. I hope you know that."

A good boy, huh?

No, not even remotely close…

"I'll miss you, HUMPHREY. Goodbye." OMORI nodded back.

HUMPHREY waved a flipper goodbye at him as they made their way to the entrance of the CHURCH.

Before OMORI could open the door, BASIL actually pulled him back a few feet before staring at it.

"Uh, BASIL?"

"Just wait for it." BASIL replied simply.

Suddenly, a big giant red jar crashed through the entrance, breaking the door off its hinges and shattering it to millions of tiny pieces.

"OH YEAH!" LIFE JAM GUY cheerfully shouted, perfectly landing right in front of the two boys.

"There we go." BASIL nodded satisfyingly, somehow seeing this coming.

"Huh, I was wondering where he was." OMORI stated neutrally.

Handing a jar of life jam each to the both of them, LIFE JAM GUY stated, "Try out these free samples of LIFE JAM! It really works!"

Then without another word, the big red jar suddenly charged off the cliff and fell to the dark oblivion below.

Well, okay then.

Hope he's alright.

With that out of the way, the two boys pocketed their jam away before heading inside the CHURCH.

CHURCH was still as silent as ever.

OMORI and BASIL carefully made their way through the sermon, doing their best not to disturb the SCRIBBLES that were pitter-pattering inside.

The light shining down from the podium stairway was bright and warm. It was bright enough to illuminate the inside of the entire building.

"We're nearly there." BASIL remarked with a smile.

Making their way to the top of the stairs, their progress was blocked by a huge gap of space that was in between them and their destination.

"I can handle this." OMORI stated, raising his hand out to command the red hands to form a bridge for them.

When no red hands came, he blinked in surprise. Staring at his own hand, he curled his fingers as he wondered what was wrong.

"Or… not…" OMORI mumbled awkwardly.

Usually, the red hands always obeyed him once he became aware of himself and took control. Why couldn't he control them anymore?

Was it because of… me?

BASIL brought OMORI out of his thoughts, gently tugging his shirt and reassuring, "Don't worry. We don't need them this time."

Without bothering to explain, BASIL put two fingers near his mouth and gave a shrill whistle.

Almost immediately after, like a weird rolling of red carpet down a flight of stairs, a bunch of SPROUT MOLES began forming a bridge downwards towards the two of them, connecting each other one by one until the last SPROUT MOLE came tumbling down in front of them in a daze.

To his surprise, this SPROUT MOLE was actually one that he recognized. A pink bow on a SPROUTE MOLE could only mean one person…

ROSA stood up on her stubby feet before shaking her head clear, then proceeding to act natural as she regarded BASIL with a smooth, "You called, cutie~?"

"Uh…" OMORI mumbled, unsure how to react. "What…?"

"I managed to convince the SPROUT MOLES from the colonies to help us out one last time. We should be able to get up to NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM now." BASIL proclaimed cheerfully.

OMORI took another deep look at the makeshift SPROUT MOLE stairs ahead of him. In his honest opinion, it didn't really look like the sturdiest thing he could trust.

Other than that, he was still a bit in shock to see ROSA of all people agreeing to help him out. He couldn't help but stare at the self-proclaimed number one SWEEPHEART fan with a discerning eye.

As if offended by his suspicion, ROSA gave an indignant huff before clarifying, "Don't get the wrong idea, stick legs. I'm not doing this for your sake. I just remembered owing BASIL-Baby here a favor from a previous life." Then with an accusatory glare, she told OMORI, "If it wasn't for a certain someone unable to handle the truth and forcing everything to reset all the time, I would have repaid it eons ago!"

Ouch. Those were the first hurtful words she ever gave him that actually managed to sting.

Also, ROSA owed BASIL a favor from a previous cycle? Man, that flower boy can get along with just about anyone…

"Alright, settle down…" BASIL calmly waved his hands at the mole, "OMORI has been through enough hardships. Think you can let bygones be bygones just for tonight?"

In a complete one-eighty change in attitude, ROSA turned to BASIL with a happy look, "Of course, BASIL-Baby! Whatever you want, ROSA will provide! Let me know if you need anything else, kay?"

BASIL chuckled, "Sure thing, ROSA. Thanks for everything."

With that, ROSA stepped out of the way to let BASIL pass her as he began taking the first steps up the SPROUT MOLE stairs.

Noticing that OMORI still hasn't moved, he turned around with a curious, "You coming, OMORI?"

OMORI gave another hesitant glance at the stairs before deciding to just go along with it as he shrugged.

BASIL smiled as OMORI proceeded to follow after the flower boy, before the two walked together up to NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM while minding their step.

When he made it to the top, he saw his old group of friends sitting in a circle while enjoying a picnic. The beds were moved away in order to give more space to the center of the room, where MARI had set the picnic blanket on. Overlooking them from above was the BIG YELLOW CAT, guarding the place as he always does.

Everyone seemed to be in high spirits despite the fact that HEADSPACE was going to disappear soon.

"Hey guys! We're here!" BASIL cheerfully called out once they reached the room.

The moment they heard his call, everyone immediately stood up and ran over as they began crowding OMORI.

"OMORI! You're finally back!" AUBREY cheered, hugging onto his arm as she usually does to show her affection.

"Took you long enough! We've been waiting here forever!" KEL chuckled as he slapped OMORI's back.

"Glad to see you made it back safe and sound. Did you get the chance to say goodbye to everyone?" HERO asked gently, patting a comforting hand on OMORI's head

Off a few meters away, he saw MARI giving him a welcoming smile, "Hi, OMORI. Cliff-faced as usual, I see."

OMORI looked around and soaked in the atmosphere.

The welcoming smiles that everyone gave him… the sheer sincerity in their voices as they excitedly greeted him…

The fact that they all looked so happy, even though everything was about to be wiped away soon…

He wasn't really sure how to feel.

A conflict of emotions arose inside him. For the most part, he does feel a bit happy to see them all again. It felt more bittersweet, knowing that everything was going to be gone soon…

But he also felt guilty…

Despite just being the imaginary versions of his real-life friends, they had been so helpful and caring towards him throughout all these years. While he was busy selfishly indulging himself in this fake world trying to forget about the truth, their real-world counterparts had been suffering because of what he did…

Not only that, but memories of all their previous lives from previous cycles came to him in an instant.

During many adventures on their search for BASIL, he remembered the three of them dying many times in order to protect him. Although reviving them back to life was as simple as covering their TOAST with some jam, or just a quick nap in NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM, the more scarring deaths always left a mark on him.

He was pretty sure that the bones from their previous bodies still existed somewhere… Either back where they originally died, or thrown away to the ABYSS so that OMORI didn't have to remember it.

Knowing what he knows now, he didn't think he deserved any of the smiles aimed at him. If anything… he felt like they should all hate him.

He knew that the ones from the real world would have hated him, at least…

Seeing him clamming up in silence, MARI gently pushed everyone away to give him some space before reaching a hand out to him, "Why don't you come sit with us? We still have time for one last picnic together, don't you think?"

OMORI stared at the hand of his sister, the imaginary version that he made for himself so that he could pretend that she was still alive.

Sometimes she was so life-like, it was hard to tell if she ever died in the first place.

He looked up to watch her face. MARI gave an encouraging smile back at him.

After a while, he gave a relenting sigh and accepted the hand in front of him so that she could lead him towards the picnic blanket.

There was no harm in entertaining himself one last final time, before he has to move on from this fake world. That's what he ended up deciding on.

One last final dream with all of his friends, however artificial they may be…

Then he'll accept reality.

During the time he spent with his friends, they proceeded to play a variety of games together as they waited for the end.

MARI finally helped HERO master making flower crowns, which he went ahead and donned on his head with a proud smile.

They brought out a watermelon to smash, with AUBREY being the one in the blindfold as she haphazardly waved her bat around. She managed to get lucky and hit KEL in the stomach, which she seemed happy about.

Next, they all had a pillow fight together in teams of two. MARI was paired with AUBREY, KEL with HERO, and OMORI was stuck with the life-long pacifist BASIL. It was very difficult defending the both of them by himself, but he managed to have fun since everyone was such good sports about it.

After that, they played a few board games together as they rested their tired bodies.

When that was over, MARI had this weird idea of painting OMORI's monochrome body so that he would look like everyone else. For some reason, this idea excited everybody else except him.

Still, he kept his body still even as they all took their sweet time painting over him like a blank canvas.

When they brought out a mirror for him to witness their handiwork, OMORI was shocked to see how well they did. Having the same pastel colors as everyone else, he looked like he would fit right in with all the other inhabitants of HEADSPACE. In a way, he imagined that this was what SUNNY would have looked like if he belonged to someone else's imagination.

Brushing a hand over his new dark purple hair, he gave a thumbs up to the group, causing them to all cheer at the success of their hard work.

All in all, it was a surprisingly eventful night. He couldn't ask for a better finale for his dream world.

When they played all the games they could think of, the group decided to just laze about together as they all admired the stars in the sky.

Laying next to BASIL, OMORI decided to ask something that he had been curious about this whole time but never had the chance to ask.

"What's going to happen to everyone once HEADSPACE gets wiped by BLACK SPACE?" He asked, turning his head over to the flower boy.

"Hm… That's a good question." He hummed in thought, before turning to OMORI with a smile, "I guess we all just… stop existing."

"That's kind of sad… After everything we've all been through, everything just gets erased like that?" OMORI frowned.

"Don't feel bad, OMORI. None of us are real in the first place. You made us so that we could keep you company, that's all." BASIL replied, "You don't need us anymore now that you've faced the truth."

"Is it weird that a part of me wishes that you could all just… live your own lives? To somehow enjoy being alive and have a future together?"

"A little, yeah." BASIL giggled, "But I appreciate the sentiment. I'm sure everyone else does too."

"What's going to happen to me, once HEADSPACE disappears?" OMORI asked, "Will I ever be able to come back to visit if I wanted to?"

"Do you have any plans to?" BASIL asked back.

OMORI thought about it, realizing the implications of the question.

To want to come back would mean to want to go back to a fake world and forget all about reality again. To lock himself away from the truth once more.

He wouldn't want to come back. Not when he finally broke the cycle. Not when he hasn't faced the consequences of his actions yet.

He still isn't dead, after all.

"No…" OMORI shook his head sadly.

"I guess you'll just have to settle with the regular dreams then." BASIL answered softly.

"Hey, guys…" KEL called out, coming back from the entrance of the bedroom, "I just checked out there… Everything is pitch black outside. I think it's almost time."

Ah.

The end is finally near.

"Oh well, it was fun while it lasted." AUBREY remarked happily, bouncing off the floor with abundant energy.

"I guess it's time to get ready to say our farewells too…" HERO yawned as he stretched before pulling himself off the floor.

BASIL and MARI wordlessly stood up as well.

Knowing what was about to come, OMORI pushed himself off the ground and faced all of them as they all grouped up.

Facing OMORI together hand in hand, each and every last one of them gave a great big smile and a theatrical bow, "Thanks for everything, OMORI! We're going to miss you!"

AUBREY led off first, "We hoped we managed to make you smile and have lots of fun! Going on adventures with you has been the best thing to ever happen!"

KEL continued off, "Yeah! Even though we had our good times and bad times, none of us are ever going to forget any of this!"

HERO picked up the baton, "We know how much you've been suffering these past few years. If we were able to give you even just a brief moment of happiness, then we're glad to have at least done our job properly."

BASIL continued there, "You've always been a great friend towards us, and we're always going to be thankful for that. Even during your darkest moments, you never abandoned any of us."

OMORI blinked in shock at all the kind words being lobbed at him by all of his friends. He wasn't expecting such a grandiose farewell…

He couldn't help but wonder if they were really imaginary at all... Would his imagination really create something so life-like and realistic?

For a moment, he was almost convinced that everyone here was real... And that he was going to genuinely miss them.

MARI came up to him with a smile, gesturing behind him, "You can stay a little bit longer if you want and wait for the end with us. But if you're ready to leave now, the door is sitting right there."

He turned to look at a familiar white door appearing out of nowhere by the edge of the room.

Was this a door leading to WHITE SPACE? Or was it something else entirely?

OMORI cautiously stepped up to the door and studied it as he brushed a hand on the wooden surface.

It looked exactly like the door that he always used to enter HEADSPACE.

The lights suddenly cut off, blanketing the world into darkness.

He blinked in surprise for a bit, before remembering that this was probably it.

BLACK SPACE has finally overtaken everything. HEADSPACE would no longer exist anymore…

He gave one last look behind him to see all of his friends still there, smiling at him.

With a grateful nod, he went ahead to open the door-

"Wait, SUNNY!"

His hand froze before it could even touch the doorknob.

"One last thing… before you go." He heard AUBREY whisper behind him.

OMORI hesitantly turned around to face his friends again, only for his eyes widened in shock.

Instead of the young versions of his friends that he was so used to seeing back in his childhood, all of them had changed appearance to look more like the old ones that he had gotten to know recently.

Although they were still in their regular pastel colors, all of his friends now looked like the teenagers he had met during the three days he had left in FARAWAY town.

Only MARI was the exception, as she stood by the sidelines and looked away.

BASIL stepped up first, no longer wearing the flower crown that he usually had. Instead, his outfit was an exact copy of the one that BASIL wore back in the real world the last time OMORI saw him. So was everyone else.

"So… In the end, you ended up making the other choice…" BASIL didn't seem like he had the strength to smile anymore, giving OMORI a sad frown, "I had hoped that you… that you would want to make new memories with all of us. To try to move on… I guess it ended up being too much of a burden on you, huh?" Looking down on the floor, he muttered, "I'm really sorry, SUNNY… for everything."

HERO curled his fists as he stepped up too, "Did you really have that little faith in us, SUNNY? I know it must have been hard to accept, but you couldn't have at least put your trust in us that we might have been able to forgive you? I thought you knew us better than that…"

AUBREY rubbed her arms as she sighed depressingly, "Even though we all came to cheer you on... To give you the boost of courage you needed to face the truth… You still chose to leave us the way you did… I thought we were able to help you get over it, but… it turns out that we were never enough, were we?"

KEL cried out, "I would have been there for you if you needed me! You didn't have to keep your emotions bottled up inside anymore! I told you that just because you did something bad, it doesn't make you a bad person! I told you that, didn't I?"

OMORI felt a range of emotions as he listened to all their words. Suddenly, a memory came to mind as he recalled something that happened before…

Memories of meeting up with BASIL right outside his house after chasing MEWO down the street...

The memory of the podium stage… Where he had just finished repairing the violin. After he took the trip down MEMORY LANE.

Memories of his friends all being there to give him their last words of encouragement before he had faced the truth…

Before… SUNNY faced the truth.

Before OMORI assimilated with him and took the reins from then on.

"So it was you guys all along…" OMORI said softly in recognition.

"There were more good times to come… Life could have gotten better. I know it would have..." HERO spoke out weakly, "You were the one that was supposed to make that happen… But… you still chose not to…"

"Bottling up your feelings will always lead to them coming back out eventually. What you did with those feelings, that would have been your truth…" AUBREY clenched her teeth tightly as she held back tears. "Even though we don't have the right to tell you what to do or what to think... I'm still pissed that you gave up on yourself…"

"It didn't have to be goodbye. You didn't have to leave." KEL sniffled, wiping his eyes, "You didn't even bother to take the time to at least say goodbye… We could have stopped you..."

"We believed in you, SUNNY…" AUBREY sobbed, "Ibelieved in you…"

Was this really just his imagination? At this point, he wasn't even sure anymore.

In his mind, he truly believed that they all would have hated him if they ever found out the truth of what he did. That they would all abandon him once they knew that he killed MARI and faked her suicide.

Why would a bunch of imaginary versions of his friends be trying so hard to tell him otherwise?

Even so…

He already made up his mind.

He refuses to be a burden on his friends any longer.

A murderer like him didn't deserve to live.

Life would be better if he'd just die.

"No matter what you guys say, your words aren't going to reach SUNNY." OMORI said back emotionlessly.

This only broke their hearts even further.

"Then… I guess this really is goodbye then…" AUBREY sniffed as she wiped her tears.

None of them had anything left to say as they all faded away to the darkness, one by one.

BLACK SPACE finally consumed everything.

HEADSPACE…

What a mysterious world he imagined for himself. Even though he knew everyone who lived inside was just a figment of his imagination… somehow, it still felt so real to him.

Maybe he was insane to think that...

While he was stuck in deep thought, MARI had come up to his side and grabbed his hand.

OMORI looked up in surprise, not expecting her to still be here.

"You're not leaving like the others?"

Giving a soft smile, she told him, "I have to be there to help guide my little brother to the other side."

Looking down on the floor with a remorseful expression, he muttered softly, "You don't have to…"

"Oh just shush and walk with me, won't you?" MARI giggled lightly, before gesturing to the door again. "After you. I'll be following your lead again."

OMORI glanced over at MARI to see her give him another encouraging smile.

Knowing that he had nothing else to do, he opened the door behind him and entered as MARI followed closely behind.

On the other side of the door was a long thin sidewalk that seemed to stretch on forever.

OMORI and MARI began to walk in silence as they started their journey.

For a long while, they didn't bother saying anything to each other. They just quietly walked down the lane, holding hands together.

In a way, it felt calming and nice. When was the last time he ever had the chance to go on walks with his sister anymore?

It took a while before he noticed that white egret orchids were planted on the side of the lane. Dozens of them were littered all over the place, in fact.

He wondered what that meant…

"Hey, OMORI…" MARI spoke up suddenly, "Can I ask for a favor from you?"

OMORI glanced over at MARI curiously, "A favor? What do you mean?"

"I know you have plans to… throw your life away after this… But is it possible if I can ask you to hold off on your plans for just a little bit? There's something important I need you to help me with before you go."

"Depends, I guess." OMORI shrugged, "What do I have to do?"

"There's a girl I know that needs help." MARI began explaining, "She's actually sort of like you. She's been suffering for so long, thinking that she did something terrible to someone she loves. She's been trapped in her own mind for several years now, trying to hide away from the truth of what she did."

OMORI widened his eyes at this, "She has a HEADSPACE? Like me?"

MARI nodded, "Yeah… She's been trying to distract herself all this time just to keep herself sane… The problem is that I don't think it's going to help any longer. She might end up getting worse if nothing gets done about it."

"You want me to visit her and try to get her to face the truth?" OMORI asked.

MARI shook her head, "Not just that… I want you to try to get her to forgive herself."

OMORI furrowed his brows at this as he looked away, "I don't think I can help with that…I'm not the right person to ask. I couldn't even forgive myself, so what makes you think I would be any help?"

"You're the only person I can trust to do this…" MARI insisted, "Actually, you're the only person that could possibly help at all. There's no one else I can rely on."

"MARI… I shouldn't even be alive right now…" OMORI started off, before being quickly interrupted.

"I know how you feel, OMORI… But… please?" MARI pleaded, staring at him with a sad smile, "Won't you do it for your big sister? Just this one last favor before you go? I know it's selfish for me to ask, but I promise I won't ask you to do anything else after this. This is really important to me."

OMORI stared back at her, feeling his resolve crumble in a matter of seconds.

God, he really couldn't ever say no to her, could he?

He could never say no...

With a sigh, he asked, "Do I even know this girl?"

Seeing that as a good sign, MARI gave a relieved smile as she continued, "Yes, you do actually! You might actually know her extremely well. Better than anyone else."

"Will you at least tell me her name?"

"..." MARI went silent a bit as she weighed the answer in her head. In the end, she gave a coy smile and answered back, "HIKIKO."

OMORI furrowed his brows in confusion, "HIKIKO? I don't know anyone with that name."

"I dunno… You might recognize her once you see her." MARI said back in that smugin-the-knowway that she usually does when she's keeping secrets.

"Fine…" OMORI sighed, "I won't make any promises, but… I can at least check it out to see what I can do. I'm still not sure exactly how much help I can be for her though…"

"Trust me, OMORI… You're the only one that can do anything for her." MARI reassured, before pulling him to a stop. Looking around, she spotted something in the distance before pointing at it for OMORI to see, "Can I lead you to her right now?"

With a halfhearted shrug, he muttered, "I guess."

Another sidewalk appeared out of nowhere, diverging from the main path they were traveling on. The two of them proceeded to follow this new path before finally coming across another door.

A white one. Just like the one he entered from.

Just like the one in WHITE SPACE.

"She's right inside here…" MARI told him.

Wanting to get this done and over with so that he could finally do what he originally set out to do, he stepped up to the door and opened it.

A beach. It looked similar to the one in his imaginary world.

Before he went through the door, he paused as he noticed MARI standing back instead of following him in.

"Not coming along?" He asked.

MARI shook her head sadly, "Can't do anything in a different HEADSPACE. I honestly should have vanished with the others back in NEIGHBOR'S BEDROOM by now."

"Ah…" OMORI mumbled.

"Will I ever see you again?"

He didn't know why he asked that. He already knew the answer to that.

It wasn't like she was real anyway.

MARI smiled, "As long as you keep me in your memories, I'll always be there."

With that comforting last message, she faded away from existence. Just like everyone else.

So…

One last job he had to do before ending it all.

Fine.

As long as it was for her.

OMORI looked forward again and entered the door.

OMORI was sitting on the shores by the ocean for what felt like hours now.

Staring out at the vast sea in front of him, he slowly blinked before becoming aware of where he was.

He looked around, finding himself in unfamiliar territory.

Looking down at himself, he was surprised to see that his usual monochrome appearance was still colored in with the pastel paint from before.

What was he doing again?

Right… He had promised to check up on something for MARI…

A girl named… HIKIKO? If he was remembering the name correctly.

"HEY! GUYS! I FOUND HIM!"

OMORI perked up as he heard someone shout from behind him.

Turning around, he was shocked to find a large group of familiar people running towards him.

"SUNNY! We finally found you!" AUBREY was the first to come up to him as she tackled him into a hug.

KEL came soon after with a dumb grin on his face, "So this was where you've been hiding! Jeez, you had us worried for the whole day!"

HERO arrived next, gasping heavily from his lack of stamina, "SUNNY… There… you are… Oh god, give me a minute to catch… my breath…"

BASIL was the next to appear, running to his other side and hugging OMORI as well, "Don't scare us like that! We've been trying to look for you all this time! We thought you ran away or got kidnapped!"

"Uh…" OMORI was feeling incredibly confused at seeing the young versions of his pastel-colored friends again. Didn't they all disappear? They had given him their final goodbyes before HEADSPACE was consumed, hadn't they? What was the point of all of that if he was just going to see them again shortly after?

But then one last person arrived, causing OMORI to lose his breath in shock.

MARI came up to him as she kneeled to his level before crying in relief, "Oh thank goodness! You're okay!"

She didn't have the same pastel colors as the others like she always did. In fact, her entire appearance was entirely monochrome, just like OMORI usually was.

Hugging his neck, MARI cried, "You have to stop doing this to me, SUNNY. My heart can't take any more. You know how much I hate being separated from you!"

"Uh… Sorry…?" OMORI apologized hesitantly.

What in the world was going on right now?

HERO, after finally regaining his breath, stood up and gave a calm smile, "I guess all's well that ends well. It's good to know you're safe, SUNNY." With a chuckle, he started rubbing MARI's shoulders as she softly cried, "Seriously though, you need to stop worrying your sister all the time. HIKIKO would have flipped the entire place over and under just to try to find you, you know?"

What…?

HIKIKO?

Pulling away from him, his sister gave a smile as she wiped her tears, "It doesn't matter anymore. As long as you're with me, everything is going to be okay."

OMORI stared at her, completely dumbstruck.

She's HIKIKO?

Suddenly, it all clicked in his mind.

Everything started to make sense to him now.

The reason why he woke up in a world where his sister was still alive.

The reason why he didn't die.

The reason why everything had been so confusing to him up until now.

The universe wasn't rewarding him or giving him a second chance in life. The universe wasn't giving him his sister back after suffering for four years without her.

This was the universe's way of punishing him.

This was the last job he had to do before he could find the peace he was looking for.

This was his redemption.

His final job before passing on to the afterlife was to help this other MARI face the truth and find the strength to forgive herself.

His final job was to help her do what he couldn't do for himself.

This version of his sister was exactly like him. In almost every sense imaginable.

OMORI has to stop her from going down the same path he did before it was too late.

Finally, it all made sense to him.

For the first time in a long while, OMORI felt himself smile.

Oh yeah, it's all coming together.

Notes:

This has to be the most self-indulgent chapter I have ever written.

I wanted to desperately put all of my knowledge of the game's lore to good use here. Hopefully I didn't miss anything important...

Wanna know the kicker? I still haven't personally played the HIKIKOMORI route yet. Ain't I a stinker?

Anyways, like I said, I have evidence to believe that HEADSPACE is not just some imaginary world that SUNNY created in his mind. Or at least, not all of it. Sure, the worlds inside and the character he meets are definitely from his imagination, but it always feels like there's something more to it just below the surface. Why were all his imaginary friends so life-like and realistic? Why have so much in depth lore and history behind it that we never get to see in the game?

HEADSPACE has to be much more than what we originally assumed it is.

Let me know if this chapter jumped the shark. Hopefully it's a satisfying one, but I'm worried I may have gotten a bit overboard...

Shoutouts to the usual commenters, but most especially to a new reader! Rotokon on Chapter 10, giving his thoughts and opinions of how he felt about the positions of OMORI and SUNNY. If you're interested, please go back a chapter and read what he wrote, and then read what I wrote in response. It's a very lengthy post, one that made me really think and question what I'm doing.

NEXT OPPORTUNITY FOR SHOUTOUTS

Personal questions with subjective answers! What do you guys think about HEADSPACE? Have you met MR. OUTBACK and DADDY LONGLEGS for yourself in the game? What were your impressions about this imaginary world after you found out more about the lore? Did the BRANCH CORAL before the HUMPHREY map confirm or deny your suspicions? Ever noticed the skeletons in the game and how there's always either four or three of them together? Sometimes one of those skeletons has a bow like AUBREY does. Are these the dead bodies of the original crew from previous adventures? Are they still alive, crying out for OMORI's help even now?

What do you think HEADSPACE is?

Give me your best answers, and I'll mention you in the next shoutout!

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 12: The New World

Summary:

OMORI's in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE. Things couldn't possibly go wrong, could it?

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"Gentlemen and lady! Are you ready?" AUBREY asked loudly, a pirate captain hat and eyepatch decorating her head.

"AYE AYE!" Everyone else minus one cheered back.

"In that case!" With a proud smile, AUBREY pointed her softball bat like an arrow as she stood at the bow of the sailboat, "Set sail towards the legendary island of co*ckAIGNE! Full speed ahead!"

HERO hoisted the sails on her command, giving a gruff, "Argh, Captain! Full mast deployed!"

The sail of the small boat they procured immediately picked up wind as the boat began sailing out to the vast ocean. Despite the heavy wind giving them incredible speed, it felt more like a gentle breeze on HIKIKO's skin.

The legend of co*ckAIGNE island. A mysterious and far-off paradise located in the middle of unknown waters. Never been marked on a map before, never been seen before. They say that the island was a utopia for children, where all who go there can rest their weary heads as all their needs and pleasures were taken care of.

Those who go there will never have a need to worry about parent's expectations regarding schools or responsibilities ever again. The magic of the island would grant you unlimited energy, letting you play outside for as much as you wanted without getting tired. The trees grew unlimited amounts of sweets and pastries like candy, cake, pie, anything else you could imagine, and you could eat as many as you wanted without worrying about getting fat!

A children's paradise world where they could do whatever they wanted without worrying about the consequences.

Obviously, it was just a silly little story that HIKIKO decided to tell during story time with the others. It was something she had read a book about and thought it might be fun to share.

To think that AUBREY would get so gung-ho about wanting to try to find the island herself was something HIKIKO did not foresee.

Despite trying to convince the girl that it was only just a story, AUBREY insisted that they grab a boat and set sail as soon as they could so that they could be the first adventurers to find on this mythical paradise island.

After lots of pleading and begging, the entire party eventually relented and decided to go see if it was real or not.

HERO thought it would be quicker to convince AUBREY by letting her go see it for herself and sate her curiosity. Reassuring HIKIKO that it'd be safe as long as everyone was under her and HERO's supervision, they went ahead and built a sailboat just for this occasion.

KEL went along with it from the start, wanting to make the adventure pirate-themed since it involved traveling by boat.

Since everyone else agreed with AUBREY's plan, BASIL insisted that AUBREY be the leader for this adventure, much to KEL's dismay.

And thus, that was how they got to where they were. In the middle of the ocean, searching for a possibly non-existent island.

"Janitor KEL! Keep swabbing the poop deck!" AUBREY commanded smugly, "I don't want to see you stop until it's shiny enough to see my face in it!"

KEL groaned as he got stuck with janitor duty, swabbing away with his boat, "Man, how come I always get stuck with chores whenever AUBREY becomes the leader?"

"Maybe it's because you always make her do chores whenever you're the leader?" HERO offered playfully.

"Oh yeaaah…" KEL hissed, cursed by his hubris.

"LESS TALKING, MORE SWABBING!" AUBREY commanded loudly.

KEL began grumbling to himself as he got back to work, "I'll show you… Next time I'm the leader, I'll make you clean something super gross, you lousy littlerazzlefrazzledazzle..."

Satisfied with his obedience, AUBREY looked up at the top of the boat where BASIL was keeping watch with a telescope, "How's the navigating, Navigator BASIL?"

BASIL did a quick sweep around before putting his telescope away and cheerfully shouted back, "I have no idea what I'm doing!"

AUBREY gave a thumbs up, "Keep up the good work!"

"Okay!" BASIL gave a thumbs-up back, before resuming his… telescoping duties, or whatever.

"Boatmaster HERO, make sure the boat is in perfect condition at all times!" AUBREY called out to HERO.

With a serious expression and gruff voice, HERO played along, "Argh, Captain AUBREY! You're the boss!"

Turning to HIKIKO on the sidelines, AUBREY commanded her, "Quartermaster HIKIKO! If anything goes wrong, you report directly to me or the First Mate!"

"Aye aye, Captain." HIKIKO giggled as she saluted.

With everything done and accounted for, Pirate Captain AUBREY gave a proud nod to herself before swooning all the way over to the wall where SUNNY was standing.

Leaning on his shoulder, AUBREY blushed as she snuggled up to him, "And if anything does go wrong, I can rely on you to protect me! Isn't that right, First Mate SUNNY?"

Unbothered by the intimate contact, the stoic boy simply shrugged, "Aye aye."

Seeing this from afar, HIKIKO gave a small frown as she regarded her little brother with a curious glance.

Usually, he'd be blushing red up to his ears whenever AUBREY was flirting with him. Instead, he seemed unnaturally calm despite having his crush be up in his face.

Even though SUNNY was usually the least expressive person in the group, it didn't mean that he was completely emotionless. HIKIKO knew that SUNNY was the type that could get easily embarrassed in the right situation. It was why she loved teasing him so much, just so that she could get a cute reaction out of him.

HIKIKO noticed lately ever since they found him by the beach that there was something… different about her little brother.

What was different, she wasn't quite sure. He looked the same and acted how he always does, but there was something in his eyes that always made her feel like he was… studying something.

Normally he would be the type to be forgetful or get lost in his own thoughts… Recently though, HIKIKO would catch SUNNY staring at all sorts of things as if he was trying to dissect it in his mind. He was uncharacteristically more attentive and watchful than he'd ever been before.

And when he did get lost in his own thoughts, he looked so serious and intense about whatever he was thinking about… Nothing like the usual carefree head in the clouds that she was so used to seeing.

She wasn't sure exactly what it meant… It wasn't a bad thing, persay… It was just something she noted was different.

Hopefully, her little brother was alright… If he had anything troubling him, he should know that he could rely on HIKIKO to help him through it…

"Something wrong, HIKIKO?" HERO asked curiously as he tapped her side, "You've been staring at SUNNY for a while."

"Oh, uh-" Embarrassed to have been caught off guard, HIKIKO fumbled before assuring him, "No, nothing's wrong. I was just making sure SUNNY was alright."

With an understanding smile, HERO calmly reached out to her shoulder, "Hey, it's completely fine. No matter what happens, SUNNY will be safe with us. You can count on that."

That wasn't exactly what she was worried about, but the comforting reassurance from HERO still helped calm her down a bit. HIKIKO nodded gratefully, "Of course. You're right. Thanks, HERO."

HERO smiled back before doing his rounds to make sure the boat was still in top peak condition.

HIKIKO turned back to SUNNY just in time to catch him staring at her with an inquisitive glance before he quickly looked away and pretended that he was staring at something else.

Maybe she should have a talk with him later to see what was on his mind. He always had that bad habit of bottling up his emotions for other people's sake.

HIKIKO was starting to get just a little bit worried.

They've been traveling for a decent while now.

OMORI stood by AUBREY's side as he watched the girl remain enthusiastic as ever while she performed her captain duties.

So far, his First Mate duties had remained unclear. All he ever did was just stick by AUBREY close enough for her to snuggle up against whenever she felt like it. He felt more like a personal pet than an actual First Mate.

After spending a decent amount of time in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE, he noted that there was very little difference between how she imagined their old friend group compared to how he would. They all seem similar enough to be nearly identical. If he had woken up here without any forewarning knowledge, he would have genuinely thought that this HEADSPACE was still his.

AUBREY was still as girly and flirty towards him as ever, OMORI was already used to that.

KEL and AUBREY still got into fights, just as OMORI expected.

HERO was still the reliable older brother that constantly mediates conflict within the group and was in love with HIKIKO. Whatever bad blood MARI had with HERO in this reality, it didn't seem to affect their relationship in her HEADSPACE. Perhaps that meant something that he'll need to figure out later…

BASIL acted completely the same, if not just a bit more affectionate towards him than normal. The only other difference he could notice between OMORI's BASIL and HIKIKO's was the fact that this BASIL's hair was completely blue instead of green. He wasn't sure if that meant anything yet. Probably just different preferences in color, most likely...

There were certainly some more noticeable differences outside of that, however.

The world itself was unrecognizable. It was just as colorful and beautiful as the HEADSPACE that he used to have, for sure. But the entire layout and location was completely different than his own. He'll need to stick close to HIKIKO and her friends when traveling, otherwise he might get lost.

He never figured MARI to be someone with an active imagination like him, though… The fact that her HEADSPACE was filled in with so much detail and creativity made him wonder about her mental state…

Another difference that he was able to note was how much more reserved HIKIKO was compared to how he remembered MARI back then. She seemed much more quiet and inactive for the most part, rarely getting in the way or joining the conversation unless directly asked to. In fact, even right now, she was doing absolutely nothing but sitting on the sidelines as she waited for something to happen.

That's not usually like her… The big sister that he knew was always the type to get involved with stuff and actively encouraged others so that nobody would be left out…

He knew that the MARI in this new reality was going through issues, most likely due to blaming herself for what caused his apparent coma, but the fact that she couldn't even imagine herself acting normally even as HIKIKO was… a bit sad.

Sigh…

He really has his work cut out for him, huh?

How in the world was he going to go about this? He had no idea where to even begin to try to help MARI face the truth and get her to forgive herself…

He knew he had to start somewhere… Despite the advantage of knowing that she thought it was her fault over what happened the night of the recital, he didn't really know how to approach it…

The last time someone in his HEADSPACE tried to directly get him to acknowledge the truth, he sent them to BLACK SPACE and stabbed their guts out.

He… probably shouldn't go down that route...

Although OMORI had no doubts that HIKIKO deeply cared for her little brother, he wasn't going to take that chance of finding out whether or not she's willing to murder him just to keep the truth hidden away.

If OMORI was willing to kill his own best friend over and over again, who's to say HIKIKO didn't have it in her?

Maybe as a last resort if things don't work out? If nothing else, he was willing to spend the next four years being killed repeatedly in her mind if it meant eventually waking her up to the truth. Might be good karma, make up for what he put his imaginary BASIL through. Just have to deal with theforgiving herselfpart, which was admittedly going to be the hardest part...

...

With that being said… What truth was exactly being hidden away here?

In this reality, it didn't seem like she was repressing the truth about what happened during the night of the recital. In fact, she seemed to remember what happened pretty clearly, blaming herself for apparently grabbing his hand and pulling him down with her as she fell.

If only something like that actually did happen in his world... He would have preferred having a guilty sister over a dead one, even if it meant costing him his own life...

Back when he was suppressing the truth about MARI's murder, he had entirely convinced himself outside of HEADSPACE that she actually did hang herself. But on a conceptual level, SUNNY still knew that it was his fault somehow for her death, blaming himself as the reason MARI died. He just didn't want to remember how directly involved his fault was at the time.

If HIKIKO was suppressing the truth about what happened, shouldn't MARI be in the same situation outside of HEADSPACE? Why didn't she convince herself that it was an accident and that her little brother somehow fell down the stairs by himself? Even deluding herself into thinking it was her fault for not being there to save him would be enough. Why still directly acknowledge what happened?

Unless… That wasn't the truth that she was suppressing at all.

If she wasn't trying to forget about the stair incident during the night of the recital, then what? What else could she possibly be repressing about?

That day was the day his life was ruined and the person most precious to him was taken away. It devastated him to the point of nearly losing his mind. He imagined that MARI had to feel the same way in this other reality…

If that wasn't the truth she was trying to suppress, then OMORI honestly couldn't think of anything else that she'd be hiding from herself.

Sigh, this was frustrating. The universe really did pick out the perfect punishment for him, huh? Who said punishment was going to come easy?

It took him a bit to realize that AUBREY was staring at him while he was busy lost in his thoughts.

Shaking his head clear, he looked up to AUBREY and asked, "Yes?"

She gave a cutesy smile, "I like it whenever you stare off into space sometimes. It gives me an excuse to admire your face for as long as I want!"

OMORI awkwardly scratched his neck, "Okay…?"

AUBREY was still as flirtatious towards him as ever. Sometimes OMORI has to reel back a bit whenever she becomes this direct with him about her feelings.

Actually… Now that he thought about it again, why was the AUBREY in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE flirting with him?

If he remembered correctly… In his HEADSPACE, he had imagined his AUBREY to have romantic feelings for him because SUNNY secretly had a crush on her ever since they became friends. He had wanted his feelings for her to be validated, but also kept things one-sided because he didn't want their relationship to change that drastically from the norm.

HIKIKO would have no reason to do that for him since this was her HEADSPACE.

Unless…?

"Wow, you seriously went back to being distracted again even after you just noticed me?" AUBREY pouted, "How rude…"

Shaking his head clear again, he muttered embarrassingly, "S-Sorry about that. Didn't mean to."

Bad habits die hard.

AUBREY giggled at his reaction, "It's fine. I was going to keep staring at you until you noticed me again, so I wouldn't have minded."

"Was there something you needed, Captain AUBREY?" OMORI asked, still keeping with the pirate motif of this adventure.

Pointing over towards his sister, who was looking uncomfortable with herself as she stared off to the sea, AUBREY told him, "Quartermaster HIKIKO looks like she's being moody again. She always gets like this whenever I keep you to myself for too long." Nudging him towards her, AUBREY commanded, "You should go keep her entertained so that she doesn't get lonely."

"Oh." OMORI hummed as he looked over to HIKIKO. It does seem like she's being antsy about something. "Alright."

"I'll call you if I need anything, First Mate SUNNY!" AUBREY cheerfully reassured him.

OMORI nodded before stepping over to go be next to his sister.

When HIKIKO noticed him approaching, her mood seemed to shift over from uncomfortable to happy in an instant. Smiling brightly, she greeted, "SUNNY! Did you need something?"

OMORI shook his head, "AUBREY noticed you were lonely."

"And you came by to keep me company?" HIKIKO giggled at this before bringing a hand around his shoulder and pulling him close, "Aw~! You're so considerate!"

HIKIKO continued staring out into the ocean, but this time with a content smile as she wrapped herself around him and laid her head on top of his.

It definitely seems like she's starved for close contact, OMORI noted idly. He could sympathize with her. It always felt nice to have MARI in his HEADSPACE stay close to him when he felt like he needed her.

In fact… it felt really calming and comfortable now, feeling the warmth of his sister hugging against his body again… Probably for the first time in years…

Unlike outside of HEADSPACE, where his body was too numb to feel anything… In here, he could feel and touch everything again. Her steady breathing behind his back. Her warm arms wrapped around his stomach. Her tender and loving hug...

He didn't deserve to feel this content, being by her side… To enjoy the comfort provided by the sister he murdered…

He wished the universe would stop dangling the unattainable fruit of his sister's love right in front of his face while he was on this mission to get her to face the truth and forgive herself. It was painful to be reminded of what he lost and could never get back…

The sooner OMORI helps this reality's MARI, the sooner he could finally die in peace.

All that torture and suffering will finally be worth something in the end…

"Hey, SUNNY?" His sister called out softly.

"Yeah, MA- … Ahem." He cleared his throat just in time to catch his mistake, "HIKIKO?"

"Is something bothering you?" HIKIKO asked, looking down on him with concern.

"What makes you say that?" OMORI looked up at her curiously.

"You've been… acting a bit weird ever since we found you at the beach." HIKIKO pointed out, "You aren't your usual self."

Was that so?

Hm… That's frustrating. He was doing his best to act as naturally as possible. In fact, he hasn't been acting all that different from how he usually acts. He hoped that would have been fine, but...

Was the SUNNY from her HEADSPACE a bit different? If so, how does HIKIKO usually imagine him being?

"I… I guess I just have a lot of things on my mind." OMORI said evasively. Hopefully, that would be a believable excuse.

"Oh? Like what?" HIKIKO asked curiously, before smiling encouragingly, "You know that you don't have to deal with it by yourself. You can rely on me! I'm always willing to help! All it costs is your love!"

OMORI stared at her a bit.

She always does say that a lot in order to get him to open up about his feelings…

Sorry, MARI… Not this time.

"Thanks, sis. I'm fine for now, but I'll call you if it ever gets too serious." OMORI reassured her with a soft smile.

This seemed to placate her for now, as she happily hugged him tighter and continued staring out into sea.

Meanwhile for him, he still had a lot of food for thought…

They stayed close like this for a while, enjoying the beautiful scenery in front of them.

"Uh… The ocean is pink."

OMORI opened his eyes, waking up from the nap as he saw KEL staring at the sea from the side of the boat. He pulled himself up from HIKIKO's embrace on him as she slowly began to wake up as well.

AUBREY tiredly pulled her captain's hat up to uncover her eyes, blinking as she just woke up from her nap as well. Tiredly, she asked, "What? What do you mean the ocean is pink?"

KEL turned to her and pointed out to the sea, "I mean that the entire ocean is the color pink."

The three of them got up from their spot as they all walked over to where KEL was standing, only to look out to the entire ocean in shock.

Yes, it was indeed pink, just as KEL adequately described.

"What in the…?" AUBREY muttered in confusion, "Why is the ocean suddenly pink?"

"Oh, hey guys! Did you all sleep well?" BASIL called out from above.

They all turned to look up at BASIL as he cheerfully waved at them.

"BASIL, were you awake this entire time?" AUBREY asked loudly, causing HERO to wake up in the background.

BASIL nodded, "Yeah! Did you guys notice that the ocean is pink now? It's really neat! It happened a few minutes ago while I was keeping lookout!"

"BASIL, why didn't you wake us up to tell us what was going on?" AUBREY frowned.

HERO rubbed his eyes clear as he came up to the group with a yawn, "Hey guys, what's going on~? Is something wro- HOLY CRAP, the entire ocean is pink!" HERO jolted at the sight of the scene.

BASIL gave an apologetic smile, "I'm sorry! I wanted to tell you guys earlier, but you all looked so peaceful… I didn't want to disturb any of you…"

AUBREY gave a disappointed sigh before shaking her head as she smiled weakly at her innocent friend, "It's fine… Keep up the good work, Navigator BASIL."

"Aye aye, Captain!" BASIL cheered in high spirits before resuming his duties.

"So," KEL began curiously, "the ocean is now pink. Wonder what that means?"

HERO leaned over the side and looked at his reflection in the water, "I guess it means we traveled a bit too far from home." Looking up to face HIKIKO, he asked, "You think we should turn back?"

HIKIKO nodded at this, "Probably. It's not safe to be out this far."

AUBREY pouted at this, "Turn back? Already?! But we only just got started on our adventure! We haven't even found the mysterious island of co*ckAIGNE yet!"

HIKIKO went over to calm her down by rubbing the small captain's back, "Oh, AUBREY… I know how excited you were to find it, but we're not even sure if it's real in the first place. It was only a story I read about, after all…"

"Aw…" AUBREY groaned disappointedly, "And we built this entire boat and came all this way out too… I was really looking forward to eating the magical cakes and stuff…"

"I can always just bake you a cake back at home, AUBREY." HERO offered as consolidation.

"Yeah, but those cakes make mefaaaaaat…" AUBREY whined.

"Sweets that don't make you fat are sweets that are too good to be true, AUBREY." HIKIKO imparted to the young girl with an apologetic smile.

While this was going on, OMORI noticed that KEL seemingly went missing while he wasn't paying attention.

Looking around for the boy, KEL suddenly returned from inside the boat while holding a cooking ladle.

OMORI didn't say anything, even as KEL brought the ladle with him as he went to the side of the ship.

"I'm gonna see what it tastes like." KEL announced, bearing the same stupid grin he always had when he was about to do something really dumb.

Before anyone could stop him, KEL had already reached into the water to fill the ladle before bringing it up to his lips.

AUBREY grimaced as she watched KEL drink the seawater, "KEL, ew! Why would you decide to do that?! You are so gross!"

HERO furrowed his brows as he began chastising his little brother, "KEL, you shouldn't be drinking seawater! That's not healthy, the ocean is full of salt and bacteria- You could get sick!"

KEL, however, completely ignored the two of them as he blinked in shock from the taste of the ocean's water. Smacking his lips a couple of times, he announced neutrally to everyone, "It's strawberry."

"What." AUBREY said in a flat tone.

"Strawberry? What do you mean?" HERO asked confusedly.

"The water tastes exactly like strawberry juice." KEL repeated before finishing the entire ladle with a satisfied smile, "It tastes really good, actually!"

"KEL, stop lying. You're being weird." AUBREY accused with an irritated look.

KEL got offended at this as he defended himself, "I'm serious! Just taste it for yourself, I'm not lying!"

Scooping up another ladle full of pink seawater, he brought it up to hand it over to AUBREY.

AUBREY looked at the ladle dubiously, even as she grabbed the ladle out of KEL's hand. With a bit of hesitation, she decided to bring a little bit of the water up to her lips and gave it a small taste.

Smacking her lips for a bit, her eyes widened in shock before she decided to give it another taste. Then she suddenly poured the entire thing into her mouth and gulped it down.

"Oh my god, this tastes amazing!" AUBREY smiled as she slurped her lips in satisfaction.

"Told you." KEL gave a cheeky smile.

Walking over to OMORI's side and scooping up another batch from the pink ocean, she brought the ladle up to OMORI's face. "SUNNY, you have to drink this! It's delicious!"

OMORI raised a skeptical eyebrow at the ladle, before shrugging as he let AUBREY give him a sip. Not like it was going to hurt him or anything.

Mmm…! Fruity.

He gave a thumbs-up, internally rating the drink as eight out of ten in his mind.

AUBREY beamed up with excitement as she scooped up another batch and handed it to HERO and HIKIKO with an expectant look.

After HERO and HIKIKO took their turns drinking the seawater, they too were pleasantly surprised by the strawberry taste.

"An entire ocean made out of strawberry juice?" HIKIKO muttered curiously as she smacked her lips in thought, "What could it mean?"

"What else could it mean?!" AUBREY gushed excitedly, "Think about it guys! An ocean that tastes like strawberry juice?! Doesn't that mean we might be close to the legendary island of co*ckAIGNE?!"

"I think she might be right…" HERO hummed in thought, looking out into the ocean with inquisitive eyes, "I never heard of a STRAWBERRY OCEAN before. Maybe the stories about that island were true after all?"

"Right?! RIGHT?!" AUBREY bounced excitedly, "So that means we gotta keep moving forward! We just gotta! Can't we?! Can't we?!"

HERO looked over at HIKIKO and shrugged, "It's your call, HIKIKO. I'm following your lead on this one."

KEL chipped in his two cents, "I think we should keep going too! If there's an ocean made out of strawberry flavor, then that means there's gotta be one made out of chocolate or vanilla too! Or even one made out of ORANGE JOE!"

"Eww!" AUBREY shuddered at the thought, "I hope not… Only you would drink that disgusting stuff, KEL."

"Hey, ORANGE JOE tastes good! You just don't have the refined taste to appreciate it!" KEL grunted.

AUBREY turned to him with an annoyed, "Excuse you, I have plenty of refined taste! You're the one here that likes drinking caffeinated soda like some hyped-up sociopath!"

HERO pulled them apart by the scruff of their shirts as he tiredly admonished them, "Stop fighting already, you two. Don't you guys ever get tired of being at each other's throats all the time?"

Both KEL and AUBREY harrumphed at each other as they turned in opposite directions.

HIKIKO looked out at the ocean with considerable thought, wondering what to do. OMORI stood by her side as he waited for her judgment.

Looking over to him, she asked, "What do you think, SUNNY? Do you want to turn back or keep going?"

OMORI raised an eyebrow, wondering why she needed to ask him for his input. It wasn't like this was his adventure after all, since this was all entirely in HIKIKO's mind.

He nonchalantly shrugged, "I don't mind either way."

All he's really here for was to try to find a way to get her to face the truth. Maybe this island might be where she kept the truth hidden or something, assuming that her HEADSPACE worked on the same rules as his own.

HIKIKO hummed in thought, before saying, "I guess if no one objects, we could keep going then."

"YES!" AUBREY cheered, "Then as captain of this ship, I decree we keep going full speed ahead until we reach co*ckAIGNE island!"

At least, that was supposed to be the plan.

Everything got interrupted all of a sudden when the entire world started rumbling and shaking.

The boat they were on was rocking back and forth, causing everyone to stumble and scream in shock.

"Everyone grab onto something!" HERO commanded, holding onto KEL as he wrapped an arm around a part of the boat.

AUBREY and OMORI latched on to HIKIKO as she did the same, keeping the two of them close to her chest.

Up above, BASIL had no idea what was going on as he panicked and hugged the railing tightly for dear life.

While this was going on, something huge had arisen from the STRAWBERRY OCEAN. A big giant mysterious object, poking through the ocean surface as it caused waves to ripple around it's location. Waves huge enough to nearly cover the boat itself.

Eventually, the waves calmed down and the shaking stopped. The boat slowly steadied itself as everyone regained their footing.

The mysteriously huge creature revealed itself to be a giant robot mecha holding a trident in its hand. He easily towered above the group five times over, intimidatingly staring down at them with its glowing yellow eye visors.

OMORI blinked a bit as he actually recognized this thing.

It looked exactly like that one action figure that KEL owned, decorating one of the shelves in his house. The reason why OMORI easily recognized it was because it was a toy he remembered buying together with MARI back during KEL's twelfth birthday as a gift.

OMORI gave a quick glance over at HIKIKO as she looked up at the action figure in shock and awe.

So, even she has a habit of making up characters inspired by the stuff in real life.

OMORI couldn't help but feel that this was a bit… excessive? Was that the right word here?

Well, it's not like he was any better in that regard… Sort of reminded him of PLUTO in his EXPANDED form.

After everything calmed down, BASIL began shouting down a warning at them in a panicked tone, "GUYS! There's a giant robot standing right in front of the boat!"

"Y-Yeah, we kinda figured that out already, BASIL." HERO shouted back obviously.

"Okay… Just wanted to let you guys know!" BASIL replied nervously.

"Who dares defile these sacred waters?"The giant toy mecha spoke in an ominous voice,"State your intentions, interlopers!"

Well, that was definitely not a welcoming greeting…

OMORI hesitantly placed his hand over to where he kept his steak knife hidden, preparing to use it if the situation calls for it. He was doing his best to keep the knife a secret from HIKIKO, but if push comes to shove, he might need to use it to protect her if necessary.

In any other normal situation, he was sure that a measly little steak knife couldn't possibly do anything to a being of this size. However, this wasn't the first time he fought a giant being before.

If he could take down PLUTO (EXPANDED) with his friends back in his HEADSPACE, he should be able to deal with something like this as well. Probably. Hopefully.

Maybe.

"Er… Um…" AUBREY nervously quivered in place, intimidated by the size of this giant potential foe. She slowly stepped back a bit while reaching out to HERO, whispering, "HERO, tag in for me? I don't want to be the leader anymore…"

HERO nodded understandably and slapped her hand, switching places with the young girl as he stepped up to plate.

Clearing his throat, he did his best to calm his nerves as he spoke loudly to the mecha, "Dear giant sea robot! We come in peace!"

Meanwhile, HIKIKO gathered the younger kids behind her as she stepped protectively in front of them with her arms out, "If anything happens, get ready to run. Got it?"

"Run where? We're in the middle of the ocean!" KEL whispered back.

HIKIKO hissed frustratingly to herself, "Right. Shoot."

"We could all probably just jump into the water, but…" AUBREY gave a worried glance over to OMORI, "SUNNY's afraid of drowning, isn't he…?"

OMORI awkwardly looked away.

Actually, he got over his phobia of drowning a while back when he needed to travel the ocean to find all of his friends in the LAST RESORT.

Not like he could just blurt that out though...

"Right… Don't worry, I can probably think of a way out of this." HIKIKO reassured them.

The giant mecha leaned forward as it peered down at them closely with a discerning eye,"State your identity."

HERO was doing his best to not let his fear show as he introduced them, "M-My name is HERO. These are my friends. AUBREY, KEL, SUNNY, HIKIKO, and the one on top is BASIL." With a gulp, he attempted a charming smile as he asked, "Can we know your name?"

"I am PROTEUS! Guardian of the fragarian sea, and loyal servant of her highness!"The mecha announced, raising his trident in the air triumphantly before pointing it down on them,"Why have you intruded on these waters, interlopers?"

Ah, PROTEUS. That was its name. $59.99 in stores, has the ability to glow in the dark when submerged in water and squirted it out of its mouth like a water gun.

Oh god, please don't tell him that something of this size could shoot water beams out of its mouth. Surely, his sister was notthatinspired by the toy, was she?

HERO held his hands in a calming gesture, "We're just a bunch of kids going on an adventure, Mr. PROTEUS, sir! We didn't mean to disturb or intrude your home or anything like that!"

"Yeah, we're just trying to find the legendary island of co*ckAIGNE!" KEL decided to add for some inane reason.

OMORI turned to give an incredulous glare at the boy, already predicting what was about to come next.

KEL seemed put off by the angry look OMORI was giving him, "W-What? Was I not supposed to mention that?"

"co*ckAIGNE…?"The giant toy mecha repeated slowly before his eye-visors shifted the glow from yellow to a menacing red. Shifting to an attack stance, it screamed,"INVADERS! You are invaders of her highness! Your crime shall not go unpunished!"

Oh wow, who didn't see that coming?

"KEL, why didn't you keep your mouth shut!" AUBREY shouted angrily at the boy, "Now it's going to attack us!"

"Oops." KEL mumbled, sweating in fear.

"Guys?! It's doing something with its mouth!" BASIL shouted down at them, frantically pointing at the robot as its mouth began glowing up with a bright energy.

OH WOW, WHO DIDN'T SEE THAT COMING.

Dammit, MARI! Why did you have to imagine a giant toy robot?!

OMORI took a deep breath, pushing his frustration and anger aside as he kept it to himself.

Running up to HERO and grabbing his pajamas to get his attention, OMORI stated seriously, "We need to steer the boat away. Now!"

HERO seemed a bit surprised to find him shouting commands, but nodded back as he prepared to hoist the sails up again. "Someone take the wheel and steer the boat!"

HIKIKO jumped into action immediately, grabbing the steering wheel and turning it one hundred and eighty degrees.

The wind picked up at the best opportune moment, pushing the sails as the boat began turning around. They were already on a course to run away from the giant guardian robot as soon as possible.

However, it seemed to be a fruitless endeavor.

PROTEUS fired its water laser beam near the ship, the explosive force disturbing the waters as it caused giant waves to form and carried the boat with it.

Despite their best attempts to regain control, it was only a small sailboat after all.

A particularly nasty wave formed right beside them, and everyone knew that it was going to submerged the entire boat.

"BRACE!" HERO shouted.

OMORI instinctively closed his eyes and held his breath as he felt the waters push him off the boat.

For the next few seconds, he felt absolutely weightless.

He could feel his body shifting and turning, tumbling all around with absolutely no regard for his safety.

It was like the world was spinning out of control, the ocean covering his entire body.

His eyes remained shut and he kept holding his breath, waiting for it to eventually be over.

When he felt his body stop spinning, he opened his eyes.

In front of him, all he could see was darkness. Like an endless abyss was staring back at him.

It reminded him of BLACK SPACE, in a way.

Thank goodness he got over his fear of drowning. Otherwise, he wasn't sure if he could have stopped himself from freaking out right now.

Shaking himself out of it, he shifted around to look upwards and was able to see five shadowy figures right on top of him as they floated in the middle of the pink ocean waters.

There they are. Time to put his swimming skills to use again.

OMORI kept holding his breath as he began pushing himself up to the surface, paddling his feet as he swam.

But then he felt one of his feet get caught by something, before he was suddenly pulled back down even further.

Looking down to see what was pulling him down, his eyes bugged out when he saw what was below him.

OMORI felt his heart start beating rapidly, his instincts telling him to panic.

Three eyes.

The dark abyss below stared back at him with three giant eyes. Two left ones, one right.

An oversized malicious grin formed right underneath them. Like an eldritch abomination awakening under the deep ocean.

Okay, nope, nevermind- He's freaking out- HE'S FREAKING OUT-

OMORI struggled to pull away from the dark tendril wrapped around his feet, even as he desperately tried to unwrap it with his hands.

When that didn't work, his second instinct was to pull his steak knife out and begin slashing away at the tendril in the hopes of cutting himself free. This managed to work, as the dark tendril began bleeding out and loosened its grip.

Unfortunately, several more tendrils shot out from the abyss below and wrapped themselves to cover each of his limbs soon after.

OMORI pulled and pushed as best he could, struggling to get himself out of this horrifying predicament even as he stabbed and slashed at the dark tendrils surrounding him.

The dark tendrils seemed to have a mind of its own, latching on to his wrist and twisting it back painfully. OMORI muffled in pain as he lost grip of his knife.

His only weapon began floating away from his grasp, and he was powerless to go after it as he was pulled further into its depths.

The air escaped his lungs, making him struggle to breath.

OMORI became AFRAID.

This has never happened before. He's never lost control over a situation like this. Even when everything started stressing him out, OMORI would always instinctively shut down his mind and force himself to go back to WHITE SPACE before anything could go wrong. His safe haven, where nothing ever went wrong.

He doesn't have WHITE SPACE anymore, does he?

This wasn't his dream. This wasn't his reality. This wasn't his imagination.

He wondered if he could actually die like this?

What a horrifying way to go.

...

He… He could feel his consciousness slipping away…

The pink light from the ocean surface was starting to darken as his eyes struggled to keep itself open.

Well… he could imagine a worse way to die… Wasn't how he preferred to go out, but if that's how the cookie crumbles…

Maybe he wasn't cut out to save his sister after all. After all, he was completely worthless.

All he ever did was be a burden to other people anyway. Nothing he did ever mattered. He just made things worse.

If he couldn't even save himself, how was he supposed to help save his sister? He couldn't even stop himself from murdering her the first time around...

Sorry MARI… Your little brother failed you again before he could even get started.

Worthless…

Worthless…

...worthless…

He felt someone grabbing onto his hand.

Opening his eyes, he saw HIKIKO right above him with a look of relief.

The dark tendrils that covered his body seemed to vanish without him ever noticing.

This scene was… surprisingly familiar.

He felt like he'd seen this before. A long time ago…

This wasn't the first time his sister saved him from drowning, was it?

HIKIKO pulled him closer to her before hugging him tightly.

"I got you! I got you, SUNNY!" He could hear her whisper, "I won't let you go…! I won't ever let you go…"

He couldn't find the energy left within him to respond, already on his way to slipping unconscious.

"I won't let you go… I won't let you go… I won't let you go…" HIKIKO repeated over and over, hugging him close to her body like a lifeline.

This was… so frustrating.

Always relying on his sister for everything...

Why couldn't he ever do anything right by himself?

HIKIKO found herself walking down a long hallway.

She didn't exactly know where she was or what she was doing. She didn't even remember how she got here in the first place…

All she knew was that she needed to find a way out of this hallway. Her little brother and her friends were waiting for her outside. They were supposed to be doing something important…

God, why was this hallway so dark? She could barely see anything in front of her beyond a few feet.

She kept her hand close to the walls, making sure not to get herself lost somehow.

Dammit, where was she?

How long had she been here? It felt like she'd been stuck walking down this hallway for hours now.

When will this ever end?

Suddenly, she was startled as she heard a noise skittering behind her.

Quickly turning around, she backed herself to the wall as she tried to find what made the noise.

But it was so dark, she couldn't see a thing. All she could do was stay frozen as she cautiously looked around, keeping her back against the wall.

HIKIKO shifted uncomfortably, wondering if the noise was just her imagination…

When the skittering didn't happen again, she hesitantly pulled herself away and resumed walking down the hall again.

She needed to calm down and breathe. Letting her nerves get the better of her was not going to help her in this situation. She had to find a way out of here as soon as possible…

It took a while before she eventually found a door appearing in her sight. Hopeful that it was an exit, she quickly got up to it as she entered inside.

Instead of an exit, however, she found a room.

A dining room, to be precise... A familiar dining room, as three figures sat at the dining table while in the middle of a conversation.

HIKIKO furrowed her brows as she stepped closer, "Hello?"

Out of the three figures in the room, two of them were a blurry mess. It felt like trying to see through the static of a tv screen.

Only one figure, she could properly make out clearly. A young girl, with long dark hair.

HIKIKO realized that she knew this girl.

"MARI…"One of the blurry figures sitting across from the girl started off, an older woman's voice, "Your father and I have been discussing this for a while… We've decided that we should all move to a different town."

"...what…?"The girl muttered in shock as she dropped her fork on the floor.

"We think it'll do the family some good. Get away from the memories of this place."An older man's voice spoke next, agreeing with his partner.

"It'll be a new fresh start for us. A new beginning."The older woman explained, sounding almost hopeful.

For some reason, HIKIKO felt sick to her stomach as she listened to this conversation.

She really didn't want to be here…

The younger girl stood up from her chair,"You want us to move?! Why?! What in the world made you even consider doing that?!"

"MARI, please! Calm down and try to understand your mother-"

The young girl slammed her hands down at the table,"This is where we live! This is our home! This is SUNNY's home! What about SUNNY?! How do you think SUNNY would feel if he woke up tomorrow and found out we all left him behind?!"

"MARI, I didn't say that! We're not doing this because we want to leave SUNNY!"

"Listen to your mother, sweetheart!"

HIKIKO really really really did not want to stay here.

But for some reason, she couldn't get her legs to move…

"MARI… Please… SUNNY's accident affected all of us, especially me! He was my only son, and I'm just so tired of being reminded of what happened when I stay here-"

The young girl shouted back,"What's going to happen to SUNNY if we move away?! How far are we moving?! How am I supposed to visit SUNNY anymore if we end up moving too far?!"

HIKIKO was starting to find it hard to breathe… She felt like there wasn't enough oxygen in the room…

"MARI… I'm just going to come out and say it…"The older woman sighed,"We're moving away so that we can move on from SUNNY… We're not going to keep visiting him anymore."

The young girl was stunned silent, slowly backing away from the table.

"Ever since the accident, all I could do was grieve and worry endlessly about him. But it's been a year now and he hasn't woken up since then. I know how hard it is for you to lose your little brother- GOD it hurts me too to admit it- But there's nothing we can do for him anymore. Constantly worrying about him isn't going to make him wake up any sooner."

"...if he ever wakes up at all…"The older man mumbled depressingly.

HIKIKO leaned back against the wall, feeling her lose her sense of balance.

She hated this…! She hated this so much!

"I just want us to move on together, as a family. I want us to live a normal healthy life again..."

The younger girl didn't stay to listen to another word. She was already running past HIKIKO as she left through the door.

"MARI! Wait!"

The moment the younger girl left the room, HIKIKO felt like she could breathe again. She was gasping heavily as she pulled herself up from the wall, regaining her balance.

The moment she found the ability to move again, she pulled out her jump rope and began attacking the two figures in front of her.

She didn't know why, but she felt like she wanted to do it.

Both figures vanished the moment her attack landed though, causing her to become immensely dissatisfied.

Shaking her head clear, she calmed herself down and pulled her jump rope back.

Looking around the room, she clicked her tongue when she realized that she couldn't find the exit here.

Knowing that there was nothing for her in this room, she left through the door she came in.

Instead of a dark hallway, however, she found herself in a completely different location entirely.

HIKIKO stumbled inside as she looked around in confusion. It looked like a hospital room.

In the middle was a bed where she saw her little brother was sleeping. A heartbeat monitor was steadily beeping right next to his head.

"SUNNY!" HIKIKO cried out in worry as she ran over to him.

Sitting right beside his bed, HIKIKO saw the figure of that same young girl again from before. The girl was holding onto SUNNY's hand as she looked down on him with a depressed frown.

HIKIKO came over to his other side before trying to shake him awake, "SUNNY! You have to wake up! We need to get out of here!"

SUNNY did not respond.

HIKIKO paused, hesitantly pulling herself away as she looked over him again.

"SUNNY?" HIKIKO called out softly.

SUNNY did not respond.

Just then, one of the two static figures from before gently entered the room. HIKIKO watched from afar as the figure sighed deeply before coming over to stand right beside the young girl.

"MARI…"The voice of the older woman called out to her, putting a hand over her shoulder,"Can we talk, sweetie?"

"What's there to talk about?"The girl replied emotionlessly, never once tearing her eyes away from SUNNY.

"I know how you feel… I miss him too. We all do."The woman sighed tiredly,"But we can't let our love for him consume us like this… Aren't you tired of living this way? Obsessing over him like this, every single day? We'll never be able to move on like this."

The girl didn't bother responding, ignoring the older woman as she held onto SUNNY's hand tighter.

The woman sighed again,"MARI, please be reasonable…"

The girl finally looked away from SUNNY for the first time as she stared at the woman,"You two can move if you want. But I'm going to stay here."

The woman shook his head disappointingly,"MARI, we can't let you do that. You're only sixteen."

"I don't care. I'm not leaving him."

With an aggravated sigh, the woman began raising his voice,"Think about how I feel for a moment! Do you know how much it breaks my heart to see you like this?!"

The girl tilted her head in confusion,"Why should I care about how you feel? You're the one abandoning your own son."

"That is not true, MARI! I'm doing this so that we could all heal together as a family!"

The girl stayed silent for the longest time as she stared blankly at her mother.

"Don't make us force you, young lady. It's already hard enough on me to have to do this, don't make it any harder than it has to be."The woman told her gently."This is what SUNNY would want from us. To move on and try to live a normal life again."

The girl closed her eyes in thought, before opening them again to say,"If you take me from him, I'm going to kill myself."

The woman stood still, shocked silent.

HIKIKO felt a massive feeling of gratification coming from within her.

"What did you just say…?"The woman whispered slowly.

"When you least expect it. When you stop paying attention. I'm going to end my life. You'll lose both of your children, and it'll all be your fault."The girl explained emotionlessly.

"How… How dare you say that?! How could you threaten me with something like that?!"The older woman angrily shouted back indignantly,"How do you think SUNNY would feel if he heard you say something so cruel to your own mother?!"

The girl shook her head coldly as she turned back to face SUNNY again,"Stay, don't stay. Move, don't move. I don't care what you do. You're not my mother anymore from this day forward."

"Are you seriously going to test me, young lady?!"

The girl glared back with murderous eyes,"Are you?"

The older woman flinched back under her gaze, seeming almost terrified.

"Just try it."The girl goaded,"Do it. Use whatever power you have to force me. The only way you are getting me to leave is over my dead body."

"MARI… What happened to you? When did you become like this…?"The older woman began crying.

The girl didn't bother responding. She turned back to face SUNNY again as she held his hand.

HIKIKO knew that she'll never let go.

The older woman sprinted away from her as she left a trail of tears.

From that day onward, she never appeared in her life ever again.

When she knew that she was alone again, the girl's facade became completely cracked as she started crying as well.

She laid her face against SUNNY's lap, stressfully pulling her hair as tears streamed down her face,"Oh my god, what am I doing…?! What is wrong with me, why did I…? I just made my own mother cry…!"Looking up at SUNNY, she sobbed out,"SUNNY, I'm so sorry…! I'm so sorry I did that to her…! I'm so sorry!"

HIKIKO didn't understand why she was apologizing.

This was good. Her mother was going to force her to leave him. Threatening her was the only way to stay by his side.

She had to do it. She had to in order to be with him.

HIKIKO would have been willing to do far worse if it meant protecting her little brother.

Both SUNNY and the girl disappeared in front of her eyes.

HIKIKO blinked in confusion, before looking around.

She seriously needed to get out of here…

As she walked back to the door, a small object suddenly clattered onto the floor, gaining her notice.

Looking back, she saw another piano key somehow found its way here.

Turning around to pick it up, she examined the piano key in her hand curiously. What an odd place to end up finding it.

HIKIKO will need to be on the lookout for more of these while she tries to find a way out.

Pocketing the piano key away, she turned back to leave through the door.

Reaching out to the doorknob, she tried to turn it… Only for it to end up being locked…

"Seriously?" HIKIKO huffed in frustration.

She attempted again to try to open it, growing more and more forceful with each attempt.

When that didn't work, she tried to kick the door down, and even shoulder slammed into it.

The door refused to budge.

"Great, now what?" HIKIKO sighed.

This was honestly starting to get really annoying.

MARI?

HIKIKO felt SOMETHING whispering in her ear, causing her to freeze in terror.

MARI, can we please practice for the recital together?

HIKIKO had a cold chill running up her spine as she nervously gulped, knowing that there was SOMETHING behind her.

Please? I want to spend more time with you…

Don't turn around. Don't turn around. Whatever you do, just don't turn around.

You're always so busy… I never get to see you anymore.

HIKIKO turned around.

In the middle of the room, a three-eyed demon smiled at her.

The moment she made eye contact, it instantly crawled towards her faster than anything she has ever seen move.

She could barely let out a scream before it grabbed her throat-

OMORI's eye became wide open as he was startled awake.

Blinking for a bit, it took him a moment to realize that he was awake again, back in his room.

The sun was up, shining through the window. It was daytime.

He turned over to see MARI was still in his bed with him, still asleep while holding on to him tightly.

She had a serene look on her face, as if she was in a safe place in her dreams.

Safe.

Not in danger.

Not in the ocean.

Not in a dark hallway.

Safe.

What in the world did he just witness?

Was that… her BLACK SPACE?

Oh dear god, MARI was worse off than he thought.

Notes:

Serious question for you readers. Do you want me to put more effort on the real world instead of HEADSPACE, or would you prefer if I put equal effort in writing both?

I'm slightly nervous with the way I portrayed HIKIKO's HEADSPACE, knowing that it's a lot different than SUNNY's. I'm hoping I did a good job, but you never know.

I drank two cups of coffee and pulled an all nighter just to finish this chapter. I feel like a god right now. Watch me wake up tomorrow and regret ever making this chapter.

Hopefully I'm also doing a good job at portraying MARI as mentally unstable in the real world. I didn't mean to make her seem like an edgelord, the whole thing with her mom was supposed to make her seem like a sociopath. I don't even know anymore. I am friggin' sleep deprived.

Another thing, can someone help take responsibility and compile a list of all my spelling/grammar mistakes for previous chapters and this chapter? I want to go do some fixes, but I don't have the free time to reread any of my old chapters.

Shoutouts time.

Taanifeer from last chapter. Very interesting to see your take. I completely missed the fact that all the characters that provide lore in some capacity all end up dying in certain ways. Very perceptive observation.

Kamary on last chapter. ROSA flirting with BASIL came to me while I was replaying the game. BASIL managed to befriend BOSS. What if he also befriended other antagonist characters in previous cycles? This was the best idea I ever had and I wished it was canon.

Tuppence on last chapter. Another great summary and theory, as usual! I love your comments so much! I do want to make it clear that when I wrote HEADSPACE gang crying over SUNNY near the end, I was inspired by the events leading up to the boss fight with OMORI in the game. Despite passing out after getting stabbed by BASIL, SUNNY dreamed up meeting with BASIL and the rest of the gang as they all cheered him on to face the truth. Saying things like "Whatever happens next is going to be up to you! Know that we'll always support you!" I had theories on if these were their actual real life thoughts or just SUNNY imagining them saying this based on how much he knew them. Then I came to the conclusion that this might actually have been his HEADSPACE friends impersonating as their real life counterparts as they tried to help SUNNY face the truth. HERO right before SUNNY plays the violin says "We're here for you because you want us to be." It's so obvious that these guys were just the gang from HEADSPACE trying to help him one last time. Or at least, I really want to believe that.

That's why I wrote them being distraught when SUNNY lost to OMORI. They're genuinely sad and disappointed that even after all that progress, he still chose the suicide path.

NEXT OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHOUTOUTS

Based on OMORI's notes in the FOE FACTS! guide, I have come to the conclusion that OMORI, and by extension SUNNY, has a really quirky sense of humor. Dry wit, sarcastic, sometimes a bit nutty. Feels like behind that cliff-face is a kid that loves making quips. Anyone else agree? What are your favorite Foe Facts that made you laugh?

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 13: The Calm Before The KEL

Summary:

Things calm down a bit for OMORI as he got his thoughts together. How different was this reality compared to his old one? Guess it wouldn't hurt to find out...

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

8:52 AM

KEL woke up eight minutes early to an energetic two-year-old little sister calling him up.

"KELSEY! KELSEY!"

Despite the sudden awakening, seeing his adorable little sister's face was enough to make him shine a big bright smile at the toddler, sitting up straight and carrying her by the arms. "Hey you little munchkin! How you doin'?"

"Plane! Plane! Vrooom!" She sputtered out in between giggles.

KEL smiled, knowing exactly what she wanted.

"Alright, get ready for airplane time!"

KEL proceeded to spend the next couple of minutes waving his little sister around like an airplane while making engine noises, much to her delight.

9:10 AM

KEL was singing and whistling a random pop song that was stuck in his head in the showers, shaking his booty to the beat as he scrubbed and washed his back.

9:33 AM

KEL gave a satisfied sigh after finishing a more than healthy proportion of his breakfast, bending over to kiss his mom in the cheek as thank you for making him his favorite fried omelet with extra crispy bacon bits sprinkled all over.

9:45 AM

"Hutt Hutt- One two- Hutt Hutt- Three four-" KEL chanted repeatedly as he did a series of workout routines to burn the carbs he accumulated during breakfast.

Fifty reps of jumping jacks to loosen up his body.

Fifty pushups and situps to work his arm muscles and abs.

Five minutes shadowboxing to work on his reflexes and focus.

After he was finished with his diligent workout, he rewarded himself with a nice cold glass of the world's most divine drink known to man.

ORANGE JOE.

The perfect blend between coffee and root beer soda, mixed together to create a beautiful symphony of flavor. Even one sip was enough to energize him and keep him going for the entire day without any naps.

Which was why he immediately downed the whole entire glass bottle like a beast who hasn't had his thirst quenched in years.

10:00 AM

"Alright, time to go visit SUNNY!" KEL cheered to himself.

He hasn't visited the comatose boy since his birthday, after all. KEL had promised that he would do regular visits again, and he was a person that always takes his promises seriously.

Jumping around a bit to work on his legs and get the blood flowing, he took starting position right outside the front door of his house like an Olympic racer waiting for the starting pistol to go off.

Hm… Wonder what he should talk about once he gets there?

Counting down from three…

Even if SUNNY couldn't hear him, it was always nice to find things to talk about with the boy. It reminded him of the old days when SUNNY would always sit back and listen to KEL ramble about whatever was on his mind.

Two…

Maybe talk to him about all the friends KEL's made over the last six years? That might be interesting to talk about.

One…

Ah, whatever. He'll think of something by the time he gets there.

GO!

KEL immediately began dashing down the street like a madman on drugs, breaking every single speed record known to man.

He wasn't on the high school's basketball team for nothing, after all. If HERO's natural talent was all about his smarts and cooking skills, then KEL's natural talents definitely had to be in his absolute control over the basketball and the speed of his feet.

He'll be at the hospital in less than thirty minutes, flat!

10:25 AM

KEL pumped a fist to the air as he celebrated his new record, even as he was currently keeled over the floor and breathing heavily from overexerting himself.

"Need any help, sir?" The nurse at the reception desk asked in concern, noticing the boy wearing an orange hoodie collapsed in the middle of the waiting area.

Why wear a hoodie during the summer?

Because KEL liked the added challenge.

"I'm fine…" KEL muttered out with a satisfied nod, "Just give me a minute... to catch my breath."

The nurse shrugged before sitting back down at her desk.

After a while, KEL managed to eventually get his stamina back and hopped up to his feet like nothing ever happened.

The nurse watched him as he happily strolled over to the reception desk, before asking her, "Hi, my name is KEL. I'm here to visit a patient. He's the boy sleeping on floor seven, room 143!"

"Alright then…" The nurse began typing away on her computer as she prepared to fill out the visitation form, "Are you family or an acquaintance?"

"I'm a childhood friend! I used to visit SUNNY a lot back before high school, but I stopped at some point. Now I'm just trying to visit regularly again."

"I see… Alright…" The nurse continued typing with a nod.

KEL began humming to himself as he waited patiently for the nurse to finish recording his visit. He always gets to meet a different receptionist every time he comes here. One of these days, he should start making friends with them so that it'll be easier for him to be recognized whenever he's here.

The nurse kept typing until she gave a strange look and briefly paused.

"You said the patient's name was SUNNY, and that he was on floor seven?"

"Yeppers!" KEL smiled happily.

The nurse silently browsed something on her computer with a confused look, before slowly coming to an understanding as she turned to KEL, "I'm sorry, but the patient in that room was already discharged since last night. He's not in the hospital anymore."

KEL blinked confusedly for a bit.

SUNNY… wasn't in the hospital anymore? What?

Discharged…? What did 'discharge' mean? It sounded like something he should already know...

KEL wracked in his brain to find the definition of this word, using every ounce of his brainpower to try to remember…

All of a sudden, he remembered a very specific line in this very specific scene from this one specific episode of this specific Hospital Romance Drama he once watched a few years back together with his mom and dad during family night.

"I'm sorry, MRS. SMITHERSON." The handsome doctor, portrayed by legendary young adult actor DAVID BECKINGHAM, apologized with tears in his eyes, "But I'm afraid your husband, who was hospitalized after saving the lives of several orphans, kittens, and orphaned kittens from the great fire, has tragically passed away while under my careless care."

"Oh no!" The beautiful widow, portrayed by famous supermodel ANN WITHERS, cried in grief as she wiped her tears with a velvet red handkerchief that was given to her earlier by her late husband, "Where is my husband'sbody now?"

"He's been discharged to the morgue since this morning."

Coming back from his flashback, KEL began to panic as he realized what this meant.

"You mean… Since yesterday night, my friend SUNNY passed away?!" KEL cried out in shock.

Before the nurse could even answer, he already had his head in his hands.

Oh SUNNY… How could this happen to you? You were just a kid, man! You barely even experienced life yet, and you were already tragically taken away from everyone…

Ohhh, damn it! How was BASIL and MARI going to react once they find out about this?! Oh god, they are going to freak out so bad!

KEL… He has to be the one to tell them about this. He has to take responsibility and be the bearer of bad news. He'll need to be the man to tell them that SUNNY passed away…

Oh god… MARI is going to fricking kill him dead…

HERO was going to have to go into debt just to afford the funeral services!

"Uh, sir?" The nurse called out to get his attention.

KEL sniffled a bit, holding back tears as he brought his head up, "Yes, ma'am?"

"I think you misunderstood what I meant." The nurse deadpanned, before explaining, "When I said your friend was discharged, it didn't mean he died or anything."

At this, KEL quickly bounced back from his slump with a surprised, "WHAT?! But I thought discharge means that you move them away to the morgue or something?!"

The nurse raised a skeptical eyebrow, "And who told you that?"

"Well, I saw this tv show about doctors and stuff… You know the one, with DAVID BECKINGHAM?" KEL recalled.

The nurse rolled her eyes at this, "Oh god, that series? That show was such a crapshoot. Nothing about it is even remotely realistic to how actual hospitals and doctors work. Most likely, they were just spouting nonsense to try to sound more dramatic."

Oh.

Well, now he just felt stupid for coming to the wrong conclusion.

"In that case, what does discharge mean again?" KEL felt the need to ask for corrections.

"Discharge just means that the patient gets checked out of the hospital. They're not here anymore." The nurse explained.

KEL blinked for a moment, before telling her, "But wait, SUNNY has been in a coma at this hospital for six years though."

The nurse shrugged, "I guess that must mean he woke up yesterday. He's probably already back home."

Already back home.

Already back home.

Back home.

Home.

Home.

SUNNY was back home.

As KEL began to blank out, the nurse looked around with an amused smile, "You know, when the front room is empty like this, it always makes a funny echo to whatever you say if you say it loud enough. BANANA!"

Banana.

Banana.

Banana.

"Heh." The nurse giggled, only to notice KEL not reacting or moving at all. Turning to the spaced-out boy, she asked, "You okay, sir?"

KEL slowly blinked as the realization hit him like a ton of bricks.

His best friend since childhood… His next-door neighbor… His pal and buddy…

He was awake.

SUNNY was back home.

"I have to go check on someone." KEL abruptly announced before already sprinting out the exit.

He ignored the nurse's odd looks as he rushed out, bumped into a pillar, tripped on the floor, got back up again, made it to the exit, and just kept running.

KEL had never run back home as fast as he did before.

SUNNY was back home.

SUNNY was back home!

SUNNY WAS BACK HOME!

Eight o'clock or something… He wasn't paying attention...

OMORI turned on the lights of the bathroom as he entered.

Checking himself out in the mirror, he could see his usual monochrome body in the reflection staring back at him.

Furrowing his eyebrows, OMORI forcefully closed his eyes before opening them again.

His reflection showed what he actually looked like this time.

His pale frail body was reflected in the mirror. His face showed only one single eye, as the one on his right was completely missing.

Nothing was behind him… For now…

OMORI sighed as he began washing his face, his mind completely overwhelmed with thoughts about what happened last night in his dreams.

There were lots of things he wanted to focus on first.

MARI threatening to commit suicide in order to convince Mom not to make her move.

The reason why Mom abandoned the family in the first place.

How MARI's BLACK SPACE seemed completely different than how his BLACK SPACE usually behaved…

But instead… He chose to focus on one thing in particular as he stared at himself in the mirror.

MARI was haunted by SOMETHING as well. This was the first time he had ever seen it.

He didn't even know that she had one until now after waking up…

Three eyes.

Hers had three eyes.

OMORI looked up at the mirror again to study his face.

Nothing was behind him… Yet.

The SOMETHING that usually haunted OMORI always had one eye. He knew exactly why as well.

SOMETHING took the form most reminiscent of the scene that haunted him the most. The sight of MARI's eye staring back at him judgmentally beneath her hair, as her body swayed on the tree by the rope on her neck.

It was born to constantly remind him of the murder he committed. No matter how hard OMORI tried to repress the truth, SOMETHING would always follow him.

What did MARI's SOMETHING represent? When didthatstart haunting her?

Assuming she was like him in this reality, it was probably on the day of the recital.

What did she see to spawn such a horrific face that now follows her even in her dreams? Why did her SOMETHING have three eyes and constantly flash that demonic smile?

The shadow of its body, the shape of it reminded him of himself. Just in even worse condition.

Mangled, jagged, bent and broken. Like someone took his body to the factory and threw him in the middle of the machinery gears while it was working. It looked horrible.

OMORI studied himself as he tried to figure it out.

The eyes… What did that represent?

Two on the left, one on the right.

Why show three eyes? Why not just one, like how his SOMETHING was?

He only had the one eye now, anyway.

Looking at himself, he really couldn't see it. He couldn't imagine what MARI saw that day to make her get haunted by-

Wait…

No…

Thinking about it again…

In her perspective, his right eye would be on her left. That was the eye that went missing.

Assuming that everything she and the doctors said was true, he had lost his right eye in this reality when his face collided on top of the broken pieces of the violin at the bottom of the stairs.

He still remembered the moment when BASIL stabbed his face with garden shears, as warm blood began flooding down his cheek.

MARI must've seen his face when the violin was still embedded in his eye, most likely. He imagined the sight probably wasn't pretty.

When you take that into account and start rethinking about it…

Two left eyes. His right eye, torn in half by the violin.

One right eye. The left eye that got out unscathed.

Yeah, he could see it now. That must've been mentally scarring for her.

Why the smile, though? What was that about?

Such an evil and malicious smile… As if it was actually enjoying the pleasure of haunting her.

The different forms that SOMETHING would take to scare him would occasionally have smiles like that, but it was never the most prominent thing about them.

Was his face smiling after he landed on the violin? OMORI couldn't imagine any reason why he would want to smile in a situation like that… Especially if he was in any pain or suffering...

He always hated smiling. It made him look weird. He didn't like to smile in pictures either, not even when he was a baby.

OMORI's eye widened as an idea popped into his head.

In this reality, he had protected her. MARI told him that he wrapped his hands around her body as they fell, doing his best so that he would be the only one to take the brunt of the damage.

Because of what he did, MARI was somehow still alive in this world.

Why did he just stand there and watch her fall? Why didn't he do anything? Why couldn't he have saved her that day?

Bleeding out on the floor, a broken piece of a violin sticking out of his eye…

Yet still smiling…?

I must've been happy when I saw that my sister wasn't hurt.

...

OMORI closed his eye as the realization settled.

So that was where the smile came from.

MARI, while panicking over her little brother SUNNY bleeding out from under her, held him in her arms as she stared directly at his face…

...and saw him smile in relief.

OMORI curled up his hands in frustration.

Now that exact same smile of his was being used by her SOMETHING to haunt and torment her, constantly reminding her of that day as it overwhelmed her with guilt.

Another reason to hate his own smile.

Even when he was able to save his own sister, he always somehow ends up making things so much worse.

He should've just died right then and there to spare MARI the trouble…

Worthless.

Shaking his head clear, OMORI began thinking about something else while he proceeded to brush his teeth.

He had a long day ahead of him before he could get another opportunity to go back into his sister's HEADSPACE. He should use this time to gather as much information about this reality as possible so that he might find a way to help MARI face the truth and get her to forgive herself.

OMORI was going to kill that SOMETHING of hers or die trying.

HIKIKO laid still on her blanket as she stared at the bright endless void in front of her.

WELCOME TO BRIGHTSPACE

She was… doing something, right? Before she was here?

She couldn't seem to remember at the moment. It felt like she woke up from a bad dream.

Everything should be fine though.

Nothing bad ever happens to her in BRIGHTSPACE.

HIKIKO stood up to her feet, taking a quick look around the room.

The door to HEADSPACE wasn't there anymore. Looks like she'll just have to wait until tomorrow.

Hm… What should she do then in the meantime?

HIKIKO laid her laptop in front of her as she began recording her day in her journal.

HIKIKO began petting MEWO, watching her curl up into a ball as she purred.

"Something's already happened. Why are you still waiting?"The kitten curiously asked her.

HIKIKO didn't have an answer to respond with.

HIKIKO looked over at her toy piano as she pulled one of the missing piano keys out from her pocket.

Huh. Wonder where she found that?

She placed the key in its rightful spot.

The two piano keys sitting by themselves seemed pretty lonely. Hopefully, she'll find more.

Taking one last look around and knowing that there was nothing left to do, HIKIKO decided that now was a good time to wake up again.

She had something important to do today, didn't she?

Stepping over to the chair and rope, she began setting everything up again the same way she did last time.

Checking to make sure the noose was tight, she gave a satisfied nod before wrapping it around her neck.

She enjoyed the brief weightless sensation for a bit before the sudden-

MARI blearily opened her eyes as the sun shined over her face.

She gave a tired groan as she rubbed her eyes, feeling lethargic as usual.

Another nightmare. Again.

Why did she have to remember something like that this time? She hasn't thought about her mother in a long time now, not since she left.

Maybe it was because she had to talk about her last night with SUNNY. If she could help it, she'd rather not ever have to remember that woman ever again...

SUNNY!

MARI quickly looked around herself to try to find her little brother, only to see him missing.

She frantically whipped her hands around in order to feel him, maybe even try to look under the covers to see if he was hiding there.

Why was he gone? Why wasn't he here right now? Weren't they hugging each other to sleep just last night?

Where was he? WherewasheWherewasheWherewasheWherewasheWherewasheWherewashe-

Please god, don't let yesterday be just a hallucination! Please tell her that he was real, that he was with her, that he came back home with her!

He had to be real! He just had to be! Yesterday couldn't possibly be a dream, he had to be real!

MARI remembered.

In the kitchen. There he was, holding a steak knife in his hand.

Pointed directly at himself.

Without even thinking, she was already rushing out of the bedroom as she screamed out, "SUNNY!"

She tripped a bit, landing face-first onto the floor before picking herself up and ignoring the stinging pain in her lips. She disorientingly fumbled her way past the door and out into the main hall, pushing herself until she reached the top of the stairs.

Her phobia kicked in again, worse than before. The length of the stairs grew ever-expanding, to the point where it would be impossible not to get sick from the height itself.

Damn it! Not now! Not when her brother needed her!

She had to save him before it was too late!

But the stairs in front of her stretched out for miles and miles and miles. Even if she walked down now, by the time she reached the end, it would already be too late.

"SUNNY!" She screamed loudly again, hoping that it would be enough to stop him from even thinking about it.

Her hand was already holding onto the railing to prepare the journey down… but her legs were frozen. They couldn't move. They refused to move.

She couldn't move.

Her feet gave out, collapsed from under her as she couldn't even control them anymore.

If she couldn't move, she couldn't go down to save her little brother.

What would she have left if she didn't have her precious brother by her side? What would she do with herself without him in her life?

What good of a sister is she if she couldn't even protect her own little brother?

But then, she heard a door open behind her.

"MARI?!" She heard a familiar voice call out to her in a panic.

She turned around to find her little brother in the doorway to the bathroom, toothbrush in hand, foam on the lips, a worried look in his single eye.

Alive.

"MARI, what's wrong?!" SUNNY asked, throwing the toothbrush aside as he came up to her and kneeled down to grab her shoulder, "Why did you scream my name?"

MARI stared blankly at her little brother as he looked directly into her eyes.

He was fine. He wasn't going to stab himself. He was just fine.

The tension in her heart melted away as she felt pure and utter relief. MARI grabbed onto her little brother and held him tightly as she cried softly.

"You're alive… You're awake…" She gasped out in steady breaths, her tears soaking into his shirt.

"MARI, what's wrong?" SUNNY asked her gently, pulling her up and stepping away from the edge of the stairway with a nervous frown.

They were both laid out on the floor in the middle of the second floor, with MARI wrapping her arms around her little brother's chest.

"I… I didn't see you when I woke up…" She sobbed, "I thought… I thought you left me… Or I thought you were never here, or… I thought you…"

She couldn't even bring herself to say the last part out loud. She didn't even want to imagine it anymore.

The idea that he would want to kill himself for any reason, it just-

...

SUNNY would never kill himself. He'd never want to. Why would he want to? His big sister was right here with him, and he'd never leave his big sister alone… He loved her too much for that, MARI knew he did.

She just… She just had to make sure to remind him that she was real. That's all.

She just needed to tell him that he wasn't in a dream. None of this was a dream. She was real, he was real, and they were finally together again.

SUNNY looked down at her sadly as he hugged her back, "I'm sorry. I was just brushing my teeth. I didn't mean to scare you."

MARI shook her head, forcing herself to smile even though the tears won't stop flowing, "It's okay…Dental hygiene is important… It's good you remembered to brush your teeth."

"Yeah…" SUNNY replied neutrally, gently rubbing her back in circular motions to keep her steady.

It took MARI a long time again before she could breathe normally again.

OMORI began dabbing a small piece of cotton on his sister's busted lip, soaking up all the blood before he could treat it.

MARI had a look of pure shame and embarrassment, her cheeks blushing like a kid getting caught stealing candy.

"I'm so sorry I overreacted like that…" MARI began apologizing, "I must have scared you-"

"Shush and let me treat your lips." OMORI told her gently, pushing her chin up so that she could her mouth still.

MARI sat on her bed patiently while her little brother kneeled in front of her, continuously drying her blood with cotton. After soaking up all the blood, OMORI threw the cotton away before pulling out the drawers to search for something to heal the wound.

"There it is. Still in the same spot." OMORI nodded to himself.

This little thing was something that MARI taught him a while back while she used to treat a cut on his leg. Worried about the cut scarring his smooth skin, MARI covered the cut with powder made out of turmeric so that it wouldn't leave a mark after it naturally healed up.

He went on to apply a bit of turmeric powder on MARI's lip, covering up the wound with a gentle touch.

MARI found it impressive, watching her little brother being able to take care of her so precisely and gently despite his whole body being numb. His movements were so practiced, It was almost like he'd been treating cuts for a long time now.

It only made her feel further embarrassed, having to be at the receiving end of this situation instead of being the one taking care of him like she usually was.

"There. Now the cut won't leave a scar." OMORI told her.

After cleaning everything up, OMORI sat next to his big sister and touched shoulders with her.

MARI covered her face, still feeling the shame from earlier.

"Sorry again…" MARI mumbled, "I didn't know you were just brushing your teeth."

OMORI shook his head, "It's fine. It's my fault. I should've told you first before going anywhere."

OMORI seriously should've known better after what he witnessed in her mind. How did he not see this coming?

Of course she would freak out if she didn't see him the moment she woke up. After witnessing and stopping him from nearly killing himself yesterday, it was no wonder she would be crumbling down next to the staircase and screaming out for him at the bottom.

He was really such an idiot.

"No, really, it's not your fault." MARI said back, head in her hands as she stared at the floor.

MARI felt like such a massive idiot for coming to the wrong conclusion so quickly. Now she had her little brother needlessly worrying about her like she might snap at any moment.

She wasn't crazy. She was just...

She was just overprotective about him. It had been so long since she had him back in her life, she didn't want to lose him again.

But everything should be fine now. Her SUNNY was here with her, alive and awake. The six long years of waiting didn't mean anything anymore.

Forcing herself to calm down, she shook the energy out of her and turned to him with a big smile, "So! Did you have a good night's sleep, SUNNY?"

It would be best to change the topic to something else.

OMORI thought about how to answer this question, wondering whether it would be worth it or not to describe everything that happened.

In the end, he decided to just shrug and answer, "As good as any." without elaborating further.

Probably better to keep it a secret for now. Wouldn't want her to become more closely guarded in her dreams, if that was even possible.

"Oh, that's good!" MARI said in a cheerful tone.

MARI was at least thankful that yesterday wasn't a fluke. She still had that irrational fear that SUNNY would go back into another coma for some reason, leaving her once again. If that had actually happened, she wouldn't know how to take it.

But no, he was here and awake. She was truly blessed by life to be given a second chance with her precious little brother.

MARI hugged him again, this time in a more warm and welcoming manner rather than the paranoid relief from earlier.

OMORI gently hugged her back, hoping that she finally calmed down.

"Oh, I almost forgot!" MARI suddenly gasped, pulling away as she stood up to grab her purse.

OMORI raised an eyebrow as she began digging inside her handbag, only to see her pulling out some toys and bringing it over to him.

"Happy birthday!" MARI cheered.

OMORI looked at the objects in her hand.

A PET ROCK and a keychain of his favorite cat mascot.

"These are for me?" OMORI asked, grabbing the two of them and giving them a quick study.

"Yep! These were gifts left by your bed back when you were still sleeping at the hospital on your birthday!" MARI told him, "I wanted to give them to you earlier, but it didn't seem appropriate until now."

OMORI observed the keychain as it shimmered in the light, depicting his favorite BIG YELLOW CAT. Always the loyal guardian that protected him from danger in HEADSPACE, keeping out monsters and the like from entering NEIGHBOR'S ROOM.

In a way, it felt nice to know that the BIG YELLOW CAT was still following him even now. Like a sign that the cat was still keeping his oath to protect OMORI from danger as long as he was with him.

OMORI turned on the PET ROCK, revealing that it was his main signature pet JASH. A white round block on two stump-legs, OMORI remembered all the times this character would sell him stuff at the many shops littered in his HEADSPACE.

He was also a deceptively powerful fighter in the right hands, despite the unassuming appearance. He remembered beating the CHAMPION's own version of JASH in the OTHERMART store with this pet, claiming rightful ownership of the prestigious cap that proved he was the ultimate champion.

It was strange though… He never owned JASH until he had to buy it for himself back at HOBBEEZ in his original reality. Yet here it was, sitting in his hand as if it came along with him to this new world.

"Did you buy these for me, MARI?" OMORI asked curiously.

He was a bit confused to see MARI shifted around nervously, her smile wavering as she looked in other directions instead of at himself.

MARI nervously began running through her options as she tried to think how she should respond.

If she admitted to him that those gifts were from KEL and AUBREY, he'll be under the wrong assumption that those two have been keeping tabs on him at the hospital alongside her and BASIL.

She didn't want that. She DESPERATELY didn't want that. MARI wanted to tell the truth about how horrible all of their friends were for leaving him behind so that he could understand why she hated them so much.

But she also really did want to let SUNNY keep thinking that his friends still cared about him so that he would be happy. It would devastate her if her little brother ended up getting hurt over knowing the truth of what happened.

MARI still hadn't been able to decide how she was supposed to tackle this situation, nor figure out how SUNNY would react.

She just wanted things to go back to the way things used to be…

Yet she also still wanted to never forgive them for what they did.

Even now, she felt so conflicted about it.

"MARI?" OMORI tilted his head, curious as to why she was nervously staying quiet.

Shoot, she better picked an answer now before he ends up getting worried.

MARI took a deep breath and sighed, before admitting, "No. Those aren't from me. BASIL brought over KEL and AUBREY to visit you for your eighteenth birthday. Those gifts are from them."

OMORI nodded in understanding, looking at the gifts again.

So… KEL, AUBREY, and BASIL. They still care about him enough in this reality to visit him even while he was in a coma. BASIL, he wasn't too surprised to hear. Of course, BASIL would continue to keep caring about him.

KEL and AUBREY though? OMORI wasn't too sure just how much different this new reality was compared to the old one, but hearing that they visited him on his birthday together was a bit of a surprise.

Did AUBREY and BASIL ever have that falling out, causing her to relentlessly bully him while OMORI was gone?

How was KEL faring in this other reality? Surely, the happy-go-lucky boy would've eventually chosen to move on from him after just a few years. He was never one to want to get stuck in the past, OMORI didn't think…

Hm.

Whatever. He'll figure it out as he goes.

Clipping the PET ROCK to his belt and pocketing the keychain, he nodded appreciatively, "I should go thank them at some point."

For some reason, MARI gave a depressed groan at this.

OMORI gave a questioning look, wondering why that would make her uncomfortable.

"I… shouldn't then?"

MARI looked up at him with conflicted eyes, wondering if she should say what she was thinking or not.

In the end, she was biting the bullet as she clenched her eyes shut and just admitted it, "WHEN… When you became comatose, only BASIL and I ever believed you would come back!"

OMORI blinked in confusion.

MARI gave a huff, before emotionally continuing, "KEL, AUBREY, and HERO… They all gave up on you! KEL and AUBREY stopped coming to visit you four years ago so that they could live their own lives! None of them wanted to be around you anymore! They all thought that you were as good as dead!" MARI took a deep breath before continuing, "For the last four years, BASIL and I were the only ones that ever came by to keep you company! We were the only ones that knew you'd come back! Everyone else in the group just left you!"

There. She said it. She finally admitted it to him.

MARI kept her eyes shut, patiently waiting for her little brother's reaction. She didn't know what the fallout would be, but she knew that he had to be hurt and upset by it.

No matter what, she'll stand by him. She'll be there for him. She'll accept whatever he has to say about it.

Meanwhile, OMORI nodded to himself as he closed his eyes.

Ah… This was starting to make a little more sense now.

So… Their friend group did get dismantled at some point. For MARI, this happened four years ago.

They all went their separate ways over the years to live their own lives, huh? It was a bit sad, but based on how it went in his original reality, it wasn't unexpected. Everyone's lives became negatively affected over MARI's death...

HERO shut himself out for a year before moving on to college.

KEL had to suffer watching his older brother rot away during that time, unable to do anything to help the people he cared about.

AUBREY grew to hate everyone who left her behind, her isolation changing her into becoming the hardened delinquent of a gang leader.

BASIL… BASIL had it the worst out of all of them. Almost worse than even OMORI. At least OMORI was able to keep himself sane by going into denial, but BASIL had been forced to suffer knowing the truth all alone this whole time… If SUNNY never came to check up on him that night, he knew that BASIL would have tried to kill himself.

All his friends, suffering one way or another… All because of him.

All because he murdered the person that mattered the most.

Now he found himself facing the exact same situation again… Just switching positions with his sister this time.

He really didn't know whether this was better or worse in comparison.

Looking over at MARI, based on how resentful her words sounded, it seemed she grew to harbor some anger at their old friends.

This makes a little bit of sense too… Instead of moving on from her little brother like everyone else, she was one of the few that stuck behind to wait for him. This would explain why her HEADSPACE had her still surrounded by all their old friends. She was stuck in the past, just the same as he was. She missed the old days just as much as he once did.

But wait… Something didn't add up…

If she was still resentful at everyone for leaving him, then how did that explain AUBREY and KEL coming to visit him on his eighteenth birthday at BASIL's invitation? If what MARI said was true, why would they bother coming at all? Why would MARI even let them?

Hm… There might be more to this that he wasn't seeing…

Maybe once he had the chance, he should go around to find the others and ask them for their point of view of the last six years. At the very least, they'll be in for a big surprise once they see him again.

Whether it was going to be a touching reunion or not, he'll have to find out the hard way...

Wouldn't it be nice if MARI came back to life and brought everyone back together? Wouldn't life have been wonderful if she never died at all? If only he never killed her… If only.

MARI slowly looked up, wondering why her little brother hasn't said anything in the last few minutes.

She saw him looking at the corner of the room with an intensely focused expression as if he was heavily deep in thought. MARI had never seen him look so serious before…

Did the news that all his old friends leaving him seriously bother him that much?

Ugh, she knew she should've kept her mouth shut… She couldn't even begin to imagine what was going on in his mind right now.

"SUNNY… Are you okay?" MARI asked, before reassuring, "I know how much it hurts to find out, but I promise you that I'll always be there for you-"

"Hm?" Her little brother was jolted out of his thoughts, looking over at her with a curious expression. After blinking a bit, he realized something as he told her, "Oh, I'm fine. It doesn't bother me that much."

MARI stared blankly at him in shock.

"You… You're not bothered?" MARI repeated incredulously, "But… Why?"

He shrugged neutrally, "I was gone for six years, right? Everyone had their own lives to live, and there was no way to know if I'd ever wake up again. I probably would have done the same in their shoes."

MARI stood back a bit as she processed his reaction.

A very… WIDE range of emotions was tearing themselves apart from within her.

Anger. She was angry- No- absolutely livid that her precious little SUNNY was so forgiving and understanding towards everyone else. Here she was, spending the last six years of her life waiting for SUNNY to come back from his coma while everyone else got to enjoy living their own carefree lives like it was nobody's business. Yet instead of hating them just as much as she did, her kind-hearted little brother instantly gave them all a free pass like it didn't even bother him.

Joy. She was absolutely thrilled and proud to know that SUNNY didn't harbor any resentment towards their old friends like she initially thought he would. Instead, he understood that everyone had their own lives to worry about and knew that it would have been selfish to keep them all chained back over his tragedy. No doubt he'll be able to get along with everyone again and probably even reunite everyone back to the way things used to be, just like she always wanted.

Sorrow. Everyone had left him to die. Why couldn't he understand that? Why was he so unbothered by the fact that no one except BASIL and herself had cared about him in the last six years? Was it because he still felt guilty from what he dreamed about in his coma? Did he not think he deserved to be cared about? Was he happy to know that everyone moved on from him because he thought he wasn't worth it? She knew from the bottom of her heart that if it had happened to anyone else in their group, her SUNNY would always be visiting them every chance he got to show his concern and care. Why would he ever say that he would do the same in their shoes, when MARI knew for a fact that SUNNY wouldn't?

Relief. He wasn't heartbroken about it. He wasn't bothered or depressed about it.

She wouldn't have to worry about him finding another reason to kill himself.

But that doesn't mean that she'll forgive them. Someone had to keep them accountable, and if it wasn't going to be SUNNY, then it at least has to be her.

All these conflicting emotions were fighting for control as MARI did her best to keep it all contained. It got so bad though that it was beginning to overwhelm her, making her legs feel weak.

OMORI noticed that his sister was starting to tilt, already standing up to catch her before she could fall. She landed softly against his arms, her eyes rapidly blinking as if trying to keep herself conscious.

"MARI?" He called out in concern.

Noticing that she was starting to lose herself, MARI quickly got herself back up again and shook her head as she gave a reassuring smile, "Oh, sorry… I'm probably just weak because I'm starving for breakfast!"

Hopefully, that was a realistic excuse. Honestly, she wasn't all that hungry… But it's too late to back out now. MARI already made him needlessly worry about her from earlier this morning, she didn't want to keep adding in more things to stress him out.

Wanting to change the topic as soon as possible to keep her mind off the situation, she gently tugged at her little brother, "Hey, how about I make us breakfast?"

OMORI had a dubious look as he studied his sister.

For some reason, it felt like she was keeping so many secrets away from him just so that he didn't have to worry.

If only there was a way to find out how to get her to open up… It would make his job at helping her face the truth far easier…

"Sure…" OMORI sighed, not knowing what else to say.

It really seemed like MARI had gone through a lot these past six years… He didn't know where to start.

Hopefully nothing else stressful happens today.

SUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOMESUNNYWASBACKHOME

KEL shifted his speed from Turbo to MAXIMUM OVERDRIVE, already in the process of breaking every single speed record in history.

At the rate he was going, he'll need to go around the diameter of the entire world just to give him enough time to slow down before making it to SUNNY's house without destroying the whole town via delayed shockwave.

Notes:

f*ck this chapter, I had so much writer's block while dealing with it.

I hate filler so much. I hate wasting words when I could be moving the plot along. BUT I JUST COULDN'T f*ckING FIGURE OUT THIS ONE CHAPTER.

Ah well, I'll just do my best to make the next chapter even better to make up for it.

SHOUTOUTS

FmsDraws says:
I made some fanart for this fic! I hope you like it...
https://twitter.com/FmsDraw/status/1400096340353470464?s=20

Holy sh*t, I never got fan art for something I made before. This is really a first for me. I wonder if I'll ever get more?
Honestly, I'm really gunning for my own TV Tropes page. I have no idea what tropes I'm using while writing this story, so it'd be nice if I could some day find out how it's all dissected.

DamnedBeret on last chapter, you're getting a shout out. Why? Because your observation makes me feel smug and tingly on the inside. You have absolutely no idea just how impressed I am at how you got that from just two instances of it happening. Gold star and cookie.

Tuppence once again. At this point, I feel like a teacher playing favorites among his students. Anyway, I find it interesting that your theories has led you to believe that she's repressing the fallout within her family. I never actually put that much thought about the family, to be honest... They always played such a small role in the games, so without any inspiration, I figured it'd be fine for them to play a small role in the story. But ultimately, the truth that MARI was repressing is much more than just how she treated her mom. There's tons of things that are getting overlooked, and I feel like it should be obvious because everyone has played the game at this point. I do find myself relieved that no one figured out what truth she's repressing about yet though. Hopefully the surprise will be a huge "OH sh*t, IT WAS SO OBVIOUS, HOW COULD I FORGOT?!" moment when I ever eventually get to that point.

After collecting enough data from comments and reviews, it seems a majority of you prefer if I put equal focus on the dreams and the real world at the same time. I had a handful of you saying that I should put more focus on the real world, and one comment from Wattpad even said something along the lines of "More real world please, Dreamworld is kinda stinky doo doo, even in the game."

Welp, guess I'll be putting maximum effort on both real and dream world then. Hope you guys don't mind if I let my imagination run wild.

OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHOUTOUTS

I had a few people theorizing why MARI hates HERO so much in this story. Just wanna make it clear that I fully support the HEROxMARI supremacy going on. With that said, what do you guys think is the reason why MARI hates HERO in particular? Share your thoughts and theorize as best you can. The best answer (or probably the correct one) will get a shoutout from me.

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 14: Reunion With KEL

Summary:

KEL gets to see his buddy again after waiting so long for him to come back.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

OMORI carefully watched as his sister began nervously taking the first step down the stairs.

MARI's knees were shaking pretty severely, to the point where the eyepatched boy was worried that she might buckle and trip by herself. Even though she was holding tightly against the rails, she couldn't seem to make her feet steady.

"This… T-This is normal for me…" MARI reassured, noticing the worried look on his face, "I mean, it's not usually this b-bad... Some days, I can get down the s-stairs easily with no trouble! It's just… for some r-reason, today is just…"

"One of those bad days?" OMORI asked, completely understanding her situation.

"Y-Yeah…" MARI nodded, having a difficult time taking the second step as she nervously brought her foot down.

She gave a gulp as she intensely closed her eyes, her vision getting dizzy from being so high up.

MARI didn't know why today was so much worse compared to any other day. Even on the days that made her stomach churn, she still at least had the willpower and focus to push herself forward so that she could go visit her SUNNY at the hospital.

But now, she could barely even manage to maintain control of her legs.

Why are the stairs so high up? Why did they have to live in a two-story house?

Worst of all, MARI lamented the fact that she was looking so pathetic in front of her little brother by acting like this. She felt ashamed that she couldn't keep up a strong act for him so that he didn't have to worry about her. Yet here she was, shaking like a leaf while walking down a simple flight of stairs. Something she used to be able to do easily so many times back before the incident happened.

A big sister wasn't supposed to be weak like this, damn it...

OMORI knew what it was like to be afraid of heights. It was something he had to live with for a long time before he was finally able to overcome it all by himself.

Seeing MARI suffer through the same situation he once did, it made him sad to see the strong and reliable older sister he always admired reduced to such a miserable state.

"Y-You can go on to the kitchen first…" MARI offered with a forced smile, "You d-don't have to w-wait up for me."

She was just slowing him down at this point. MARI left unsaid.

OMORI shook his head and offered his hand, "Here."

There was no way he could leave her alone like this, no matter what she says.

MARI looked at the outstretched hand with a bit of surprise before glancing up at him.

OMORI gestured his head towards the hand, "Grab tightly and don't let go. I'll help you down."

MARI still looked at the hand dubiously, before saying, "I… I don't want to burden you."

OMORI frowned at this, "You're not a burden. Just take my hand already." He reached his hand closer to her, "Don't you trust me?"

"It's not that, I just…" MARI mumbled nervously, before hesitating. After a bit of consideration, she finally nodded to him and decided to reach out to hold his hand with her own.

"Don't let go, okay?" OMORI reminded her.

MARI clenched tightly to the point where her knuckles were bare white.

Of course, she'd never let him go.

Never.

Slowly, one by one, her little brother gently guided her down the stairs. MARI followed obediently, doing her best not to grow overwhelmed as she fought her phobia back.

Sometimes when it became too much, she froze up and instinctively curled into a ball while tightly hugging the railing again. She would breathe heavily and shut her eyes closed, unable to keep the air in her lungs as she panicked.

"Take a deep breath. Don't be afraid." OMORI instructed her gently, "It's not as scary as you think."

MARI couldn't help but actually laugh at that as she did her best to follow his advice.

She used to tell him that all the time whenever her little brother was frightened by something. The fact that the roles were reversed, with her little brother being the one trying to get her to calm down, made her feel both proud and bitter.

Proud because her little SUNNY seemed to have become so mature since the last time she saw him.

Bitter because she hated how much she was forced to rely on him for something so simple as walking down the stairs.

Still, his words managed to get through to her as she steadied her breathing and calmed down.

Shaking her head clear, she opened her eyes again to see that the stairs were back to their normal length again. The uncontrollable shaking in her legs lessened until she was finally able to stand up once more.

MARI gave him a grateful smile as she continued down the stairs with his help

OMORI gave a relieved sigh, slowly keeping pace with her until they finally reached the very bottom.

No worse for wear.

With the trial of the day finally conquered, MARI turned to her little brother and asked, "You really aren't scared of heights anymore, are you?"

Not once did she see her little SUNNY lose his nerve while on the journey down. He kept his cool and remained focused on her the entire time, as if it was nothing more than a simple chore.

OMORI shook his head before telling her in complete seriousness, "I could climb a ladder up to the moon and not even bat an eye."

MARI burst into a giggle fit after hearing this. Her little brother always did have a strange sense of humor.

When and how he managed to get over his phobia of heights, MARI had no clue. Still, it was a blessing she wouldn't ask questions about. She was just proud to see her little brother growing up to be so strong and dependable.

At this rate, it was going to be a hurdle to catch up to him.

"I'm happy for you, SUNNY. Even if it takes a while, hopefully, I'll catch up to you and get over my fears too." MARI told him cheerfully.

OMORI nodded, "Course you will."

Once OMORI was able to help his sister face the truth, he knew that MARI would become strong enough to do anything she set her mind to. She was his perfect older sister after all.

If it wasn't for him robbing his sister of her life, MARI would've been perfect at everything.

Breakfast came by as fast as it went.

MARI and OMORI had tofu again. Apparently, that was the only thing she had in the fridge.

She apologized to him, saying that if she knew he was going to wake up, she would have filled the fridge with more tasty meals.

OMORI didn't mind at all. It wasn't like his taste buds were working, so he wouldn't be able to enjoy eating food anyway.

When breakfast was finished, OMORI and MARI shared the chore of washing dishes together. It was a nice bonding moment that gave him a brief sense of nostalgia, reminding him of all the times he would help MARI out around the house back before the incident.

Eventually, as the hours passed, he found himself wandering around the house as he explored every little difference he could find between this reality and the old one he left behind.

That included checking out the music room…

Standing by the door that led to the music room, OMORI hesitated a bit as he nervously sighed.

This room… It had a lot of memories attached to it.

Good and bad.

Almost all of it was repressed along with the truth until now.

The beautiful symphonies of music that MARI would play inside this room always put him at ease… He loved sitting on the chair outside just to listen to her practice.

The frustration of all the times he had to learn and practice the violin in this room instead of being with his friends… He dreaded when it came time for the violin tutor to appear, taking him away from everyone he loved.

OMORI shook his head clear as he resolved himself. No point in sitting in the past. There were things he had to do.

He opened the door and took a step inside, taking a careful look around.

The large window allowed the sun to shine brightly through the room, illuminating the whole area without needing to flip on the light switch.

The last time he set foot in this room, back in his old reality, everything was emptied out and packed up in cargo boxes for the moving company to collect. The only thing that was going to be left behind was MARI's grand piano. The same piano that he adopted his name from.

However, as he set his foot in the room this time around… It seemed that almost everything was put back to where they all used to be. The music books, the chairs, the pictures on the walls, even his parent's vacation souvenirs that decorated the shelves…

The only thing that wasn't where it was supposed to be was the piano itself.

OMORI blinked, confused as to why the big black grand piano was missing from the room.

Was… Was it not there because… OMORI was still repressing it in his mind? Pretending it didn't exist?

OMORI cautiously stepped forward, reaching a hand out as he attempted to feel around the middle of the room, hoping that his hand would come into contact with the piano and will itself back to existence.

Instead, all he could grab was air as he reached to where it was usually placed.

Huh.

So… It wasn't there anymore, not because he was pretending it wasn't there…

It wasn't there anymore, simply because it wasn't there anymore.

Why wasn't it there anymore?

"SUNNY?" He could hear MARI call out for him before he heard her enter the room behind him, "Oh, there you are."

When MARI noticed that her SUNNY was suddenly missing, she almost went into another panic attack before realizing that she was about to commit the same mistake she did this morning. After taking a deep breath to calm herself down again, she safely assumed that her little brother was probably still in the house somewhere.

Walking around the house and calling for his name, she noticed that the door to the music room was ajar and came to check up on it. That was where she found her little brother standing in the middle of the room.

Huh… It's been a while since she last stepped foot in here. MARI hasn't used this room for a long time now...

OMORI turned around to face MARI, seeing her giving a quick glance around the room herself. Almost as if she couldn't recognize the place either.

"What were you doing in the music room, SUNNY?" She asked curiously.

"I… Uh…" OMORI mumbled, unsure how to answer. Instead, he settled for, "Just wanted to see how much things changed, I guess."

"Oh." MARI smiled understandingly, "That's fair."

OMORI awkwardly waved a hand towards the empty spot in the middle of the room, asking his sister, "What happened to the piano? It used to be sitting right here."

MARI curiously looked over at the spot, staring at it with a contemplative expression.

What did happen to her old grand piano? She didn't really pay attention to it since she never played with it anymore…

"I think Dad must have put it away somewhere…" MARI guessed, "It was probably gathering dust and wasting space. I haven't used it in a long time, after all."

It sounds about right. Why bother keeping an instrument that she never played anymore? Surely either Mom or Dad took it to themselves to throw it out back when they were still here.

...right…?

OMORI watched as his sister MARI rubbed her head and furrowed her eyebrows as she stared at the empty spot in the middle of the room.

"You okay?" He asked.

"Yeah, just trying to remember what happened to it." MARI answered distractedly, only to shake her head in frustration and sighed, "No idea. Gonna have to ask Dad about it later."

"Oh…" OMORI looked at the spot depressingly, "It's a shame… I always loved it when I could listen to you practice."

MARI hummed a bit as she heard this, looking away in thought.

Then suddenly she said, "Wait here, I'll be just a moment."

OMORI looked at her curiously as she left the room.

MARI walked out and went over to the closet room across the opposite end of the hall. Flickering the lights on and entering inside, she began rummaging around all the old stuff that was in here as she searched for something important.

"It was… here somewhere… wasn't it?" MARI mumbled to herself, pushing away mountains of random old objects.

Eventually, she was able to find what she was looking for.

With a smile, she blew the dust off of it and checked its condition, finding it satisfactory before walking back over to the music room.

OMORI widened his eye as he saw MARI come back while carrying an old toy piano with her.

He hasn't seen MARI pull that out in a long time. He remembered MARI quickly discarding it once she was able to replace it with the grand piano their parents bought for her. It didn't have as many piano keys or looked as impressive as the grand piano, but MARI seemed pretty excited to set it up anyway.

Laying it down on the floor, she quickly got on her knees and tested the notes to see if it still worked. Playing each individual key and making sure it all produced the right musical note, MARI nodded satisfyingly before cracking her knuckles in preparation.

"I know it's not a grand piano, but it's better than nothing. Right?" MARI chuckled.

OMORI shrugged and nodded.

"Got any requests, little brother?" MARI looked over and asked with an expectant smile.

OMORI gave it some thought.

What song would he like to hear her play? It had been so long since he had the opportunity to listen to her play anything at all. The four years of silence in this music room had always been deafening. He honestly didn't really know which song he wanted her to play.

Still, he continued wracking his mind over it.

Maybe… ask her to play her part of the duet that they were supposed to play together for the recital?

No, not even OMORI had that poor sense of tact. He'd rather not listen to that song anytime soon, and he was sure neither did MARI.

Wait… Actually…

Hm…

No, maybe not at this moment. Gonna put a pin on that later. But it was definitely a lead that he'll make plans to follow up on at some point in the future.

"How about that one song you used to sing for me, back when I was still a toddler?" OMORI suggested instead, "Good Morning."

"That one?" MARI asked in surprise, "Wow, I haven't played that song in forever. I don't think I even touched that song with the grand piano before."

MARI looked down at the piano, flexing her fingers as she was about to play.

But… she hesitated a bit. Her hands trembled with a bit of anxiety, having never played in years.

"Hey, SUNNY… Just a heads up, I haven't exactly touched a piano in a long while. I might make some… goofs, you know?" MARI warned, "Bear with me."

OMORI nodded understandingly, "It's okay. Even if you make a few mistakes, I won't judge you for it."

MARI smiled appreciatively at that, feeling touched by her brother's kind nature. He was always so understanding and patient with her.

She looked over the piano one more time before she began to play.

Suddenly, a very loud and uncomfortable ringing started in her ears, interrupting her. She felt herself become disoriented as she clutched her head in pain.

Why does her heart feel like it was aching inside? Like someone was repeatedly stabbing her in the heart over and over again.

It hurts…! It hurts so bad…!

"MARI?" Her little brother called out in concern.

As quick as it came, it was already gone. Like it never even happened.

Shaking her head clear, she blinked for a moment as she wondered what came over her.

"Sorry, just trying to psyche myself up." MARI reassured gently. No need to worry her little brother over it.

OMORI raised an eyebrow at that.

His sister has never needed to psyche herself up before. She especially never did it in any way like what he saw her do just now either.

It looked more like she was hiding the fact that she was in pain.

OMORI didn't have the opportunity to delve further into that thought as MARI began singing.

"One more day the sun reaches my bed
One more day to spend alone again
Morning starts without me
I seem to find it hard to wake up

Steadily my thoughts take hold of me
It's hard to stay awake or fall asleep
Memories of the past
Both the good and the bad
Overwhelm me

There's so much I wish I could take back
Sometimes I think maybe it's too late
Though the pain remains
And though it may be hard
I'll carry on

Time to rise and shine
Good morning!

So the sun reaches my bed
One more day to spend alone again
Morning starts without me
I seem to find it hard to wake up…"

It started off slow and gentle, just like he used to remember. Then when it ended, she continued repeating the notes to the song before slowly trailing off.

Her vocal cords were more mature than the last time he remembered her singing this song, no doubt because she grew with age. Her voice still had a beautiful melody to it, however.

Despite her concerns earlier, it didn't seem like she made any noticeable mistakes at all. At least not any that would ruin the song.

All in all, it felt like the perfect performance for him.

It didn't seem like she felt the same way though, looking down in shame and embarrassingly rubbing her arms.

"Sorry… Like I said, I haven't touched a piano in years." MARI apologized with a blush. "It must have sounded horrible."

OMORI shook his head as he reassured her, "No, it wasn't. I loved every second of it. You never lost your touch."

Although still doubtful, MARI put on a smile for him as she softly said, "Thank you…"

OMORI sighed.

MARI was always her own harshest critic. Even though she was already perfect, she always felt the need to work even harder just to be more perfect than she needed to be.

He had always wished that she would learn to get over that part of herself… She never did get the chance though…

Not since she was killed by him.

Leaving those thoughts for later, OMORI changed the topic by asking her, "Where did you learn that song, anyway? I was never able to find it sung anywhere else."

MARI awkwardly scratched her cheek as she answered, "Actually… I wrote it up myself. This song was something I created back when I first got into playing the piano at a young age." Then with a chuckle, she lamented, "You can tell by how I never really worked further on the lyrics since then."

"Ah. That makes a lot more sense now…" OMORI nodded to himself.

He always liked that song. It had been a long while since he's heard MARI play it for him again.

Sigh… What the hell was he doing right now? Why was he spoiling himself, having fun listening to his sister sing him songs? The reason why he never got to hear her sing this song again was because it was all his fault in the first place…

He didn't deserve these precious moments. Not a murderer like him…

Interrupting his thoughts, MARI asked sweetly, "Any other songs you want to hear me play?"

OMORI gave it careful consideration.

Would it be worth it now to ask her to do the song that they were supposed to play for the recital? He wondered if she would be emotionally ready for it…

Hm…

"Maybe-"

Before he could even begin his sentence, someone began loudly knocking on the door.

Both he and MARI turned to look at the noise bewilderedly as it disturbed their private session together.

Turning to his sister, he asked curiously, "Expecting someone?"

MARI shook her head, "No… At least, I don't think so…"

Without even pausing for a single moment, whoever was at the door kept insistently knocking on the door over and over again. The loud banging reverberated throughout the entire house without rest.

OMORI actually felt like he recognized this style of knocking…

Yes… A very familiar door-knocking style belonging to a certain happy-go-lucky boy with an addiction to caffeine and soda combos…

MARI stood up as she headed to the front door, "Might be important. I'll go check."

MARI figured that it must be an important package or something sent by a delivery man. She was expecting a check from her Dad after all, so maybe he might have sent something along with it. Traveling souvenirs? Important belongings? Who knows…

KEL was gasping for breath like a fish on dry land.

He had his hands on his knees as he was bent down in front of SUNNY's door.

Running two marathons so quickly one after another without any substantial breaks did not do well on his body. This had to be one of the most grueling tests of stamina he had ever put himself through.

Despite the pain, KEL knew that it was going to be totally worth it.

What're a few strained muscles and overworked lungs, compared to being able to see his best friend again for the first time in six years?!

After a while of recovering, KEL managed to pull himself back together as he excitedly got himself ready.

This was it, man! This was finally the day!

He gets to see SUNNY again!

Clearing his throat and dusting himself off, he took a deep breath and calmly knocked on the door.

Or in this case, KEL's personal definition of calmly.

His fist was rapidly beating down the door like a machine gun with tape stuck down its trigger as he waited patiently for someone inside to notice.

KEL couldn't stop the huge grin that had formed on his face during the trip to come back here.

OhboyOhboyOhboyOhboyOhboyOhboyOhboyOhboyOhboy-

Eventually, all of his knockings finally bore fruit as a tired MARI came by to open the door and face him, "Yes, what do you want-"

MARI's eyes were wide open as she realized who was knocking on her door.

KEL waved at her excitedly as he quickly spouted off, "MARI! It's me, KEL! I heard SUNNY was back from the hospital and I wanted to come by and check! Is it true?! Is he back?! Can I see him?! CAN I?! Can I Can I Can I Can I Can I-"

MARI immediately slammed the door on his face.

Huh.

MARI must have mistaken him as a delivery person.

Oh well, he'll just keep knocking again until she realizes who it was.

With the huge grin never leaving his face, KEL proceeded to continue knocking on her door without rest.

OMORI stepped into the living room while listening as the knocking on the door became more fervent than ever.

MARI had her back against the door almost as if she was trying to keep whatever demonic entity outside from entering.

Walking up next to her, despite already knowing who was on the other side, he asked her, "Who was it?"

MARI turned to him with a tired look, as she sighed, "It wasn't the delivery man..."

Yeah, that sounds about right.

KEL was like this in his original reality too. Guess some things just never change.

OMORI hummed, "So, is it who I think it is?"

MARI hesitantly turned around to look at the peephole on the door. The annoyed frown suggested that she was definitely seeing who OMORI thought it was.

"Y… Yeah…" MARI muttered before pulling herself away from the door and gave it an apprehensive look.

KEL continued to keep knocking like a crazed IRS agent wanting to collect his tax money.

OMORI awkwardly scratched his neck as he stepped up to open the door for him, only for MARI to pull him back.

He glanced at her curiously, seeing her eyes nervously shift between him and the door. "MARI?"

MARI gave him a frown as she contemplated what to say. It took her a bit to work through her nerves as she eventually asked him, "Are you… Are you sure you want to see him?"

OMORI nodded, "I'm sure."

"But… Remember what I said? KEL hasn't visited you in four years. He gave up on you." MARI reminded him sadly. "You don't have to open the door if you don't want to."

OMORI shook his head, "It's fine. I still want to."

MARI hesitantly looked over at the door one last time before giving a relenting sigh as she released his arm. "If that's what you really want."

OMORI gave a thoughtful glance at her as he studied her reaction.

He was definitely going to need to learn more about this issue she had with their old friends. If he could help it, he'd rather have MARI get along with them again…

It felt wrong to have his normally caring and motherly big sister harboring such bitter feelings towards their old friends… Especially over someone like him…

Something he'll need to deal with later, he supposed…

Shaking his head clear, he got himself ready as he stepped up to the front door.

Already in his mind, his imagination painted a clear picture of the boy standing on the other side of the door.

A tall tanned boy with brown hair, wearing a basketball-themed jersey and short shorts. A big dumb excited smile donned on his face as if he was able to face all of his problems without a care in the world.

Mentally preparing himself, he opened the door.

Do you remember me? It's your old friend, KEL! I was wondering... if you wanted to hang out one more time before you go... or whatever... for old time's sake, y'know?

Don't worry, BASIL! Me and SUNNY got you covered! We'll get the photo album back for you!

Guess what, SUNNY? I'm a big brother now!

You know, SUNNY... You were pretty awesome back there, jumping in the lake to save BASIL like that. I think you deserve some recognition too! How about a high five?

You and BASIL… and everyone here… You were my best friends…

Friends… Friends are supposed to be there for each other.

KEL has always been there for me. Even though he was a bit careless at times, I knew he had a good heart. More than anything, he just wanted everyone around him to be happy. He's always been someone I could count on to lift my spirits.

I'll really miss him.

KEL loved her and you killed her.

I know...

KEL held his breath as he watched a long-time familiar face open the door for him.

OMORI blinked a bit as the sunlight hit his eye, before slowly adjusting to see KEL right in front of him.

Besides a few minor differences, the boy looked pretty much the same as he last remembered him.

Did KEL get taller, actually?

"SUNNY…" KEL whispered breathlessly as he stared at the eyepatched boy in shock.

OMORI nodded neutrally and gave a small wave, "Hey."

"Holy cow… it really is you!" KEL mumbled, wiping his eyes as if truly making sure what he was seeing was real. "I can't believe it… You're actually here."

"Yeah. Surprise." OMORI stated stoically.

With a surprising amount of control, KEL managed to hold himself back as he slowly approached his buddy to give him a hug.

"Dude… You have no idea how much I've missed you…" KEL whispered, overwhelmed with joy.

"I can take a guess..." OMORI said back, giving his friend a comforting pat on the back.

The two shared a good amount of time hugging before KEL pulled away with a huge smile.

"SUNNY, buddy! We have so much to catch up on! There are so many things I want to talk about!"

"Sure thing." OMORI nodded, "Whatever you want."

KEL opened his mouth to begin, only to end up winding up in silence. With an awkward smile, he scratched his neck and said, "Okay… Uh… Sooooo… I actually didn't have anything planned when I was running back here from the hospital. I have absolutely no idea what to say right now. Didn't think that far ahead."

Yep, typical KEL. Glad to see he wasn't that much different from the KEL in his original reality.

"I'll go first then, I guess…" OMORI shrugged, before asking, "How have you been?"

"Me?" KEL blinked a bit, before grinning, "Man, I've been great actually! Haven't felt this good about myself in years! Seeing you again is practically the icing on the cake!"

"That's good." OMORI nodded.

"How about you, man? How are you feeling?" KEL asked back, showing a bit of concern. "I mean, have you been adjusting well? Are things okay with you?"

OMORI shrugged before nodding again, "Doing good. Had a nice nap."

KEL broke out into laughter at this, slapping his knees as he heartily chuckled. Wiping a tear from his eye, KEL looked up at him with a humorous smile, "Y-Yeah! I bet you did! It took you six years just to wake up!"

"It was a very nice nap." OMORI reiterated.

Recovering from his laughing fit, KEL stood up straight to look his friend in the eye, "It's really good to see you again, SUNNY. Seriously."

"Yeah, me too." OMORI nodded.

Technically for OMORI, it was only a couple of days ago since he last saw his friend KEL... Still, it really was good to see him again. OMORI couldn't lie.

KEL chuckled again, happy to see that his friend still hasn't changed a bit.

SUNNY was always the kind of guy to keep his words short and simple. More of a listener rather than a speaker, KEL could always rely on him to be the rock that listened to all of his problems.

Even though he may be a bit shy, most of the time expressionless, and always kept himself quiet, KEL knew that SUNNY was one of the kindest and most reliable friends he could ever have.

"Oh! Dude, we should totally hang out today!" KEL suggested excitedly, before asking, "Are you free right now? Do you have anything important to do? If you don't, then we can hang out at my place or even just go to the plaza- Whatever you want man!"

OMORI hummed, giving the idea some considerable thought.

This might be a good opportunity to go gather information about what happened within the past six years. There were loads of things on his mind that he really wanted answers for, and he knew that some important questions would never be answered if he were to stay at home.

He had no idea what the full list of differences this reality had between his old one. He didn't really know what to expect when finding himself in a world where he was the one to suffer from the incident instead of MARI.

However, there was a concern that was stopping him from accepting KEL's invitation outright.

Mostly, MARI.

OMORI glanced behind him a bit before telling KEL, "Wait here, I'll get back to you on that."

"Sure thing!" KEL bounced happily, more than willing to wait for his friend to finish whatever he had to do.

OMORI stepped back inside the house to see his sister hiding behind the door in the corner, doing her best to remain invisible.

He frowned at this, asking her, "Hey, are you okay?"

MARI looked up at him and gave him a reassuring smile that never reached up to her eyes, "Y-Yeah. I'm fine."

"KEL just invited me to hang out with him." OMORI told her.

MARI looked away and shuffled awkwardly in place, "O-Oh… I see… Do… Do you want to go play with him then?"

"Kind of." OMORI nodded, before asking, "Are you okay with that?"

MARI's smile wavered a bit, clearly uncomfortable with the thought. Bringing the smile back, she said, "I would be lying if I said I was… I just got you back for the first time in years, and here he is, trying to take you away from me again."

Why should he get to spend time with her little brother?! He never waited for him like she did!MARI kept the thought to herself.

"It'll just be for a day." OMORI reminded her, "I could make sure he brings me back home when we're done."

"I mean… Yeah, he could…" MARI mumbled to herself bitterly.

"You could come with me if you want." OMORI offered, "We can both play with KEL together."

MARI furrowed her brows at this, obviously not even willing to consider it.

"I… I don't think so…" MARI shook her head, bringing her smile back to reassure him, "You and KEL would get along better without me there to get in between the two of you."

"Oh…"

OMORI gave a sad sigh, watching his sister squirm in place like this. It reminded him of himself in a way.

It seems MARI has chosen to become a reclusive shut-in just like him in this reality. The once extroverted and outgoing sister he used to know was nowhere to be found…

It felt like seeing a mockery of the MARI he once remembered. It made him feel sick to his stomach.

Once he manages to help her face the truth and get her to forgive herself, one of the first things he'll need to do is get her to return back to her old self again. He'll need to hold off on dying until he manages that…

With a frown, he asked her, "Do you want me to stay here with you instead? So that you don't get lonely?"

MARI gave him a hopeful glance, smiling at him as if she was right about to jump on that offer.

But then he saw her hesitate before she looked over him again with a considerate frown.

MARI sighed as she straightened herself up, before turning to him with a gentle smile, "You should use this chance to reconnect with your friends again, SUNNY. I don't want to keep you all to myself."

"Are you sure?"

MARI nodded cheerfully, "As long as you promise to come back before it gets too late, I'll trust you. Have fun with KEL, okay?"

OMORI nodded back sadly, "Okay… Thanks, MARI."

"Go on. He's waiting for you, isn't he?" MARI gently urged him as she slightly nudged the boy towards the door, "You wouldn't want to keep him standing outside forever, would you?"

"Right…" OMORI nodded again, before reassuring her, "I'll see you later then."

"Stay safe for me, SUNNY!" MARI waved goodbye.

OMORI took a step outside and closed the door behind him, before giving a tired sigh.

Looking up, he saw KEL raring to go as he flashed a smile, "So? We hanging?"

"Yeah, sure." OMORI nodded, "Lead the way."

"ALRIGHT!" KEL cheered brightly before marching off.

OMORI followed closely after.

The moment her little brother left the house, she released the fake smile and landed her forehead against the door as she depressingly slumped to the ground.

MARI wanted him to stay with her. She wanted him to stay so badly…

But she knew that keeping him to herself would be selfish. There was no way she could deny her little brother's wish of wanting to be with his friends again.

As much as she wanted to be together with him today, she knew that with the way she was now, all she would do was ruin his heartwarming reunion with his friends.

Even though he had already forgiven them, MARI couldn't find it within herself to do the same.

She'll just lash out at them. Scream at them, hate them all over again.

She didn't want to do that in front of her little brother…

She didn't want to look like a monster in front of him.

She was a monster.

MARI shook her head, the painful ringing in her ears coming back to bother her again.

This will be a good chance for SUNNY to understand and realize that everything wasn't a dream.

Surrounding himself with friends that he cares about will make him happy.

And if he was happy, then he won't try to kill himself again.

In the meanwhile, MARI will just… sit at home and wait for him to come back. At the very least, she knew that she could trust him to take care of himself…He'll come back for her.

...

MARI sighed gently as she closed her eyes against the door.

Yeah... It was just going to be for the day.

She could wait that long for him to come back to her. After all, she had been waiting for six entire years.

She could wait for just one more day.

That was all she ever does anymore.

That was all she could do anymore.

Just…

gotta...

wait…

She misses him already.

Notes:

Sorry for the quick chapter, I wanted to make this extra longer but I couldn't find the time. I'm doing this while also multitasking my college assignments at the same time, so I'm overworked.

Expect a big-ass chapter right after this one, maybe.

Alright, shoutouts time.

There were a lot of you that actually took the time to respond to my question in my last chapter, and I'm very happy to see so many of you coming to your own conclusions. Shoutouts to Rotokon, Kamary, ImprobableRatio, Vortex123, Refrix22, Light_Mega_Z, Pizza, Danny, DamnedBeret, EffieMal, and celico.

All of you guys are good at guessing. Wonder which one of you guys are gonna end up being correct? Guess we'll have to see later when I eventually get to that part. :3

I'm so genuinely happy to see so many of you guys commenting to show your support and talking about the stories. Seeing how you guys react and how your brain tic makes me excited to keep posting new chapters again and again again. You know what I always do when I publish a chapter? I sit in front of my computer and constantly refresh the page, hoping I get a new comment. The rush of dopamine when I see the comment numbers go up one at a time is addicting and I will obviously kill myself if I don't get that rush anymore. It's a drug, and you guys are my supplier.

Anyways, I have no idea when I'll be done with the next chapter. I'm gonna be spending the weekends finishing my C++ coding language assignment. Kill me.

OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE NEXT SHOUTOUT!

...

I got nothing. No questions right now for some reason.
Hm.

Tell me how you first came across this story. What made you decide to click on it and gave it a read? Was it because it popped up in the first page of updates? Was it the AUBREYxSUNNY tag? Was it the description I made? Someone shared about it with you? Or maybe you guys were just perusing one of the stats to see which stories were the top rated and got curious to see me suddenly show up within the last few weeks?

Let me know so that I can understand how you first found me. I'm very curious.

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 15: The Lives We All Live

Summary:

OMORI hangs out with KEL today. We follow the lives of each friend as they go about their day.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"So… SUNNY…" KEL began carefully enough as they both began walking to wherever the heck they were planning to go.

OMORI assumed that KEL was leading him to the park, considering they just skipped past his house.

KEL had absolutely no idea where he was going either, he just wanted an excuse to hang out with his old best friend!

"Mhm?" OMORI hummed to show he was listening.

"How are you handling the whole…comathing? It must be jarring to wake up one day and find out you're six years older than you remembered being, right?" KEL asked with a concerned smile.

OMORI shrugged, "Eh. Not too bothered by it."

He was a lot more bothered by the fact that he got sent to a different reality, initially. But he's long since rationalized and got over it.

"Seriously? Wow." KEL muttered, impressed by his friend's attitude. "Still, you must be confused by a lot of things though, right? It's not like the world didn't change these past six years while you were gone." KEL pounded a fist to his chest before proclaiming proudly, "If you have any questions or you want to get caught up on something, you can rely on ol' KEL to help you out! Count on me to be your tour guide of the future, little buddy!"

Tour guide, huh? That's a pretty apt description of something he needed right now.

He had a lot of questions that he needed answers to but now didn't seem like the right time. It would be better to wait for a more appropriate opportunity where he and KEL could have a serious discussion.

For now, KEL seemed like he was high on life and in a seriously good mood. He'd rather let the tanned boy enjoy his fun while it lasts. They have the whole day ahead of them, after all.

"Yeah, I do have some questions…" OMORI said neutrally, before shaking his head, "They can wait until later though. Kind of need to sort my thoughts first before asking."

"No problem man, take your time!" KEL said cheerfully, "I'll be right here whenever you need me!"

OMORI nodded appreciatively.

KEL in the meanwhile found it pretty impressive that his best buddy didn't seem all that fazed by the fact that he was gone for six years. Most people would probably freak out over the littlest thing, but SUNNY here was basically taking it all like a champ!

"Hope you don't mind if I want to ask a few things though. That's cool with you?" KEL asked curiously.

OMORI nodded, "Go nuts."

"How did it feel, waking up from the coma?" KEL asked, "Do you remember anything? Did you have any weird dreams?"

"Uh…" OMORI hesitated a bit as he thought up a realistic lie, before settling for a simple, "I dunno. Can't remember."

Best not to complicate things. KEL doesn't need to know about the things he experienced before coming to this world.

"Oh… yeah, I guess that's fair." KEL nodded understandingly, knowing that sometimes things could happen too quickly for anyone to really understand anything. "Do you at least remember how you got into a coma in the first place?"

"Fell down some stairs, right?" OMORI decided to answer.

"Yeah…" KEL nodded solemnly, "All of us took it pretty hard when we all found out, you know? We kind of thought we lost you that day."

"Mm." OMORI nodded awkwardly.

Did KEL know about the situation with MARI? Did she ever tell anyone that she believed it was all her fault for how he got into a coma?

Even though OMORI didn't believe that she should be blamed, if she had made the same mistake that he did in his original reality and kept it all a secret for all these years, it must be eating her up inside. Wallowing in self-guilt without telling anyone was practically torture. OMORI would need to do something about that to get MARI on the right path again…

"How about your eye? How is it?" KEL decided to ask next.

OMORI glanced at him, "Which one?"

Pointing to his right one, KEL said, "Your right one. With the eyepatch. The one you lost during the accident."

OMORI brought a hand up to that eye as he paused his steps, "Oh, KEL… I don't know how to tell you this, but I got some bad news…"

"Bad news? What?!" KEL stopped too, giving OMORI a startled look of concern, "What's wrong with it?!"

"I don't have it anymore." OMORI told him in complete seriousness.

KEL began wheezing incredulously as he humorously smiled, slapping OMORI's back, "I already knewthat! Like six years ago! You almost scared me for a second there!"

OMORI shrugged, "You asked how it was."

"Yeah, but I meant more like how does it feel?" KEL clarified as he did his best to calm down.

"Uh… like I don't have it anymore?" OMORI offered stoically.

"Are you messing with me right now?" KEL asked with a chuckle.

"Admittedly, yeah." OMORI nodded.

KEL started laughing at this to the point where he had to cover his stomach to stop it from aching.

OMORI stood by patiently and watched as his friend slowly recovered.

Getting most of the giggles out of his system, KEL wiped the tears in his eyes as he glanced up at OMORI with a smile, "Dude, your sense of humor is as weird as I used to remember! I haven't had to deal with anything like that in years!"

OMORI gave a thumbs up in response.

Finally recovering from his laughing fit, KEL stood up straight again and gave his friend a fond smile.

"Aw man… Seeing you again is starting to bring back so many memories for me…" KEL happily told him as he brushed his hair in nostalgia, "We used to hang out all the time back when we were kids, you know?"

"Yeah." OMORI nodded.

"Heheheh," KEL chuckled again, standing back a bit and taking a good long look at his friend. "Man… I seriously can't believe it! Look at you! You're actually back! After all these years, you finally woke up again!"

"Mhm." OMORI kept nodding.

"Dude, it's just so awesome to finally see you again! You have no idea how much we all missed you, SUNNY." KEL told him, "We didn't even know if you'd ever wake up! All of us had been waiting forever just to see if there were any signs or hints!"

"Mm."

"Man, I can't wait to see the look on BASIL's and AUBREY's faces when they realize that you're finally baaaaaaaa…" KEL trailed off, his smile forming to a frown as his eyes widened when a realization struck him.

OMORI raised an eyebrow.

KEL realized something important. Very very important.

He was the only one who knew that SUNNY was back. Nobody else heard the news yet.

AUBREY, BASIL, and HERO had no idea that their old friend SUNNY was back in the land of the living, waiting for them to come see him.

Oh my god, he was such an idiot.

"Oh my god, I am such an idiot!" KEL suddenly shouted while slapping his cheeks together.

"I mean, sure, but don't beat yourself up about it." OMORI shrugged.

"I completely forgot about the others!" KEL explained, turning to OMORI with an excited grin, "Dude, BASIL and AUBREY have been waiting for you since forever! We have to go see them right now and tell them that you're finally awake! They are going toflip outonce they see you!"

BASIL and AUBREY, huh?

So, KEL was still on good terms with everyone, despite what MARI told him. Makes sense, considering that she explained how BASIL invited both KEL and AUBREY to come visit him again for his eighteenth birthday.

So did the old friend group ever actually split at all? Or was it just recently that they all came back together again just so that they could celebrate his birthday?

If they did come back together, why didn't MARI jump at the chance to go back with them?

Hm, something to ask later. For now, it'll be nice to see how different the others were like in this new reality, as well as find out more about how they've been dealing with him gone in the past six years.

OMORI didn't get a chance to respond before KEL grabbed his hand and started dragging his body like a piece of luggage as the tanned boy began sprinting off at light speed.

Thank goodness his body was too numb to feel any of this, otherwise, he was sure he'd be in serious pain right now.

"W-We're here…" KEL gasped out, colliding to the ground right in front of BASIL's house.

OMORI crouched down next to him, asking, "You good?"

"Y-yeah…" KEL wheezed as he flashed a tired smile, "I've just… been running nonstop… this whole day... Never gave myself… the chance… to rest…"

"Ah." OMORI nodded understandingly.

"Just… give me… a minute…"

OMORI nodded again before standing up and taking a good look at BASIL's house.

It didn't seem to look all that different compared to the last time he was here. If anything, it actually seemed like it was in better condition.

The flowers and garden that decorated the outside of the house were more vibrant and plentiful than he ever saw it being before.

However different BASIL was like in this reality, it seemed he never stopped caring for his plants.

"Oh… He's stopped taking care of his plants lately…" POLLY sighed sadly while watering a potted plant next to the door, "Is there nothing I can do…?"

Well, this was a positive difference at least…

True to KEL's word, a minute passed before he was already up on his feet with an energetic bounce like nothing ever happened.

Excitedly stepping up to the front door of BASIL's house, he began to do his KEL patented knocking style as he proceeded to repeatedly slam his fist on the door like a crazed stalker trying to call out their favorite idol group.

"BASIL! BAAAASIIIIIIL!" KEL shouted happily, "BASIL YOU GOTTA COME OUT RIGHT NOW! YOU'RE NOT GONNA BELIEVE WHAT YOU'RE GONNA SEE!"

OMORI awkwardly stepped back a few distances away, hoping that if any strangers happened to be nearby and called the police for KEL's erratic behavior, then maybe he could avoid being associated with KEL when they came by to arrest him.

"BASIL! BASIL BASIL BASIL!" KEL kept knocking without a care in the world, "BASIL SERIOUSLY YOU NEED TO COME OUT AND SEE THIS!"

This would continue for the next several minutes, as KEL continuously knocked on BASIL's door like a desperate door-to-door salesman representing a pyramid scheme.

"BASIL! OPEN THE DOOR! BAAAAASIIIIIIIIL!"

After several more minutes of this and hearing no response from inside, OMORI began to believe that nobody was home.

Still, he let KEL continue his crazy knocking for several more minutes as OMORI began to drift off to space in order to pass the time.

Oh hey, a bumblebee landed on one of BASIL's plants outside.

This mundane sight interested OMORI greatly, as he stepped closer and crouched down to stare at it while it did it's pollination process.

KEL's shouting and knocking became background noises now as he thought back to something BASIL once taught him.

Two boys stared at the bee in fascination as it pollinated one of the flowers by the lake.

"You know, a lot of people always assume bees are hostile insects that sting anything on sight because of how cartoons and movies always depict them like that." The flower boy began explaining, "But that's not true at all! Bees are actually really smart and docile insects as long as they aren't provoked! They can recognize threats and they only attack as a last resort because their stingers are connected to an integral part of their body. Attacking means they're putting their lives on the line. Once they lose that stinger, they die soon after."

"Mm." The stoic boy nodded while listening carefully.

"Besides that, they're really hard workers who can be really friendly towards people." The flower boy smiled happily, turning to him, "I like bees. They're cute, they're kind, and they only ever do something drastic to protect the things they care about. In a way, they remind me of you, SUNNY!"

The stoic boy glanced back as he noted, "You always compare me to all the things you like, BASIL."

"O-Oh, do I?" BASIL blushed as looked away with an embarrassed smile, "I-I wonder why that is?"

Hm.

BASIL always thought highly of him, even when it was obvious that OMORI never deserved it…

...

They had both promised to always be there together after what happened that day…

But then he decided to lock himself away in his mind, abandoning everyone he cared about so that he could live in the past…

No wonder BASIL became so screwed up the next time they met up with each other…He was left alone to suffer by himself.

All because of what they did…

What was BASIL going to be like in this reality, he wondered...

*CRASH*

OMORI jolted out of his thoughts as he stood up and turned to the sound of glass getting broken.

KEL was nowhere near the front door anymore when OMORI turned to look.

Blinking a bit in confusion, OMORI stepped up closer to the house as he looked around, wondering where the hell KEL ran off to.

It wasn't until he heard something being rummaged around inside the house did he decide to put his ear against the door to listen.

"BASIL! Where are youuuuuu~?!" KEL shouted loudly from the opposite side of the door.

Oh god, KEL, what did you do this time?

POLLY was definitely not going to appreciate this…

OMORI sighed tiredly and stood back a bit.

He waited for a while before a sheepish KEL would eventually unlock the front door and stepped outside.

Giving OMORI an awkward smile, KEL muttered out, "Uh… He's not home..."

"Really." OMORI deadpanned.

And he couldn't have figured that out when no one came to answer him after knocking on the door for several minutes?

Seriously KEL, something like him coming back from a coma was not worth starting a commotion over...

Scratching the back of his neck, KEL mumbled awkwardly, "Er…Hey, SUNNY… Sooo, I might haveaccidentallybroken a window just to get inside."

Accidentally, he says. Right. Sure.

"Do you… uh… know how much it costs to replace a broken window?" KEL asked, before shamefully asking, "I think I might… need you to spot me a couple… dollars…"

OMORI leaned in to give a pat on KEL's shoulder before closing his eyes and shaking his head, "No."

KEL still never paid him back for the twenty dollars OMORI lent him just to afford to get that cookbook as a gift for HERO. Sure, it might not count anymore since that was in the other reality, but OMORI wasn't going to forget about something like that so easily.

He has a very good memory.

"Aheh… figures…" KEL mumbled before sighing, "Oh, my mom is going to kill me…"

"You should at least leave a note or something behind to explain that it wasn't a robber trying to break into the house." OMORI mentioned.

KEL slammed a fist in his palm as he smiled excitedly at the idea, "OH YEAH! That's a great idea, SUNNY!"

KEL then went back inside so that he could do whatever it was he needed to do.

OMORI waited a bit before KEL came back with a bright smile.

Locking and closing the front door, KEL turned to him and said cheerfully, "I wrote a note in BASIL's room that explains the whole situation! Once BASIL comes back home, it'll be the first thing he sees! He'll be so excited to hear that you're back, he'll probably even forget the fact that I broke the window in the first place!"

Assuming BASIL or POLLY doesn't call the police first before they find the note. Sure. Whatever.

Both of them walked away and silently stood on the sidewalk as they cautiously stared at the house.

"Welp." KEL began with a thin-lined expression, "Going to BASIL's was a bust."

Yeah, a busted window perhaps.

Turning to OMORI, the tanned boy resumed his carefree smile, "Oh well! We'll just need to skip him for now and go to AUBREY next! Oooohh, she's going to be so excited to see you again, I just know it!"

AUBREY…

It would be nice to see her again. OMORI wondered if in this reality, AUBREY was still a delinquent leader of a gang?

Losing MARI back in his old reality devastated her greatly. With no one in their old group to be there for her, she turned to rely on violence and anger as an outlet for all of her depression.

He hoped that she managed to at least turn out alright in this reality.

He couldn't imagine the bow-wearing girl drastically changing herself over someone like him. AUBREY always looked up to MARI and thought of her as if she was her own big sister… Him though, she thought of him as nothing more than just a friend.

He'll be ready for any surprises of course, but he was doubtful that AUBREY would think so highly of him that she would change the same way she did for MARI.

Only one way to find out...

"AUBREEEEYY!" KEL shouted loudly once again in the middle of the park, calling out for the girl like a stalker with a crush.

OMORI sat by on the bench in an attempt to stay away from the stares that KEL was attracting from all around him, casually reading a RECYCULTIST propaganda pamphlet to pass the time.

Kids and joggers would stop in place to wonder why there was a crazy boy in an orange hoodie shouting the same name over and over again for the past several minutes.

KEL had been searching everywhere for her, going to great lengths just to be able to spot even a trace of the pink-haired girl or even any of her SCOOTER GANG friends.

He checked around to ask the nearby park attendees if they had seen her, only to get no confirmation from them.

He did his best to draw a colored picture of what AUBREY looked like before showing them to the kids, only for them to laugh at how stupid his drawing was.

He climbed up to one of the tallest trees in the park and began shouting her name once more while doing a very silly stunt of screaming like TARZAN and slamming his fist into his chest like a monkey.

"AAAAW-AAAW-AW-AW-AWH-AAAAUBREYYYY!"

When everything failed to attract her attention, KEL slouched over to his eye-patched friend and practically collapsed right next to him on the bench seat.

"Augh, I couldn't find her…" KEL groaned.

"Mhm." OMORI hummed neutrally, finding a very interesting paragraph within the RECYCULTISTS manifesto.

"Man, where is she?" KEL sat up with a grumble, "Every other time I see her, she's always loitering around the park with her SCOOTER GANG… Why is she not here now of all times?! Heck, usually even one of the members in her gang could still be found somewhere around here. They're not even in the secret hideout by the lake either!"

OMORI glanced over at KEL, listening to every word with abided interest.

Hm, so AUBREY still ended up becoming a gang leader after all.

SCOOTER GANG, though? Was that their name?

Didn't they call themselves the HOOLIGANS the last time he remembered? Although, maybe he was just mixing up what other people had called them and assumed that her gang called themselves that. He never did get the chance to ask them to clarify, not after spraying the entire group with pepper spray…

They were surprisingly nice once you got to know them though.

If their name was different, was it because of something different happening in this reality? Was it even the same group from his old reality or was he just assuming that? Maybe AUBREY was a leader of a different gang group?

Hm, not much information to go on for a proper assessment.

Before he could think any further on that, KEL suddenly bounced up with an energetic smile before suggesting, "Ooh! Maybe they're all hanging out at the plaza! Let's go to HOBBEEZ and check to see if anyone in her group is there!"

As good a plan as any. Especially in comparison to breaking into BASIL's house or screaming like a mad man in public.

Dumping the RECYCULTISTS pamphlet in a nearby recycle bin, something he was sure they couldn't get mad at him for, OMORI followed after KEL as the orange boy happily led him over to HOBBEEZ.

On their way there, KEL paused a bit near the entrance as he took a quick glance at GINO's.

"Oh hey, go check in HOBBEEZ without me for a bit, I'm gonna grab a slice of pizza to refuel!" KEL asked excitedly, before remembering to ask, "Oh right! Do you want me to get you anything while I'm in there?"

OMORI shook his head.

"Cool, be right back!" KEL gave him a thumbs up before rushing inside the pizzeria.

OMORI, now left all alone, shrugged to himself before taking a peek inside the old hobby store. Even if he couldn't find AUBREY or any of the other gang members inside, it wouldn't hurt to check the place out to see if anything was different.

Taking a step inside, OMORI wasn't surprised to see that seemingly little has changed inside the hobby shop. The walls were adorned with plenty of memorabilia and merchandising of different fandoms, and the shelves were still filled with toys, games, movies, and other neat gadgets.

Besides a few customers he actually recognized from the old reality being here, no one from AUBREY's group was in the area.

Oh well. Might as well peruse just to pass the time and wait until KEL comes to pick him up.

OMORI felt himself get gravitated towards the comic book section, hands already opening a recent issue of CAPTAIN SPACEBOY.

Huh, this issue was definitely further ahead than the last issue he read. There were a lot of spoilers here that he hasn't gotten the chance to catch up on. No doubt because of the two-year gap.

The last time he was here was only a few days ago when he was still a sixteen-year-old. Now here he was a few days later, already eighteen in another timeline.

It became quite jarring once he realized this, to be honest. He wondered if CAPTAIN SPACEBOY ever went through something similar.

OMORI flipped a page, entranced with the story.

Oh, he did!

Neat.

Satisfied with the story so far, OMORI placed the comic back on the shelf before already losing interest and moving on to the next object to catch his attention.

"Hey, I don't think I've ever seen you around here before!"

OMORI perked up at the sound of someone calling out to him.

Turning around, he found himself face to face with the shopkeep of HOBBEEZ studying him up and down.

"You new in town, champ? You got good taste in coming here!" The shopkeep complimented before flipping his puffy hair proudly, "This place is one of the best hobby stores in the area. It's so popular, even people from downtown in the city would come and visit just to check out the merchandise."

The shopkeep didn't look or acted any different than how he remembered. Seems like there wouldn't be any noticeable differences here in HOBBEEZ for OMORI to take note of then.

"I like your eyepatch, champ!" The shopkeep gestured at his eye before pointing over at a poster of an edgier version of CAPTAIN SPACEBOY, "You trying to copy the look of the dark era outfit? I must say, I admire your style!"

OMORI blinked confusedly at this.

Did this guy really think OMORI was wearing an eyepatch just to look like CAPTAIN SPACEBOY?

Well, this ought to be funny.

"Me personally, I'm always going to be a fanboy over the original design. But nothing sells like hot cakes than an alternate adaptation where everything is darker and edgier- OH MY GOD-"

OMORI interrupted the shopkeep mid-sentence as he pulled his eyepatch up to reveal the empty eye socket to the poor guy.

"O-Oh… I see, you…" The shopkeep mumbled awkwardly, before hastily bowing to apologize, "I'm so sorry! For some reason, I forgot that people wearing eyepatches for medical reasons were a thing. I was so used to cosplayers and fans playing dress-up that I didn't even think that you were just a normal guy with an eyepatch…"

"It's okay. Your reaction was hilarious." OMORI stated stoically as he covered up his eye.

The shopkeeper still seemed uncomfortable despite OMORI's assurance. With a guilty expression, he nervously offered, "Uh, to make it up to you, I can give you a fifty percent discount on the next item you buy!"

OMORI shook his head, "No thanks. I'm just here with a friend. I didn't even bring any money with me."

Pretty sure his wallet full of cash was still in the pockets of his old clothing back in his original reality. Definitely not gonna get any of that money any time soon…

A shame. An old hobo in the park won the lottery on his last day before moving away and gave him double what OMORI donated to him. Never got the chance to spend any of that before he threw himself off the top of the hospital building.

"Oh… In that case, I'll just… leave you to your window shopping then." The shopkeeper mumbled awkwardly, as he moved back behind the counter.

OMORI nodded appreciatively before going back to perusing the shelves.

At some point, KEL walked into the shop while eating a slice of pizza. Noticing OMORI near the walls, he quickly stepped next to him and asked while chewing, "Hey man! Did you find AUBREY or one of her friends?"

OMORI shook his head.

He felt like he should really tell KEL the flaws in his plan to leave OMORI alone to search for AUBREY himself like this. KEL does remember that he just woke up yesterday from a supposedly six-year coma, right? In any normal circ*mstances that didn't involve reality switching, how was OMORI supposed to know what AUBREY or her friends even looked like? Especially if AUBREY decided to change her hair color in this reality.

Instead, he kept quiet. Not really worth the effort to bring up, to be honest.

"Aw, that sucks…" KEL mumbled with food in his mouth, before gulping to say, "At least this was a good excuse so that you could take the time to get yourself familiar with the place! HOBBEEZ sure has changed in the last six years while you were gone. Bet you didn't recognize it at first, huh?"

OMORI shrugged, not really sure how to answer that.

While OMORI kept perusing the walls for something interesting to stare at, KEL glanced around as he ate his pizza only for him to suddenly gasp in shock as his eyes landed directly on something dangling off of OMORI's belt.

"HEY! That's the PET ROCK I gave you, isn't it?!" KEL asked excitedly while pointing at the electronic toy.

OMORI turned to him questioningly before realizing what he said.

Unclipping the toy from his belt, he brought it up to KEL and asked, "You gave this to me on my birthday, right? Back at the hospital?"

KEL nodded cheerfully, "Yeah man! Wow, I didn't think I'd ever get to see you carrying that around." Then with an embarrassed smile, he whispered conspiratorially, "Don't tell anyone about this, but I actually completely forgot it was your birthday that day when I came to visit… I didn't want to look stupid, so I pulled that out on the spot and said it was my birthday gift to you in front of the others."

Yep. Typical KEL moment. Not even surprised.

Well, that does explain who the PET ROCK came from.

OMORI handed the electronic toy towards the tanned boy, "You want it back then? Since it wasn't meant to be a gift?"

"What? Nah, man! Go ahead and keep it." KEL insisted, pushing the toy back to him, "Don't worry, I already got tons of PET ROCKS collected over the years. I actually have several different versions of JASH already, so it's no skin off my back."

It was then that KEL actually lit up excitedly before he scarfed the pizza down to quickly finish it.

Dusting his hands off, KEL pulled out his own PET ROCK with him and took a challenging stance towards OMORI as he aimed the PET ROCK directly at the eyepatched boy.

"Let's test out your skills and see if you remember how to play! It's been years since we last played a game together!" KEL challenged him excitedly, "I'll have you know that I've gotten much more practice since we last battled six years ago! Think you can handle the heat?"

OMORI didn't have the heart to tell the poor boy what a horrible mistake he just put himself in.

With a casual shrug, OMORI aimed his PET ROCK directly at KEL's PET ROCK too, "Okay."

The two toys connected with each other via magnets. OMORI watched as a familiar dwarf-planet appeared onto his screen as their pets' health bars filled up.

KEL had a smirk as he announced, "LET'S CLASH!"

Five minutes later, KEL was sprawled dead on the floor as OMORI silently praised JASH for another flawless victory.

Clipping the PET ROCK back onto his belt, OMORI watched as KEL came back to life and dizzyingly fought to bring himself back on his feet.

"Holy crap…" KEL mumbled, shaking his head clear before saying, "You didn't even let up for a second! Man, I should have known better… You always were pretty good at video games out of all of us."

OMORI gave a stoic shrug in response.

Honestly, it was more like KEL just kept spamming the same move over and over again. Powerful, but easy to counter. He'd be shocked if KEL managed to win an actual serious game with anyone else other than him with this kind of playstyle.

"Nice to know that the last six years didn't dull your senses at least." KEL chuckled heartily, being a good sport despite the loss.

KEL and OMORI hung out together at HOBBEEZ for a decent while before the two exited the shop.

KEL had a satisfied smile on his face as OMORI followed after him, "Ah man, that was fun! Anyways, what did you want to do next?"

"Weren't we looking for AUBREY?" OMORI reminded.

"Oh shoot, that's right!" KEL slapped himself in the face before groaning, "Ugh, I am such a spaz! I have no idea where the heck she is though! Was she still even in town right now?"

OMORI hummed as he wondered.

If this reality's AUBREY was similar to the one back home, then no doubt she would avoid staying at her house if she could help it.

Even before MARI died, AUBREY's living situation has never been ideal for a girl like her. With two neglectful parents who always argued with each other as they lived an impoverished lifestyle, OMORI could recount almost every single time AUBREY needed him to vent out all of the problems she was going through.

She was always so sad and stressed out, never wanting to be alone or go back home. She would often search out for him so that she could invite him to hang out at the playground, sitting on the swings just so that they could be alone to talk to each other.

He always made sure to give AUBREY special attention in order to make her feel better. Mostly because he genuinely felt bad that she had to be in that situation. Partially because he had a raging crush on her at the time and took any excuse to be as close to her as possible.

After MARI died though…

It was no surprise that AUBREY chose to hate him for abandoning her like that… Maybe if he had been there for her when she needed him…

No… He wouldn't be of reliable help towards her anyway, he didn't think. If anything, he would just make her situation worse. Especially since he was the reason why MARI died in the first place.

...

If AUBREY couldn't be found around town today, he wondered where she could possibly be…

"Well, anyway…" KEL mumbled disappointedly before turning to OMORI, "Even if we can't find the others, you want to go somewhere else?"

Actually…

"Can you buy me some flowers over at FIX-IT? I kinda do have somewhere I want to be." OMORI mentioned.

"Flowers?" KEL raised an eyebrow at this, but shrugged anyway, "Alright. Sure. Whatever you need, buddy."

They could even check up on AUBREY's house along the way. Just to make sure she wasn't at home.

Wherever she was, she wasn't going anywhere anytime soon.

Meanwhile, a few towns away from FARAWAY…

"And that's the last of them!" KIM proudly cheered as she kicked an enemy gang member to his knees.

Lined up in front of AUBREY was the entire group of an enemy gang, known as the PIT-STOP CREW of NOWHERESVILLE, completely bruised and beaten to a bloody pulp as they all laid on their knees.

Every single one of them was tied up so that they couldn't escape. VANCE and ANGEL patted their hands at a job well done before joining her up front.

The PIT-STOP CREW all trembled nervously as the entirety of the SCOOTER GANG leered down at them with either a contemptuous glare or a sad*stic smile.

One particular member worked up the nerve to stutter out, "H-Hey man, c'mon! You beat us already! We ain't gonna do nothing to you guys anymore! J-Just let us go, man!"

"No can do, pal." VANCE denied without a shred of empathy for their prey, "We got personal beef with one of you guys, and we're not letting anyone go until that beef is settled."

The PIT-STOP CREW grew confused at this as they all looked at each other with questioning glances.

"Is that why you came to our town to attack us? Because you had a grudge against one of us?" One member called out incredulously, "What the hell did we even do to you guys to deserve this?! We've been avoiding FARAWAY town like the plague ever since we heard rumors about you guys!"

At this, AUBREY put on an intimidating air as she slammed her nailed bat on the concrete ground to make a loud thunk noise, silencing everyone in an instant.

Bringing her bat up, she gave a very cruel smile, "Four years ago, months before the SCOOTER GANG was born. A stupid little group calling themselves the PIT-STOP CREW came to visit our fair FARAWAY in order to cause some trouble. Vandalism, property damage, even a little bit of burglary here and there- or so I hear."

AUBREY turned her head over to CHARLIE and gestured the silent giant over to stand next to her.

CHARLIE came up front with her, her usual shy face now donning a very hateful glare.

AUBREY leaned on CHARLIE like a pillar and kicked a foot up, continuing, "None of that is what we're here for though. We're actually here for a very very special reason. You see our very big friend over here? Their name is CHARLIE. Tell them what you told us, CHARLIE."

"You. Pushed. My. Mother. Down. Thesidewalk." CHARLIE punctuated, seething at the scared group underneath her.

The entire group nervously grew pale as they heard this.

"Exactly. Poor dear mother of CHARLIE busted her hip from the fall and ended up losing her ability to walk properly ever since then. She's forced to rely on a walking aid for the rest of her life." AUBREY kept explaining, her smile growing more malicious by the second, "So on her behalf, we're here to collect on that grudge."

"W-Wait a second!" One of the younger members of the beaten gang cried out, "How can you even know that it was us in the first place?! This was four years ago, there's no way you could remember who did that! Hell, none of us could remember something that long ago."

"See, that would be true…" AUBREY chuckled, "If we didn't have someone reliable to help us. Take the stage MIKHAEL! Your turn to shine."

The blond wigged boy came into view from behind CHARLIE, stepping up front as he gave an annoyed groan, "It's THE MAVERICK! How many times do I have to tell you to introduce me as THE MAVERICK, THE BOSS?"

"Whatever." AUBREY glanced away disinterestedly.

MIKHAEL gave another groan before shaking himself out of it and proceeding to pose menacingly, "You evildoers have made a graaaaaaave mistake, attacking the mother of one of THE MAVERICK'S closest allies! For you see, even if we have no evidence or clues that would even suggest who could have been the culprit of such a malicious crime, you have all lacked the foresight to predict your most fatal error!"

MIKHAEL continued to style on them boys as he menacingly waved his body around like a karate master, making noises as if preparing to attack.

"HUWAAAAAAAAH~" MIKHAEL posed again, this time pulling the bangs of his wig away from his face and making his eyes cross, "I happen to be born with the special ability of divine pre-sight! This ability allows me to instantly recall any information from the past so long as I was there to be a witness to that past in the first place!"

The entire enemy gang glanced at each other with even more confused looks, before one of them asked, "What does that mean?"

"Ugh-" KIM groaned, "It means our guy here has a photographic memory! Seriously MIKHAEL, lead in with that next time!"

"THE MAVERICK!" MIKHAEL insisted again, before telling her, "And it doesn't sound as cool if I just call it that! Let me sprinkle a little bit of pizazz sometimes, will ya?!"

"The point is-" AUBREY interrupted, bringing herself to attention again, "It doesn't matter whether you guys remember it or not. We have someone who was there to witness what happened that day and can easily remember every single moment. What we're going to be doing is having him check out each of your faces one by one until we find the guy we're looking for, so that we can teach the punk a lesson!"

"W-What exactly are you going to do to him…?" One of the gang members asked hesitantly.

AUBREY resumed her malicious smile again, "Oh, you'll see. We'll be making it a public lesson for all of you to watch together as a group! Doesn't that sound fun?"

The guy who asked the question gulped, "I want my mommy."

"Not until we get revenge for our friend's mommy first, villain!" ANGEL curled a knuckle up to the gang member with a menacing glare.

"Alright, MIKHAEL. Do your thing." AUBREY signed off.

"I told you already it's-" MIKHAEL stopped himself and moaned, "Oh never mind! Four entire years together, and I still get no respect from you guys…"

MIKHAEL started bouncing in place as he shook off his entire body. Then, going up to the first gang member in the line, MIKHAEL started chanting an ominous-sounding language that seemed like he made up on the spot.

"Ancient divine guardians of the past! Guide me to the truth that I seek!" MIKHAEL chanted slowly, "La-li-lu-le-lo! La-li-lu-le-lo! La-li-lu-le-lo! La-li-lu-"

KIM brought it to herself to step behind MIKHAEL and slap him upside the head, "Can you get this done sometime within the nextyear, idiot?! Stop wasting time, you're putting CHARLIE in suspense!"

"OW!" MIKHAEL grunted as his wig fell to his feet. "Alright- alright already! I'll take it seriously this time!" MIKHAEL grumbled while picking up his wig and putting it back into place. Turning around, he gave a quick apology, "Sorry, CHARLIE. I'll get started now."

CHARLIE gave an appreciative nod and smile.

For the next few minutes, MIKHAEL would begin studying the faces of each and every gang member one by one.

"Nope, it's not him."

Whenever MIKHAEL pulled a negative on the gang member, ANGEL and KIM would take them away as AUBREY forcefully grabbed the next one to be placed right in front of him.

"Nuh-uh, not him either."

The ones that he cleared up would be pushed away into a pile under VANCE's watchful eye. The burly man would keep close watch to make sure they didn't try to run away, all while silently chewing on a piece of taffy.

"Nope, definitely not this-"

MIKHAEL was startled back as this particular gang member tried to be defiant, spitting a loogie at his face.

MIKHAEL was nimble enough to dodge out of the way though, giving a mocking smile, "Haha! Missed me, you feisty little weasel!"

Not willing to let this act of defiance slide, AUBREY made a show to bring the bastard up to his feet before headbutting him into unconsciousness with one single blow.

The other gang members watched horrified as their friend slumped over instantaneously before AUBREY threw him away like a disregarded piece of trash.

"Anyone else wants to try something funny?" AUBREY asked in a threatening tone, "Go ahead. Make my day. I'm still not satisfied with the fight you guys put up earlier, if you could even call it a fight to begin with."

The PIT-STOP CREW all rapidly shook their heads in fear.

"Thought so." AUBREY smiled smugly at their obedience, before shouting, "NEXT!"

This would continue for a while before MIKHAEL would finally recognize someone.

"No, it's not him eith- WAIT!" MIKHAEL called out, pulling himself closer to study the face of the person in front of him.

He was a chubby guy with a fake gold tooth, long hair dyed completely black to try to make himself look like a heavy-metal fan.

And he looked absolutely pissing-in-his-pants scared right now.

MIKHAEL concentrated further on the details of his face before raising his voice in recognition, "It's him! We found him! We got the guy!"

"Nonononono- I have no idea what you're talking about man!" The metalhead insisted repeatedly, "Whoever it is you're looking for, I'm a totally different guy!"

Walking next to MIKHAEL, KIM looked down at the enemy gang member and asked, "You absolutely sure?"

"Positive!" MIKHAEL nodded determinedly, as he explained, "There's no way it's not him. I can still remember that day perfectly like it was yesterday. Me, ANGEL, and CHARLIE just got back from the OTHERMART store and we were on our way home. That was when ANGEL noticed CHARLIE'S mom and called out to her to say hello. She turned to wave back at us when a bunch of thugs was suddenly speeding down the sidewalk on skateboards."

MIKHAEL pointed an accusatory finger right at the gang member's face.

"This guy was the one who sped up behind her and bumped her out of the way! When she fell over and cried in pain, he was laughing like he thought it was just a funny joke! I distinctly remember because he was the only one not wearing a helmet to cover his face!"

"That's not fair!" The gang member cried out, "You can't possibly know that it's me for sure! There are loads of guys that I look similar to! It's a popular look!"

"Ahuh…" KIM deadpanned, before shrugging disinterestedly, "Welp, if MIKHAEL says he's sure, then I believe in him."

ANGEL spoke up with confidence, "When it comes to memory games, I can trust the MASTER with my life! If he says it's him, then there's no doubt that it's him!"

"Two vouches of confidence. Good enough for me." AUBREY nodded, before turning to the gang member with a sad*stic grin, "Sorry dipsh*t, but you deserve what's coming."

"W-W-What are you guys gonna do to me?" The gang member quivered in fear.

AUBREY and the others stepped aside to make way for the giant that was CHARLIE to menacingly approach the unlucky bastard.

CHARLIE had an unforgiving glare as she peered down at the boy, blood lust radiating in the air.

Turning to the other gang members, AUBREY kept her sad*stic grin as she told them, "Enjoy the show kiddos! Remember that this is what happens when you mess with the SCOOTER GANG from FARAWAY!"

Turning back to CHARLIE, AUBREY gave a thumbs-up as the go-ahead.

Now able to unleash her four-year-long pent-up fury, CHARLIE effortlessly grabbed the gang member up to the air.

Bringing him up to her face, she whispered, "You break my mom's hip. I break yours."

The following scene that comes after has been deemed too goretastically violent to be appropriate within a story rated T as for Teens. Let it be known that the gang member did not have a good time, as you fill in the blanks with your own imagination. During the aftermath of this incident, the gang member was reported to be crippled for life and was forced to be stuck in a wheelchair in order to travel. The good news for him is that he can still do sick flips and tricks on the skateboard park, impressing everyone else as he became the new WHEELCHAIR TRICKSTER of NOWHERESVILLE. Sadly, he was still in agony over the loss of his hips and fell into a deep depression soon after.

We now return you back to our daily scheduled program.

BASIL wiped a sweat from his brow, smiling at himself now that he was finally done taking care of the bonsais trees.

"There you go, Mr. and Mrs. Bonsai!" He happily congratulated, "Now you look as beautiful as ever!"

The plants did not respond back, but BASIL could feel the appreciation from them all the same.

With a proud smile, he put away his garden shears and went to clean up all the leaves and dead branches that fell to the floor. Once that was done, he moved on to take care of the next plant.

Working at FIX-IT has always been something he figured he'd like doing, mostly because he got to surround himself with plants of all varieties in the back of the garden station.

He used to come here all the time to gawk and admire the plants as a kid, so it felt only natural to want to work here part-time as an adult.

The benefits of working here weren't bad for someone like him either. Decent pay and a major discount on all plants, seeds, and garden tools? Sign him up, please!

Not only that, but it also gave him a very satisfying sense of fulfillment while he worked here.

After his grandmother died and BASIL went into that three-month-long slump, he felt like he had no direction or purpose. Without a sense of responsibility to push him out of the house, he felt like he was going to stagnate inside for the rest of his life.

That definitely wouldn't do, especially not after he had promised himself that he would work towards improving to become a better person. So he began looking for jobs to give him some meaning and responsibilities in life.

It wasn't that he needed the money to take care of himself. His parents were wealthy business entrepreneurs who would always send him a check or two every month to make sure he lived a decent life. Finding a job was mostly just an excuse to find a purpose and leave the house.

This was back when he was fourteen of course, and there weren't exactly a lot of stores around who wanted to hire someone below the required age of sixteen.

Luckily for him, the store manager of FIX-IT happens to be a very lazy and irresponsible person who jumped at the chance to hire some cheap child labor!

Proving himself to be useful by showing off his cleaning skills and gardening skills, the manager put him to work as a janitor who also happens to keep track of the garden.

For the next four years, he worked here in relative peace while moving on with life, coming to terms with his grandmother's passing and waiting for his best friend SUNNY to one day wake up from his coma.

Along the way, he met several nice people and became friendly acquaintances with other part-time employees. He also got into the manager's good graces by being a diligent worker who was able to help out customers with his knowledge of plants.

Lately, though, it seems FIX-IT has been having trouble finding new workers after the last few employees moved on to apply for other higher-paying jobs. BASIL has been required to work overtime just to be able to cover the shifts of the missing employees.

While he doesn't mind too much about the extra work, he does find it inconvenient since it cuts his free time down to where he can't even visit SUNNY as frequently anymore.

Hopefully, the manager finds some extra workers soon… BASIL hasn't had the chance to visit SUNNY since his birthday. Even though it's only been a few days now, BASIL couldn't help but get anxious for his friend's sake.

He doesn't want SUNNY to get lonely after all.

But then again, maybe he had nothing to worry about… AUBREY and KEL did promise that they'll be visiting SUNNY regularly now. Not only that, but SUNNY still had someone else to keep him company every single day.

That person was… MARI… his sister...

BASIL shook his head, doing his best not to let the thought of the girl taint his good mood.

SUNNY should be fine without him for a couple of days. He won't get lonely.

"Hey, BASIL!"

BASIL perked up after hearing the manager call out his name.

Turning around, BASIL greeted happily, "Hey bossman! Something you needed from me again?"

"A couple of customers came in asking for a bouquet of flowers called the… uh…" The manager snapped his fingers a bit as he tried to remember the name, "Lilies of the valley?"

BASIL lit up at this, "Oh, lily of the valley! Those are excellent choices!"

Stepping over to the back to grab a handful of those flowers, BASIL expertly began wrapping it all up with a beautiful design as he created a professional-looking bouquet of flowers.

Returning to hand the bouquet to the manager, BASIL noted, "It's said that these flowers are able to ward off evil spirits and help people see a brighter future! Whoever these are meant for must be a very caring and positive person!"

They used to remind him of a friend back when he was a kid. Back before the incident, at least.

"Cool, cool…" the manager nodded interestingly, "I'll tell them you said that. How much did you grab again?"

"Exactly five dollars worth, sir." BASIL informed him happily.

"Atta-boy, I knew I could count on you!" The manager praised before heading back to the counter, "Keep up the good work, BASIL!"

"Yessir!" The flower boy saluted before getting back to work.

Usually, people who come in to buy flowers as a gift don't tend to ask for specifics. It was always either the most beautiful ones or the most meaningful ones. While BASIL found them cute, he knew that most people would overlook the lily of the valley since it didn't look as lively or as pretty as most other popular flowers.

Whoever that came in to ask specifically for the lily of the valley must have known the significance behind them.

Ah, so cool! He wished he could've handed the flowers personally so that he could compliment them for how thoughtful they were.

Alas, a gardener's work is never done. At least not until 8:00 PM by tonight.

BASIL wished good luck to the person buying the flowers and hoped that the recipient would appreciate the loving gift.

For now though, he had to get back to work.

Thus, he continued on to take care of the plants in the garden section so that they would be in perfect condition for the next customers to buy.

"Uh…" KEL mumbled dubiously, "You… You sure this house belongs to AUBREY?"

OMORI nodded.

The rundown decrepit dump in front of them belonged to no other, sadly enough. As much as OMORI wished otherwise, this disgusting place was indeed AUBREY's home.

Compared to the other reality, this house was actually in worse condition. Trash bags littered all over the side of the house as if the owner couldn't be bothered to have it dumped. The roof was damaged with holes and other deterioration, making him wonder how the hell they could sleep at night if it rains or snows.

Broken windows were boarded up instead of fixed, a sign of how truly impoverished the living conditions are.

All because of a neglectful and irresponsible mother who was probably busy getting drunk off her high horse and sleeping in front of a loud static TV, rather than actually being a positive role model for her daughter.

The first time he came here to check up on AUBREY, he was shocked and disgusted at how a girl like her could live in such a horrible place for so long.

Now? Honestly, he felt more pissed off than anything else.

"SUNNY, careful! You're gripping on the bouquet too tightly!" KEL called out in concern.

At the mention of the bouquet in his hands, he snapped out of his thoughts and took a quick look to assess damages.

Still in good condition. Phew...

OMORI really needed to keep a handle on his emotions. He was usually better at hiding them than this…

"So, Uh…" KEL mumbled awkwardly, "Should we go knock and see if she's home?"

While it would be amusing to see KEL commit another break-in just to find AUBREY, the joke kinda lands flat if the house was already in such bad condition that a broken window wouldn't even make a difference.

Besides that, OMORI knew that AUBREY wasn't here. She would have already left by now at this hour in the afternoon.

"She's not here." OMORI stated.

"Are you sure?" KEL asked curiously, "How can you tell?"

"She'd never want to stay here if she could help it." OMORI explained, "Wherever she was right now, she was going to be out with friends for as long as possible until the dead hours of the night."

"Huh… okay then…" KEL glanced over at his friend with a curious look.

He was a bit surprised to see SUNNY seemingly knowing so much about AUBREY. KEL didn't even know where she lived despite being friends with her back in the old days, so it was a shock to find out that SUNNY already knew.

Maybe it was because SUNNY and AUBREY used to hang out together by themselves a lot behind everyone's backs. KEL did only recently find out about their mutual crushes a few days ago, so it seems possible.

Still, whatever he was expecting out of AUBREY's house, he certainly wasn't expecting this!

Maybe this played a part in the reason why she joined a gang? Poor living conditions?

KEL didn't know enough to be sure, and he definitely wasn't smart enough to make any proper assumptions. Best to play it safe and avoid bringing up the topic for now.

"Let's keep moving." OMORI said as he moved further down the street.

KEL took one last pitiful glance at the house before following after his buddy.

They continued down the road in silence, with OMORI holding the bouquet as carefully as possible.

It wasn't until they finally made it to the church did KEL speak up again.

"The church? Is that what the flowers were for? Are you visiting someone in the cemetery, SUNNY?" KEL asked.

OMORI nodded, "Sort of."

OMORI doubted that the person he was planning to visit was there anymore. Still, he knew this was something he had to do.

Just as a reminder for himself.

KEL kept silent as the two of them entered the church building and passed by the priest on the way. The entire building was unpopulated with the usual churchgoers since the time for the sermon wasn't today, so only a couple of stragglers were praying on the benches.

The priest saw the flowers in OMORI's hand and gave an understanding nod, leaving the two of them to their business.

OMORI kept going to the back and entered the cemetery without any distractions. KEL kept himself quiet as he followed after.

Finally arriving at their destination, OMORI carefully looked around before heading towards the corner near the back of the cemetery

There it was. The empty spot that used to house his sister's grave.

In this reality, since MARI never died, this spot was unused and empty. It was nothing more than just a plain piece of the ground outside until it would be used to make room for the next deceased person.

Still, OMORI gently laid the flowers next to the spot where MARI's tombstone would be as he gave a moment of silence.

KEL looked confusedly at his friend, wondering why SUNNY was placing flowers on a random spot on the ground instead of near any of the other gravesites. He wanted to point this out and ask about it, but after seeing the solemn look on SUNNY's face as he stared at the spot, KEL decided not to interrupt him.

He may be stupid at times, but he wasn't going to be disrespectful. Especially not to his friends.

OMORI closed his eye, his mind remembering back to when he first came to MARI's grave for the first time in four years.

He came alone with KEL, just like today. KEL confessed to him what happened to him and his brother after MARI's death.

OMORI never did properly pay his respects to his sister during the last three days he had left in FARAWAY, did he? Especially since his mind was still repressing the truth about what happened at the time…

This was his chance to fix that.

He took a deep breath to steady himself as he slowly began…

Hey, MARI. It's what's left of your little brother.

Sorry that he couldn't do this properly any sooner when he had the chance. He never worked up the resolve until now… it was kind of funny, in a way. He couldn't say anything while you were still here, and now that he was trying to speak to you, you weren't even here anymore.

Sorry for being such a disappointment.

It was such a shock to see you alive again, you know. He couldn't make any sense of it until now. He had thought he was still living in another dream.

But now that he knew better, OMORI was resolved to making sure he sees this job through to the end. He won't mess up like all the other times. Not this one.

He won't forget the promise he made to you. OMORI swears to his dying breath that he'll do everything he can to help save the version of you in this other reality. He'll make sure you come to terms with the truth and get you to forgive yourself before it's too late. He won't let you go down the same path he did.

This was his punishment after all.

Once this was all over and the MARI in this reality forgives herself, he'll promise to come follow you soon after. Wait for him until then, okay?

I'm sorry I killed you, MARI. I won't ever forgive myself for what I did…

OMORI took another deep breath to relax as he finished praying.

He felt a little better now. It won't make up for what he did, but it was definitely a start.

Turning to KEL, he said, "I'm done now. Let's go somewhere else."

"O-Oh, okay. Good." KEL mumbled awkwardly, before asking, "In that case, you wanna head over back to my house?"

OMORI nodded, "Sure."

He still had questions that needed to be answered after all. Hanging out at KEL's house so that he could get caught up on the last six years will be his next step for today.

He'll make sure the empty spot where he placed the flowers will stay an empty spot in this reality.

Notes:

This was a fun chapter to make. After I gave up on my C++ assignment, I got a burst of inspiration and managed to write all 10k words in a single day. Now I must sleep once more, the pain of the waking world consuming my souuul.

Hope you guys like this one! It's a bit all over the place, and I feel like I might have pissed some of you guys off with how I teased BASIL. Please forgive me. I have good plans for later.

Also, wow! I finally found out how so many of you guys came across my story! Most of you seemed to have gotten attracted by the AUBREY/SUNNY tag. Others were just scrolling through the recently updated. Some of you actively searched for OMARI fanfictions to see MARI being alive. A few of you found me based on comments left on a reddit page and on a youtube video. I'm still looking for where you found those comments by the way. It's so surreal to have my work be mentioned by someone outside the website.

SHOUTOUT TIME

Rotokon! I shout out to you because we had a very long discussion between the two of us down in the comments of the last chapter. If anyone is interested, feel free to read what we both told each other. Once again, you helped me get a better feel on how I want the direction of my story to go. Thanks again for commenting, man!

Tuppence again for his long comment detailing his theories and thoughts about last chapter! If Rotokon is the rock that keeps me steady, you're the kite that makes me want to fly! Once again, I love seeing your comments and reading what you think. I really hope I get to see something from you again for this chapter! :D

Thanks everybody once again for showing your interest in my fanfic and leaving all these awesome comments! Please keep making more! The more I read, the more encouraged and motivated I get, thus causing me to write the next chapter even faster! I WANT TO GET 700 COMMENTS THIS TIME, GUYS! LET'S BREAK SOME WORLD RECORDS!

OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHOUTOUTS!

Most of the lore I made up with the SCOOTER GANG has been something I written up completely on the spot based on what little knowledge I've seen of them in the game. Tell me your thoughts, how have I been doing as I portrayed them in this fic? Hopefully I'm doing a good job at showcasing them as a competent gang of vigilantes. I know that they aren't exactly portrayed like that in the game, but the lack of true canon about who they all are or how they met gave me lots of leeway to make up what I want.

How did you first imagine them to be like back when you first played the game? Let me know in the comments and I'll pick out the answer I find interesting.

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 16: Taking A Small Break

Summary:

INTERLUDE

PLEASE READ NOTES AT THE END

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

MARI slowly creaked open the door to her room as silently as possible, doing her best to remain stealthy as she peeked inside.

There, she could see her little SUNNY busy being engrossed in his GAMEKID as he sat on his bed. His back was faced toward the door, too concentrated on the game to notice she had arrived.

MARI smiled mischievously to herself.

Perfect.

Using the sounds from the game to mask her footsteps, she slowly entered the room and tiptoed all the way to her little brother as quietly as possible.

By the time she reached behind him, she quickly pulled a surprise attack on him!

"Guess who!" MARI cheered, hugging SUNNY from behind.

SUNNY made a cute little yelp as he jolted in her embrace, his fingers instinctively pausing the game as he turned around to see who attacked him.

When he saw that it was only his favorite big sister, SUNNY breathed out in relief before fiercely hugging her back, "MARI!"

"Bingo!" MARI chuckled, holding her little brother's head against her as she set her chin on top of his hair. "Did you miss me, little brother?"

SUNNY chose not to answer verbally, instead hugging her even tighter as he nodded.

Enjoying the hug for a brief moment, the two finally released each other as SUNNY gave her a sad frown.

"You promised you'd be back by six to play with me today… I've been waiting for hours…" SUNNY murmured disappointedly.

MARI gave a guilty smile, "I know, I'm so sorry… I've just been so swamped with work and practice. I completely misjudged when I figured I'd be done. Will you forgive me?"

SUNNY looked away, mumbling, "You're always so busy nowadays… I never get to spend time with you anymore."

"I'm here now, aren't I?" MARI consoled, before smiling encouragingly, "I promise I'll make it up to you. What did you want to play? I'll spend the rest of the day together with you!"

SUNNY looked at the clock in the room before sighing, "Rest of the day doesn't mean much at this point… I'll need to sleep soon to wake up early for school tomorrow. Otherwise, Mom and Dad will get fussy."

"Oh…" MARI muttered, realizing just how late it was when she finally got home.

She really did spend a lot of time focused on her studies, didn't she? Even though she promised she'd make time with her brother today.

Shrugging her arms off of him, SUNNY lamented, "I wanted to go out with you and have another picnic today… It's been so long since we had one together where it's just the two of us. But we never have enough time to do anything together anymore…"

MARI sighed remorsefully, "I… I know. I'm sorry SUNNY, but these things just can't be helped. I need to focus on my grades as much as possible so that I can get into a good college. After that, I want to make sure I master the piano to make our parents proud. There's a recital at the end of September that I really want to make sure goes perfectly. You understand, don't you?"

SUNNY closed his eyes tightly while facing his head down. For a moment, MARI could see her little brother clenching his hands to fists. It was only for a second though, as SUNNY relaxed a moment after and looked back at her with a depressed expression, "Yeah, I do. I know how important it all is to you. It's all so that you could have a successful future."

Despite his words, MARI knew that he was still upset. He always had that habit of keeping his emotions suppressed so that he didn't worry other people.

Even though he was clearly hurting from the lack of time MARI spent with him, he was still doing his best to put on a brave face entirely for her sake.

MARI couldn't help but worry about him… She hoped that all these emotions he kept bottling up won't end up backfiring on him in the future. The fact that she even easily noticed him doing it this time spelled a bad omen.

"I just wish we had more time left…" SUNNY told her, "You're going to college soon, and when that happens, I won't be able to see you again for years. I wanted to spend as much time together with you as possible before you have to go… It's going to be really lonely at home without you…"

"Oh, SUNNY…" MARI whispered pitifully, gently cupping his cheeks, "You won't be alone. You still have all your friends to keep you company!"

"I know that, but I'll still miss you…" SUNNY muttered back while leaning into her hand, "We're not going to be kids forever, MARI… One day when we grow up into adults, we might end up living separate lives from each other. I don't want that to happen… I want us to still be as close as possible…"

MARI couldn't believe that someone so young could somehow think ahead and worry about such mature problems. Instead of thinking about playing games or having fun, all SUNNY could think about is treasuring his time with the people who were closest to him.

"SUNNY…" MARI smiled sadly as she reassured him, "I promise we'll always be together, even after we grow up to become adults. Once I'm done with college, I'm not going to leave you alone for the rest of your life. Okay?"

"You say that now, but… You and I both know we can't make those kinds of promises and keep it so easily…" SUNNY mumbled. "Not for sure."

MARI… she really didn't know how else to respond to that… She wanted to say otherwise, but it wasn't as if he was entirely wrong…

Still, the thought that his worries might end up coming true did form a knot in her stomach… She didn't want to be separated from her little brother either…

"I know it's selfish, but I wish you didn't have to go to college…" SUNNY admitted, sniffling a bit to hold back tears, "I want us to be together forever…"

"Then…" MARI slowly began, "What if I decided I don't want to go to college anymore? What if I said that from now on, I'll spend as much of my time focused on you?"

MARI knew this wasn't what she actually told him that day. But she wished she had…

"I'll quit piano practice! I'll tell our parents that all these cram and college prep classes have been stressing me out!" MARI promised him, "I can even beg them to let me be homeschooled! Then we can be together as much as you want!"

It didn't matter what she said here. It wasn't going to change anything. The future was already set in stone.

"We can have picnics every day, SUNNY!" MARI smiled cheerfully, "I won't ever come home late ever again! You won't ever have to stay up late while waiting for me anymore! I'll always have time to play with you and do whatever you want! Doesn't that sound perfect, little brother?"

If only she could have done all those things instead… Maybe she could have prevented everything from happening in the first place.

If only she could have kept him happy, maybe she would have never set him down this path to begin with. She might have never ruined his life.

If only she took his feelings more seriously.

"We'll be together forever, just like you wanted!"

It wouldn't have come to this.

"I'm sorry, SUNNY…" MARI apologized again, "I promise I'll come home early tomorrow for sure this time. Will that be okay?"

SUNNY looked up at her with a frown.

She could have stopped it all from happening if only she had just cared about him more.

"It's too late, MARI…" SUNNY said tiredly.

MARI eyes widened in shock as her little brother suddenly turned older right before her eyes.

"We're not kids anymore."

The lights from the room faded, and everything became dark.

"You had your chance." SUNNY told her emotionlessly.

Before MARI could even react, SUNNY pushed her down to the floor and began strangling the life out of her.

MARI felt the air in her lungs become stuck as his hands choked her neck, even as she desperately tried to wretch them off.

His grip was too strong for her.

As she was dying, she could only watch terrifyingly as her little brother's right eye split in half into two as blood began to spill on top of her.

His entire body cracked and snapped as it morphed into a monstrous form of himself.

Then, while peering down at her, his mouth formed into a horribly broken smile.

"Heh… Hehehe…" SOMETHING laughed mockingly at her.

MARI felt the grip of her hands weakening as her consciousness began to slip.

She won't be able to get out of this alive.

Maybe she deserved this?

After all...

Everything happened because it was her fault.

"Let's look for a duet that we can play together."

She couldn't breathe.

MARI jolted awake as she sat up from the couch.

Breathing heavily, the first thing she did was check her surroundings as she realized she was sleeping in the living room.

Hesitantly, she pressed a hang around her neck to make sure if she had actually been strangled.

Didn't feel like there were any marks. She felt like she could breathe just fine…

She suddenly remembered.

SUNNY was out spending the day with KEL. He wasn't going to be back until late.

She had been waiting for him in the living room ever since he left, hoping that he'd come back soon.

So it was just a nightmare then.

MARI gave a sigh of relief as she relaxed back on the couch.

The nightmares were getting more realistic… She never had a nightmare that was so vivid before. She really thought she was going to die for a second there.

It was just a dream. It was just a nightmare. None of it was real.

They don't mean anything.

MARI kept reassuring herself this while she rubbed her face to keep herself awake. She definitely did not want to go back to sleep after experiencing something like that.

After taking a while to calm herself down, she looked up at the clock on the wall to see that it had only been a few hours after SUNNY left her.

He probably won't be back anytime soon… She'll still need to wait for the rest of the day before he'll come back for her.

She was going to be all alone until then.

MARI wanted to spend more time with her little brother.

He had been gone from her life for so long…

She wished she could have taken the opportunity to spend more time with SUNNY back before the incident happened.

She was so focused on school and other stuff when she should have been more considerate of her little brother.

Now here she was, forced to wait for him even though he was finally back after six years.

Was this karma?

Has her little SUNNY always felt like this while he was waiting for her to be done with her studies?

She hated this feeling, She hated it so much.

It was no wonder why SUNNY was always so sad back when he was still a kid.

She probably deserved this. She deserved to feel this bad for subjugating her little brother to this kind of torture.

Knowing that she could come back at any moment, but was always being too busy not to. Waiting endlessly, hoping that she'll finally remember to keep her promise of coming back home early, only to be disappointed to find out that she'll be hours late.

...

MARI felt herself curl into a ball as she covered her face in her knees.

She hoped he'll come back soon.

She really missed him.

Notes:

Hi there. Just wanted to let you guys know that I'm taking a small break to recover my writing mojo.

While writing 6k words into the next chapter, I began rereading it and found myself incredibly frustrated because I wasn't satisfied with how it was going. It didn't feel like it was going to be as good as I imagined it to be. It felt way too expository and boring, and it was boring to write. I think I might be suffering from burnout after writing 110k total words for this entire story. This is a shame because I really wanted to keep writing the next scene after this. Until I can think of a way to go past this hurdle and creatively write Point B in order to get from Point A to Point C, I'm gonna be giving my brain a small break.

I'll come back in a few short weeks, hopefully. For now, I'm getting fussy over this next chapter like MARI gets fussy with her piano practice after making a mistake. I hope this short chapter will make up for it. Wait for me until then.

Thanks to everyone who left behind their thoughtful comments in the previous chapter. Trust me when I say that you guys have actually inspired me to come up with some really cool ideas that I want to write down. Don't think that this sudden break is your fault, okay? My writing quality is just going down to sh*t right now. I'm rethinking this next chapter, dumping all 6k words, and starting over from scratch once I get better. Once this chapter hurdle is done, I'll be back to writing in no time.

I wish I could abandon college though... If only I wasn't already $20,000 in debt right now...

No shoutouts for today. Sorry.

Rest easy, people.

Chapter 17: A Day Spent With KEL

Summary:

A nice day was spent with a close friend as he recalled the last six years in his perspective.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"AW COME ON!"

KEL frustratedly stuck his tongue out as he desperately concentrated on the fighting game, doing his best to gain the upper hand again after being caught in a combo for so long.

Meanwhile, OMORI was casually playing at a steady pace. Carefully watching KEL's hands while paying attention to the TV screen at the same time, OMORI blocked and dodged every move KEL threw at him with barely any difficulty.

"PLAYER TWO WINS"

KEL slammed his face on the floor, his cry of defeat muffled by the carpet.

Alright, OMORI was just gonna mentally tally this win in his head again. Eleven to zero.

At this point, OMORI was starting to feel bad for the tanned boy for winning every two-player game in his collection.

Turning his head up from the floor, KEL asked incredulously, "Dude, this is like the hundredth time you beat me! Is there any game that you're not good at?!"

OMORI thought carefully on this question, before admitting, "Farming sims."

"Wuh?" KEL blinked.

"Farmings sims. They're too hard." OMORI explained simply. "Too much time management. I'm bad at those. Always ended up in debt."

Long-term planning has always been more his sister's specialty. OMORI tended to be better at short-sighted quick thinking.

RPGs and Action games. Those were the types that he preferred. Sometimes Bullet-Hells too if he feels particularly sad*stic on himself. Mostly RPGs though.

"Well, I don't have any of those at least." KEL shrugged before sitting up and crawling over the game console. Pulling the cartridge out, KEL rummaged around his game collection as he asked, "That was the last two-player game I have so far. What else do you wanna play?" Smiling behind him, KEL told him excitedly, "I've got tons of brand new games that came out within the last six years! You will not believe how much my collection has grown since then! Zombie games, fantasy games, shooting games- We have plenty of time for you to catch up on them!"

OMORI thought a bit about it before deciding, "Mother Bound. Any from the trilogy will do."

KEL turned back with a raised eyebrow, "Really? That old series? Don't you want to play some of the newer games?"

OMORI nodded, "I'm sure."

The mindless RPG grinding will be good here. It'll give him an opportunity to talk and listen to KEL without needing to focus heavily on two things at once.

There were a lot of things he needed answers to, and KEL would be his only source of information until he could meet up with the others in this reality.

"Alright, if you say so." KEL shrugged, pulling out an old sequel of the game series and plugging it into the console. "I traded the others to get different games. This is the only one I got. Hope you don't mind."

The title screen on the TV appears, revealing that it was second in the trilogy.

OMORI has played this game hundreds of times at this point. It was one of his favorites.

OMORI wordlessly began to play, going through the introduction scenes in order to get to the gameplay.

As OMORI started playing, the door behind them opened up before a voice called out, "Oh boys~!"

Turning around, it was revealed to be KEL's mother coming in with a warm smile and a plate of orange slices.

"I brought you some healthy snacks if you want some! Hope I'm not being a bother!"

KEL pumped his fist as he cheered, "Aw yeah! Mom coming in to serve them sweet orange slices!"

OMORI nodded appreciatively, "Thanks."

Setting the plate down between the two of them, KEL's mother appraised OMORI as KEL began laying siege on the plate with his grubby little hands.

"Oh, I still can't believe you've finally come back to us, SUNNY!" KEL's mother said happily, pinching OMORI's cheek, "To think that it's already been six years! I bet your family must have been thrilled when they found out you woke up again!"

Despite feeling too numb to be bothered by his cheeks being pinched, OMORI couldn't help but feel a little belittled at the gesture.

Instead of complaining though, he mumbled out, "Yeah, they are."

MARI at least. He wasn't sure if she told their parents yet that he was here. Something to deal with later though. Heartless it may seem, but for now, his parents will only serve as a distraction for him trying to fulfill his mission.

"Your sister MARI, bless that poor girl, she's been cooped up in her house ever since that day. Did you know?" KEL's mother asked, "Hopefully now that you're back in her life, the girl can finally heal and have a healthy life again."

OMORI nodded in agreement, "I plan on that."

"Good!" She smiled happily before patting his cheek, "I'll be downstairs preparing lunch if you need me. You two get ready to come down once I'm done! Thanks again for coming to visit us, SUNNY!"

With that, KEL's mother finally stood up and left them to themselves again.

KEL, with orange slices filled up inside his cheeks like a squirrel hoarding food, looked curiously at him and asked, "Speaking of MARI, how is she doing now that you've finally woken up?"

OMORI winced as he watched KEL swallow everything without even chewing. Even though he should probably be choking to death at this point, KEL seemed unfazed.

Always a glutton, this guy...

"She's… I'm not really sure. I wouldn't say she's doing fine, but I know that she was happy to see me." OMORI answered.

KEL smiled at this, "Obviously! You're her little brother. She's been waiting for you to wake up since forever!"

"Yeah, but…" OMORI trailed off a bit, before saying, "She's different now."

KEL's smile slowly shifted into a frown, almost seeming guilty.

OMORI raised an eyebrow curiously.

KEL seems like he knows something about that.

OMORI turned to the TV screen and resumed playing. Killing snakes and all that jazz.

After a while, KEL slowly told him, "Hey… I saw MARI earlier when she opened the door for me, but she didn't seem interested in coming out to say hi."

OMORI nodded, "Yeah."

"Um… Did MARI ever… say anything about me?"

OMORI glanced at him a bit, before saying, "Yeah, she did. Just this morning when she gave everyone's gifts to me."

"Oh…" KEL mumbled awkwardly. "What did she tell you?"

"You look like you already know what she told me." OMORI stated neutrally.

"Eheh…" KEL chuckled softly at this, "Y-Yeah. I have an idea or two…"

After a long period of silence, OMORI would briefly glance over at KEL as he tried to work himself up to say something to him.

When KEL managed to work up the courage, KEL began, "Hey, SUNNY… I know MARI hates my guts… Honestly, I don't think I can blame her. I haven't been the best of friends with you. Not in the last four years, at least. Not until recently."

"Because you haven't visited in a long time?" OMORI asked curiously.

"Y-Yeah…" KEL nodded awkwardly, "I just… I wanna say that I'm-"

"Nope." OMORI interrupted.

KEL blinked stupidly as he turned to OMORI, even as OMORI kept mindlessly killing snakes.

"What do you mean,nope?" KEL asked confusedly.

"Don't apologize." OMORI stated simply.

"But-"

"No."

"But I just-"

"Nuh-uh."

"But I really am sor-"

"Cease."

"SUNNY, come on, I'm trying to-"

"Stooooooooooooooooop." OMORI emotionlessly drawled out.

KEL finally shut himself up with a disappointed frown.

Facing KEL, OMORI told him, "Don't apologize. I already forgive you."

"Seriously? Just like that?" KEL mumbled incredulously, "But SUNNY, I stopped visiting you for four entire years! I've basically convinced myself that you weren't worth visiting anymore! You're seriously not upset about that?"

OMORI shook his head, "It's not that big a deal. There was nothing you could have done about it anyway. You deserved to live your own life." Pausing the game, OMORI added, "Besides, you shouldn't feel forced to come visit if I was making you uncomfortable. Don't do something you don't want to do just for my expense."

It wasn't like OMORI was worth the effort anyway. KEL had every right to keep living his own life and make himself happy. Moving on and forgetting about him was the best call.

After saying all this though, KEL slowly blinked as he looked at the floor in careful thought.

Eventually, KEL brought himself to a small smile as he chuckled, "Heh… Just like BASIL said…"

OMORI raised an eyebrow at this.

What did BASIL have to do with this?

Before OMORI could ask further, KEL had already waved the topic away as he embarrassingly scratched his neck with a wide smile, "Heheh. Thanks, SUNNY. That really does put a load off of my mind. I mean, a part of me knew that you'd say something like that anyway, but I guess I was still feeling a little bit guilty since… I remembered how MARI kinda shouted at me for it."

"Yeah, she did seem upset." OMORI noted idly. "She made a big deal out of it. Told me that everyone except her and BASIL abandoned me to move on with their own lives. But… I honestly don't think that's a bad thing."

"She said that, huh?" KEL mumbled in thought.

OMORI resumed the game again, continuing forth until it played a cutscene as OMORI skipped past all the dialogue.

After a bit, OMORI decided to ask, "Hey KEL, you told me that you, AUBREY, and BASIL visited me during my birthday. Right?"

KEL nodded, "Yeah. The three of us celebrated it back at the hospital. We ate our share of a single cupcake and spent the whole day just hanging out with you."

"So does that mean that the group never disbanded after I got into that coma?" OMORI asked, "Besides MARI, is everyone still friends with each other?"

"Oh, that…" KEL hummed in thought, before offering an unsure, "I guess?"

"You guess?"

"Well… I'm gonna be honest, I think the group probably did get disbanded at some point…" KEL huffed as he thought back, "No thanks to me. After we all graduated from middle school, I kinda decided to just do my own thing separately from everyone else. I think I might have been avoiding AUBREY and BASIL on purpose up until recently."

OMORI nodded, showing that he was listening intently. "Any reason for that?"

"Well… Maybe I just didn't want to get chained by the past. The world was spinning, and I wanted to keep up with it. I dunno…" KEL sighed, "Thinking back, it really feels like a dumb reason. I feel happier now that I got to see the two of them again after so long."

"Well, that's good at least." OMORI stated neutrally.

KEL, AUBREY, and BASIL managed to make up with each other naturally with him in this reality.

OMORI wondered if that could've happened in his own reality? Would he have even made a difference, whether or not he left the house that day?

Hm.

...

While he had plenty of questions about MARI that he had wanted to ask, it might be prudent to get the biggest question out of the way first.

"What happened in the last six years since I was gone? How much have things changed since then?" OMORI ended up deciding to ask next.

KEL turned to him with an awkward smile, "You want the long version or short version?"

"The long version. Don't spare any details if you could help it." OMORI told him, "I want to know as much as you know."

KEL whistled softly as he ran a hand through his hair, giving it some thought. "Oh boy… Where do I even begin?"

"The beginning." OMORI requested.

KEL nodded understandingly, "Yeah, alright…"

It took him a moment to sift through his thoughts before he finally began.

"Oh, look at you! You're so adorable!"

KEL groaned as he suffered from his mom assaulting him by pinching his cheeks and smothering his forehead with kisses.

He was currently in the bathroom in front of the mirror, donned with a fancy suit and slick haircut.

KEL had just gotten home after a barber session to get his hair cleaned up alongside AUBREY and both of their dads. The reason why he was getting spruced up to look fancy in the first place was to get ready to go see his friend SUNNY and his sister MARI perform their recital.

Gonna be honest though, he was not digging how he looked in the suit.

It made him feel really really stupid.

With an excited giggle, his mom ran out of the room, "I need to go get my camera! Stay right there!"

Oh brother, Mom was going to immortalize this with a picture. KEL was not looking forward to seeing this again ten years down the line as an adult.

Speaking of brothers… Just as she left, HERO walked in from the background with an amused chuckle.

Gently patting the younger brother's head as to not mess up his hairdo whilst teasing him, HERO complimented, "My my my, KEL! You clean up good! You look like the dashing prince in someone else's fairy tale!"

"Oh shut up…" KEL grumbled uncomfortably, looking at himself self-consciously as he whined, "I look like a penguin! This outfit totally clashes with my style..."

"Ah, don't worry about that." HERO chuckled, coming to his side and putting an arm around his brother's shoulder, "We're wearing matching suits. People will think we're just a handsome pair of twins."

"We do not look anything alike to be called twins." KEL moaned while staring at the mirror, "You look way better since you're so tall. I look like a small monkey pretending to wear fancy clothing as a setup for a bad joke."

HERO reassured with a rough pat on the back, "Don't be so hard on yourself! Just because you're small, it doesn't mean you look bad because of it. Trust me though, girls will be all over you if they see you like this."

"Gross." KEL stuck his tongue out at this. "No thanks. I don't want cooties. I'll let you have them."

"Hahaha," HERO smiled confidently, "Shame for those girls then, I already have someone special waiting for me on stage." With a quick flutter of his hair, HERO gave a charming grin to himself in the mirror, "Guess I'll just have to leave a trail of broken hearts~"

"Eeeeewww."

Man, HERO was such a weirdo. It was a wonder how he managed to snag a pretty girl like MARI to be his girlfriend.

Then again, she could be pretty weird herself sometimes. Maybe people who were older siblings were just naturally attracted to each other's weirdness or something.

Well despite how his attitude suggested, KEL was actually super stoked to go see SUNNY and MARI perform today! He's been over to their house and listening to them practice for about a month now, and they sound amazing!

Sure, KEL wasn't exactly a consort of the art of classical music (Consor? Connoisseur? Conosaurus-Rex? Cole-slaw?) But even he knew a good song when he heard one.

"Man, I can't wait until we finally get to see them perform!" KEL cheered excitedly, "They're gonna look so cool up there! I'm gonna be the one cheering the loudest for them, just you watch!"

HERO chuckled at this, even as he looked at his reflection with a concerned smile, "Yeah… Hopefully, they do alright."

KEL turned to him curiously, "They should be fine. Why? Are you worried?"

HERO hummed to himself before admitting, "Well, you know how MARI can get. She always works too hard, striving for perfection even though she's already amazing the way she is. SUNNY is doing his best too, but I'm not sure if he can keep up with her level of dedication. I'm just afraid that they might end up making a big deal over a mistake or two."

"You've been over there to hear how they sound, right? SUNNY and MARI got this in the bag!" KEL reassured bombastically, "This night is going to end awesomely!"

HERO chuckled a bit with a more relaxed smile, "Yeah, you're probably right. Might just be worrying over nothing."

"I found my camera!" Their mom burst into the room excitedly, before gasping at the sight of her boys, "Oh my goodness, you two look adorable together! Stay still exactly like that and don't move a muscle!"

KEL and HERO looked at each other with a humorous smile before grinning at the mirror together.

"Cheese!"

Their mom took the picture and gave a cheerful smile, "Oh, this is absolutely precious! You two look like the perfect pair of brothers! I'm so lucky to have such a handsome duo of sons!"

"Better take as many pictures as you can, Mom." HERO warned her, "After this, KEL is probably never going to wear another suit ever again."

"I'll fight to the death if I have to!" KEL agreed with a dramatic pout.

"In that case, let me come back and record this with my camcorder! I want to cherish this memory for the rest of my life!"

Just like that, Mom was already running back to her room again.

KEL sighed tiredly, "I don't see what the big deal was. Mom can get so worked up over the weirdest things."

"Better hope she doesn't force you to keep that suit on for the rest of the night." HERO chuckled teasingly.

"Bleugh, I'd rather die."

All of a sudden, there was loud banging by the front of the house.

It sounded like someone was repeatedly banging on the door as if they were trying to break in. Whoever was banging on the door, seemed desperate for attention.

HERO and KEL gave concerned looks as they both turned around.

"Who do you think it is?" KEL couldn't help but ask.

HERO narrowed his eyes in suspicion, "I'm not sure, but it sounds urgent…"

"Do you think it's SUNNY's family coming to pick us up for the recital?"

HERO looked at the watch on his wrists before shaking his head, "It can't be. The recital doesn't start for another hour. They're still too early."

They also wouldn't be smashing the door down like this, HERO left the obvious unsaid.

Giving each other worried glances, HERO decided to go check out the commotion while KEL wordlessly followed after.

On the way down the stairs, their mom exited the room in confusion with a camcorder in her hand, "Something the matter? Who's at the door?"

KEL shrugged as he continued to follow after HERO.

By the time they both made it to the front door, the loud shouting on the other side revealed who it was.

"KEL! HERO! SOMEBODY!" BASIL's voice cried out in terror, the knocking on the door growing more and more desperate, "SUNNY needs help! Please answer the door!"

HERO quickly opened the door to let the flower boy inside after hearing that, where BASIL frantically rushed inside the house and looked around with eyes red from tears.

Seeing HERO, he immediately slammed towards the older boy in a desperate hug, "HELP! HERO, you have to call for help! SUNNY needs help!" BASIL cried out.

"Whoa, easy!" HERO kneeled down to his level and held the flower boy by his shoulders, "Calm down. What's going on, why are you panicking?"

"SUNNY! It's SUNNY, he's hurt! He's bleeding and he needs help!" BASIL sputtered out in quick bursts, his voice cracking as he gasped for breath. "He fell down the stairs and his eye is bleeding! The violin is broken and SUNNY's eye is bleeding!"

At this, HERO immediately turned to their mom who just came down the stairs to check what was wrong, and told her, "Mom, call an ambulance! It's an emergency!"

"What?! What happened?!" Their mom asked worriedly.

"Something happened to SUNNY! He fell down the stairs and now he's bleeding!"

Hearing the news, she quickly ran back into the house as she searched for their house phone.

Once that was taken care of, HERO turned back to BASIL and told him seriously, "BASIL, I need you to stay right here and try to calm down, okay? I'm going over there to check and make sure everything's okay."

BASIL made an affirmative noise as he covered his face with his arms, trying to do his best to stop crying. It didn't seem like he would be able to calm himself down anytime soon though, severely in shock and terrified from whatever happened to SUNNY.

Running outside, HERO quickly turned back to KEL and shouted, "KEL! Keep BASIL company and make sure he's alright! I'll be right back!"

"Y-Yeah, sure!" KEL nodded seriously.

HERO was already out of the front yard and running over to SUNNY's house.

Turning to the crying blond boy, KEL walked over to him and gave him a comforting pat on the back, "Sshhhh, there there, BASIL… Don't worry, HERO is already on his way. We're gonna get SUNNY help, okay?"

While he was still sobbing, BASIL nodded at KEL's words and tried to let it all out of his system.

"Everything is going to be fine. SUNNY is going to be alright…" KEL continued to whisper, doing his best to calm the poor kid down.

KEL had never seen BASIL so worked up before. Whatever happened to SUNNY must have seriously affected the flower boy if he was in this much shock and terror.

As KEL continued to comfort BASIL, KEL looked back at the opened front door with an uneasy feeling.

What in the world was going on right now? SUNNY fell down the stairs? Jeez, he really hopes the poor boy was alright… How was MARI doing? Did she know?

God, this has to be really bad timing, especially since tonight was the recital.

Thankfully, it didn't take long for KEL to hear sirens outside arriving soon after. The loud noise filling the neighborhood gave him a sense of relief that he expected BASIL really needed right now.

"See BASIL? Hear that? The ambulance is here. SUNNY is gonna be just fine!" KEL did his best to give BASIL a cheerful smile.

Hopefully, things were going to be okay like he said though...

OMORI continued grinding in-game, even as he listened intently to KEL recounting the day of the recital in his perspective.

"Did BASIL see what happened to me that day?" OMORI asked.

KEL shrugged, "I think so. BASIL was screaming about how you were bleeding because your eye landed on top of the violin."

Hm. Checks out. BASIL was there too back in his reality, and he saw everything that happened between him and MARI.

It would be safe to assume that if the timeline remained the same up until the point of the fall, then BASIL was probably there to see the argument and witness everything that happened before as well.

Once this day was over, he should try to get in contact with BASIL and ask him for his version of events.

Funny how BASIL went to get help instead of suggesting to MARI to hang his body to make it look like a suicide in this reality. Wouldn't that have been poetic for him if he died that way? Would have made for good karma.

"What happened after that?"

KEL brushed through his hair uncomfortably, before continuing, "After the ambulance took you away, we all rushed to the hospital to follow you..."

The sanitized hospital air smelled uncomfortable for KEL.

He thought about raising his complaints about it, but after checking around to see the atmosphere of the room, he thought better of it.

Probably wouldn't be really appropriate, considering they were all here to make sure SUNNY was all right.

Man, why were the doctors taking so long? When were they going to come out and give them the news about SUNNY's condition?

The longer he had to wait here, the more anxious he felt about it.

Especially whenever he looked over at MARI.

Poor girl looks like she just witnessed a world war being committed in front of her. Her blank eyes had a thousand-yard stare as she occasionally flexed her fingers in front of her face.

There was still blood on them too.

KEL grimaced a bit.

HERO was sitting next to her and noticed this, before wrapping a comforting arm around her shoulder, "You okay, MARI?"

MARI either didn't hear him or didn't bother to answer. All she could do was keep staring at her hands as if they were the only thing she could even see right now.

Man… SUNNY must have been seriously messed up if MARI was acting like this. This thought really didn't do well for his anxiety.

KEL decided to distract his thoughts by looking around the room a bit to study everyone else's reaction.

All their parents were there (besides BASIL, but KEL has never actually seen or met BASIL's parents before), standing near the side of the wall. SUNNY and MARI's parents were holding each other mournfully, looking just as anxious as KEL was feeling.

His parents stood nearby patiently. They seemed like they wanted to offer condolences, but it might be too awkward a time for that. So they just stood still as they waited like everyone else.

BASIL was sitting in the opposite corner of MARI, staying as far away from everyone else as possible. Although he had long since stopped crying, the new glare adorning his face as he burned a hole into the floor did not do much to reassure KEL that BASIL was going to be fine.

He didn't really know what BASIL was so angry about. Was it anger at SUNNY? At himself? About the violin? KEL wasn't sure if he should've asked. KEL wasn't sure if BASIL would've even answered him if he did.

...

Ugh, he didn't really know what to do in situations like these. He was never cut out for such serious or dramatic moments. The best thing he could usually think of doing at a time like this was to crack a silly joke or try to lift everyone's spirits up with something fun.

It sucked, but it was all he could really do…

Even he knew that there was a time and place for his stupid shenanigans though…

The next best thing he could really think of doing was to keep his mouth shut so that he didn't make anyone upset.

Sigh…

Man, he really hoped SUNNY was alright… SUNNY was always usually the quiet nice kid who was just a little bit shy and expressionless. He didn't deserve to go through something like this.

If only KEL knew how to help… He felt so powerless right now, just sitting here and twiddling his thumbs like this…

...

The sliding glass front door of the hospital's waiting room opened, and a girl in a fancy dress with a pink bow came rushing in.

Sliding to a stop after seeing everyone, AUBREY was breathing heavily as she frantically looked around. Seeing HERO and MARI sitting next to each other, she quickly turned her attention to them as she ran up and asked, "I came as soon as I heard! How's SUNNY?! Is he alright?!"

While MARI barely even acknowledged her existence, HERO stood up to tactfully pull her aside.

Carefully sitting her down next to KEL, HERO looked around before asking in concern, "Did you run here by yourself? Where's your mom and dad?"

AUBREY huffed angrily at this, "Mom and Dad didn't bother to make it. Never mind that, what happened to SUNNY?!"

HERO quickly hushed her as he calmed her down. Whispering gently, HERO gently told her, "AUBREY… SUNNY fell down the stairs and broke his violin. He landed on top of it and it got into his eye."

At this, AUBREY's expression went aghast as she covered her mouth. "N-No…! Is he going to be alright?!"

HERO looked away unsurely, "We don't know… The doctor hasn't come back yet. We're still waiting for them. He… He might lose his eye."

AUBREY lips began quivering as she covered her face with balled-up fists, "SUNNY… Please, no..."

When AUBREY was on the verge of crying, HERO did his best to hug and comfort the small girl, "Shhh, I know. I know. Don't cry, okay? I'm sure everything is going to be alright…"

"MARI… She must be devastated…" AUBREY sniffed as she wiped her eyes and glanced to look at the poor older sister.

MARI never stopped blankly staring at her hands.

After this was a long period of silence. Nobody else bothered to say or add anything as they all waited for the doctors to come back.

The wait for the doctors was agonizing.

KEL wished they could have done their jobs faster, if nothing else but to make this ominous atmosphere go away…

This sucked.

This really… This seriously sucked.

Huh, so that was the cover story then.

HERO told AUBREY that he fell down the stairs and broke the violin by landing on it.

Well, it was certainly better than using suicide to cover up a murder, that was for sure.

"Did MARI have anything to say about this?" OMORI mentioned, scooping a spoonful of curry into his mouth.

Despite how delicious it looked, his taste buds still refused to let him taste it. What a shame.

He and KEL were currently seated downstairs at the dinner table as they all ate lunch together. KEL's mother was busy feeding SALLY as KEL and OMORI continued their conversation.

"Not really. I think she was still in shock." KEL recalled with a sad frown, "She wouldn't talk to anyone about what happened. She wouldn't do anything except stare at her hands. I think she still had your blood on it or something…" KEL sighed.

As KEL proceeded to shovel another plate of curry down his throat, KEL's mother added her two cents, "I never seen anyone so distraught before. Neither your parents nor HERO could do anything to comfort her." With a sigh, she turned to OMORI with a sad frown, "I can't imagine what kind of thoughts were running through that poor girl's head that day. She must have seen something truly awful to stay in shock like that for so long. But I suppose I can't blame her… I'm sure I would have been the same way if anyone in my family was in a similar situation…"

OMORI hummed to himself as he continued eating.

MARI… She really went through a lot of trauma, didn't she?

Her SOMETHING was born that day, after all...

Emptying his plate, KEL went ahead and refilled it with another batch of curry again as he continued, "Eventually one of the doctors came in to tell us the news! When they told us that you were still alive, all of us were really relieved. We all checked up on you and saw that you were breathing just fine. You lost your eye, but at least you were going to live. The doctors reassured us that we could go home and rest easy. All we had to do now was wait for you to wake up." KEL smiled softly, only to resume frowning a second later, "But… You never did wake up."

She never woke up either.

"At first, we all thought that you were just taking your time to recover. The body trying to slowly repair itself or something, you know? But… after a few weeks passed and we didn't hear any news, we all started getting worried again."

KEL scratched his neck again as he sighed tiredly.

"When we had the free time, all of us would come together to work on a schedule to visit you..."

"He still hasn't woken up yet?" KEL asked disappointedly.

It had been about a few weeks by now, hadn't it? The doctors said that he should be waking up any time now.

Why wasn't he awake yet?

MARI looked up to see everyone arriving as she gave a small smile, "Oh, you're all here. Thanks so much for coming again, you guys."

MARI was sitting next to her little brother's side while holding his hand. It seemed like she'd been here for a long time now before they all arrived.

"Of course we would come!" AUBREY reassured as she returned the smile, "We all care about SUNNY just as much as you do!"

"Yeah. If you ever need us, we'll be here to keep you company." HERO added, walking up behind MARI to gently massage her shoulders.

MARI leaned back and smushed her face to HERO's arm in appreciation, "I'm glad to hear that."

KEL stood next to SUNNY's side, watching him as he steadily breathed. The heart monitor was beeping in a slow rhythm.

BASIL silently placed a vase containing a small white flower of some kind on the counter next to SUNNY's head.

Noticing this, MARI smiled gratefully, "Thanks BASIL. I'm sure SUNNY would appreciate the thoughtful gift…"

Even though he was being thanked, BASIL didn't seem to want to acknowledge her. He silently walked all the way over to the wall of the room to give himself some space and stare at the floor.

"You okay, BASIL?" KEL felt the need to ask.

BASIL simply nodded but didn't say anything else.

Although everyone was a bit worried about how unusual the flower boy was acting, they all figured that BASIL was probably still sad about what happened to SUNNY.

No one could blame him. Everyone was worried about SUNNY too.

AUBREY came up to stand next to SUNNY as she looked down on him sadly.

The pink-bowed girl sighed as she held SUNNY's other hand, "Please, SUNNY… Wake up already… Everyone's really worried about you. Don't you want to see us again?"

SUNNY did not respond.

MARI sighed depressingly at this, "He's been like this for weeks now… No matter what I do, nothing seems to wake him up."

"That… doesn't sound good…" HERO mumbled in concern. "Did the doctors say anything about it?"

MARI shook her head, "Not yet... I'm gonna ask my parents about it soon."

"He's in a coma." HERO mumbled weakly from his bed.

KEL instantly stopped as he heard this, slowly letting the toy ball he was spinning drop to the floor and bounce away.

"W-What?" KEL asked nervously, "W-Who do you mean?!"

"SUNNY." HERO answered forlornly as he stared at the floor. "His parents told me earlier today when I came by. The doctors say that he was showing no signs of waking up. They have no idea when he'll regain consciousness, or if he'll even regain it at all."

Oh my god.

SUNNY was…

His best friend was in a coma?

...

Shaking his head clear from the shock, KEL quickly stepped up to his brother and asked desperately, "Then what do we do?! How are we going to help SUNNY?!"

HERO shook his head at this, "I don't we can…"

"But there had to be something that we could do, right? This can't be something permanent!" KEL shouted as he kept shaking HERO, "How long will SUNNY stay asleep for anyway?! He's only just a kid! Comas are supposed to be something that only happens when you get into an extreme accident or something, right?! All SUNNY did was fall down some stairs, there's no way he could just go into a coma from something like that! RIGHT?!"

SUNNY was only here just a few weeks ago! They had been playing together and having fun just earlier this month! How could something like this have happened all of a sudden?!

"I don't know what else to say, KEL." HERO mumbled remorsefully, "I'm sorry. But we might not see SUNNY again for a long time…"

"T-That can't be right…" KEL mumbled in shock.

Stepping a few feet back, KEL felt himself tumble back and land on his butt.

"That can't be right… SUNNY was just here! He was supposed to be playing the recital with MARI just a few weeks ago!" KEL kept telling himself, his vision growing blurry as tears flooded his eyes, "We were all supposed to go see them play! How could he be in a coma?!"

It wasn't fair.

It just wasn't fair.

What was he supposed to do now?

His friend SUNNY needed help from them. All of them. He was in the most dangerous situation that KEL could possibly think of.

They had to do something, shouldn't they?

How could they have let this happen?!

It…

"It's not f-fair…" KEL choked up.

How could he feel so powerless right now? Was there seriously nothing he could do?

Was the only thing he could possibly do for SUNNY was to just… accept it?

"It's not fair!" KEL shouted out.

He couldn't even register someone wrapping their arms around him until they started whispering next to his ear.

"Shh, I know... I know." HERO whispered gently, rubbing KEL's head as he comforted him, "I'm sorry. I know."

The gravity of the situation finally settled in at that moment. Seeing HERO doing his best to comfort him like this showed just how serious everything was.

His best friend from next door was in a coma, and there was nothing anyone could do except wait.

The floodgates opened before KEL could even stop it.

He cried so hard that day, letting his tears stain his big brother's shirt as HERO did his best to keep a hold of him.

This…

This seriously sucked...

OMORI felt an uncomfortable frown forming on his lips as he watched KEL somberly recall that day with a sad smile.

SALLY was in between them as they all played together with colorful building block sets. SALLY kept making all these unique architectures just from her imagination alone, stuff that looked strangely beautiful in its chaotic nature.

This girl probably had a talent lying dormant somewhere.

"I'm… I'm sorry you had to deal with that, KEL…" OMORI mumbled, "I didn't realize you took it so hard."

KEL shook his head as he gave a curious smile, "Why are you apologizing? It's not like it was your fault or anything."

In a way, it kind of was…

But OMORI kept that to himself since he knew KEL wouldn't understand.

"Besides… I wasn't the one who took the news the hardest." KEL continued on, helping SALLY by adding in his own decorations to the toy monument in front of them, "HERO told me that MARI really didn't take it well. When the doctors told your family, she apparently kind of just… shut down."

OMORI furrowed his brows as he listened intently, "Shut down?"

"Yeah…" KEL nodded pitifully, "She kept herself locked up in her room for about an entire month or two. Wouldn't come out for any reason… Sometimes we would come to visit her and check to see if she was okay, but… She was practically a zombie in her bed. She'd rarely eat either, not unless it was HERO's cooking for some reason… When we asked her if she was okay, she'd always just say the same thing over and over again…"

"And what did she say?"

"That it was all her fault." KEL shrugged softly, "She kept blaming herself over it."

Hm.

OMORI could remember a time like that. Keeping himself locked away in his room to avoid having to do anything outside.

At some point, he managed to work himself up to finally leave the room in order to travel around the house, but… That was only after he began suppressing the truth.

"It wasn't until later when she finally got better and started leaving the house again!" KEL smiled optimistically for a bit, before toning it back as he remembered, "Or at least, seemingly got better. She still wasn't the same as she used to be, but at least she was finally talking to other people again. I was pretty relieved to see her, even if it was only to go visit you at the hospital."

The reason why he locked himself up in his room in the first place was because of the world he created in his mind. He couldn't deal with anything outside, so he would spend most of his time in his make-believe safe space where nothing went wrong.

WHITE SPACE.

This must have been when MARI started going through the same process too. Hearing that her little brother was going to be stuck in a coma for who knows how long must have triggered something within her. She was slowly forgetting her memories to keep herself sane again, if OMORI had to guess.

The question he had to figure out though, what were those memories that she was trying to forget in the first place?

"Did MARI ever tell anyone why she thought it was her fault?" OMORI asked.

KEL shook his head, "No, I don't think so. I think she just blames herself for not being able to save you. Like she feels responsible that she couldn't have prevented it from happening in the first place, you know?"

OMORI widened his eye at this.

A crucial piece of information finally came to light.

MARI never told them about what happened, just like OMORI didn't in his reality. KEL and the others were all convinced it was just an accident that MARI couldn't possibly have been a part of.

Judging by how KEL still didn't seem to know even to this day, then that must mean that BASIL was still keeping it all a secret too or he genuinely didn't know either.

"Hey, SUNNY…" KEL called to him, knocking him out of his thoughts.

OMORI blinked before returning his attention to his friend, "Yeah?"

"I'm worried about MARI sometimes." KEL admitted, "The way she's been living, I don't think it's healthy. I've tried getting her to come outside the house to hang out plenty of times, but she would never budge on it. Then when I stopped visiting you, she grew even colder and distant than I've ever seen her." With a sigh, KEL told him, "If she's still blaming herself over what happened to you, I hope you find a way to get her to snap out of it. At this point, I think you might be the only one who can convince her to go back to normal again."

The only one, huh?

He'll certainly do everything he possibly can.

But…

SALLY came up to him while he was distracted, grabbing onto his shirt while staring at his eyepatch.

OMORI looked at her curiously, before gently greeting her, "Hello, SALLY. Something you need?"

"SPACEBOY!" She suddenly shouted while pointing at his eyepatch.

OMORI raised an eyebrow at this.

That was the second time today someone thought he was wearing an eyepatch just to look like CAPTAIN SPACEBOY. What are the odds?

KEL gently picked his little sister up and placed her on his lap as he looked at OMORI with an embarrassed smile, "Sorry about that! I've been letting her watch the Saturday cartoons ever since she was born. She doesn't know any better, I haven't taught her not to point and stare yet."

OMORI shrugged indifferently, "It's okay. She's just a kid."

Bringing his attention to the younger girl, KEL began to tickle her as punishment, "Lookie here you little rascal, you can't be pointing and shouting stuff like that. Alright? It's not very nice."

SALLY laughed happily, having lots of fun playing with her older brother even as she was tickled all over the place.

"How old is she now?" OMORI asked.

Looking up at him, KEL smiled, "She's turning three in about three more months. Babies grow up so fast, you know?"

Considering that the last time OMORI saw SALLY, she was only about nine months old, then yeah. They definitely do grow up fast.

Two years could go by just as fast as a quick jump down from the hospital.

Heh. That was a good one. He'll need to use that later.

Resuming back on topic, OMORI decided to ask next, "Did something happen between MARI and HERO?"

KEL frowned a bit after hearing this, even as he continued playing with her little sister.

"Yeah." The tanned boy nodded, "I think it might have been my fault."

"How so?" OMORI tilted his head curiously.

"Hey, MARI!" KEL shouted out after seeing the older girl leave her house.

"Oh, KEL. Good morning." MARI returned a weak smile and wave to the boy.

With an excited grin, KEL ran across their yard and came up to her, "MARI, you wanna hang out at our house today? HERO's learning how to make some kind of Asian food thing called Bang Shoe or something."

"Bang shoe?" MARI mumbled, before realizing, "Oh, Bánh Xèo."

"Yeah, it's some sort of weird pancake thing that you eat with meat and shrimp!" KEL said with a bounce, "You wanna come over and try it when he's done tonight?"

With a sad smile, she shook her head, "Sorry, KEL. Not today. I'm about to go visit SUNNY again."

"Oh, in that case, let me come with you!" KEL offered happily.

It had been a while since he last visited his friend. It'll be nice to see his face again.

Besides, it's the least KEL could do for him. He'll just have to keep visiting again and again until his best friend finally wakes up!

MARI smiled gratefully at this, "Of course! I'm sure he'd love that!"

"Hey, MARI!" KEL shouted after seeing the older girl leave her house.

"Oh, KEL. Good afternoon." MARI returned a weak smile and wave to the boy.

"Summer's finally here! Don't you just love that sun shining down at us!" KEL asked happily, "Days like this just make you want to go out and do something energetic!"

"Heh," MARI laughed awkwardly, before shaking her head, "Maybe for someone like you, KEL. For me, I'm just planning to visit SUNNY again."

"Oh… Okay." KEL nodded understandingly.

MARI hasn't been doing anything except visiting SUNNY anymore. SUNNY sure was lucky to have such a devoted sister.

"AUBREY and HERO said they'll be joining me today." MARI told him, before asking, "You want to come with us?"

"Sure!" KEL agreed.

It'll be nice to see his friend's face again. It's the least he could do for him after all. He'll keep visiting until SUNNY finally wakes up again!

"Hey, MARI!" KEL shouted after seeing the older girl leave her house.

"Oh, KEL. Good evening." MARI returned a weak smile and wave to the boy.

KEL couldn't help but feel an uneasy pit of deja vu forming in his stomach whenever they said hi to each other like this.

Ignoring the weird thought, KEL came up to her with a smile, "Winter's finally here. Nice weather to sometimes just stay cooped up inside and enjoy the heater with a warm blanket, you know?"

"I guess." MARI smiled half-heartedly.

"You wanna come over and hang out with us? We're having smores and hot chocolate by the fireplace! It'll be fun!" KEL invited.

"Sorry, not now." MARI shook her head, "I'm just visiting SUNNY again."

"Oh, again." KEL mumbled with a neutral frown.

How long has it been now? It had to be about a year since the accident, wasn't it?

"Do you want to come with me?" MARI asked expectantly.

"Uh… Um…" KEL mumbled uncomfortably before saying, "Sure. I'll let HERO and my parents know."

I mean, he might as well. It'll be the least he could do for his friend. He'll just need to… keep visiting until he finally wakes up again.

"Oh. Hey, MARI." KEL greeted with a small smile, seeing the older girl leave her house.

"Oh, KEL. Good morning." MARI returned a weak smile and wave to the boy.

KEL calmly walked up to her as he dribbled his basketball over, "How are you doing today? Is everything good?"

"I guess." MARI shrugged, not bothering to elaborate further.

There was an awkward silence between them as KEL tried to think of something else to say to the girl.

Scratching his neck, he decided to ask, "Uh, you still keeping in contact with HERO? I know that ever since he left for college, it's probably been a bit lonely for you."

MARI shook her head reassuringly, "It's fine. HERO still calls me sometimes when he's not busy. We talk a bit and catch up on small things."

"That's good… That's good." KEL nodded neutrally at this.

It's been about two years since the accident. KEL's been managing to be fine on his own without his older brother watching over him, even as he prepares to transition from middle school to high school.

MARI was supposed to be going to college with his older brother, wasn't she? But… She still hasn't moved on from SUNNY yet...

He hasn't seen AUBREY or BASIL in a while either. Mostly since he's been busy hanging out with a new group of friends. They were probably doing alright for themselves, hopefully.

KEL would usually try to hang out with them, but…

"Are you busy?" MARI asked, before inviting him, "Do you want to come with me to see SUNNY?"

Again?

SUNNY… How many times has KEL visited him at this point?

Too many times to count. Too many for someone like him.

It was always the same thing, over and over again...

What was even the point anymore?

Was SUNNY ever even going to wake up again? He already missed out on all his middle school years.

It felt so… tiring, to be honest. Seeing him, sleeping on that bed. With absolutely no changes whatsoever. He never gives any hints of coming back. All he ever does is sleep now.

No matter how many times KEL came to visit him, it's not like SUNNY was ever going to pop out of his bed and play with him anymore.

Nothing ever changes.

It…

Seriously…

Sucked.

"Not today…" KEL decided, before awkwardly apologizing, "Sorry, but I kind of have plans."

"Oh." MARI blinked in surprise, before gently smiling, "It's okay. Next time then."

BASIL's grandmother passed away.

They held a private funeral for her in the church. KEL wasn't invited, so he didn't join.

Poor BASIL… KEL tried to visit him one time to offer condolences, but BASIL asked him to leave him alone and give him some time to grieve.

KEL didn't want to be pushy or be disrespectful, so he accepted BASIL's wishes and left him alone.

He hasn't seen AUBREY around in a while. The only time they ever see each other was after school when everyone was going home, but KEL was usually too busy with other friends to make time for her anymore.

He was actually on his way to meet up with someone, only to be surprised to see MARI hanging out right outside his door.

"Oh. Hi, MARI." KEL greeted softly.

"KEL. Hi." MARI nodded curtly.

The way MARI was staring at him made him feel uncomfortable. He really didn't know what to say or do here. KEL hasn't seen her in a long while, so having her pop up all of a sudden kinda spooked him a little.

"Need something, MARI?" KEL asked awkwardly.

"I'm about to go see SUNNY today." MARI told him, before asking expectantly, "Do you want to come? You always used to come visit with me before."

Oh…

"Erm… Sorry, MARI. Not today." KEL sheepishly declined, "I already made plans to hang out with someone right now."

"You always make so many plans lately." MARI noted bluntly as she narrowed her eyes at him, "Why don't you ever visit SUNNY anymore?"

KEL didn't know why, to be honest. He didn't know how to answer either.

So instead, he did his best to dodge the question with an embarrassed, "Oh, you know! Sometimes things just pop up without me realizing! A-Anyways, I should probably go now! I can't keep my friend waiting for me!"

Without another word, KEL awkwardly ran away from her as he sprinted over to the plaza.

He seriously did not know how to confront her over something about this.

He didn't even know how to confront himself with this problem either.

Visiting SUNNY should be something he had to do, shouldn't it? It was the least he could do for his friend.

But…

He just…

He just couldn't for some reason.

He just couldn't.

Not anymore.

It's been four years since the accident.

He's now a healthy high schooler living a normal comfortable life.

His parents gave birth to a cute baby girl earlier this year. They named her SALLY. KEL felt really happy to become a big brother to someone now. This must have been how HERO felt when their parents gave birth to him!

He's met and made tons of new friends over the years. He's practically surrounded himself with all sorts of amazingly cool people. Every day is basically a busy day of him making connections with others and living life to the fullest.

Later this month, he has plans to try out for the basketball team! Hopefully he gets accepted. He liked to think he was pretty fast and good with the ball, so he's not too worried about it. Still, the thought does make him a bit excited and nervous.

On his way to OTHERMART, he was on an errand to pick up some beef for his dad. The old man recently got into a new hobby of grilling food, buying tons of books that taught him how to make the perfect burger. KEL was fully supportive of this, as he could not resist the idea of eating perfectly grilled meat.

As he went down the aisle though, he spotted someone very familiar. A girl with long black hair that he hasn't seen in a long while.

"Hey, MARI!" KEL shouted after seeing the older girl walk past with a shopping cart full of random frozen food.

MARI stood up straight in surprise, slowly turning around to see the tanned boy coming up to her with a big dumb smile.

"MARI! It's been a while! How've you been?" KEL asked happily.

Instead of returning the greeting, MARI stared at him blankly as if she didn't even recognize him.

For the longest time, she didn't say anything.

KEL was beginning to feel a little bit creeped out from the prolonged staring contest.

"M-MARI?" KEL greeted again, this time with an awkward, "It's me, KEL! You recognize me, don't you?"

The moment he mentioned his name, MARI suddenly snapped just like that.

The odd stare became a very cold glare, one that he never thought he'd ever see MARI give to him before in his life. It was enough to knock the sails off his boat as he stumbled back in surprise.

"Don't bother me."

That was all MARI had to say before briskly walking away.

KEL was completely floored by the response.

He was stuck there frozen in place as he kept mulling over her reaction towards him.

"And she just walked away? Without another word?" HERO asked in concern.

His older brother finally came back to visit the family again. He was taking a small break from college, meaning he'd be able to hang out for the next few months until he had to go back to continue.

During this visit, KEL brought up what happened with MARI to HERO so that he could ask for some advice.

"Yeah…" KEL muttered sadly, "I've been trying to visit her sometimes to see what was up. Been knocking on her doors pretty much every day, but… She's been ignoring me ever since then."

HERO hummed in heavy thought, his eyes narrowing as he stared at the ceiling.

"That's weird… MARI never brought anything up whenever I called her on the phone. I saw her just a bit ago too, and she doesn't seem all that weird to me. In fact, she was pretty happy when I came to visit."

"Aw man… That must mean I did something wrong then." KEL groaned, lowering his face on his hands.

"Do you even know what you did to make her act so cold towards you?" HERO asked.

KEL shook his head, "Not really… I mean, I haven't even seen her in a while before then! Up until that point in the OTHERMART, I was too busy with other stuff to really think about MARI. This has been the first time in forever. I seriously can't think of anything I did wrong…"

Or maybe… it was because of the fact that KEL hadn't seen her in a long while that made her so angry at him?

Whatever the case was, HERO nodded resolutely before standing up, "Alright then. I'm gonna go over and try to figure this out. See if I can't fix this old bridge again."

"Should I come with?" KEL asked, moving to follow after him, "I can come to apologize to her, face to face."

HERO waved him away with a reassuring smile, "I appreciated the thought, but maybe now's not the best time. Wait until after I figure out what's going on first before doing anything. An empty apology might just make things worse if you don't know why you're apologizing in the first place."

"Oh… Yeah, okay." KEL nodded understandably, before sitting back down. Looking up to his older brother, KEL muttered, "Thanks, HERO."

"No probs. Just give me a day to sort everything out."

It took him about nighttime before HERO came back.

Heavy rain pounded against the window as brief sounds of thunder rumbled across the town. It was the heaviest storm to ever pop up since this season.

KEL was surprised to see HERO coming back soaking wet as if he was standing outside in the rain for half the day.

"Dude, you okay?! Do you need me to grab a towel or something?" KEL asked in concern, jumping off his bed and rushing to his brother's side to help.

Instead of answering, HERO had a far-off look with a miserable expression donned on his face.

"HERO…?" KEL called out weakly.

"MARI broke up with me…" HERO said despondently.

He didn't bother uttering another word before moving all the way to his bed and collapsing on top of it with barely an expression changing.

Oh.

Shoot.

KEL didn't know what else to say or what to do.

He wanted to try to comfort his older brother about what happened, but…

Maybe it would be better if he just left it alone.

KEL was the type to somehow mess things up a lot without meaning to, after all.

Maybe he should have kept his mouth shut about MARI being angry about him in the first place. It seemed like a problem he could've easily solved himself without bringing HERO into all this.

Damn it.

This sucked.

This seriously sucked.

This…

Ugh... Why was he so useless?

KEL gave a frustrated huff as he started scratching his hair, "It was probably my fault for this, but when HERO became concerned about the way she was treating me, he went to go visit her. I don't know what happened between the two of them, but they broke up after that." KEL rubbed his face down as he continued, "HERO wouldn't tell me why. I think it was because he didn't want me to feel guilty…"

HECTOR excitedly returned to them while carrying back the tennis ball.

Putting it down in front of OMORI's feet, he waggled his tail and gave a happy bark as he waited for it to be thrown again.

Picking the ball up, OMORI obliged the good boy as he gave his best attempt to throw the ball out into the yard.

HECTOR quickly chased after, leaving the two boys alone again.

"That really does suck." OMORI stated.

"Yeah…" KEL mumbled back.

Hm…

That explains why MARI flared up when OMORI mentioned HERO yesterday… They must have had an argument over something important, maybe…

Did HERO notice how unhealthy MARI has been living her life? Did KEL bringing up what happened between them become the hint that caused HERO to delve further into his sister's problems?

HERO would never let MARI become a reclusive shut-in… He loved her too much to let her waste away. He would've done something drastic to pull her out.

Did MARI feel like HERO was trying to take her away from her little brother? Was she upset at how HERO was trying to push her to move on?

If MARI was willing to threaten their own mother about committing suicide just so that she could stay with him, OMORI could only imagine what sort of things MARI had to say to get HERO to back off.

Poor guy…

What a damn shame. Those two were perfect for each other too. OMORI had never seen a more amazing relationship than those two.

Even now, OMORI somehow inadvertently caused the two lovebirds to get separated from each other again.

Sigh…

At least it wasn't murder that tore them apart this time. OMORI had the chance to fix this while he was still here.

"HERO never told you anything about what happened?" OMORI asked to make sure.

"No." KEL shook his head disappointedly, "He didn't want to talk about it when I asked."

Hm… If only OMORI could figure out more about what happened…

Let's recap then.

Everything from before the day of the recital stayed exactly the same. Nothing different between this reality and the other one.

The turning point was when he had somehow managed to save MARI from the fall, sacrificing himself instead.

After going into a coma, MARI became devastated over him and started blaming herself. She made the mistake of not telling anyone why she thought it was her fault. Everyone thought it was just an accident, but to MARI and even potentially BASIL, MARI almost nearly killed her own little brother.

The group stayed together for two years before HERO left for college. MARI and HERO still had a good relationship at this point.

KEL began to lose faith and broke away from the group in order to move on with his life. This was when MARI began resenting him.

OMORI still didn't have a clear picture of what BASIL and AUBREY did during this time. Judging by how MARI also resented AUBREY as well, and how AUBREY still ended up becoming a leader of a gang, perhaps AUBREY must have stopped visiting at some point during this time too.

BASIL's grandmother died two years earlier than he remembered happening in his original reality. How and why that was different, OMORI wasn't sure. No doubt it affected the flower boy negatively though, so that was something he'll need to check out later when he has the chance.

Maybe he should ask again to make sure.

"What about BASIL and AUBREY? How have they been doing in the last six years? Do you know how they feel towards MARI?" OMORI asked.

KEL hummed, "Well, like I said, I haven't been really a part of the group in a long time. I'm not too sure what happened to AUBREY, but she's also really different than how she used to be. BASIL's actually been doing pretty fine for himself at least." KEL began thinking about it some more, before continuing, "I don't know about how they're dealing with MARI, but I do know that MARI has been avoiding the both of them. Kind of like how she's been avoiding me…"

Really?

Hm…

That aligns with how MARI feels about AUBREY, KEL, and HERO…

But BASIL? She was avoiding him too? That doesn't match up…

MARI had told him earlier this morning that both BASIL and her were the only ones to have been visiting him these past four years. She didn't seem to sound resentful towards him at all.

Why would she be avoiding him too if she didn't have any reasons to hate him?

Was it because… BASIL knew what happened that day?

Hm.

Yeah, going out to look for BASIL was definitely gonna be next on the priority list for OMORI…

Back to recapping the events so far.

So, AUBREY left the group as she began to form her own gang, presumably. MARI begins resenting her.

BASIL never stopped coming to visit him, so MARI still regarded him positively. KEL said she was avoiding him too though? Not enough information to go off about this.

HERO came back to visit and got worried about MARI. They must have gotten into an argument before they broke up. MARI begins resenting HERO.

At some point near his birthday, KEL, AUBREY, and BASIL reunited together to celebrate. They didn't seem to be on bad terms with each other if they're able to get together like that, so MARI was the only outlier here.

Okay…

Yeah, things were clearing up now.

A game plan was starting to form in his mind as he thought about how to help MARI overcome her guilt from this. It wasn't quite finalized, but the foundation was there for him to get started. He just needed to fit more pieces into the puzzle.

At least he was partially caught up with the timeline of events in this reality now. Enough to give him a basic idea of what was going on.

Eventually, the sun began to set as nighttime hit.

The stars lit up brightly as they adorned the sky.

No matter how many times he had seen this before, the image still took his breath away.

So beautiful…

Both KEL and OMORI enjoyed themselves as they laid out in front of KEL's grassy yard.

KEL gave a small giggle as he shivered, presumably because of a gust of cool chilly wind passing by.

OMORI could only watch with mild jealousy as his friend enjoyed the weather since his body was still too numb to feel anything.

Still, he couldn't complain. This had been a very productive day for him.

After a while, KEL's mom came out to remind the two of them, "Oh boys! It's getting late! I'm about to finish dinner soon."

At the sound of dinner, KEL immediately hopped up to his feet with inhumane speed, "Aw yeah, din-din time!"

OMORI slowly pulled himself up and wiped the grass away from his pants.

"SUNNY, would you like to stay over for dinner? We have enough room for one more!" KEL's mom invited him in with a warm smile.

OMORI shook his head apologetically, "Sorry, but I can't. My sister's waiting for me back home."

"Oh, that's too bad." KEL's mom smiled understandingly, "In that case, give her our regards! Hope to see you soon, dearie."

"Thanks for your hospitality, ma'am." OMORI nodded.

"Oh, can I actually walk SUNNY back home, Mom?" KEL piped up with an energetic bounce.

"Sure! Just don't stay out too long, okay? I'll be waiting." KEL's mother smiled encouragingly before stepping back inside and closing the door.

Turning to the tanned boy, OMORI told him, "You don't have to, you know. I literally live a house next to you."

"I know that!" KEL chuckled obviously, "I just want to spend as much time with you as I can before you have to go!"

"Oh." OMORI mumbled.

KEL gave him a wide grin before hopping over to the sidewalk and gesturing for OMORI to follow him, "C'mon! Let's get going before MARI tries to kill me for taking too long!"

With a quick nod, OMORI trailed after the athletic boy, calmly walking next to him even as his friend proceeded to do small mini frog jumps over every crack in the sidewalk.

Making their way to the front door of his house, KEL turned around to face OMORI with a huge smile, "SUNNY, this has been one of the greatest days I've ever had! I seriously haven't had this much fun in a long while! Thanks for hanging out with me today."

OMORI awkwardly rubbed his neck, feeling lost as to how to respond with such earnest words. Instead, he ended up going with a small, "No problem."

"Dude, we should seriously hang out again soon! I can't wait for the next time!" KEL suggested excitedly, hopping side to side.

"Sure. Same here." OMORI nodded.

Seeing KEL being happy-go-lucky like this was honestly a bit of a relief for him. OMORI could always rely on him to have a positive attitude in his life, despite whatever gets thrown at him. Even in this reality with its own sets of problems, KEL managed to do his best to get by unscathed.

KEL was weird, but he was a force of nature not to be reckoned with.

He was glad to have known such a good friend.

Hopefully, someday, KEL would end up meeting a better friend than OMORI to take his place.

"I guess I'll be seeing you then." OMORI waved softly before turning to the front door.

Before he could begin to knock, KEL actually stopped bouncing in place as the tanned boy held an arm to stop him.

"KEL?" OMORI turned back, wondering what was wrong.

He was a bit surprised to see KEL giving him a tear-stained smile.

KEL moved faster than he expected, already coming in for another hug before OMORI could react.

"SUNNY… I really am happy to have you back." KEL managed to choke out, his voice becoming hoarse as he continued, "I'm… I'm so seriously happy to a point beyond where you won't even believe it."

OMORI widened his eyes, unable to react properly.

KEL's lips began quivering as he began hugging OMORI tighter, his hands balled up into fists.

"For the longest time, I thought for sure that you'd never come back again. I was ready to call it quits and leave you to whatever you might've ended up becoming. If it wasn't for BASIL opening my eyes, I probably would have never even considered going back to visit you again." KEL cried softly, "I'm so glad he was right about everything… I can't wait for things to go back to how they used to be now that you're back… I missed you so much, buddy…"

Sigh…

OMORI truly never deserved to have such loyal friends looking after him. All this goodwill, all this kindness and love, all wasted on someone like him…

Still, OMORI hugged KEL back in appreciation for everything he's ever done for the stoic boy. Both in this reality and the old one.

If it wasn't for KEL encouraging him, OMORI probably wouldn't have ever stepped outside his front door. He was the catalyst that led him to face the truth to begin with.

OMORI owed KEL everything.

Closing his eye, he allowed himself to enjoy the hug with one of his best friends as KEL softly cried into his shoulder.

After a while, KEL managed to grab ahold of himself and pull back with an optimistic smile.

Hopping back and forth again like nothing ever happened, KEL chuckled embarrassingly as he wiped his tears, "Sorry about that! Don't know what came over me. I guess I've been holding myself back this whole day."

"It's not a problem." OMORI flashed a thumbs up.

Flashing a thumbs up back, KEL grinned widely, "Hey, tell MARI that I'm sorry for everything. I want us to get back together so that we could all become friends again. I don't care how long it takes or what I need to do. Even if she doesn't think so, I still consider her to be one of my closest friends too!"

Yeah. OMORI will do his best to get MARI to open herself back up to everyone else again. It might even be one of the steps to help get her to face the truth.

"Of course." OMORI nodded.

Happily hopping away from him as if he was a human pogo-stick on steroids, KEL cheered out with a giant wave, "Thanks again for hanging out with me today!"

OMORI waved back, "Anytime."

With that, the night ended on a cheerful note as OMORI prepared to reenter his house again.

Now… Time to see what he could do for MARI tonight.

Notes:

Goddammit, I couldn't help myself. I had to post this as soon as I was done with it.

I hate this chapter. I had to erase about 30k words worth of iterations and rewrite them again just to come to something even close to a satisfying chapter. I still hate it.

Okay, I'm going to take a break for real this time. Don't expect another chapter for at least a week or two. Sorry for the mistimed announcement from the end of the last chapter.

Thanks to everyone who left their comments. Still no shoutouts for this one because I f*ckING HATE MYSELF GOD I ADSAJDSALKAJSD

NEXT OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHOUTOUTS

What are your favorite OMARI AU fanfics besides this one? I actually never read any fanfics with OMARI before and kinda made a whole lot of assumptions. Going back into looking at them, I've noticed that they tend to do a lot of roleswapping with more than just one character, to the point where it's a little bit ridiculous. Can anyone recommend me some good fics so that I could perhaps draw inspiration from?

I get the feeling that some of my cool ideas might not be as cool as I was originally led to believe.

Alright, I'm taking a break for real this time. Call me on Discord to leave complaints.

TheNextGamer#6102

I'll very rarely use Discord, so apologies if I don't respond back immediately. Or ever.
Apologies if I don't ever respond.

Chapter 18: BASIL's All Grown Up

Summary:

Our resident flower boy seems to be doing well for himself. Hopefully, SUNNY will be proud to see him all grown up.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

BASIL casually spun the small garden shears around his fingers in thought as he looked at the two bags in front of him.

It was almost around the annual time to replace all the soil for the plants again. The old soil was about to outlive its usefulness in providing nutrients for the plants, so he'll need to move them all over to make sure the plants remain healthy.

The problem he was having trouble deciding was whether to use Long Lasting Soil From Nature, or his usual favorite Fast Sprout Growing Mix.

Which would be more important here? Getting ready to have the plants they already have to last longer, or to get ready to plant new ones quickly just in case the old ones die?

It would have to depend on whether or not the old plants will sell. If not, it'd be a safer bet to plant new ones… It would be a waste to have the old ones die out though...

Decisions decisions decisions… Hmmmm.

BASIL hummed as he flourished the garden shears in his hand, carefully spinning it with practiced precision as he watched his reflection on the metal surface.

Just a small little habit he picked up about a few years ago. For some reason, he just liked to spin his shears around for the fun of it. He got good to the point where he could even do some pretty neat tricks if he concentrated enough.

The time he spent practicing just to be skillful at this was definitely an embarrassing amount though. Not to mention the fact that he's accidentally cut his own fingers multiple times while doing this.

A small memory came back to him as he continued looking at himself in the reflection.

The plants were all watered and the photo album was filled out from today's adventure. The door to HEADSPACE was gone for the time being, and he knew he wouldn't be able to see it again until tomorrow.

He should get ready to wake up now, shouldn't he?

PRINCE gave a contemplative stare at the garden shears in his hands, giving it a quick spin around his fingers before ultimately plunging the blade into his stomach.

The warm blood seeping out of him felt comforting, before…

...

BASIL closed his eyes as the memory washed over him.

To think that he was in such a damaged state at one point that suicide seemed like a reasonable idea to consider.

He'd like to think that he's been doing well for himself these past four years since those dark times. He certainly hasn't had any suicidal thoughts anymore.

Although his past will still follow him, he wouldn't let that affect how he planned to shape his future. One day, he'll be the cool and reliable older BASIL that he always dreamed of being for the people he cared about.

Grandma would be proud. Maybe SUNNY too, if only he knew.

...

Anyways, plant soil. What do?

Hm...

Eh, he'll just do half and half. Couldn't hurt to play it safe both ways.

BASIL gave himself a shrug before moving to cut both bags of plant-soil together as he went to work.

A day in the life of BASIL was usually a simple one.

Most of the time, the day would usually play out with him waking up, going to work, visiting his best friend SUNNY at the hospital, then returning back home after a hard day's work.

It wasn't rare for his day to be filled with fun little distractions to keep him company though. Occasionally he would make time to hang out with friends that he's made while growing up in FARAWAY.

And he's definitely made a decent amount of friends, surprisingly enough.

AUBREY and her SCOOTER GANG were one such example. Being friends with their leader gave him the virtue of being one of their honorary members. It was basically a fancy way of announcing that he would be considered a valued friend, even if he doesn't participate in the nitty-gritty aspect of the gang lifestyle.

They weren't the only ones though. BASIL had plenty of examples of such friends that he's met along the way these past six years.

Working at FIX-IT, he'd gotten to meet all kinds of unique and fun people that kept him company. Some wacky, some normal, but always a pleasure to be around for the most part.

A day doesn't pass by without something happening. That was the charm of his small little town FARAWAY.

Early in the morning when he was mopping the floors, he met up with KIM and VANCE'S dad as he perused the house section. The old man was burning a hole into the products with a fierce glare that only a warrior like him could muster.

"Another broken pipe again, sir?" BASIL asked humorously as he passed by.

"Hm?" The old bearded man turned to him before busting out a big hearty smile, "Oh! Hey there, BASIL! On the contrary, it's not a broken pipe." With a proud smirk, he gloated, "I've actually been upgraded to a leaky hole in my roof this time!"

How that was an upgrade to be proud of, BASIL wasn't sure. Still, the flower boy smiled politely and nodded, "As long as you don't charge head-first directly into the roof and make a human-shaped hole when you get mad. I'm sure you'll be fine."

"Ah pssshaw- Like that's going to happen again! I've practically had enough experience from watching your friend AUBREY to know exactly what I'm doing this time." The man laughed boastfully, only to pause and frown, "Maybe."

"Good luck and please don't die, sir."

Then later in the afternoon when he needed to be on cash register duty, another familiar person of interest would appear to brighten his day.

An effeminate pretty boy with black hair came in with a smile, greeting the flower boy with a soft-spoken, "Hello, BASIL."

"Oh! PB!" BASIL cheerily smiled back, "I haven't seen you since you graduated! How's college going?"

"Better than High School, I must admit." PB replied pleasantly, "It's been a bit lonely, especially with JAY being held back for a year. We make time to visit each other often though! JAY and I have been keeping our relationship under wraps this time around, so we haven't been harassed by anyone so far like back then."

"That's good then, I think..." BASIL offered, "At least the guys who bullied you won't bother you again. Not after what AUBREY and her gang did to make sure!"

PB and JAY often had their lockers vandalized and were once physically assaulted back when they were together in high school. BASIL was lucky enough to have connections with an influential person like AUBREY to have her get the bullying to stop before things got too bad.

No one messes with the SCOOTER GANG on their turf, after all.

The pretty boy chuckled, "JAY and I still owe you and your friends for that. Don't think I'll ever forget it."

"Ah, it's nothing." BASIL waved away, before asking excitedly, "How are things working out with you and JAY by the way? Sounds like things have gotten better between you two."

With a shy smile, P.B. glanced away, "JAY's actually about to come back from a baby shower. I was hoping to get some flowers and surprise him with a visit when he gets home."

A lightbulb lit up in BASIL's head.

"Say no more, I got you covered!" BASIL excitedly went to the backroom to grab some purple and yellow flowers that he knew were perfect for this occasion.

Coming back, he returned with a bouquet full of colorful flowers and presented it to the pretty boy.

The effeminate college student looked at the bright colors in awe, "Ooh, what are these?"

"Iris flowers with yellow acacia. In the language of flowers, the purple Iris flowers represent that they hold an important or secret message for the person they're meant for. By itself, it usually means good news or good luck." BASIL explained softly, "The yellow acacia flowers surrounding them are the real hints though. On the surface, it can mean a highly regarded and cherished friendship… But its other meaning is that they also represent a hidden love."

PB blushed, "Oh… do you think JAY will get the message?"

"Maybe not." BASIL shrugged playfully, "But it's the thought that counts, don't you think?"

The college boy smiled back and nodded, "I can always count on you to teach me something new about flowers whenever I come here. I'll buy it."

It wasn't long after that when another character of interest came into the shop.

BASIL had been busy staring at the tool displays with a bit of annoyance as he thought about how to rearrange them again this time.

Seriously, it was almost as if people couldn't be bothered to put them back where they were originally displayed. This has been happening every week now.

Hearing the door jingle brought him out of his concentrated thoughts though, as the flower boy turned around to see a young middle schooler entering the shop.

Oh, a new customer he hasn't met before! Someone so young too! Usually, a shop like this never gets any interest from kids. BASIL always thought he was the exception.

Watching the kid timidly enter the building as he cautiously looked around, BASIL felt the need to walk up to him with a welcoming smile as he gently greeted, "Hello, little guy! Welcome to FIX-IT! Do you need help with something?"

The small boy gave a bewildered look at him before quickly shaking his head, "No- Well- I mean- Actually- Um…"

BASIL tilted his head curiously, wondering why the kid was so anxious and stuttery.

Clearing his throat and snapping himself out of it, the young kid took a deep breath before staring astutely at BASIL and asking, "Are you the manager?"

With a polite smile, BASIL responded, "I'm sorry. The manager's on a break right now. I'll be more than happy to help you look for whatever you need though."

At this, the kid gave a disappointed frown before shaking his head, "I-I don't think you can. I need the manager specifically. The shopkeep at HOBBEEZ told me so."

"Oh?"

Now this was a strange request. So he was here because PEDRO sent him? What did he need from FIX-IT that he couldn't just go walk over and get himself? Why send a kid?

Seeing the confused look on BASIL's face, the kid blushed as he quickly pulled out a familiar electronic toy from his pocket.

"C-Clash! I need him so that I can clash with his PET ROCK!" The kid quickly explained, hoping that it would make things clear. His face was bright red as if it dawned on him how embarrassing the whole situation was.

As soon as the words left his mouth however, BASIL slowly realized what was going on.

BASIL felt his smile become co*cky.

"I see…" BASIL nodded as he chuckled ominously.

Now it was the kid's turn to be confused as he watched BASIL's demeanor shift from a polite employee to a sinister devil.

Looking down on the boy, BASIL narrowed his eyes, "So you're the little upstart that the shopkeep warned us about. I was expecting you'd show up sooner or later."

The kid's eyes went wide in surprise as BASIL pulled out his own PET ROCK as well.

Turning it on to reveal his signature pet, KING CARNIVORE, BASIL continued, "The manager's retired in this sport. I'm his successor. If you want to complete the shopkeep's challenge and beat all the veterans in town, you'll have to face me instead."

The young PET ROCK duelist took a moment to let his shock subside before narrowing his eyes back at BASIL, "So you're one of the veterans?"

"Indeed. I've been playing this game back when you were still in diapers, buddy." BASIL chuckled, "If you can beat me, I'm sure the shopkeep will be impressed. Think you got what it takes?"

The young child briefly looked back and forth at BASIL and KING CARNIVORE, giving a small nervous gulp before nodding resolutely, "Yes! I do!"

BASIL nodded back, impressed with the passion in that answer.

The kid's got some spirit in him. PEDRO was right to give this boy the veteran's challenge.

"Just to warn you, I won't hold back just because you're a kid. Fight me as if your pet's life is on the line and don't show any mercy!" BASIL felt the need to remind the young boy, holding his PET ROCK towards him.

The kid mirrored the gesture, shaking his head, "I'm not a kid! I'm gonna prove that I'm the very best that no one ever was!"

The PET ROCKS connected via magnets as SHARK PLANE appeared on BASIL's screen.

The two clashers stared each other down as their health bars filled up.

"LET'S CLASH!"

Five minutes later, BASIL was panting heavily on his knees after facing an amazing battle against one of the strongest fighters he's ever faced off against.

"I did it! SHARK PLANE and I won!" The kid cheered happily, celebrating with his PET ROCK as he affectionately rubbed the electronic toy against his cheeks.

In the end, BASIL proved to be no match for the next generation of duelists. He and his KING CARNIVORE fought with all their might and put up a decent fight. Alas, the hurdle that BASIL was supposed to represent was toppled over so easily.

"Congratulations. You fought well, young man." BASIL smiled, congratulating the small boy. "I'll let the shopkeep know what happened here."

At the flower boy's words, the small boy beamed with pride as he gave a toothy grin.

"Your next challenger will be working at the candy shop. She's a girl with pigtails and a pink bow, can't miss her. Be prepared to bring your A-game." BASIL warned, standing back up and dusting himself off, "Compared to me, she's a bulldozer. Don't take her lightly just because she's a girl, okay?"

The boy nodded vigorously at this, "Alright. Thanks, MR. BLONDEY!"

MR. BLONDEY? Seriously? He has a name tag on his shirt that clearly says BASIL, you know…

Before BASIL could correct him, the young boy was already sprinting out the door as he waved goodbye.

BASIL gave a soft sigh, smiling fondly at the kid as he ran off.

Ahh, youth. He remembered back when he just first started out playing with PET ROCKS. He and SUNNY started together when it was slowly growing popular.

He wondered briefly how SUNNY would manage to fare against the same kid he just finished fighting against? Surely, the stoic boy would prove to be more than a match with his talent at the game. BASIL never won once against him after all, no matter how hard he fought.

Knowing SUNNY, the stoic boy would've easily steamrolled the entire veteran's challenge without a sweat.

Maybe the CHAMPION of FARAWAY would've even revealed themselves just to personally challenge SUNNY and see who was better.

Wouldn't that be the sight of the century?

So anyway, what was he doing again before he got interrupted?

Oh right, the tool displays. Still need to rearrange them back in order again. Should get back on that before the manager comes back.

Seriously, they needed to put up a sign or something just to stop people from messing the display around.

"And then we have this ceiling fan here with blades made out of mahogany wood, which I think gives off a really homey aesthetic if that's what you're looking for." BASIL explained as he showcased the item to the customer in front of him.

A young girl around his age with light-brown hair smiled as she stared at him intently. Not even once did she ever have her eyes off of him, her pupils studying his features like a predator eyeing up a piece of meat.

BASIL felt a little bit uncomfortable from the prolonged staring after a while, awkwardly asking her, "Y-You said that you're buying a ceiling fan for your mom, right? Do you have any idea what sort of ceiling fan she asked you to buy specifically or are you in the market for just about any?"

Instead of answering the question, the girl instead asked back, "Hey BAGELS, do you have a girlfriend?"

BASIL blanched incredulously at the random question, before awkwardly answering, "Er… No. Not really."

Bagels? What? Did she really just call him that?

"Oh, so you don't?" The girl smiled hopefully at this before giggling, "That's good. So that means you're up for the market, riiight~?"

"BEBE, I'm just… trying to help you look for a ceiling fan." BASIL mumbled as he glanced away.

"I'm single too by the way." BEBE hinted, throwing subtlety into his face like a brick, "I also like confident blond guys. I wonder if you know where I can find any around here, BAGEL-CAKES?"

Seriously, where did the bagels come from and why does she keep calling him that?

BASIL nervously laughed, "I… I'm not really looking for romance right now."

Sheesh, this always seems to happen nowadays ever since he had his growth spurt. For some odd reason, girls just seem to like to flirt with him whenever they have the chance.

BASIL really couldn't wrap his mind around why. It wasn't like he was that handsome or something, right? He was just an average high schooler like any other guy. There's no reason why girls should be attracted to him, is there?

"Aw, really?" BEBE frowned disappointedly, "Are you sure? That seems like such a waste…"

"S-Sorry to dash your hopes…" BASIL awkwardly apologized, unaware as to how he was supposed to talk to her. "S-Should we go back to the ceiling fans?"

"You're really cute too!" The girl continued on despite BASIL's attempt to stay on topic, "A guy like you would be an absolute steal for any girl worth their salt."

BASIL did his best to maintain his smile, even as he felt the corner of his lips repeatedly twitching from anxiety.

"Maybe you're interested in a casual relationship then? It doesn't have to be romantic if you don't want it to be…" BEBE asked in a teasing tone, casually touching shoulders with him as she kept flirting, "I'm just really interested in you, flower boy."

As he felt a bead of sweat dripping down his forehead, BASIL silently prayed to the ethereal realm in hopes of calling out for his dear best friend,SUNNY, please give me strength to get through this alive.

A cynical part of his mind imagined a ghostly image of his stoic friend giving him a thumbs up before casually floating away, making BASIL fend for himself with a quick,"Good luck, BAGELS."

Uuuuuughhh, SUNNY would totally do that if he thought it'd be funny, wouldn't he? What a cruel sense of humor…

BASIL sighed tiredly, doing his best to go back to the ceiling fans, "The next one is made of hard resin and is very cheap if you're buying for a small home-"

BEBE continued rubbing up against him the entire time in an attempt to woo him, much to his dismay.

A few hours later after somehow surviving that dumpster fire of a mess, he found himself in the middle of a conversation with CURTSEY while he restocked the shelves.

Lugging around a box full of wallpapers and colored tiles, he carefully arranged them onto the shelves as he started small talk with his friend.

The cute girl who worked at the candy shop within OTHERMART had come in all of a sudden while she was on her break. A pleasant surprise for BASIL, to be sure. But the downtrodden and tired look on her face made him a bit concerned.

"You don't seem so hot. What's up, CURTSEY?"

As if realizing that she had been acting strangely this whole time, she quickly went to fix her attitude and brightened up as she smiled at BASIL, "OH! No, it's nothing!"

BASIL frowned at the obvious lie.

The silver-haired pig-tailed girl has been visiting him frequently when they both started being friends a few years ago. Being fellow part-time workers and high school students, they found that they had lots of things to relate with each other as they got along over the years.

Stressed out from her job, working under CANDICE's heel and being constantly monitored for imperfections, CURTSEY would often come to vent while BASIL dutifully listened. In return, BASIL would often cheer her up by telling her stories of his life and other silly little things to take her mind off of the stress plaguing her own.

BASIL seemed to have made a very strong impression on the girl, as he had begun to suspect that CURTSEY might be a bit more attached to him than he fully realized.

While BASIL was not dense, he decided not to act on this realization as he was not yet comfortable with the idea of a relationship beyond just being friends.

That didn't mean that he wasn't going to ignore her problems if she was in trouble though.

Noticing that she was clearly bothered by something, BASIL decided to push his luck a bit and asked, "Has CANDICE been overworking you again?"

"Nothing like that anymore, no. I've more or less gotten accustomed to the lifestyle of working under her." the girl quickly reassured, "It's not like all those years ago where I used to fantasize about murdering her whenever she insisted I finish my sentence with SMILEY SMILEY all the freaking time. Eheheh..."

Hm… if it wasn't work problems, then what could cause the girl to be so downtrodden and guilty today?

As if able to read his mind from the concerned looks he gave her, CURTSEY gave a small sigh and finally admitted to him, "I guess I was just a bit bothered by something that happened earlier while I was working. You know that one kid that the shopkeep all warned us about? The kid that's taking the veterans challenge?"

BASIL's eyes lit up at this, "Oh yeah! He came by earlier today and challenged me to a clash! Did he come by to challenge you too?"

CURTSEY fluffed her hair a bit with a small frown, "Yeah… He showed up out of nowhere and asked to clash with me when he saw my PET ROCK. I ended up beating him pretty easily, though…"

BASIL winced at the news, "Oof…"

Guess BASIL shouldn't be too surprised by this. CURTSEY's signature pet OCOTACO has always been a very complicated pet to fight against.

BASIL was going to assume from her guilty expression that the young kid did not react very well to the defeat.

"How did he take it?" BASIL decided to ask.

With an awkward glance at the floor, she remorsefully recalled, "He tried really really hard to take me on seriously, but couldn't seem to outmaneuver my tech-moves. In a way, I kinda humiliated him by being absolutely relentless. When he realized he couldn't put a dent on my health bar… Well… he kinda got so upset that he almost nearly cried."

Yikes. An understandable reaction. The boy was just a kid after all. Probably looked around twelve or something.

"I felt really really really bad about it." CURTSEY mumbled as she covered her face in shame, "He seemed so excited at first, and here I was literally stomping on his hopes and dreams. So to make it up to him, I tried to give him some free candy so that it would cheer him up, you know? But then Candice came in at that exact moment to see me handing off just a single piece of chocolate and was all like 'CURTSEY WHAT DID I TELL YOU ABOUT HANDING OUT FREE CANDY TO BRATS SMILEY SMILEY-'and then went on a tirade in front of the kid."

That definitely didn't sound good. Candice was always known to be a slave driver on top of being spiteful towards children.

Why open a candy shop if you hate children? BASIL never understood that. That old hag was an enigma beyond his comprehension.

"Anyways, I had to keep apologizing to CANDICE over and over again until she finally let me off with a warning by docking my salary."

"Oh… I'm sorry that had to happen to you." BASIL offered his condolences, knowing how little CANDICE was paying the poor girl already.

"No worries, I'm used to it by now." CURTSEY sighed, before continuing with a small smile, "At least I managed to make the kid feel better. I told him that I'd be willing to give him a second chance tomorrow if he was really serious about trying to beat me. He got all excited and told me he'll come back again with even more practice under his belt. You should've seen the fire in his eyes by the time he left. Almost gave me chills."

"Heh, I know what you mean. I saw that passion in his eyes as well when he came to clash with me." BASIL smiled happily, before asking curiously, "So you're not gonna tell PEDRO that the kid failed the veterans challenge?"

"Nah. Let's just keep it a secret between the two of us, yeah?" CURTSEY gave a cute wink at the end.

BASIL winked back, "Sure."

CURTSEY must have not expected him to do that, as she quickly glanced away with a small blush as she frantically fidgeted her pigtails.

Heheh.

Either CURTSEY was just that easy to read, or BASIL was getting much better at reading other people's feelings. Whatever the case, he couldn't help but find the awkward reaction adorable. It reminded him of how AUBREY would act around SUNNY.

"Well, you know what they say. One good deed deserves another." With a gentle smile, BASIL offered happily, "I can help make up for what you had docked from your pay! You don't have to be worried about money if you're still sad about that."

At this, CURTSEY widened her eyes in shock before frantically waving his offer away, "NONONO! BASIL, I can't just take even more money from you again! I haven't even paid you back for the last time you loaned me money!"

Being a part-time working high school girl, CURTSEY had not yet matured in the financial sense. If it had not been for BASIL helping her out, she would probably be stuck in financial ruin more times than not.

Luckily for her, BASIL was more than willing to help out a friend whenever they were in need.

"CURTSEY, I already told you that it wasn't a loan. It was a gift to help you make ends meet. You work harder than anyone I've met, it's not right for you to not be paid properly for that."

He still hasn't figured out why CURTSEY continued working under CANDICE's tyrannical thumb yet either. Poor girl should've run when she had the chance, and yet she still chose to stay working at that candy shop. One of these days, BASIL will figure out why… One of these days...

With a guilty frown, CURTSEY resumed fidgeting with her pigtails, "Still, I feel terrible taking money from you all the time. I feel like I'm just leeching off of your own hard work..."

"Aw, no worries! It's not like I'm strapped for cash." BASIL reassured her, "I'm just working here for fun, not for the money. Remember?"

His parent's monthly checks were often more than enough to pay for his living expenses. Any money he makes during his part time job was honestly just for emergencies. It wasn't like he ever needed to buy anything beyond the essentials. Plants and food were all he needed to keep him living happily.

CURTSEY stared at the generous flower boy for a long while before giving a relenting sigh, "BASIL, seriously, you can be too nice for your own good. One of these days, someone's going to take advantage of you if you're not careful."

Perhaps. While BASIL wasn't dumb, he couldn't say that he wasn't naive either. There may come a day where his kindness will be exploited.

Still, he only acts the way he does because he knew that SUNNY would do the same. Everything was all so that he could one day face his best friend and show off just how much he's matured since the last time they met.

"In that case, at least let me still act cool and reliable until that happens." BASIL chuckled.

CURTSEY shyly looked away and muttered, "I already think you're cool and reliable."

You know, if you're going to keep your crush a secret, at least be more subtle about it.

Then again… Thinking back on it now, he wasn't exactly any better. He was just lucky enough to have both AUBREY and SUNNY be dense enough not to notice.

With that said, time to follow their example.

"Aw, thanks!" BASIL smiled politely.

This only caused CURTSEY to blush even harder as she completely faced the other direction.

God, BASIL really hoped he never acted this obvious towards his crushes before. The embarrassment would kill him if he ever found out that he was.

An awkward silence ensued as BASIL continued restocking the shelves. CURTSEY, meanwhile, continued acting like a shy blushing schoolgirl as she stared at him from afar while leaning against a wall nearby.

BASIL was going to keep acting naturally though and allow his friend to regain her composure for as long as it takes.

It wasn't until BASIL noticed CURTSEY psyching herself up from the corner of his eye did he suddenly get a very bad feeling in his stomach.

Pushing away from the wall and stepping up next to him, she fiddled with her clothes for a bit as she worked up the nerve to say something on her mind.

BASIL noted the extremely conflicted blushing madness that was displayed all over her face.

Oh geez, this wasn't going to end well…

Finally gathering her courage, the girl started sputtering out, "H-Hey, BASIL? I… Um… There's this n-new family restaurant o-opening downtown in the c-city. It looks like a fun place to h-hang out, and I-I'd prefer if somebody could c-come along with m-m-me… a-a-and since I still owe you for everything you've ever done t-to help me… um… UM…!" Clenching her eyes shut, she flinched up as she squeaked out, "D-DO YOU WANNA GO WITH ME?!"

Ah, damn it.

BASIL took a deep breath as his mind ran through a million scenarios in his head whilst working at hyperspeed.

Okay, so let's just make things clear.

It wasn't that BASIL wasn't attracted to CURTSEY or that she wasn't his type. Matter of fact, the cute girl actually fulfills a lot of things on his checklist on what kind of girl he was into. A girly-girl with a cute voice, likes to wear pink all the time, wears a pink bow on her head, was willing to rely on him and trust him with her problems- It was safe to say that she was definitely his type.

So why was he so hesitant in accepting her offer? Why act so oblivious towards her obvious crush towards him?

It was complicated. There were things he had to do first before he felt comfortable with dating. Waiting for SUNNY to wake up, specifically. It just didn't feel fair for BASIL to go ahead and start his own love life when SUNNY and AUBREY haven't even…

...

To oversimplify the answer a bit, he just wasn't ready for a relationship yet.

Perhaps one day, he'll find himself ready to face his feelings and go out looking for romance. Sadly, today was not that day just yet.

Which led to this problem he was having now.

How was he going to turn her down after something like this? BASIL never had to worry about directly rejecting her before since she had never been upfront about her feelings like this. The flower boy was usually able to play it safe by acting dumb up until this point.

He really didn't want to hurt her feelings. If he could, he'd rather keep CURTSEY close by just as a friend. He was always worried that rejecting her would end up breaking her heart and leading them to grow distant from each other. Or even worse, she might even start hating him.

If there was one thing BASIL hated the most out of anything in the world, it was being alone. He didn't want to lose a friend. He had already lost one already, and it still ate him up inside…

Sigh… damn it, MARI.

So how was he supposed to go about this?

Pretend to be dense and think she was just asking him out as a friend? Yeesh, even he's not that cruel and tactless enough to lead her on like that. That would end up practically being torture for her.

Make up a random excuse as to why he couldn't? What could he even say? It wasn't like he was busy with school or anything. It was still summer after all.

Busy with his part-time job maybe? No, he still has days off on Sundays and she'll just try to make a schedule around that in order to spend time with him.

The only logical thing to get out of this was to be upfront and honest towards her by directly saying no. He'd rather keep that as a last resort though…

Sigh…

Relationships can be so hard to maintain sometimes. If only he could ask SUNNY for advice right now. Surely, he'd know what to do. He's always been good at dealing with people and solving problems by listening to others.

Realizing that he would have to answer sooner or later, BASIL forced himself to smile as he prepared to give his friend a response that he hoped would be understandable.

Before he could even begin to form a sentence though, CURTSEY suddenly gave an ear-piercing shriek in front of him as she jumped into the air and stumbled forward.

BASIL was quick to catch her into his arms, already going into protective mode as he firmly shouted, "What's wrong?! What happened?!"

"I just felt something crawling on my back!" CURTSEY panicked in a shrill tone, slapping her entire body with her hands as she shouted repeatedly, "GET IT OFF GET IT OFF GET IT OFF-"

It didn't take long for the girl's panicked maneuvers to cause something to fall off and land onto the floor in a daze.

Realizing that the offending crawler was finally off of her body, she quickly ran behind BASIL as the two of them stared at what landed on the floor.

The creepy crawler was none other than just a harmless little beetle, BASIL quickly realized.

The beetle disorientingly buzzed its wings as it tried to pull itself up from its back, taking the moment to become upright again.

Seeing it flapping around all over the floors didn't sit well for CURTSEY, as she was already shrieking again and using BASIL as a protective shield.

"Oh my god, it's still alive! PLEASE KILL IT FOR THE LOVE OF GOD!"

Opposite of CURTSEY'S reaction, BASIL carefully and calmly approached the insect with soft movements before crouching down and collecting it into his palms.

"Aw, there's no need to be scared of this little guy! It's just a beetle that somehow got inside the store!" BASIL reassured her gently. "It's perfectly harmless."

BASIL made a point to bring it up near his face to study it closely. The beetle did nothing except crawl around his hand like a little fly.

Hm, a Japanese garden beetle?

Lucky that there's only just one. BASIL usually liked insects, but these particular buggers always tended to be the bane of his gardens. Unlike most other crawlers that were beneficial to gardens like spiders and bees, these little guys always kept killing his plants by eating everything in sight.

Grandma always called them POTATO BEETLES as a nickname out of habit, classifying anything that eats plants under the category. It always reminded her of her time back as a farmer in the countryside.

Seeing BASIL casually playing around with the insect, CURTSEY began shivering in fear and disgust, "Harmless?! Look at that thing! Its legs are so creepy and weird! How can you even stand touching those things?!"

"Aw, you don't like bugs, CURTSEY?" BASIL asked innocently enough. "They're usually good for the environment most of the time."

CURTSEY feverishly shook her head, "I don't care what they're good for, I hate insects! Name one girl who could stomach the idea of being surrounded by bugs?!"

BASIL could name two immediately off the bat, but he got the feeling that CURTSEY wouldn't be appreciative of that if he did. So he wisely kept his mouth shut.

MARI and AUBREY must be built differently since they could play with bugs just fine. CURTSEY would probably get along better with SUNNY and HERO as fellow bug-phobics, he'd bet.

Ah well.

Knowing that CURTSEY wouldn't calm down unless he got rid of the little fella, BASIL spoke gently to the bug, "You heard the lady, Mr. Beetle. It's about time you go back to nature where you belonged."

Not wanting to waste another second, BASIL went up to a nearby window to open it up and gently threw the bug outside for it to fly away.

With that situation over with, BASIL turned back to CURTSEY and gave a simple smile, "See? What did I tell ya? Harmless."

CURTSEY took multiple deep breaths to calm herself down before finally giving a huge sigh of relief. Eventually, after regaining her composure, CURTSEY gave an embarrassed look at BASIL as she awkwardly glanced away and poked her fingers together like a shy schoolgirl.

"Aheh… Sorry for overreacting. I just… I really hate bugs." She excused herself shamefully, as if thinking he would start thinking less of her for acting sporadically at that moment.

"No worries. I used to know two buddies of mine who were huge anti-bug advocates just like you. It's not that uncommon to be afraid of them if you don't have the stomach for it." BASIL reassured her gently.

Technically spiders are arachnids, but that's semantics at this point.

At that, CURTSEY smiled back with a bit of relief. "Uh…. thanks."

If anyone should be thanked here, it should be that beetle who saved his bacon from nearly getting fried. That little bug managed to save his life from having to deal with the earlier situation of getting asked out by his friend.

Seems like she completely forgot about the whole thing, too caught up with the whole beetle embarrassment to even remember what they were previously talking about earlier.

Phew! Nice save!

Now able to freely change the topic to literally anything else, BASIL asked "Your break is almost over, right? There's no way you can go back to CANDICE while you're riled up like this." Gesturing to the back of the store, he offered, "Let's go visit the flowers and take a breather. I always find myself calming down after a few minutes there. The oxygen will do you wonders!"

When BASIL held a hand out for her to grab, CURTSEY's face became flushed red once more as she nervously stared at the hand with a bit of trepidation. After a while, she finally gulped down her fears and took the hand in hers, giving a resigned, "Y-Yeah, okay. Sure."

The moment their hands connected, BASIL could practically see the smoke coming out of her head like a short-circuited microwave.

A small part of BASIL felt flattered that he could produce such a reaction out of a girl like her.

Oh, if only he could watch SUNNY and AUBREY make each other freak out like this someday. If he was blessed enough to be granted the chance to witness those two lovebirds blushing red just from holding each other's hands, he would burn the memory into his mind and cherish it forever.

Gently leading her towards the back of the shop into the garden section, BASIL pretended to treat her flustered reactions as if she was still freaking out from the beetle earlier. "There, there. Nothing to fear. We won't be seeing Mr. Beetle again anytime soon, okay?"

"R-Right." CURTSEY smiled back softly, grateful for the excuse.

Entering through the garden section, BASIL took the time to breathe in deeply and take in the pleasant aroma of all the plants and flowers that filled the room.

Most of the plants here have been grown by his own two hands over the last four years working here as the gardener of FIX-IT. All his hard work and efforts were put on display in bright colors for anyone to admire. Seeing all the plants here always made him feel so proud, as if he was contributing to something bigger than himself.

"Take a deep breath. Relax. Enjoy the scenery." BASIL gently told his friend.

The girl did so, taking in the calming effects that the room gave off.

After admiring the flowers alongside BASIL, CURTSEY gave a small chuckle as she turned to him, "You really do like gardening, don't you? This place looks so vibrant and beautiful compared to before you started working here. It's practically a night and day difference when I think back on how this place used to look."

"You think so?" BASIL asked hopefully.

"Yeah. This place always seemed boring before you came along." CURTSEY explained, before admitting, "I… Um… I always like visiting whenever I have the chance to see how much you helped change things. It always feels like everything you touch turns into something beautiful. It's fascinating."

"Oh stop~" BASIL began blushing from pride as he listened to her compliments, before humbly waving away, "I don't think I do that much. I just help maintain the plants so that they stay as healthy as possible."

CURTSEY began fidgeting around in place as she admired his face. Even at this distance, BASIL could hear the heart pounding inside her chest.

The pig-tailed girl has long stopped observing the flowers, instead choosing to spend the rest of her time staring longingly at BASIL's skinny face.

The longer she stared, the more BASIL grew uncomfortable as he awkwardly scratched his neck. He seriously was never any good in positions like these.

Shuffling closer to the flower boy while clutching onto his hand even tighter, CURTSEY her head on his shoulder with a newfound courage that not even she knew what to deal with.

BASIL felt himself stiffening up from the touch while he felt the hot melting temperature of her face being so close next to his.

They stood like that for a while, unsure how to really go further from here.

BASIL felt like he should really excuse himself and try to get back to work… Would that be a rude move on his part though? He felt that would be too rude…

Unable to do anything himself, CURTSEY decided to use up all of her remaining courage within her body to begin, "BASIL, is there someone you like? Because… There's someone that I like. I really like him a lot, actually."

Welp, he's boned.

"He's smart… He's confident. He's really gentle and good with words. He's always so nice and generous towards others even when they're such a bother. I can't help but feel like I'm destined to be with him." CURTSEY listed off in a soft tone, before turning to him and almost confessing, "I really like-"

Before that thought could even be finished, BASIL was startled as CURTSEY suddenly screamed and backed away from him in terror.

Oh thank goodness, something came in to interrupt her at that moment.

Wait, no. Why was she screaming and backing away from him in horror? That seemed like a much more pressing matter to focus on right now.

"W-What's wrong?" BASIL asked worriedly.

"B-B-B-B-B-B-B-B-" The poor girl stuttered heavily, struggling to form the word as she used the last of her strength to point at him and shout out, "BEETLE!"

Blinking a bit, BASIL carefully examined himself before finding out that another beetle was crawling around his shirt.

Grabbing the offending insect up with his fingers, the flower boy carefully stared at it in suspicion.

Another one? Seeing one beetle hanging around was usually just a fluke. Seeing two was always a bad sign though…

While he was busy examining the one in his hand, he managed to notice out of the corner of his eye another beetle straggling under the bottom of the table.

To BASIL's increasing worry, it was busy chewing on a leaf that looked like it originally belonged to one of his-

One of his plants.

...

Suddenly, all thoughts of worrying about CURTSEY left his mind. His mind began getting wracked with paranoid thoughts as BASIL looked over his garden plants in worry.

Stepping up to a nearby group of potted plants with a nervous gulp, BASIL carefully examined the first flower he came across to check and make sure that his paranoid thoughts were baseless and unfounded. Maybe it was just a fluke? Maybe there were only just a couple of beetles straggling around?

To his horror, he found evidence of something chewing holes in the leaves of his sunflowers.

Oh no…BASIL felt his anxiety flare up as he carefully looked through the rest of the flower pots.

With each passing plant showing leaves with chewed holes on it, BASIL felt himself getting more and more stressed out.

At this point, he was rushing through every single plant as fast as possible to try to find the offender who was eating his precious plants.

"BASIL! ANOTHER BEETLE!" He heard CURTSEY scream again.

Dashing over to where she was pointing, BASIL's sharp eyes managed to locate another beetle that was currently in the process of eating another one of his flowers.

Quickly scooping the beetle away, BASIL assessed the damages to make sure it wasn't that bad.

Tarnished. Tatters. Ruined.

In the process, he found another beetle chomping away at another plant.

Then another.

Then another.

Then another.

It took him a bit to realize as he carefully spun around the room to find that beetles were everywhere, surrounding the entire place like an infestation.

His vision began to darken as his ears suddenly became extremely sensitive to the noise of chewing.

A flower being ruined as it was eaten alive.

A beetle trampling over a corpse of a dead white tulip.

Every single potted plant in this room was being gnawed away, as he was powerless to stop it.

BASIL felt his breath hitch as he crouched to the floor and began to severely panic.

Was it beetle season already? Why didn't he prepare earlier for this?! Did he seriously forget to make sure to protect the plants from beetles?!

Oh god, all of his hard work. They were going to ruin him. He'll need to start from scratch all over again!

Nononononononononono- What was he supposed to do?! What was he going to tell the manager?! What was he going to do with all these plants once they're all destroyed?!

It was so hard to breathe. It was so hard to think. He couldn't make sense of anything. All he could do was wallow in despair as he realized how severely he messed up and lost ALL OF HIS PROGRESS WITH HIS GARDEN!

WHY WHY WHY WHY WHY?! WHY DID THIS HAVE TO HAPPEN TO HIM NOW?! EVERYTHING WAS RUINED!

He could already feel tears start welling up in his eyes as the darkness spread around him, trying to eat him whole.

Oh god, what was he supposed to do?!

STUPID!

WORTHLESS!

IDIOT!

What… What was he supposed to do?

...

BASIL, you're having a panic attack.

The flower boy could hear a voice in the dark, gently calling out to him.

You have to calm down.

BASIL looked up to see SUNNY crouching down in front of him as he comforted the flower boy with a pat on the head.

Come on, take a few deep breaths.

BASIL did as he was told, closing his eyes and taking multiple deep breaths as he did his best to regain his composure.

Repeat after me. Everything is going to be okay.

Everything is going to be okay.

Everything is going to be okay.

Everything is going to be okay.

BASIL opened his eyes and calmly stood back up again.

The image of his best friend nodded proudly at him before disappearing, knowing that BASIL had a handle on the situation now.

BASIL rubbed his face as he cleared his head and felt himself returning back to a rational state of mind again.

Man, he almost nearly relapsed for a second there. Thank goodness he managed to get himself out of that before it got any worse.

"BASIL, there are beetles swarming all over the place!" CURTSEY screamed out in a panic, unaware of the mental turmoil that just happened in his mind, "What do we do?!"

At the mention of the beetles again, BASIL carefully looked around the area to assess how bad it really was.

Now that his mind was calm enough to not freak out over the situation, he could see now that it wasn't as bad as he was making it out to be.

A few dead plants here and there were definitely unfortunate, but it wasn't something he couldn't recover from. He could get those replaced with brand new healthy plants in no time.

With that said, if he doesn't do anything about these beetles soon, then he really will need to grow the entire garden from scratch again. The manager probably wouldn't appreciate having to find out that a whole stockpile of healthy plants was suddenly ruined in a single day.

His face hardened as he cracked his neck dramatically, already prepared to go into action mode.

CURTSEY watched on mesmerizingly as BASIL proceeded to deck himself out with gear fit for battle against the entomo-menaces.

He donned his riot helmet. (It was just an insect head net.)

He flexed his fingers through his combat gloves. (Simple gardening gloves.)

He proudly slammed a hand against his armored vest. (It was more like an apron, to be honest.)

He twirled his twin submachine guns before smoothly placing them back in their holsters. (Insecticide spray.)

Last but not least, he painted dark splotches of eye shadow onto his face to prove that he was a soldier ready for battle. (There wasn't any tactical advantage for doing this, he just thought it'd make him look cool.)

Walking out of the supply closet in slow motion like one of those action heroes in the movies, CURTSEY's eyes were completely wide in awe as she was unable to handle the level of manly testosterone emanating from the flower boy's body.

Slugging his heavy machine gun over his shoulder (it was just a plastic tank of insect repellent with a spray gun), BASIL warned in a serious voice, "You should stay back, CURTSEY. The battlefield is no place for a lady like yourself."

"I want to have your children." CURTSEY confessed immediately.

"I'll give you a call when I get any." BASIL replied back smoothly.

The silver pig-tailed girl proceeded to faint on the spot, overwhelmed from the sheer awesome force that was BASIL.

Without wasting any more time, BASIL went up to the garden section and kicked the door down (there wasn't any door there to begin with since it was already open, so it was more like he just kicked the air as he passed through the entrance) as he took aim of his weapon at the swarm that dared to invade his castle.

"YOU MIGRATED TO THE WRONG HARDWARE SHOP, YOU BUNCH OF SIX-LEGGED-"

The rest of his sentence was drowned out as he opened fire, spraying the entire room with abandon as he watched the insects start flying all over the place in a frenzy.

At some point in the evening, the manager finally returned from his break and excitedly bursted into the room, "BASIL, my dude! I got great news! I just got back from one of my drinking buddies and he agreed to have his son start working here! No more overtime for you, buddy! You can finally go back to regular hours aga-"

He was stunned silent as he just now noticed the carnage that took place in the room.

A shell-shocked BASIL sat on a nearby bag of plant soil, licking his wounds by drinking out of a box of juice.

Several dead beetles were laid waste everywhere, as if a battle of epic proportions had just happened.

The part-time girl from the candy shop was on the floor, snuggling against BASIL'S feet like a stereotypical damsel who just found her personal hero.

The manager looked over the scene with a loose lip, giving himself time to process his thoughts before reassuring BASIL, "I'll come back when you're done reenacting Vietnam, I guess."

Without another word, the manager left BASIL to bask in his victory by his lonesome.

Finishing his box of juice, he threw the plastic box into a nearby recycling bin to protect the environment.

A day in the life of BASIL was usually a simple one.

It wasn't rare for his day to be filled with fun little distractions to keep him company though. This was sometimes how it would usually go.

A day doesn't pass by without something happening. That was the charm of his small little town FARAWAY.

Notes:

First things first, I had two beta-readers for this chapter to reassure me that I am still a good writer and not a lying fraud hack.

FightingGoldButCoda and Fireboy973.

Thank you Fireboy for your support.

Coda, go f*ck yourself and come back from Indiana already. Why are you taking so long on your vacation trip, you lousy excuse of an editor.

Anyways.

Hey guys! Back from the brink of death. I currently have a headache as I write this, so sorry for speaking incoherently.

College is not easy, I got an F and failed C++ coding. Also, my paraplegic grandma has moved in with me for emergency reasons and I am now her caretaker.

Now that I'm back from break though, I will do my best to update the story more frequently again! YAAAAAY!

This BASIL chapter was supposed to be written earlier before OMORI woke up from his coma, but I miscounted how many days were left for the characters and ended up f*cking it all up. So here it was now.

Next chapter, the note left behind by KEL in BASIL's house will soon be discovered.

Shoutouts

translator - GUYS, THERE'S THIS KOREAN DUDE WHO'S TRANSLATING MY ENTIRE STORY IN THE KOREAN OMORI FANDOM AND IT'S SO COOL, OH MY GOD, I NEVER HAD A LOCALIZATION FROM A DIFFERENT LANGUAGE BEFORE! I FEEL SO COOOOOOOOOL, IT'S LIKE I'M TOBY FOX OR SOMETHING!

Tuppence and Rotokon - You guys are my favorite commenters simply due to the fact that you analyse everything and tell me exactly how you feel about the chapter I post. I really really really hope you guys are still alive and are coming back now that I'm back as well. I'd hate to lose your 1k to 2k word long comments.

Anyone who's recommended me to read Nieta - f*ck, I SUCK DICK! I AM A sh*t WRITER! I SUCK! I HATE MYSELF! WHY ARE OTHER WRITERS SO GOOD AND GOD-TIERED?! OH MY GOD, WHY ISN'T NEITA MORE POPULAR?! IT'S NOT FAAAAAAIIIIIR-

Please click this link
https://m.dcinside.com/board/omoriomori/6414
It is fantastic fan art of chapter 5. The Koreans are awesome people.

I am going to pass out now. My headache has gotten worse and I am five minutes away from collapsing. Good night.

Questions for next shoutouts!

BASIL fans, UNITE! Tell me everything you know and love about BASIL and all of your personal head-canons about the boy. Also, please agree with me that he is precious and deserves all the love and respect in the world. I JUST WANT TO SEE MY BAGEL BOY HAPPY, IS THAT SO WRONG?!

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 19: Last Day of Peace

Summary:

One last final day of peace in FARAWAY before things go really crazy from here on out.

AUBREY and BASIL have a chat.

The note in BASIL's room gets discovered.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Nighttime.

The sun was down, letting the moon shine brightly overhead.

Stray cats littered all around the parking lot in the middle of the plaza. With no human presence to disturb them, they were all free to roam the town throughout the night.

A particular building still had its lights on though. If you listened, you could hear the rambunctious noise of a group of teenagers coming from within the walls of the popular GINO'S PIZZA.

Inside, AUBREY looked on with a smile as she silently watched her group continuing to discuss a job well done over their quick trip to the distant town of NOWHERESVILLE.

ANGEL kept on gushing over how cool MIKHAEL was, which the blond-wigged boy took with the level of humbleness and politeness that was expected out of him. Read: None.

KIM and VANCE were having a playful sibling argument about who took down the most gang members between the two of them. Whoever had the least amount of knockouts under their belts would have to do the dishes tonight, apparently.

CHARLIE drank her soda in peace, a healthy radiant glow emanating from her like a Buddhist statue. The satisfaction from today's mission seemed to have lifted her spirits up immensely, making her look happier than AUBREY has ever seen her.

Six people sitting around waiting for pizza, too busy having fun to care about the world around them...

"PIZZAS ARE DONE! COME GET THEM WHILE THEY'RE HOT!" The pizzeria owner called out while ringing the bell.

KIM was quick to cut her argument short (most likely because she was losing) as she went to grab the pizzas. Returning to the table, everyone cheered at the sight of their reward for tonight being placed in front of them.

The smell of cheese and pepperoni practically filled the air that night as everyone took their share of the pie.

Before anyone could eat though, AUBREY decided now was a good time to stand up and grab their attention.

Tapping a fork on her glass, she called out, "All right everybody, listen up! Got something to say to you all."

Immediately at her command, everyone quieted down and looked towards their leader.

Clearing her throat, AUBREY started off, "Tonight has been a long time coming, as you all know. After several months of sleuthing, we were finally able to track down the bastard who hurt CHARLIE's mom and give him a taste of his own medicine. Safe to say, I'm really proud of you all right now."

Everyone exchanged smiles with each other as they continued to listen to her.

"We should all give thanks to each and every member in our gang that managed to help us get to where we are now. First off, ANGEL," She turned to the young boy with a pompadour, "who spent days doing nothing but going around to try to find anyone and everyone who could help us find a lead about where the PIT-STOP CREW came from. Hats off to you buddy."

As everyone clapped and cheered for the boy, he nervously chuckled, "Aw, come on guys! You know I only did it for CHARLIE!"

"Next up, KIM and VANCE!" AUBREY turned to the two siblings, "Thanks to you guys working your butts off with part-time jobs just to help all of us afford bus tickets. Imagine if we had to use our scooters all the way there? Round of applause for them saving our legs the trouble."

KIM puffed her chest up proudly as everyone cheered for her, "All in a day's work!"

VANCE smirked, allowing the cheers to wash over him as he continued eating his pizza.

"And of course, there's no way we could forget the key figure that helped us ID the culprit in the first place." AUBREY turned to MIKHAEL, only to pause as the boy began looking at her with expectant trepidation.

Seeing the hopeful expression donning his face, AUBREY couldn't help but sigh as she clearly knew what he wanted her to say.

"MAVERICK." AUBREY relented as she rolled her eyes, before continuing on, "Being the only one of us who ever saw the guy's face clearly and remembered it with his photographic memory. If it wasn't for you, we wouldn't even know who we were looking for to begin with. Thanks for the assist."

MIKHAEL basked in the spotlight for a bit as everyone cheered him on, before pointing out to AUBREY, "Actually, you forgot to add a THE before saying-"

"Don't push your luck."

"Yeah, okay." He backed down quickly, "Quite frankly, I'm just glad to be properly acknowledged."

With that out of the way, everyone slowly turned to face CHARLENE.

"Last, but certainly not least. CHARLIE." AUBREY smiled proudly, "For being the most badass out of all of us and kicking that guy's ass to kingdom come! For being able to show off just how deadly the SCOOTER GANG can be! For finally being able to serve sweet sweet justice in the name of her own mother after all these years. I think you deserve a round of applause just for that, don't you guys think?"

CHARLIE blushed heavily as everyone showered her with attention and praise.

"Dude, the way you held that dumb nerd by the legs like a bat and repeatedly slammed him into that tree? Talk about hardcore!" KIM applauded, clapping vigorously. "God, I wish I was buff enough to do that!"

"I didn't think you had it in you! Man, you were so cool, I almost couldn't believe you were CHARLIE for a second!" ANGEL whistled appreciatively.

"Yeah, you go girl! Ain't nobody gonna be stupid enough to mess with you after seeing that!" VANCE fist pumped.

"After seeing such a beautiful display of violence, one could only assume that had this been written down as a fictional story, it would have been absolutely censored in order to keep it within Teen age ratings. The Korean translator would need to come up with something clever as a replacement in order to properly localize it for their regional audience since western comedy is culturally different and ultimately subjective in the eyes of those with different values." MIKHAEL said in a strangely specific manner, as if directly referring to something or someone outside the realms of this reality as we all know it.

"Yeah... Uh... What MIKHAEL just said. I guess?" AUBREY mumbled confusedly, before continuing on with a warm smile, "Congratulations, CHARLIE. You did good."

Overwhelmed by the positive emotions being sent her way, not even the silent giant could contain her emotions.

As everyone continued cheering for her, they soon slowly stopped when they realized that their giant friend was quietly crying. Waves of concern were washed over them as they saw tears streaming down her cheeks.

"Woah, CHARLIE! What's wrong, buddy?" ANGEL was the first to hop out of his seat just to stand next to CHARLIE, already rubbing a comforting hand in her back.

Despite the tears rolling down her face, CHARLIE looked up at them with a smile, "Nothing's wrong guys. I'm just... I'm just so thankful for everyone's help... I just..." As if unable to hold in her emotions any longer, the dam within her burst as she started bawling her eyes out, "For the longest time, I wanted to do something about what happened to my mom! I was so frustrated and lost that the person who hurt her managed to get away without any repercussions! I can't believe that I was finally able to do something about him after all these years! It's all thanks to you guys! If you guys weren't my friends, I would have never even been able to know how to start looking! I wouldn't have been able to do anything!"

Everyone watched in shock as their usually silent friend sobbed her heart out, speaking the most words they've ever heard her speak for the first time since they've all known her.

"Thank you so much!" CHARLIE continued crying out with the deepest grateful smile she could muster, "Thank you all so much! You're my best friends! I love you guys!"

"Aww~!" ANGEL coo'ed gently as he continued rubbing her back, "There there, you big lug. We all love you too! We're family after all!"

"Obviously we'd want to help you out, CHARLIE! Come on, quit crying already... you're starting to make me tear up too!" KIM sniffled, already feeling the waterworks starting as she took her glasses off to wipe her eyes, "Oh damn it, too late! Gah, I'm so lame!"

"No need to thank us, CHARLIE. We would have helped you out either way." VANCE chuckled, "Dry those eyes already! We're supposed to be celebrating, not crying!"

"Not all heroes wear capes. Some simply do what is right for right's sake." MIKHAEL spoke wistfully, "Had it been any of our family members who lost their hips from that fiend, you would have surely done your best to help us get revenge as well. Take pride in today with your head held up high, my dear comrade-in-arms! Wipe those tears away!"

Despite their encouragement, CHARLIE was still overwhelmed with emotion as she continued a small laugh, she sobbed out, "I'm trying, but I can't help it guys! I'm just so happy!"

"Hey, guys." ANGEL looked around with an expectant smile, "You know what this calls for, right? I think we can all agree that this is the best time for it."

"Oh god, ANGEL." KIM groaned as she did her best to stop crying, "Please don't say what I think you're about to-"

"GROUP-HUUUUUUUG!"

As the pompadour-haired kid shouted out joyfully, he had already latched on tightly to CHARLIE's side.

"Goddammit!" KIM cursed out. Despite the annoyance in her voice, her face didn't match her tone as she smiled brightly and jumped into the fray as well, "Group hug!"

Following his sister's lead, VANCE set his pizza down and opened his arms out, "Ah, what the hell? C'mere you giant loveable teddy bear! Group hug!"

"Do not leave out me, THE MAVERICK, from this joyous occasion!" MIKHAEL posed extravagantly, before joining into the pile, "Group-hug-ninjutsu!"

CHARLE accepted it all as she wrapped her arms around everyone and gently sobbed in their warm embraces.

Meanwhile, AUBREY could only watch on in the distance with a small smile.

Seeing her gang come together like this and celebrate so closely with each other definitely warmed up her heart. Despite all the trouble and fights they could get into with one another, the SCOOTER GANG really was one big giant happy family.

It...

It made her feel so nostalgic. It reminded her of a better time, back when she was still a kid...

Even now, as she carefully watched everyone come together and hug the daylights out of each other...

AUBREY could see the image of her old friends. All of them, ganging up on her as they hugged her with a smile. A small tiny AUBREY with dark-brown hair, stuck right in the middle of it all as she cried her eyes out.

...

...

...

"I'm so sorry... This is all my fault..."

It was supposed to be a normal Summer afternoon just like any other.

AUBREY had been invited to come over to hang out with her new friends at their house. SUNNY, MARI, KEL, and HERO.

It was the first time she had ever been in someone else's house before. The experience was both exciting and nerve-wracking.

Still, she did her best to be on her best behavior. She wanted to be the perfect guest so that she didn't embarrass herself in front of her new friends. She was worried that if she had made one wrong move, her friendship with them would have been over before it could even begin.

She had only known them for a week, after all. They were the first friends she ever made since she and her parents moved to this town. She didn't want to do anything to screw it all up.

But this was AUBREY we were talking about. Of course she'd screw it up the first chance she gets.

"I'm so sorry..." AUBREY sobbed uncontrollably, tears and snot coming out of her face like a constant stream, "I'm so so so sorry, I didn't mean to do this!"

SUNNY looked over at her confusedly, silently tilting his head as if asking what was wrong.

AUBREY couldn't do anything but stare and cry at him as he continued to bleed, the deep gash on his leg pouring so much blood that it made her sick just from looking at it.

They had been playing outside in the backyard, fooling around and doing all sorts of things as they relaxed under the shade provided by the big tree.

One of them had the idea to start climbing up the tree in order to enjoy the breeze. Everyone had the same idea and followed after him soon after.

Even SUNNY, who at this point never developed a fear of heights yet, climbed the big tree as well. He had somehow already found a relaxing position on a sturdy branch and was using it as a napping spot.

Seeing everyone having fun without her, AUBREY felt out of place. So in her attempts to fit in with her new friends, she had wanted to climb up as well to hang out with them.

She never climbed a tree before, though. She was inexperienced in climbing. She was stupid and dumb.

Some part of her must have felt competitive, probably because KEL kept egging her on to go higher and higher. His stupid irritating voice grated on her nerves, and AUBREY just felt like she had to do something cool just so that he could shut up and stop teasing her.

She was so dumb.

HERO was warning her to be careful. MARI cautiously watched on with a nervous hand over her mouth.

KEL kept telling her to go even higher to prove that she was serious.

SUNNY peeked with one eye open from his position.

Everything in her gut told her to calm down, stop being so hot-headed and realize that she was doing something dangerous. She kept ignoring it.

She didn't want to look stupid in front of her new friends.

God, AUBREY was so stupid.

Picking one of the branches higher than the rest, AUBREY decided it was a good spot to sit on while gloating at KEL from below. Seeing the irritated pout on his face almost made her feel like it was worth all the trouble.

Until the branch revealed that it couldn't hold onto her weight.

When it cracked and snapped off, she really thought she was going to die for a second. She couldn't stop screaming all the way down to the bottom.

Something caught her as she landed, cushioning her fall.

It was SUNNY. The silent kid who never once spoke a word to her. For some reason, he decided to risk his life just to save her.

They both landed roughly on the ground, AUBREY being no worse for wear other than a bruise.

SUNNY, however, was bleeding from getting his leg cut by the branch that fell down with them.

AUBREY could only freeze up in terror as she saw pieces of wood protruding out of his skin, a deep crimson of red spilling out everywhere.

When SUNNY looked at his leg, she could remember seeing the agony and shock on his face for a brief second as the pain settled in.

Yet instead of crying, he clenched his hands tightly and bit his lip until he was able to control himself and relax again.

"Ow."SUNNY muttered. The first word she ever heard him utter since they met.

That was how everything led up to now.

SUNNY winced a bit as he shuffled around on the couch, setting his injured leg down after he just finished pulling out most of the wood that was stuck in him.

AUBREY squealed in a panic as she saw blood continuing to gush out of his leg. It was the most blood she's ever seen a person bleed out before, and she couldn't calm down.

KEL slapped her back and gave a reassuring grin, "Oh come on! Stop being a baby! You've never seen a cut before? It doesn't even look that bad."

True. Even though SUNNY was the one who got hurt, he didn't seem to be fazed at all by the cut on his leg. Perhaps it only looked worse than it seemed because it was the first time AUBREY has ever seen an injury like this. Maybe the severity of it was all in her mind.

But the nonchalant way KEL was treating her only made her more irrationally upset.

AUBREY started crying even harder now in response.

HERO stepped in and pulled KEL away with a tired sigh, "Not helping, KEL."

KEL sheepishly rubbed his neck, "Sorry. Dunno how to talk to girls."

At that moment, MARI finally returned from their closet while carrying a first-aid kit under her arm and a bottle of some kind of orange powder in her hand.

"Don't worry, I got the bandages and turmeric powder!" MARI reassured everyone with a smile.

AUBREY was able to finally settle her crying fit down as she watched the older girl meticulously prepare to treat SUNNY's wounds.

SUNNY scrunched an eye shut as MARI straightened his leg, but pretty much stayed completely silent as he was being healed.

MARI gently cleaned the blood from his wound with a small piece of wet cloth. After that, she went ahead and applied a healthy dose of the orange powder all over his skin.

SUNNY gave a curious head tilt before pointing at the powder with a questioning look.

MARI noticed this, bringing the bottle up, "These? It's called turmeric powder. Mom and Dad taught me this trick." She went on to explain, "Whenever a person gets cut or injured, they always usually leave a scar behind once it heals up, right? But if you put these on the wound while it's still fresh though, the skin absorbs it and it prevents a scar from being formed. This way, we can keep your leg looking clear and smooth even after it's done healing! Pretty cool, huh? Sort of like magic dust!"

SUNNY silently nodded in understanding as he looked at the bottle in fascination.

It took a while before everything was finally done. MARI stepped back with a proud look as she finished patching up SUNNY's leg.

The silent boy slowly brought himself standing as he tested his bandaged leg out. Judging from the small irritated looks of pain whenever he set his foot down, it still seemed like it hurt a small bit. Otherwise, he was completely alright.

SUNNY gave a thumbs up to show that everything was going to be okay.

Everyone in the room gave a small sigh of relief.

Walking up to her little brother, the older sister gave a gentle bop on the head as she sternly told him, "Be more careful next time! You could have gotten seriously injured. What would I have done if that branch landed on your head or your neck or something?"

Rubbing his noggin with a small frown, the usually silent boy spoke a full sentence for the first time as he pointed to AUBREY, "Couldn't help it... I wanted to save AUBREY before she got hurt."

Being reminded that this whole situation was her fault, AUBREY began tearing up again as she covered her eyes in shame.

"I'm sorry! I'm really really really sorry!" AUBREY sobbed out, "I didn't mean to get you hurt!"

With the adrenaline and worry from earlier wearing off, AUBREY felt her knees collapse as she sat on the floor.

"I... I didn't mean to screw up! I didn't mean for it to happen! I'm so sorry!"

God, she was so stupid.

This was her only chance to make a good first impression for her new friends. She was supposed to show off that she was normal and fun to talk to.

Now everything was ruined because of the stupid mistake she made. Not only did she make herself seem like a complete screwup, she also managed to get one of them to injure themselves in the process just to try to save her from getting hurt.

After this, no one was going to want to hang out with her again... Whenever they see her, they'll just remember this exact moment where she caused one of their friends to get his leg cut up from her mistake. They'll do everything they can to avoid her from here on out.

She was going to be stuck all alone in this stupid town with absolutely no friends for the rest of her life.

This was all her own stupid fault.

Stupid stupid stupid stupid stupid-

She felt her thoughts get interrupted as a small hand landed on her head.

Looking up confusedly through teary eyes, she saw SUNNY sitting closely in front of her while petting her head.

Although his face didn't show any emotion, AUBREY could see in his eyes that the boy didn't harbor any resentment towards her.

His face was so close though... AUBREY felt herself heating up from the small gap between them.

"Looks like SUNNY's already forgiven you, AUBREY." MARI chuckled as she sat down by her side. "You don't have to cry anymore."

AUBREY blinked as she looked around the room.

Instead of scorning her or looking at her like she was some kind of sick disgusting alien from off-planet, they were all giving her warm smiles as if nothing was wrong.

AUBREY couldn't really believe it, to be honest. She was fully expecting them to try to get her to leave after this.

"B-But..." AUBREY sniffled, rubbing her eyes clear, "It... It was my fault. I got SUNNY injured... I should have been more careful, but I ended up hurting one of you... You guys don't hate me or think I'm horrible?"

"What?" HERO asked audaciously, "Of course not! Why would we ever think that? It was just an honest mistake."

SUNNY nodded in agreement.

KEL came up behind her and smiled brightly, "Yeah, there's no way we could ever think someone like you would be horrible! If anything, you're just a little bit weird for crying so much over a little accident!"

"KEL!" HERO quickly reached over to grab his pipsqueak of a brother by the ear, "Seriously, time and place."

KEL chuckled heartily, even as he hissed in pain from his ear being pinched.

"S-So..." AUBREY sniffed again, looking up at everyone and whimpering out, "So I didn't mess everything up? You guys still want to be my friends?"

"Is that what you're worried about?" MARI asked in surprise, "You were worried that we wouldn't want to be your friends anymore?"

AUBREY nodded with a hiccup, she continued wiping her eyes from the constant stream of tears flowing down, "I was... I was really scared that you guys would think I'm dangerous or something... I was trying really hard to be polite and kind so that I could fit in... I didn't want to give anyone any reasons to hate me... You're the only kids I've gotten to know since I moved here, I didn't want to lose any of you already... I don't want to be alone..."

She had been so alone before she met them. No one wanted to be her friend.

No one wanted to hang out with the new girl who lived in a trash heap of a house.

She was smelly. Dirty. Creepy.

She couldn't even afford more than a single pair of shoes.

That day when she accidentally lost her right shoe, it was almost the worst day of her life. Her dad had warned her frequently to not lose her new expensive pair of pink shoes. He worked really hard to save up money just to get it for her, after all.

If it wasn't for these four kids who had found her crying in the middle of the sidewalk and helping her find her shoe, she didn't know if she would have the strength to come home and face her parents that day.

These four kids were the only ones who have ever been nice to her since she came to this town.

She didn't want to lose any of them...

She didn't want to be alone...

She was so sick and tired of being alone...

...

Someone began hugging her before she could even realize it.

Pulling her hand away from her eyes, her bleary vision could make out SUNNY wrapping his arms around her body in a warm embrace.

"No more crying. I forgive you already." SUNNY said softly.

For some odd reason, AUBREY felt her face heat up again from feeling SUNNY hugging her so tightly.

This was the first time a boy her age has ever given her a hug before. She honestly didn't know how to react.

How was she supposed to even react?

Before too long, she felt another pair of arms wrapping around her from behind.

"I didn't realize you were going through something like that." MARI said, before reassuring her comfortingly, "Poor girl... I promise, AUBREY. None of us hate you at all. You're not going to lose any of us as friends."

"Yeah, especially not when we've only just gotten to know you." HERO joined in politely, leaning down to hug them all from the side, "Don't worry about being alone anymore, okay? If you want, how about we hang out more often? Would that make you feel better?"

"Yeah, you should totally hang out with us more!" KEL cheered happily, before coming in to hug everyone as well, "If you promise not to cry anymore, we'll let you play with us as much as you want! So don't feel bad, okay?"

With every single one of them dog-piling on top of her, AUBREY felt like she was being suffocated under all that weight.

Still, the warmth and love that exuded from them made her feel so much better than she did before. Hearing all of them reassure her that they would stay friends relieved the massive weight in her heart instead.

"Okay... Okay..." AUBREY sniffled, her lips slowly forming a small smile as she calmed down.

These people were so weird, already accepting her as part of the group so quickly before they had the chance to know her.

She was so thankful to have friends though. She always wanted friends but never had any before.

It felt nice to finally be a part of a group she could get along with.

AUBREY began relaxing into the group hug as she started hugging SUNNY back.

She could feel all their hearts beating steadily around her.

SUNNY's heart was beating just a tiny bit faster.

AUBREY gave a satisfied yawn as she stretched her body outside, enjoying the night's breeze stroking her skin.

She managed to sneak out of the pizza parlor around the time MIKHAEL and ANGEL brought the karaoke machine out. As much as she liked music, she was a horrible singer. She'd rather not get involved with anything that could cramp her style.

Even now while outside, she could hear the terrible screaming coming out of MIKHAEL's mouth as he sang some kind of Japanese anime theme song or whatever. AUBREY couldn't help but chuckle, imagining the carnage inside.

Ah, poor JOHN. She definitely needed to remember to give that pizzeria owner a big fat tip later for putting up with her and her friends.

...

...

...

The stars were beautiful tonight.

AUBREY admired the sight before her as she looked up at the night sky in awe.

She and her old friend group used to lie outside and stargaze a lot, didn't they? It happened to be one of SUNNY's favorite activities.

It was easy to see why. For a boy with an active imagination, seeing a sight like this must inspire some truly amazing thoughts to go on through his mind.

...

She's been thinking about him a lot more recently, hasn't she?

Ever since she came to visit him on his birthday, thoughts of the comatose boy kept popping up in her mind.

Almost everything reminded her about him in one way or another.

It was weird to think about, now that she realized it.

She thought for sure that she had already accepted the fact that he'd never wake up again. For the longest time, she accepted the fact that he was already gone from her life.

It was what gave her the strength to go visit SUNNY for the first time in years.

To accept the reality of the situation and come to terms with the fact that SUNNY was no longer with her.

It was hard to come to grips with this fact at first. She so desperately wished that she was wrong, that SUNNY would miraculously wake up the next day and tell her that he was fine. It was the reason why she had such a hard time visiting him anymore.

Because she knew that having hope in that belief would only disappoint her in the end.

When she finally found the strength to go see him again, it was supposed to be so that she could pay her respects to the friend she lost.

Seeing him again was supposed to cement that fact...

And yet...

All it did was cause everything to remind her about him again.

All she could do was think about SUNNY now.

It...

It was honestly kinda annoying.

Was this... proof? Proof that she didn't move on after all? That some part of her still held on to some naive hope that he might still wake up again?

AUBREY felt herself bitterly laugh a bit at the revelation.

Was she actually still holding out hope that SUNNY would wake up again? After all this time?

Wow. She couldn't believe it.

To think that there was still a small part of her that was holding out for hope.

...

...

...

Why couldn't she move on from SUNNY, she wondered?

Why does she still think about him, even after all this time?

At this point, she was more disappointed in herself rather than angry. Despite everything she did to finally convince herself otherwise, it seems her default settings were to revert back to thinking about SUNNY.

Why was it so hard to just... move on from him?

...

Why was she trying so hard to move on from him?

Why was she so dead set into firmly believing that he wouldn't come back in the first place? It's not like he was dead yet. There was always a chance that she could be proven wrong.

...

She was just terrified of being disappointed, she guessed. Of being proven wrong. Maybe... maybe that was why she kept trying to convince herself that he wouldn't come back. To lessen the impact in case the bad news of the worst-case scenario ever reached her ears.

God, how the hell does BASIL do it so easily? What makes him so optimistic that SUNNY would just pop back into life as if it could happen at any moment?

What gave him the willpower to stay so naive and innocent, despite everything going against him?

Wasn't he scared that he might be wrong too? Wasn't he scared that all that hope would end up being for nothing?

Was he even prepared for the possibility that SUNNY wasn't going to make it?

...

The sound of a door opening up nearby caused her to lose her train of thought.

Turning over to the noise, she was pleasantly surprised to find a weary BASIL exiting FIX-IT as he prepared to lock up shop.

Speak of the devil.

BASIL gave a great big yawn after a hard day's work, finally finished with all of his tasks. Locking up shop was the last thing on his list, and after this was going to be some well-earned sleep.

When he prepared to leave though, he paused in his tracks as he noticed a familiar pink-haired girl out of the corner of his eye.

With a smile, BASIL waved at the girl and came up to her, "Hey, AUBREY! Fancy seeing you here late at night."

"Hey, BASIL." AUBREY smiled back, "You look like a mess."

Looking down at himself to see his disheveled state, he casually asked back, "Do I? Guess I must be. Not too surprising, considering everything I've been through today."

"This is the first time I've seen you working so late." AUBREY noted, before asking, "Right, didn't you say something about how FIX-IT was lacking employees the last time we met up together? You had to work overtime, right?"

"Heh, yeah. Luckily for me, the manager managed to find someone to share the shift with me. Now I finally get to have a day off tomorrow." BASIL chuckled happily, before asking, "And how about you? I wasn't expecting you to be out this late in the night."

Gesturing behind her, AUBREY told him, "I'm out with the gang over at GINO'S. We're celebrating a successful mission today back in NOWHERESVILLE."

"NOWHERESVILLE? That's about a two-hour bus ride from here, isn't it?" BASIL asked incredulously, before giving a knowing smile, "Was it a gang thing? Should I even ask what you guys were doing there?"

"Probably not." AUBREY shrugged casually, "Just settling some personal vendettas. Nothing you need to concern yourself about."

BASIL probably wouldn't condone the idea of getting revenge on someone. He always was a bit of a goody-two-shoes about stuff. It'd be better not to burden him by getting involved with her gang's trouble.

"I wanna sayPlease don't get into trouble, but I feel like that's sort of going to end up being inevitable with you guys." The flower boy sighed playfully, before shrugging, "As long as I don't wake up to police officers at my front door asking me if I've seen a pink-haired girl that recently murdered someone."

"Oh please," AUBREY teased, "If I ever kill anybody, they'd never find out about it."

"Hmm. Just what my anxiety needed to hear tonight. Thanks." BASIL deadpanned.

They stared at each other for a bit before they both ended up laughing from the banter.

Looking up at the stars, they both admired the beautiful sight together.

It took a while before BASIL piped up again, "Remember when we used to stargaze a lot as kids? It used to be SUNNY's favorite past-time."

"Funny, I was thinking about that earlier myself." AUBREY remarked.

"Sometimes we'd just spend hours laying out there by the lake, talking about random stuff." BASIL reminisced fondly, "It was the only times we'd ever get to hear SUNNY speak his mind more often. He'd tell us little bits and pieces, finally giving us clues as to what goes on in that brain of his."

"Oh yeah... Those little adventures he'd go on in his own imaginations whenever he zones out." AUBREY giggled, "All six of us, going far and wide, helping people and having fun traveling together."

Sometimes he would draw these adventures out on paper too with colored crayons before sharing it with everyone else. The little doodles that represented all of them always seemed to be having the times of their lives.

Didn't he use to have a sketchbook?

Yeah, he did. AUBREY remembered now.

SUNNY always had this sketchbook over at his house that was filled with drawings like that. All these amazingly colorful drawings of worlds and imaginary friends that came from SUNNY's mind. A sky made of purple and constellations of random toys. Even though most of the drawings baffled her, she always found it amazing how she was able to sift through what his mental process was like.

It felt like she was able to understand the stoic boy a little bit easier, just by looking through it. Like seeing through a window of his soul or something.

What happened to that sketchbook anyway? Did MARI still have it?

She always hoarded all of SUNNY's toys and belongings ever since he was in a coma. No doubt the older girl must be preserving it somewhere in her room, waiting for the day to finally give it back to her younger brother.

...

That sketchbook probably won't ever see the light of day ever again if MARI still had it.

Kinda sucks. AUBREY would've liked to go through it one more time if she had the chance.

"Yeah, SUNNY always seemed to be a pretty active daydreamer." BASIL smiled, "Makes me wonder if he's still dreaming even now. What do you think he'd be dreaming about?"

If SUNNY could still dream... She could only hope that it was a pleasant and beautiful one, free from hardships. Something that could give him peace and respite.

"I dunno. Something crazy humongous like an epic journey across the world to save the person he cares about most?" AUBREY offered with a shrug.

"Oh? You mean someone like you?" BASIL smiled teasingly.

Huh. She wasn't really even referring to or thinking of herself when she said that. It was just sort of the first thing that popped into her mind.

"Or maybe more like someone like you?" AUBREY countered back.

"Agh, jeez. That would be embarrassing. I'd rather not be seen as the damsel in distress if I could help it." BASIL blushed and chuckled. Looking back up at the stars, BASIL said, "I figure that he'd be dreaming about being friends with CAPTAIN SPACEBOY or something silly like that. Oh well, guess we'll never know for sure until we ask when he wakes up."

...

AUBREY slowly turned to stare at BASIL.

There it was again.

That endless supply of optimism towards SUNNY's recovery. The sheer confidence in his voice that left no room for doubt that SUNNY will wake up.

Even after six entire years of nothing changing, he was still as firm and steadfast as the day she first reunited with him.

How the hell does he do it? What gave him that confidence in SUNNY to begin with? What did BASIL know about SUNNY's coma that AUBREY didn't know herself?

What made him so sure that SUNNY would come back?

"How do you do it, BASIL?" AUBREY ended up murmuring out loud.

BASIL glanced at her curiously, "Huh? Do what now?"

"How are you so sure about SUNNY? Even after all these years? How are you able to say that SUNNY will be alright with such a straight face?" AUBREY continued, "I just don't get it..."

She had given up hope on him so long ago.

Or maybe it was more accurate to say that she had to force herself to give up hope on him...

It hurts so much to keep believing. It made her feel so stupid and naive. Every single time she walked into that hospital room, expecting that day to be the day that SUNNY would finally open his eyes again.

Only to end up in utter disappointment every single time.

She had so much she wanted to tell him. She had so much in her heart that she wanted to say. She had been keeping everything inside for so long, and she desperately wanted to see SUNNY again just so that everything would return to normal again.

She wanted to go to the park and play on the swingset with him again. Just the two of them, by themselves.

Together again.

But he never woke up.

Why does BASIL still cling onto hope? Was he really that naive?

AUBREY had to seriously fight with herself just to be able to move on from SUNNY. It was the only thing that gave her the strength to go visit him again after all these years. The fact that she accepted he was gone made her come to terms with seeing him again.

She never told BASIL about any of this, of course. To him, AUBREY was as hopeful and confident as he was because of... true love or some bullsh*t like that.

She kept it to herself because she didn't want BASIL to be depressed or disappointed. She didn't want him to crumble down and end up exactly as MARI.

But...

Something about this whole thing was starting to infuriate her. It just didn't seem fair that she had to be the only one to try and move on when everyone else seemingly didn't.

And now after going to visit him again after avoiding him for so long... She found out that a small part of her still never moved on at all.

She seriously doesn't get it... Was there something wrong with her? Was there something wrong with BASIL?

Who the hell was in the wrong here? She had to know. She had to come to grips with something solid, otherwise she might go insane.

BASIL studied her for the longest, his eyes slowly going over the features of her face.

"KEL asked me the same thing a couple days earlier." BASIL told her. Facing forward and looking out to the parking lot, he asked, "Before I tell you what I told him, how about answering my question first so that I have an idea of what's going on? What do you think about SUNNY? How do you feel things should be like in your own honest thoughts?"

"What do I think about SUNNY?" AUBREY repeated slowly.

"Don't be afraid to admit your true feelings." BASIL reassured her, "I'm not a kid anymore. I won't be upset or anything over something like this. I just wanna know what your thoughts are."

AUBREY considered his words as she thought about her answer.

...

"I think that SUNNY's already gone." AUBREY finally admitted out loud, "It's been six years now. If he was going to wake up, he'd have woken up sooner than that. There's no way he'll ever come back if it was taking him this long. I think it'd be better if we all accepted that fact and moved on from him so that we can keep going with our lives." AUBREY paused and gave a small trepid gulp, before finishing with, "Holding out for hope at this point will only end up with all of us wasting time getting disappointed."

BASIL closed his eyes, slowly processing her words carefully.

AUBREY looked down at her feet, a small pit of shame forming in her stomach.

She didn't want to admit any of that to him. She had been keeping her true feelings inside so that BASIL wouldn't ever have to find out about it.

What was going through his mind right now? Was he angry at her? Disappointed?

Will he start to hate her now, just like MARI does?

BASIL took a moment to take a deep breath and gathered his thoughts.

"Guess I should have figured... you always did seem a bit uncomfortable whenever I talk about him like he's still with us." BASIL murmured.

She felt herself wilting back at that.

"To answer your question earlier, I'm not confident at all. In fact, I'm pretty terrified that SUNNY might not ever wake up again." BASIL sighed tiredly, "I have absolutely no idea for sure if SUNNY will ever come back."

AUBREY widened her eyes in shock.

That...

That was not the answer she was expecting.

"B-But... I thought-" AUBREY mumbled confusedly, only for BASIL to interrupt her.

"It doesn't mean that I'm going to stop believing though." BASIL continued, looking out to the parking lot wistfully, "As long as SUNNY still has a heartbeat, there just has to be a chance that he's still fighting. Somewhere in there, he's alive and trying to get back home. He'd never leave any of us behind, not on purpose. SUNNY is a good person, you know?"

All of a sudden, a small orange cat appeared at their feet and looked up at them with curious eyes.

"Meow?"

"Oh! Hello, Mr. Kitty!" BASIL greeted happily, crouching down to pet it. "Sorry, neither of us have any treats for you today."

The cat didn't seem to mind the touch, purring softly as it enjoyed its ears being scratched. It seemed pretty friendly towards people despite being a stray.

AUBREY watched BASIL continue playing around with the small orange cat, before asking him, "What if you're wrong? What will you do if SUNNY doesn't ever wake up at all? What if he ends up passing away after all this?"

It was a cruel question to ask, AUBREY had to admit. But it was a question that she had to deal with for a long time now. It would be better to face it head-on rather than tiptoe around it.

BASIL sighed at this as he thought about his response.

"I guess then I'll be wrong. I'll just have to accept that he's gone too, eventually. Not after spending some time mourning for him, of course." BASIL answered softly, "But I'll just have to move on when the time comes. SUNNY wouldn't want me to obsess over him after all. He'd want me to keep going to see how my life plays out."

...

...

...

A small feeling of relief surged in her heart as she heard this.

Wow... She...

She must have been really overreacting with all of this, hasn't she?

For some reason, she thought for sure that BASIL would end up exactly like MARI. It was something that she had always been secretly worried about this whole time.

Instead, BASIL reacted much more maturely than she was expecting.

Knowing that she was worrying over nothing made her feel... kinda comforted.

Even if the worst happens, AUBREY would still have BASIL in her life to keep her company.

"I must have been acting a little carefree, haven't I?" BASIL chuckled sadly, "Going on and on about SUNNY this and SUNNY that around you without ever really caring about how you felt. I was probably really annoying to be around."

"No! No, that wasn't what I was thinking at all!" AUBREY quickly denied, "That wasn't the issue here. I mean... I just... I was just..."

Oh man, how exactly was she going to explain that she had been keeping all of this baggage inside her heart simply because she couldn't trust him to react properly?

"It's okay. Really, I get it." BASIL waved her away with a gentle smile, "I don't blame you at all for thinking this way. It's only natural for some people to lose faith after waiting for so long."

The small orange cat seemingly had its fill of attention as it decided to scurry off into the dark.

BASIL stood back up, taking the time to readjust the flower clip on his head and putting his hands in his pockets.

"Hey, AUBREY." BASIL began, "I'm not asking you to change how you think. You don't have to believe that SUNNY will come back if it makes you uncomfortable." Turning to her, he continued, "But at least... At least keep an open mind about him. Until we know for sure that he's gone for good."

...

"I'll... I'll try." AUBREY smiled.

Wasn't even a lie this time like all the others. She won't have high hopes about it... but she'll be ready and willing if SUNNY does end up proving her wrong.

Honestly, that would be a really awesome day.

"Eh, good enough answer for me." BASIL smiled widely with a chuckle. "I'll try to be a bit more subtle too. Make things easier for you."

BASIL looked back up to admire the stars again, letting AUBREY follow suit.

You know, she didn't expect this day to end with her opening up her feelings and having her worries fixed up.

Man, talking to friends and being honest with them about your feelings was awesome! She should totally do this more often. She couldn't imagine why she didn't do this before!

A lot of problems seem like they could be solved just by talking it out like this.

The two of them continued stargazing in comfortable silence for a while, before their session was cut short as someone came out of GINO'S.

KIM sludged her way through the door, looking like she could pass out at any moment. Despite that, her eyes began sparkling the moment she saw both AUBREY and BASIL standing together in front of the pizzeria.

"AUBS! There you are! I was looking everywhere for you!" She greeted first, shambling over to the two friends and wrapping a loose arm around both, "And the flower nerd is here too! That's awesome!"

"Hi, KIM. How are you today?" BASIL greeted politely.

"Oh, I'm doing much better now that you're here, cute stuff." KIM wiggled her eyebrows at him.

Oh god, here we go again. This familiar sensation of a migraine was starting to form in AUBREY's head as she prepared herself to ask the obvious question.

"KIM, please don't tell me you're drunk..." AUBREY sighed disappointedly.

"Okay. I'm not drunk." KIM said resolutely.

Then she immediately tipped forward and almost smashed her face to the ground if it wasn't for BASIL quickly catching her on time.

"Ooh, nice strong hands~!" KIM giggled drunkenly in his arms, "If you wanted to cop a feel, you should've just asked!"

"DAMMIT KIM, you are drunk!" AUBREY shouted, before asking incredulously, "How did you even convince JOHN to sell you alcohol again after what happened last time?!"

"Nah man, I'm didn't buy from JOHN man..." KIM corrected as she brought herself upright. With a hand still around BASIL'S neck, she said, "I brought my own!"

"WHY?!" AUBREY screamed in exasperation.

"Pfft, what kind of nerd celebrates without at least consuming just a tiny little bit of alcohol?. Besides, it's not like Mom was gonna notice a small tiny bit of her wine goes missing." KIM laughed, waving away AUBREY's concerns before changing the topic entirely, "Nevermind that for now! Where were you?! I was waiting the whole night to finally see you suck at karaoke!"

As AUBREY rubbed her face from her friend's behavior, she sighed tiredly and answered, "I snuck out here while nobody was looking, okay? I just wanted some fresh air."

KIM slowly brought her eyes up to stare at her friend, tracing it back to BASIL, then back to AUBREY again.

Then she suddenly had a sh*t-eating grin that AUBREY recognized immediately was trouble.

"Oh, I see how it is! You were hoping to score some pollination with our resident flower nerd, ain't ya? Trying to keep him all to yourself?"

AUBREY gave an aggravated groan as she covered her face while BASIL started laughing.

"It's not like that, Jesus Christ..." AUBREY insisted.

"Oh yeah?" KIM asked doubtfully, before saying, "In that case, you don't mind if I flirt him up a bit, do ya? You won't get jealous, riiiiight?"

KIM proceeded to then start smushing her face into BASIL's cheek, rubbing against him affectionately.

"How about it, BASIL? Won't you have some fun with your favorite girl?" KIM asked in a cutesy way.

With a cool head, BASIL chuckled at her before respectfully declining, "Sorry, KIM. Not too interested in a romantic relationship right now. Even if I was, I wouldn't try to start one with someone who's obviously inebriated."

"Well sh*t." KIM pouted disappointedly, "Aren't you boring?"

Flinging herself out of BASIL'S grasp, she launched her body over at AUBREY to force her to catch the punk-girl before she fell.

Now deciding to rub her face against AUBREY's, KIM announced, "In that case, I'll just set my sights on you! Won't you show your little KIM some sugar?"

As KIM puckered her lips and leaned in for a kiss, AUBREY rolled her eyes and pinched the drunk girl's lips shut.

"KIM, you are such a disaster." AUBREY stated flatly.

Clearly annoyed at being rejected twice in a row, KIM began to throw a drunken tantrum, "Oh come on! If neither of you want to make out with me, then at least start making out with each other already! It's been three years, when are you both going to do something scandalous?! I've had my money staked on the two of you making a move behind the school bleachers for years now and I'm still waiting!"

"Uh... wow." BASIL murmured to himself with a blush.

Face glowing red from both embarrassment and outrage, AUBREY screamed out, "KIM, SHUT THE f*ck UP! That's it, no more candy for a month after tonight! You hear me?!

"You're not my mom! And stop dodging the issue already!" KIM shouted back disorientingly, "Come on! Be a friend and help me score fifty bucks! I'll even give you half if you let me watch!"

This continued on for several minutes as AUBREY and KIM did this back and forth bickering together while BASIL casually observed from the sidelines.

After a while, BASIL began to feel a bit awkward as he waited around long enough for things to escalate.

Checking the time on his watch, he saw just how late it was and realized he was eating away precious sleeping time.

"Welp, I can see you two are having fun." BASIL stated cheerfully as the two girls began wrestling for dominance, "I'll let you guys have fun celebrating then. I should be heading home now."

"Alright! Take care and good night, BASIL! Thanks for the talk!" AUBREY responded back, even as her face was being squished by KIM'S massively thick thighs.

"No, wait! Come back!" KIM called out desperately, "Make out with at least one of us before you go!"

"SHUTUPSHUTUPSHUTUPSHUTUPSHUTUP-" AUBREY held KIM back in a leg necklock, "I can't hold her back when she's like this! Run, BASIL, run!"

BASIL gently waved goodbye and headed back home, ignoring the cries of despair coming from KIM'S drunken tantrum.

Phew. Finally, home sweet home.

BASIL felt a wave of relief wash over him as he unlocked the door and set foot in his house, breathing in the aroma of his flowers to calm him down.

Today was a very tiring day, but he had to admit that it was very fulfilling as well.

Being able to have an honest talk with AUBREY about her true feelings with SUNNY was unexpected. He was happy to finally get that cleared, even though he was just a tiny bit disappointed that she didn't have any faith left for SUNNY...

Ah well, it's no big deal. It just means that her reaction will be that much more fun to watch when SUNNY eventually comes back.

Giving a big yawn for the second time tonight, he felt himself slightly swaying side by side as his body relaxed and his head filled with sleepy thoughts.

God, he couldn't wait to get to his bed.

Passing through his house, he silently greeted each and every plant in his path as he imagined them welcoming him home from a long day's work.

Making it to the bathroom, he went ahead and finished his nighttime rituals of brushing his teeth before bed.

Swirling the water in his mouth, he gargled for a bit and spat it out before tiredly rubbing his face clear.

In the mirror was a young man with blonde hair staring back at him with a peaceful smile.

An image of his best friend SUNNY stood behind him over his shoulder.

"Good night, SUNNY. I'll see you tomorrow." BASIL told him happily.

SUNNY nodded before disappearing.

With that done and over with, BASIL gave one last hearty sigh as he prepared to head to his room.

Opening the door, he expected to see his neat and tidy room exactly the way he left it, alongside a nice comfy bed.

BASIL felt the corners of his lip slowly drop to a neutral frown as he looked at his room again.

The window was shattered, as if someone outside had broken in.

Glass shards were strewn about all over the floor.

An ominous note with big capital letters was placed on his bed, spelling out his name.

...

Sigh...

He was this close to calling it a night too.

Shaking his head clear, he forced himself to stay awake as he prepared to assess the scene.

Carefully going through his belongings, he was able to safely conclude that everything he owned was still in one piece and nothing was stolen. Thank God for that, he supposed.

Besides the broken window, it didn't seem like anything else was vandalized either. All of his plants and furniture were still intact.

That left only the note on the bed to give him any clues as to what was going on.

Grabbing the note, he unfolded it and put the paper in front of his face as he stared at the contents.

Dearest Basil,

Tis I, your dear old best friend from childhood, KELSEY. As you may have noted whilst you've returned home from your ventures, I mayhaps accidentally committed the crime of vandalism and trespassery as I attempted to access your house through the entrance of your window, which is now unfortunately shattered into smithereens by my careless behavior. I do apologize, and hope that you might find it in your heart to forgive this poor wretched fool, for I have a decently adequate explanation regarding the reason why I have committed such tomfoolery. For you see, I have appeared before your estate earlier today in bearing great news, that of which I most dearly wished to share with you before the morrow. In my haste, I have attempted numerous times to call out for your attention under the assumption that you were still currently occupying your estate at the time. After many foiled attempts to grab your attention, however, I decided that it was worth intruding on your estate through any means possible in order to locate your person as soon as I possibly could, for the news I bring was of much importance. Sadly, it is with much regret that I realized too late that you were already away from the premises long before the time I have arrived.

In this case, I have decided to do the next possible thing. Knowing that you would eventually return to your humble abode, my detailed plan involved leaving this note behind to provide you a series of clues in which you could accurately guess the grand news that I've come to tell you. By the end of this adventure, you will soon be able to reunite with a friend that has been lost to us for many moons.

Are you prepared? The first clue is going to be a letter that reminds you the most about a snake-

BASIL stared intensely at the note in his hand for the longest time as he did his best to decipher the words written on it.

...

...

...

"I can't read this."

BASIL looked up confusedly from the chicken-scratch block of text hastily written on the note, wondering who the hell was crazy enough to do something like this.

The bad handwriting made it impossible to make out any words.

This was obviously either the work of a kid, or someone who had a weird twisted sense of humor.

In either case, he should probably call the cops and have this reported to let them know that there was some sort of maniac on the loose.

Sigh...

His droopy eyes began weighing heavily as he struggled to keep them open.

A voice in his head clearly called out to him, begging him to do all of this tomorrow when he had the free time to do so.

Right now, he needed sleep.

Making a mental note to clean his room tomorrow, he collapsed right on top of his bed and found sweet relief as his face felt the nice fabric of his mattress.

Before BASIL closed his eyes for good, he took one last look at the note in his hand and gave it a stern glare.

Honestly, what kind of prank was this to begin with? At least the guy who did this wasn't out to rob him when he had the chance.

Still, if you were going to leave behind a note, at least make it legible to read.

Crazy kids...

Giving the note a passing glance, BASIL turned the note around to see how long the terrible handwriting would go on for.

Big blocky letters, written in clear English.

BASIL! SUNNY IS BACK! :D

...

The flower boy's eyes widened in shock.

A burst of adrenaline courses through him as he sat up and reread the text again.

It took him a moment for the words to settle into his mind before he dropped the note and immediately ran out of the house.

Sleep can wait.

Notes:

Happy real life birthday to SUNNY! July 20!

This chapter didn't inspire me with a lot of confidence, but I pushed through anyway. At least I can be happy knowing that the reunion chapter is going to happen after this one. I've been looking forward to this for a long time.

Thanks for Fireboy973 again for testing it out first and giving me the go ahead to post it.

FightingGoldButCoda says : Can I do it later today? I’m really tired rn and I don’t want to make@mistakes

Never hire family to read your stories, guys. It's not worth the heartbreak.

SHOUTOUTS

Rotokon and Tuppence as usual. Thanks again for your thoughts! Glad to see both of you are still alive!

DamnBeret for your question: I like the way you think, but your guess was almost good. MARI's way of coping with her dream SUNNY is sort of the opposite of how SUNNY treats his own dream MARI. There's a good reason for it, and I will definitely have it be explained in a future chapter. For now, keep theorizing!

I'm shocked at how many people seem really supportive at this random pairing of BASIL and CURTSY together. I wonder if they'll ever get a cute name. Flower Candy or something? Eh, the fandom will come up with something better, I'm sure.

By the way, thanks so much for all of your support you guys! I'm glad so many people still stuck around and waited for me to come back after my break! I hope you guys aren't too disappointed with this chapter if it's not on par with all the other previous ones. Look forward to seeing BASIL and SUNNY reacting to each other in the next chapter!

SHOUT OUT OPPORTUNITIES

Hey fellow writers, what do you guys usually do to solve writer's block?

...

OKAY THANKS

WORK HARD PEOPLE!

Chapter 20: We Didn't Even Reach The Climax

Summary:

MARI and OMORI spend time together after a long day apart.

Someone special comes to interrupt them before they could finish talking.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

It was nighttime already, wasn't it?

MARI sighed as she idly pressed the same musical key on her toy piano over and over again.

She had been doing this for hours now. The piano key was eventually going to wear out if she kept going like this...

Sitting in the living room with nothing to do, MARI had spent the whole day finding excuses to keep herself busy. She had already swept the house and dusted the corners numerous times today to keep the place looking spotless for SUNNY.

When that eventually bored her, she had an idea pop up in her head to perhaps prepare some activities to do with her little brother once he got back.

Back when they were kids, SUNNY would always look forward to spending time with her by playing whatever they had on hand together. MARI thought it would be a good idea to have something prepared so that they could both play together, just like in the old days.

Excited by the idea of being able to make up for lost time with her little brother, she rummaged around the closet to search for every single toy she could find.

It's certainly no picnic, but… Well, this would have to do for the time being.

She didn't know which he'd want to play first, so she decided to play it safe and just grabbed anything that looked remotely fun.

It had been so long since the two of them ever spent any time playing games with each other. Even before the incident, she had always been…

She had always been too busy to play with him…

She won't make that same mistake ever again.

Eventually, she found herself surrounded by a fortress made out of toys, board games, and all other knick-knacks from her childhood as she waited for her little brother to come back.

It would be comical if it wasn't so depressing.

Still, she was excited to surprise him with all of this once he got back home. Hopefully, SUNNY will be thrilled at the idea of being able to play games with her again.

They can finally be together again.

So… Yeah.

SUNNY should be back any minute now.

Just gotta keep waiting...

Waiting for something to-

*KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK*

The gentle knocking on her front door made her perk up instantly. MARI didn't waste any time setting her toy piano aside on the couch and rushing to the front door as fast as she could.

OMORI didn't have to wait long after knocking before he heard someone sprinting all the way over to the door.

The door flew open, revealing an ecstatic MARI on the other side.

"SUNNY! You're home!" MARI's eyes practically lit up in pure joy before she went ahead to hug the daylights out of her little brother.

OMORI wasn't expecting the energetic greeting, almost nearly losing his balance from getting tackled out of nowhere.

After enjoying the brief hug, MARI pulled herself back and asked, "How was my favorite little brother's day? Did you have fun spending time with KEL?"

Caught off-guard by her enthusiastic behavior, OMORI awkwardly replied back, "Uh… Yeah. I did."

"That's great to hear!" MARI cheered happily as she ushered him in, "Come on inside! We don't want you to get cold now!"

OMORI was gently pulled inside by the arm as MARI closed the door behind him.

Looking around, he was slightly confused by the sight of all these old toys and board games lying around in the middle of the living room. They almost nearly filled the room to the brim, surrounding the couch and table like the pillars of Stonehenge.

Seeing her little brother's confused face, she hopped right in front of him and gave him a huge smile, "While you were gone, I thought I might as well prepare some games for us to play when you came back! We can play as many things as we want together! Doesn't that sound fun?"

OMORI blinked at her a few times before slowly looking over the entire collection of their old toys.

It had been a while since he even touched some of these things. Ever since MARI died, he never found the motivation to go through all the old stuff he had. The only time he ever remembered pulling them out for any reason was so that he could either throw away the stuff he didn't like anymore or pack up for when the movers arrived.

He never really thought that he'd…

OMORI had to admit, the idea was tempting. MARI had always been so busy with her studies and piano practice back then to spend time with him anymore. Being able to play together again would be…

He… He had always been so selfish, hadn't he? Badgering her to always spend time with him, even when he knew she was busy… He just couldn't accept the fact that she was going to live her own life one day and kept forcing her to waste time entertaining him as much as possible.

He just had to get involved with her in any shape or form… He just had to bother her about letting him join her recital. A recital he was never even interested in…

Only to kill her.

MARI felt her smile falter when she saw her little brother stare sadly at the toys in front of him. Instead of being excited at the opportunity like she thought he would be, he seemed so depressed at the idea.

Did he… not want to spend any time with her anymore?

Don't force him. He didn't do anything wrong, so don't force him.

It's your fault he's like this.

"If… if you don't want to play, then that's fine too. You don't have to if you're too tired." MARI offered with a reassuring smile.

OMORI turned back to her, noticing the sad smile etched on her face, and thoughtfully studied it.

Even though OMORI knew he didn't deserve to have any fun with his sister… She had gone through all this trouble to prepare everything for him.

The MARI in this reality had no school anymore. She had no college prep studies or piano practice to attend to. She had nothing to keep herself busy.

She must've been waiting for him the entire day… Waiting for him to come back.

All alone.

He always hated being alone.

Even though he didn't deserve to make new memories with her, he felt it would be cruel to deny her after she went through all this trouble just for him…

"I'm not tired." OMORI told her, "Let's play something."

OMORI saw his sister immediately became ecstatic once she heard that, giving him a big excited grin.

"Yeah! Of course!" MARI cheered, clapping her hands together and bringing them next to her cheek. Swiveling her hips happily, she told him, "Go ahead and pick any game in the pile! Choose what you want to play with the most!"

The sight of seeing his sister so excited to spend time with him almost made him smirk.

She always did that pose whenever she was happy like this. Unlike him, she was never any good at hiding her emotions. Spend time with her long enough, and you'll eventually learn that she could never contain herself. She always made her feelings quite clear and obvious for anyone to see.

Perhaps this would be a good opportunity to speak with her about some stuff he's been meaning to bring up in the meantime.

Ask her for more details about why she hated their friends. Ask her about what happened between her and HERO. Maybe even some other stuff if it comes up.

Get more information before he tracked down the next person for details about the past six years here in this reality. If he's lucky, he could find AUBREY or BASIL tomorrow. HERO would be hard to get a hold of, but he could wait.

Hm.

Carefully looking through the pile of toys around then, his eyes began to settle on one before he pointed it out to her.

"Maybe chess?"

A simple game like chess would give him enough time to think about what to ask her in between turns. He also picked out chess because he knew that it was MARI's favorite out of the bunch.

"Sure!" MARI quickly went over to the boxed board game and grabbed it out from the pile. Turning back to him and holding it up with a smile, she said, "Let's play some chess!"

"Aaaand check!" MARI announced, taking a white knight piece away with her black rook.

"Already? Wow." OMORI hummed.

MARI chuckled as she toyed around with her recently captured piece, "You should know by now that I am and forever will be the goddess of all things strategy, little brother!"

Her little brother was never any good at these sorts of things, so it was always easy for her to beat him. The trade-off was in her favor though. If SUNNY was good at video games, MARI was a master at the board games.

Chess, checkers, mahjong, Clue, Monopoly, Dominoes, UNO- You name it, she was already perfect at it.

OMORI looked at the chessboard with a contemplative stare as he wondered exactly what play he should utilize here.

He was really out of practice. He hasn't even touched a chess piece in years.

He was definitely in for a bad time if he was going against his own sister at these types of games.

In the end, OMORI decided to just move his king away, figuring that was the safest option.

Judging by the tactical glint in her eye, OMORI figured he must have chosen poorly.

The game continued on like this for a few moments, the two of them trading pieces as each of their strategies were soon laid bare. MARI was proving to be the winning side, as always.

OMORI wasn't exactly putting his heart into the game though, too busy stuck in his own mind as he organized all the questions in his head and figured out which was more important to ask first. Only a partial amount of his attention was spent on the board game, at best.

Noticing the intense look of concentration on her little brother's face, MARI smiled appreciatively as she thought her little SUNNY was taking the game seriously and giving it his all. It had been years since she ever saw him so lively, she couldn't help but stare at his cute adorable concentrating little face.

Although he wasn't really all that good at the game, it didn't matter. Her little brother was perfect just the way he was. All that mattered was if the two of them were having fun.

Nothing else mattered.

"Checkmate!" MARI officially declared, locking down her brother's white king into a corner.

"Nice." OMORI nodded impressively. He saw this coming a mile away. MARI was just too good at this game.

MARI giggled proudly, before offering, "Wanna play another round? I'll go easy next time to give you a shot!"

"Sure." OMORI shrugged before moving to reset the pieces.

Round two began shortly, with OMORI with the black pieces this time.

Giving her little brother a handicap by only using fifty percent of her brainpower to play the game, the other fifty percent thought it would be fun to start a conversation with him.

"Soooooo? How was your day with KEL?" MARI asked innocently enough, starting off with a king's pawn to E4. "You said you two had fun together, right? What did you two do today?"

OMORI looked at the board with some thought before moving his pawn, mirroring MARI's move.

"We went to the park for a bit, I guess. Didn't do much there besides read some pamphlets." He answered simply. "After that, we went to the plaza to hang out there. I got the chance to check out HOBBEEZ with him."

"Oh, did you? That's awesome! You always loved that place!" MARI giggled, moving a knight to F3 before asking, "And then?"

OMORI almost considered telling her about the flowers and the trip to the cemetery, only to realize that it might not be the best idea. All that would accomplish was get MARI confused, as well as open a line of questioning that he'd rather not spend answering.

So instead, he skipped ahead a bit as he continued copying MARI's chess moves with his own knight, "After that, KEL took me back to his house so that we could spend some time together for the rest of the day. Play video games, spend time with HECTOR, meet his baby sister… Just talk about things."

"Aw~! That's nice!" MARI beamed as she studied the chessboard.

Hmm, looks like she could challenge his E5 pawn by breaking the center with a Scotch opening… There were a multitude of ways she could take advantage of this and try to lead the game to a win… she had a thirty-six percent chance of winning, with a thirty-three percent chance of the match ending in a stalemate...

Oh shoot, she was overthinking again, wasn't she? Didn't she just promise to give him a handicap?

Moving queen's pawn to D4, MARI began to relax her brain by resting her head on her hand as she smiled at her little brother. Continuing the conversation to unfocus her mind, she asked, "And what did you two get to talk about?"

"Well…" OMORI attacked her pawn with his own before answering, "He gave me a long recap of the last six years. Told me about how everyone reacted when they heard the news. How he and HERO dealt with it. Even told me how you dealt with it."

At this, MARI's smile twitched.

OMORI stared at her inquisitively, watching her movements becoming stiffer than usual as she grabbed her knight to take his pawn.

Despite the pleasant smile adorned on his sister's face, OMORI could easily tell that it was fake now. Her robotic movements didn't match it at all, almost as if she was desperately trying to hold herself back.

"Did he now?" MARI stated with a stilted edge in her tone, "I see."

MARI was feeling… rather ticked at the fact that KEL had to be the one who told him about the past six years.

Knowing KEL, if he had been the one to bring her little brother up to speed, no doubt that idiot would have fed a whole bunch of lies and nonsense to get himself to seem more innocent than he actually was.

What sort of crocodile tears did he shed just to convince SUNNY that his backstabbing friend had always been waiting for him this entire time? What sort of excuses and horsesh*t did he come up with to explain why he wasn't there for his friend?

The worst part of it all was that SUNNY would've believed anything he said without a second thought. Her innocent little brother would have no reason to doubt KEL.

Just thinking about it made her want to strangle something.

As her brother moved a bishop ahead, MARI sweetly (almost mockingly) asked him, "What did he tell you, exactly? Did he tell you the truth? That he left you four years ago? Did he admit that he abandoned you, leaving you to rot by yourself? Did he acknowledge the fact that he was a horrible friend who gave up on you like the selfish brat he is?"

OMORI shuffled around in his seat, feeling uncomfortable at the way his sister was acting. This was a side of her that he has never seen before. The MARI he knew would never hold a grudge against her friends like this…

OMORI knew she could be vitriol and scathing if pushed far enough, but… this was almost on another level.

With a small sigh, OMORI simply answered, "He did."

MARI's hand froze just as she was about to move her next piece on the board.

Looking up at her little brother, MARI blinked in shock before asking, "H-He… He did?"

OMORI nodded, "It was the first thing he mentioned. He wanted to apologize to me for not visiting me at the hospital all these years. He thought he was being a bad friend and wanted to make it up to me."

KEL said that?

He apologized for it?

Her hands fumbled with her next piece as she moved a random pawn ahead before she quickly asked, "W-What did you say back to him?"

OMORI shrugged, "I forgave him. Like I said, I was never bothered by it."

"Oh, right…" MARI mumbled, rubbing her face as she took in this information. Shaking her head clear, she then asked, "Did he say anything else?"

Her little brother nodded again, "He told me that the reason he felt he needed to apologize was because of you, actually."

B-… Because of her?

KEL wanted to apologize because of her?

OMORI moved his queen up diagonally, before continuing, "Right before he dropped me back home, he told me to tell you that he was sorry for everything. He wanted to make it clear that, even though you might not feel the same way anymore, he still considers you to be one of his closest friends."

She couldn't believe it.

It's just… None of this felt real at all.

She thought for sure that...

"Was he being sincere…?" MARI asked softly, a distracted hand mindlessly moving her knight over to take one of his pieces. "Did he truly mean any of it?"

OMORI looked up from the board to see his sister staring off in the distance. Unlike moments before, her attitude shifted from being bitter to disbelief and confusion.

"Is it that hard to believe?" OMORI asked back.

MARI closed her eyes in thought.

Was it really that hard to believe?

No, not really.

Was it that hard to accept it?

Well…

...

Within MARI was a wide range of emotions threatening to tear her apart again.

On the one hand, she was truly ecstatic. To think that KEL would be the one to pass the olive branch of peace by apologizing to them first. Remembering what he told her the last time they spoke, she realized that maybe KEL was telling the truth after all when he said that he still thought of her as his friend. Only a real friend would feel guilty and apologize like this.

On the other hand, she was frustrated. It felt so disingenuous. Why did it take him this long to say sorry in the first place?! You can't just fix four years of continuous neglect and silence with a simple apology and expect everything to be kumbaya! You can't just go waltzing back into their life as if everything was normal, as if everything was okay- apologizing just so that it could all be conveniently swept under the rug! He didn't even have the decency to apologize to her face!

On the third hand… She felt remorseful. Maybe she had been too hard on the boy? The last time they spoke, all he wanted to do was make sure she was okay. Yet she couldn't help but shout in his face, mock him for insinuating that they were still friends, only to kick him out of her home straight after. It wasn't like it was his fault that SUNNY was stuck in a coma, and yet she acted so… Ugh, he probably couldn't even apologize to her properly because of that. He was scared of her, wasn't he? That's why he told her little brother to relay the message to her for him. If it wasn't for her, maybe he would've been able to apologize much earlier...

...

MARI…

She wanted to forgive him.

She wanted to tell him to screw off and leave her alone forever.

She wanted to be friends again.

She wanted to never see his face ever again.

She wanted KEL and SUNNY to get along together and make up for lost time.

She wanted KEL to stay as far away from her little brother as possible.

She wanted…

She… she wanted...

What the hell does she even want…?

God, nothing seemed to make any sense anymore… She wasn't prepared for any of this.

She just wanted to spend time with her little brother. Why did she have to be stuck in this mess? Why did she have to mention KEL at all?

Why couldn't she just pay attention to SUNNY?

"MARI?"

After her little brother called out to her, MARI quickly shook her head clear and blinked up at him.

"Oh right, sorry." MARI mumbled embarrassingly, "We were still in the middle of a game, weren't we? Did you make your move yet?"

OMORI nodded, "I have you in check."

MARI smiled politely as she looked down at the board again.

Alright then, let's see here… She moved a pawn to C3 to defend her knight from his bishop, then he went ahead and moved his queen to F6… and then after that, she moved...

Oh.

"SUNNY, this isn't a check." MARI pointed out, "You have me in checkmate."

Her little brother blinked confusedly as he looked down at the board again.

The queen that cornered her king at F2 was defended by one of his bishops diagonally at C5. She made the earlier mistake of attacking his knight instead of defending herself. She couldn't take his queen or make any other moves without being captured.

"Huh." He mumbled in surprise, "Wasn't paying attention to that."

Neither was she…

She lost against him in only six turns? Guess that was what she deserved for not paying enough attention to her little brother.

...

It… It was what she deserved…

Six years, because of her.

There was a brief period of silence as MARI stared blankly at the chessboard.

OMORI studied his sister's expression, trying to do his best to peer into her mind. What was she thinking about right now? How was she feeling?

It was almost as if she was so overwhelmed that she couldn't even properly function anymore. This wasn't the first time this has happened, he suddenly realized. She has been acting like this ever since he met her in this reality.

She looked so tired.

MARI felt so so so tired.

Usually almost always when they were talking about their old friends…

Maybe… if he could try something...

OMORI decided to break the silence as he told her, "I know that you have a problem with him because he couldn't visit me anymore, but it seems like he really wants to make up for it. I think you should give him a chance, at least. Won't you forgive him too?"

MARI looked back at him with a blank stare.

Of course!

Absolutely not.

Maybe?

She didn't know.

She really didn't know.

And because she didn't know, it made everything all the more frustrating for her.

So instead of answering the question, she forced herself to give a bright smile as she suddenly stood up and headed to the kitchen.

"I'm going to make us some dinner! Hope you're hungry!" MARI announced cheerfully, leaving the conversation abruptly.

OMORI blinked stupidly as he watched his sister flee to avoid his question.

She really just left the conversation like that? Before they were even done?

OMORI massaged his face with a frustrated sigh… He thought for sure that he was really close to breaking through to her for a moment. It would have been great if he could somehow convince her to forgive KEL then and there.

He knew this wasn't going to be easy, but…

Trying to help MARI was going to be harder than he thought if she was going to be like this.

Guess he might need to brainstorm a different approach to tackle this...

OMORI ate his tofu as his eye periodically glanced up to look at MARI.

She smiled back sweetly at him as she continued to stare at him while he ate.

Long since finished with her plate, MARI encouraged her little brother to take his time eating and not to rush. There would be plenty of time to keep playing after he finished, she told him.

"We can stay up as late as you want! Mom and Dad aren't here to get on our case for sleeping late and there's no need to go to school tomorrow! Isn't that great?" MARI told him happily.

Sure, the doctors told her to make sure he gets plenty of sleep for his recovery process, but everything should be fine! She'll let him sleep in tomorrow morning to make up for it!

This means more time to spend together with her little brother! Everything should be perfect!

OMORI didn't share her excitement, unfortunately. While he might have liked the idea of playing late into the night with his sister back when he was a kid, he didn't want to waste time playing around when he could be helping MARI find the truth in her HEADSPACE instead.

Still, he silently nodded at MARI as he continued to finish eating his dinner.

"Is the tofu still okay?" MARI asked in concern, before apologetically saying, "I know this must be the third time you've eaten tofu by now. You must be getting bored of it, right?"

Without his sense of taste, OMORI really couldn't answer that.

So instead, he shook his head, "It's fine. It tastes good."

Despite his words, MARI still felt the need to offer him, "If you want, we can go out and buy some steak together in OTHERMART tomorrow! We can throw out some of the tofu to make room for it!"

"No, really. I'm fine." OMORI insisted, "I'd rather not go through the trouble."

It'd be a waste of time and money to buy him any steak anyway. He's not worth it.

"Oh. Okay…" MARI hesitantly relented.

OMORI kept taking small bites out of his tofu as MARI continued to watch over him.

Resuming her smile, MARI decided to scoot her chair over next to her little brother to get closer to him.

OMORI carefully glanced at his sister, wondering what she was up to.

With a small giggle, she went ahead and brought a hand up to pet his head.

OMORI had a dumbfounded look as he watched his sister rub her hand through his hair.

"You always liked it when I did this." MARI mentioned, stroking his hair in content. "I remember one time, both you and MEWO were laying next to my side on the floor, and all I would do was just stroke both of your heads over and over again." With a chuckle, she recalled, "Both of you purred so loudly, I almost didn't know which one was the cat and which one was my little brother!"

Yeah… OMORI could recall something like that a long time ago.

Back when MARI was still alive and MEWO was still around, OMORI would regularly play with the black cat by acting like a cat himself. MARI found it completely endearing and adorable, so he decided to keep acting like one just so that she could pay more attention to him.

MEWO… she ran away when MARI died. No one was properly taking care of her anymore, so she ran to live somewhere else.

He wondered where that cat was right now? Did she leave too in this reality? He hoped she was somewhere nice and comfortable at least.

I miss her.

MARI brought him out of his reminiscing thoughts, asking him, "Does it feel good, SUNNY?"

Awkwardly glancing away, OMORI coughed and said, "Um… I still can't feel anything."

"Oh." MARI blinked, remembering about his numbed senses. Slowly pulling her hand away, she mumbled apologetically, "I'm sorry. I completely forgot that you…"

OMORI shook his head, "It's okay. I appreciate the thought."

MARI gave a small sigh to herself.

Well, that was embarrassing.

Might be a good idea to change the subject before the moment lingered any longer than it has to.

What else did she want to talk about with him? She already asked how his day had been, so all that was left to talk about was…

Actually…

There was something important that she had been meaning to speak with him about.

Glancing at him as she curled her hair over her ear, she considered how to properly ask him.

"So, today has been a pretty productive day for you, huh?" MARI started off pleasantly enough.

OMORI shrugged as he finished his dinner. In a sense, yeah.

After spending the whole day gathering information from KEL's point of view of the previous six years in this reality, OMORI felt that he had a basic idea behind what was going on with MARI.

It wasn't enough to fill out the complete picture though. Hopefully, tonight's venture to HEADSPACE will grant him some further insight into MARI's mental state.

"So… Um…" MARI awkwardly shuffled in her seat a bit as she slowly grew nervous. With a bit of hesitation, MARI gulped before she timidly asked, "Um… So, now that you've spent the day outside with KEL… D-... Do you still think everything is a d-dream?"

OMORI blinked before looking up at her.

MARI gulped.

This was something that she had been worried about ever since yesterday.

To think that he had gone through such a horrible ordeal for the past six years in his mind. Dreaming of a life where he killed his own sister on that day on top of the stairs. The guilt that weighed on his mind must be devastating for such an innocent sweet boy like him.

She wanted to do anything she could to help him forget all about it. Make him understand that she was alive and well, ready to accept him with open arms. That there was nothing to be guilty of.

OMORI, meanwhile, stared back at his plate in silence.

This was… something OMORI didn't quite know how to answer properly.

For the most part, he's generally accepted that he was transferred to another reality. How he managed to do so, he still had no clue.

If the answer to how this came to be was that this whole thing was just some kind of hyper-realistic dream he subconsciously crafted just to punish himself, he'd suppose then that this answer would make the most sense.

If everything happened to be real though, then it would mean that the universe was truly giving him this last task as punishment before he could finally move on to die in peace.

But if he had to question whether this was real or a dream though… He'd… He'd probably hope that it was…

No.

Whether it was real or not didn't matter.

He needed to help MARI to forgive herself. To make sure that she doesn't go down the same route he did.

Nothing else mattered.

"Not anymore, I guess." OMORI eventually answered, hoping that it would be enough to satisfy her.

"You guess…" MARI whispered softly to herself as she looked away in thought.

MARI… Honestly, she didn't know what to do. She had no idea how to tackle this sort of situation.

Hearing him say that he didn't think he was dreaming anymore, it almost made her feel relieved.

But there was something about his response that just… tickled her gut the wrong way.

Like… Like he was just saying that so that she wouldn't have to worry about him anymore.

He was always such a considerate little brother...

Maybe she was paranoid… Maybe SUNNY was truly going to be fine after all.

But after seeing him point a knife at himself firsthand, MARI did not want to take any chances.

"Hey, SUNNY?" MARI began softly.

"Yeah?" OMORI turned to her curiously.

"Can you tell me about… about the stuff you experienced? While you were in your coma?" MARI asked, carefully holding onto his hand, "The things you had to deal with… The things you went through… I want to know more about it."

OMORI widened his eyes at this.

"W-... Why?" He stuttered.

Why would she want to know something like that? It wasn't like he could tell her anything that would be important or interesting…

MARI felt like she had to do something though.

"I just… I just want to make sure you realize that everything you see now is absolutely real." MARI explained with a soft smile, "Maybe if you told me all the things that happened to you, I can point out the differences and prove your memories are wrong. I can prove that nothing in your head actually happened."

Carefully bringing his hand up, she moved his fingers to caress her neck.

"Like for example, you told me that you and BASIL hung me to fake a suicide and cover up my death, right? Well, I can already tell you multiple reasons why that would never make any sense!" MARI exclaimed cheerfully, "For one, I'm still alive and kicking! Can a dead person tell you that she still loves you? SUNNY, I love you!"

Yes, all the time. Cruel words to make him feel more guilty for taking the life of someone who cared so much for him. One of the many words that haunted him wherever he goes.

"Another thing, why would BASIL try to help you fake my suicide in the first place? He's a responsible and smart boy, he'd never do something crazy like that! The first thing he'd do would be to get someone to help! Just like how he helped you when… when you fell down the stairs that day…" MARI felt herself falter a bit at the memory but shook herself out of it as she kept her smile up.

BASIL just wanted to protect him. He wanted to make sure his best friend didn't get in trouble for killing his own sister. Even if it meant at any cost. Trusting him was the worst mistake OMORI could have ever made.

"Third of all, didn't you say that I was the one who fell down the stairs? Wouldn't that mean that there'd be bruises and marks and stuff to show how I died?" MARI pointed out, "Even if you did try to fake it as a suicide, the police autopsy report would disprove it for sure! No one would have believed it was a suicide from the beginning!"

Mom and Dad knew. They knew and they protected him by keeping it all a secret. Mom didn't want to lose the only child she had left, not after losing her daughter. Dad disowned him because of that. Dad was the only one who could see his son as the monster he truly was.

"So you see?" MARI reassured him, "As long as I can explain why it doesn't make any sense, then that means for sure that none of it was real!"

OMORI silently stared at his big sister.

"So won't you please tell me what you've been through?" MARI pleaded, rubbing her face against his hand, "I just want to help…"

Please… Please accept her help. Please let her be the reliable older sister she was supposed to be…

She had to do something to protect him…

She had to do something to make up for the fact that this was all her fault to begin with.

Please, SUNNY… Open your heart and mind for her. It won't even cost your love if you don't want it to...

OMORI frowned as he brought his hand up to pet her head.

She softly smiled back and leaned in against his touch.

He still couldn't feel it. He still couldn't feel anything.

His sister was right here, and he still couldn't even properly feel her. Not her warmth, not her hair… not anything.

It was so frustrating...

It was the cruelest punishment he could think of. Worst than anything else he could imagine. At least he would've been able to feel something in any other punishment… but this...

He knew that he deserved this.

And yet...

...

"The last four years…" OMORI began miserably, "They… they were…"

MARI looked at him expectantly, patiently waiting for him to finish his thought. Her attention was completely on him, and nothing was going to distract her.

"They…" OMORI struggled to get the words out.

Before he could utter another word, someone began loudly knocking on the door.

Both he and MARI turned to look at the noise in bewilderment.

Without even pausing for a single moment, whoever was at the door kept insistently knocking on the door over and over again. The loud banging reverberated throughout the entire house without rest.

Just like this morning.

KEL.

...

MARI grit her teeth as she suddenly stood up from her seat.

Each loud bang against the front door only served to piss her off more and more.

KEL… That idiotic, selfish, attention-seeking little brat!

Why couldn't he just give her a single moment alone with her little brother?!

Was it not enough that he had to take SUNNY away from her this entire day?! Was it that hard to just give them a moment of peace and quiet, to just leave her alone so that she could spend some time with him herself?!

And he had to gall to knock on her house in the middle of this hour at night?! WHY?! WHY DID HE HAVE TO BARGE IN JUST WHEN SHE WAS ABOUT TO DO SOMETHING IMPORTANT WITH SUNNY?!

WHY COULDN'T HE JUST LEAVE THEM ALONE IN PEACE?!

AAAAAARGH! SHE HATED HIM SO MUCH!

OMORI leaned back in his seat with a startled expression as MARI stomped past him with the cruelest glare adorned on her face.

MARI was about to give that inconsiderate brat a piece of her mind!

Selfish, stupid, lousy, rude, noisy, nosey, inconsiderate BASTARD.

Her unending rage never once lessened as she stomped her way to the door. Each loud knock further accentuated and amplified her anger by the millions.

How dare he steal her time away from her SUNNY?! How dare he intrude on her when all she wanted was to spend some time with her little brother?! Why couldn't he just leave her ALONE?!

She hated him.

SHE HATED HIM.

SHE HATES HATES HATES HATES HATES HIM!

It wasn't KEL who was knocking on their door.

It was BASIL. The town's resident plant efficianando and well-known flower boy.

He breathed heavily as he did his best to catch his breath, his hand already knocking down the door with all his might.

His body was practically running on pure adrenaline at this point.

BASIL had to know. He had to know for sure whether or not the note he read was telling the truth.

With it being after visiting hours, he knew that there would be no way for him to check up on SUNNY at the hospital at this hour of the night.

That left him with only one other option.

MARI would be the only one to know for sure. As the sister of his best friend, she was the only one besides him to visit SUNNY as often as he does. These past few days where BASIL was too busy to visit, he was sure MARI was still able to maintain her visiting schedule.

If SUNNY really was back, MARI would know for sure. He had to ask her, even if it meant knocking on her front door for the entire night until she finally woke up.

Thankfully, it wouldn't come to that.

The door was wrenched open in front of him faster than he was expecting, as a livid MARI came out to glare at him with all the hatred in her heart.

"DAMN IT! I ALREADY LET YOU SPEND THE WHOLE DAY WITH HIM! WHAT MORE DO YOU WANT FROM ME, YOU MISERABLE BACKSTABBING SUBHUMAN PIECE OF GARBAGE-"

The moment MARI's eyes realized the person in front of her wasn't the recognizable tanned boy she was expecting, her anger halted as she grew confused.

But when she saw a familiar pair of blue eyes glaring back at her, she felt she made a horrible mistake.

The flower boy was unimpressed.

"B-... BASIL…" MARI immediately withered back in fear.

His eyes were practically glowing in the middle of the night, his stare piercing through her soul with silent disapproving judgment.

Barely even startled by her initial screaming, BASIL bitterly muttered back, "MARI."

The older girl felt a pit in her stomach open. A pit filled with nothing but dread, embarrassment, shock, and unadulterated shame.

She couldn't believe she ended up screaming in BASIL's face…

"I'm… I'm so sorry…" MARI whimpered nervously, "I-I thought you were someone else. I didn't mean to…"

Despite being taller than him, MARI couldn't help but feel so small whenever he looked down at her like this.

"I'm so sorry… I'm so sorry... I swear, I didn't mean to shout at you, I'm so so so sorry…" MARI kept whimpering out apologies after apologies.

She curled her arms up against her chest as she looked away to the floor, unable to handle his glare.

"Whatever. I don't care." BASIL said dismissively as he entered the house.

MARI's legs instinctively paced backward to avoid getting close to him.

"I'm sorry… I'm sorry I'm sorry I'm sorry-" MARI couldn't help but continue whimpering.

"Stop mumbling already! I told you that it was fine." BASIL irritatedly commanded her.

MARI recoiled back and felt her mouth immediately close itself shut out of fear.

BASIL briefly looked over MARI before giving an annoyed sigh out of frustration.

She certainly hasn't changed in the slightest since the last six years.

If it was for anything else, BASIL would've preferred not needing to come here to speak with her. Seeing her always tended to bring the worst side out of him.

BASIL slowly allowed his eyes to wander around the house, taking in the atmosphere.

It's been a really long time since he last stepped foot in here… Since the day of the incident, to be precise.

He could remember with a nostalgic fondness all the times he came over here to play with his old friends… The sleepovers they would have together. The movie marathons they would watch at night. The morning cartoons on Saturdays. The treehouse they built and played in together further in the backyard…

If only things could go back to how they used to be...

There was a tense brief moment of silence as MARI snuck a nervous glance up at BASIL to see him studying the house in thought. After a while, she awkwardly offered, "D-Do you want some tea? Or tofu? I can… make something for you since you're here-"

"I'm not here to exchange pleasantries, MARI." BASIL interrupted.

MARI gave a small whimper again as she closed her mouth and eyes shut, keeping herself faced away from him.

Realizing that he was wasting time, BASIL turned to face MARI only to see her cower in fear in front of him.

Ugh… It was always like this, wasn't it? At this rate, this was going to go nowhere fast.

He needed to calm down and speak with her like a proper person. For SUNNY's sake, he needed to set his grudge against her aside for now.

BASIL took a deep breath as he softened his face, forcing himself to stop feeling unpleasant around her.

With a smooth and gentle voice, he looked over MARI again and began, "Look, let's set aside everything between us for now. I promise I didn't come here just to yell at you all night."

Despite his reassurance, MARI was still trembling as she refused to look up at him again.

Taking another deep breath, BASIL relaxed and gently told her, "Look, I'm sorry for intruding. I promise I'll leave as soon as I'm done. Can you please calm down and relax?"

...

It took a while before MARI was able to work up the courage to look up again.

Seeing him staring into her still made her feel anxious, but his softened expression and calm voice at least managed to make it easier to look him in the eye.

With a nervous gulp, she forced herself to give a welcoming smile, "Of course… What did you need from me, BASIL?"

Good start so far. Now it was time to ask what he came here for.

"I came because I wanted to ask…" BASIL began slowly, putting his thoughts into words as he asked her, "I heard that SUNNY was back. Is this true?"

When BASIL ran all the way over to MARI'S house, a part of him had been excited at the idea of learning his best friend was finally awake again. But another part of him still left room for doubt.

If the note ended up being a complete lie, then it would be a cruel prank to pull indeed. He would've come here for nothing and made MARI confused just for simply asking the question.

But the way MARI lit up with a smile in response to that question, the first pure genuine smile BASIL has ever seen her give in the last six years…

"SUNNY! Yes, of course! KEL must have told you!" MARI happily exclaimed.

KEL? Wait, does that mean that KEL was the one who broke into his house just to leave that undecipherable note on his bed?

Well, that certainly sounds like a KEL thing to do…

Wait…!

BASIL felt an excitement grow within him as he asked back, "So it's true then?! Is SUNNY really awake again?!"

MARI could see the look of pure hope and joy in his eyes as she confirmed the news to him. The look reminded her of a simpler time back when BASIL was still just an innocent sweet little kid.

Oh, the look on his face when he finally sees her little brother again will be priceless! BASIL had waited for him to wake up for so long now! He can finally see his best friend again, and MARI will get to watch it all happen with front-row seats!

BASIL… SUNNY's one and only true loyal friend, who never once gave up hope and abandoned him like all the others.

If anyone deserves to reunite with her little brother, it would be him.

"Wait right here! I'll go get him! He'll be so happy to see you again!" MARI told him as she prepared to leave.

At that, BASIL's eyes widened in shock.

"SUNNY is actually here in the house right now?!" He asked in surprise, "He's not at the hospital anymore?!"

"Absolutely! He was discharged just a few days ago!" MARI turned back to announce excitedly, "It's hard to believe, but it's really true! He's finally back with us again!"

With that said, MARI hurriedly left to get to the dining room to bring her little brother over.

BASIL was left in the living room, his mind still reeling over the fact that not only was his best friend awake again, but he was also physically here right now prepared to greet him.

This… This wasn't a dream, right? This was truly real and happening, right?

MARI wasn't going crazy, right? KEL wasn't lying just to pull a tasteless prank on him, right?

Right?!

"Guess whoooo~?" MARI finally called out after waiting for so long.

BASIL felt his breath hitch as he saw MARI pulling his best friend by the arm into the living room.

Although his eye was covered in a white eyepatch, that was the only difference he could see.

Other than that, there was absolutely no mistaking the person in front of him.

With a calm stoic expression, his best friend gave him a small wave.

"Hi, BASIL."

Oh god…

"I was right… I can't believe it…" BASIL muttered softly.

He knew it… He knew he was right.

SUNNY… His dear best friend…

He was finally back.

BASIL couldn't stop the tears from leaking out of his eyes as he smiled happily.

"SUNNY...!"

Notes:

First things first, thanking some of my editors.

BigBluh, Fireboy973, FightingGoldButCoda.

They managed to help me through my depressing writer's block slump by giving me ideas and advice. Especially Fireboy973, who has given me the coolest of cool ideas I have ever heard, and will be implementing later in the story in a future chapter. Can't wait for that!

Also, BigBluh chose the chapter name for this one.

Anyways, on with the shout outs!

https://soundcloud.com/mighty-cow-674873103/brightspace-fanmade-mari-whitespace

A very creative fan of the works has made this OST based on MARI's BRIGHTSPACE. I am both flattered and in awe, because I wouldn't know how to make something like this myself if I tried. I have no musical sense, you see. Please listen to it if you can! Their Wattpad username is Crimson_Borealis. ROUND OF APPLAUSE FOR THEM!

https://www.reddit.com/r/OMORI/comments/oel26b/how_i_picture_something_from_the_i_wont_let_him/

Unfortunately, for some reason, this reddit user's account has been deleted. I don't know why, but before they did, they left this wonderful piece of fan art for me to enjoy. It sure is SOMETHING, isn't it? Heheh. I wish I could remember what their name was before they got yeeted off the platform though...

https://archiveofourown.org/works/32079763
Pain Pain Go Away! By Seiji_The_Ice_Drake!
I can't believe I f*cking forgot all about this gift! Why the f*ck did it take me this long to put it in my shoutouts?! f*ck, I AM A PIECE OF sh*t, I AM SO SORRY!
Anyway, this was a beautiful fanfic of my fanfic, and I truly love it! Please go check it out and give it a read!

Thanks to all the commenters who left behind their advice on how to get through writers block! I appreciate your input!

Tuppence for their long detailed comment again, my favorite baby child who gives me good nights kisses whenever I need them to.
Truthfully, this whole chapter exists simply because of something you once said in a previous comment a few chapters ago. If it wasn't for you, the AUBREY
chapter 19 never would've even existed. Kudos to you.
Your theory about SUNNY being BASIL's SOMETHING is certainly interesting! I truly wonder though... Is BASIL really all right up there in the head like he makes him out to be? HMMMMM...

Glad to see so many of you got really excited at the reunion.

God, it must have pissed you guys off when I ended the chapter the way it did, huh? I'm such a stinker.

QUESTIONS FOR THE NEXT SHOUTOUTS!

This chapter has given me a lot of trouble, if I'm going to be honest. Give me your honest thoughts and criticisms about this particular chapter in the comments if you can. I really want to know what you guys thought how I handled this. It took me almost two weeks to finally get it published, and I'm truly so sorry for that. Even if you guys think it's good, I still really want to know if there is anything wrong you found with it. If not, maybe leave behind some theories you might have for future chapters so that I can get a view on how you guys are seeing the story play out in your head.

THAT'S ALL FOLKS

WORK HARD, PEOPLE!

Chapter 21: BASIL Pancakes

Summary:

He knew it!

BASIL knew that SUNNY would come back!

He absolutely knew it!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

"HEY, GUYS! OVER HERE!"

BASIL stood by nervously as he saw AUBREY shout and wave at a group of kids who were just arriving at the park.

When the group finally noticed the pink-bowed girl, they all started happily waving back to let her know they saw her.

BASIL couldn't help but feel a bit intimidated at the size of the group. Four kids, and two of them seemed much taller and older than he was…

"Come on, BASIL! Let's go meet them! I wanna introduce you!" AUBREY giggled excitedly as she pointed at them.

BASIL nervously fiddled with his hands, "A-Are you sure, AUBREY? I mean… I don't think this is a good idea. I don't want to intrude or do anything to embarrass you. I'm not exactly a social-"

AUBREY quickly interrupted him by pulling on his arm, insisting as she said, "Don't be like that! I promise you that they're all really awesome and friendly! You'll get along great with them! Don't you trust me?"

Trust her? Of course! BASIL felt he could trust AUBREY to do anything!

Trust himself, though? That was what he was having trouble with. There was no way such a large group like that would welcome a weird kid like him. He always tended to keep to himself, and people always considered him weird because of that.

Honestly, he'd prefer just being AUBREY's friend in secret instead. That way, they could still hang out together and he wouldn't do anything to hurt AUBREY's reputation…

AUBREY seemed adamant about introducing him to her group of friends, though… BASIL had no choice but to follow along with her.

As she led him closer to the group, she cheerfully waved out, "Guys! Guys! I want you to meet my new friend, BASIL! I met him in school! He's really smart and cool!"

Smartandcool? Agh, jeez… AUBREY shouldn't need to lie like that. If she went ahead and set up expectations like that, how was he supposed to live up to them?

Still, he did his best to give a friendly smile as he nervously rubbed the back of his neck.

Agh, jeez, he was sweating so much! He really hoped nobody noticed.

The small tan boy of the group greeted him first, "Hi there, BASIL! My name is KELSEY, but everyone calls me KEL! Nice to meet you!"

"Oh, uh… Nice to meet you too." BASIL respectfully nodded back as he reached out for a handshake.

KEL seemingly mistook this as a sign for a high five and gave it a big slap instead, "Aw yeah! New friend acquired! And it's a boy too! Finally, we can outweigh the girls in our group!"

BASIL did his best not to show pain as he pulled his hand behind him and rubbed it soothingly. "Uh… Thanks?"

The next person to introduce themself was a tall boy who seemed to exude charm and confidence, "Hello, BASIL! Nice to meet you! AUBREY likes to talk about you a lot whenever we hang out. I'm HENRY, KEL's older brother."

BASIL felt himself blush when HENRY mentioned that AUBREY apparently talked about him a lot to the others. He didn't realize that AUBREY had been bragging about him before.

Nobody ever brags about knowing BASIL before… This was a first…

"H-Hi. I-I'm not that special, but thank you." BASIL felt the need to downplay himself as he waved at the tall boy.

Agh, jeez… Looking over him once more, BASIL felt incredibly inadequate. HENRY looked so tall and handsome, like he was someone you would expect to be really popular with people. Compared to him, BASIL was just a skinny-looking weirdo…

"Just so you know, we all usually call him HERO!" KEL told him, "So don't get too confused if you hear us call him that instead of HENRY!"

"HERO?" BASIL repeated curiously.

Heh, what a nice nickname. Yeah, he could totally see HENRY being some kind of hero. Wonder what he did to get that nickname in the first place?

After him, a girl who looked slightly older than him bent down to his level and cheerfully greeted, "Hi, BASIL! I love your name! It's so adorable! Thanks so much for being friends with AUBREY, I really appreciate it! My name is MARI, and it's a pleasure to meet you!"

Thanks for being friends with AUBREY? If anything, BASIL should be thankful to AUBREY for being friends with him…

If it wasn't for her reaching out to him first, BASIL honestly would've been stuck all alone…

"I-It's no trouble. AUBREY is a nice girl. I like being friends with her." BASIL responded back politely.

Looking over MARI again, he couldn't help but blush a bit from the sight of her. The older girl seemed to radiate an aura of elegance and maturity. Not only that, but she was really pretty! Maybe not as pretty as AUBREY, in his humble opinion, but he wouldn't be surprised if it turned out that MARI was really popular with boys in her grade.

The last person in the group that BASIL hadn't greeted yet was this small boy his age that was standing from afar.

Instead of greeting him like everyone else, he chose to stand back and give a small awkward wave. No hellos, no introduction, not even bothering to put up a friendly smile.

BASIL felt himself growing nervous again as he went to greet this strange boy. "Uh… Hi. I'm BASIL."

The boy nodded stoically but didn't bother responding with anything else.

"Uh…" BASIL anxiously kept continuing on as he did his best to smile, "Are you AUBREY's friend too? I-It's nice to meet you!"

Once again, the only thing the boy was willing to respond with was a small tiny nod of acknowledgment.

Did… Did BASIL do something wrong to offend this boy? Why was he acting so strange compared to everyone else?

Did this boy think BASIL wasn't worth even speaking to?

It was as if he was already giving BASIL judgment before BASIL had the chance to do anything wrong…

Noticing the awkward tension in the air, MARI was quick to swoop in from behind and push the boy closer, "This is my little brother, SUNNY! Sorry if he doesn't talk much, he's just a bit shy. He has a hard time talking to strangers, but I'm sure once he gets to know you, you'll hear him speak more often!"

As if embarrassed or ashamed of this fact, SUNNY glanced away to the ground.

Oh… SUNNY was shy just like him then? In that case, this made a lot more sense.

He could totally understand the feeling. BASIL has trouble talking to other people too!

"I-I see." BASIL smiled and offered back, "Well, I hope we can be friends then, SUNNY."

Even though the silent boy still refused to speak a word to him, SUNNY turned to look BASIL in the eye before giving a thumbs up in response.

"In SUNNY's language, that meansI'm sure we will!" MARI reassured with a giggle.

SUNNY reaffirmed this by nodding.

Haha… Maybe SUNNY and BASIL had a lot more in common than he initially believed.

You know, this might not be so bad. The entire group seemed friendly enough. At least they're actually giving him a chance to hang out with them.

It would be nice to finally have some friends if this all ends up going well…

He was getting sick and tired of being alone. Having more than one friend would be nice.

"Thank you for welcoming me, SUNNY!" BASIL smiled back politely.

SUNNY nodded again.

Little did BASIL know, from here on out, these five would end up being his closest best friends in the whole wide world.

Little did BASIL know that SUNNY would end up becoming the person he would cherish most of all, above everyone else.

He thought so little of them at first. He was sure that such a friendship would end up becoming forgotten sooner than later. He was almost convinced that they would leave him eventually...

But they ended up being more like a family to him than even his own parents…

SUNNY…

It really was great to have you back again.

But…

Where did you go in the first place? What have you brought along with you?

You can see it too, can't you? SOMETHING behind you?

Why do you keep looking at me like that?

A dark room in the middle of the night.

The only light source coming from the moonlight shining through the window.

There was a heavy atmosphere in the air, threatening to suffocate me just from standing here.

In front of me, a young boy with blonde hair was staring back. His blue eyes glowed in the dark.

I wanted to leave. I wanted to run. I wanted to hide.

But when I turned around, SOMETHING was blocking the door behind me, leaving me trapped inside.

Don't worry… Everything is going to be okay… No matter what happens, promise me that we'll always be there for each other… Promise me…

"Where are you going?!" A rough hand pulled me back and forced me forward again.

Staring back at me was the crazed desperate eyes of a boy who could no longer find any sense in the world.

"Stop trying to LEAVE ME!" He shouted, before psychotically chanting, "Stopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopitstopit-"

Look at all of us… These are all of our memories together. They're a little sad now… but we should be happy that they happened at all. Let's make some new memories together, okay?

All of a sudden, he drops dead silent before turning around.

I could hear him sobbing to himself. Whispering something cryptic. Something crazy. Something nonsensical.

"...I don't want to be alone anymore…"

I understood every single word of it.

When… we… used to be friends… Do you remember how I used to take pictures of everyone? Well… AUBREY… She…

Before too long, he turns around again with a broken smile.

"No… You wouldn't leave me. That's not like you, SUNNY!" He told himself, trying so desperately to convince himself, "SUNNY is a good person… SUNNY would never leave me! It's SOMETHING behind you again, isn't it? When SOMETHING killed MARI… When SOMETHING ruined the photo album… I didn't say anything! I didn't want people to think it was you, SUNNY!"

It's hard to remember now, but… I think, at the time, I took photos of what I was most afraid to lose. Flipping through the album, you can still see the good times… Maybe one day, things can go back to how they were before.

The darkness formed around him, shadows rising up out of his feet. SOMETHING protrudes out into the floor as it swallows him halfway up to his waist.

He lets out a scream before pulling out a pair of garden shears, desperately stabbing away at the darkness.

"STAY AWAY! STAY AWAY FROM SUNNY!"

Once again, he suddenly drops dead silent as his arms limp to his sides before staring at me.

Resuming his smile, he reassured me, "I'll protect you no matter what, SUNNY. You can count on me!"

There's no way out of this, is there SUNNY?

I wanted to scream, but my lungs fought to breathe.

I wanted to run, but nausea overwhelmed me.

I wanted to cry, but I couldn't hold steady.

SOMETHING grabbed me with its dark tendrils, bringing me closer to him.

The garden shears shined brightly in the dark from the pale moonlight.

I felt terror coursing through me as his deranged blue eyes stared back at me.

"Don't be scared, SUNNY. I'll save you again!" He kept reassuring me, even as he cried through his broken smile, "I'm scared too… But this is for the best. I'll get rid of SOMETHING once and for all. Everything is going to be okay…!"

This was all my fault, wasn't it?

I'm… I'm so sorry… Will you forgive me? My best friend...

"EVERYTHING IS GOING TO BE OKAY!"

BASIL raised the garden shears up in the sky.

Maybe one day, things will go back to the way they were before.

BASIL… My best friend… My closest friend. He was unlucky enough to witness the day I killed MARI. He couldn't handle the truth, and instead chose to do whatever he could to protect me. He thought he was preventing me from getting into trouble… but… he ended up ruining both of our lives instead.

If it hadn't been for me, maybe he would've…

...

I'll see you soon, BASIL.

BASIL loved her and you killed her.

Yeah.

There was a brief moment of shock shared between the two boys as they stared at each other.

BASIL couldn't believe his eyes, tearfully wiping through them with his sleeves as he did his best to wake himself up from this dream that he was surely in the middle of. He must have passed out in his bed after reading the note and was just living out his greatest wish, surely?

OMORI couldn't help but study the flower boy, noticing all the differences that this version of BASIL showed.

He looked… healthier? If that was the correct description to give.

The last time he saw BASIL, the boy used to have such bleak skin and a lanky body. Almost like a twig that could be broken from a simple breeze. His eyes would also give away his constant anxiety. He would often look too tired to even function.

This BASIL… he had none of those traits.

For one, BASIL seemed to have gotten himself a healthy glow. Not as tanned as someone like KEL, but the fact that he goes outside more often than most people was noticeable.

His body was no longer as skinny as it used to be either. While he didn't exactly acquire any obvious muscles, it was clear that this BASIL has been eating a healthy diet and lived an active lifestyle to keep himself in shape.

But most importantly, his eyes…

There was no guilt or paranoia behind them anymore. These weren't the eyes of a murderer. Just a friend who was in disbelief to have him back.

OMORI briefly looked over at MARI, seeing her watch the both of them with an anticipating smile.

In this reality, BASIL never helped him kill MARI by hanging her on the tree. The trauma of her death never affected him.

This was a BASIL who grew up entirely innocent. Untainted by the sins that OMORI committed in his original reality.

It was almost perfect.

With the initial shock finally wearing off, BASIL was able to confirm that everything was real and totally not a dream! The moment he realized this, he had already rushed up to his friend to give him a great big hug.

"SUNNY! I KNEW IT!" BASIL cried out happily, "IKNEWITIKNEWITIKNEWIT! I knew you'd wake up again! I told everyone that you would! I was right all along!"

In a way, it felt like OMORI was reuniting with an old friend he lost years ago. A friend he once had before the incident happened.

To think that he'd ever see BASIL like this… it never really crossed his mind until now.

Even though it wasn't entirely accurate to say this, he felt like it was the only appropriate thing to do.

Hugging his friend back, OMORI gently told him, "It's… it's good to see you again, BASIL."

"I can't believe this is finally happening! I've been waiting for this day for so long!" BASIL hiccupped, holding onto his best friend as tight as he could, "I never gave up hope that you'd come back to us one day… I told everyone that you'd wake up eventually! I knew you would! I- I knew you would…!"

BASIL couldn't do anything to hold back his emotions, crying into OMORI's shirt as the stoic boy calmly comforted him.

MARI stood by the sidelines as she watched on with a silent smile, enjoying the heartwarming reunion for all it was worth.

This was something she had been looking forward to for a long time. To think that she would finally get the chance to witness it first hand after waiting for all these years.

It was every bit as beautiful as she could possibly imagine it to be. The sight of her sweet little brother and his best friend BASIL, hugging the daylights out of each other after waiting for six years…

If only she had BASIL's camera right now. This would be such a wonderful picture to place in the photo album…

The hug looked so warm. She wanted to join them. Would they make space for her if she asked?

MARI quickly silenced that selfish thought, knowing how important it was for BASIL to have his moment alone with her little brother. She shouldn't try to ruin things by getting in between them already.

After a long while of their heartfelt reunion, OMORI finally patted BASIL on the back and awkwardly told him, "Uh, I think that's enough hugging. You're crying on the only shirt I have that fits me right now."

Everything else he owned in this reality was back when he was twelve. Too small to fit into anymore.

BASIL laughed at this, pulling away as he wiped his tears again.

"Sorry… I couldn't hold myself back…" BASIL sniffed, before chuckling, "I'm just… You have no idea how happy I am to see you right now!"

Finally grabbing a hold on himself and drying his dramatic tears away, BASIL quickly began circling around OMORI as he carefully observed his friend from all sides.

OMORI stood still, his eye curiously following BASIL around and around.

"Oh man, I just can't seem to wrap my head around the fact that you're really actually here!" BASIL marveled in joy.

He always figured that he would be the first to witness SUNNY regaining consciousness again during one of his hospital visits. It was all he could ever fantasize and mentally prepare about. No amount of preparation could ever have prepared him for this scenario though.

To think that he'd already be up and about…

If only he begged the manager to let him work regular hours these past two days instead of taking overtime.

Which actually begs the question.

Stopping right in front of his friend, BASIL suddenly asked out in confusion, "But how can this be? When did you even wake up?"

OMORI thought about it for a bit before answering, "The day after my eighteenth birthday, I guess."

"What?! But that was literally just yesterday!" BASIL cried out in shock, "I visited you on your birthday, and you were still in your coma! Actually, hold on-"

BASIL quickly reorganized his brain as he deeply thought about it, hands massaging the temple of his head.

"Let me get this straight, you woke the day after your birthday and got discharged from the hospital…on the same day?!" BASIL asked in pure confusion.

OMORI shrugged.

"But how?! Why?! You suffered through a six-year coma! You weren't even able to lift so much as a finger during that time! You should be going through six years worth of massive muscle atrophy! There's no way the doctors would ever let you leave that early! How are you even walking?! How are you even standing?!" BASIL gestured wildly at OMORI, "You shouldn't even be able to talk right now, and yet here you are standing here in front of my face while holding a conversation with me!"

OMORI slowly blinked as he awkwardly looked side to side.

Unable to come up with a real answer to that, he simply gave another shrug, "I dunno."

MARI quickly stepped in as she explained, "The doctors haven't figured it out either. It made them just as confused as you were. The only thing SUNNY's going through right now is that his entire body is too numb to feel anything anymore. Other than that, there really doesn't seem to be anything wrong with him." Looking towards her little brother with a soft smile, she continued, "And since the doctors couldn't find anything else wrong with him, we both insisted on being let out early to go home. So that's why he's here."

BASIL looked over OMORI with a stupefied expression, still trying to digest the information in his mind.

Eventually, BASIL brought his hands up in surrender, "You know what? I'm not even going to bother questioning this anymore. This is a miracle that doesn't need to be answered! I'm just happy that you're alive and awake again!"

Surely, whatever being that was out there was finally kind enough to give back his best friend after BASIL spent his life dedicated to waiting for him for so long. That was all he needed to know.

Stepping up and gently laying his hands on his best friend's shoulders, BASIL asked, "Just… let me get a good look at your face for a moment."

Goodness, just look at him…

Those six years sleeping in the hospital did not do any wonders for his complexion and body frame.

His skin was so pale… his body looked so lithe and frail…

SUNNY was never exactly the epitome of health and vigor, even before the incident. Being the youngest out of all of them, he had always been treated as the baby of the group. That comes with the overprotectiveness of all of the others watching out for him.

Yet he couldn't deny that despite all this, there was still a beauty at seeing his best friend opening his eyes again.

Er, well… Eye. One eye now.

"How's your eye? Have you adjusted to it yet?" BASIL asked in concern.

He couldn't imagine what it must feel like to suddenly wake up with a missing eye… Hopefully SUNNY didn't freak out when he first realized it was gone.

"Doesn't really bother me anymore, so yeah." OMORI shrugged.

Actually, thinking about it again, OMORI was never bothered by it at all in the first place. Despite the lack of depth perception that came with it, he was rather quick towards adapting to it. Much quicker than he expected.

BASIL carefully observed his friend, pulling a hand up to gently touch the side of his head with the missing eye.

Poor SUNNY… If only that night never happened… If only MARI had just…

No, this wasn't the time to think about that anymore. His best friend was finally back! He should be focused on celebrating right now!

After a while, he pulled away with a wide smile.

"This honestly feels like the greatest day of my life," BASIL stated. Holding one of OMORI's hands, BASIL brought it up as he excitedly told his friend, "I've dreamed about this day for years now! I've practically visited you every day at the hospital because I knew this day would come! And I was completely right! Oh, SUNNY! There are so many things I've wanted to say to you! There are so many things I need to tell you! Oh god, we can finally be together again and spend our lives just like the good old days!"

OMORI watched on as BASIL was practically giddy with joy, bouncing on his feet as he continued rambling on.

"I have to get you caught up on the last six years you've missed out on! I have to tell you everything that's happened! I made so many new friends by myself that you have to get to know! There are so many places I've always wanted to take you to! So much has changed since the last time you were awake and I can't wait to see your first time reactions after I show you every single-"

BASIL then proceeded to snore as he fell to sleep on the spot, mid-sentence.

OMORI blinked confusedly, watching BASIL seemingly pass out on his feet in front of him and snoring like an Olympic runner going through sudden narcolepsy during a world record run.

"Uh…" he mumbled, before giving a questioning look over at MARI.

MARI could only offer her own surprised expression with a confused shrug.

After a while, MARI gently whispered, "Should we wake him or set him down on the couch or something? I don't want him to fall over…"

It was honestly impressive to see BASIL somehow maintaining balance while asleep like this. A part of OMORI was curious to let it play out just to see how long BASIL would last upright.

Deciding to take the matter into his own hands though, OMORI went to poke the sleeping flower boy on the cheek, "BASIL? Hello?"

BASIL did not respond.

Raising an eyebrow, OMORI proceeded to choose a rougher approach by grabbing onto BASIL's cheeks and slowly smushing his face until he did respond.

Eventually, the flower boy was startled awake as he blearily opened his eyes in surprise.

Slowly realizing his surroundings, BASIL curiously stared at OMORI as his smushed face asked, "Whth thare you thoing?"

"Making BASIL pancakes for breakfast." OMORI told him casually, "Good morning, by the way. Did you sleep well last night?"

Pulling OMORI's hands off of him, BASIL took a moment to blink his eyes clear and rub his face, "Sorry about that… Did I seriously just fall asleep while I was in the middle of talking?"

"On your feet with perfect balance too," OMORI mentioned.

Giving a quick yawn and shaking his head clear, BASIL gave an embarrassing smile, "Haha, I'm so sorry for that! Today has been a long day, and I haven't had the chance to rest at all. I was actually about to hit the hay before I got that note from KEL telling me that you were back! I've been running on fumes up until now."

"Think you'll be alright?" OMORI asked.

"I should be fine, I think. Just on the brink of passing out at any moment. No big deal." BASIL answered cheerfully.

That was certainly not a typical BASIL response.

Giving a glance up at the clock, OMORI noted, "It is getting late. If you're tired, you should head home to rest."

BASIL quickly shook his head at this as he asked, "Are you kidding me?! There's no way I can go home now, not after knowing my best friend is back again! You've been in that coma for six years, SUNNY! I want to spend time together with you as much as I can!"

"It's not like I'm going anywhere." OMORI reminded him, "Besides, you'll end in an eight-hour coma yourself if we talk any longer."

BASIL made a face similar to that of a kicked puppy whining in pain, clearly disappointed at the prospects of leaving so soon right after reuniting with him. It was almost comical to look at.

It went as soon as it came though, as BASIL practically lit up with what he must've thought was the most brilliant idea in the history books.

"How about I stay here for the night?! Like a sleepover!" BASIL suggested with a grin.

"W-Wait, what?" MARI spoke up with a surprised look, "A s-sleepover?"

"Yeah! A sleepover!" BASIL turned to her excitedly, "Just like the ones we always used to have back when we were kids! I can bring over my old sleeping bag and we can all hang out in the living room, just like the good old days!"

"You… You w-want to sleep over? H-Here? T-Tonight?" MARI asked politely, even as her hair began to fray and her fingers became twitchy as she became nervous at the idea.

"OH!" BASIL slapped himself as another seemingly amazing idea popped into his head, "We can go invite everyone else to join us! It's still not too late, I can go out and grab KEL and AUBREY! Let everyone know that you're back if they didn't know already and we can all spend time together as a group again! It'll be amazing!"

If MARI was able to somehow grow paler than she already was, she definitely would have done so right then and there.

"I-Invite everyone? KEL? AUBREY? H-Here?!" MARI squeaked out in silent horror.

MARI couldn't possibly handle something like that! It was way too soon! She never agreed to anything like this!

How can she face KEL and AUBREY like this? She still hasn't gotten over what they did to her little brother, and now she was expected to just sit still and stay silent as BASIL brought everyone over to her house?!

What could she even say to stop this? BASIL looks so happy and excited, there was no possible way MARI could say no to him while he's like this!

Does she even get the right to have a say in this…?

What did SUNNY think? Did he want to have a sleepover too? If… If he agrees with BASIL, then there's no way she would be able to stop both of them…

She'd… She'd have to…

She can't… SHE CAN'T!

But… She can't say no either!

MARI was starting to become AFRAID.

BASIL kept rambling on about his sleepover idea, completely oblivious to the mental breakdown happening inside MARI's mind.

Although MARI did her best to keep up her happy appearance, OMORI was able to notice the way his sister was slowly starting to grow uncomfortable as the conversation continued on. She was practically shaking at this point, almost to the point of getting stressed out.

Sigh.

OMORI calmly walked up to BASIL before steadily shaking the overexcited yet also sleep-deprived flower boy until OMORI caught his attention.

Noticing his best friend shaking him by the shoulder, BASIL quickly stopped himself before turning to him, "SUNNY? What is it?"

"BASIL, I'm too tired tonight. I don't think I can handle a sleepover with everyone right now." OMORI made up a believable excuse, hoping that BASIL would get the hint. "Can we put that idea on hold for later?"

The idea of a sleepover seemed efficient if he was being honest. Having everyone in the same room would allow OMORI the chance to talk to each of them while also giving him a chance to learn more about this reality.

But not at the expense of his sister. She was clearly not going to be willing, not yet. OMORI would need to warm her up to the idea on his own timeafterhe finally learns the big picture. Any earlier will be a waste of time.

The flower boy gave him a look of surprise as his eyes looked him up and down.

Before too long, BASIL was able to get a grip on his emotions as he calmed down considerably. Rubbing his neck with an embarrassed blush, he told his friend, "Oh, r-right! I'm sorry, I was getting ahead of myself for a minute there, wasn't I?"

"Admittedly." OMORI nodded stoically, "I get that you're happy to see me again, but reign yourself back a bit."

"Right, right!" BASIL laughed, feeling a bit shameful of his recent behavior. "Sorry again!"

MARI stared at her little brother in shock, somehow already coming in to save the day even though she didn't say or do anything.

Did he somehow notice that she was freaking out? Has he always been this attentive?

MARI felt herself give a small sigh of relief, no longer worried about having to deal with KEL and AUBREY invading her home anymore.

Still… A part of her felt just a bit sad for some reason.

Maybe she just felt ashamed for making SUNNY step in and try to protect her at the expense of turning away all of his friends. He didn't have to worry about her like that.

She felt so worthless right now. All she ever does is make SUNNY worry about her. What kind of reliable big sister does that to her own brother?

A monster.

She hissed a bit from the return of the sudden ringing in her ears, followed by a huge spike of pain in her head.

Before she could make a big deal about it, it was already gone before her brother and BASIL could notice.

This has been happening way too often, recently. Was something wrong with her? Maybe she should get that checked out? Something to remind herself later.

Although BASIL was apprehensive, he still didn't want to give up so easily. His dearest best friend was in his grasp for the first time in six long years! There was no way BASIL was going to lose out on the chance to spend time with him as soon as possible! So instead, he decided to suggest a compromise.

"In that case, let's hang out tomorrow!" BASIL told him cheerfully, "This is perfect timing actually! I just so happen to have a day off from work tomorrow, meaning I'll have plenty of time to spend the whole day with you!"

MARI looked up at BASIL again in surprise.

"Wait… tomorrow?"

But… But that was so soon!

She was barely able to spend any time with her brother today…

Now BASIL wanted to take him away from her for another day…?

"We can go all over the town! I can show you everything that's changed since the last time you were here!" BASIL began listing off, "They finally finished construction on the town a few years ago, so FARAWAY is a whole lot bigger than it used to be! There are tons of different shops that have opened up since then! We can even try to get KEL and AUBREY to join us and hang out as a group!" Then he suddenly gasped out before squealing in excitement, "I know that KEL already knows since he left me that note, but AUBREY doesn't know you're back yet! We literally just had a conversation tonight talking about you, wondering if you were ever going to wake up again! Oh my goodness, I can't wait to see her reaction when she finally sees you again- THIS IS GOING TO BE AMAZING!"

OMORI couldn't help but stare in awe at how jovial and cheerful his old friend was. This bundle of energy was practically nothing like the BASIL he knew back in his original reality.

Without the mental scars of that night holding him back, it seemed as if the BASIL here managed to grow up just fine to be a healthy young functioning member of society.

It was mind-blowing to think about, to be honest. The last time he saw his version of BASIL, that boy was a walking bomb of anxiety that was always close to exploding the moment his limit was broken. Having a pair of garden shears stabbed into his right eye was the result of that bomb exploding in his face.

Seeing him in this new alternate light, where his life was never ruined because of OMORI…

It was interesting, to say the least.

The offer to join him and hang out tomorrow was tantalizing. Both in the sense that it coincided with his plans to learn more about this reality, and to also get to know this new BASIL to see just how much different he was.

But…

Looking over at MARI once more while BASIL was busy talking, he could see her staring off in the distance with a depressed frown.

If he had to hazard a guess… MARI was disappointed at the fact that OMORI might have to leave her alone again for another day.

She had already spent the entirety of this day waiting for him to come back home after going off to adventure with KEL. She spent all that time picking out toys and games for them to play with, and they weren't even able to spend enough time to play more than one.

OMORI had mixed opinions on this right now… The decision was clearly laid out on the table for him, and it was up to him to choose.

Does he leave MARI to wait another day by herself so that he could go out and spend time with BASIL, learning more about her condition and this reality from BASIL's perspective? Or does he decline the offer in order to stay at home with MARI so that she could be happy with his company?

Both outcomes have their own flaws and benefits. Going out with BASIL, he could ask him questions as to how he spent the last six years in this reality ever since the incident on the stairs. He could learn more as to how he was like without the death of MARI hanging over him, as well as understand what BASIL's impressions on MARI's condition were. There was also the chance of encountering AUBREY as well, if she was going to be in town. It seemed like BASIL and AUBREY had been keeping contact with each other on friendly terms, something completely different from the original reality. He could kill two birds with one stone and learn both of their perspectives in a single day.

However, he could also choose to stay at home with MARI. Having more time to spend with MARI would make her happy, and she should hopefully be willing to share information about the past six years herself. Learning about her perspective of the last six years couldn't hurt, even if most of those memories end up being repressed for one reason or another. With him here, he could even try to coax them all to come out, bit by bit, in order to help her learn and accept the truth and try to get her to forgive herself. And if not that, maybe he could even somehow convince her to open up more to leave the house and reconnect with all their old friends again.

Not only that, but… She won't have to suffer another day alone. If anyone could understand her, it would be him.

It was a hard choice to make, however. OMORI didn't know which was more worth his time…

MARI… She looked so sad.

Real or not… Dead or alive… She was still his sister. He couldn't bear the thought of hurting her.

Maybe it would be better to change his plans for now and decline BASIL's offer. If only to give her some temporary peace of mind.

OMORI went ahead to try to give his answer, only to have MARI beat him to the punch.

"I think that's a great idea, BASIL." MARI exclaimed with a fake smile.

OMORI turned to her in surprise.

"It seems to me that you've had this whole thing planned out for a long time while you were waiting for SUNNY to come back." MARI giggled, "Just goes to show how much SUNNY means to you."

MARI wanted SUNNY to stay with her. She didn't want him to go again, not so soon. She wasn't even able to spend any time with him today as it is.

But she knew that holding him back from reuniting with BASIL would be selfish of her. BASIL spent just as much time waiting for SUNNY to come back as she did. He had every right to want to spend time with her little brother.

Besides… If it hadn't been for her, SUNNY would have never been in a coma to begin with. BASIL had more of a right to be with SUNNY than… than she ever could.

She knew that SUNNY wanted to spend time with BASIL too. SUNNY would never say no to a sleepover, not when it meant having all of his friends over. SUNNY loved all of his friends so much, after all. He always wanted to spend as much time as possible with them back before. The only reason why he said no now was probably because he was worried about her. If not for her, she was sure SUNNY would be all in for a sleepover party just like the old times.

He should never have to do anything he doesn't want to do because of her. Never.

Never ever ever.

Waiting for another day wouldn't hurt.

She waited all this time, anyway. Six entire years.

She could wait for just... another day.

For the sake of her little brother and his friends.

Turning to her little brother, she gave him a pleasant smile that he could tell didn't reach her eyes, "How about it, SUNNY? Don't you want to play with BASIL tomorrow? He hasn't seen you in a long time. It'll be a great way to catch up with him."

"Oh please! Please please please!" BASIL pleaded, "I promise I'll go home to bed if you promise we can hang out tomorrow! I won't be able to sleep comfortably otherwise!"

OMORI looked between the two of them in bewilderment. MARI was giving him an encouraging smile, while BASIL was practically begging him with puppy dog eyes.

After a while, OMORI gave a small sigh as he gave in to the peer pressure and responded back, "Alright. Sure."

He wasn't quite sure what MARI was trying to do here. It seemed to almost go against what she wanted...

If MARI was going to insist though, OMORI won't go against it. If MARI suggests he spend time with BASIL instead, then that means she has to be okay with the idea. Right?

With a clap of his hands, BASIL gave a hearty cheer, "YES! I can't wait for tomorrow morning!"

BASIL has been waiting for this day his whole life! Finally, a chance to be with SUNNY again! Tomorrow was going to be the greatest day ever!

All the things he's ever wanted to do with SUNNY, all the places he wanted to visit, all the people he had wanted SUNNY to meet-

It was going to be so much fun!

With him back in all of their lives again, pretty soon the entire friend group will reunite and be back again too! All six of them, hanging out together, having picnics just like the good old days!

It almost feels like everything was going back to the way they were before!

He knew this would happen once SUNNY came back! He knew it, he absolutely knew it!

Elated at the new plans to spend time with his dear best friend again, BASIL couldn't help but glomp the stoic boy into another hug.

"SUNNY… It's so good to see you again!" BASIL squeaked out as he held back another round of tears, "I've missed you so much!"

OMORI patted the flower boy's back, "I know."

The two siblings watched together as BASIL left the house by slowly walking backward into the front yard, waving excitedly all the while.

"I promise I'll come by to pick you up tomorrow morning! I'll see you then, okay?" BASIL called out.

OMORI nodded back with a small thumbs up.

Satisfied with the gesture, BASIL began walking back to his own home with a spring in his step and humming a dainty tune.

When the excitement was all over, MARI let loose a massive sigh of relief as she closed the door shut.

Well, that was certainly intense. She was honestly glad that it was finally done with.

Turning around to face her little brother with a smile, she asked, "Seeing BASIL again must have been fun, wasn't it? I didn't expect to see him showing up tonight all of a sudden."

But her little brother didn't respond, seemingly lost in his own thoughts again with the same serious expression as before.

She's not sure if she'll ever get used to that. It always seems like SUNNY has been a lot more serious lately.

Whatever happened to the cute dazed-off look he always did whenever he was busy daydreaming? What was going on through his mind to make him have such a concentrated face nowadays?

"SUNNY?" MARI gently called out in concern, gently laying an arm on his shoulder, "Is something wrong?"

Noticing his sister trying to get his attention, OMORI quickly cleared his head before turning to her, "Sorry. I was just thinking about something."

Tilting her head, she asked curiously, "Penny for your thoughts? You were making a really intense face for a second there."

Was he?

Huh. OMORI never really noticed, to be honest.

Glancing at his sister, OMORI decided to ask something that was on his mind ever since BASIL arrived, "You treat BASIL a lot different than everyone else. When KEL came over this morning, it was almost like you couldn't stand the thought of him coming over to our house." Looking at the door, he brought up, "But with BASIL, you were still friendly towards him."

MARI blinked in surprise at this.

"Well… Of course." MARI answered simply, "KEL and the others all abandoned you. BASIL was the only one who ever still kept visiting you. Waiting for you. He's… He's our friend."

"It doesn't seem like BASIL hates everyone else though. It looks like he's still friends with KEL and the others." Turning back to her, he asked, "Didn't you say that he invited KEL and AUBREY together to visit me on my birthday?"

MARI was stunned into complete silence.

She… How was she supposed to respond to that?

"They were all together, right?" OMORI asked, "Did you not join them?"

MARI quickly glanced away to look up at the clock, she suddenly exclaimed, "Oh, look at that. Has it really gotten this late?" Turning back with a pleasant smile, she told him, "We should hurry and get to bed. Don't want to stay up too late. The doctors told me that you still need plenty of sleep to recover, after all."

With that, she hurriedly made her way to the kitchen to avoid the conversation.

OMORI was left behind with his thoughts once more.

Once again, she chose to run away. Every time OMORI tried to get into the heart of the matter about her problem with their friends, that always seemed to be her default response.

Does she even realize that she was doing it, or was it just some sort of defense mechanism that she wasn't even aware of?

Sigh…

Looks like they weren't going to stay up all night to play games like she promised after all. Pity.

Well, whatever. This goes in his favor anyway.

The sooner he gets back into HEADSPACE with MARI, then all the better.

OMORI could do a lot more in there to help figure out what was wrong with his sister than he ever could in the real world.

Real world? Hm.

After MARI finished cleaning up their dirty dishes, the two siblings went upstairs back to their rooms to prepare to end the night.

The White Egret Orchid remained in the same spot as it was last time, looking as healthy as ever.

There was a bit of relief at seeing his bed again. After spending the entire day hanging out with KEL, playing chess with MARI, and reuniting with BASIL... he was honestly pretty tired. Sleep will probably hit him like a truck the moment he laid down and closed his eyes, letting the comfort of the mattress envelop him.

With that in mind, OMORI brought his body over to his bed and plopped down, expecting for the mattress to work its magic.

Oh, right.

Realizing that his entire body was still too numb to feel anything, he let out a disappointed sigh.

That was pretty annoying. He'll never get used to that, will he?

Just as he readjusted himself to get comfortable (or as comfortable as he possibly could be in his state), OMORI felt the presence of someone else laying down right next to him.

Turning to his side, he saw MARI looking at him with an embarrassed smile again, just like the night before.

"You want to sleep together again?" OMORI asked.

"Y-Yeah…" MARI nodded awkwardly, "Is… Is it okay? I know I should probably sleep in my own bed, but… I don't know if I can sleep well without you in my arms."

OMORI could understand that.

It used to be hard for him to fall asleep too, back when MARI was gone. The nightmares and hallucinations sometimes made it unbearable for him. If it wasn't for WHITE SPACE, he would have never been able to function properly anymore.

Facing the ceiling, he scooched over to the side to allow his sister more space, "I don't mind. You don't even have to ask next time if you want to do it again."

Whatever helps makes her more comfortable.

MARI smiled appreciatively as she snuggled up closer to her little brother, hugging him tightly against her chest.

The sound of her heartbeat pulsed loudly next to his ear again.

It made such a beautiful rhythm. He could stay here and listen to it forever if he could help it.

They stayed like that together for a while, enjoying each other's presence.

Before OMORI had the chance to nod off though, MARI decided to call out to him, "Hey, SUNNY?"

"Yeah?" He glanced at her, keeping his eye open.

"Right before BASIL came in and interrupted us, we were still talking about something important." MARI brought up the earlier conversation in the dining room, "I… I asked you if you could tell me more about what you experienced in your coma. You were about to tell me something, weren't you?"

The last four years. Four years of living life without her. Four years of having to deal with the guilt and trauma of what he did to her. The four selfish years where he kept himself secluded in his room, unable to accept the truth and responsibility of it all as all of their friends suffered over what he did.

What exactly was he planning on telling her? How would he go about explaining everything that happened in his reality?

Would it even help her get over the guilt she had in this reality? Would anything he said even matter?

"The last four years…" OMORI continued where he left off before, "Honestly, they don't matter to me anymore."

He'd rather just focus everything he could on helping MARI forgive herself.

Nothing else mattered.

Especially not him.

"Oh…" MARI mumbled sadly.

MARI was only left with disappointment from that answer. She had hoped that she had finally been able to convince her SUNNY to open up a bit for her. She was completely ready to do everything she could to help make him realize that nothing he had experienced was real.

It doesn't seem like he was ready to talk about it yet...

She won't try to push him if he doesn't want to tell her yet. This was fine. Stuff like this took time.

However long it took, she was willing to be patient and wait for him to come to her.

Until then, she'll be right by his side to support him. No matter what.

Making sure that SUNNY was happy was all that mattered to her.

Nothing else mattered.

Especially not her.

Hugging her little brother tighter, she whispered out to him, "I'm right here, SUNNY. I'm alive. I'm alive and I still love you. I hope you remember that."

OMORI... didn't know how to respond to something like that.

"Good night, MARI."

"...Good night…"

It wasn't long before the two of them drifted off to sleep.

The White Egret Orchid bounced a bit in its vase as a draft of wind flew by.

Notes:

Yo guys! Back after a long period of depression and severe anxiety! Sorry for not updating as much as before. For some reason, my writing is just slower nowadays compared to when I first started. I really hope you guys weren't waiting for too long.

Before we get started, I need to thank IHYDGM (previously known as Fireboy973) and BigBluh for being my editors! BigBluh played an especially big part since he also helped co-write the chapter with me! He participated with a massive walloping number of exactly ONE word! Cheers to him, everybody!

I got some fanart I wanted to share from the Koreans!

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (3)

Made by an anonymous user on the OMORI subforum on this Korean site, I have no idea who they are but I ABSOLUTELY ADORE THIS TO DEATH f*ck OH MY GOD I LOVE IT SO MUCH!!! I LOVE IT I LOVE IT I LOVE IT!

Next up.

https://gall.dcinside.com/mgallery/board/view/?id=omoriomori&no=6221&s_type=search_subject_memo&s_keyword=%EC%95%84%EC%9B%90%EB%A0%9B%ED%9E%98+&page=1

Graphic warning, depictions of MARI hanging herself in BRIGHTSPACE. It's creepy, the way she smiles. But I also love it!

Another fanart, but not by the koreans. This time, it was made by a twitter user known as Ananimous@Hikkomoririi

https://twitter.com/omoritwtfanart/status/1422541617286746117

Short comic based on the first chapter of I Won't Let Him! Please click the link and check it out!

SERIOUSLY GUYS, IF YOU ARE MAKING FAN ART, PLEASE TELL ME ABOUT IT! I HAD TO LITERALLY SEARCH THESE THINGS UP BY MYSELF!

Shoutouts for today!

PT_Pirahna! Hi there! How are you? You're a new commenter! I'm glad to know that you're enjoying the story so far! Thanks for leaving behind your thoughts! I really really hope I get to see more comments from you later in the future!

Rotokon! Thanks for leaving behind another one of your long detailed comments about your theories of the future! Sadly, I could not write about BASIL making sure he can protect SUNNY from being molested by MARI like you thought, but I'm sure your next prediction will come true next time! Your theory about BASIL playing a part in how MARI ended up was very interesting though... I wonder what BASIL did? How much did he play a part in her mental state? Also, I should probably make it clear that BASIL doesn't have his HEADSPACE anymore. He used to have one, but it's gone now.

OMORI HAS SEVERAL EYES, YOU CAN'T STOP ME.

Tuppence! Your comments always fill me with joy, and I'm glad to see you've stuck around for all this time! I want you to know that I appreciate that you're always honest with me, and I really hope this chapter lived up to your hype! If it didn't, please f*cking kill me!

MrYeet123. HOLY f*ckING sh*t, you hit the nail on the head with that comment. What the f*ck, are you spying on me? Are you literally in my head right now? TEN INTERNET COOKIES FOR YOU MY FRIEND.

SHOUT OUTS OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE NEXT CHAPTER

We now find ourselves preparing in the next adventure in HEADSPACE. The Island of co*ckAIGNE is a beautiful place, a paradise where children can stay young forever, eat candy and pastries that grow from the trees, and have boundless amounts of energy no matter what they do!

What sort of theories will you guys have in mind in regards to HEADSPACE? Who's this supposed Queen of co*ckAIGNE that commands the toy titan known as PROTEUS? How different will this HEADSPACE be compared to OMORI's? Please give your thought in the comments beloooow!

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 22: Stranger Danger, But Not Really

Summary:

OMORI joins HIKIKO on a quest. He meets lots of familiar things along the way.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

..

.

.

WELCOME TO THE FIELD OF ORCHIDS

MY THOUGHTS WILL FOLLOW YOU INTO YOUR DREAMS

OMORI slowly blinked his eyes open before waking up on a sidewalk over a grassy field.

Sitting up from where he was laying, he looked around to see the field surrounding him filled with White Egret Orchids.

Huh… This place again… Just like before.

In the middle of the field at the end of the sidewalk, a white door appeared. The same white door that allowed him to go inside HIKIKO's HEADSPACE just like last time.

Ah… OMORI was starting to get it now.

The White Egret Orchids… They were what was giving him access to MARI's dreams, weren't they?

Was all of this possible because of the single White Egret Orchid placed on the counter in their room?

Guess BASIL wasn't lying about these things when he said that they could let your thoughts follow into other people's dreams. OMORI never figured that it would be this literal though.

He didn't quite understand how it fully worked. It almost seemed like magic, to be honest.

No point in questioning it. He should be thankful that it works the way it does at all. Not like there were any other methods of traveling through people's dreams that he was aware of.

Standing up from his spot, he took the time to stretch out his twelve-year-old body before curiously examining himself.

OMORI stretched his fingers out, looking over his pastel-colored frame. Seems like the paint job from before still hasn't worn off yet.

It was almost like she knew everything was going to play out like this… He should make a mental note to thank the MARI from his HEADSPACE for preparing him for this journey beforehand.

Assuming he'll ever see her again, of course. As unlikely as that was.

OMORI stepped up to the white door and placed a hand on it, feeling the grainy texture as his fingers rubbed along the surface.

His sense of touch was back again. Seems like all five of his senses would only be reliable when he was dreaming.

At least he'd be in his top condition while he was venturing forth into the unknown territory of his sister's dreams. That much by itself was a blessing.

Taking a deep breath, OMORI cleared out his thoughts as he refocused on his mission.

The last time he was in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE, it ended up with them falling overboard in a pink strawberry ocean after encountering a very rude toy robot. He ended up encountering her SOMETHING in the depths of that ocean, and he almost nearly drowned if it wasn't for HIKIKO coming in to save him at the last moment.

OMORI checked his back pocket, feeling nothing there. He gave a frustrated sigh at that.

He lost his knife during the struggle against SOMETHING, didn't he? Damn it…

Without that knife, he felt naked. How was he going to get his hands on another one?

...

After that, the dream ended prematurely as he was forced to wake up after witnessing what he could only assume was HIKIKO's version of BLACK SPACE. How she ended up there, he didn't know. Why he couldn't interact with anything and was only able to watch, he didn't know.

But the uncomfortable truth that she was hiding away lied inside that place. He needed to find out where the entrance to her BLACK SPACE was and try to enter it for himself.

Only after that would he be able to focus on getting her to forgive herself.

...

He could only imagine where he'd end up being once he opened that white door in front of him. Since it wasn't his HEADSPACE anymore, he had to be ready for every possibility. Who knows what sort of situation he was about to get into within his sister's mind?

Well… Time to find out.

Pushing the door open, OMORI stepped inside.

WELCOME TO BRIGHTSPACE

YOU'VE BEEN LIVING HERE FOR AS LONG AS YOU CAN REMEMBER

HIKIKO opened her eyes to see a familiar bright empty void in front of her.

Sitting up from where she was laying, she looked around to find herself surrounded by all her belongings.

MEWO in the corner of the blanket, napping away. The broken toy piano, still missing almost all of its pieces. The laptop in the other corner, awaiting her input. The rope and chair in the far back.

All in all, the same as always.

HIKIKO walked over to pet MEWO. The lazy cat purred softly against her touch.

"Something's already happened. Why are you still waiting?"The cat asked her.

HIKIKO still didn't know how to answer.

After that, she slowly inspected the chair and rope that was dangling from the endless ceiling above.

They were back in their original positions. Looks like she'll have to set up another noose all over again when she decided to wake up.

Well, looks like she has some free time on her hands. Let's go play around with SUNNY and the others.

Turning to the white door in the room, she went ahead to go open it and stepped inside.

Today was going to be another perfect day, as usual.

...

...

...

Instead of entering the familiar playroom she's been so used to seeing whenever she entered the door, she instead found herself laying on top of warm sand as the sun hit her body.

Blinking in confusion, she slowly stood up and checked her surroundings.

This… didn't look like the beach that she was familiar with.

The ocean was entirely pink, for one... the sand that she was standing on didn't feel like sand at all, it felt more like clumped up brown sugar…

Behind her was a forest with different colored trees that she had never seen before...

Wait…

Pink ocean…?

Right, weren't they all going off in the middle of another adventure? They built a small boat, and then… they came across an ocean made of strawberry juice…

A giant mecha with a trident showed up and destroyed the…

Where was SUNNY?

The memories of the day before slowly came back to her as she was starting to grow increasingly worried.

The ship was destroyed, and they were all lost at sea. SUNNY was drowning in the depths of the ocean, but HIKIKO managed to save him before it was too late!

She saved him before it was too late, right?!

"SUNNY?!" HIKIKO called out nervously, spinning around and around as she looked for her little brother.

What happened after that? Where did SUNNY go?

If she managed to save her little brother, where in the world did he disappear to?

Where were all of her friends? Why was she all alone on this random beach she's never been to before?

"SUNNY?!" She called out again, "KEL?! AUBREY?! HERO?! BASIL?!"

No response from anyone.

She was completely alone.

"SUNNY?!" HIKIKO shouted out desperately once more.

Why did this keep happening to her?! All she wanted to do was spend time with her little brother!

Why does everything have to keep getting in her way?!

...

No, don't freak out… Don't freak out, HIKIKO. Just stay calm…

SUNNY wouldn't want HIKIKO to freak out. He'd want her to be completely calm and rational, to not stress herself out.

Like how a responsible older sister should be acting.

Calm down...

The monochromatic girl took several deep breaths to remain steady on her feet. Right now was not the time to panic.

The most important thing to focus on right now was SUNNY. He was missing again, and she had to go find him. Everything else could wait until then.

She had to make sure her little brother was all right.

The last thing she could remember was holding onto him before she woke up here… They were still together at that point.

Whatever brought her here, SUNNY couldn't have gotten too far, right? They had to have landed here together.

Slowly traveling around this sugary beach, HIKIKO did her best to search out for her little brother, repeatedly calling out his name in hopes that he would come back to her.

This was such a weird place… It was unlike anything she's ever seen before.

Could this place be… the island of co*ckAIGNE?

"Hey look, Papa! I found another one!"

A shrill childish voice came out of nowhere, startling HIKIKO out of her thoughts.

Pausing in her steps, she saw a small little person with a grape for a head run-up to her with an excited smile.

"Wow! You're so tall!" The little grape person said in awe.

"Uh… Thanks?" HIKIKO blinked.

This creature looked like one of those so-called VEGGIE KIDS that SUNNY nicknamed, or at least it looked similar enough. She and her friends came across a few of these guys along their travels around the world.

Not sure if the grapes counted as a vegetable though… would SUNNY call this person a… FRUIT KID, perhaps?

It wasn't long before another FRUIT KID appeared, following after the first one.

This second one seemed much older, slowly walking towards them with a stick. Its head was all dried up and wrinkly like a prune, unlike the one currently in front of her.

Not a kid then. FRUIT ELDERLY? FRUIT ADULT?

She's just gonna keep calling them FRUIT KIDS in her mind.

This older FRUIT KID slowly shambled up to her before stroking its wise-old-man beard as it looked up at her, "Well look at that. Seems we just can't stop running into stragglers these days."

"Er… Hello." HIKIKO waved awkwardly at the two. "Where am I, exactly?"

"Welcome to the mystical island of co*ckAIGNE! The greatest paradise for kids in the whole entire world!" The younger FRUIT KID remarked excitedly, only for the older FRUIT KID to give it a small whack on the head.

"Shush, lad. You're too loud." It scolded.

"Sorry."

The island of co*ckAIGNE?

So, the stories about this place were true then… It really did exist after all...

"You truly are lucky to survive, young miss." The old FRUIT KID told her, "Not many seafarers are able to survive the wrath of PROTEUS. It is because of him that we haven't had any visitors in the last five hundred years…"

PROTEUS…?

Right, the name of that giant mecha robot…

"No doubt you have many questions. We'll do our best to help answer them, should you have any." The old FRUIT KID told her.

There was only one question in her mind right now that took precedent above all others.

"Have you seen my little brother, SUNNY?" HIKIKO asked, before explaining, "He looks a little bit like me, except shorter. Just about a few inches taller than you, maybe. I got separated from him somehow when I landed here."

"Ooh! Papa, she must be talking about the others!" The younger FRUIT KID exclaimed cheerfully.

Others? Did that mean everyone else managed to regroup and stay safe somewhere? Was SUNNY with them?

"Hmm, yes, I know who you speak of, lass." The older FRUIT KID nodded reassuringly, "Before we came across you, the boy that you describe did come along these parts."

"Really?!" HIKIKO quickly crouched down to their levels as she grabbed a hold of the small elder's body, "Can you tell me where he is?! Is he hurt?! Is he in danger?!"

The elder gave a quick strike to her head with his cane in response, causing HIKIKO to let go as she reeled back from the attack.

"OW!"

"Now, now. No need for hysterics." The elder FRUIT KID remarked calmly as it dusted its body off.

Rubbing her head, she gave an irritated glare at the small creature, "What was that for?!"

The nerve of this little piece of… Who the hell just strikes a girl for no reason?!

Ignoring the glare, it instead answered, "Your little brother is safe and sound in our small village. He was brought in by another young boy who was asking for aid. A gentle speaking child with a flower crown on his head."

Her previous thoughts evaporated from her head, as she focused on what the older FRUIT KID just said.

A flower crown...?

That must be BASIL! He must have somehow found SUNNY after they were separated and rescued her brother!

Bless that beautiful flower boy! She knew she could count on him to protect SUNNY when she wasn't around!

"Can you take me to them?! I want to see my little brother to make sure he's alright!" HIKIKO asked pleadingly.

"Yes, yes, of course." The elder politely nodded, "We shall lead you to our village so that you may reunite with your friends."

"Thank you so much!" HIKIKO responded gratefully.

HIKIKO stood back up as the three of them went on their way to wherever they were leading her. Despite knowing that she was going to see SUNNY soon, she continued to feel an anxious pit in her stomach that threatened to grow every second he wasn't in her arms.

Oh… She really hoped they would get there soon…

All she wanted was to spend some time with her brother...

"So hey, uh… What kind of fruit are you supposed to be?" The younger FRUIT KID asked curiously while she was lost in thought, "Are you like… meatloaf fruit or something?"

The moment he stepped through the door, he found himself lying in a comfortable bed looking up at the ceiling.

With a small blink of confusion, OMORI moved to stand up from his spot and looked around the area.

A curtain surrounded him, covering him up from the outside to give him privacy. Beyond the veil, he could hear a familiar voice speaking gently to someone else.

"And this should take care of your wilting problem. Be sure to hydrate yourself more often next time."

Another voice responded with a happy, "Thanks Doctor BASIL! You're a lifesaver!"

Moving out of his bed, OMORI gently moved the curtains out of the way to see where he was.

A small office room. Almost like a school nurse's office. Paint was chipping off from the walls. Cabinets and furniture were deteriorating. Mildew growing in corners of the room.

Not exactly a place he was expecting to see first...

He saw a young twelve-year-old green-haired BASIL waving goodbye to a small fruit creature as it left the door.

Hearing the curtains behind him, BASIL looked back to find OMORI up and about before smiling, "Oh hey! You're here, SUNNY."

OMORI nodded awkwardly, finding himself unable to say anything in response.

Even though this BASIL looked so similar to every other BASIL that he knew of, he still wasn't quite sure how to deal with this new BASIL that existed in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE. He acted similar enough as the one in his own HEADSPACE, but not knowing any of the potential differences made it hard for OMORI to gauge him.

Add in the fact that HIKIKO apparently imagines her SUNNY to act differently as well, OMORI really didn't know how he was supposed to act without arousing suspicion.

"You had a long day today. You're allowed to relax a little, you know." BASIL smiled warmly, "Sit down and let me get you some fruit juice."

Actually, he'd rather get a move on to continue whatever adventure was in store and help out HIKIKO. Not knowing how to say that though, OMORI ended up following BASIL's suggestion and sitting back down on his bed.

BASIL brought out some glasses and a bottle of juice as he made his way over to sit next to OMORI. Pouring their glasses, BASIL gently encouraged OMORI to drink, "Cheers."

"C-… Cheers." OMORI nodded awkwardly as he gulped his drink down.

Oh man, this tasted amazing. He wasn't sure whether it was because it was HEADSPACE making this taste so good, or the fact that he spent the whole day without functional taste buds. Whatever the case may be, being able to taste flavors again was euphoria.

BASIL giggled, "You're like a man dying of thirst."

"Ugh… Yeah, you could say that." OMORI shivered from the intense taste of the juice before giving a satisfied sigh.

"HIKIKO's not here yet, so enjoy this chance to rest while you can. It's gonna be a bit of a doozy from here on out." BASIL advised him as he sipped his own glass.

OMORI curiously glanced over at BASIL, wondering what he meant by that.

"Where is HIKIKO anyway?" OMORI felt he should ask.

BASIL gave a simple smile in response, "Don't worry. She's going to come to pick you up soon. She always does."

What?

OMORI narrowed his eyes at BASIL in confusion.

BASIL kept his calm smile up as he finished his drink.

BASIL was acting a bit… strange, now that he thought about it. Much more different than he was expecting.

What was different, he didn't exactly know… It was disconcerting, to say the least...

OMORI continued to study BASIL, trying to get a sense as to what was going on. For some reason though, he couldn't help but find himself staring at BASIL's hair.

There was nothing wrong with it… In fact, there wasn't anything strange or different about it at all.

It was the same green-colored hair that he was always so used to seeing back in his HEADSPACE.

So why was he suddenly so bothered by it...?

BASIL gave a blink, noticing where OMORI was staring at. Reaching a hand up to smooth his hair over, BASIL asked, "Something wrong?"

"Has it always been that color?" OMORI suddenly asked.

It was… It should be blue, shouldn't it?

Wasn't it blue the last time he was here in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE?

With a casual shrug, BASIL explained, "Oh, don't worry about that. It must still be wet from the strawberry juice when we went overboard. It should dry off soon."

That's not how hair color or strawberry juice works.

At least, he was sure that blue and pink don't make green... Right?

Well… It was probably just a HEADSPACE logic thing. Stuff that happens in dreams usually doesn't make any sense through the lens of the real world, and he knew that better than anyone. OMORI shouldn't overthink things too much.

Changing the topic, OMORI asked him, "So where exactly are we? What happened after the ship went overboard?"

BASIL hummed a bit before explaining, "We're on the island of co*ckAIGNE. We all got separated during the crash, so now we're all sitting around on different parts of the island."

"We all got separated? How did that happen?"

BASIL shook his head, "I'm sure I'll tell you later when HIKIKO gets here."

With that, the discussion ended just as soon as it started.

OMORI frowned, feeling a little bit miffed from having his questions get brushed off like that.

Setting his glass down, OMORI stood up from his seat. BASIL looked on with a bit of surprise.

"In that case, I think I'd rather go see HIKIKO right now." OMORI decided.

"Are you sure, SUNNY?" BASIL asked in concern, "It'll be hard to find another chance to rest after this. HIKIKO's on her way here anyway, so there's no point to rush."

OMORI shook his head, "I don't need rest. I'm not tired."

He'll be able to rest once he's dead.

Despite the sad sigh that came out of his mouth, BASIL gave a teasing smile at OMORI, "You've always been the laziest out of all of us, but you can be so headstrong when you really want something."

Quickly finishing his drink in one gulp, BASIL exhaled in relief before standing up as well.

"If you're really in that big of a rush, I won't stop you." BASIL relented, only to tell OMORI, "Before I take you to her, there's something I need to give you first."

OMORI raised a curious eyebrow as BASIL pulled a small gift-wrapped present from his pocket. Handing it over, OMORI took the present and looked it over.

A bit late for this, wasn't it? His birthday was just a few days ago...

OMORI gave the flower boy a questioning look as he began unwrapping the gift.

BASIL didn't say anything, patiently standing by as he watched OMORI open his present.

Inside the present was-

"What the…?" OMORI looked on in shock as he grabbed the object hidden inside.

It was his steak knife.

Why in the world would his steak knife be with…?

"How did you find this?" OMORI asked.

BASIL shook his head and brought a finger up to his lips with a shush, before giving a knowing wink.

OMORI could only stare back in confusion.

With a chuckle, BASIL warned him politely, "Be careful not to lose that again. It's important to you, isn't it?"

Yes… It was important to him.

But that wasn't something this BASIL was supposed to know.

"Who are you?" OMORI cautiously stepped back a bit, knife at the ready. "Are you really BASIL?"

"I'm as much BASIL as any other." This BASIL replied cryptically, not even the least daunted by the weapon aimed at him.

This BASIL's strange behavior was starting to make OMORI feel uncomfortable. He didn't know what to do or how to feel towards this different imaginary version of his close friend.

It was sort of like… talking to a stranger.

Was this BASIL even the same BASIL in HIKIKO's world? At this point, he was starting to doubt it.

How did he know that this knife belonged to OMORI? Why give it back to him in such a secretive fashion? Does HIKIKO know too by extension since this BASIL was part of her HEADSPACE, or was something else going on here?

His mind was racing with questions, yet he couldn't find it within himself to ask out loud. Something inside him made him feel too intimidated to even try.

While OMORI kept his knife aimed squarely at BASIL, the flower boy noticed something out the window with a frown.

"Huh… Guess we didn't have to go anywhere after all." BASIL murmured to himself before facing OMORI, "Your sister is outside. Looks like she showed up earlier than I thought. You might want to put that thing away before she sees it."

Although OMORI still felt uneasy around this BASIL, he still took his advice and pocketed the steak knife away in his back pocket. If this BASIL had plans to harm him, he would have done so instead of giving OMORI the knife back in the first place.

Gotta make sure not to lose that again…It'll be a hassle if HIKIKO somehow ends up getting her hands on it.

He wasn't sure what the consequences would be if his cover gets blown, but he knew for sure that it wasn't going to make his mission any easier.

Still giving a cautious glare at the mysterious BASIL, the flower boy rolled his eyes, "Relax, your secret is safe with me. Just don't go waving around that knife like a maniac and you'll be fine." With a small nod towards the door, BASIL then encouraged him, "Go ahead and meet up with her already. She misses you dearly, you know. I'm sure you do too."

Not knowing how else to respond to that, OMORI kept his eye trained on BASIL the entire time as he crept his way towards the door. BASIL could only look on with a humorous smile at OMORI's paranoid behavior.

By the time OMORI found the handle, he quickly opened it and left the building as soon as he could.

BASIL was left behind as he gave a sad sigh.

"Good luck,OMORI. We're all counting on you..."

The legend of co*ckAIGNE island. A paradise no longer.

On the journey towards the FRUIT KIDS village, HIKIKO was able to learn more about the situation she found herself in.

According to the elder and his living chatterbox of a son, co*ckAIGNE island was once a former utopian island where children could truly live a carefree eternal life without the hardships of responsibility.

That all changed when a nasty old hag of a queen grew jealous when she learned about this place. She was bitter, old, and hated children of all ages. Knowing the existence of an island where children roamed free, she invaded the island in order to take it for herself.

With her magical wizards, she used them to strip the island of its magical eternal youth spell in order to steal it for her own. She's been sapping the island's magic for five hundred years now, growing younger and younger each decade. No longer did she look like the old hag that she once was, but her heart was still as bitter and cruel.

With her loyal army, she used them to invade the center of the island and drove out all the inhabitants to take the land for herself. What was once a peaceful town was now replaced by a towering castle-town filled with nothing but malicious adults.

With her queenly staff, she used it to summon a giant menace in the sea to guard the surrounding ocean from invaders and adventurers. Her loyal minion has deterred countless ships from traveling nearby, until no one was foolish enough to dare set sail on pink oceans again.

After so long without any contact with the outside world, the existence of the island slowly regressed into being nothing more than rumors, stories, and folk tales. co*ckAIGNE was left to its own devices, forced to suffer under the reigns of a tyrant for five hundred years.

HIKIKO and her group of friends were apparently the only kids who have ever thought to set sail this far in such a long time.

"Ah, we have reached home." The elder FRUIT KID declared.

HIKIKO looked around to find herself in the middle of a decrepit old town. The buildings surrounding her were small, rundown, and seemed to be overtaken by plant life. If it wasn't for the collection of FRUIT KIDS going about their day, she would have thought this whole place was a sort of abandoned ghost town.

The younger FRUIT KID excitedly ran in front of her as it stretched its tiny arms to show off the whole area, "Welcome to ARCADIA'S BAY! Name patent pending."

"It was once called the town of EDEN." The elder chimed in wearily, "Ages ago, it was a humble town full of pleasant children. Unfortunately, without the magic of the eternal youth to help keep them young, they all grew up to be bitter adults and steadily migrated away to live in the center capital."

Despite the place looking like ruins of a lost civilization, there was a sort of homey vibe to it that HIKIKO couldn't quite place. Maybe it was the abundance of life that surrounded it that gave it such a welcoming atmosphere...

ARCADIA was a fitting name.

However, the name and history of the place were the least pressing matters on her mind.

"So this is where my little brother is, right?" HIKIKO asked, scanning the area to look at the different rundown buildings, "Which one is he in?"

The elder used his cane to point at the one closest to them, "The small office building over there, where we've set up a nursing station for injured fruits. Both he and his friend with the flower crown should be there."

"Yeah! The blue meatloaf guy is really cool! He's like a wizard!" The younger FRUIT KID yelled out excitedly, "I once fell and tripped on my face, and my juice was leaking everywhere, but then he sprayed some dirt and water on me and somehow the wound disappeared! It was so cool!"

HIKIKO smiled proudly at that. No doubt BASIL's experience in gardening has been coming in handy here. Guess fruit people aren't that much different than taking care of regular plants.

Knowing that her little brother was inside, she wasted no time rushing over to get to him as soon as possible.

As if on cue, she saw her little brother exiting through the door just as she arrived.

She couldn't contain her joy and excitement upon seeing him, causing her to call out with a wide smile, "SUNNY!"

Before her little brother even had the chance to know what was going on, HIKIKO had already scooped him up into her arms and was happily spinning around like a ballerina.

"You're okay! I was so worried!" HIKIKO cheered gratefully, smushing her cheek against his head as she asked him, "I'm so sorry for suddenly disappearing like that! You must have been so scared!"

OMORI could not respond, too busy keeping himself from getting nauseous as he got spun around like a spin top toy.

Sheesh, he hasn't been thrown around like this since… years ago.

After a while of being in his sister's warm embrace, HIKIKO finally set him down and kneeled to his level as she fussed over his hair, "You're not hurt, are you? Were you worried about me? I'm sorry for getting separated from you after our boat crashed! I should have been more careful and hold on to you tighter! Have you been waiting for me all this time? Did you get sick? Are you hungry or thirsty? Are you well-rested? Do you have any cuts or injuries from the boat crash?"

HIKIKO would continue to throw barrages of questions like these at OMORI relentlessly before he finally had the sense to interrupt her, "I'm fine! I'm fine, I'm not hurt. I'm okay."

With a look of doubting concern, she carefully examined her little brother's face as she asked, "Are you sure? You're not lying just to make me not worried?"

OMORI shook his head, "I promise, I'm fine."

It took her a moment to finally settle down, giving a huge sigh of relief before tightly hugging him.

"I'm so glad…" HIKIKO whispered happily, "I promise I won't ever leave you out of my sights for even a single moment, SUNNY. As long as we're together, I'll be sure to keep you safe."

OMORI slowly brought his arms up to hug her back.

He really wished that she would worry about herself instead. She was the one that needed help more than him, after all...

Satisfied that everything was going to be okay, HIKIKO pulled back to give a warm smile, "So I heard that BASIL was taking care of you. Where is he?"

"Uh…" OMORI looked back and forth between his sister and the building he just left from.

He wasn't sure if he wanted to directly acknowledge BASIL right now, not after what he just went through with the flower boy. The encounter with him shook him up a tad, and he didn't know if he could trust that BASIL around his sister.

Before he could do anything though, BASIL was already exiting the building himself before lighting up the moment he saw HIKIKO.

"HIKIKO! You found us!" BASIL cheered, already running up to the siblings with an ecstatic smile.

"BASIL!"

Letting go of OMORI, HIKIKO spread her arm out to catch the flower boy as he jumped into her grasp. The two of them hugged each other tightly as they told each other how happy they were to see the other.

OMORI could only sit by and watch with suspicious eyes.

BASIL's hair was blue again. Not green just like a few moments ago.

What did that mean? Was there some significance to that? Ugh, he was so confused…

As the two of them released each other from the hug, BASIL quickly asked, "But how did you even find us? I thought we all got separated!"

HIKIKO turned back to give a grateful smile at the two grape people standing from afar, "Just had a few friendly faces pointing me the way."

"Hello!" The small grape creature waved a stubby hand at them.

VEGGIE KIDS? They were even in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE as well? What were they doing here?

Well, that wasn't too weird actually if he thought about it. OMORI had lots of stuffed toys of these creatures as a kid. Even AUBREY carried around her MR. PLANTEGG all the time while growing up. MARI must've been inspired by them just like he did.

"Oh thank goodness! You have no idea how relieved I am to see that you're here!" BASIL gave a healthy sigh of relief before turning to face OMORI with a smile, "When you suddenly snuck away when I wasn't looking, I almost got worried something happened to you! But you just saw HIKIKO outside and got excited to see her again, didn't you?"

OMORI looked back at BASIL with a questioning look.

Snuck off? That obviously wasn't what happened.

"Next time, let me know before running off like that! You have such a bad habit of lurking away without telling anyone sometimes." BASIL chastised in a light tone, before giving a carefree shrug, "Oh well, I guess you can't help it."

Was BASIL trying to play dumb or something? Why was he acting so differently than just a moment ago?

OMORI really didn't know what was going on right now...

Noticing the way OMORI was staring intently at his hair, BASIL gave a curious look as he reached a hand up to smooth it over, "What's wrong, SUNNY? Is there something on my head?"

The hair, the attitude, the genuine confusion on his face… It was like a completely different BASIL.

It only gave OMORI further questions about what was going on. The whole situation was throwing his brain for a loop.

HEADSPACE was such a mystery to him. The people living in it, even much more so.

In the end, all OMORI could do was look away awkwardly, "No, it's nothing."

It was probably better not to act weird in front of HIKIKO and give her any reason to be suspicious. Whatever was going on with BASIL, it doesn't seem like he was trying to do anything to interfere with his goals of helping her. He could put this issue on the shelf for now.

BASIL tilted his head questioningly.

As this was going on, HIKIKO was busy scanning around the area again as she tried to search for the others.

Where were the others? KEL, AUBREY, and HERO should be around here too, shouldn't they?

"BASIL, aren't the others with you too? Where are they?" HIKIKO asked.

With his thoughts interrupted, BASIL shifted his attention to the older girl before exclaiming, "HIKIKO, you are never going to believe this! After we got shipwrecked and you went to save SUNNY-"

OMORI and HIKIKO stood by as they listened to BASIL explaining the whole situation. After the ship was attacked, PROTEUS seemingly summoned some sort of typhoon hurricane to attack the whole group, causing everyone to start flying around in the air. Before they lost track of each other, BASIL managed to catch a glimpse of their three missing friends falling towards the island in three different locations. Bringing a map of the island out of nowhere, BASIL proceeded to point out where he thinks they may have crash-landed.

Several icons were drawn crudely on the map, each depicting the theme of a landmark where they were located. The most noticeable ones OMORI saw were a familiar shape of a dinosaur mascot, a drawing of an active volcano, some kind of ancient tower, as well as a giant castle drawn in the middle.

"I think KEL, AUBREY, and HERO might have each landed somewhere around these landmarks!" BASIL explained, using a marker to draw circles on three of the biggest icons, "I'm sure they're still alive! If the three of us can somehow survive the fall, then those three can as well! All we need to do is go look for them to make sure they're okay!"

Huh… Now this was pretty interesting.

OMORI couldn't help but draw some parallels that were happening right now between HIKIKO and him.

Friends going missing and it was up to the gang to go around the land, trying to look for them? Sounds almost identical to what he had to do whenever his BASIL went missing. The only notable difference was that it was literally everyone except BASIL that they had to find.

He wondered what sort of significance that held.

...

How long has HIKIKO been traveling HEADSPACE for? How many cycles has she gone through before OMORI came around? Do they even share similar rules regarding how their HEADSPACE works?

So many questions... He wasn't even sure if he'll ever get an answer to any single one of them.

For now, he had no choice but to continue observing how it all plays out as he focused on his mission. That was all that mattered at this point.

HIKIKO grabbed the map from BASIL as he finished explaining what happened so far, giving it a thorough examination.

Looking up at her little brother with a smile, she said, "Looks like this adventure just got a whole lot more complicated than we originally expected, huh SUNNY? At least we can confidently say that we've gone through worse."

Well, she wasn't inaccurate with that statement.

OMORI gave a stoic shrug in response.

Giving the map one last look, HIKIKO made up her mind as she rolled the map away into her pocket.

"Welp, looks like we have our plan of action now," HIKIKO announced.

With an energetic bounce, BASIL asked, "Time to go rescue our friends, right?"

HIKIKO nodded, "This island might be dangerous. There's no telling what the three of them are dealing with. The sooner we get them all back with us together, the sooner we can figure out a way to get back home."

"Yeah!" BASIL agreed wholeheartedly, "We gotta make sure they're safe!"

Turning to her little brother, HIKIKO smiled warmly as she asked, "So what do you think, SUNNY? Up to continue this adventure?"

OMORI blinked in surprise at the sudden question aimed at him.

Why was she asking him?

"This island might be scary since we don't know what we're up against. Our friends might be in danger and there's no telling what could happen." HIKIKO told him, before reassuring, "But no matter what goes wrong, you can count on me to make sure you're safe! Okay?"

OMORI looked up at his sister with an inquisitive look.

Was she… asking for his permission or something? It wasn't like he had any real control in this HEADSPACE… Whether or not they continue playing out this story was solely up to HIKIKO's decision, shouldn't it?

What would happen if he just said that he'd rather stay here forever and not want to leave? Ruin the momentum before it even got started?

What would HIKIKO do then, if that was the case?

OMORI nodded along, going with what HIKIKO said, "Okay."

It was an interesting thought, but he knew that it would most likely be pointless. Doing something to mess around with the narrative wouldn't get him any closer to the truth. More likely, all it would do was hinder his progress at helping MARI.

There had to be some kind of reason for this island to exist in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE. A reason why HIKIKO decided to come here with all of her friends in the first place. Whatever that reason was, OMORI figured it would be better to go along with it so that they could be constantly moving.

MARI's BLACK SPACE existed somewhere here. Within that space was the truth that she was hiding away. The truth he has to find.

No matter how hard you try to hide the darkness, it always comes seeping out through the cracks one way or another. OMORI knew that better than anyone. He'd have a greater chance of finding those cracks by traveling around with HIKIKO instead of staying in the same spot forever.

"So, having plans to head out already?" The elder FRUIT KID asked while stroking his beard, "Are you sure that is a wise idea? The wildlife of co*ckAIGNE has become much more dangerous in recent times compared to before. It would be safer to live in a community with walls to protect yourself."

HIKIKO gave the elderly creature a grateful smile, "Thank you for helping me find my friends again! If it wasn't for you, I probably would've gotten lost around these parts." HIKIKO continued with a sad smile, "Unfortunately, we can't stay here. We're still missing friends, and we think they might be out there. We need to go look for them so that we can find a way to head back home."

"Ah, I see, I see…" The elder hummed, "You wish to go save your friends. Nothing is more important than family. How lucky for them to have such close bonds with reliable children like yourself."

HIKIKO gave a look towards OMORI and BASIL before hugging the both of them within her arms, "We're the closest friends anyone else can ever be."

"I can see that." The elder nodded impressively.

"Man, I wish I had friends like that." The younger FRUIT KID pouted, "All my friends ever do is call me Raisin-Boy and laugh whenever I cry."

HIKIKO giggled as she brought the two boys closer and snuggled with them, "Friendships like ours are like a diamond in the rough. No one else could ever have what we have together."

"That's why we have to find the rest of our friends!" BASIL concurred, "Losing one is like losing a piece of limb! We can't live without them!"

OMORI gave a curious glance at HIKIKO as he listened to all of this. So this was how MARI thought of everyone else?

Hm… Despite being resentful to all their friends in the waking world, she still deeply cared for them in her heart. The fantasy of being together with them was still strong.

If only he could somehow help bring this love for her friends out again when she was awake… Have her reconcile with all of them, somehow...

Well… At least OMORI knew it wouldn't be impossible.

"Now, I understand that you all need to leave as soon as you can…" The elder began, "But if it's not too much of a bother… Would it be possible for you all to stay at least just a little bit longer?"

HIKIKO raised her brows at this, "Stay? What for?"

The elder gave a small hum, before rephrasing, "Maybe not necessarily all of you. I was regarding that question for the boy with the flower crown, to be exact."

BASIL nervously pointed at himself in shock, "M-Me?! But why?"

"Your skill in medicine and healing is impeccable, lad." The elder explained, "In all my years, I've never met anyone with such experience and knowledge before. The way you seem to make things grow and heal away injuries with only a drop of water, it's miraculous."

"B-But I'm just a simple gardener! I can't be that special!" BASIL argued back nervously.

"Regardless, I must insist that you stay to continue helping us!"

"You see, we haven't been living here for very long." The younger FRUIT KID continued off, "We used to have a home back in the garden lands before we all got kicked out by a whole bunch of nasty bullies. We only recently found this spot near the ocean and called it our new home." With a sad pout, he explained, "We lost a lot of fruits while migrating here. We're not used to things outside our element. Back then, we always had someone taking care of us and helping us nourish, but now we're on our own. We have no idea what we're doing."

"But BASIL can't just stay here forever, you know!" HIKIKO told them, "He has a home too that he takes care of! Friends that are waiting for him! You can't ask him to give that up just to stay here!"

"No no no, of course we're not asking you to live here. That would be far too outlandish of a request." The elder made clear, "We're asking you to stay behind long enough to at least teach us how to do what you do. That way, we can know how to take care of ourselves without needing to rely on anybody else."

HIKIKO was dubious of the idea, and was almost ready to quickly reject the request before BASIL slightly tugged her sleeping gown to grab her attention.

Looking at the small flower boy, he hesitantly looked up at her and said, "I think… maybe I should stay here for a bit and help them out."

"BASIL? Are you sure?" HIKIKO asked while crouching down to his level, "You know you don't have to do anything you don't want to."

BASIL shook his head and explained, "That's not the issue. When SUNNY and I were lost and needed help after we landed here, this town full of fruit people were willing to let us in and take care of us without a second thought." Glancing over at the FRUIT KIDS going about their day, he mentioned, "When we met them, these fruit people were in way worse shape than us. A lot of them were falling apart really badly."

As if noticing the flower boy looking their way, many of them gave happy and friendly smiles as they waved back.

HIKIKO could see the mended wounds on the surfaces of their delicate fruit bodies. No doubt healed up thanks to BASIL during his time here.

BASIL smiled and waved as well, "I really think I should do something to repay them for their kindness in accepting us. If it wasn't for them, we'd probably still be lost around here with nowhere to go." Giving a determined look, he told HIKIKO, "Teaching them how to properly take care of themselves with my gardening skills shouldn't be too hard. It's the least I can do after all they've done for us. Don't you think so?"

HIKIKO felt unsure of the prospect of leaving behind one of her friends in an unknown place like this. Knowing that they would have to continue on without him left a knot in her stomach.

"We promise we won't keep him for long." The elder stepped in to reassure her, "We may not look like it, but we fruit-kin are very quick learners. We'll hand him back in a heartbeat once we're done."

The younger FRUIT KID quickly cheered, "Yeah! Super fast! I once had to learn trigonometry by myself in only a week! I didn't understand a single thing they taught me, but I still got an A in the class somehow anyway!"

That didn't exactly inspire much confidence in her.

Turning towards her little brother, she asked, "What do you think we should do, SUNNY?"

OMORI looked back at her in thought.

Once again, she tries to have him involved in making the decisions instead of coming up with them herself. It was a pattern that was quickly growing noticeable.

Was his input on situations really so valuable that she needed to turn to him whenever she couldn't decide for herself? He couldn't ever remember a time when he had to get so involved before…

Still, seeing twelve-year-old BASIL giving him puppy-dog eyes behind his sister was almost comical. It seems BASIL was really set on doing this for whatever reason.

"I think we should let BASIL do what he wants." He ended up deciding, "If anything happens, we can always just come back later to pick him up again."

HIKIKO slowly smiled at her brother's answer, while BASIL fist-pumped in victory.

Heh. Consider this as his thank you for giving him back his knife and keeping it a secret, you garden-maniac you.

"Alright then. If SUNNY says so, then I'm okay with it too." HIKIKO nodded back as she gave her approval.

"Thank you for being so considerate." The elder nodded deeply, "We're in your debt, lads and lassie."

The younger FRUIT KID screamed out, "WOO HOO! WE'RE GONNA GET MAGIC MEATLOAF POWERS!"

When it was time to leave, HIKIKO and OMORI found themselves standing near the borders of the town entrance as BASIL and multiple fruit people came to see them off.

While all the FRUIT KIDS waved goodbye happily at them and wishing them good luck on their journey, BASIL slowly stepped up to them with a warm smile.

"You guys have a safe journey, okay?" BASIL reminded them, "I don't know how long this whole thing will take, but remember to come back occasionally once you find the others! I might get a little bit lonely without my friends…"

"No worries, BASIL. I promise we'll come back often to check up on you and let you know how we're doing." HIKIKO reassured.

BASIL turned to OMORI and waved goodbye, "See you soon, best friend! Remember to always follow HIKIKO's lead, okay?"

OMORI nodded back with a simple, "Yeah."

Before they started their journey however, HIKIKO actually wanted to take the time to go up to BASIL and give him a great big hug.

BASIL was surprised at first before slowly hugging her back with a pleasant smile.

"Before I forget… Thanks so much for taking care of SUNNY while I was away, BASIL. I can always rely on you." HIKIKO told him gratefully.

With a blush, BASIL gave back a humble smile, "Aw geez, you don't need to thank me for that! I mean, I made a promise after all! To always protect SUNNY and keep him safe when you're not around!"

OMORI silently stared at the two as he listened carefully.

To protect him when his sister wasn't around? Did BASIL really make such a promise to her?

MARI's body laid on her bed, lifeless as can be.

Blood on his hands from carrying her body up the stairs.

No matter how hard he tried, he couldn't wake up from this nightmare.

A soft hand roughly grabbing onto his shoulders, shaking him to get his attention.

"SUNNY, listen to me! I can keep you safe! You have to trust me! I promise everything is going to be okay!"

The worst mistake he ever made in his entire life.

What a horrible promise to make…

When they were satisfied from the hug, HIKIKO pulled away while BASIL waved goodbye again, "Good luck rescuing the others, guys! I'm counting on you!"

"Good luck to you too! Hopefully when we come back, we see tons of new pro-gardeners creating a society back here!" HIKIKO waved back as she prepared to leave.

"Heheh… I dunno if I'm at that skill level yet, but sure!" BASIL chuckled embarrassingly.

With that, the two siblings finally left town and made their way outside to travel on the road ahead.

Taking a brief moment to stop and take in the fresh air of the island, HIKIKO sucked up a heap of air before blowing it out in a sigh of relief.

OMORI silently watched her as he stood at her side. HIKIKO noticed him staring and gave him a cheerful smile.

"Feeling nervous, SUNNY?" She asked teasingly.

OMORI simply shook his head.

"I guess not. We've been on tons of adventures already, so maybe this won't be all that different." HIKIKO giggled.

Giving one last look at the town behind them, HIKIKO hummed to herself in thought.

"Still… This is the first time we've ever had to travel separately like this. It's kind of a shame that we won't have BASIL or the rest of our friends to keep us company." HIKIKO murmured sadly. Then with a small shake of her head, she resumed smiling before giving a cheery outlook, "But maybe this isn't a bad thing! We've always been hanging out with all our friends, but when was the last time it was ever just the two of us? This could be a great way for us to finally spend some time together for ourselves!"

Ah, OMORI was starting to get the picture now…

This whole convoluted scenario was just a way to fulfill her current deepest wish, wasn't it? To spend some time alone with him.

With a bubbly demeanor, HIKIKO bent down to OMORI's level and quickly pulled out the map of the island.

"BASIL went ahead and circled the spots that he thinks the others are currently at." HIKIKO explained, before telling him, "How about I let you decide which place you want to visit first? Go ahead and pick whichever seems the most fun and interesting to you!"

Alright, HIKIKO… He'll play along if it'll make you happy.

Briefly looking over the map again, OMORI ended up choosing at random by placing a finger on the map without much thought.

It ended up landing directly on the icon of a golden dinosaur. He doesn't know what that was about, but it seemed like it would be an appropriate first choice to make. Especially since it was the closest location to where they were.

"The dinosaurs look cool," OMORI told her.

Giving a huge grin, HIKIKO excitedly put the map away as she exclaimed, "Then that's where we're going first! Oh, this will be so much fun!"

Standing back up, she grabbed her little brother's hand and proceeded to march forward with a brave smile.

"Onwards to adventure!"

Onwards to adventure then.

The road they traveled that would lead them to the dinosaur location brought them further inside the forest.

Despite the elder's warning of dangerous monsters lurking in the area, they haven't managed to come across any so far. It seemed like it was going to be a peaceful trip, more or less.

OMORI and HIKIKO were traveling hand in hand, with HIKIKO happily leading the way.

The trees seemed like they were made out of chocolate wood, and the pink leaves made him think of bubblegum. The wide assortment of bright colors sometimes made OMORI feel like he should stop to stare and marvel at the scenery.

Especially when the wind blew and brought all the leaves to follow along with the air.

"Such a beautiful place…" HIKIKO whispered in awe.

Yeah… OMORI couldn't help but agree.

The plants and animals that lived in this forest seemed to be majorly food-themed for some reason. Many times, OMORI had come across something that looked like it could be candy or pastry, only to get startled when it scurried and flew away.

HIKIKO would often laugh at his reactions.

He couldn't blame her. Honestly, he probably would too.

One of the many examples of the food-life that they came across were white roses that were actually cream-fillings in disguise, slices of pies hanging off from stems on the trees, and purple bushes growing colorful lollipops like they were berries, so on and so forth.

Maybe it was the fact that he spent the last few days without taste buds, but seeing all these various delicacies in front of him was starting to make his mouth water.

Even though this was all just a dream, he was starting to feel hungry…

Perhaps it was because of the way he was staring, or perhaps his sister had some sort of sixth sense that detected when he wanted something. In either case, it was almost as if she knew exactly what he was thinking as she told him to wait a moment.

He watched on curiously as HIKIKO climbed up the trees as gracefully as she could, grabbing a single slice of pie before swinging off a branch and landing stylishly on her feet.

OMORI had to blink at the sudden acrobatic display, taken aback a bit.

Before he could catch up to what was happening, HIKIKO was already busy picking up random cream roses off the ground and using it to evenly coat the pie with a fine layer.

Looking around for a finishing touch, she smiled brightly as stole a strawberry being carried by a random bug off the ground.

OMORI looked on in surprise as HIKIKO came up to him to present a perfectly decorated slice of pie in her hands, strawberry topping and all.

"Ta-daaah!" HIKIKO announced cheerfully.

OMORI kept staring at the pie in her hand like it was an alien object from another planet. In a certain manner of speaking, it could probably be considered as such.

"Go ahead, SUNNY. I know you like sweets, and it's been a while since you last ate. Eat as much as you want." HIKIKO giggled.

After a bit of consideration, OMORI took the food offered to him as he studied it in his hand.

It… It was just a piece of pie. A pretty tasty-looking one too.

Glancing up at HIKIKO, he saw her smiling at him with anticipation. Almost as if she was waiting for his reaction…

Well… Not like it'll kill him, since it was just a dream. If only he could be so lucky.

OMORI took a tentative bite and allowed the pie to settle in his-

OOOOHHHH MY GOD, THIS WAS AMAZING.

The cream frosting combined with the pie unleashed an explosion of sweet sugary flavor into his mouth, causing him to chew in stunned silence.

He couldn't even remember the last time he ate something so sweet and tasty! The only thing that could come close was back when MARI would still bake chocolate chip cookies all those years ago.

Unable to control himself, he quickly swallowed to take another bite, eyes closed as he relished the taste as much as he possibly could.

HIKIKO giggled nearby, watching him devour his meal in satisfaction.

"I knew you'd like it!" She said, clasping her hands together next to her cheek as she swiveled her hips happily.

It wasn't long before OMORI finally cleaned his plate, so to speak. With a small burp, he found himself tapping his full belly before giving a satisfied sigh.

How in the world was it possible for him to feel full like this in a dream? It honestly boggled his mind…

"You look stuffed." HIKIKO smiled down at him, "Was it that good?"

OMORI nodded, "Yeah. It really was."

With another giggle, she reached her hand out, "Let's keep going then."

OMORI gave her hand a nervous glance.

"Um… Think we can wait a minute before we go?" OMORI ended up asking.

His stomach was too full for him to move around at the moment. He felt like his belly might actually burst if he moved around too much.

"Too full to move around, huh?" HIKIKO asked knowingly, before giggling, "You should learn to pace yourself, SUNNY."

OMORI felt himself blush in embarrassment. When was the last time MARI ever teasingly reprimanded him like this for doing something silly or stupid?

Instead of waiting around, HIKIKO actually turned her back to him and crouched down to position her hands as a platform.

"How about I give you a piggyback ride? We can get there faster that way." HIKIKO suggested.

OMORI widened his eyes.

A piggyback ride?

He… He hadn't been given a piggyback ride in… years.

Back when he was still in elementary school, MARI would often carry him on her back all the time. He would hold onto her as tight as he could while she would run around like a crazed speed demon all over town.

It wasn't until she had that softball accident that injured her knee did they ever stop doing that. She didn't have the strength in her leg to support him like before, and he cared about her health too much to ever ask for another ride.

The last time she ever gave him a piggyback ride was… was when he fell asleep on the bus ride home from school and she decided to slowly carry him the rest of the way. He wasn't even awake to enjoy it at the time. The only evidence it ever happened was the photo BASIL took.

Was… Was he really allowed to do it again?

What about her knee? Wasn't it still injured from the softball game?

Wait, no… Since this was just a dream, HIKIKO's leg would still be in perfectly healthy condition. He literally just saw her climb a tree and land without any difficulty a second ago.

But… Did he even deserve to...

Noticing the way her brother was hesitating, HIKIKO curiously called out, "SUNNY? Are you going to get on or what?"

"Are you sure, sis?" OMORI mumbled.

HIKIKO smiled reassuringly, "Of course I'm sure! Don't worry, I promise it'll be fun!"

OMORI gave another nervous look at his sister before timidly climbing onto her back.

With his legs in place and his arms hanging around tightly around her neck, HIKIKO hoisted her little brother up with a bounce.

"Ready?" HIKIKO asked, before shouting, "HERE WE GOOOO!"

OMORI was not expecting HIKIKO to suddenly run at top speed, completely blazing through the entire forest faster than any race car known to man.

"WOO!" HIKIKO cheered out.

OMORI held on for dear life, watching the scenery pass by him in an instant as his sister left a trail of dust in their wake. Petals from flowers and plants burst into the air from the force of her speed, filling his vision with beautiful colors.

The warmth of his sister's back…

The breeze of the wind hitting his face…

The feeling of safety as she held onto him tightly…

He never thought he'd ever be given a chance to experience something like this ever again. He loved this.

He… He really loved this.

HIKIKO dreamed of picnic baskets too.

Just like him.

HIKIKO dropped him off right next to a giant landmark of a golden cherry in the middle of a grassy field. A picnic basket was conveniently placed nearby as if it was prepared just for any passerby who came strolling along to enjoy.

"Let's take a breather right here! All that running around has me pooped out." HIKIKO told him while slightly out of breath.

They both sat down on the picnic blanket and admired the giant cherry in front of them.

"Man, this place is so mysterious and magical." HIKIKO smiled impressively, "You'd never see anything like this back at home."

No, you certainly would not. Giant apples, bananas, oranges, and grapes? Maybe. But definitely not golden cherries.

HEADSPACE was truly a mysterious place. Even after all these years, he still didn't quite know how it all worked.

For some reason, he felt a sudden sleep spell wash over him as he sat on the picnic blanket. His eyes began to droop as if all of his energy was being sapped away.

HIKIKO glanced over at her brother before smiling, "Feeling tired from the trip already, SUNNY?"

He couldn't help it… It felt like he could pass out at any moment…

The beginning of this whole journey started off so energetically after all. Suddenly resting at a picnic site after all that excitement, could you really blame him for suddenly feeling so sleepy?

Ugh… He could barely keep his eyes open…

All of a sudden, he felt gentle hands wrapped around his head as he was softly pushed down to his side.

His head landed on something soft and comfortable. An almost nostalgic feeling rose within him.

It took him a moment to realize that his head was placed right on top of HIKIKO's lap.

Turning his head up to look at her, he saw HIKIKO giving him a gentle smile as she placed her hand on top of his head.

"Sssshh, it's okay. Go ahead and sleep. I'll watch over you until you're all rested up again." HIKIKO reassured him.

Along with the soft humming from her lips and the gentle petting from her hands, it wasn't long before OMORI was lulled by the soothing atmosphere of it all.

A sort of rumbling sound erupted from him. A sound he couldn't quite place…

Was… Was he purring right now? Like a cat?

HIKIKO practically had sparkles in her eyes as she stared at his face, almost as if she was holding back her giddiness from the sounds he was making.

It was almost instinctual. He had no control over his body right now. He couldn't help but purr as he closed his eyes.

This has been the most fun he's ever had in his entire life. Playing around with his sister again after all these years of loneliness, it reminded him of all the nostalgic memories of back when he was still just a kid who was enjoying his life day by day.

Back when MARI used to be alive.

Back when he… he used to be happy.

Why was he happy right now? He knew he didn't deserve it.

This feeling of contentment and satisfaction… He wasn't worthy to have such feelings like this.

How selfish was he to spoil himself with such a wonderful time, when he was the bastard who stole his own sister's life away from her?

A murderer like him didn't deserve any of this...

MARI...

I'm sorry… I'm so sorry…

I know I shouldn't be happy. I don't deserve to feel happy.

I'm so sorry for being happy.

I'm so sorry… for feeling like this...

I'm…

...horrible...

Notes:

Big thanks to BigBluh and FightingGoldButCoda again for editing and giving me their advice on the chapter while working on it.

IHYDGM (Fireboy973) I hope you're doing okay man. You never responded to my messages. I know you've been sick or busy lately, but I'm wishing you good luck with whatever you're dealing with!

I planned on making the entire HEADSPACE adventure in just one single chapter so that it could be easily skipped for people not interested, but I got so tired after writing this one.

Hey, put it to a vote in the comments. Do you guys want shorter HEADSPACE chapters where it's more summarized? Or do you want me to just put the same amount of passion and work into it as the real-world chapters?

FANART SHOWCASE

https://www.instagram.com/p/CTGeLQuLZ1H/?utm_medium=copy_link
By solarpanell_

This sexy version of BASIL is, I'm completely choosing to assume, is seen by CURTSEY whenever they talk to each other. Very handsome, very cute.

https://twitter.com/Hikkomoririi/status/1429423676412219401
By Ananimous@Hikkomoririi

Another fanart by the guy who made the comic that I shared last chapter! BASIL pancakes at it's finest.

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (4)
YOOOO LOOK AT THIS AND ALSO THE ONE BELOW THIS ONE
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (5)
The artist for this one told me that "Those who know who drew this will know."
@f*cko, I guess. That's what he told me to write for his name.

Do you guys see this amazingly sexy picture of MARI? I was obsessed with this picture for weeks. I can't believe it exists. Depressed MARI is awesome. I love her. Please let me tell her that everything is going to be okay.

SHOUTOUTS

DokiDokiKlanceStan, new commenter! Thanks for the big giant block of text! I was pleasantly surprised to see it when it arrived in my inbox! I'm so glad to see you enjoyed what I made so far! I hope this chapter didn't bore you, and I hope to see more from you in the future.

YHN017, very interesting theory you have there. Yes, the similarities between Palaces from Persona 5 and HEADSPACE from OMORI seem quite similar, don't they? I also choose to believe that they work on the same set of similar rules myself. Thank you for posting the comparisons! I hope you enjoyed the chapter and I hope to see more from you!

Rotokon and Tuppence, amazing work as always you two. Hm... Both of you seem to have entirely different opinions regarding the way I wrote OMORI's and BASIL's reunion. One thinks it's lackluster, the other thinks it's perfect. I'm not quite sure who to believe more here... Anyways.

Rotokon - MARI thanking BASIL for being friends with AUBREY is supposed to be because of chapter 19. AUBREY has a flashback of her being scared of losing them as friends. MARI thanking BASIL is supposed to more like "Thanks for being friends with her because she's usually so lonely and I'm worried about her" not "Thanks for being friends with her since I know she's a pain to deal with". I really hope that clears up that concern. Interesting theory about the relationships between OMORI and his boss fights! I never realized the connections until you told me. I hope I'm smart enough to pull something off myself, but I really doubt it for HIKIKO...

Tuppence, I love how you're paying attention to BASIL here. I've been hoping more people would pick up on the ticks going on with him. Hopefully, whatever the hell I'm doing with him is going to pay off soon.

DimensioX, thanks so much for letting me know that fanart existed for me! You get a shoutout for being the messenger!

DamnedBeret, your theory is pretty interesting too! I wonder if you're correct though? HMMM?

Evergreen, I've seen you around plenty of times, but I don't think I've ever gotten such a big comment from you before. Thanks so much for leaving your thoughts and theories! I hope this chapter didn't disappoint you!

SHOUTOUT OPPORTUNITIES
Please leave your list of names that are based on mythical or historical Utopias or paradises. No reason given, just asking for a friend. Love ya, mwah!

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 23: Dreaming Within A Dream

Summary:

INTERLUDE CHAPTER

PLEASE READ IMPORTANT NOTES AT THE BOTTOM

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

INTERLUDE

"Ready, SUNNY?"

I looked towards my sister and gave a resolute nod.

MARI looked back at me with a smile, nodding back as she prepared her silver-coated plastic shovel in her hands.

I gave my shovel a quick look as well, testing its weight.

"Alright you two, you know the rules!" The instructor reminded us, "You each get five minutes to dig as many holes as you can! Only dig holes on the spot marked with a big X. Each spot will give you a random amount of sand dollars. Reach a certain amount of sand dollars, and you'll be able to win the big prize of bringing home your very own giant dinosaur plushie! One prize per player though, so better make your choice count! Good luck, have fun, and remember the golden rule!"

The instructor cheerfully pointed to the big sign near the exit.

"NO REFUNDS"written in plainly bold letters.

MARI and I worked really hard to earn this trip to visit the amusem*nt park together. Ever since we saw the commercials, we've been begging for our parents to take us here for months.

Our parents finally relented, but only after we made a deal to do well on our schoolwork.

For MARI, that was no trouble. She easily breezed past all of her school assignments like they were nothing.

For me, I'll admit I had a bit of trouble overcoming such a steep obstacle. I was never one for schools and the like.

Still, with her help, I managed to pull it off and we finally got the trip we've been asking for.

"Remember the plan, SUNNY." MARI reminded, "We each only have five minutes to grab as many sand dollars as we can. To give us the greatest chance of earning the jackpot, we have to split up and do our best to dig as fast as possible. That way, we'll be able to get one plushie for each of us!" Turning to face him with a smile, she asked, "You got that?"

I nodded seriously.

The buzzer sounded, signaling the game had started.

"Oh! It's time!" MARI quickly went to work on the nearest X, "Let's dig like our lives depended on it!"

I went to work as well, splitting up from her and digging my own share of holes.

It was around halfway through that I realized that I may have the physical disadvantage here…

Looking over at MARI's side of the room, I could already see that she had already dug through three times the number of holes that I was able to do.

I felt a bit of frustration build up before I managed to shake it off and keep digging.

I didn't know why I was so surprised. It only made sense.

MARI was already twelve years old, three years older than me. Not only that, but she was athletic and fast from playing softball all the time.

Compared to me, who usually napped all day and played video games whenever I wasn't busy, it was no wonder why she was so much faster.

I had to remind myself that it wasn't a competition… We were both working together to get the same thing after all.

I just needed to work harder so that I didn't get dragged behind.

Only a minute was left, but I could still probably make it… if I was lucky, the last few holes I could dig might give me enough points to earn the big prize.

"YES! I got the jackpot!"

Hearing MARI's cheers interrupted my thoughts as I looked at her.

She was waving a ticket in her hand like crazy, whooping and cheering as if it was her birthday.

"SUNNY, look! I got the jackpot dollar! I got enough to earn a plushie!" MARI showed off as she waved at me. "How about you? Did you get enough points too?"

Shoot, she managed to find one before I did? How was I supposed to catch up to that?

Okay, that was fine. I just needed to try to dig faster and hoped I get lucky with the next few spots as well.

Just as I was about to resume digging though…

The buzzer sounded again, signaling the end of the game.

I lost track of time. Taking a look at how many sand dollars I collected, something became very clear. I didn't get enough points.

"Aw, sorry kid. You didn't get enough points for the big prize." One of the adults told me before reassuring, "At least you can get one of the normal prizes! Those are still just as good, right?"

Right. Sure. Just as good. Which was why they made them worth fewer points compared to the giant popular plushies.

Sigh…

"So, did you two have fun in there?" Mom asked while on the drive home.

In the end, I decided to get the DIGGING DINO'S coloring book for my reward. Out of all the prizes that were available to me, this one at least seemed like something I could waste some time on.

MARI, on the other hand, was hugging her giant plushie of DINO like it was an award.

"Yeah! It was a blast! My favorite game there was DINO'S DIG! It's how I got this baby!" MARI bragged as she showed the toy off to our parents.

"Aw, that's cute! Congratulations!" Mom clapped politely, before turning to me, "And what about you, SUNNY? Did you get anything good?"

I didn't say anything. I didn't feel like it. All I did was show her the coloring book in response and hoped that she wouldn't ask further about it.

"Oh…" Mom seemed to get the hint and politely ended the discussion with a simple, "Well, better luck next time!"

"Hey, since you two had so much fun, what do you guys think about another deal?" Dad proposed, looking at me in the rearview mirror, "If you two can manage to get the same grade or even better on your next report card, we can bring you both here again! How does that sound?"

"Ooh! That sounds perfect!" MARI cheered, before asking, "Can we invite our neighbors to join us too?!"

"I don't see why not. I'll ask their parents if they're okay with it." Dad smiled.

"Yay! Then it's a promise!" MARI ended up agreeing for the both of us.

Honestly… I kinda just want to forget this whole thing and find something else to do instead…

MARI turned to me and asked, "Isn't it exciting, SUNNY? We'll get to come here again next time, and we'll even be able to bring HERO and KEL with us too! Let's work hard to keep our grades up, okay?"

I dunno… I just don't know.

Whatever…

I gave her a small shrug as I looked away and stared out the window.

As if noticing something wrong, MARI simmered down as she gently called out to me, "SUNNY?"

I felt my eyes close, doing my best to keep my frustration bottled up inside.

I can't… I couldn't let her know that I was upset. It would be pointless and stupid and over-dramatic, and I didn't want to cause a scene or make a fuss.

I felt MARI scoot up closer to me before she laid a hand on my head.

"SUNNY, is everything okay?" She whispered in concern.

I couldn't help but look back at her and glared at that stupid plushie in her arms.

God, I wish I was… I wished I wasn't so pathetic. We both made a promise to work hard so that we could both go home with a plushie for each of us.

But because I was so slow and stupid, I couldn't manage to get that right. All I got out of this whole trip was a stupid coloring book.

Why wasn't MARI laughing at me for being so pathetic anyway? Isn't she disappointed in me? That I broke my promise and messed everything up?

Ugh, I just…

I looked away and took a deep breath.

With a small sigh, I shook my head, "Yeah, I'm fine. Just a little tired."

Nobody needed to hear me whining. Nobody has to know. It was just a toy.

It doesn't matter if I really really wanted one. It was just a toy. I already have a collection of them at home that I could play with as much as I want.

I didn't want it anymore anyway.

It was just a toy.

I don't… I don't want…

I just…

While I was lost in thought, I felt something big, soft, and green get smushed up against my face.

Grabbing the offending object, I looked down to see that it was the DINO plushie that MARI won.

Giving a blink of confusion, I turned back to MARI to see her smiling encouragingly at me.

"I want you to have it." MARI giggled.

What…?

"But… MARI, you won this toy. Not me. It should be yours…" I mumbled back.

She shook her head, "I'm getting a bit too old for toys like that anyway. Besides, I didn't really want one that badly."

Liar… Ever since you saw one of these in that poster, you wouldn't stop gushing about how much you wanted one for yourself. The dinosaurs were just so cute, you had to have one…

Why lie to me?

MARI petted my head, "I think this DINO will look great with the rest of your collection."

I didn't even know what to say anymore…

I brought the plushie up to my chest and squeezed it tight into a hug, both to feel it against me and to hide my face from the world.

I could hear MARI giggling, "You are so cute!"

It only made me want to hide away even more.

So soft… so plush…

It wasn't even meant for me, and yet she gave it away so easily...

I…

I just needed to keep my grades up, right? So that we could both go to the amusem*nt park again next time?

Next time… When we play that game again, next time for sure…

I'll win a cute dinosaur toy just like she did today. Then, when that happens, I'm going to give it to her.

That way, we'll finally be able to keep our promise together of going home with one for each of us to play with.

"T...Thanks, MARI..." I mumbled.

"Anything for you, SUNNY." MARI smiled cheerfully.

Notes:

hi, I am sick and I wrote this chapter while sick. Flu season or something.

I am going to take a small break to recover. I know I'm not exactly the best with my updating schedule, but expect a delay before the next chapter can come out. I hope this short chapter flashback will make up for it.

Sorry again for this.

I'll get back to writing as soon as it stops hurting.

Chapter 24: The Lost City of Gold Diggers

Summary:

Gold digger in this case meaning the title of an official profession where one goes into caves and tunnels to dig for gold metal, not the derogatory term for someone who seeks out romance with others simply for their monetary value.

Wanted to make that clear.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

HIKIKO couldn't help but admire her little brother, watching the way he slept.

He was so adorable, her SUNNY.

The way he snored. The way he mumbled in his sleep. The way his body and fingers shifted to a more comfortable position.

All the signs of life that HIKIKO learned to appreciate and cherish. Proof that he was alive and well.

No matter what… She promised to protect her little brother. Every last inch of him, from his softly beating heart to the individual strands of hair on his head.

Protect him, no matter what. Because that was what a good reliable older sister would do for her little brother.

HIKIKO smiled as she continued to rub her hand on SUNNY's head and hum her little lullaby to him. Comforting him, watching over him, making sure that his nap was the best nap he'd ever have.

When he eventually woke up, HIKIKO peered down on him with a calm smile to welcome him back.

"Hey, sleepy-head. Did you sleep well?" She asked.

OMORI slowly opened his eyes, blinking a few times as he returned from his slumber.

Was that… a dream?

"C'mon, up and at 'em." HIKIKO encouraged lightly, jostling her hand on his head gently to wake him up faster.

It took a few blinks for OMORI to fully wake up. Sitting up from his sister's lap, he rubbed his eyes as his foggy mind became clear.

A memory… back when he was just nine years old.

Well… He certainly wasn't expecting something like that to happen.

A dream within a dream.

How crazy…

"So, feeling better after that nap?" HIKIKO asked.

HIKIKO watched as her little brother turned around to look at her.

She felt herself pause the moment they made eye contact.

There was… There was something in his eyes that bothered her a bit. Something that she thought felt unnatural coming from SUNNY.

Some sort of sadness, lingering from the way he looked at her.

It was only for a brief second, but she caught it before he had the chance to hide it.

"SUNNY? You okay?" She couldn't help but ask out of concern.

OMORI closed his eyes, giving a soft sigh as he shook his head to himself.

"No, it's nothing." OMORI replied, "Just had a dream."

"Oh." HIKIKO smiled, before saying, "Was it a bad dream?"

OMORI didn't respond verbally. Instead, he just shook his head as he pushed himself to his feet.

With a bit of concern in her tone, she pushed on, "Do you want to talk about it? I'm here for you if you need me…"

OMORI shook his head again, "No, it's fine. I already forgot most of it anyway."

It couldn't be her imagination, could it? Just her being worried and overprotective over him like she usually was?

HIKIKO wondered if it was the same thing that was bothering him since the ship ride here. Ever since she and their friends found him back at the beach, her little brother has been acting just a bit differently. It was subtle, but HIKIKO could feel that there was something wrong.

She couldn't help but imagine that something was plaguing his mind that was causing him to behave so differently. Was she right? Was she wrong? It made her heart ache so much, not knowing for sure if her SUNNY was bothered by something.

If something was bothering him, would he ever tell her about it? Or would he hide it away like he always does, just so that she didn't get worried?

She always hated the way he bottled up his emotions like that...

For now, it seemed like he was fine. Whatever dream he had while napping seemed to have cleared away like he said. Still though…She wondered if there wasn't anything more behind it.

Maybe if it ever comes up again, she could point it out and ask him about it? Just give him the little push he needed to remind him that she was here to help.

She'd always be there for him. His problems are her problems, and she'd do anything to protect him. She just hoped he'd remember that.

HIKIKO moved to stand up as well, stretching her legs out, "Well, I guess if we're both rested and ready. Let's keep going to the dinosaur landmark on the map then."

OMORI nodded back.

Right. The sooner they continue this adventure, the more likely he'll find the cracks leading to BLACK SPACE.

He had something more important to focus on right now. No time to afford getting distracted by dreams.

The journey from there on out became a bit more subdued compared to when they first left ARCADIA'S BAY. With the excitement of seeing new lands dying out, HIKIKO and OMORI were left to casually travel down their set path.

The lingering concerns HIKIKO had over her little brother still gripped her, as she would occasionally glance over him to make sure he was okay.

Holding onto her hand as they walked together, it seemed like her little brother wasn't bothered anymore. He was back to being cliff-faced as usual, which normally meant that he was either daydreaming or thinking about something else. Adorable as always.

As long as he wasn't sad or bothered, that was at least good. Right?

OMORI, meanwhile, was too busy focusing on some theories in his head to notice the way his sister was looking at him.

While he didn't want to think further on the dream itself, it did provide some convenient insight into what this dinosaur adventure might entail.

There was only one dinosaur-themed event in their lives that would cause HIKIKO to make a dinosaur-themed location in HEADSPACE.

He'll have to wait and see to know for sure, but he was pretty confident that he was about to visit someplace familiar.

He never did get the chance to get that plushie for her, did he?

A year after their trip to the amusem*nt park, MARI got into an accident in her middle school softball game, hurting her knee to the point where she had to go to the hospital. It took her months before her leg healed enough for her to walk with it again. Even then, the damage permanently weakened her leg to the point where she couldn't do anything too physical anymore.

They never got the chance to go to that amusem*nt park again. They never got the chance to play DINO'S DIG again.

He never got the chance to win that prize for her like he wanted to.

He would never get another chance ever again.

And it was all his fault.

Their walk continued on for a while before they came across something that impeded their path.

A very large door. Some kind of gate, it seemed like. What made it stand out so much besides the fact that it was blocking their path? Was it the fact that it looked so… artificial? Machine-like? It didn't seem to fit in with the scenery and aesthetic of the rest of the island.

"Huh. Well, this looks out of place." HIKIKO noted.

Making sure that they were still on the right road, HIKIKO pulled out the map again to double-check.

"The directions leading to the dinosaurs say to take this road here. Doesn't say anything about there being a block or gate though."

With a disappointed frown, HIKIKO placed her map back in her pocket and looked up at the gate in confusion.

She looked around to see if there were any ways around it, but the security of the gate seemed pretty tight. Whatever it was intending to block, it did a good job of it.

That only made her feel more frustrated.

"How are we supposed to get past this now?" HIKIKO muttered.

Not like OMORI could answer that for her. This was her dream world after all. Anything that was blocking their progress was, in the grand scheme of things, by her design.

Just like him and the absurdly tall ladder, or the forest of spiders, or the deep ocean.

Still, it didn't hurt for him to suggest, "Maybe try knocking to see if anyone will let us through?"

HIKIKO gave the gate another curious look before deciding to go with his suggestion, walking up to the giant gate and giving it a loud knocking.

"Hellooo~? Is anyone there?" HIKIKO called out.

Silence.

Seems like nobody's home.

Shame KEL wasn't here to handle this. Otherwise, he'd be able to somehow knock this poor gate down from its hinges with his patented knocking style.

With furrowed brows, HIKIKO was undeterred as she gave it another knocking, "Excuse me! We need to pass the gate please! Hello?!"

Once again, no response.

Maybe this wasn't a gate that needed to be guarded or opened by someone. Could it be something else entirely?

If it's a machine, then maybe…

HIKIKO gave another careful look around to see any hints, before finally noticing a line of blocky letters protruding out from the wall.

"There's a simple solution within the complicated question." She recited, tilting her head in confusion, "Okay… That's cryptic…"

OMORI came up to check on the gate with her, studying the strange passage on the wall as well.

"Might be a riddle." OMORI offered.

"Oh, you mean like it's a door that can only be opened if we solve its question?" HIKIKO lit up in understanding, "That makes sense. What exactly does the riddle mean, though?"

OMORI thought about it a little bit, pondering on the trial ahead of them.

If it was him, he'd probably bet money on the answer being something easily guessable.

Something like…

Open-sesame? 1-2-3? Password is Password?

Something like that, at least.

HIKIKO pondered on the meaning of the riddle, bringing her hands up to feel the letters as she looked for some kind of hint.

One of the letters she touched seemed to react, however. Almost like a button, it pushed itself in the moment HIKIKO's fingers made contact, startling her to step away.

The entire passage now had one letter embedded into the wall itself instead of protruding out like the rest of them.

"Ah!" HIKIKO remarked, "I think I get it. It's an anagram system. You press the letters in to spell something out, and that'll open the door! I think…?"

Well, that's a simple obstacle to overcome. At least it was better than having to face your fears like he had to.

"There are enough letters here to spell something specific out… We just need to figure out what." HIKIKO hummed in thought. "Maybe… Institutionalisation? Pneumoencephalitides? Ophthalmoleucoscope?"

OMORI slowly turned to look over at his sister with an incredulous look.

Noticing the stare being given to her, she raised her hands defensively, "What? I'm just making guesses. Who knows, one of them might be the correct answer!"

If the correct answer was even remotely on the same level as what she just used as an example, then he might as well give up right now. There was no way he could ever come close to any solution like that.

She was really putting that academic knowledge to good use though, didn't she? Sigh... Maybe it was a mistake to leave BASIL behind after all. With his grades in school, he would've been able to match wits with HIKIKO in this department. OMORI was out of his league.

HIKIKO continued to ponder on the riddle, "Hm… Maybe on the topic of simplicity out of complicated questions… The answer might be more related to the concept itself…"

After a moment to think about it, HIKIKO nodded to herself as she stepped up to the wall and pressed in her letters.

"Since I already accidentally pressed in the letter C, I might as well give my best guess. I'm going to useconceptualisationsas my answer. It's the only thing I could think of relating to the riddle at least."

OMORI watched on as HIKIKO proceeded to go ahead and press in almost half of the entire letters from the wall, watching them all slowly go in one by one.

With a satisfied smile, she took a step back to see if there were any changes.

"Did it work? Is it opening?" She asked expectantly, watching the door intently.

OMORI stared at the door as well, a sudden feeling of trepidation rising within him as he stepped behind his sister in caution.

Usually, when you answer a riddle wrong, you get punished for it. Right?

It took a second for the door to react. HIKIKO and OMORI were startled back as all the letters that were pressed in suddenly popped back out with a loud bang before steam began fuming out from it.

A random alarm suddenly played, the noise echoing around them throughout the forest.

"Uh oh." HIKIKO mumbled.

Sigh… Typical.

"Stay back, SUNNY! I got this!" HIKIKO stood in front of him, holding her jump rope defensively like a whip.

A collection of random food-related monsters hissed and snarled threateningly before charging in to attack.

With unwavering confidence, HIKIKO met them head-on with a battle cry.

OMORI could only stand back and watch as his sister performed a series of skillful acrobatic moves to handle multiple monsters at once.

A pack of fruit flies, aptly named for being a swarm of tiny fruits with wings that hovered around annoyingly like flies. Just seeing them circling around HIKIKO's head somehow made OMORI feel second-hand anger from where he was standing.

A few gummy worms, slithering around and acting more like snakes rather than worms. Their colorful bodies moved around the battlefield with surprising agility and were quick to strike. But HIKIKO was quick enough to dodge all of their bites so far.

Lastly, some form of… tofu-ghost?

It was a block of tofu with a blanket wrapped over its head. It occasionally goes, "Oooh! I'm a ghost!"

HIKIKO hasn't paid any attention to it so far since it didn't do anything else.

The alarm system from the door must've triggered these creatures to appear out of nowhere, as a consequence for getting the riddle wrong.

Despite being surrounded by countless monsters, HIKIKO managed to stand her ground as she fought all of them back skillfully. Her control over her weapon was astonishing, like a spectacle to behold.

OMORI wasn't able to admire it though. Not because it wasn't impressive to watch, but…

He couldn't help but stare at the jump rope in her hand for the entire fight, uncomfortably clenching his hands as he watched his sister using it like it was an extension of herself.

The universe has a sick sense of humor, OMORI realized. Out of all the comfort tools for MARI to have, of course it had to be the same jump rope that he and BASIL used to fake her suicide.

The implications of her relying on such a weapon were laid out quite clearly for him. His morbid imagination could practically envision HIKIKO's favorite method of waking up from WHITE SPACE…

How often does she fantasize about it? How many times has she comforted herself, holding that damn thing in her hands?

Almost as much as he does? Maybe even longer than he has?

The idea that the sister he loved so much, who he framed dying from suicide and lying to everyone about… To think in this world, she would end up actually having…

...

What a joke… A sick, twisted, horrible joke.

No.

No, that was why he was here. To help her heal and overcome all of this. To right the mistakes that have happened in this reality, as punishment for the sins he had committed in his own.

Once he's able to get her to forgive herself, she won't ever feel the need to seek comfort from the end of a jump rope ever again. He just had to focus on the end goal and she'll end up fine.

Pushing the frustration away from his mind, he closed his eyes to take a deep breath and calmed himself down.

Opening his eyes again, he noticed one of those gummy-worm monsters slithering up beside him out of the corner of his vision.

OMORI stepped back cautiously, his hand already in his back pocket as he watched the creature prepare to strike.

A quick look towards HIKIKO showed she was too busy being surrounded by her own fair share of monsters to notice this one lone worm approaching him.

Good.

The moment the worm leaped to strike, OMORI had already given his final strike and lopped its head off from its body.

By the time the decapitated worm landed on the ground, the knife was holstered just as quickly as before. His sister didn't notice.

Okay… He felt a little calmer now. He might've needed that outlet.

The body didn't turn to TOAST like he expected though. The remains of the worm were still sticking around, head and body together.

Different HEADSPACE, different rules?

That… might be problematic. How would HIKIKO react if she saw this dead body right next to him? Wouldn't that raise her suspicions about him?

Hm.

He probably didn't think that through.

As OMORI brainstormed a solution to hide away the body without HIKIKO noticing, HIKIKO herself was just about to finish up, annihilating one of the last monsters to the ground.

Piles of gummy worms and dead fruit flies littered the area, giving a HIKIKO a moment to sigh in relief.

All that was left was the ghostly tofu who she had been saving up for last.

HIKIKO stretched her jump rope out with deadly intent as she prepared to approach it.

The tofu ghost in question seemed less than willing to go mano-a-mano with her however, trembling in fear as it stared at the carnage of her onslaught with a traumatized face.

Before HIKIKO could attack, the ghost tofu called out, "Wait! Before you think of doing anything, consider this for a second!"

HIKIKO raised a confused eyebrow as she steadied her hand.

"Okay, so, I know I'm tofu. And I know that no one likes tofu. But I'm a tofu ghost. Since I'm a ghost, I can't die." It began explaining, "So, since I can't die, it would be pointless to try to kill me! I mean, why kill something that's already dead, you know? It just defeats the whole purpose, don't you think?"

HIKIKO blinked doubtfully.

Seeing that she was listening to him, the tofu ghost continued, "So yeah! Instead of trying to kill me, maybe you could instead- I dunno- not do that?" The ghost smiled desperately before quickly adding a "Please?" at the end.

"Do you know the password to let us go through the gate?" She asked.

"Uuuuhh…" it mumbled back nervously.

That was all HIKIKO needed to hear before she proceeded to commit war crimes against the soybean spectre with her jump rope.

"NOOOOOO-bluegh"

With no enemy left in sight, HIKIKO rolled up her jump rope and wiped the sweat off her brow with a satisfied smile.

Phew! All threats eliminated. Now there won't be anything capable of hurting her little brother.

With everything out of the way, she turned back to see her unharmed little brother still standing off to the side before smiling happily as she went back to him.

"Did you see me out there, SUNNY? None of those guys stood a chance against me!" She cheered with a proud smirk.

OMORI stared at the carnage left behind her wake.

Wasn't torturing the tofu ghost a bit much? It didn't seem all that threatening.

Eh, whatever. Because of that thing taking up all of HIKIKO's attention, OMORI had the chance to hide away the dead gummy worm he killed to a far-off place before HIKIKO could notice him.

He gave a thumbs up at his sister.

HIKIKO was practically beaming with joy from his simple response.

Returning their attention to the gate, they were now left to try to overcome the previous obstacle that led them to that fight in the first place.

A gate that only opens after you solve the anagram puzzle, and punishes you with monsters if you put in the wrong answer. The only hint that could possibly help them was the sentence marked on the wall.

There's a simple solution within the complicated question…

"I wonder what that means…?" HIKIKO hummed to herself, "Maybe we need to search around for another hint or ask someone for help?"

OMORI thought about it some more before something started to click in his mind. Looking at the sentence again in a more literal sense…

This wasn't exactly phrased as a question. It just hinted that there was a solution within a complicated question. What was the question being asked, though?

Or rather… Maybe it's not a question being asked, but… The word question itself?

With that thought in his mind, OMORI stepped up to the wall of the gate as he reached his hand out.

Seeing this, HIKIKO called out to him, "Careful, SUNNY! Whatever answer you figured out, make sure it's the right one! Otherwise, more of them might attack us again!"

A simple solution within the complicated question…

If it was him, he already mentioned that his guess would be something pretty simple...

Curiously, he pressed in what he thought was the answer.

COMPLICATED QUESTION

OPEN.

The moment the four letters were pressed in order, copious amounts of steam were released from the bottom of the gate as loud cranking noise of gears could be heard on the other side.

HIKIKO and OMORI were startled as they cautiously stepped back from the gate, ready for another encounter.

Instead of monsters being summoned though, the gate slowly began to rise up to reveal the unblocked path forward.

Looks like it was the right answer after all. Go figure.

"SUNNY!"

OMORI was startled as he felt HIKIKO wrapping her arms around him from behind into a tight hug.

Squeezing his body against hers, she shouted ecstatically, "You actually opened the gate! That was amazing! You managed to solve the puzzle on our second attempt! How did you know how to solve it?!"

Shifting himself around to see HIKIKO staring down on him with sparkles in her eyes, he muttered out awkwardly, "I mean… I just took the words literally and gave my best guess. It wasn't that impressive."

"Are you kidding?!" HIKIKO asked incredulously, before hugging her little brother into an even tighter hug, "That was so smart! I never would have even thought of that! It seemed like it would be way too easy! That's so genius!"

OMORI frowned, wondering if his solution was really that impressive. "You're kinda exaggerating. It wouldn't have been that complicated for you to figure out on your own eventually."

"Yeah, but I would've ended up just overthinking about it for hours before finally coming up with something like that!" HIKIKO insisted happily, "The fact that you solved it before I did proves just how smart you are! God, I'm so proud of youuu!"

HIKIKO proceeded to giggle like crazy as she squeezed her little brother into a third tight hug.

OMORI was left with a distasteful frown, feeling like all these praises and compliments were unwarrantedly disproportionate. All he did was solve a simple riddle, and yet she was acting like he just found the cure for cancer or something.

It didn't make him feel like he genuinely earned any of it.

HIKIKO gleefully pulled away to give her little brother a big kiss on the forehead, before looking down to see his adorable little face.

Her smile faltered a bit when she saw that her little brother didn't seem to share any of her happiness or excitement. Instead of blushing from pride, all she could find was an uncomfortable frown adorned on his face.

That… wasn't what was supposed to happen. Her little brother should be eating up her praises with a beautiful happy glow.

He always loved to be validated whenever he worked hard for something. So why did he look so… sad?

What did it mean? What was it that was bothering her little brother so much? It was like every time she did something to get closer to him, he'd always feel guilty or sad about it.

What happened to that carefree and innocent look of his?

If only he would just tell her.

Alright. She set this off for far too long now. As the reliable older sister, she needed to confront this here and now before doing anything else.

Settling down on her knees in front of her brother, she firmly gripped onto his shoulders as she looked him in the eye, "Hey, SUNNY? Did I do something wrong?"

OMORI looked back at her with a confused, "What?"

Giving him a concerned smile, she played around with his hair a bit as she explained, "You've been acting kind of weird lately. I don't know how to describe it, but it's like… ever since the rest of us found you on the beach, you haven't been like you used to."

OMORI widened his eyes as he felt his hands curled to fists.

"I know there's something wrong, SUNNY. You've been much more subdued and withdrawn ever since we came here. I'm your big sister, it's my job to notice these things." She continued, before finally asking, "What's up, little brother? Won't you tell me what's bothering you?"

OMORI glanced away nervously, his brain working overtime.

Okay, this whole thing just became a whole lot more complicated.

Once again, HIKIKO had managed to notice something about him that he didn't know and was now getting suspicious about it. She called him out back on the ship, and now it was happening again.

How exactly was he different compared to the SUNNY that she had been dreaming about so far? How has he been acting so differently that HIKIKO has noticed multiple times already?

It wasn't like he knew exactly how he was supposed to be acting.

If only he could figure it out, he could somehow get out of this mess intact…

C'mon, think OMORI, think… What exactly was he doing that was causing HIKIKO to point out his strange behavior all the time? If him acting as naturally as he could wasn't cutting it, then what was he supposed to be like?

Noticing the way her little brother avoided her eyes as he stayed silent, HIKIKO gently reassured him, "I don't know what's going on, but nothing can be solved if you keep it to yourself. You don't have to bottle anything up around me, SUNNY. Big sis is always here to help you out with anything, no matter what it is! The only thing it costs is the usual price: Your love! That's all."

If only it could be that simple…

Being honest and telling her what was wrong wasn't exactly an option here. All that'd do was cause him more trouble, and make his mission much harder.

What was he supposed to say to her? What kind of excuse could he possibly use to get himself out of this?

What exactly did she want to hear him say?

What… she… wanted…?

Something started to click in his head.

The way HIKIKO kept asking him for his thoughts and opinions regarding every situation. The way she kept fussing over him at every opportunity. HIKIKO mentioning how he's supposed to be less withdrawn and subdued.

The expectant stares she would give him whenever she just did something significant, as if she was waiting for him to react.

Oh boy, he really hoped he guessed this right.

With a bit of effort, OMORI forced himself to act a little more timid as he confessed his 'true'feelings, "I… I guess I'm just a little bit scared."

HIKIKO widened her eyes at this, immediately going into overprotective big sister mode as she asked him, "Scared? Scared of what, SUNNY? What's wrong?"

Maintaining his timid facade, he continued on, "Well… The others… KEL, AUBREY, and HERO… They're all lost on this island separately, right? What if they're in danger, lost, or even hurt? Sometimes, I think about them and wonder if they're in any trouble."

It was the best excuse he could think of, circ*mstance-wise. He only prayed that he was convincing enough to throw suspicion off of him.

It took a moment before HIKIKO felt herself give her little brother a relieved smile, finally glad to know what had been troubling his mind so far.

"Aw, SUNNY! Was that what was bothering you this whole time? You were just worried about our friends?"

She watched him nod sheepishly.

Feeling a huge weight on her shoulders being lifted, HIKIKO brought her little brother in for another deep round of hugging, "You silly boy! Why didn't you just tell me so? I've been so worried, seeing you act so weird this entire time!"

"Sorry…" She heard him mumble in her ear.

HIKIKO should've realized it sooner. Of course it was because her little brother was worried about their friends! He was always so caring towards them. Knowing that they were all lost on a dangerous island, it was no wonder the thought had been troubling him all along!

She should've asked sooner when she had the chance.

Pulling away to look him reassuringly in the eye, she began petting his head as she told him, "Listen, SUNNY. You have nothing to worry about. Even though everyone's been separated on this island, I'm sure all of our friends are just fine and dandy! We've been through much more perilous adventures before, and I trust that KEL, AUBREY, and HERO are all tough enough to deal with whatever's coming their way."

Her little brother looked at her hopefully, "You sure?"

"Of course I'm sure!" HIKIKO giggled, "If the others knew how you were feeling right now, I'm absolutely positive that they would tell you not to stress yourself out about them. Instead, they'd just tell you to relax and have fun! Our adventures are supposed to be thrilling and exciting, not gloom and doom!"

Releasing him from her hold, HIKIKO stood up proudly as she placed a solemn hand on her heart.

"You have nothing to worry about, little brother. Even if anything goes wrong, your big sister HIKIKO is always here to save the day!" She declared with a confident smile, "As long as I'm here, I'll always protect you and keep everything you love safe from harm! That's a promise!"

Her little brother stared at her in surprise for a moment before he slowly nodded to himself.

"Okay, HIKIKO." He finally told her.

With an excited giggle, she broke her pose and grabbed her little brother's hand as she prepared them to continue their journey, "Good! Don't you worry your cute little head anymore, alright? Let's just enjoy this adventure the best we can and make all sorts of new memories together along the way!"

OMORI nodded again, following after her as she took the lead with an optimistic bounce in her step.

He figured HIKIKO would react this way. He was honestly relieved to see that his gut feeling finally pulled through for him this time.

The more he thought about it, he realized that the hints were there. HIKIKO would always and repeatedly try to get OMORI involved with the situation, regardless of how valuable his input would be. When she wasn't busy doing that, she would often go out of her way to accommodate him or stand near the sidelines.

It was clear that she didn't think of herself as the driving force of her own dreams. It was him. It was her little brother, SUNNY, that had the final say in anything.

Her version of SUNNY was what set things in motion. She wanted her SUNNY to be more proactive and engaged with the environment around him.

Her SUNNY played a specific role for HIKIKO, and that was to be the special little brother of who she wanted to be with. The SUNNY that she… that she never failed to protect.

This wasn't his HEADSPACE. He couldn't just act naturally and think that things will go exactly his way anymore. If he wanted to help HIKIKO in her HEADSPACE without gaining any more of her suspicion, he needed to play the role that was set for him.

The role to help her pretend that everything was okay, and nothing bad ever happened. The role to make her forget that it was her fault she lost her brother.

What she thought was her fault.

Just like MARI did for him, back in OMORI's HEADSPACE.

For him to keep up his cover, he was going to have to act the way HIKIKO expected him to act. He would have to take much more affirmative action in order to fit in with the world she made. Otherwise, he was going to make this mission a lot harder than it already was.

So be it. As long as it helps MARI forgive herself in the long run, he'd be willing to do whatever it takes. For her sake, he'll keep up the illusion for now.

The moment he found anything related to BLACK SPACE though, he won't let the chance slip him by.

After a relatively peaceful journey going through the pastry-themed forest and solving the obstacle blocking their progression, they finally made it to the dinosaur location marked on the map.

"Whoa," HIKIKO mumbled as she stared at the landmark in front of them.

OMORI stared in awe as they arrived at the entrance of a very large amusem*nt park.

A giant collection of excited screams flew by as a roller coaster zoomed past, right on top of the giant billboard depicting the name of the location.

EL DORA-DINO

OMORI took a moment to scrutinize the name on the board for a bit.

EL DORA-DINO?

From the little Spanish he managed to pick up from spending time with KEL and HERO's family, the rough translation would be…

The Gold, but gold was misspelled with the shortened word for dinosaur attached.

The Golden Dino?

The GolDino?

That's a… really lame name.

Regardless of the awful punny name though, it looked like he was right on the money when he guessed what the dinosaur landmark hinted at.

Or…right on the gold, as KEL would probably say.

A location based entirely around the mascot of DINO'S DIG.

In comparison to what he had in his own version of HEADSPACE, this place was definitely much more grandiose. Instead of just being a single pyramid-shaped building, it was a whole entire amusem*nt park.

"This place looks so huge and shiny…" HIKIKO's eyes sparkled from all the gold decorations littering everywhere, "I can't believe a place like this exists."

In his personal opinion, all the gold in the area made this place look gaudy. If this wasn't a dream world, he was sure the sun reflecting off from the amount of gold here would literally burn holes into his eyes. A safety hazard, to be sure.

Spinning around to face him, HIKIKO asked, "BASIL said one of the others landed around here. Knowing them, I'm sure they wouldn't pass up the opportunity to at least go inside to check it out. What do you think, SUNNY?"

Noticing the expectant smile on her face, OMORI quickly nodded, "Yeah, let's go see inside!"

HIKIKO grinned at his enthusiasm, "Then it's settled! Onwards to adventure!"

Seems like his new behavior was doing the trick. It was as if HIKIKO completely forgot about her suspicions on him from before.

Onwards to adventure then.

The two siblings entered the giant amusem*nt park together as quickly as they could, not wanting to waste time to see the wonders that lay inside.

And golly-gee, did they indeed find wonders inside.

Stepping through the entrance of the park, they were greeted with all sorts of eye-catching monuments, machinery, and landmarks galore.

Within the park lies a populated area filled with a variety of different games and activities to choose from, all being played by strange creatures that could only exist in a dream world. Some of these creatures were surprisingly familiar to OMORI even if he couldn't quite remember where they came from, while others were completely new and different from anything he had ever seen.

"Look at this place! It's so crowded with people!" HIKIKO called out in wonder as she admired the area.

OMORI took a glance to soak in his surroundings.

Technicolored narwhals playing a game of ring toss.

Collections of sheep crowding around a wolf donned in fake cotton, dancing away on an arcade dance pad machine.

Two giant beetles that looked like flying potatoes arguing over who gets to ride the slingshot thrill-ride first, despite looking like they were fully capable of flying themselves.

Food vendors everywhere calling out their wares, hoping to get a bite from hungry park-goers. An orange octopus with a fake human mustache garbles out unintelligible words as it advertises its hotdogs.

People of all shapes and sizes, creatures both humanoid and otherwise, all walking about as they traveled to and fro, carrying tokens or snacks in their hands.

Another round of excited shrill screams cut his thoughts off, as a roller coaster flew by overhead while they were walking.

OMORI could've sworn he saw a SPROUT MOLE or two riding on that thing. If that wasn't just his imagination, then he wondered which other familiar faces he'll find here.

He thought this about HIKIKO before, but he was truly surprised at the amount of detail that was put into this dream world. He always knew that he was the one with the active imagination between the two of them, so to find out that all of this came from his sister's mind instead…

He was worried about her. As impressive as this all was, this couldn't possibly be a good sign…

Six years to perfectly craft her own HEADSPACE, down to the smallest detail… For a perfectionist like her, it almost seemed fitting.

But it shouldn't.

"Wait… Isn't that…?" HIKIKO murmured to herself, causing OMORI to snap back to attention.

Seeing that she was staring somewhere off in the distance, he curiously looked over to where her eyes were pointed at before widening his own eyes as he realized who she saw.

Twelve-year-old pastel-colored KEL hanging around next to a game stall, tongue sticking out in complete focus as he threw as many tennis balls as he could at a moving target. Each shot hit the bullseye, causing a buzzer to buzz loudly as he racked up as many points as he could.

When the game was done, KEL let out a loud whoop as the stall began dispensing a long string of tickets as a reward. KEL excitedly started counting up the tickets with a huge grin, only for it to morph to a disappointed frown as he finished, "Aw, what? This payout is the exact same as the basketball hoops…"

"Itishim!" HIKIKO blinked in surprise before quickly grabbing OMORI's hand, "Come on, let's go meet up with him!"

OMORI followed after his sister as they met with KEL to reunite with him.

"KEL! Over here!"

KEL looked up from his pile of tickets in confusion, before quickly grinning as he recognized his two friends approaching.

"HIKIKO! SUNNY! You're both okay!"

Abandoning his tickets on the floor, KEL came upon the two of them like a rocket to meet them halfway before colliding into HIKIKO'S stomach with a strong hug.

Stumbling back a bit, HIKIKO regained her bearings as she laughed and returned his hug herself.

OMORI stood by curiously, watching the two of them laughing and hugging each other fondly.

"I thought for sure I was gonna be stuck all alone here after I got separated from the rest of you guys! Man, I'm so glad to see you both safe!" KEL pulled away with a wide smile.

"Same here!" HIKIKO giggled, before nodding towards OMORI, "SUNNY here was actually telling me how he was worried sick for you and the others! He was so scared that you'd all be lost, alone, and in danger!" With a half-lidded smug smirk, she confidently admitted, "I totally knew you'd be alright though."

KEL turned to him with a warm expression, "Is that true, dude? You were that worried about me?"

Before he could respond, OMORI was already stuck in his own hug as KEL squeezed the life out of him.

"You big softie! You didn't have to worry like that! You know me, man! I'm pretty much indestructible!" KEL laughed heartily before slamming his hands on OMORI's back, "I appreciate the thought though! You're a real pal, pal!"

Hm… Even though MARI showed clear signs of how much she didn't like KEL anymore, it seemed like HIKIKO didn't bear any grudges towards KEL at all.

It definitely reinforces his earlier theories about her true feelings… Despite all the anger she was harboring towards their friends, she still does love all of them deep down in her heart.

Actually… Maybe this could be a good hint to figure out later how to get MARI to forgive KEL in the waking world. Probably best to keep a close eye on how HIKIKO interacts with him for some ideas in the future...

Pulling away from the hug, KEL gave OMORI another quick grin before looking around the area, "So where's the rest of the gang? They with you too?"

HIKIKO sadly shook her head, "It's just the two of us right now. We know where BASIL is, but AUBREY and HERO are still missing somewhere."

KEL frowned at that, rubbing the back of his head with a confounded, "Seriously? Shoot…"

For the next few minutes, HIKIKO and KEL spent some time catching up together as OMORI listened in from the side.

HIKIKO explained the whole event from her perspective, allowing KEL to get caught up with the most important bits of information with BASIL and his current whereabouts.

"Wow, sounds like a lot happened." KEL nodded earnestly, "Well, at least I'm glad to know that BASIL's all right."

"And what about you? What happened to you when we all got separated?" HIKIKO asked.

"Oh, uh… Nothing too exciting, I guess…" KEL answered sheepishly as he scratched his head, "I just… kinda woke up here in the middle of EL DORA-DINO and thought it was a neat place. Didn't do anything else except play games until you guys showed up."

HIKIKO deadpanned, "You woke up all alone on an unfamiliar island, separated from your friends, and the only thing you thought to do was to play games this entire time?"

KEL gave what he assumed to be a charming smile, giving them both a quick wink with his tongue sticking out.

HIKIKO sighed playfully, "I guess I was right not to be worried after all."

KEL chuckled lightheartedly, thankful that his attempts to charm her had worked.

That's KEL for ya. He had more heart and spirit than common sense sometimes. Despite the troubles it would cause for them, HIKIKO wouldn't have it any other way.

OMORI gave a cursory glance behind him to point out the bundle of discarded paper on the ground, "You dropped your tickets."

Looking back with an alarmed expression, KEL quickly shouted, "Right! Shoot!" before going over to collect his earnings and stuffing all of them into his pockets.

As he walked back to the two siblings, HIKIKO noticed the way his entire pants were seemingly bulging to the brim with tickets. From the waist down, you would think he had more bulges than legs.

"You've saved up quite a bit, I'm guessing." HIKIKO noted with a humorous smile, "Trying to earn enough to buy the entire park?"

"Nah, dude!" KEL grinned mischievously, "I'm planning to buy something even better!"

HIKIKO gave a curious smile, "Something better?"

"Oh, that's right" KEL suddenly realized, "You guys just showed up! I gotta show you guys the prize counter in this place!"

"Show us what-"

And before HIKIKO could utter another word, KEL had already forcefully grabbed both of their arms and pulled them away towards a different area, all the while excitedly hurrying them.

Unable to fight back, HIKIKO and OMORI could only stare confusedly at each other as they helplessly followed their overexcited speed-demon of a friend.

It didn't take long for their short trek with KEL to lead them towards the center of the park's main plaza.

In the center housed a very familiar duo of dinosaur mascots, ones that OMORI hadn't seen in a while.

They were manning a stall that looked rather extravagant, as if it was specifically designed to catch attention from everyone else in the plaza. Next to the stall was a large collection of signs with arrows pointing in almost every direction, pointing to where each area was located.

Above the stall, a huge sign brightly shone overhead.

TOKEN DISPENSER / PRIZE COUNTER

And of course, the golden rule was displayed right below it in easily missable small writing.

No refunds.

Glad to see they didn't forget that part.

A small green ankylosaurus was currently in charge of the left side of the stall, snoozing away with closed eyes. If OMORI remembered correctly, this one was named BRETT.

The other dinosaur was a cute triceratops, currently handing over a fluffy prize with a smile to a pair of cat-people in front of him. This dinosaur was named… CHAD, if that was right.

The certain white cat-person quickly offered the prize over to his date, causing the blushing black cat-girl to remark fondly, "Oh Mister Bluh! You're so cool and awesome! You're the best person to have ever existed! I'm sure everyone unanimously agrees with me, if only they knew you like I do!"

"Ik ben de redacteur voor een online fictief verhaal genaamd'Ik laat hem niet'in het Engels." He smoothly replied back, gently taking his partner's hand as they both left.

"I have no idea what you just said, but I'm sure it's the most romantic thing I've ever heard!" The black cat-girl purred as she laid onto his shoulder.

OMORI gave an inquisitive glance at the two before shrugging the encounter out of his mind.

KEL finally let go of the two siblings as he excitedly waved at the triceratops manning the prize station, "Yo! CHAD! How's it going?!"

Looking over to see the three of them, the cute dinosaur greeted them politely, "Oh, hello KEL! I see you've come back with friends. Have you finally earned enough tickets to buy the Infinity Bouncy Ball?"

"Infinity Bouncy Ball?" HIKIKO echoed.

Turning around, KEL excitedly smiled as he pointed to the prize in question up above, "Yeah! This is the thing I wanted to show you!"

OMORI and HIKIKO looked up, their eyes slowly climbing the ascending tier lists of prizes before finally settling on the big shiny red ball that was displayed directly at the top.

Right next to the prize, a big sticker labeled10,000 Ticketssparkled brightly in pure gold. To add even more emphasis to how special this prize was, it had spotlights shining directly on top of it and the occasional fireworks going off the moment they set their eyes on it.

"Uh, wow… ten thousand?" HIKIKO mumbled incredulously.

"Isn't it so beautiful?" KEL asked with reverence in his voice, marveling at the ball with awe and respect, "It was apparently an ancient artifact from several hundred years ago, imbued with a special magic spell that gave it the power to hold infinite kinetic energy… Legends say if you drop it to the ground from the smallest height, even the tiniest centimeter, it'll have enough bounce in it to last for several hours!"

"Several hundred hours." CHAD helpfully corrected him.

"I HAVE TO HAVE IT." KEL growled with pure animalistic desperation, before he pleasantly set a pile of tickets in front of the triceratops, "Ticket count pwease."

"Sure thing!" The dinosaur happily used his mouth to pull the tickets behind the counter, allowing a machine to tally up the total for him.

After a while, there was a small ding heard before CHAD went ahead to announce, "You've managed to earn two hundred and seventy-five tickets since we last spoke. Adding that together with the other tickets in your playbank account, you have a total balance of one thousand, five hundred, and sixty-five tickets to spend at the prize counter."

"Drat." KEL cursed, snapping his finger. "So close… and yet so far away…"

More like,so far, and even farther away…

But OMORI kept that comment to himself.

HIKIKO, though, couldn't help but wonder...

HIKIKO felt a small drop of sweat slide down her brow in concern as she asked, "Um… KEL? How long have you been playing to get this far?"

"Oh, you know…" KEL mumbled sheepishly, before quietly muttering out, "About half the entire day by now…"

"Oh… Oh, KEL..." HIKIKO felt herself sighing tiredly just from hearing that.

If it took him half the entire day just to earn what he had now, then there's no telling how long it will take for him to earn the expensive prize he wanted.

There simply wasn't enough time for them to spend just lollygagging around, not when they had friends to rescue and plans to go back home...

With a hesitant voice, she slowly began, "KEL… I don't really think-"

"Now now, I know what you're going to say!" KEL interrupted frantically, "But hear me out! I've been spending a long time testing out a whole bunch of games, trying to figure out the ticket payout from each of them! Some games give out more tickets than the others!"

"KEL…" HIKIKO slowly crossed her arms as she gave an admonishing glare at the small boy.

"If I just focus on the games I'm good at, and play the games that give out the most tickets, I can totally reach ten thousand tickets within a reasonable time!" KEL kept insisting.

"KEL, seriously. I know you want that ball, but we don't have all the time in the world." HIKIKO reminded him, "AUBREY and HERO are still out there somewhere, you know. We're going to need you to help us find them before we find a way to get off this island."

"I know, I know, but please, HIKIKO! I swear I promise, I'm so close to getting it! If you just give me a chance, I can get it within the next hour!"

"That's not how math works, KEL…" HIKIKO shook her head disappointedly, "Even if you try as hard as you can, it's still going to take you days at best before you can reach ten thousand tickets at the rate you're going."

In response to that, KEL began to quiver his lips as his eyes started tearing up.

Oh dear... HIKIKO, you really screwed the nail in now...

Before HIKIKO could do anything to calm him down or say that she was sorry for making him upset, KEL collapsed on his knees and practically begged her not to take him away.

"PLEASE! PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE! I know we'll have to leave at some point, just give me some extra time! I promise I'll get the ball before we have to go, I promise I promise I promiiiiise!"

HIKIKO felt herself taking an uncomfortable step back as KEL slowly devolved into a crying begging mess on the ground, repeatedly pleading for her to let him stay for just a little bit longer.

For some reason, OMORI felt a strange déjà vu regarding a situation where he was forced to head to the restroom within a casino parlor…

"BUT I HAVE TO GO TO THE BATHROOM!"A very…veryinsistent boy screamed into his ear as they walked up the stairs to reach the elevator.

HIKIKO found herself at a loss for what to do. She rarely ever liked raising her voice at her friends… Using her authority as the older member in their group was something she always avoided doing so that it wouldn't demean any of the others…

A reliable older sister would never shout and scream at others. Especially not to the people she loved and cared about.

Unable to handle the unrelenting wrecking ball that was KEL, HIKIKO silently sighed to herself before turning over to stare at her little brother with a helpless smile. Maybe he'll know what to do? He was always so good and tactful when it comes to helping other people after all...

Noticing the way his sister was staring at him helplessly, OMORI realized that the situation now fell under his hands again. Looks like he'll have to determine what to do here in a way that would both progress the adventure, and also act in character to how she imagined SUNNY would behave.

Shouldn't be too hard to figure out, considering all the context clues.

This entire place, EL DORA-DINO, was obviously created with the intention to relive the memories of the time they spent in that amusem*nt park back when they were kids.

Having KEL be obsessed with a prized toy ball here and not want to leave, it was just an elaborate excuse to allow them to have a reason not to leave as soon as possible.

At the end of the day, this was all HIKIKO's way of keeping herself distracted…

OMORI would honestly rather not waste time, instead wanting to progress further into the island to find all their friends as soon as possible. Based on his own knowledge and experience, who knows how long it would take before they would finally end up reuniting with the rest of them?

But then again, it might be in character for SUNNY to take KEL's side and go along with his idea. It would allow HIKIKO the excuse to go around and play with her little brother as they visited all the rides and games this place had to offer.

Hm… if he thought about it with a different lens though…

Progressing too fast through this adventure might not allow him the chance to look for clues regarding the location of her BLACK SPACE. Not only that, but he'd also be missing out on hints or information that he could learn more about to help form a plan to help MARI when she's awake.

If letting HIKIKO live out her fantasy was the only way for him to find out more about her BLACK SPACE, he might not actually have a choice...

Maybe it would be better if he chose to… to…-

OMORI's train of thought came to a pause as his eyes noticed something sitting on the shelves in the prize counter.

He just happened to glance over to it while he was thinking, but now it captured his full attention.

Sitting right behind the triceratops was a familiar plushie of DINO'S DIG's mascot. The same exact plushie that MARI won and gave to him when they came to this amusem*nt park a long time ago.

He… he promised himself that he would win a DINO plushie on his own one day, didn't he? He worked so hard to keep his grades up to get another chance at the game. That way, he could give it to MARI so that they could go home with plushies for each of them…

Here he was again. With his sister, at an amusem*nt park, the same prize sitting within his grasp. One of his greatest regrets as a kid that he never managed to fulfill, yet now the opportunity was given to him in a form of HEADSPACE.

It seemed silly… None of this was even real in the first place… It shouldn't even matter whether or not he managed to get that prize to give to her.

And yet…

"SUNNY?" HIKIKO called out, seeing him looking distracted at something.

Hearing her voice, he suddenly shook his head clear and turned to her. Glancing at KEL crying on his knees again, her little brother decided, "I think we should let KEL keep trying."

Hearing that, KEL immediately stopped his relentless tears from flowing as he jumped up and smiled widely, "REALLY?!"

Stepping closer to her little brother, she crouched down to reach his head and asked, "You really think so, SUNNY?"

"Knowing KEL, he'll just get tired sooner or later when realizes that he won't earn enough on time. We'll scoop him up when he gets bored and keep looking for the others after that."

It took HIKIKO a moment before she gave a relenting smile before turning to KEL, "Alright, KEL. You heard, SUNNY. Within the next hour, and we're leaving whether you have the ball or not. Think you can accept that?"

"YES!" KEL cheered out, pumping a victorious fist into the air before charging towards OMORI as he tackled the stoic boy into another bone-breaking hug, "Thanks SUNNY! You're the absolutest bestest friend a kid can ever ask for!"

"Don't strangle me if you really believe that." He grunted with a wince.

"Oop, sorry." KEL awkwardly apologized as he released his poor friend from his grasps.

HIKIKO felt herself giggle from the interaction, watching her adorable little brother fix himself up.

WIthout a moment to waste, KEL began to scurry off as he shouted at them, "You won't regret this! I'll prove to you that I can get that ball! Just watch me!"

Neither HIKIKO nor OMORI had the chance to reply back to that, seeing that the energetic boy was already out of their sight by the time they could say anything.

With a smile, HIKIKO turned to her little brother and gratefully began patting him on the head, "Thanks for that, SUNNY. You always knew how to deal with KEL better than I did. Guess now all we have to do is wait until he tires himself out."

Giving another glance at the toy plushie behind the prize stall, OMORI awkwardly fidgeted around as he mumbled, "Well, I mean… We could look around and play too while we're waiting…"

HIKIKO's smile slowly turned into a knowing smirk, "I had a feeling you'd say something like that. How much of that was giving KEL a chance, and how much was actually just an excuse to stick around to play some games?"

OMORI tilted his face away from her with a small embarrassed blush.

Telling her all she needed to know, HIKIKO giggled as she ruffled his hair, "I thought so. Can't fool me, little brother. I know you better than the back of my hand."

"Mm." OMORI responded simply.

"Guess I can't blame you though," HIKIKO said as she looked around the plaza, "Theme parks like these are purposely designed to attract kids. All these bright colors and lights and everything." With that said, she steadily stood up as she remarked, "Alright then! I'll buy us some tokens and we can play together! Maybe we'll even win a prize or two!"

Even though this was all part of the plan, OMORI found himself looking forward to it.

Maybe it was some sort of childish whimsy, or some sense of regret driving him… But the idea that he might be able to repay MARI for the dinosaur plushie all those years ago by winning one back for her was comforting in a way.

Sure, it wasn't real. She won't have a second plushie materialize in front of her when she was awake to enjoy. It won't even make up for what… what he did to her.

But still...

It was something he felt he had to do.

Mistaking the determination in his eyes for excitement, HIKIKO giggled fondly at his adorable face before she went ahead to the token counter.

Tapping the counter to get the napping ankylosaurus's attention, she politely asked, "Hello? I'd like to buy some tokens, please."

"NOT SO FAST!"

The loud shout came out of nowhere, startling HIKIKO away from the counter as she looked around in bewilderment.

"Wha-?"

The sudden sound of an electric guitar being shredded echoed throughout the area, coinciding with the sudden appearance of a familiar T-rex riding into the scene on a skateboard.

OMORI and HIKIKO watched on as the T-rex did a series of impressive tricks as he arrived closer, several feats of acrobatic prowess which could only be described astotally gnarly as heck.

The T-Rex circled around the plaza on his skateboard while doing a headstand - his head was literally balancing atop his moving skateboard. He smoothly up-righted himself, kicking the board into a 720-degree spin into the air. Its spin was timed exactly to land directly on the edge of the counter, which the T-Rex grinded his board on top of all the way across before landing right next to HIKIKO.

Coming to a halt, he kicked the board up into his tiny arms, sunglasses glistening in the golden light of reflections from the amusem*nt park as he cooly regarded HIKIKO and introduced himself, "DINO. Founder of EL DORA-DINO. At your service."

HIKIKO and OMORI were left gobsmacked as they were still reeling from the display.

OMORI did not remember him being this cool. At least, not in his HEADSPACE.

From cave-miner to skater… What the heck?

"Uh…" HIKIKO stuttered a bit in surprise before she grabbed a hold of herself and unsurely responded back with, "Hi? I'm HIKIKO?"

DINO shook his head a bit to lower the sunglasses down from his eyes, allowing him a clear view to study HIKIKO as if she was a mysterious art exhibit.

"You're not from around here. I've never seen your face before." He stated smoothly as he jostled his head to bring his sunglasses back up, "That, in itself, is a novelty."

"I-Is it really?" HIKIKO asked nervously.

"Considering that we've only had the exact same customers in the last five hundred years? Yes, yes it is." He suddenly bared a toothy grin, "DINO-TASTIC! Allow me to be the first to welcome you to EL DORA-DINO, New Blood! I can tell by the look of you and your little buddy that you both hunger for adventure! I was once the exact same way!"

"Oh, uh… Thank you." HIKIKO mumbled awkwardly.

"Let me tell you something, kiddos." DINO continued on, "We have a saying here in EL DORA-DINO.Always chase for gold!My parents instilled this lesson into me ever since I was a young egg, and I grew up following this lesson to this very day. You know what it means?"

HIKIKO glanced around with a confused look, before shaking her head.

"Neither do I. I myself took it literally and collected as much gold as I possibly could. While it did prove successful in my career, thinking back on it, it probably meant something else entirely that I never figured out for myself." DINO sniffed whimsically, before going, "In any case, we have a custom here to greet all newcomers to make them feel welcome!"

DINO brought his mouth down behind him to pull out a pouch rattling with coins inside. Tossing it over to HIKIKO with his teeth, HIKIKO deftly caught it in her arms with a smalloof.

"First few games are on us! A complimentary gift on the house!"

HIKIKO curiously opened up the pouch, only to marvel in shock at the decent amount of golden tokens inside.

"Whoa… This is all for free?" HIKIKO asked in pleasant surprise.

"Haha, tell your friends about us!" DINO smirked boldly as he prepped his skateboard, "And remember! ALWAYS CHASE FOR GOLD!"

With a last epic yell of his catchphrase'DIIINOOOOO-TASTIC!', DINO proceeded to exit the scene the exact same way he came in, only backwards.

Like pressing reverse on a VCR video tape. OMORI watched, mesmerized, as DINO grinded backwards onto the stall's counter, all the way to counter-circling around the plaza as he did all the same tricks and flips he did when he first got here.

"Huh…" HIKIKO blinked. "Well, that happened."

OMORI looked over at his sister with an odd fascination.

Clearly, she remembered DINO'S DIG differently than he did. Did they even go to the same amusem*nt park that day? Holy crap, what the hell even just happened?

Taking another glance at the pouch full of gold tokens, HIKIKO turned to her little brother with an excited smile, "Look, SUNNY! It's our lucky day! We get free tokens to play with!"

Unable to find a way to properly react to the news, OMORI settled to instead give his signature stoic thumbs up.

With an awkward chuckle, HIKIKO cleared her throat before gesturing to her little brother to follow her, "C'mon, SUNNY! Let's take a look around to see what games we can play. If you want, we can even go on a few rides for the thrill of it!"

OMORI wordlessly followed after her as they began traveling around EL DORA-DINO.

Walking side by side, HIKIKO reached out to grab his hand and gave a warm smile as she bellowed out, "Onwards to adventure!"

Onwards, then.

Shortly after the two siblings left the central plaza, all was quiet.

For only but a moment.

It wasn't long after before another person of interest decided to show up to the scene.

A colorful character, to be sure. One decorated with frills and pink overtones. Their feminine hair stylized and groomed beautifully, as two large side ponytails bobbed between their shoulders.

Their fancy pink dress dignified them to be on a standard higher than normal average citizens. The large bow on their hair should've implied innocence, but instead commanded respect and authority.

This character rode into the plaza on a mechanical carriage. Steam continuously raised up from the pipes of the engine, loud sputtering noises came out as the wheels kept spinning forward.

Eventually coming to a complete stop in front of the prize stall counter, only CHAD was diligent enough to notice and respond. BRETT continued to sleep soundly, without a care in the world.

"Hi there! Here to trade in your tickets?" The cute triceratops greeted politely.

This character's eyes hardened as it carefully studied the prizes that were on display. With a steel gaze, they dutifully scanned over each and every single one… before their eyes widened, lingering on the prize at the very top of the stall.

Pointing out to the red ball that shined brightly with spotlights and mini-fireworks decorating it, the character asked, "That orb… That red orb is the Mystical Artifact of Gloriously Infinite Kinetic Energy. The MAGIKE Orb."

Looking up to where they were pointing, CHAD connected it to the prize and exclaimed, "OH! You mean the Infinity Bouncy Ball?"

"Infinity Bouncy Ball…?" The character repeated back with a sneer, "What a rubbishly childish name. Of course creatures of your simple caliber would think of it as a toy. How in the world did you even get your neanderthal mitts on it?" Almost as if thinking better of it, they shook their head, "No, nevermind. That detail is no longer important. How much does it cost? I wish to buy it."

"Ten thousand tickets, Ma'am! Says so on the sticker tag riiiight there!" CHAD cheerfully pointed out.

"Tickets." The character repeated slowly to themself, the word sounding like a foreign concept. "Is money not a suitable currency instead? I have plenty of golden seeds, the standard trade."

"Oh, um…" CHAD offered a sincere apologetic expression, "I'm sorry, Ma'am. Park Policy forbids us from trading prizes for money. Wouldn't be fair for the other park goers if we just straight up sell the prizes, you know? Gotta give everyone a competitive chance!"

"Competitive chance? HMPH!" The character snootily harrumphed at the idea, "Why does it matter if it's fair or not?! Money is money! It is the golden standard!"

"Maybe so, but it's not the golden rule." CHAD somberly shook his head before insisting, "Prizes for tickets only."

The character rolled their eyes annoyedly, "Fine, whatever. I will get you your stupid tickets."

Then, with firm hands, the character loudly clapped twice in succession.

"MINIONS!"

"YES, MY LADY!"

At the character's command, the doors to the carriage that they were riding on burst open before a comically abundant amount of mechanical BLOCK people exiting the vehicle in droves.

Like an ocean of rats pouring out from an overflowed barn, or a bunch of clowns leaving a tiny cartoon car. Small golems crafted out of building blocks, each a different size and shape than the other. Not one unique nor the same.

The army of BLOCK minions quickly lined themselves up in a semi-orderly fashion, each saluting as they awaited orders.

With a cleared throat, the character spoke loudly as they commanded, "Seek out tickets from this area and return them to me! Buy as many as you can if you must! But be quick about it, I don't have all day!"

"YES, MY LADY!"

In unison, all the BLOCK minions proceeded to spread out in every direction, covering the area as much as possible as they went to fulfill their orders.

"Once I get my hands on the MAGIKE orb, my invention will finally be completed! All my plans will soon become reality, all my efforts finally bearing fruit! Once everything is set, I'll be unstoppable!" The character monologued expositionally to themself, slowly cackling with evil laughter, "Then, soon, Mommy Dearest will finally pay attention to me again!"

The evil laughter grew louder and more maniacal as they continued, to the point where CHAD was left sweating awkwardly as he had no idea how to react to the dramatic display in front of him.

Turning around, the character finally revealed themselves to be a cute girl with an adorable smile.

Forming a heart in her hands, she cheerfully cried out, "SMILEY SMILEY!"

Notes:

BigBluh, IHYDGM, FightingGoldButCoda, GDHR2207, Eyriskylt, Sydosys.

Hi guys! Thanks for editing this chapter for me and telling me to believe in myself! I kept beating myself over with a stick, thinking that it was gonna suck, but you all encouraged me to keep writing! Love you all! EVERYONE SAY THANK YOU TO MY TEAM OF EDITORS IN THE COMMENTS OR I'LL FORCE YOU TO MYSELF-

It took me way too long to post this chapter. I wish I could write as fast as I originally used to be. Remember the old days where I would upload every three days? Or just less than a week in general? Damn man, those are good times...

Now, before we do anything... I want to direct your attention to a story that I'm helping with editing and beta-reading. My friend Bluh, who has been a huge help to my sanity so far made this story called "I Thought I Finally Moved On From You" which is extremely good. A post-canon story about HERO meeting a girl in college who looks extremely coincidentally like MARI in every way. HERO can't seem to catch a break...

PLEASE PLEASE PLEASE go read his story and share some love to him. I vouch for him hardcore, and I want to see his story successful so that I can read more chapters. PLEASE.

And now, bragging about fanart again.
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (6)
This lovely thing was given by an artist who wishes to remain anonymous, sadly. "If they know, they will know" rule applies here.
It's so well drawn and perfect, isn't it? Please share your thoughts on this picture! I really want to relay the comments back to him so that he knows people like it!

SHOUTOUTS

God damn, there are so many good comments from last two chapters. I don't even know how to respond to all of them in time.

Some of you are mistaking the green-haired BASIL from last chapter as PRINCE, this world's BASIL's dreamspace persona. I just wanna correct this by saying that BASIL does not have his own HEADSPACE anymore. He's already moved on from it, which I mentioned in Chapter 18. So sorry for the confusion! Hope it clears things up!

ALSO, thanks everyone who left behind names for mythical paradises! They've been very useful! For, uh... For no reason in particular, since it was a friend who asked for them.

Tuppence and Rotokon, thank you both for always giving me lengthy detailed comments as always! As you know, I'm in love with how you both dissect scenes from my writing and tell me theories about what you got out of it. I'm hoping to another comment again from you two! But remember, be critical if there's something you don't like about it.

Rotokon, I see you have some worries that I'm going to make this more bullsh*tty paranormal stuff. Don't worry, rest assured your fears won't come true. I don't want to spoil anything, but these things definitely have a placeee in the grand scheme of the story (hopefully). Please keep wracking your mind on what you think will happen though.

Evergreen! Your comment is certainly a pleasant surprise! Thank you for giving me your thoughts, they were very fun and interesting to read through. I'm glad you have so many questions, and I hope future chapters will either answer them or make even more for you!

With that said, I'm happy to see that so many of you seem okay or enjoying the HEADSPACE stuff. I'll do my best to get through them naturally, but rest assured I haven't forgotten the overarching plot. Be prepared to see BASIL's day out with OMORI, and then the very very looked forward to AUBREY reunion chapter. It'll be... cute?

NEXT OPPORTUNITIES FOR SHOUTOUTS

Someone please tell me how to get a diploma without doing college. I hate college. I hate being tired and sick all the time. I hate my life. I want to get rich quick so that I don't have to work at a job anymore.

Bluehga;asdasdlkjalkwjdasdwad

Sorry, anyway, do you guys like AUBREY? Can you guys tell me more about what makes you like AUBREY? If you're a SUNBURN shipper, what firmly convinced you to be one? How do you guys think of the way I wrote AUBREY in past chapters? I hope I haven't f*cked up her character so far. AUBREY AUBREY AUBREY AUBREY AUBREY

WORK HARD PEOPLE

Chapter 25: Truth Is, It Was All Rigged From The Start

Summary:

The second to last chapter until they finally wake up.

BASIL and AUBREY will get their time to shine soon...

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

OMORI let his eyes squint, concentrating on his target.

Holding steady on his hockey stick, he studied the moving plastic cutout of the velociraptor goalie while tapping on the hockey puck at his feet.

When the moment was right, he struck the shot. The puck glided smoothly across the slippery floor panel of the stand.

Aaaaannnd…!

BZZT!

The puck bounced off the plastic goalie with a thud.

Damn. It got blocked again.

"Don't worry, SUNNY! You're doing great!" HIKIKO cheered on behind him, remaining optimistic as ever.

A very false statement. This was his third consecutive failed attempt out of the five he was granted. As much as he appreciated his sister's encouraging words, they just felt hollow.

The plastic cutout of a raptor hockey goalie kept spinning around, mechanically taunting him with the speakers playing a prerecorded mocking laugh. The electronic board above it that was keeping track of points showed a total of zero out of five.

He could see KEL playing his heart out at a football kicking game a few booths over. With a mighty kick, the football went past a small field goal before landing directly in a small tiny hole worth one thousand points. Victory confetti launched as KEL ran around, whooping like a party animal.

Sigh...

OMORI admitted he was never good at sports anyway. Out of the six of them from the group, pretty much everyone else besides him had much more experience in some form of physical activity. MARI and AUBREY were good at softball. HERO was a good swimmer, despite his lack of endurance. KEL was practically good at everything, but mainly specialized in basketball. Even BASIL was more physically active in comparison to OMORI since he actually goes outside every day to do gardening work. If gardening was an Olympic sport, BASIL would be a national treasure.

OMORI? Pretty much useless at everything.

The fourth hockey puck spat out from the mouth of a velociraptor-themed dispenser, sliding smoothly towards his feet.

He had two shots remaining. Better make them count.

"Yeah, SUNNY! You can do it!" HIKIKO kept cheering on from behind.

Alright…

OMORI took a deep breath before concentrating again. His eyes were fixed directly at the velociraptor goalie in front of him, studying its movements and patterns.

Looking at the cardboard cutout's turning speed, he internally counted the seconds it passed by. One. Two. Three. The speed switched at semi-random intervals, seemingly at least three seconds each.

OMORI imagined himself. His strengths and weaknesses. How hard and fast he could hit.

If he timed it just right…

Holding his breath, OMORI felt a surge of confidence as he took the shot again.

For a moment, it seemed like he timed it perfectly. The puck was about to make a direct beeline into the metal net before the goalie could turn fast enough to block it.

BZZT!

OMORI blinked.

The puck bounced off again from the raptor's plastic feet. The speakers played the annoying sound of his mocking laugh again. The electronic board displayed zero out of five points again.

Damn it…

He really thought he had it for a second there. He hit the puck just as the speed switched to a slower setting, but then the turning speed picked up at the last moment.

That was really odd… Was it a fake-out, or faulty machinery?

Did it even matter which one it was? Maybe OMORI was just pathetic in general.

OMORI loosened his stance as another puck spat out near his feet again, his eyes giving it an uninterested glance.

Noticing his disheartened spirit, HIKIKO walked up to pat him on the back, "It's okay, SUNNY! You gave it your best effort, and that's what matters the most! I wouldn't ask any more from you!"

Best efforts are nice and all, but it still didn't mean anything if all it led to was failure after failure.

Whatever...

OMORI maintained a stoic expression as he looked away, wondering what else they could do instead.

Seeing that he still had one shot left, HIKIKO gave an inquisitive hum before asking OMORI, "Hey, how about I give the last puck a try? What do you say?"

Glancing over at his sister, OMORI shrugged indifferently and passed the hockey stick to her. Might as well.

He took a step back as HIKIKO got into position, lining up her hockey stick as she stared at the goalie.

With narrow eyes, HIKIKO steadied her breath…

And hit the puck as hard as she could.

What came next was an incredibly impressive display. The puck launched into the air and speeded towards the goalie so fast, it became a blur in his eyes. Despite the goalie slowing down to block the puck in time, much like a bullet, the sheer speed and strength behind the force of the puck practically annihilated the plastic cutout as a giant hole was cracked into the plastic frame.

The puck got caught by the metal net, and an air horn signaled that it was a goal. The goalie, however, was left with wires and circuits exposed in the middle of its plastic stomach.

Wow.

OMORI blinked at the impressive display, looking at HIKIKO to see her cover her mouth.

Turning around to face him, HIKIKO gave a small giggle in disbelief, "Uh… Oops? Did I do that?"

As if comedically timed, the plastic cutout proceeded to blow out sparks before falling apart on the floor. The machinery of the booth started malfunctioning as more sparks flew out, the speakers playing garbled noises.

All of a sudden, the points on the electronic display marked five out of five points before a congratulatory voice played on the speakers, "Nice shooting, kid! That was perfect! You should join the big leagues!"

Then long strews of tickets started dispensing as a reward.

HIKIKO and OMORI both awkwardly watched the tickets spewing out for them in large piles, both of them left in a state of shock.

After a while, HIKIKO smiled at OMORI as she tested her muscles with a quick flex, "Guess I'm stronger than I look, huh? How cool was that?"

If PLUTO was here to see this, no doubt he'd rave about it. Very cool.

OMORI nodded at her while giving a thumbs up. HIKIKO giggled with a proud smile in response.

OMORI walked among the stands at the main plaza, HIKIKO happily leading ahead of him with a bounce in her step. Either she was in a good mood from the lucky event earlier, or she was more excited about this than she originally let on.

Seeing her smiling and having fun made him feel better though. At least one of them was enjoying themselves.

"So, where do you want to go next, SUNNY? We still have a lot of tokens to spend here." She showcased this as She tossed the token bag up and caught it, letting the metal clinking of tokens ring out loudly.

His decision again, huh? Her lack of agency notwithstanding, OMORI didn't know what else to pick. He had mostly chosen the hockey booth on a whim, so it wasn't like he had any other idea what they should do next.

They had about an hour of free time to waste before they needed to check up on KEL. Some more games wouldn't hurt. Maybe a ride or two in between for breaks.

Not only that, but he would also like to do something to earn some tickets so that he could afford that DINO plushie. Even though he was sure that they almost had enough for it because of HIKIKO, he wanted to earn some of those tickets on his own instead.

It wouldn't mean much if he had to rely on his big sister all the time.

Stopping in front of a billboard displaying the map of the park, HIKIKO and OMORI took a glance at it to decide where to go next.

"We barely even scratched the surface. This place is sooo big!" HIKIKO whistled, "So many things to do…"

Lots of things were listed on the map, a wide variety of games and activities for them to play to their heart's content.

Hm.

Observing the map, OMORI made another decision on a whim and pointed at a random game, "How about that one?"

He ended up pointing towards something that looked like catching fish. That shouldn't be too hard for him, right?

HIKIKO gasped in delight, "Ooh! I love fishies! So cute and adorable, with their tiny eyes and little fins! Great pick, SUNNY!"

Seems like he made a good choice then if HIKIKO was this excited. Alright then.

"Step right up! Step right up! Come give a go at goldfish scooping! A longtime staple and tradition in any carnival or amusem*nt park!"

OMORI gave a deadpan stare at the talking technicolored narwhal, clearly lying through his teeth.

Behind it, giant mutant goldfish that were the size of cat-cages leaped to the air before dropping with a messy splash. In OMORI's hand, rather than a small paper scooper for small fishes that came standard in games like these, it was a comically large scooping net that was about twice the size of his little twelve-year-old body.

There was absolutely nothing staple or traditional about this game. None at all.

"The more fish you scoop, the more tickets you earn! Only three tries per token!" The narwhal announced, "Catch the elusive rainbow goldfish for double the total payout! Careful not to let the scooper get ripped!"

HIKIKO leaned over the railing as she watched the giant gold-fishes swim about in their giant aquarium pool, smiling excitedly, "Don't they just look so cute, SUNNY?! Oh, I just want to pick one up with my bare hands and squish it to bits!"

OMORI cautiously came closer to the railing only for a giant goldfish to steal ten years off his lifespan, jumping directly in front of his face and startling him half to death.

Yeah, no. He'd be lucky if his tiny body didn't get dragged down into the giant tank with them and get mistaken as fish food. At least his former fear of drowning won't be bothering him while he was busy getting eaten alive.

Sigh… Too late to back out from the game now. Might as well get this over with and try to earn some tickets...

Shaking his head clear, OMORI steadied himself as he approached the railing again while holding out his comically large scooper into the water.

Even though everything was ten times bigger, the concept was still the same. He just had to catch fish in the net, right? He's done this before, so it should be simple.

Looking around for which goldfish to capture, he settled his eyes on a particularly calm one that was minding its own business. It wasn't as jumpy like many of the others, so that one would have to do.

OMORI carefully moved the scooper around to try to have the net catch it from behind. It seemed like all was going well at first, and he was about to get a surefire catch…

But he must have done something wrong to alert it. The goldfish suddenly got startled and ripped a hole right through the fragile net just as he was going to bring it up.

Bringing the scooper up, he stared at the damages with a small frown.

With a lighthearted chuckle, the narwhal told him, "Poor technique, kiddo! If you're too gentle, you'll give the fish plenty of time to get away! Don't be afraid to be quick and rough with these fish, they can handle it!" Handing OMORI another scooper, he took the old one back, "There! Give it another go!"

"You have two more tries left, Sunny! You can do it!" HIKIKO cheered on.

OMORI took a breath to steady himself, feeling the weight of the new scooper in his hand.

Alright, so he was just too slow the first time. Quicker and rougher this time. Quicker and rougher.

With this in mind, OMORI started his second attempt, lowering the scooper down into the water.

Another fish managed to catch his attention, gently swimming towards the corner of the pool. It seemed to be wandering around aimlessly.

Okay... Quick and rough.

Heaving the scooper in his arms, he quickly chased down this goldfish like a heat-seeking missile, doing his best to catch it as fast as he could.

The ripples in the waves alerted the goldfish that he was coming, dodging out of the way of the scooper before it got caught.

Undeterred, OMORI kept chasing after it as best as he could. But no matter what he did, it seemed like the goldfish was just plain faster than him. Every attempt to trap or corner it, the goldfish would smoothly avoid him like he was telegraphing his moves.

In the end, OMORI noticed at some point that he broke the net of his scooper before he could even catch it. The goldfish swam away from his grasp, leaving him to eat its dust.

Bringing the scooper up, he stared at the familiar sight of the torn net again.

"That can happen when you're too rough on the net." The narwhal pleasantly explained, "If you push the scooper through the water too fast, the water pressure can break it apart and tear a hole! You should be more careful next time and treat it gently!"

Which was it then? Be more quick and rough, or be more careful and gentle? It felt like the horned beast was feeding him contradicting information just to make him lose on purpose.

OMORI held back a frustrated scowl from forming on his face as he clenched his hands. Maintaining his stoic expression, he instead handed the broken scooper back to the narwhal.

Handing him his last replacement, the narwhal cheerfully told him, "Last one! Good luck!"

"Don't worry, SUNNY! Just do your best! I believe in you!" HIKIKO helpfully chimed in again. Unlike the narwhal, her tone at least felt more sincere to listen to.

Still made him feel like a screwup though.

Approaching the railing one last time, OMORI took another deep breath to calm down.

Then he focused.

Setting the scooper down to the water, his eyes carefully roamed around one more time for a fish to settle his sights onto.

There. One lone fish settled itself near the bottom of the pool. It almost looked like it was about to take a nap.

With a firm grip, he extended his arms out to reach down to the bottom. The scooper approached the goldfish from above very slowly and gently, so as to not startle it.

Laying the scooper right next to the fish, he waited… checking to see how it would react.

The fish did not respond. Oblivious to the world.

OMORI didn't hesitate to change gears and immediately pounced on it like a tiger before quickly carrying the scooper out of the water.

Hoisting the scooper up, he brought it over the railing and dropped the scooper on the floor before his tiny arms could give out.

With heavy breaths, he watched with a victorious glint in his eye the fruit of his success. One giant goldfish, flopping heavily on its side on top of a nearly broken scooper.

"SUNNY! You did it! I knew you could do it!" HIKIKO ran up to him from behind and squeezed him into a congratulatory hug, "That was perfect, little brother! You were great!"

OMORI relaxed in his sister's arms, feeling relieved for this small accomplishment.

"Nice job, kid!" The narwhal scooped the flopping goldfish with his tail before launching it back into the water.

The fish harmlessly landed back inside, curiously looking around as lost and confused by what just happened.

"You just earned a total of ten tickets right there! Amazing work!" The narwhal clapped its fins as it printed out the tickets from the stand it was sitting on top of.

OMORI grabbed the string of paper in his hand, staring at it with a disappointed frown.

All that time and effort just for a measly ten? Sheesh…

He remembered the plushie being worth over five hundred tickets. How was he going to afford it on his own at this rate?

"Keep these tickets in a safe place, SUNNY! We'll be using it to spend at the prize counter!" HIKIKO reminded him with a ruffle of his hair.

OMORI pocketed the tickets as the narwhal regarded him, "It's a shame you could only catch one though. Most kids are at least able to catch a few more in just three tries."

Whatever.

OMORI ignored the narwhal's comment, not wanting to engage with it any further. It was probably just a tactic to rile him up so that he'd spend more tokens to do better. He's not gonna take the bait.

HIKIKO didn't seem to want to let the comment slide though, noticing how it bothered her little brother.

"Hey, he tried his best! Catching at least one fish should be pretty impressive since it was his first time!" HIKIKO called out to it.

The narwhal smiled back, "Oh, of course! I didn't mean anything by it! I'm sure the little champ should be very proud!"

It seemed like such a harmless little comment, yet HIKIKO couldn't help but feel indignant about it.

HIKIKO released her hold on OMORI, walking up to the narwhal and tossing a token. OMORI looked on confusedly, wondering what she was doing.

"Give me a net! I'm gonna catch some fish too!" HIKIKO told it.

The narwhal nodded politely as it fished out a scooper, "Three tries for one token. Better not waste it!"

HIKIKO grabbed the scooper, giving it a firm hold as she looked out to the aquarium pool with a determined nod. She was gonna show this stupid narwhal a lesson for trivializing her little brother's hard work and efforts!

OMORI saw something in HIKIKO's eyes as she prepared herself next to the railing. There seemed to be this sort of giddy excitement rising within her that was threatening to explode at any moment.

It became more accentuated when she glanced over at him with a wink, "Hey, SUNNY. Watch real closely, okay? Big sis is gonna do something cool."

OMORI blinked back, still as confused as ever.

He watched as his sister took a deep breath and got into position. Instead of settling the scooper down to the water, she instead waited as she watched the fish swimming by. Her eyes were like a hawk, studying and waiting for mice to prey on.

When a few goldfish grouped up together near her, HIKIKO gripped tightly on the handle.

That was when she struck.

Diving the scooper net into the water at blinding speeds, she pulled it up just as quickly to hurl her catch on land.

Three giant goldfish were flopping around right beside her feet, taken unawares like a bear swatting salmon by the river.

She flicked the scooper around, letting the droplets of water fling off to make a circle of wet dots around her body. The net was still surprisingly intact and ready to pick up more fish, despite it all.

OMORI stared at the group of goldfish in surprise, watching them flounder around helplessly.

HIKIKO turned to the narwhal, its jaw opened with gobsmacked awe, "If I didn't break the net, does it still count as the first try?"

The narwhal looked at her, regaining its composure by shaking his head and answering, "Y-Yeah, yes. If the net comes back up from the water, with or without a fish, it counts."

"Okay then." HIKIKO nodded thoughtfully, "In that case…"

HIKIKO went ahead and dipped her scooper down in the water again as her second attempt. With skill and grace, she walked along the railing as her scooper swept across the waters.

OMORI watched at the mesmerizing display in the water, seeing the way HIKIKO somehow rounded up all the fishes together in one giant pile of a group. Like a sheepherder controlling their flock, she kept redirecting the goldfishes around as she collected more and more to join the group somehow.

Her handling of the scooper was so fast, able to prevent any goldfish from escaping. Underneath the water was the view of a giant gold cluster ball of goldfish, growing more and more in size as more goldfish were amalgamated into the group.

OMORI had to blink as the surface of the water was starting to get blurry by all the ripples and waves. It almost gave the illusion that the goldfish were practically swimming directly towards her scooper to join in on purpose.

When HIKIKO was satisfied with the size she made, she swept her scooper across the big golden ball of fish and scooped up as many as she could out of the water.

OMORI had to back away as a small rain of giant goldfish landed behind her. Flopping aimlessly across the floor of the park, about a dozen or so giant goldfish were stripped away from their home.

The net was still intact.

That was… impossible. That had to be impossible, right? He wasn't much of an expert in fish scooping games, to be honest.

"Oh dear lord." The narwhal muttered in terror as he counted all the fish she collected.

But HIKIKO wasn't done yet. Her eyes seemed to be searching for something across the water, darting around like a snake. Already, she got into a combative stance as she searched for her missing quarry.

There, in the corner of her vision, almost camouflaged within the decorative rocks in the water tank. A deep blue fish that sparkled all sorts of colors on its scales, like a beautiful optical illusion in the night. It was smaller than the other goldfishes, looking only about as big as her brother's cute little head.

She locked her eyes on it, going in for the kill.

With barely any effort, the elusive rainbow fish was carried away by her scooper before it could even realize what was going on.

Flinging to the air, HIKIKO made a show to catch it by the tail instead of letting it land on the floor. Turning to a narwhal with a smug smirk, she stated, "I get double the tickets now because of this, right?"

The narwhal was heavily sweating as it stared at the colorful fish with golden rainbow scales. It almost looked like it was on the verge of passing out.

It silently nodded to HIKIKO, accepting defeat with as much integrity as it could.

HIKIKO quickly turned to OMORI with a huge smile, "What do you think, SUNNY? Did you see that? Did you see how cool I was out there?"

OMORI didn't know what to say, honestly. His eyes occasionally glanced back and forth between HIKIKO and the narwhal as it tearfully printed out a long string of tickets from its stand.

Feeling the tickets in his pockets, the measly ten tickets that he earned from catching a single fish, he looked to see all the fish flopping on land before settling his eyes on the rainbow fish in her hand.

HIKIKO smiled expectantly, waiting for his response.

OMORI didn't know what else to do except give a thumbs up to her. Honestly, what else could he say?

HIKIKO seemed to really appreciate it, her smile widening as she giggled happily. With a happy bounce, she tossed her rainbow fish back into the water before going off to collect her tickets.

OMORI was left gripping his tickets with clenched fists.

Now that the shock and excitement wore off, all he could really feel was… numbed inadequacy. Like a disappointment. HIKIKO must've felt like she needed to do something to make up for his lack of talent and pick up his slack.

OMORI already knew that MARI was better than him. That has always been the case for the longest time now. Whether it came to school, instruments, sports, or any other talent, she was always ahead of him in many ways.

Still… It's not fun to be reminded of that. To be reminded how far behind in her shadow he always was. To be reminded that he was a burden.

If only he was more capable, he wouldn't have to rely on her all the time...

Whatever.

Let's just… Let's just find a different game, and move on. There should besomethingaround here that he was good at.

The next game he chose to play was something more up his alley. Shooting Ducks, as they called it. It reminded him of one of his old zap games that he got on his birthday as a kid.

An open field where park-goers shot these little fake toy shotguns that shot beanbags at remote-controlled ducks. Hit as many ducks as you can before they fly away each round. You can't let three ducks escape or you lose. You only have a limited amount of bullets that you can only reload between rounds.

A simple and familiar concept. Should be a piece of cake for him, right?

Wrong. The guns they provided had such horrible recoil, he thought he nearly tore off his own arm when he tried to shoot one. He lost the game in the first round, all three ducks escaping before he could fire another shot.

HIKIKO excitedly grabbed a gun and told him to watch as she gave the game a try. She went on and proceeded to shoot down around fifty robot ducks, each progressively faster than the last. The engine of one of the ducks accidentally caught fire from moving around so quickly before it crashed in a fiery explosion. The host had to admit defeat and reward her with another strew of tickets, as HIKIKO looked at OMORI for praise.

The next game after that was a skeeball game, which they coincidentally met up with KEL there. He was in the middle of tossing skee-balls in a race against other skee-ballers, each ball going directly into holes that powered mini-race cars on a small race track. The hole with the highest points gave the cars a huge boost in speed, while the holes with little or no points barely moved the car at all.

OMORI had thought this was an appealing and simple enough game to try out. He was always pretty decent at skeeball, so surely he would manage to fare well in a game like this, right?

Wrong. For some god-awful reason, everyone else he was racing against were apparently world-champion skee-ball throwers who were able to severely outmatch him in every single way. His throws couldn't hope to match the near-perfect consistent landings of the other racers, and his pathetic little red car got in last place because of it. Adding insult to injury, he earned two consolation tickets to boot, bringing his total up to a whopping twelve tickets in total.

HIKIKO, on the other hand, relished the challenge of the game as she scored perfect landings whenever she threw the balls. The same red car he had been controlling before was now a speed demon on the race track under HIKIKO's care, somehow outspeeding every other car and easily managing first place with barely any effort. Even when the game was over and HIKIKO had stopped throwing skee-balls, the car was powered with so many points, it kept running lap after lap continuously before flying off its rails and crashing into the scenery.

The host had to set up an Out-of-Order sign as they tried to repair the mess, forcing all the racers to leave. KEL let out a disappointed groan as he moved somewhere else, lamenting his luck. HIKIKO waggled her eyebrows with a grin at OMORI as he watched the host pay her another heap loads of tickets, adding to her miserably high total already.

OMORI was doing his best to keep his disappointment and agitation with himself under wraps at this point.

The next game after that was a rail-shooter ride. The aim of the game is to strap yourself in this moving platform, where you're affixed with a stationary pie-cannon to shoot targets with. The targets themselves are live clowns that do their best to roam around and dodge from getting hit in the face with delicious pie. The more clowns they iced with pie, the more points they got.

Now this was a game that OMORI could get behind! No physical strength or dextrous motor skills required! He just needed to aim and shoot a stationary gun that won't tear his limbs off with recoil. It was basically like a video game! He was always good with video games. This definitely had to be the game that was meant for him, right?!

Wrong…

Despite his confidence going into the game, it was quickly dashed the moment they started actually playing. Perhaps it was maybe the pie gun machine being defective somehow, or maybe it was the fact that the clowns were literally ninjas in disguise. Whatever the case may be, the clowns were easily able to dodge each and every pie that gets thrown their way. He would occasionally get lucky with one or two hits, but just barely.

His score is just abysmally low, unlike HIKIKO, who was absolutely dominating the clowns on her side of the game. Despite her clowns being just as fast as his clowns, HIKIKO managed to land many consecutive chest shots and headshots, knocking out many of the clowns in the process.

Noticing OMORI struggling, HIKIKO quickly offered her help and switched the gun to aim over at his side. OMORI had to watch as she effortlessly decimated the clowns that were giving him so much trouble. Her violent pie-shooting spree was so relentless, many of the clowns held up white flags to surrender. HIKIKO continued to fire upon them, leaving no survivors behind.

When it came time to tally the scores and convert that to tickets, the host, who just happened to be one of the clowns participating in the game, disgruntledly gave them the stink-eye along with a roll of tickets as pie-cream rolled down his face.

HIKIKO cheered and raised her hands up for a double high five, "Great teamwork, SUNNY!"

Great teamwork. Great teamwork, she says. Even though she was the one who was forced to pick up his slack.

He barely did anything to help at all. Not in any of the games he played so far.

OMORI was only able to make up fourteen tickets out of the huge total that HIKIKO amassed. Nowhere near enough to earn the plushie… Not unless he used the tickets HIKIKO earned to get it.

Why was he just… so worthless?

It took everything in OMORI's power to stop himself from losing his composure. He was starting to get stressed out now. He felt sick in his stomach.

A roller coaster was just what he needed.

A small break from playing games, just to give his mind a chance to calm down. Something to keep him away from the negative thoughts.

Ever since he was a kid, he was always curious about what it would be like to ride on a roller coaster. This was back before he had gotten his fear of heights, of course. Hearing all the excited screams as a kid, it made him want to ride on one himself to see what made it so appealing. He was too young and small at the time to be allowed to ride one, however.

Since then, he hadn't been in any particular hurry to try to ride a roller coaster as he got older, mostly due to that whole fear of heights thing. But now that he had that fear under control, he had to admit that he was looking forward to the idea again.

"Are you sure you'll be able to handle it, SUNNY?" HIKIKO asked worriedly as they waited in line, "You know you don't have to commit to it if you don't think you're ready."

OMORI shook his head, "I should be fine."

OMORI had managed to convince HIKIKO to let him take a ride under the guise of wanting to face his fears. Although hesitant at first, HIKIKO ultimately warmed up to the idea and wanted to cheer him on.

"I'm really proud of you, you know that?" HIKIKO smiled as she grabbed OMORI in for another hug, "You're acting like such a big boy now! Facing your fears like this! I'll be right next to you every step of the way, so don't worry about a single thing! Okay?"

"Mm." OMORI nodded under her chin.

She squealed in response, cooing over him like a hen to her baby chicks.

By the time it was their turn to ride the roller coasters, HIKIKO and OMORI strapped themselves in as they prepared for the ride.

"Hello, passengers. Welcome to the Cretaceous–Paleogene Extinction Event. Please make sure safety belts are firmly connected, and keep hands and feet inside the cart at all times. Enjoy the ride."

"Oooh, this is gonna be so exciting!" HIKIKO bounced in her seat, turning to OMORI with a smile, "Remember to raise your hands when we go down! That makes it more fun!"

OMORI nodded as he patiently waited for the ride to commence.

There was this familiar feeling of dread rising within him as the roller coaster was slowly ascending to the top of the first hill.

Despite his control over his fear of heights, it seems a part of him must still be instinctively scared on some basic level.

OMORI knew how to deal with this, though. Just gotta relax… Take deep breaths… and CALM DOWN…

But my lungs fought to breathe.

He felt his breath hitch as his hands gripped onto the safety rails of his seat. Even though he was trying to calm down, he couldn't control his breathing for some reason.

It only got worse the higher up they went. Watching the height grow between him and the ground made this feeling amplify to another level.

What was happening right now? Why couldn't he- why couldn't he breathe?

A cold sweat ran down his brow, as he struggled to sit still.

When did they get so high up? He didn't remember the coaster being this high before.

What was going on?! What was happening to him?!

He thought- He thought- He thought-

There was little room for thought left in his head. His eyes widened in absolute terror as the roller coaster reached the peak of the first hill.

The decorative sign, "PREPARE TO BE EXTINCT,"did not help.

For a moment, it was like time was frozen. He could see himself back on that statue by their favorite lake. KEL and HERO were egging him on to jump, but he was having second thoughts. A spider jumped onto his shoulder, startling him towards the edge.

The fall. That was what terrified him. It was the fall all over again. The fall into the cold deep waters of the lake.

It was the first time in his life where he truly thought he was going to die.

Why? Why was he reminded of this feeling now? He's not afraid of heights anymore. He's over that fear.

So why was he scared now? Why was he reminded of that terror?

This wasn't a natural feeling of fear anymore. It was like… this memory, this feeling was being forced onto him.

AFRAID.

HIKIKO turned over to flash him a smile, only to give a concerned, "SUNNY?"

But when the drop came, he could only give a silent scream.

HIKIKO was gently patting OMORI's back as he threw up in a trash can nearby.

The ride of the roller coaster lasted way longer than he could handle. HIKIKO gave him a look of pity as she comforted him.

"There there, Sunny…" She whispered gently, "Just let it all out, okay? Your big sister will be right here waiting for you."

OMORI gripped the trash can tighter as he continued to puke more of his stomach out.

Oh god… He could see the half-eaten cherry he swallowed earlier from the pie HIKIKO made for him.

Ugh…

UUUUUUUUUGGGGH!

What was wrong with him?! Why did this even happen?! He thought he got over his fear of heights already!

How?! Why?! Why did he freak out this time?! Why couldn't he calm down?!

Why couldn't he do anything right?! Why was he so unreliable and useless all the time?! Even now, he couldn't keep up his strength just to go on a roller coaster ride!

Noticing the way his body quivered, HIKIKO gently hugged her brother, "It's okay, SUNNY. Getting over your fears can be tough. Maybe starting with something extreme like a roller coaster was a bad idea. But I admire your bravery! It was a very good attempt!"

Uuurrrgggh…

He hated this… He hates this so much…

All he wanted was to win enough tickets so that he could earn that DINO plushie on his own, and give it to MARI… It didn't matter if all of it was just a dream, it would've given him some peace of mind… To repay his sister for what she did all those years ago…

Yet it was like the universe was actively rooting against him…

Was this a part of his punishment? Was he not allowed to do anything besides focus on his mission to get MARI to forgive herself? Was that it…?

Was that the reason why he wasn't able to do anything right in this dream? He couldn't be at least good with any of the games, just so that he could have the fulfilling moment of earning that DINO plushie by himself?

God, it was almost as if every single game they played, it was all purposely rigged against him! This entire park was rigged against him!

But that wouldn't make any sense... If it was actually rigged against him, then HIKIKO would be losing too, shouldn't she? Yet here she was, doing all the work like she always does because he was too pathetic to keep up with her…

If anything, with how perfect she was at everything, it was almost like every game was rigged in her favor-

Rigged… in… her… favor…?

Something clicked inside his head.

OMORI slowly recovered himself, regaining his composure as he wiped his mouth clean. Then he stared at HIKIKO as she smiled gently down at him.

"Do you feel better?" She asked.

OMORI blankly stared at her, wondering how to respond.

...

"Thanks, HIKIKO. You're the best." OMORI ended up telling her.

HIKIKO lit up again with a warm smile, cheerfully giggling, "Of course, SUNNY! You can always rely on me to help you out, no matter what!"

It was such a simple reply, yet she seemed genuinely over the moon once she heard it.

The games… All of his losses… All of HIKIKO's outrageously perfect wins… Every time she seemed to look towards him whenever she did something impressive, as if waiting for him to comment or react.

He was… He was going about this all wrong.

He… It wasn't his fault. He wasn't the reason why he was a failure at all. It wasn't because he was physically incapable, it was because HIKIKO wanted him to be like that.

It… it was all HIKIKO, wasn't it?

He should've seen this coming… The signs seem so much more obvious now. He had thought it was strange how she was seemingly so perfect at everything at first, but…

This was all just to… show off to her little brother. To make SUNNY think she was cool, wasn't it?

You can always rely on me to help you out, no matter what!

Rely on her. That's what she wanted. To feel that SUNNY relied on her.

Her dream was making him completely inept at everything so that he would find her more cool and reliable when she performs all these crazy stunts to impress him.

God, why was he so stupid not to see this before?! It seemed so obvious now…

Here he was, getting worked up over nothing… When it was all going exactly as she designed...

OMORI took a deep breath to calm himself down.

Was the fear he felt on the roller coaster also her doing as well? If so, was it intentional or just a subconscious action? Did she want him to be scared to give her an excuse to be his emotional pillar, or did she still believe he was afraid of heights because that was how she saw SUNNY?

More importantly, what else about him could she possibly manipulate in her HEADSPACE…?

If she could control his emotions and actions… there's no telling what else he could easily succumb to in her dream.

He'll have to be more careful from now on…

"Everything out of your system now? Are you good to go?" HIKIKO asked with an encouraging smile.

OMORI glanced up at her, giving a silent nod.

In a way, he felt better. He was relieved to know that the past half hour of him being terrible at games wasn't directly his fault, at least…

Still, the idea that the whole park was rigged from the start frustrated him to no end… He had been trying really hard to earn that plushie. If he had known earlier, he wouldn't have…

No, it was no use getting hung up about it any longer. What's done is done. He just needed to move on quickly from this whole mess and keep his mind focused on the mission. Let this be a lesson why he should have never gotten sentimental and strayed away from his original mission in the first place.

At least this whole thing resulted in him learning something new and useful.

Petting his head, HIKIKO smiled sympathetically, "My poor little brother… How about we take a breather for a bit and go check up on KEL before playing any other games or rides? Until you feel better?"

Honestly, that wasn't the worst idea. He could really do a nice relaxing walk right now. Plus, maybe KEL got lucky enough and finally won his ball or something. Then they could finally move on to continue this island adventure.

OMORI gave her a gracious nod, ready to leave as he reached his hand out for her to hold.

Instead of doing that, HIKIKO went ahead and actually picked him to carry in her arms, leaving OMORI a little surprised.

"Here, let me carry you around. You must be tired from walking around on your feet all the time." HIKIKO offered.

He could walk just fine, actually. But considering what he's just learned a second ago…

OMORI nodded instead, "Thanks, sis."

HIKIKO giggled again as she caressed his head, "Anything for you, little brother!"

It was strange… KEL was nowhere to be found.

HIKIKO carried OMORI around on her back, traveling around the park as they searched for KEL together. They've been repeatedly calling out his name, hoping that they were loud enough that he'd respond.

After a while though, it was clear that KEL just didn't seem to be around.

"I wonder where he went…" HIKIKO muttered.

The park was a big place. Maybe he was just playing a game in some far-off corner of the map. Maybe they should ask someone?

Her thoughts were distracted a bit as they crossed paths with a food vendor selling some kind of meatball on a stick that had this delightful smell. A flamboyantly colorful clown was doing all sorts of tricks right next to it, with a small crowd forming around them.

"Get your co*ckAIGNEBALLS here! Fresh off the fryer! co*ckAIGNEBALLS!" A mustached pink squid shouted to advertise its wares.

OMORI had to do a small double-take as he listened to the vendor shouting. What did it just say? OMORI didn't mishear that, right?

"co*ckAIGNEBALLS! Get them while they're piping hot!" He listened to the vendor again.

No… No, it must've been his imagination then. The vendor is obviously just saying co*ckAIGNEBALLS. Meatballs named after co*ckAIGNE, obviously. It just sounded like something else for a second.

"Ooh!" HIKIKO looked over, "That honestly smells delicious. Hey, SUNNY, you feeling hungry?"

Not particularly, no.

His stomach growled, just in time to voice its disagreement. Suddenly, hunger pangs erupted within him right after.

He glanced down at his stomach suspiciously.

Hm… So this was why he got hungry the first time around too. If HIKIKO thinks he's hungry, then he was going to be hungry whether he liked it or not.

That was a crazy amount of control she had over him… At this point, he was going to have to assume that anything he did or felt could be influenced by HIKIKO to some degree…

At least his thoughts were still his own. Hopefully.

Going along with her whims, OMORI nodded timidly, "Mm… Yeah."

HIKIKO smiled back at him, "The roller coaster ride must've emptied your entire stomach out. Don't worry, I'll buy you something to eat."

Approaching the vendor together, the irresistible smell of fresh meat and barbecue sauce filled the air. OMORI breathed in the smell with a bit of mouthwatering anticipation, surprisingly finding himself looking forward to the meal. The small crowd around them were all munching on the meaty snack as they enjoyed the clown doing a juggling act with the advertised meatballs in their hands.

"Two please!" HIKIKO requested as they reached the vendor.

"Aye, coming up." The pink squid replied back, stabbing two meatballs with toothpicks before handing it over with its long-reaching tentacles. "Two sweet, smelly, musky, round co*ckAIGNEBALLS. The secret ingredient? Blood, sweat, tears, and the seeds of love from a historic family recipe."

Passing one over to OMORI, HIKIKO smiled, "Eat up, SUNNY!"

OMORI blinked a bit as he cautiously held the meatball in his hand. Okay so… Hearing all of that stuff sort of… made the meatball less appealing to eat, for some reason.

Still, food is food. Nom.

Mmm! Not bad for a silly name like co*ckAIGNEBALLS. Lots of meaty flavor from just a single bite.

HIKIKO went ahead and paid for the meal, holding the meatball in her hand as she also asked, "Oh, have you seen a small energetic boy in his pajamas around here? His name is KEL and he looks a little bit like us."

The squid gave it some thought before shaking its head, "Sorry. I haven't seen anyone like that recently."

"Oh, okay. Thanks anyway." HIKIKO nodded with a frown.

It was strange… How did they manage to lose a noise-maker like KEL?

"Care to stay and enjoy the show, though? Maybe your friend KEL might come around soon if you stick still long enough." The vendor offered as it gestured to the clown.

OMORI raised an eyebrow, wondering if this wasn't just a clever tactic of keeping them around so that they'd be hungry enough to buy more co*ckAIGNEBALLS.

HIKIKO shrugged though, "Hm, well okay. Maybe KEL will show up sooner or later." Turning to her brother, she asked, "What do you think, SUNNY?"

No reason not to. Walking around in circles might be counterintuitive since KEL might be going around the park in circles too. There was a chance they might miss each other in that case.

OMORI shrugged as he continued munching on his meatball.

HIKIKO bent down to allow OMORI to step off her back before eating their meals. The two of them watched the impressive display of the clown using these co*ckAIGNEBALLS in its act.

Balancing on three meatballs stacked on top of each other on the tip of a single foot, the clown had a showman's smile as it juggled and balanced a large number of meatballs together. Sometimes it would use its head as part of the act, other times it would almost slip and fall only to miraculously catch itself just in time without dropping a single ball. Good round entertainment to pass the time.

OMORI would let his mind wander off though, occasionally glancing around to check for any sign of KEL in the area.

He was in the middle of taking another bite, when out of the corner of his eye…

He noticed… a familiar… face pop into view.

OMORI froze as his eyes widened in shock, the meatball in his hand already forgotten.

That…

There was no mistaking that person.

The hat. The boots. The beard.

That jolly old smile.

That was MR. OUTBACK.

The old cowboy seemed to be observing the area around him with a weary smile, before walking away out of OMORI's view.

He didn't imagine that, did he? Was that truly the old cowboy from his HEADSPACE? What was he…

OMORI had to go meet him. Right now, before it was too late and he lost him again.

Glancing up at HIKIKO to see that she was still distracted by the clown juggler, OMORI saw this as his chance to slip away unnoticed as he quickly chased after the mysterious cowboy.

Sorry, HIKIKO… He'll be only gone for a moment. This was way too important.

MR. OUTBACK had always been a pretty mysterious figure in his HEADSPACE. He always somehow managed to know things about OMORI and the world around him, even when OMORI didn't know anything himself at the time. He was one of the only ones in the dreamworld that ever encouraged him to seek out keys to unlock BLACK SPACE, after all.

It was an unexpected shock enough to find out that he was somehow in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE too. He didn't think HIKIKO, or at least MARI, would know who this cowboy was to imagine him in here. But if he was here, then there might be a chance he could help OMORI out. There were tons of questions in his mind that he needed answers for, and someone like MR. OUTBACK was probably the only one who could provide him those answers.

Going around the corner, he saw the jolly old cowboy with his gloved hands on his suspenders, marching on his boots as he let out a dainty whistling tune.

Chasing after the old figure, OMORI was thankful to finally catch up to him before anything had happened.

"MR. OUTBACK!"

The old cowboy straightened up a bit as he heard OMORI shout from behind, before turning around to face him with a curious look.

OMORI came to a stop right in front of him, breathing slightly as he looked up to the towering cowboy in the eyes.

"How d'ya do, buckaroo?" He greeted the same familiar greeting OMORI was so used to hearing, tipping his hat off to the small boy, "Were you calling for me? What'd you say again?"

"It really is you…" OMORI mumbled with a gulp, shaking his head a bit to clear his mind, "MR. OUTBACK… Never thought I'd see you again."

"Hm?" The cowboy tilted his head confusedly, "Pardon me, little buck, but… Do I know you?"

Does he not?

Maybe not… Different HEADSPACE meant different rules. Even the same beings that he recognized here might not be the same people that he used to know back in old HEADSPACE. In any case, OMORI should've expected not to be recognized off the bat.

"My name is OMORI. You recognize that name, right?" OMORI introduced himself again, "Or at least you know me as SUNNY?"

Huh… This was the first time in a while since he ever referred to himself with that name. He's always responded whenever someone else calls him by SUNNY, but he hasn't really ever...

MR. OUTBACK looked down on him with an apologetic smile, "Sorry kiddo. I meet lots of kids with different names. Plus, add in my old age, and you understand that my memory ain't what it used to be."

Figures that it wouldn't be that easy…

OMORI rattled his brain around for a minute before saying, "I asked you how old you were once, and you told me that you were around 33000 years old. Do you remember that?"

The old man smacked his cheek in surprise, "33000 years old?! Sheesh, kid! Has it really been that long ago?"

That long ago? What did he mean by that?

"It's hard to imagine that I was ever that young once…" The old man recalled fondly, stroking his beard in thought, "Give or take a few decades, I should be around 44000 years old now. Time sure does fly."

OMORI blankly stared at the old cowboy in confusion.

44000 years old? How can that be? It had only been a few days ago since he last saw the elderly cowboy. That was back when he was saying his final goodbyes to the inhabitants in his HEADSPACE.

The elderly cowboy peered down on OMORI with a thoughtful glance, "Say… You age remarkably well for someone I apparently met eleven-thousand years ago. What's your secret, kid? No wait, lemme guess… Skincare products, right? I should've known they were real…"

"What? No-" OMORI shook his head from this train of thought, "Listen, the last time we saw each other was only a few days ago. You used to be-..."

...in my HEADSPACE before it all collapsed after I accepted the truth.OMORI wanted to say.

But should he? Would it even make any sense for him to say all of these things to him here?

MR. OUTBACK could only tilt his head again, "Is that so…?"

OMORI watched the old man hum to himself in thought.

It took a while before the old man shook his head, "I can't say I do remember you. I'm sorry to say that, kid. I truly am. But I reckon you might be mistaking me for someone else entirely."

...

"You… You're not MR. OUTBACK, then." OMORI slowly realized.

"An old varmint like me has gotten loads of names over the years. Many of them, I've forgotten through the sands of time during my travels. If I ever was a MR. OUTBACK, I wouldn't remember or know for sure anymore." Gesturing to a gold star pinned on his shirt, he reintroduced himself, "The name's SHERIFF BOYARDEE, buckaroo. I'm just an old man who keeps guard of EL DORA-DINO from troublemakers. Have been over the last five hundred years now."

"I… I see." OMORI mumbled disappointedly.

He should've realized. Seeing the old cowboy again made him excited enough to forget that, most likely, he was just another character in this imaginary world HIKIKO crafted. In all likelihood, MARI probably saw this cowboy somewhere in the real world just like OMORI did, and added the old man into her HEADSPACE as an inhabitant.

Thinking it over again, that theory seemed much more likely than MR. OUTBACK being this strange supernatural entity that could hop between people's HEADSPACES. He was wrong to have gotten his hopes up.

"Hm…" MR. OUTBACK- or SHERIFF BOYARDEE now, he hummed a bit as he studied OMORI. "I can see you must've been expecting something outta me when you called me out. Call me an old fool, but I always hated disappointing kids when they're relying on me." Kneeling to reach closer to OMORI's height, he tells him, "Tell ya what. Even though I ain't this MR. OUTBACK feller you thought I was, I can still try to help ya out with whatever problem it is you're having. Go ahead and tell the SHERIFF what's troublin' you, SUNNY."

OMORI wasn't sure if he was calling him SUNNY or just using the adjective sonny to refer to him affectionately.

Either way, it wouldn't hurt to ask questions to see how much this SHERIFF knew.

Even if he might not be the same MR. OUTBACK that he knew, he still had to know something, right?

Might not be safe to just outright ask where her BLACK SPACE was though. Maybe if he worded it carefully...

"I don't know how much you know, but..." OMORI breathed in deeply as he prepared to ask, "There's a place that I'm looking for, to help my sister. It might be closed off, in a sense." OMORI thought about it some more, before explaining, "Maybe you've seen some kind of suspicious black door? Or maybe some kind of shadow you can step into? Maybe an abandoned location somewhere here, like a haunted building that no one visits anymore? Something called BLACK SPACE?"

There was a long and awkward silence.

SHERIFF BOYARDEE sucked in his breath, heavily in thought as he stroked his beard, "BLACK SPACE…? Haunted buildings… Suspicious black doors… Doozy of a question you shot at me, kiddo. I wouldn't even know where to start…"

That statement alone was enough to answer any and all of OMORI's questions.

The old man truly didn't know what OMORI was talking about.

"BLACK SPACE, huh… That… That's uh…" He mumbled, "That's certainly not an amusem*nt park ride that I've heard of… Have you tried asking the amusem*nt park owner, DINO?"

Just like that, all of his hope had deflated. OMORI gave a sigh as he resumed a stoic expression to hide his disappointment.

"No… Nevermind. I'm sorry I bothered you. I don't think you can help me with this." OMORI told him.

BOYARDEE replied solemnly, "I'm real sorry about this, SUNNY. Wish I could help, I really do."

"It's fine." He shook his head as he turned around to return back to his sister.

Typical. Just typical. Of course the one lifeline he thought he had turned out to be unreliable.

He really was all alone in solving this after all…

Now what was he supposed to do?

Just before he could leave, however…

"Wait!"

OMORI stopped in his tracks.

Turning around, he saw BOYARDEE reaching an arm out to call out to him.

"From the sounds of things…" He said steadily, "It seems like you know an awful lot about this BLACK SPACE business. Have you ever been there or seen it before?"

"Y… Yeah, I have." OMORI mumbled back.

For him, more times than he could count. For HIKIKO? He was only able to see hers just once.

"In that case, you might know more than you think you do." SHERIFF BOYARDEE tapped his noggin encouragingly, "Recount the steps you took that led you to find it in the first place. Use your knowledge, and think more abstract-like."

Abstract? Like outside the box?

Not sure how much that would help… HIKIKO's HEADSPACE seemed to operate with different enough rules that his experience from his own probably won't be all that useful. Even if he did recount the steps he took, how likely would it be to help him at all?

Seeing the doubtful look on his face, SHERIFF BOYARDEE sighed, "I know it's not the best advice. Maybe it might be worthless phooey coming out of this old man's mouth. But at least think about it."

SHERIFF BOYARDEE quickly remembered something as he patted down his clothes before pulling something out from his pockets.

"Sometimes the best epiphanies come out of nowhere, when you least expect it. Take these tickets to watch the circus show later. Who knows? It might help stir something in your noggin."

He handed OMORI three colorful tickets to a fancy circus in the park. OMORI gave the tickets a curious glance.

Would these actually help him at all? It feels more like another distraction to waste time on…

Well… It was better than walking away with nothing at least. Couldn't hurt to try.

"That's all she wrote. Sorry I couldn't be more useful." SHERIFF BOYARDEE told him sincerely.

"No, it's good enough. Thank you." OMORI nodded back to the old cowboy.

The old man tipped his hat with a wink before standing up to continue his patrolling.

OMORI gave another glance at the tickets in his hand before pocketing it away.

Three tickets… Huh… How did SHERIFF BOYARDEE know to give him exactly three, actually? He never mentioned KEL, did he?

Freaky.

"SUNNY! SUNNY, where are you?!"

OMORI turned to see HIKIKO frantically running around the corner in search of him, visibly distressed and worried.

When they locked eyes, HIKIKO bolted straight towards him as she locked him in a secure hug.

"I found you!" HIKIKO shouted with relief, "I found you! Oh thank goodness, I found you!"

She clenched her eyes shut as she kept OMORI in her grasps, almost like she was shielding him from the world.

"I found you… I found you… I found you…" HIKIKO kept repeating softly, rocking back and forth with him in her arms.

OMORI felt a tinge of guilt, seeing her cradle him so protectively even though he was gone for only just a moment.

Perhaps it was a bad idea to have snuck away when she wasn't looking.

OMORI hugged her back in an attempt to calm her down. It seemed to work considerably, hearing her take a few deep breaths to steady herself.

When she finally released him, she had a stern glare on her face directed at him, "Where did you go?! I was worried sick! Why do you have this habit of running off without me?! You know how much I hate it when we're separated, SUNNY!"

OMORI wasn't surprised to see how upset she was, seeing how she was almost on the verge of tears.

"Sorry, HIKIKO… I didn't mean to scare you…" OMORI told her sadly.

"I just…" HIKIKO sniffed a bit as she wiped her eyes, "I can't afford to lose you again, okay?! So don't go anywhere without telling me!"

She huffed a bit before embracing OMORI in a tender hug this time.

"I hate it when we're not together. I just hate it so much... No more disappearing on me! Please promise that! I swear I'll keep you safe, so just promise never to leave me again… Please… Please don't ever leave me again..." She pleaded desperately.

OMORI forlornly closed his eyes, resting his head against her shoulder, "I'm sorry…"

If only she knew it was to save her…

It took a while before she got a hold of herself, finally calming down as she whispered, "It's okay… Everything is okay now. You're back. You're back and everything is okay now."

She gave one last deep breath before smiling back at him.

OMORI stared back with a heavy heart.

To think that she could become so emotionally weak so easily just for sneaking off… He was such a burden on her existence.

The moment passed by quickly as HIKIKO trailed down to see the colorful tickets in his hand.

"What's that you got there?" She asked curiously.

OMORI glanced at them before giving them to her, "Circus tickets."

"Oh, wow!" HIKIKO remarked as she flipped the tickets over to read them, "Tickets for the circus tent inside the park? How did you manage to get this?"

OMORI shrugged, "Cowboy gave them to me."

HIKIKO smiled at that before handing them back, "That was nice of him to do! Wow, I can't believe we keep getting free stuff all the time. First the game tokens, then this? Talk about lucky!"

Standing up to her feet, HIKIKO pulled out two large bags from her pockets and held them up for OMORI to see.

"Speaking of luck, guess what happened to me before I realized you were gone!" HIKIKO grinned excitedly, "There was this weird toy block person, right? He came up to me and told me that he needed all the game tickets we earned today! When he saw how much I had on me, he pulled out two huge bags of money and offered to buy them on the spot!"

Dropping the bags on the floor, she opened one up to reveal an overflowing amount of golden seeds.

"Check it out! We're rich!" HIKIKO squee'd, dipping her hands into the golden pile and letting it flow through her fingers, "We can buy anything we want now! Isn't that great?"

OMORI could only stare back at the hoard of golden seeds with a blank look.

HIKIKO sold all of her tickets for money instead of wanting to claim them at the prize counter?

...

The best word he could really describe his feelings with right now was… Numb.

There was this cold numb feeling that washed over him, practically sapping away any sense of enthusiasm that he could've had for this news.

This was how it was supposed to end up, wasn't it? The tickets were never meant to be traded in for prizes. He was never meant to win any games. The DINO plushie was just some sort of decoration within the background, an unattainable prize that had no bearing to the story HIKIKO thought up in her head.

It was all just… a waste of time.

A distraction.

OMORI… He was so stupid to think otherwise. So incredibly stupid.

"We should find KEL." OMORI suggested, wanting to move everything along so that they could finally leave this place, "Tell him the news."

He was so sick and tired of this whole park.

"Yeah, good idea!" HIKIKO nodded, bringing the large bags of money behind her as she pocketed them, "I think we should go by the prize counter and wait for him there. Even if he didn't earn enough tickets for the ball he wanted, I'm thinking this news might cheer him up a bit!"

Sure. Whatever.

KEL was sure taking his time…

The wait for him was starting to become agonizingly long.

When they arrived by the prize counter to see it unoccupied, and the prize cabinet having its curtains closed, they decided to wait nearby on a bench until KEL finally arrived.

It's been a couple minutes past the hour they agreed now.

HIKIKO had spent the entire time fidgeting around with OMORI's hair as he sat on her lap, waiting.

His sister didn't seem all that worried about KEL's prolonged absence, content with spending the time toying with his hair as she calmly hummed to herself.

On any other day, perhaps this would be relaxing for him. But he was too numb inside to really appreciate the moment for what it was. Wasn't like he deserved it anyway. It was more for HIKIKO's sake rather than his.

No, it was more like he was anxious to finally move on from here.

This place was tiring him out.

After another round of waiting for KEL, he was still a no-show. What gives? It wasn't like KEL was known for being punctual, but he never kept friends waiting around for him…

"Worried about KEL?"

OMORI turned to blink at his sister, seeing her give him a small smile.

"I could tell. You haven't stopped twisting your head around for the past several minutes."

"Sorry…" He mumbled.

His emotions were starting to get the better of him again. He was usually better at hiding away his discomfort.

Then again… MARI always had a keen eye when it came to him.

"It's okay." HIKIKO gently comforted him, "I'm starting to get worried about him too. Maybe we should ask someone for help?"

Just as she mentioned that, a familiar triceratops finally came into the picture. With a cute smile, he had a carefree skip in his step as he trotted towards his station, followed by a sleepy ankylosaurus moving slowly after.

Setting themselves up, BRETT took a seat and immediately began napping, while CHAD was clearing dust off his side of the counter.

"We should ask the ticket guy! He might've seen KEL if he's been storing his tickets frequently." HIKIKO suggested.

OMORI nodded, ready to hop off her lap so that they could head out to ask.

A sudden rumbling on the ground caused both of them to pause though, confusion settling in before they could move.

Sitting on the bench as the world beneath them vibrated, the source of the disturbance soon revealed itself in the form of some kind of mechanical carriage arriving into the plaza. Steam was continuously rising up from the engine, and loud sputtering noises filled the area like loud gunshots.

But while the car itself was an unexpected sight, what really widened OMORI's eyes in shock was the person riding on top of it.

Standing on her feet with a prideful smirk was a girl he didn't think he'd ever have to see again. The fancy frilly dress, the twin ponytails bobbing next to her shoulders, the extravagantly large bow…

"SWEETHEART…?" OMORI mumbled to himself.

No. On a second, more thorough glance, this girl wasn't SWEETHEART. The outfit and style matched, but the face belonged to someone else entirely. They looked similar enough that a young kid could probably mistake the two together though.

No… This was…

CANDICE? From the candy shop? In OTHERMART?

What…?

What was she doing here? And why did she look so young? The CANDICE that he remembered from the last time he saw her, she was practically in her thirties. This one looked like she could still be in her late teens, maybe even younger! Almost as old as HIKIKO, even...

He turned to HIKIKO to see her reaction, wondering if she recognized the candy shop owner. His sister ended up looking just as surprised and confused as he was, however.

The motor car eventually stopped, the last hiss from the engine steam blowing as CANDICE hopped off her vehicle with grace and style.

Approaching the counter with the same triumphant smirk, she announced, "I have returned with the exact amount of tickets to afford the orb, finally."

CHAD gave a big smile, "Oh wow! That was quick! Congratulations for earning enough for the big prize!"

She dismissively waved it away, "Yes yes- I don't need your affirmations. Quickly take these tickets off my hands so that we can continue doing business, please."

Raising her hands up, two loud claps reverberated across the plaza.

On cue, a sudden influx of strange wooden block creatures assembled together as they began crowding the plaza en mass.

OMORI and HIKIKO clung together in surprise, watching the BLOCKS crowding past them as if coming from the seams.

In a calculated and orderly manner, they formed a big giant line in front of the prize counter, one by one dumping huge piles of tickets for CHAD to collect.

"Oh boy…" CHAD muttered, feeling overwhelmed as he began his banking duties, depositing all the tickets as fast as he could before he would be overwhelmed with more.

"Hey… One of those same BLOCK guys came up to me earlier. They're the ones offered to buy all my tickets." HIKIKO mentioned.

OMORI wondered what sort of developments were happening to the story as he watched this all unfold. This didn't seem like it was going to be unrelated to them, somehow…

The BLOCK creatures that were crowding around CHAD reminded him of the same building block sets he would usually play with. He remembered HERO and MARI gifting him a big block set on his twelfth birthday. He remembered being more excited about the size of the present box itself than the actual building block set that was inside it.

When all the BLOCK creatures emptied their bags, CHAD kept continuously depositing the tickets with his mouth into his ticket machine. Eventually, the triceratops popped out the counter while giving a very tired smile, "You did it! Looks like you collected all ten thousand tickets like you said!"

"Not a ticket short or too much, naturally." CANDICE boredly glanced at her fingernails, before reaching her hand out expectantly, "Now... The MAGIKE Orb, if you'd please?"

"One Infinity Bouncy Ball, coming straight up!" CHAD nodded enthusiastically, much to her sudden annoyance.

OMORI saw her turn her head away to spit something harsh under her breath as the triceratops prepared to pull the curtains away. With his mouth biting on the cord, the curtains steadily opened up to reveal all the prizes sitting on their shelves.

Except one...

To everyone's shock and surprise, the expensive red ball that was originally sitting proudly at the top of the wall was no longer there anymore. All that was left was an empty shelf that had spotlights and the occasional fireworks popping to decorate it.

"Well, that's weird." CHAD innocently hummed, "I don't remember giving the prize away to anyone before I left for lunch. Oh well." He gave a quick shrug before resuming a smile to CANDICE, "Seems like the prize is unavailable. Do you want to trade your tickets in for something else?"

CANDICE turned back to the triceratops, indignant rage quickly overcoming her, "Unavailable? Unavailable?! What do you mean it's unavailable?! What happened to the MAGIKE orb?!"

"Well, usually, it just means that we either tossed it out because no one wanted it, or the prize was already taken by someone-" That was all CHAD managed to get out before he was roughly grabbed by the angry woman over the counter.

"You had better not thrown that priceless artifact away, or given it to a child to play with, you filthy neanderthal!" CANDICE seethed, putting her face right up into his, "I DEMAND TO KNOW WHAT YOU DID WITH IT OR ELSE I'LL RAZE THIS ENTIRE VILLAGE TO THE GROUND TO FIND IT MYSELF!"

A look of genuine terror flashed in CHAD's innocent face, causing him to become a stuttering mess, "Bu-bu-bu-bu-bu-bu-bu-but I was ju-ju-ju-ju-ju-ju-ju-"

"Now now, no need for shoutin' there little missy."

A familiar voice cut in between them, making CANDICE shout, "Who dares to be uncandid enough to call me something so disrespectful as-"

MR. OUTBACK, or actually, SHERIFF BOYARDEE arrived on the scene just in time before anything could happen.

But OMORI's eyes widened as the old cowboy was holding a cage that was carrying someone familiar inside.

HIKIKO bugged out with a shocked, "Is that KEL?!"

Holding tightly on the bars that were imprisoning him, KEL noticed HIKIKO and OMORI from afar as he gave a very guilty expression, like a kid who just got caught with his hand in the cookie jar.

This metaphorical cookie jar seemed to be much more serious than it implied, however, as KEL quickly called out with a desperate, "Hey guys? Um… Please help… I think I messed up bad."

Looks like they were gonna have to get involved after all.

HIKIKO and OMORI left their seats and hurried over to KEL, pushing past all the BLOCK creatures as they made their way to the prize counter.

Coming up to the old cowboy, HIKIKO shouted, "Hey! That's our friend! Why is he being locked up like this?!"

SHERIFF BOYARDEE turned to face her, only for his eyes to linger on OMORI in surprise, "This kid here is one of your friends? Hoo boy, you ain't gonna like what I have to say then…"

CANDICE released the triceratops she was threatening from her grasp, now paying her full attention to the sheriff.

Holding the guilty KEL up for everyone to see, SHERIFF BOYARDEE announced, "So, I found this little varmint sneaking around the prize counter after CHAD and BRETT left to go take their lunch breaks. I saw him climbing up the curtains and stealing this little red ball from the shelves before he tried to hide. I was following after him in a dark corner of the park, ever so sneakily to catch him unawares, before I caught the little varmint when he least expected it. If you're lookin' as to why the ball is missing, this little guy is the culprit!"

Sigh… Of course he was. Just when OMORI was ready to leave this place behind, of course KEL had to do something and screw up somewhere.

This news seemed to have brought a pleasant smile on CANDICE's face, approaching KEL with a haughty, "Well well well. So it was the work of a thief after all, then? Good show, guardsman, for being diligent enough to catch him before he could escape."

HIKIKO gave a disappointed frown as she asked, "KEL, is this true? Did you really try to steal a toy?"

"Wait, HIKIKO, I can explain!" KEL responded with a bit of panic, "I swear I'm not a thief! I didn't steal anything! It's all just a misunderstanding!"

"Desperate excuses from a common criminal who's about to get his just desserts, no doubt." CANDICE harrumphed, "We have no need to listen to it. Let the authorities decide what to do with him."

With a proud smile, she gracefully extended her hand towards the sheriff.

"I expect that you were able to recover the MAGIKE orb too once you had caught the thief? I believe I am the rightful owner now since I have paid the full ticket cost."

The old man solemnly shook his head, "No can do, little missy. I would give it if I could, but the fact of the matter is, I couldn't find it anywhere on him when I tried to search for it."

"WHAT?!" CANDICE snapped in anger before turning towards KEL, "What does he mean by that?! What did you do to the orb, you rotten thief?!"

"I told you, I'm not a thief! I promise I'm not!" KEL defended himself, "Listen! I'm sorry I took it without permission! It was just… I couldn't get enough tickets to afford the ball, and I already agreed with my friends that we would leave within the next hour. I knew that once we left, we probably won't be able to come here again. I just couldn't leave without at least playing with the ball for a tiny little bit to see how cool it could've been, you know?"

"Oh, KEL…" HIKIKO sighed disappointedly.

"So, yeah, I took it when no one was looking." KEL admitted, "But it wasn't so that I could steal it! I was planning to give it back after I finished playing with it! Honest!"

"In that case, where did you put the ball, kiddo?" SHERIFF BOYARDEE asked gently, "As long as you can return it intact, then we can put this behind us."

"Yes, yes! Where is the MAGIKE orb? Orthe ballas you neanderthals keep insisting on calling it." CANDICE tried to hurry it along.

"Well… Um... Okay so…" For some reason, KEL was beginning to sweat as he chuckled nervously, "It's kinda funny… Um…" KEL scratched his head as he prepared to explain, "So basically… You know how CHAD, the dinosaur behind the counter, he told us that even dropping the ball from the smallest height could give it enough bounce to last for several hundred hours?"

"Oh dear, did I forget to mention that?" CHAD tilted his head in thought.

"So… Yeah… I thought,how cool would it be if I slammed it on the ground as hard as I could?Just to see how long it could bounce by itself, you know?" KEL chuckled nervously, "So I did that."

Oh god… OMORI could only cover his face with a palm as he listened to all of this.

"And it… Uh… It bounced once." KEL mentioned, "To the sky. And it never came back down. No matter how long I waited for it."

KEL was on the receiving end of many stares, slowly shrinking back before looking down on his feet to escape their glares.

"That's stupid." CANDICE stated, slowly growing in anger, "You're stupid! That's incredibly stupid! HOW CAN SOMEONE BE THIS STUPID?!"

With a heaping foot of fury, she slammed her heels down on the ground and huffed with rage.

"I don't believe a single word of it! The MAGIKE orb is a priceless artifact with untold amounts of limitless kinetic energy and power! It could literally run an entire kingdom for centuries on its own, and you're just telling me that you lost it because you wanted to see it bounce?! NOBODY IS THAT STUPID! YOU ARE A LIAR!"

"But I'm not lying! That's really what happened! Honest!" KEL argued back, before turning to HIKIKO, "HIKIKO! SUNNY! Tell her how stupid I usually am!"

"He is pretty stupid sometimes," OMORI admitted, having absolutely no doubts that KEL would do something like this.

"SUNNY, shush." HIKIKO chided lightly before turning to SHERIFF BOYARDEE, "So what happens to KEL now? How much trouble is he in?"

The old man sighed tiredly, "Considering the circ*mstances… Seeing as to how your friend is unable to return the prize, we have no choice but to enact one of our park's strict policies against thieves."

Handing KEL over to CHAD, the triceratops used his mouth to hold the handle as he went to attach KEL's cage on a piece of rope.

"Whoa, wait, what's happening?" KEL said in minor panic as CHAD proceeded to pull the rope up, bringing KEL higher on top of the prize cabinets.

With confident control over the rope, CHAD placed KEL so that his cage would sit on top of the shelf that originally housed the big red ball from before. Sitting in the spotlight with fireworks going off in his face, KEL could only make confused noises to show how uncomfortable he was with this new situation.

"Holding your friend as collateral, someone responsible for him must pay the park back the same amount of tickets the missing prize was worth. In this case, ten thousand tickets." The sheriff covered his eyes mournfully with his hat, "He'll be imprisoned by the park 'til the amount is paid… or 'til further notice."

"What?!" HIKIKO asked in shock, "Isn't that a bit excessive?! He's just a kid! I mean, what would happen to him if no one is able to pay back the tickets?"

"In that scenario, the park will have to force your friend to pay off the debt himself. He'll have to work under DINO as an employee for as long as it takes before he can buy his freedom back."

"But that's not fair!" HIKIKO argued back, "That's not fair at all!"

CANDICE slammed the counter loudly, bringing everyone's attention towards her.

"I'd say that's plenty fair! It gives me the chance to use the tickets I gathered to buy him for myself!" CANDICE announced roughly, "Horned neanderthal! I demand to trade my tickets for ownership of that thief! If he won't admit the truth of where he hid the MAGIKE orb, I'll string the truth out of him myself! Thoroughly andpainfully!"

She cracked her hand into a fist as she said this, to really settle in how lunatically angry she must be.

"Hey, guys? I can hear everything you're saying down there. Please don't give me to the scary shouting lady!" KEL pleaded down from his high position.

HIKIKO was quick to cut in between CHAD and CANDICE, "Hey, wait! You can't just buy our friend and make him your prisoner! Why can't you believe that he's telling the truth and that he lost it?! Torturing him isn't going to help you get your stupid ball back!"

"The nerve of you, defending this thief!" CANDICE shouted indignantly, "I wasted precious time and money to come this close to acquiring the MAGIKE orb, and I will not let him wipe all that progress away for nothing! I will do whatever I please, and you are in no position to stop me!"

Unnerved by how heartless this stranger was, HIKIKO turned to the sheriff and pleaded, "Aren't you going to stop her? Didn't you say that only the person responsible for KEL would be able to pay for the debt?" Pulling out her two large bags of money, she offered, "Can't I buy him back from you first with money instead?"

The sheriff looked away with a regretful expression, "Sorry, miss. It's one of the park's policies that we can't straight up sell prizes for money. It's to provide everyone an equal competitive chance."

"But KEL's not a prize though! He's our friend!" HIKIKO tried to argue back.

"Be that as it may… He is now considered collateral 'til the prize he stole is paid back in full, as I've said." He recited emotionlessly, "As long as anyone is willing to take responsibility for him, we cannot stop anyone from taking him if they pay off the debt themselves."

"That's crazy…" HIKIKO muttered softly as she backed away.

OMORI watched the entire scene with a bit of fascination. This whole thing was starting to get really convoluted for such a small situation. What exactly was HIKIKO thinking up here? Were they actually about to lose KEL here?

CANDICE smugly remarked, "I'm glad to see people seeing it my way." Turning back to the counter she demanded, "Now, the thief, if you please!"

CHAD gave an apologetic shrug towards HIKIKO and OMORI, before preparing to ring the prize on his ticket machine.

That was, until…

"NOT SO FAST!"

The loud shout came out of nowhere, startling everyone as they looked around in bewilderment.

The sudden sound of an electric guitar being shredded echoed throughout the area once again, coinciding with the appearance of the same T-rex riding into the scene on a skateboard.

DINO came right at the group, hopping onto the side of the counter for an elongated grind, leaping off and jumping through a window, only to appear from a different window a few seconds later. Grinding to a halt in front of all of them, DINO hopped off his skateboard and kicked it up to his small hands with a flourish.

"Those tickets are NO GOOD." He announced all of a sudden, directed towards a shocked CANDICE.

It took her a second to snap out of it, pointing her glare at DINO with a frustrated, "What do you mean my tickets are no good?! Who even are you?!"

"The name's DINO. Founder of EL DORA-DINO." He cooly regarded her, "And your tickets are no good, because they were bought from other park-goers."

He did a quick glamorous spin around CANDICE before coming to a stop to set his arm against SHERIFF BOYARDEE.

"You see, I've been noticing that you and your entourage have been acting really suspiciously for a while now. It came to my attention ever since one of your BLOCK friends here directly asked me, the founder, if I had any tickets. It offered to buy however many I had for money, and presented me a bag of it on the spot." He pulled out the bag of money in question, letting it jingle for everyone to hear, "Of course, I ended up taking it. But that led me to wonder just how many other BLOCKs were doing the same thing, accosting park-goers and buying tickets. When I followed them around, they eventually led me back to follow the source. YOU!"

He pointed an accusatory claw at the woman, even as his short hands made it look slightly unimpressive.

"As the park founder, I must remind all park-goers of a very strict and important policy that remains upheld to this day! You cannot exchange money for tickets, or else it defeats the competitive nature of earning prizes! It's totally UN-DINO-TASTIC!"

Stomping over to CHAD, he used his mouth to grab the ticket machine from the counter and smashed it on the ground to bits.

CHAD wordlessly pulled a different machine out and set it on the counter, looking unperturbed despite the violent action.

"All your tickets are illegitimate and rendered VOID!" DINO announced proudly.

CANDICE gave the dinosaur a baffled, "But… But money is the golden standard!"

"It may be! BUT IT'S NOT THE GOLDEN RULE." DINO pulled out a pair of sunglasses, donning it on top of his already existing pair of sunglasses so that he now was wearing two sunglasses. For emphasis.

Wasn't the golden rule originally about No Refunds or something?

OMORI wondered what that was all about.

HIKIKO sighed in relief, "Oh thank goodness, someone was able to stop her."

CANDICE, however, could only fume after realizing she was being denied of kidnapping KEL for herself to take as prisoner. It almost seemed like she was about to blow a gasket, before she suddenly realized something and looked away in thought.

After a bit of thinking, she asked, "So how do I get tickets legitimately then?"

"The same way everyone else does. Buying tokens to spend at games, and having fun chasing for gold!" DINO flashed a toothy grin.

CANDICE pursed her lips at this with a thoughtful nod, before then asking, "So what if I got all my minions to play the games for me and collected tickets in my name. Would that still be legitimate?"

"Are you buying tokens directly from the park?" DINO tilted his head.

"Yes?"

"DIIINOOOOO-TASTIC!" DINO hollered, money signs appearing collectively on his giant double shades, "In that case, do whatever you want!"

"Very well. I will then." CANDICE harrumphed before clapping her hands again, "MINIONS! Buy as many tokens as you can from the park and play games until you earn ten thousand tickets for me!"

Mechanical voices surrounded them from everywhere, the BLOCK minions straightening themselves as they resounded collectively,"YES, MY LADY!"

One by one, OMORI watched the BLOCKs gathering up near BRETT on the other side of the counter, dumping golden seeds and requesting tokens.

CANDICE was already walking away to hop back on top of her motor car again, "I shall return with tickets legitimately next time! Mark my words, thief!" She pointed threateningly at KEL, "Once I get my hands on you, I will make you learn to regret the day you ever got in my way! The name SOURHEART will be forever etched into your brain to remind you of terror!"

Huh... okay. So it wasn't just OMORI who made that connection between CANDICE and SWEETHEART looking alike as a kid. Even MARI thought so too. Why the name SOURHEART though? Was that a character in the same TV show as SWEETHEART?

After that display, she kicked the motor car into gear, activating the engine as steam started exhausting itself to the sky and loud sputtering noises filled the area.

"SMILEY SMILEY!" SOURHEART gave a cheerful wink and made a heart-shaped sign with her hands as the car started backing away.

Soon after, her BLOCK minions collected as many tokens as they could gather before spreading out within the park, intent on playing games to earn their master as many tickets as possible.

All that was left was OMORI, HIKIKO, KEL, and the rest of the inhabitants of this place.

"Uh, HIKIKO?" KEL asked from the top of his shelf, "You're not just going to leave me here to be bought by that crazy girl, right?"

HIKIKO looked at her bags of money with regret, "I already sold all of the tickets I earned to one of her BLOCK things. If I knew that I would be needing it to save you, I never would've…"

To OMORI's surprise, there seemed to be genuine disappointment coming from HIKIKO here. It was as if she was seriously kicking herself over at the fact that she made such a grievous mistake, even though there was no way for her to know that this would happen.

He thought that HEADSPACE was supposed to be a place where it would distract someone from feeling guilty about things like this… Why would she purposely play out a story where she could even make mistakes to feel bad about in the first place?

It didn't make any sense… It was nothing like how his HEADSPACE functioned… Not at all…

Unless…?

"I gave you a competitive chance though, didn't I?"

DINO's words cut through the air and took them both away from their thoughts.

With a smile, he told them, "You're both starting off at zero tickets now. You both have an equal chance of earning enough tickets to win back your friend here."

"What?" HIKIKO mumbled confusedly, "But… But there are so many of them. With all those things working for her, won't she make up those ten thousand tickets in no time?"

"Those things? Pffft, I dunno about that." He shrugged, "They don't seem very smart. I doubt they would be able to get that many tickets so quickly, even if they all worked together. Don't know if you know this, but most of the games here are kinda hard to win at."

Oh, no kidding. OMORI was still feeling sore about that himself. In fact, he was giving DINO the stink eye the moment he mentioned it.

"You though? I've seen you playing the games. You're a natural at them! If you get started right now, I'm sure you'll be able to catch up in no time." He flashed an encouraging smile.

HIKIKO thoughtfully looked back at the bags of money in her hands again.

At first, there was doubt. But OMORI saw her doubtful face slowly morph into an expression of determination.

With a nod, she came up to BRETT and slammed both bags on the counter.

"Deal me in." She demanded, "I got a mistake I need to fix."

A mistake that she needed to fix... OMORI wondered...

BRETT slowly blinked his eyes open, collecting the bags of money and replacing them with equally sized bags full of tokens. Then back to sleep again, as if he hadn't even been bothered.

OMORI watched his sister pocket the bags away as she gave him a glance.

With a smile, she announced, "What do you think, SUNNY? Wanna help big sis save KEL from trouble?"

With how interesting things have gotten now? As if OMORI was going to say no to this.

He nodded, "Yeah. Okay."

"Alright then." She nodded as well, grabbing his hand and calling up to KEL, "WE'LL BE BACK, KEL! We're going to save you!"

"Please be careful!" KEL shouted back, flashing them a worried look.

"Onwards to adventure, SUNNY!" HIKIKO cheered on proudly.

Hand in hand once again, OMORI followed after his sister as she marched on to continue this sidequest of theirs.

Onwards, then.

Once they were alone, SHERIFF BOYARDEE gave an accusing look towards DINO, "You just tricked the lot of them into spending more money on the park, didn't you?"

"Yes. Yes, I did." DINO nodded unashamedly.

"You are one darned gold digger." The sheriff sighed defeatedly.

"Darn tootin'!" The dinosaur said back in the sheriff's accent.

Notes:

BigBluh, IHYDGM, FightingGoldButCoda, GDHR2207, Eyriskylt, Sydosys. Same editors as last chapter. Thanks so much guys!

This chapter was tiring to make. I'm tired to say anything here. Thanks for reading it. Let me know your thoughts.

I'm sort of tired and depressed, actually. I wanna do shoutouts but I don't have the energy to make it right now. I wanna thanks Tuppence, Rotokon, Evergreen, a few more familiar readers who left their comments, and so much more.

But I'm kinda sick and tired of life for the moment. I'll come back when I feel better.

I want to kiss a girl and lay on her lap and talk about fun things or something.

Met some new friends since the last chapter. They were cool to talk to. Hope they read this and like it. I don't know.

Stay safe, people. Don't work yourself too hard.

Chapter 26: I am alive, and the next chapter will come soon.

Notes:

Using chapter notes here to prevent artificially raising total word count.

Hi everybody! I'm baaaaaaack!

Hope I wasn't too late since I've been gone for three years now. The OMORI brainrot must be over for most people, so I know this won't get alot of people's attention.

For my comeback, I plan to bring you a chapter that is going to be at least 25,000 words long. I've already written 23k so far, so it should hopefully be done soon by this week.

This chapter will be the finale for the current DREAMWORLD arc of EL DORADINO. Which means after this, we can finally get to the long awaited Real world arc, the BASIL Play-date, guest starring AUBREY!

I'll admit, I don't know if my writing is still up to par with the writing quality I used to have three years ago. But it does seem like some of my editors like it alot, so I'm hoping it's still decent enough to enjoy.

I can't promise to have a regular update schedule either, since I'm trying to get certifications for a computer repair skill. If all goes well, I can work a job at repairing/building/selling computers. But I will still try to continue to make chapters and updates!

Thank you so much to everyone who has ever read IWLH, especially those who chose to stick around and wait for me. I may not be as popular anymore because of the hiatus, but i hope you all still enjoy what I've written so far and for the chapters yet to come. Hopefully i don't die before reaching chapter 50 like I promised.

I wasn't sure whether to delete this chapter or replace it with a return announcement. I was scared if I deleted it, it would end up deleting all the comments too. I didn't want to lose the supportive words you guys gave me over the years.

I've read every single one. Thank you guys so much!

Anyways, that's all from me today! Feel free to add me on discord if you want to send a personal complaint, I'll do my best to respond ASAP. Username is the same on both websites.

I used to have a catchphrase, didn't I? Uhhhh, oh right!

WORK MODERATELY, PEEPS!

Yeah that's close enough.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

This is the required ten wordcount to upload the chapter.

Notes:

Former chapter contents here, for archival reasons. To anyone who was confused and wanted to know what i posted during my depression:

Hey there. Thanks so much to everyone who has been with me this past year, reading the story I've written.

Sorry for not updating for several months. I've had 6000 words for the next chapter before it suddenly came to a crashing stop due to various factors that happened in my life.

I was in a deep depression, causing me to have trouble writing as I kept doubting my own skill and felt unhappy with my current life. Then I ended up having covid, making me severely sick and bedridden, causing me to miss out on the holidays.

I met a wonderful girl who distracted me from my negative thoughts, but our relationship became complicated and she had to end things with me before I grew too obsessed with her.

I'm currently in a very low point in my life, where it's bad luck one after another. I'm very sick and tired of being alive, basically. It scares me.

I'm taking medication and seeking a psychiatrist to help me. I'm hoping this, along with being outside and finding excuses to be away from the computer, will help mend my mental health. I'm working to become a volunteer and do community work to try to help people and search for meaning in my life.

OMORI has been one of the best things to happen in my life. I met so many people and wrote a story that became so well received despite the shoddy writing quality, made so many new friends, and met a really cute girl because of it.

But I can't write right now. I'm not happy with anything. Not myself, not my life, nothing. Despite having so many friends I could reach out and talk to, I feel incredibly lonely and scared. It's a paradox that I can't even understand.

I hope I'll be better again soon. I hope my writers block goes away and I can write I Won't Let Him again soon. I love writing so much, this story was going to have at least 500,000 words and over 50 chapters, it was going to have dramatic and comedic moments, plot twists and finally the happy ending that the would bring me closure to the story of OMORI that I so desperately wanted when I finished the bad ending accidentally for the first time.

But I can't write because I'm f*cked in the head.

I'm so so so sorry for disappointing you guys.

Most of you will comment and reply saying that it'll be alright and that I need to take my time, and that I don't owe anything to anyone, or that I have nothing to be sorry about, but I can't really accept that.

This story originally was made for me, but along the way, it became something made for you guys. The only reason why it's at 200k words was because of you guys. The only reason why I kept writing and writing more and more was because of you guys. I would have grown bored and stopped writing this story ages ago if you guys hadn't kept supporting and encouraging me.

That's why I'm so sorry for taking so long to update the next chapter. I swear to God, the moment I find the drive to write again, I'll continue I Won't Let Him... I'm just scared by then, the OMORI brain rot will be over and no one will be around to care anymore.

This story is officially on hiatus until I fix myself from being the broken shamble of sh*t that I am. I really do hope I'll come back to it soon. I hope people will still care by then.

It's currently 1:32 AM right now. I'm sleep deprived and stressed and sad and lonely.

I want somebody to hug me. I want to fall in love and not be lonely anymore. It's so empty right now.

Im lucky to be born with a roof and running water. I'm well fed everyday and I can afford all the tech and gadgets that I want. I'm young with a bright future ahead of me. Not many people can say the same thing.

So why is it possible that I can still be sad and depressed despite everything?

I'm tired. I'm going to bed now.

Apologies in advance to all my friends and editors who will be reading this and getting upset at me for not coming to them for help. I just don't know why anymore.

Chapter 27: Something About Monsters

Summary:

A short chapter that has nothing much going on.

Notes:

Did I say I'd upload within next week? I meant to say on the same exact day.

Hey, just wanted to pop in and say thanks again to everyone who's waited this long! I hope you guys enjoy and don't hate me too much! Cheers to you all and to all a happy merry Christmas!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Alright. It's been three years now.

Let's recap before we continue.

This all started whenOMORIchose to jump off the edge of the hospital roof. SUNNY and OMORI had a final battle between the two of them to handle how to wrestle with the guilt and pain that they'd been carrying for all these years.

The guilt for killing his sister and framing it as a suicide.

OMORI won, as you could probably tell.

Yet somehow, in some way, this wasn't the end of his story.

Whether it was by going back to the past or even traveling to some kind of parallel universe, the incident that led to MARI's death didn't happen. Things played out differently as MARI's body was wrapped protectively by her little brother before the fall, allowing her to be safe and sound.

Her little brother ended up suffering instead as a cost, his left eye impaled by the violin at the bottom of the stairs.

Years passed by with him being stuck in a coma, oblivious to the alien world around him.

OMORI woke up in the end, not realizing where he was, and yet finally reunited with the sister he thought he'd never see again.

He believed he was in a dream at first. A perfect dream, where everything that happened to him never actually happened. A dream where he was given a second chance. A perfect dream that a murderer like him never deserved.

But the situation ended up being a bit more complicated than it seemed… In this different reality, MARI seemed to have taken his place instead, becoming the grieving guilt-ridden shut-in that he was supposed to be. She had given up on her future, her education, and even her own friends just so that she could wait by her little brother's side until he woke up.

In the last six years during his coma, MARI also had her own HEADSPACE. She lived in that world under the name HIKIKO, similar to how OMORI was with SUNNY.

The only reason he even found this out was because he traveled into her HEADSPACE after going to sleep next to her with White Egret Orchids placed in their room, the flowers that let you pass on your thoughts into a person's dreams.

This was when OMORI realized the whole reason why he was placed in this alternate reality to begin with.

This was the punishment he needed to go through before he could finally have the right to die. He had to save his sister as karmic justice for killing her all those years ago in his world.

Based on his experiences with his own HEADSPACE, it could only mean that MARI was dealing with trauma that she was trying to repress in her mind like he once did. If he could figure out exactly what she was hiding from herself, OMORI would be able to help his sister start a journey of forgiveness. She'd be able to recover from her trauma and come back to her old self again.

OMORI would be able to do for her what he was never able to do himself.

Throughout this journey, he was able to meet some of his old friends again and react to their new life in this different reality where MARI never died. Through them, they'll be able to help give him insight as to what happened to MARI after the day the recital was supposed to happen.

OMORI had no idea what he was doing, only able to make small progress so far. Guesswork and small theories based on what little he could learn.

Still, he was on the right track. OMORI just needed to stay determined while getting past all the obstacles laid out in front of him, and he'd be able to reach out to save his sister from suffering the same fate that happened to him.

Then maybe, just maybe, when all of this was finally over… MARI might be able to do something to help OMORI in return before it was too late to stop-

"Heeeeey!"

KEL blinked to himself, his thoughts coming to a screeching halt by the interruption coming from below.

CHAD, the purple triceratops ticketmaster and prize counter receptionist, was calling up to him with a concerned look.

"Who're you talking to up there?"

KEL relaxed before laying back inside his tiny uncomfortable jail-cage that was dangling him from about a dozen feet in the air. "Nobody, just talking to myself. It's really boring here~" KEL whined out.

"You want maybe a snack to pass the time?" CHAD offered.

KEL thought about it before smiling, "I'd like that!"

"Okaaay. I'll come back with some co*ckAIGNE balls or something."

Heheh. He saidcome.

KEL watched from his high prison as CHAD left the counter below him. What a nice guy.

So anyway, what was KEL thinking about earlier again? He lost his train of thought.

Ah, whatever. Hopefully HIKIKO and SUNNY would be back soon to bail him out of here before Miss Evil-face or whatever her name was got here first.

And that was a win.

The sounds of crocodiles crunching their oversized teeth together came to a halt as the last pearl was swallowed.

HIKIKO gave a small sigh of relief, finally able to rest her weary arm after mashing on her button for so long.

The electronic scoreboard off to the side slowly calculated the total score of all the participants based on how many pearls they were able to eat. There was a dramatic pause for each player as one by one, their score gets revealed from lowest score to highest.

HIKIKO naturally ended up at the top, overshadowing the BLOCK MINIONS who competed against her but couldn't match her skill.

"A new high score! Nice job, miss!"

The giant crocodile she was riding on top of gave his congratulations as tickets dispensed out of the button machine in front of her.

HIKIKO grabbed her prize and began counting to see how much she won from this game.

A measly thirty-five tickets.

Crap… All that time and effort invested into this game, and yet it could only give a disappointingly pitiful amount for her.

Adding it to her total winnings since she started working towards saving KEL, she was now at a grand total of…

...two hundred and twelve.

HIKIKO gave an uneasy sigh looking at the small stack of tickets she collected, before glancing up to see the BLOCK MINIONS who had been her three opponents this game.

Even though they didn't take first place, the fact that they were all a huge group meant that they could just pool their prizes together to make up for it. No doubt, they were easily able to earn more tickets combined than she ever did playing by herself.

At this rate, she was going to get nowhere fast, wasn't she?

To say she and SUNNY ran into some issues was an understatement. Ever since the race to save KEL began, nothing had gone her way.

They had been spending a good amount of time going around the park to try to attend the games they've been playing before. The plan was supposed to be simple, just play the games with the highest ticket output from their experience and win at them until they could save KEL.

Yet most of the games were out of order. They all malfunctioned or broke down after her previous times playing with them. The hockey game was completely taped off with an out-of-order sign, the attendants of the skeeball race were still looking for the red racecar that rocketed off the track, the duck shooting stall was completely obliterated after one of the robot ducks exploded, and the pie shooting gallery had its clown workers unionize a strike after HIKIKO assaulted them with a thorough cream shower.

The fishing game was still active, but it was absolutely swamped with BLOCK MINIONS. When the narwhal manning the fishing game noticed her and her brother, it started getting nervous before messing up the order of the line of BLOCK SOLDIERS on purpose just to make sure it took longer for HIKIKO to get her turn. She was willing to stick it out just to show that stupid horned whale not to mess with her, but her little brother managed to convince her to just leave it be.

Looking around for more games to play, they were unfortunately greeted with the sight of BLOCKS all over the place. Practically every game had a line of them extending far onto the park's roads. Standing in them would have taken way too long. With KEL being in his dire situation and that frilly SOURPUSS deploying an army to win tickets all over the place, time was the most delicate resource right now.

That left her and SUNNY to search for games with relatively short lines in front of them, which unfortunately turned out to barely pay out anything. The only game that gave any good amount of tickets forced them to get back in line after playing, but by then it would've gotten three times longer than when they first arrived.

Even now, as she left the Carnivorous Craving Crocodile game booth, a MINION BLOCK bumped into her shoulder as it walked past to take her place.

Rude.

In the line behind it, several more were dutifully waiting to have their turn.

HIKIKO noticed the BLOCKS she had been playing against marching past the lines to join up with many others as they headed in the direction of the Prize Plaza. Each of them had in their grubby blocky hands a fistful of tickets. Combined together, they could make a huge ball pile bigger than their own bodies.

She gripped the tickets in her hand, her shoulders tense with frustrated anxiety.

With how little she had in comparison, she might as well be walking around with zero tickets.

Sigh.

How in the world was she supposed to do this...?

She had made such a big show of confidence in front of SUNNY, giving him nothing but pure bravado when she declared that she'd be able to somehow singlehandedly save KEL. If she wasn't able to earn enough tickets to save KEL in time before that SOURPUSS girl…

Her BLOCK MINIONS worked like clockwork. With their numbers, there was no way HIKIKO could earn more tickets than them in time…

Even if she was amazing at playing the games, winning doesn't mean much if she couldn't be everywhere all at once at the same time like they could.

With another frustrated sigh, HIKIKO quickly shook her head to clear her negative thoughts.

She couldn't give up now. She couldn't fail here. She had to save KEL before he got taken away by that maniacal psycho-girl.

No matter what, she couldn't let SUNNY down.

Don't ever let SUNNY down…

She should hurry and find another game to play. Maybe if she looked around now, she might get lucky and find an open spot somewhere with a better ticket payout.

"Alright SUNNY, we should find another game. This one isn't giving enough tickets." She stated, pocketing her tickets before looking to her side, "Got any ideas where we should head nex-"

HIKIKO paused, her eyes widening as she saw the space right next to her was empty.

SUNNY wasn't there.

She blinked before looking around. Out here in the open view, park-goers passed by going about their business.

But not one trace of her little brother anywhere.

HIKIKO raised her voice, "SUNNY? We need to get going!"

She hoped that would be enough to get his attention and have him come out to reveal himself.

No answer. All she got in return were some weird stares from passersby.

"SUNNY?!" She called out again, even louder.

Where was he Where was he Where was he Where was Where was he-

Her mind frayed a bit, the stress from losing her brother for a third time today was starting to put a toll on her.

Why wasn't SUNNY with her?! Did he sneak off again, even though she had just made him promise not to leave her again?!

He wouldn't go back on a promise!

He… he did promise her, didn't he?

…didn't he?

With her brother still missing, HIKIKO felt herself breathe harder as she did her best to contain her panic.

She jumped and climbed on top of one of the fences surrounding the stall to get a better view over the crowd, "SUNNY! SUNNY, where are you?! SUNNY!"

All she got in return were silent and judging stares.

How could she have let him slip away again? Why did he have to leave again, even though… even though…!

HIKIKO could feel the onset of tears bubbling up, her contained panic slowly leaking out.

Just as she prepared to jump off and rush around to look for him, she managed to see a small familiar silhouette on the edge of the crowd walking towards her.

There he was.

HIKIKO huffed a huge sigh of relief as she sprinted off towards him as quickly as she could.

"SUNNY!" Was all she managed to croak out as she took the boy in her arms.

SUNNY stumbled back in surprise, looking up at her in alarm.

But all HIKIKO could do at the moment was just breathe in relief, knowing she had found him again.

He's here. He's safe. You're together again. He's okay. He's safe. You found him before it was too late. He's safe.

Catching her breath and wiping away her tears, HIKIKO nearly cried, "SUNNY, I thought I told you not to run off anywhere without letting me know! Why didn't you stick close to me?!" She tightened her hug, "Don't do that again! This has been the second time today! I'm serious, SUNNY!"

Her little brother stayed silent, waiting for her to calm down.

It took a while, but HIKIKO eventually settled herself down back to a reasonable state again. Taking deep breaths, she eventually pulled away from him so that she could regain her composure and clean her teary eyes.

As she did so, her little brother took a large pile of tickets from his pocket and presented them all to HIKIKO.

HIKIKO blinked a bit, taken aback with complete flabbergasted shock.

That was a huge amount of tickets in his hands. Way more than even she had on her at the moment. How was that even possible?

Taking the tickets from him, HIKIKO looked over the pile in awe before questioning him, "H-how did you get all this?"

She watched him glance away hesitantly, holding both his hands behind his back.

And that was a win.

OMORI hacked away at the BLOCK MINION with a triple swipe, letting it collapse and tumble into nothing more than a falling pile of wooden blocks.

Being the last man standing in an alley hidden away behind some attractions, OMORI took a look around to assess the damages.

Toy blocks were scattered around, scratched and chipped with numerous knife marks. Whatever type of magic or power source that held them together before, it didn't seem to be doing these BLOCKS any good anymore once he'd beaten them.

OMORI moved to put his knife back into his pocket. As he did so, he noticed the way his hands jittered ever so slightly after the battle.

Fighting these BLOCK CREATURES had felt… good. Very good.

The rush from battle, dodging and hacking away at the openings, it was a great way to release his frustrations. The stress from everything that happened before, with all of HIKIKO's HEADSPACE antics, practically fueled every stab he gave.

Taking another look at the corpses of the BLOCKS, OMORI bent down to scavenge the remains.

Pushing the obstructions of blocks out of the way, he was able to find the strew of tickets piling underneath it all.

Jackpot.

OMORI quickly scrounged up the tickets and hid them away in his pockets, ready to head back before HIKIKO noticed he was gone.

This was the only way he could help his sister, he quickly realized. Unable to earn any tickets himself from the games because of her desires to look cool and reliable in front of him, he ended up having the idea to resort to just killing BLOCK MINIONS and stealing their tickets instead.

This was good on a few levels. Not only did this mean they would collect more tickets to rescue KEL, it also set the army of SOURHEART a few steps back. Once that was done, they'll be able to move on from this adventure and hopefully lead OMORI to find more clues about HIKIKO's BLACK SPACE later.

It was a bit ironic. He was finally able to do something helpful since this journey started… And all it took was for him to kill.

Go figure for a murderer like him...

His train of thought was interrupted as he heard someone approaching from behind. Looking back, it seemed he was noticed by a different pair of BLOCKS.

"DAMAGED UNITS DETECTED. INVESTIGATING TO PREPARE REPORT."

OMORI had a glint in his eye as he pulled his knife out again.

He still had some pent-up frustrations to deal with. Might as well.

"I… played some games while you were busy. I wanted to help."

HIKIKO was stunned silent. Here she was, mucking about, barely getting anything done, while SUNNY was collecting tickets like it was nobody's business. He must have noticed how much she was struggling and felt obligated to pick up her slack.

God, she felt so worthless sometimes. SUNNY shouldn't have to take on the burdens that she was supposed to carry for both of them. He was just a kid after all… Being the big sister, she was supposed to be looking after him.

Putting the tickets away, she once again reached for her little brother and hugged the living daylights out of him.

"I really appreciate your help, SUNNY. You did a great job…" HIKIKO whispered gratefully, "But you don't have to worry. Just... Please keep staying close to me instead."

It was amazing what he had done, and she truly appreciated the effort he went through just to help her. But the thought of having him leave her sight again, even for a single second, filled her with an unbearable dread. Even if it meant saving KEL, she would rather have her little brother stick to her side no matter what.

She'd rather let KEL die than to lose SUNNY.

Her little brother glanced at her for a bit, his stoic face showing a bit of disappointment before he turned away and nodded, "...okay..."

Good... SUNNY won't do that again.

Releasing her little brother from her embrace and merely opting to hold his hand, HIKIKO once again pondered about their situation. SUNNY's contribution was a great help, a huge leap up even from before. But this still wasn't enough to rescue KEL.

She was going to have to find a way to step up her game, somehow…

A different game. One that wasn't clogged up with lines, but should also have a payout big enough to catch up with that SOURHEART girl.

But how? Where would they be able to find a game like that? Did this park even have a game like that in the first place? If there was, why wouldn't it be filled with an endless line of BLOCK MINIONS already?

She had no leads right now. Maybe she should-

HIKIKO couldn't finish her thought as everything went black from something covering her face.

"…"

Reaching to remove the object obscuring her vision, HIKIKO pulled it away to see that she was holding onto a decorated flyer.

Large blurbs and pictures were prominently displayed on the flyer to be as eye-catching as possible.

"Big risk player? Wanna cash in on some big tickets in no time flat? Come on down to the most dangerous and thrilling game in the park!

DINO's DIG EMPORIUM!

(must sign release of liability waiver to enter)"

HIKIKO read on attentively, details of the game catching her eye the more she kept scrolling through it.

This… This might actually be the game that could solve all their problems!

Excitement started building up within her as she turned to her little brother, who was looking up at her with a curious head tilt.

"I think we just found a way to save KEL." HIKIKO grinned.

DINO's DIG EMPORIUM. The most legendary game in all of co*ckAIGNE.

A free-for-all treasure-hunting game within a large sandpit arena, where players risk life and limb for the chance of glory and prizes.

Legend goes that the arena resides on top of a once ancient civilization that existed several thousands of years ago. Long buried and forgotten, the founder had no knowledge of its existence when he began setting up the location as the foundation of his amusem*nt park.

During construction, it was discovered that the sandpit contained never-ending amounts of garbage, monsters, and sand beyond comprehension. No matter how much was dug up, more sand would magically fill back, along with just as many random junk and creatures that were believed to have come from the ancient civilization before.

But every once and a while, among these piles of trash, there was the occasional piece of technology or magical artifact that would find its way into the hands of the excavators as they kept digging.

Toys! Gizmos and gadgets and plastic galore! The founder soon realized the treasure trove in his hands! As long as they kept digging from this magical sandpit and tread the dangers within, they would have infinite toys for every single boy and girl in co*ckAIGNE!

Thus, DINO's DIG EMPORIUM was born! A game where participants hunt for toys within the deep sandpit and turn it in for massive rewards, which will then be stocked at the prize counter for redemption!

Are you brave enough to excavate in the sandpit?! Sign up now to win all the tickets you need to win that most expensive prize!

(No refunds!)

Or at least that was what the pamphlet advertised.

Sitting in the audience stand, OMORI gave the pamphlet a glance over before tossing it aside to set his eyes back at the arena below him.

HIKIKO was currently going on a rampage within the emporium, battling against myriads of sand monsters and scorpions along with other hapless participants.

Digging a random sandmound on the ground with her shovel, she reached in with a triumphant smile to pull out a kind of spaceship-in-a-bottle that was somehow in perfect condition up in the air, much to the audiences raving excitement.

Noticing a BLOCK MINION in the game with her coming up from behind, HIKIKO quickly pocketed her prize away to shovel dirt into the BLOCK MINION's face.

OMORI winced as he watched the sabotaged BLOCK flail in confusion before being struck by a SAND SCORPION that burrowed its way out of the sandpits.

"AAAAAAAGGH"

The BLOCK MINION panicked as the giant scorpion stabbed and clawed its body to shreds. It didn't take long for the BLOCK to go down and crumble into separated inanimate block pieces as the stinger stabbed through its chest and hit one of its main power sources.

Once it was down, the scorpion quickly burrowed back down into the sand, disappearing as fast as it came.

Sheesh.OMORI blinked in astonishment from the surprisingly gruesome display.

His sister's rendition of DINO's DIG EMPORIUM was clearly a lot more different than the one from his own HEADSPACE…

Shockingly similar in some ways though. How did an originally time-based digging game in the real world turn into a treasure-hunt fighting game in both of their imaginations?

OMORI paused that thought for a bit as he watched his sister shoulder-tackle another BLOCK MINION out of her way as it landed onto a discolored circle that indicated an obvious trap hole.

A giant sandworm swallowed the portion of that area whole, flying out its long slithery body to form a longlasting arc in the sky spanning for a full minute before burrowing itself back into the ground as the rest of its body caught up.

"Seriously…?" OMORI felt a small bead of sweat drop from his forehead.

Okay, so HIKIKO's version of this game was definitely much more violent than his ever would've been.

She was gonna be okay, right?

Looking back at his sister, he found her giving another gleeful smile as she held up a vintage WALKER-BOY cassette player in victory, barely bothered by the fact that a giant sandworm had appeared a few feet away from her literally seconds ago.

Yeah, she was probably gonna be fine…

…He hoped.

"Oooh, and another contestant bites the dust!" SCOTT, the extremely tall-neck brachiosaurus wearing a boom microphone taped to a hard hat, winced from the sight as he commented on the game, "I've never seen a more action-packed game in ages! That one girl in the white sleeping gown is on a roll! Let's hope she doesn't lose her momentum!"

OMORI continued to watch on as HIKIKO continued to dominate the game, winning toys and prizes one after another and knocking out other contestants like it was nothing.

Watching was the only thing hecoulddo, stuck in the sidelines in the audience seats like this. As much as he would like to have a more proactive role for this, HIKIKO seemed dead-set on making sure that he was always within line-of-sight from her as much as possible.

Every once in a while, his sister would check over to see if he was still staying in his seat like a good little brother and not going off disappearing out of nowhere.

Confirming that OMORI was still in the same exact spot as before, she cheerfully smiled and waved at him.

He just gave his trademarked thumbs up in response, as he always did.

With a nod, she went back into the game with just as much fervor as before, killing yet another BLOCK MINION by casually decapitating its head off just for being in her path.

Sigh…

Guess OMORI should've seen this coming, going off to do his own thing without telling her so many times already during this dream. Not like he had a way of being able to investigate for clues about BLACK SPACE with her over his shoulder, but being stuck with a more careful and watchful eye from his sister wasn't doing him any favors either…

He was going to have to find a way to do his investigations without worrying his sister, somehow… He had a bad feeling that if he kept testing her patience, she might do something drastic just to make sure he'd always be by her side whether he liked it or not.

Most of all, he just wanted to get this adventure done and over with by saving KEL and getting out of here so that he could get new leads on BLACK SPACE…

If he could help it, the sooner the better…

OMORI restlessly tapped his ankle in his seat, hoping that HIKIKO would be done with this game soon.

In the meanwhile, HIKIKO continued to play phenomenally to the point of even having the crowd chanting her name. Left and right, she would dig up treasures and beat down other opponents without working up a sweat. All while gracefully avoiding any of the monsters that spawned in her way.

Yet every so often, she would still glance back to where he sat to make sure he was watching. Every so often, she would feel emboldened every time she confirmed that he was.

Sigh…

It was really concerning, having his own sister go out of her way to constantly work to gain his approval and admiration. To show off how reliable she was. She was never like this before the incident that ruined their lives, and it wasn't like she even ever had to.

He already thought of her as perfectly reliable, though. Anything she ever did, she proved that she could do it if she really set her mind to it. Anything he ever needed help with, she would gladly solve whatever problem he had at any moment. There wasn't any point in having to do anything extravagant, or to subconsciously sabotage her brother's own abilities just to make sure she maintained that perfect image.

OMORI knew it wasn't her fault though, at least not deliberately. Knowing how HEADSPACE worked based on his own experience, this whole power fantasy playing out was probably both a way to distract her from progressing in the journey, as well as a way to suppress her own issues by giving her whatever she wanted.

Was it annoying for him since it actively hindered his goal of trying to solve her trauma as quickly as possible? For sure it was, but what could he do? It wasn't like he could do anything to go against her own power of imagination, not while being an inhabitant here. At most, he could probably only do something small, like plant suggestions in her head in the hopes that it would-

Huh… Now there was an idea.

Even if OMORI couldn't directly control anything in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE like he could in his own, there was nothing to prevent him from manipulating his own sister into a certain mindset… Right?

Something that could make her want to rush along the story she crafted in her head? Maybe even subtly get her to think about the truth that she had been suppressing? He was supposed to be her main motivation and driving force for these adventures after all. If he could properly maneuver her around…

Her BLACK SPACE might leak out just a bit more, with enough careful prodding… Assuming she wouldn't immediately shut it all out like OMORI usually did. That'd be a really unfortunate bad habit if she did.

He saw BASIL pick up the photograph that fell loose from the photo album. He felt the noise from the world slowly replaced by a small ringing in his ears, overwhelming his senses as he realized that something just went wrong.

The terror in BASIL's eyes as he turned around, holding the photograph in his trembling hand.

This wasn't supposed to happen. That photograph wasn't meant to exist.

"MARI… S-She's… d-"

BASIL couldn't get another word out, cut off as OMORI shoved this whole dream into the darkness where it belonged. This whole thing will end before SUNNY could realize what happened. OMORI will go back to WHITE SPACE like he always does, and bury the truth again.

OMORI will never let the truth seep out.

Worst comes to worst, HIKIKO would send him to BLACK SPACE instead and stab his guts out a few dozen million times like he did with BASIL. OMORI wouldn't argue against that, seeing as how he deserves it, but it would end up wasting a lot of time potentially…

Hm…

Maybe he should be a bit careful after all. How would he go about doing that though, he wondered…?

Something worth brainstorming about.

OMORI's brainstorming would have to be interrupted, however, as he heard a familiar voice call out from behind.

"How d'ya do, buckaroo? Fancy seein' you here!"

MR. OUTBACK? Or actually, it was SHERIFF BOYARDEE in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE.

OMORI gave a surprised glance at the cowboy coming up from behind, taking a seat next to the boy to watch the spectacle down in the game alongside OMORI.

"Heard 'bout the new top player in this here DINO DIG EMPORIUM game and just wanted to see it for myself." The cowboy nodded politely, "Guess this means the plan to collect enough tickets to save your friend is goin' well enough?"

OMORI gave a shrug to the mysterious cowboy, "I guess."

It was still hard to get a good read on this guy, if OMORI had to be honest. Seemingly as helpful as the old MR. OUTBACK that he knew from his HEADSPACE, but it was hard to tell whether he was just as knowledgeable or if he was just another run-of-the-mill inhabitant like all the others around here.

The mystery behind HEADSPACE was something that he still occasionally had to grapple with from time to time. Being alive and waking up to a sudden different reality where he never killed his own sister, saying goodbye to his HEADSPACE reality only to somehow be transferred into a new one that belonged to said sister, etc, etc. Clearly there was some shenanigans that made it clear something more was going on- assuming this whole thing wasn't just an elaborate coma-dream he was conjuring up one final time while on the hospital's parking pavement in the previous reality.

He had hoped that after seeing MR. OUTBACK again, the old cowboy would've ended up being the same one from his own HEADSPACE and get some answers. Sadly, that didn't seem to be the case here.

All in all, it was more likely that MARI just happened to take inspiration from a cartoon cowboy in the real world and created an HEADSPACE inhabitant based on it, just like OMORI did.

At least this SHERIFF BOYARDEE was just as friendly as MR. OUTBACK. Even when he couldn't help OMORI with trying to find MARI's BLACK SPACE, the cowboy at least gave him free circus tickets as consolation… for some reason.

Still no idea how they were supposed to help with finding BLACK SPACE, but OMORI would chase any lead he could possibly get at this point.

"Your sister sure is a feisty one, I'll give her that." SHERIFF BOYARDEE chuckled, before murmuring, "Hope she didn't get no hard feelings for me locking up your friend earlier. I don't take no joy in making kids sad, but rules are rules. Still have to keep order around these parts, me being the only authority here and all that."

Preeeeetty sure KEL had it coming for stealing that infinite bouncy ball. Not that it'll matter in the end, once HIKIKO finishes this adventure and they both free KEL.

"We'll save him in the end." OMORI hummed neutrally.

"Heh. I'm sure y'all will." The sheriff smiled, before leaning in closer with a conspiratorial whisper, "Which is why I think you ought to know something…"

Oh?

OMORI blinked in surprise as the old man gestured him to lean closer.

Doing so, SHERIFF BOYARDEE looked around the arena before explaining, "It's about that rude little lass from earlier, the one that you twos are trying to fight against. A certain mutual friend says to me that she might be on the way here, up to no good somehow. She might do something to mess up your winning streaks. Be careful if you see her, and watch yer backs."

OMORI looked at the old man curiously as he digested the intel.

The cowboy gave a sly wink before standing up, "Welp, that's all she wrote. I best be skeddadlin' back to my patrol and whatnot. Being the only guard on duty here sure is tirin' work."

"Wait, hold on-" OMORI felt he had to stop him to ask, "Why did you tell me all of that? You didn't have to."

More importantly, why did he tell it to OMORI instead of HIKIKO? Beyond his role of being the emotional support for HIKIKO to hide her problems behind, it wasn't like he could do anything that substantial or had any true power. Not without blowing his cover, at least.

Wouldn't it make more sense for HIKIKO's HEADSPACE to have this info be given to her so that she could use it somehow?

The old man gave a small smile, "My certain scaly friend and I have a bit of a bet goin' on between the two of you, and I'd thought I might as well up tip the odds so to speak. Don't think too hard on it, pardner."

Scaly friend? Did he mean DINO?

Okay, but… What exactly was OMORI supposed to do with this information? Tell HIKIKO, or…?

"Good luck on that ticket grind kiddo! And remember-" The old geezer steadily pointed finger guns at OMORI as he enunciated, "I'm rootin'... and tootin'... for ya!"

With that, the cowboy went to exit stage right, leaving OMORI to ponder to himself.

Well, that was nostalgic. He guessed.

OMORI appreciated the old cowboy trying to be helpful again, but it still didn't answer any of the burning questions going through his mind right now.

Was this just a friendly warning? Was this some kind of hint? If it was a hint, was it for OMORI's search for BLACK SPACE or just a way to continue the adventure? Was he supposed to tell HIKIKO or was he supposed to be doing something as part of his role in HIKIKO's grand scheme of things?

Not like the warning was particularly informative either… SHERIFF BOYARDEE basically just warned him to look out for SOURHEART because she might do something, right?

Again, what could he possibly do without blowing his cover? He'd love to do nothing more than to just speedrun through this by running up to SOURHEART from behind and just give her back the good old lucky slice the next moment he saw her. But that would break up the flow of whatever story structure HIKIKO's HEADSPACE had in store for them, and almost definitely raise suspicion from his sister.

Sigh, it would've been nice if he had more freedom to experiment and gather information about all of this.

Punishment was never supposed to be easy though…

The best he could do right now was wait for HIKIKO, probably. Wait for her to get this game out of her system and then tell her what the old cowboy told him. See what happens after that.

Then later, hopefully, he'd just need to wait for HIKIKO to lower her guard around him to give him the chance to go hunt down for clues again. Or resort to figuring out how to subtly manipulate her into doing that for him, however he was going to do that…

Even though he'd rather have a more active game plan instead of just waiting around, OMORI had no choice but to be satisfied with what he's come up with so far.

Returning to the game in the arena in front of him, he saw that everything was still going on as usual. HIKIKO was still plowing through the competition, carrying a hefty amount of treasure on her scoreboard as she rose the ranks.

Oddly enough, her momentum seemed to be slowing down a bit.

Huh.

Watching carefully, he noticed his sister looking more tired and frustrated with the game compared to how energetically determined she was at the beginning.

Although, it probably had something to do with how often she had to avoid and fight back against the other contestants. The BLOCK MINIONS seemed to have paced themselves against her, knowing when to hold her back and when to continue digging for treasure while she was too busy to stop them.

Actually… Was it his imagination or was there even more BLOCK creatures in the game now all of a sudden?

It almost felt like they were all naturally in sync with each other, ganging up on HIKIKO in short groups to keep her busy. When she was going around to dig for treasure, the BLOCK MINIONS would grab her attention any way they could, shoveling sand into her spot or even just shoving her away a few times. But then when she'd try to fight back, they all suddenly ran away from her to goad her into chasing them.

This sudden coordination was a bit odd since they never bothered to do so earlier in the game. At most, all they did was act individually as they played like everyone else.

It was almost like someone upped the difficulty for HIKIKO… Or she was suddenly up against a tactician controlling a hive mind of enemy opponents.

It wasn't exactly enough to stop her from staying in the lead though. Every other opponent was still struggling to reach the same amount of progress as her since she was so far ahead. It was more like they were just slowing HIKIKO down for as long as possible.

OMORI narrowed at the sight, trying to figure out what suddenly changed. What exactly did this mean? Did something change for HIKIKO? Was this another roadblock in their adventure?

That was when a loud obnoxiously stereotypically evil laugh rang out nearby him.

OMORI slowly blinked as he turned to face where the noise was coming from.

Lo and behold, there was SOURHEART, maniacally laughing her sour heart out and disturbing the rest of the audience sitting nearby her.

"Struggle all you can, foolish girl! That's all you'll be doing for the rest of the day until the sun sets or you drop dead from exhaustion!" The haughty princess (was she ever established to be a princess actually?) laughed to herself again.

Strange how she wasn't doing the same kind of laugh that SWEETHEART usually does. The one where she goesOHOHOHOHO-or whatever. Did MARI forget that she does that, or was that something OMORI made up on his own?

OMORI could've sworn that she did the laugh, though… That high-pitched shrieking was ingrained in his memories of every Saturday morning on the TV…

Well, SOURHEART does look more similar to CANDICE than the actual SWEETHEART… Maybe MARI just didn't think the laugh would fit her?

Whatever.

Once she was done cackling evilly, SOURHEART took a step back to let OMORI get a view of the thing sitting right next to her.

Some kind of BLOCK MINION like all the others, except with a computer monitor for a head this time. There was an antenna sticking out the top of its head that was constantly vibrating as if sending out signals the entire time.

Sigh, right… OMORI was starting to see the picture now.

So that was what the sheriff meant when he was warning about SOURHEART. Guess that explains the sudden cohesion between all the BLOCK MINIONS down there.

"You think you could just deactivate my minions and rob them to steal my tickets without me noticing?" SOURHEART gloated to herself, "Two can play at this game, you naive simpleton. I'll make sure to make up for all the damage you caused me by making sure you're stalled in this game for as long as possible! While you're stuck in this arena tiring yourself out from my distraction, the rest of my minions will continue to win tickets on my behalf! Soon, I'll make up for all the tickets you stole and more until I can afford to redeem your thieving friend right under your nose! By the time you finish this game, you won't even realize your friend is gone until it's too late!"

The girl proceeded to cackle loudly again, with OMORI conveniently within hearing distance for her entire expositional villain monologue.

OMORI was actually surprised to hear the fact that this was actually in response to something he did earlier. As far as he was aware, HIKIKO only played the games to win her tickets. He was the one who was doing the stealing and killing behind her back, and he was sure that he hadn't blown his cover while doing it…

Was SOURHEART being here to interfere with HIKIKO a predetermined storyline from her own head or was this really the consequence of his own actions coming into effect?

"Have fun running around in circles forever, neanderthal! My TACTICIAN BLOCK will make sure you never finish this game on time! This is what you get for crossing me!"

With one final continuous evil laugh, she gave the robot next to her a proud pat on the back before making her way to leave the arena. Despite the crowd of people staring at her like she was a loony, it didn't seem like she gained HIKIKO's attention.

OMORI glanced down to see his sister obliviously chasing down the other opponents, completely unaware of what he just saw up in the audience stand.

Well… this was strange.

If HIKIKO had no way of knowing what was happening right now, how was she going to fight against the BLOCK MINIONS and their distraction tactics?

Would she ever notice that something was wrong? Or was this story actually going to let her lose and have KEL get stolen away by SOURHEART before she could do anything to stop it?

Was… Was OMORI supposed to do something here?

He wasn't supposed to have any direct role beyond being his sister's motivational support… right? With the way things have been going so far, he'd thought that none of his actions would really have any consequence to the adventure they were on besides some superficial choices here and there.

SHERIFF BOYARDEE did come to him to warn him directly though, instead of going to his sister…

Was this actually something he could affect?

OMORI blinked incredulously as he looked up to stare at the TACTICIAN BLOCK sitting just right there in the crowd a few dozen feet away.

It was literally sitting right there. Nothing guarding it, nobody paying too much attention to it.

He looked down again to check if HIKIKO was even watching him.

Nope. She'd been too preoccupied with chasing the BLOCKS who just stole her latest treasure find. She had absolutely no awareness of what was going on up here. She hasn't even checked to make sure if he was still staying in his seat or not.

OMORI could just walk up from behind and just stab it in the back real quick. Whole thing would be over in, like, a second.

Oh, but wait… if he was supposed to be SUNNY in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE, then shouldn't he try to solve it in a more SUNNY-like way?

Actually, what the hell would that even be? Other than just killing it, how else was he supposed to do it? How would his sister even imagine him trying to solve this?

After much deliberation on how to solve this conundrum, OMORI sighed and shook his head.

Him killing BLOCKS was what led this to happen, maybe killing was the only way out. Not like he knew any better way.

Checking one last time to make sure HIKIKO wasn't looking, OMORI quickly got up from his seat to sneak behind his target.

The journey over there was seamless enough. Nobody paid him any mind as he made his way over to stand behind the BLOCK creature.

It didn't even seem to notice when OMORI approached. It was too engrossed with sending out commands with its antenna thing to even care about anything else.

Huh… Guess this'll be easy then.

With a small shrug to himself, OMORI gave his knife a quick flourish to prepare a simple stab in the back.

It hit right in the heart.

HIKIKO slowly came to a halt as she was chasing down the BLOCK that stole her latest treasure find.

She had been so frustrated moments before, having it be stolen right beneath her the moment she dug it out. She was actually this close to going crazy as she tried to take it back.

But now she was just confused as the BLOCK MINIONS suddenly started fritzing out right in front of her one by one before collapsing.

They had been giving her so much trouble before, keeping her preoccupied all this time. Now it was all suddenly over like someone flipped a switch.

What the heck even happened?

Walking up to the BLOCK MINION that stole her treasure, she cautiously poked her shovel at it to see if it was just playing dead.

Nothing. It really did just suddenly stop dead all of a sudden. In fact, every single BLOCK MINION in the game dropped dead as well.

That… That was weird.

Why was… -

This wasn't supposed to happen.

HIKIKO looked up into the audience stand to make sure if SUNNY was still in the same spot as before.

Her little brother was still in his seat, looking back at her and giving a small wave.

Still where she placed him.

Still where she told him to stay.

HIKIKO shook her head out of her thoughts, refocusing on the game. Let's not look a gift horse in the mouth! She had a game to win and a KEL to save!

Picking up her treasure from the lifeless automaton, she gave it a quick dust cleaning by wiping it on her gown.

Some kind of pure black rubik's cube. Looked pretty valuable, it might be worth a lot.

Another treasure to add in her collection. She almost had enough to trade them in for enough tickets now, just needed a few more and she should be able to-

Wait…

HIKIKO looked closely at her new treasure, finding markings on the rubik's cube.

Some kind of… Latin?

"Deus… Ex… Machina…?"

God… of… machine.

God from the machine?

HIKIKO curiously turned the cube over, wondering what it could do.

A sudden spotlight shined on her, causing her to flinch back.

"OH MY GOD, OH MY GOD, SHE FOUND ONE- THE GIRL IN THE SLEEPING GOWN FOUND ONE- I'M FREAKING OUT- AAAAAAAAAAAAA"

At the same time the brachiosaurus announcer was screaming into his boom mic, the crowd erupted with cheers and applause. Everyone stood up from their seats, showering her with praise and excitement.

HIKIKO was a bit lost, trying to figure out why everyone was so worked up over her so suddenly. Was it because of the cube? Was it really that special?

Thankfully, she got her explanation pretty quickly as the announcer found his composure to explain to everyone.

"T-This is a historical find! We haven't found another treasure of this caliber since the legendary Infinity Bouncy Ball! There's no other toy like it! The girl in the sleeping gown has just won a bazillion million chachillion tickets from just one treasure alone! She's hit the jackpot!"

The jackpot?

"Oh wow…" HIKIKO was a bit… floored at first from the announcement, in all honesty. She was just being told that her prize had netted her an abysmally large amount of tickets all of a sudden.

But when she looked back at the object in her hand, she felt a giddy excitement rise up within her as she realized just exactly what this meant for her and SUNNY and KEL.

She finally had enough tickets to save KEL!

With a wide grin and a bounce in her step, she waved her bounty towards her little brother and cheered, "Look SUNNY! I did it! I got the jackpot! We have enough to rescue KEL!"

SUNNY's reaction was pretty modest compared to everyone else around him, as he only raised his fists lightly to the air and gave a stoic "Woo."

It was enough to make HIKIKO smile though, proudly waving the toy relic in the air for all to see.

Despite it all though… the ringing in her ears made her wonder if something about this wasn't just a bit… off.

"Ninety-eight… ninety-nine… aaaaaaand-"

With the final ding from the ticket machine sounding off, CHAD gladly shut it closed as he finished counting.

"Exactly 10,000 tickets! Enough to pay back for the missing Infinity Bouncy Ball! Awesome work, you two!" the triceratops congratulated by clapping his stubby front legs, "Not to mention the extra chachillion tickets on the side for any other prizes you want to redeem!"

With a relieved smile, HIKIKO excitedly asked, "So does that mean KEL is free?"

"One KEL, coming straight up!" CHAD announced, jumping off his seat to pull on the rope attached to KEL's cage. "Or in this case, down!"

"Yay! We did it, SUNNY!" HIKIKO cheered, raising her hands up for a double high-five with a wide smile.

OMORI silently clapped his hands to celebrate alongside her. Thank god this was finally about to be over.

With an appropriate amount of fanfare for such an occasion, fireworks and streamers were set off while KEL was gently lowered down from his prize-shelf prison.

Once CHAD unlocked the cell door to let KEL leave, the small hyperactive boy practically burst out of his contained bubble with a sweet cry of relief. "FREEDOOOOOM!"

HIKIKO chuckled at the reaction, happy to know that the boy didn't lose his energy while stuck up there.

"Are you okay, KEL? Sorry we took so long to rescue you." HIKIKO asked as she bent down to his level.

Allowing himself a moment to stretch and rub his sore wrists, (why were his wrists sore when he wasn't even handcuffed or anything?) KEL made a beeline dash over to HIKIKO to tackle hug her.

"HIKIKO! SUNNY!" KEL cried out in pure joy, "I missed you guys so much! It was so boring being stuck up there alone without anything to do! I'm so glad you guys got to me before that scary lady did, I wouldn't have any idea what to do if that ended up happening!"

"Of course we wouldn't have let that happen! There's no way I'd let you get kidnapped from us." HIKIKO reassured comfortingly, patting KEL's back in return, "We had a bit of trouble at first, but I'm just glad you're back with us."

It would've been better if KEL hadn't ran off to go steal that ball in the first place. This whole thing could've been avoided if he just did as he promised.

Ah well, nothing to do about it now. Nobody got hurt, so everything should be fine.

KEL lingered on the hug for a bit, before awkwardly letting go as he rubbed his neck. The guilty expression on his face pretty much said it all for them, but KEL still went ahead to say it anyway.

"I'm… I'm super sorry for doing all of that and making you go through all of this. The ball, it was just so… I just wanted to play with it so bad and I let it get to my head. If I never tried to borrow it like that, I wouldn't have lost it and you guys wouldn't have gone through the trouble of having to rescue me like this." With a deep bow, KEL fully faced down as he apologized, "I was really stupid. I promise I won't do something like that again. Next time, I'll follow the plan instead of going off to do my own thing like before. Please forgive me, HIKIKO…"

Poor kid was practically trembling now that everything was said and done. HIKIKO was astonished at how earnest KEL was being before beaming with a sincere smile.

HIKIKO placed a calm hand on KEL's head, causing the boy to jolt just a tiny bit. When he realized that she was only going to pet him, KEL relaxed again as he looked up to see her face.

"Thank you, KEL. I'm glad you apologized and owned up to your mistake. What you did was really irresponsible, and I could've been pretty mad if your life wasn't on the line at the time. But still, I appreciate that you realized what you did wrong. I forgive you, so don't feel too bad anymore. Okay?"

OMORI watched with significant interest as KEL almost seemed to nearly burst into tears at HIKIKO's response, before the hyperactive boy suddenly washed that all away with a huge smile within milliseconds.

KEL hugged HIKIKO again, relieved that things were going to be okay for the both of them.

Now this was a bit intriguing for OMORI. This was such a direct opposite parallel to how MARI felt towards KEL in the real world. All of her bitter resentment towards KEL for supposedly 'abandoning' her little brother had made her so hostile towards him, even when OMORI had told her that KEL wanted to apologize to her.

It was so different in her HEADSPACE. Seeing the two of them hugging it out like this, you would've never even expected her to have any deep-rooted problems with KEL to begin with…

OMORI didn't quite know what it all meant or if it even hinted at anything at all, but it was interesting nonetheless.

Could any of this sympathy be translated out to the real world, somehow? If he could use this to get MARI to forgive KEL in the real world and become friends again, he felt that would be a great first step towards guiding MARI to self-recovery…

The underlying problem of her repressed guilt and memories would still be a prominent problem he had to deal with, but this could really help.

Beyond all of that though, OMORI felt like he should be relieved that this part of the adventure was going to be over soon.

However, he had a gut feeling that he was forgetting something pretty important that was left unresolved here…

"WHAT IN THE WORLD IS THIS?!"

Oh right… They still had the SOURCANDICE thing to take care of.

Sigh…

As OMORI lamented to himself, HIKIKO meanwhile had turned to face a really infuriated-looking SOURHEART stomping over to them. The pink-girl's face was more red than any apple or cherry HIKIKO had ever seen so far. Following right behind her was a bunch of her MINIONS carrying an overtly large sack of tickets.

Sensing trouble was about to come, HIKIKO quickly pulled her little brother close to protect him.

"How…?! HOW could this have happened?! How could you have possibly managed to get enough tickets before me?!" SOURHEART screamed out, "I made sure you wouldn't! You should've still been stuck in that arena game! You can't be here right now!"

HIKIKO furrowed her brows at the other girl, realizing that she must've been the reason why HIKIKO had so much trouble in the DINO's DIG EMPORIUM. The nerve of this jerk!

"Aw man, not this crazy lady again…" KEL mumbled anxiously.

HIKIKO set the boys behind her, letting herself deal with the full front of whatever this psychopath might try to do.

SOURHEART stomped the ground in a tantrum, "It's not fair! I spent too long searching for the MAGIKE ORB to lose it now! Having it be stolen and lost by a child is going to set me back decades! I won't let you get away with any of this! DO YOU HEAR ME?! I AM NOT GOING TO LET YOU GET AWAY WITH THIS!"

By the sidelines, CHAD meekly told everyone, "Uh, please no violence near the prize statio-"

"SHUT UP."

SOURHEART's command was enough to make the triceratops cower in fear behind his work station.

HIKIKO flinched slightly as SOURHEART pointed directly at her.

"I don't care how you managed to beat me, that doesn't matter anymore! I demand you hand over your thieving friend right now! It's because of him that I lost my orb! None of you have the right to walk free from this crime!" Ominously pulling out a remote control device from her sleeve, she shouted, "If you don't comply, I'll be forced to take drastic measures! DRASTIC!"

Despite the threats and the dangerous crazed look in her eyes, HIKIKO didn't back down from her protective stance over the boys. There was no way she was just going to give up KEL to some crazy person.

Quickly judging the situation, she analyzed the chances of winning if they got into a scuffle right here.

HIKIKO has dealt with enough BLOCK MINIONS that she felt confident enough to care of them herself. She had no ideas about the capabilities of their leader though… If that girl had some trick hidden up her sleeve ready to pull, that might spell trouble for HIKIKO.

While she would be able to fight them off herself, she would have trouble focusing on that while also trying to protect SUNNY at the same time. KEL would have to do that by himself since none of the others were here to save them. Could she trust KEL to be able to fight them off if they try to hurt SUNNY though?

She could make KEL and SUNNY run far off so that they would all focus on her though. However, she really didn't like that idea since that meant SUNNY would end up far away from her. She really didn't want SUNNY to be separated from her again, not after so many false-calls fraying her mind today.

What to do…?

"HIKIKO."

She glanced to her side to see KEL, readying himself as he held his toy ball as a shield.

"I don't know what you got planned, but we totally got this." KEL smiled to reassure her, "I'm ready whenever you are."

…phew…

Having KEL feel so confident made her feel emboldened to fight.

As long as she and KEL surrounded SUNNY, he should be safe while they both take down these guys. She just needed to have faith.

When SOURHEART saw that none of them were willing to submit to her will, the dangerous look in her eyes became much more ferocious.

Here comes the obligatory boss fight…

OMORI sighed, knowing he won't be able to do anything with his sister watching.

"Don't say I didn't warn you." SOURHEART growled before pressing a button on her remote.

There was no immediate reaction at first, a silent pause filled the air with tension.

Soon however, there was a small tremor from the ground. Which then became a large tremor. Then a larger one right after.

Coming into the scene from afar at a dangerously fast pace was a mechanical carriage, the engine roaring like a beast and steam bellowing out from the pipes like gunshots. Instead of it calmly parking like it did during its introductions before, this time it haphazardly drifted itself right inbetween everyone like a race car. Skid marks were left on the ground with a loud scratch.

With a quick hop aboard, SOURHEART began to pose on top of her car before calling out, "MINIONS! ASSEMBLEEEEE!"

One by one, the BLOCK MINIONS behind her dropped their large ticket sack before launching themselves into the air to combine with the mechanical car. With each BLOCK that joined the group, their individual pieces would detach to move itself around and formed what seemed to be large colorful wooden arms and legs to act as a body.

By the time the transformation was over, it took on a very familiar shape, one that OMORI immediately noticed once it became obvious.

Wait- WHAT?

OMORI blinked at the sight of an alternate variant of PAPA CHIP, the giant friendly oven that often gave him free loaves of bread back in his old HEADSPACE. Instead of the shiny steel that he was used to seeing, the one in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE was more wooden and mechanical in nature. The chef's hat that usually decorated his head had SOURHEART standing in its place.

Said hat-replacement smiled cruelly before entering inside the oven from a hatch above, placing herself right in the middle while sitting on a big fancy driving seat.

With one last pose to seal the deal, SOURHEART's BLOCK-GOLEM has revealed itself.

Oh my god, she can ride inside of PAPA CHIP like an anime mecha?!

Why the heck didn't I ever think of that?! That was so cool!

"I can see from your terrified expressions that you're starting to regret your decisions now!" SOURHEART taunted with a malicious laugh.

OMORI shook his head clear to focus on the situation at hand.

"Oh boy…" HIKIKO muttered with an anxious sweat. Something like this might be more tough than she thought they could handle.

Without the full gang here, the HIKIKO and KEL might not be able to stand a chance…

"YES! Tremble in fear, neanderthals! Witness the power of my genius! The ultimate invention, the BLOCK-GOLEM!" SOURHEART cackled, "I'll make you rue the day you ever crossed paths with me!"

Everyone went into a defensive stance as SOURHEART raised her hand pointed towards them.

"Now… ATTACK!"

HIKIKO braced herself right in front of her little brother, jump-rope at the ready.

KEL flinched as he hid his face behind his ball.

OMORI stared with his hand twitching near his pockets just in case.

The BLOCK-GOLEM didn't move.

Like, at all.

It was just frozen in place there.

"..." SOURHEART glanced at her feet before repeating the command, "BLOCK-GOLEM, destroy those peasants!"

Once again, nothing happened.

"Come on! Kill them!" SOURHEART's bloodlust seemed to damper a bit here as she began sounding more embarrassed from the performance issues of her invention. With a couple of slaps on her driver seat, she commanded again, "Shoot fire! Throw rocks? Obey me already!"

Despite all of her efforts, her giant mecha oven didn't move a mechanical muscle.

Giving each other confused glances, HIKIKO and the others slowly let their guards down as the tension simmered.

"So… are we not gonna fight, or…?" KEL awkwardly asked.

HIKIKO could only give a shrug, not having any clue what was going on.

"I don't understand! Why isn't it working?!" SOURHEART pulled on her ponytails in distress. Standing up to walk around her seat in circles, she looked at every corner of her pilot space to figure out what was wrong. "This was supposed to be a perfect invention! All of my MINIONS are supposed to be in complete sync with each other and then it'd be easier to remotely control-"

A sudden gasp from her as she was struck with a realization.

"The TACTICIAN BLOCK. None of the MINIONS can sync commands together without the TACTICIAN BLOCK!"

OMORI stared at the frantic sour girl as she proceeded to check something from behind her driver seat.

The TACTICIAN BLOCK? Wasn't that the thing he killed earlier to help-

Wait, it couldn't be that this whole thing was caused by-...

"Where is it? Where is it?! Why is that unit missing from the group?! It should have heeded the recall signal and came back by now!" Loud noises and mechanical gears popped out from behind the seat as she worked just beyond view, "The last time I saw it was when I assigned it to sabotage that brat in the-"

Another sudden gasp rang out, even louder and more audacious than before.

Closing her seat trunk, the crazed girl stomped back into view before screaming, "YOU DID SOMETHING TO MY TACTICIAN BLOCK, DIDN'T YOU?!"

HIKIKO blinked slowly before realizing that the girl was talking to her, "...wait, huh?"

"You somehow figured out my plan to distract you and did something to my minion! Argh, it's no wonder you found a way to grab all those tickets before me- you lousy little cheater!"

HIKIKO blinked slowly again, before confusedly asking, "...wait, HUH?"

Okay, so this was definitely OMORI's fault then that this was happening. He really had no idea that his actions would lead to such a drastic consequence down the line.

Would the boss fight have gone to plan if he hadn't killed that BLOCK earlier during the game? How much of the storyline did he accidentally mess up because he didn't realize what he was doing?

He had thought that his sister's influence on the world would prevent him from doing anything substantial, but… maybe as long as HIKIKO wasn't there to see or influence him, he actually had more direct control than he assumed?

"Tch! Guess I have no choice but to do this myself."

SOURHEART cursed under her breath before exiting out the hatch on top of her GOLEM-BLOCK.

Settling herself on top of the failed oven machine, she dusted herself off before spreading her arms apart.

Jetpacks with mechanical wings popped out from behind her, spanning as long as her arms were spread.

With a loud whir of the engine, it began lighting up as SOURHEART started levitating in place.

"Say your prayers while you still can! Your miserable existence ends here!"

With the situation looking dangerous again, the three of them braced themselves to prepare for whatever was coming ahead.

SOURHEART began slowly ascending in the air as she was building up momentum for her devastating attack. Her death glare intensified on the group before she pulled forward–

And then a giant red ball came down from the sky and collided into her face, knocking her out instantly.

With the lack of control, she spiraled in the air for a bit before crashing down a few feet away, leaving a massive human shaped indent on the ground.

And then the jetpack exploded for good measure.

"wait, huh"

After a brief period of silence from staring at the sudden wreckage in front of them, both HIKIKO and OMORI turned to stare at KEL.

Noticing their confused looks, he quickly stuttered, "T-That wasn't me! Look, I still have my ball! I have no idea what just happened either."

He held up his toy ball, proving his point.

If that was the case, then where the heck did that other ball come from if it wasn't from KEL?

"Well, I'll be gosh-diddly-darned."

Popping into view, the familiar sheriff and his trusty DINO friend slipped onto the situation after everything was completely over.

Coming over to view what was apparently their handiwork in all of this, SHERIFF BOYARDEE overlooked the human-shaped wreckage while fiddling around with an ominous-looking black rubik's cube.

That was the thing HIKIKO turned in after she won the DINO's DIG game, wasn't it?

"You were right. It actually works like you said it would." The cowboy mumbled in mild surprise.

"I told ya, didn't I?" DINO playfully shoved his old friend with a tail.

"Shame we couldn't catch the ball in time though. Might take a while before it comes back around again." Readjusting his hat, the cowboy looked up at the sky in wonder as the red blur he saw entered the stratosphere once again.

DINO shrugged, "It'll stop bouncing eventually. Hopefully. Maybe."

Turning over to glance at the bewildered kids behind him, DINO flashed a toothy grin and an okay sign with his tiny claw.

HIKIKO and OMORI could only silently wonder to themselves in their thoughts.

What the heck even just happened?

So…

Even PAPA CHIP too, huh?

OMORI pressed his hand inquisitively on the nonfunctioning oven character, taking the time to observe it while the others were busy cleaning up after SOURHEART.

He remembered all the times in his adventures where he came across PAPA CHIP. Friendly, helpful, made really tasty bread. In some of the cycles, OMORI and friends would help him out against his evil uncle, NEFARIOUS CHIP. There was some nostalgia in seeing his old friend again, even if it wasn't exactly the same.

It was a shame that he doesn't seem to be alive here though, being more of a robot suit than a person of his own.

Part of OMORI was glad that the boss fight was skipped over anticlimactically, but a smaller part of him would've really liked to have seen what PAPA CHIP could do. What sort of things could he have done, based on MARI's imagination?

While OMORI was busy off to the side reminiscing, HIKIKO had watched the sheriff cowboy tie up SOURHEART's hands to arrest her.

Giving a nasty side-eye towards HIKIKO, the girl harrumphed, "What are you looking at, brat?"

HIKIKO rolled her eyes before facing DINO, "So what's going to happen now?"

"Now?" DINO paused in the middle of his standing skateboard kickflips, answering with, "Well, we're going to have this young lady placed under arrest for unprovoked violence. Then probably send her off somewhere where she can't bother the park anymore."

"Ohoh, you won't get rid of me that easily!" SOURHEART declared as she struggled from the sheriff's grip, "Once my mother hears about this, you will all pay for treating me like this! You'll face the wrath of the QUEEN's army at your doorstep soon!"

SOURHEART then aimed a cold glare at HIKIKO, causing her to flinch.

"And you…! Don't think this will be the last time we meet. When I come back, I'll remember you!"

"That's enough out of you, missy." SHERIFF BOYARDEE pulled her restraints back before leading her away from HIKIKO, "C'mon, time to skedaddle."

Despite her ominous final words, watching her get escorted away did make HIKIKO feel like it was going to be the last she'll have to deal with SOURHEART for at least a while.

Supposedly, she should feel relieved that nothing serious happened and that they all could walk away freely from all of this.

Yet why doesn't she…? It felt like there was an anxious knot inside her that was making her more uneasy than ever before…

This wasn't supposed to happen.

Something compelled her to look towards KEL.

The energetic boy was smiling so brightly after seeing SOURHEART get taken away, happy to see the bully get their just deserts. Yet when he noticed that HIKIKO was staring, there was a moment his smile became a bit uneasy.

This wasn't supposed to happen... KEL wasn't supposed to—

She was shaken out of her stupor by DINO bumping his tail into her.

"Hey, don't look so pale there, pal!" DINO reassured with a toothy grin, "Don't worry your pretty little head about miss fancy pants and her mommy issues coming back to get ya. I'm sure you'll all be long gone before she has the chance to do anything. You can relax and take it easy!"

Right… Right, yeah.

HIKIKO forced herself to loosen up a bit, allowing her to relax now that things were finally over. She even put up a smile herself to put everyone else at ease.

"You guys worked hard. Take in the sights, eat some snacks before you have to go. Spend the tickets at the prize counter! Lord knows you have more than enough." DINO suggested.

"You sure it's okay for us to spend all those tickets?" HIKIKO felt she needed to ask, "We made out with a lot, to put it mildly."

She was pretty sure that there was nothing to stop them from wiping every prize-shelf clean with the amount of tickets she'd been given.

"HA! Spend it all, keep it to yourself, give out every toy we have stocked for free– Doesn't matter to me!" DINO guffawed before pulling out the rubik's cube HIKIKO turned in earlier, "I made out like a bandit compared to you guys! Knew it was gonna be worth it betting on you!"

Ending the conversation on that charming note, DINO suddenly kickflipped back onto his skateboard before pedaling away. Whilst grinding on a nearby bench, he gave a distinctive "DINO EX MACHINAAAAA" before disappearing off into the sunset.

What an odd fellow.

KEL tugged on her gown to grab her attention, before pointing at her stoic brother off to the side.

"We should check on SUNNY, I think he's daydreaming again."

Like he said, there was her little brother staring at MECHA-GOLEM as he zoned out like he usually did.

Actually, come to think of it, it had been a while since she's caught him daydreaming like this.

He had been so subdued and withdrawn earlier in the day before they ventured out into co*ckAIGNE. Then once they finally met up with KEL, it was almost like he became restlessly driven about something with the way he kept vanishing off left and right.

It was nice to just see him relax enough to go back to being his usual self again, even for just a bit.

Walking up next to him, HIKIKO crouched down to his eye level and asked, "Penny for your thoughts?"

OMORI's reminiscing time was over as he felt his sister's presence standing by his side. Giving one last look at PAPA CHIP, he shrugged to her, "It looks cool. That's all."

So long, old friend. Maybe OMORI will see you working in action the next time around.

With everything done and over with, the three of them regrouped together in front of the prize station. The day looked to be almost over, with the sun slowly setting in the horizon. The park's golden luster was soon fading away as the sky darkened.

Before they made plans to prepare their journey out of this place, HIKIKO reminded them of all the extra tickets she won.

"Soooo? KEL, SUNNY? Do either of you want anything from the prize counter?" HIKIKO placed a warm hand on each of their shoulders as they all looked at the options in front of them, "Don't be shy, you can choose whichever one you want! Just don't be too greedy, okay?"

Surprisingly, KEL lightly stepped away from this with his hands up, "Eeehh, I think I learned my lesson after what happened earlier. I don't really want any prizes anymore." He gave an embarrassed chuckle before smiling widely at OMORI, "Feel free to choose an extra one for yourself, SUNNY!"

"Are you sure, KEL?" HIKIKO asked in slight surprise, "You don't have to worry about getting into trouble anymore, you know."

"Aheh," KEL scratched his cheek with a nervous smile, "Yeah, I'm sure."

"Alright then…" HIKIKO nodded understandingly, before focusing her attention on her little brother, "So, how about it, SUNNY? You can pick whichever you like. Is there any toy that caught your eye since we came here?"

Yeah. There has been.

It doesn't really matter though… Since this was all just a dream, none of it mattered.

At least… It wasn't supposed to matter…

OMORI gulped silently as he looked between his sister and the toy plushie of DINO sitting right in front of him.

Sigh… He wished things could've happened differently. He wanted so badly to earn that plushie on his own without his sister having to help.

Why did he waste so much time and energy on this fruitless goal when he knew none of this was going to actually matter outside the dream? Was it really all for closure? Because he promised he would back when he was nine?

It wasn't like a murderer like him deserved closure…

OMORI pointed at the DINO plushie with a stoic, "That one, please."

"Ooh! Good choice!" CHAD came out with an upbeat smile, grabbing the toy plushie and setting it on the counter, "One DINO plush, coming up!"

HIKIKO gushed as her little brother silently grabbed the large plushie, "Aaaww~ It looks so cute! I figured you'd pick out something like that!"

It was as big as OMORI remembered, back when he was nine. This big giant soft toy that he only just barely managed to fit in a hug. It could almost suffocate him if it was any heavier.

So soft… So plush…

Yet it felt so empty, knowing he didn't do anything to earn it.

"This is going to look great back at home with the rest of your souvenir collection!" HIKIKO giggled.

HIKIKO tilted her head a bit when her little brother didn't say anything.

He kept holding the toy plush in his arms with a soft frown, looking so somber to himself.

Did he not like it? Maybe he wanted to change his mind but didn't know how to ask? Or did she accidentally pick the wrong toy when he pointed at something else?

"Is something wrong, SUNNY?"

When he turned to look at her, HIKIKO was stunned to see his eyes convey so much sadness behind them. It felt so jarring out of his normally cliff-faced and stoic demeanor.

But why? How could he be so sad, and for what? Her mind instinctively asked so many questions, wanting to know what was wrong so she could fix it for him.

Instead, her little brother chose to reach out and hand the plushie over to her, "...I want you to have it…"

What…?

SUNNY wanted her to have this plushie?

HIKIKO didn't know what to make of it, or why SUNNY decided to give his toy to her. Still, the sadness in his eyes made her silently accept the gift.

It was really sweet and considerate of him. He didn't have to worry about getting her a gift, it wasn't like she wasn't allowed to pick out a toy for herself if she wanted one.

But why was he so pitifully sad over it? She wanted to ask so badly, and yet she was too stunned to even find the words.

She hugged the plushie in her arms, letting the softness wash over her.

It's definitely adorable… If she was a bit younger, she would've loved playing with it.

"You…" She heard her brother almost whisper out.

Leaning down to hear him better, she wanted to focus all of her attention on him.

"SUNNY?" She called out softly, not wanting to rush him but letting him know that she was ready and willing to listen.

He gave a silent gulp, closing his eyes and taking a deep breath to steady himself. Once he opened his eyes again, he calmly admitted to her, "You already gave me a DINO plushie before. A long time ago."

D-... Did she…?

"You probably don't remember… We made a promise that we'd work hard to get our grades up so that we could go to that amusem*nt park." Her little brother closed his eyes as he began to recount his memories, "We promised together that we'd both win a toy dinosaur plushie, one for each of us to play with. But… I… I never won mine."

HIKIKO silently stared at her brother.

He continued on with a sad, "You felt bad for me, since you got one but I didn't. I wasn't good enough at the games to win a plushie on my own, so you… You gave me yours to make me feel better…Even though you wanted a plushie for yourself so badly… I just…"

A car ride home.

A soft toy rubbed against her face.

A coloring book, left to the side without care.

SUNNY stared out the window, bottling up his emotions.

Mom and dad didn't notice, but she did.

He was doing it again... She hated when he did that.

"We promised to have one for each of us… I felt so bad that I couldn't win enough tickets on my own, that you felt like you had to give me yours. So when we came here and I saw the exact same plushie again, I thought I could… I thought I'd have a second chance to try to do it over again. I wanted to do my best to earn enough tickets and try to win the plushie on my own. That way, I'd be able to give one to you too, just like we promised. But… I still couldn't."

Throughout the day, HIKIKO won at so many games while her little brother struggled to get by with any one of them.

She-... She just wanted to impress him and tried to act cool. To make him proud of her.

She never even realized what he was trying to do.

"I wish I could've. It would've felt better if I got it on my own without relying on you… But even though I wasn't able to earn it myself, I still wanted to give one to you… I wanted us to be even… I'm sorry."

HIKIKO kept staring at her little brother.

She kept staring for the longest time.

She couldn't form a single thought in her mind. So overwhelmed with an indescribable emotion, one that was threatening to overwhelm all of her senses.

He wanted to earn enough tickets to get a toy plushie just for her. Yet he couldn't, because of her. He tried so hard without her ever even realizing.

She never deserved to have such a good little brother.

She doesn't deserve the right to.

Soft tears began to run down her cheeks, droplets wetting the plush fabric she was holding onto.

She let it fall from her grasp, wanting to be able to hug her little brother instead.

His eyes widened a bit when she came in for the hug. The sadness that filled them was gone just for that small instance as she held him tightly.

She let the tears uncontrollably fall, silently holding onto her brother for dear life, not wanting to let go until she finally calmed down.

MARI wouldn't let go until she calmed down.

OMORI silently sighed as he hugged her back.

Her mind was so overwhelmed with so much emotion that was almost enough to break it apart. Almost, at least.

Nobody noticed it when the world cracked a bit. Just a tiny crack.

A small tiny crack, enough to see something dark inside.

They stood closely together, walking hand in hand as they prepared to leave EL DORA-DINO.

KEL was taking the lead in front of them, casually marching forward with a carefree smile on his face like always.

HIKIKO held her DINO plushie in her free arm, making sure to hold a tight grip on it so that she didn't drop it by accident. It was a little big, so she had to readjust it in her arms a few times to stop it from slipping. Later when they got home, she'll need to find a good space for it so that she could show it off to everyone.

OMORI, meanwhile, was busy with his thoughts again.

So… That was pretty risky of him.

He ended up saying more than what he should've when he told her all about the DINO plushie his sister gave him all those years ago.

Honestly, it was kind of stupid of him to end up revealing so much, saying all of that to HIKIKO and reminding her about the real world outside of HEADSPACE. One wrong move, and he could've immediately blown his cover. Or worse, the BASIL treatment…

Still, it ended up being lucky that HIKIKO didn't seem to realize it at all. Once she was able to stop crying, everything went back to normal, with her acting as her usual self.

He wasn't sure if it was gratifying or not to finally be able to give HIKIKO that DINO plushie. He had hoped that maybe it would ease his mind a little to finally repay her, but he still felt sort of empty about it when it was all done and over with.

At least HIKIKO was happy about it. Maybe that could be enough to satisfy him for now.

This whole adventure here sure ended up being a massive waste of time though. They got to recruit KEL back and HIKIKO now has her plushie, but OMORI still had no new leads on BLACK SPACE at all.

He did end up learning a lot of information about her HEADSPACE though, and even potentially how to work himself around it. Sort of.

There was a chance that he could do so much more than he thought he could, so long as HIKIKO wasn't there to witness him. SOURHEART was evidence of that when she kept showing reactions to all of his actions.

Those were mostly flukes though since he had no idea what he was doing at the time. It would be hard to find opportunities to get away from HIKIKO in order to pull something like that again though…

Still, he had a new game plan for how to affect HIKIKO to get him where he needed to be. Maybe in the next adventure, he'll end up finally getting the lead on BLACK SPACE.

Hm… Thinking abstract-like. That was what SHERIFF BOYARDEE told him to do, to try and see if that could help him find BLACK SPACE.

Actually, speaking of that cowboy… OMORI just remembered something.

Reaching into his pockets, he pulled out the three circus tickets he was given earlier in the day.

What was the point of these? Could they really help him find BLACK SPACE at all? BOYARDEE only said that it might give him some ideas and hoped it would be of any help somehow.

Throughout the day, the two of them had passed by the circus tent a couple times when they were looking for games. It never really showed any signs that anything weird or different could be going on.

Conveniently even now, as KEL was leading them away to leave this place, the circus tent was right nearby for them to see.

Since it was beginning to get dark, the lights inside became more obvious. It looked livelier, probably because there was a show happening right now. Other than that, he didn't really find anything outside the norm–

It was so quick, he almost dismissed it.

But he definitely saw it.

Within the tent flaps, hiding further inside, he saw himself staring back.

An almost perfect mirror image of himself, hiding behind the colorful cloth like a shy kid hiding from everyone else.

Not a perfect mirror image.Almostperfect.

Because his right eye was bleeding.

OMORI's eyes widened once he realized what he just saw, his legs freezing in place.

Accidentally pulled back, HIKIKO looked down to ask with concern, "SUNNY? Something the matter?"

Of course something was the matter. SOMETHING was the matter here, at least.

OMORI could feel his adrenaline pumping through his nerves as his free hand trembled into a fist.

The image of his other self with the bleeding eye was so brief and instant, OMORI wasn't able to get a second glance to make sure he wasn't just seeing things.

No, even now, he wasabsolutely surehe wasn't just seeing things.

He definitely saw it.

If that wasn't the sign of a repressed thought lurking its way out through the cracks, he didn't know what was.

Without any warning, OMORI released his sister's hand as he ran towards the anomaly.

"Wait! SUNNY, where are you going?!"

He couldn't afford to stay behind to explain or comfort his sister right now, this was much too important to stop for.

The hint of the darkness lurking under his sister's HEADSPACE. If he could only just follow it, he could finally know more about the truth that MARI was hiding from and be able to help her forgive herself!

It was so close… Please don't let this chance slip him by!

Why in a circus? Why didn't he bother to check earlier when he had the chance? Was it always here or did it appear only after the adventure was over? Did this mean SHERIFF BOYARDEE was leading him this whole time or was it genuinely just a coincidence?

So many unanswered questions that he wished he could find the answers to.

He only ever witnessed seeing her BLACK SPACE once, and that seemed more like a fluke than anything. He could only hope while chasing this new lead that he'll get lucky again, and maybe even learn if there was a pattern.

It didn't take him long as he made his way into the entrance, finding the space inside to be bigger than the size outside seemed to suggest. His sprint slowed to a halt as he quickly looked around to try and catch his mirror image before its trail could disappear.

A crowded audience circled the main stage while warm-up acts were going on. Large groups of various colorful characters, animals, and creatures littered the stadium. Most of them sat in the side-seats, enjoying snacks and watching from a heighted angle. Others crowded around the fences that formed a ring around the stage, hoping to get a closer look at the performances. An orchestra band was playing appropriate music off to the side while exotic animals showcased their tricks on the main stage.

Try as he might, staring within the crowd of people, but he couldn't find his bloody-eyed counterpart at all. Did it hide further inside? Did it already disappear before he could catch it?

Damn it…!

"SUNNY!"

HIKIKO and KEL caught up with him soon after, both of them catching their breath from the sudden chase.

"SUNNY, come on! Didn't I already tell you not to suddenly run off without me?!" HIKIKO admonished, moving her plushie around to hold tighter in her arm, "You're going to make me worried sick again!"

"Dude, I've never seen you run so fast before…" KEL huffed a bit, "You must'vereallywanted to see this tent."

OMORI didn't turn around to answer, still too busy scanning the stage to find any hint of where his other self might be hiding.

HIKIKO stood by his side, swiveling her head around in wonder. "Ooh, isn't this the circus? So that's why you got so worked up about it…"

"What do you mean?" KEL asked.

"During the trip around the park, SUNNY managed to snag some free entry tickets to go see the circus show here. It was the same SHERIFF from earlier, right SUNNY?" HIKIKO clarified.

OMORI was barely paying attention to the conversation, mindlessly nodding along even as he stood on his toes to try and get a better scope of the place.

"Oh cool! In that case, no wonder why SUNNY was in a rush to go all of a sudden!" KEL chuckled, "I'd get all excited to see it too! I love the circus!"

With a small sigh, HIKIKO glanced at her little brother with a tired smile, "You could've at least asked, y'know. KEL and I would've said yes and came with you. You didn't have to feel rushed or anything to run off like that."

"Right, sorry…" OMORI mumbled.

He held in a frustrated sigh, unable to find any other clues or sightings of that mirror image of his. No choice but to investigate further inside and hope to god that he wasn't going crazy.

"Well, I can see you're really eager to head inside." HIKIKO giggled, giving her little brother some headpats to try and calm him down, "Do you really like circus acts that much? It's refreshing to see you get so excited for a change."

He was more anxious rather than excited, but he might as well use her perception of him to act as a cover.

Grabbing her hand and tugging her along, he insisted, "Let's go in now before it's too late!"

"Okay, okay! Easy there, little brother!" HIKIKO laughed along, with KEL bouncing in right behind them.

Entry into the circus was easy enough, after they were approached by a small crab-creature-thing who was also a polite-speaking entry attendant. OMORI didn't waste any time handing the tickets over, restlessly looking at every corner of the entire tent the whole time they were led to any available seats.

Once they all sat down, the crab attendant mentioned that they actually managed to arrive just in time for the main show as the warm-up acts were just ending. Making sure they were all comfortable, it gave a quick farewell to go back to tracking the entrance.

"See, SUNNY? We didn't miss a single thing!" HIKIKO reassured with even more headpats. "You didn't even have to worry!"

"Mm." OMORI absentmindedly nodded.

Just like that crab attendant said, the real show was just about to begin. The lights flickered out around the crowd, as all the warm up acts quickly scurried out of the stage. Everyone in the stadium quieted down to hushed whispers once the ringmaster came out, some kind of giant floating bubble creature with a top hat and bowtie.

The orchestra band started playing cheerful energetic music in the background as the ringmaster began the introduction and hyping up the crowd. Streamers and balloons were released into the crowd in a bombastic colorful display.

Any other day, and OMORI probably would've gotten swept up by the excitement of it all himself. But right now, he really couldn't afford to pay any attention to anything else other than what he came here for.

Was it really not in here anymore? He already spent the last several minutes staring down every single detail of the place to try to find any trail of where that potential BLACK SPACE entity disappeared off to. It was starting to wreck his mind a little, desperately searching for it like this. He really didn't want to waste time sitting still watching a whole circus performance when he could potentially lose his only lead at any moment.

As the first act was about to begin and everyone around him gave a round of applause, OMORI had to wonder if he didn't go wrong somewhere.

Think, gotta think… Out of all places, why did it have to be in a circus? Was there something about circuses that was related to him or MARI in any special way? It didn't seem very likely, especially since they've never been to any actual circuses in the real world…

If anything, it would've made more sense as a connection if it involved the DINO'S DIG game in some way. At least the two of them actually played that in real life…

Nonono- He's gotta think even deeper than that. OMORI shouldn't be unfamiliar with this sort of thing, he'd had gone through several of his own BLACK SPACE encounters himself back in his own HEADSPACE. Things he hated and tried to hide by forcefully shoving them down below from his carefree world…

One way or another, they always leaked back up through the cracks, no matter how many times he tried to cover them.

Look around, one more time. Expand your mind. Search for what could be hiding the truth.

HIKIKO was sitting right next to him, still holding her plushie in her arm. She seemed enamored at the performance going on, enjoying it with rapt attention. His sister was always usually attentive towards him, but it seems that whenever there was a performance to watch or something else she needed to focus on, she would let her guard down a bit. Hopefully that was something OMORI could take advantage of when he needed to go off on his own again.

KEL was sitting on his other side, kicking his legs in excitement as he watched the stage. Every once in a while, he'd cheer in awe or applaud first before anyone else. Nothing about him seemed obviously useful at a glance, so OMORI wasn't sure how much he'd be able to help or be a hindrance…

Look deeper.

On the main stage, a stage magician was performing all sorts of tricks to wow the audience. It was some sort of invisible man, or at least maybe just a magical floating tuxedo suit, doing dangerous stunts that would injure a normal person. The crowd gave a tremendous applause as the magician did a sword swallowing trick by placing a sharp sword inside of him.

Not that.

Rows upon rows of different creatures and imaginary beings sat in the audience chairs. Some of them were familiar faces, some of them entirely new creatures that he had never seen before. Some that stood out to him were mostly some SPROUT MOLES, a few FRUIT or VEGGIE KIDS here and there, that same narwhal that was in charge of the fishing game, ironically some of SOURHEART's BLOCK MINIONS somehow–

It had to be here…

Near the back, a full orchestra of instrument-playing crab creatures were preparing themselves. They were small like the crab attendant from earlier, almost reaching half of his height. Most of them tuned their instruments or studied their music sheet in advance. A few of them were still actively part of the performance though, with a dramatic drumroll drummer, or the oboe player solo-ing with mysterious background music for the magician.

Something about that tickled the back of his mind.

The orchestra… Was there something about the orchestra that he didn't notice? Something about them that could be related to HIKIKO somehow?

He had been to several orchestra shows before as a kid, thanks to MARI. His whole family always attended their school shows and plays since she took part as the piano player.

Orchestra.

Piano.

Musical background.

They both played instruments too.

OMORI blinked in realization, before looking back at the orchestra to study it again. Particularly the strings section.

Cellos, double bass, harps–

That was when he asked the biggest question that finally helped connect the dots.

Why weren't there any violinists?

Bingo.

It wasn't much to go off of, but it was a new lead nonetheless. MARI was a musical expert, and he was sure that she knew more about the ins and outs of being in an orchestra more than him. But even he knew that violins played a big part.

So why weren't there any here?

He could already think of a few reasons why already, which was why he started feeling confident in this new line of thinking.

If he could get close to the orchestra band to investigate further…

The moment he tried to slide out from his seat in order to sneak off though, he felt a rough hold on his hand pulling him back.

"SUNNY, come on…" HIKIKO looked down at him with a tired frown, "You can't keep sneaking away from me like that. Please, just let me know where you want to go so that I can come with. I don't want to lose you."

"S-Sorry…" OMORI mumbled out awkwardly.

Shoot... He got so tunnel-visioned into his new lead that he forgot to make sure if his sister was still keeping track of him.

"I just… Um…" He fumbled a bit, trying to think of an excuse.

He had been so high-strung about searching for his mirror image this whole time, he didn't have the chance to come up with a proper plan to try to get away from HIKIKO. What could he even say to get HIKIKO off his back to explore around the place? Especially after sneaking off without her knowing so many times today.

If he told her that he wanted to go check out the orchestra band, he wondered how she would react. Would she let him, or would that end up backfiring on him immensely?

On the chance that she decides to follow after him, what if she ends up seeing the other SUNNY too? He didn't even want to think about how badly she would react to that, already knowing that she'd close off that lead and shut it tight before OMORI could even get the chance to investigate further.

No, he had to find a way to be alone for this… It was the only way to prevent anything from going wrong.

Think think think think think–

"I think SUNNY wants to get a closer look near the stage." KEL offered behind him.

OMORI turned around to see KEL giving an oblivious smile at the situation. Whether or not KEL meant to pull him out of this jam, he was still thankful for the excuse to latch onto.

Standing up from his seat, KEL suggested, "Let's bring him up to the front of the ring so that we can see it upclose! It'll be more fun that way!"

"Y-Yeah..." OMORI nodded along.

HIKIKO looked up ahead to where KEL pointed, seeing the large crowd that had amassed since the show started. With a small sigh, she smiled, "It's kinda crowdy, but alright. We can move up there if you really want to, SUNNY."

She still kept a firm grip on his hand though, as she stood up with them. Her other arm readjusted again to keep hold of her DINO plushie.

With a concerned frown, she bent down to OMORI's level to ask, "Since it's really crowded down there, please promise that you'll hold my hand and stick close to my side. Close enough so that I don't have to worry about you disappearing again. Okay? I really really really don't want to look away for a split-second and then look back to see that you already vanished from thin air because you went somewhere without telling me. That's already happened twice today, which is two times too many. My heart seriously can't take any more."

There really wasn't anything OMORI could say to that. Even as his sister gave the most puppy-eyed expression, practically begging right now, he knew that he didn't have a choice but to lie to her again.

This was too important to let go.

"I'll stay close." OMORI promised.

He watched as HIKIKO gave a deep sigh of relief before smiling brightly again.

"Thank you."

OMORI really hoped that he wasn't testing her patience to the limit at this point.

The third act finally came to an end. The comedy clown duo blew kisses and gave bows to the raving audience around them.

KEL was on his left, laughing like crazy and clapping his knee as he cried his eyes out.

HIKIKO softly chuckled to herself, shaking her head at the act's silly antics. All the while, her other hand kept a firm hold on OMORI's right hand the entire time.

OMORI watched silently with a mindful eye on everything, not letting one detail slip by him.

He watched as the audience's laughter and cheers died down. He watched as the ringmaster came out, preparing to transition to the next act.

He watched as HIKIKO turned to him and asked, "Those last clowns were better than the guys at the pie shooting gallery, huh SUNNY?"

"Mhm." OMORI nodded along to whatever she said.

With a satisfied smile, she went back to watching the stage again.

And if he was right…

Three… Two… One…

OMORI watched as HIKIKO let go of his hand for the briefest second to readjust her DINO plushie in her arm, before quickly going back to grabbing his hand again.

Okay… Okay okay okay- He was off by like a few seconds, but OMORI was starting to get the pattern down.

He had an incredibly ridiculous plan up his sleeve, almost KEL levels of ridiculous… But he was sure it was gonna work.

IF he pulled it off correctly.

The ringmaster ended his introduction for the next act as the crowd gave their round of applause. Two creatures that were just huge burly mustaches came out and started climbing up the trapeze ladders, ready to perform some kind of balancing act with a single unicycle between the two of them.

With the new act going on, HIKIKO paid her full attention towards them as she was mesmerized by the gravity defying stunts they were pulling.

Because of the fact she was holding onto his hand the whole time, her guard should be lowered enough that she probably wouldn't look over to make sure if her little brother was still right next to her.

Phew… Alright…

Without making a sound, OMORI reached out to grab KEL's hand as he prepared for the next step of his plan.

KEL looked at his arm to notice OMORI grabbing it, and gave a confused whisper, "Uh, SUNNY…?"

OMORI couldn't bother to explain though, his full attention solely directed at the DINO plushie that was slowly sagging out of HIKIKO's arms.

Ever so slowly…

Millimeter by millimeter.

Hopefully he doesn't mess this up…

He could feel KEL uncomfortably shuffle around right next to him, whispering again, "SUNNY, did you need some-"

At that split second, HIKIKO let go of his hand to unconsciously lift her plushie up in a better position.

The moment OMORI saw his opening, he didn't waste the chance.

Quickly pivoting around the confused sports boy, he switched spots with KEL and made sure to stick KEL's hand up around the same height OMORI was usually holding it in.

He watched nervously as HIKIKO went back to grab for his hand, saw that she connected with KEL…

And held his hand firmly without ever realizing anything was out of the ordinary. HIKIKO kept her gaze at the mustaches doing handstands on top of each other while the audience's cheers drowned out any suspicious noises.

YES!

Now to just convince KEL to go along with everything and not screw this up for him.

The boy in question looked at his hand with an perturbed frown, looked up to see HIKIKO not realizing she was holding his hand, then glanced back to OMORI to ask, "Wha-"

OMORI quickly covered his mouth to prevent him from making a sound.

Staring directly into KEL's eyes, OMORI placed a finger on his lips and shook his head.

KEL awkwardly looked back and forth between the siblings, before trying speak again, "But-"

Once more, this time placing as much emphasis on how serious this was to him, OMORI placed a finger on his lips and shook his head.

He was not playing around, KEL. Please, for love of god, just go along with this.

Despite feeling so incredibly tense from the way OMORI stared him down, KEL sighed before raising his free hand up in defeat.Okay, okay-KEL silently mouthed, before doing a motion of zipping his lips and throwing the zipper away.

OMORI let out a breath he didn't even realize he had been holding in. With a relieved nod, OMORI mouthed back a quickThank youand gave a thumbs up to show his gratitude.

KEL nodded back awkwardly, doing his best not to draw any attention to himself with HIKIKO still right beside him.

With this, KEL, you have repaid your debt of twenty dollars that OMORI lent you back in the previous world.

Godspeed, old friend.

Without another word, OMORI slipped amongst the crowd and disappeared off towards his investigation.

He wasn't sure how long he had until the act ended, so he'll have to be quick before HIKIKO realized he was gone.

Sorry again, sis… But this was for your sake.

You're better off without him, once this was all over.

All the way towards the back of the tent, near the side with the orchestra playing.

The music from them was louder now that he was so close by.

Reviewing the composition of the whole orchestra band, OMORI wasn't mistaken when he noted that the violinists were missing.

Not a single crab person was carrying one in sight. Heck, not even a viola either. That should technically count as a different instrument, so it was odd to see those were missing too.

If he had to guess, maybe they just looked too similar for MARI's taste.

No sign of his cracked mirror image yet though.

OMORI pressed onwards to investigate further.

Deeper within the confines of the circus tent, he found an exit flap that seemed to connect to some kind of trailer door.

The sign next to it had the bold font ofBACKSTAGE AREA EMPLOYEES ONLYwritten on it to warn away visitors.

With one last cautious look around, OMORI proceeded on and entered through the door.

Entering this new area, he found himself in what looked like a long hallway that seemed to stretch on forever.

The lights were off, making it shrouded in darkness.

Though he could make out the few miscellaneous makeup stations and lockers placed either side of the walls, he really had to strain his eyes just to see further.

But beyond any of that… Inside his mind, he could feel the familiar sense of dread and terror sneaking in.

His body felt hesitant to respond, almost shaking as he stared down this long black hallway.

Like something inside was telling him torun, get away, don't come any further.

Was this fear? Or maybe… it was just nostalgia.

Hm.

He did his best to force away the feelings of dread from overtaking him, pushing onwards deeper into the darkness.

He walked on, and on, and on… No longer could he hear the songs of the orchestra behind him, nor the cheers and laughter from the crowd.

In here, all signs of life seemed truly gone.

A red barn, surrounded by cattails.

An empty portrait waiting inside.

A long dark hallway, just like this one, if you stepped through the painting.

A noose. A music sheet. A portrait of a happy family.

A key.

This must be it then. He really did find some kind of crack that came from his sister's BLACK SPACE.

A part of him was thrilled to be able to finally make some progress after a whole journey wasting time playing games and dealing with SOURHEART. It felt juxtaposed to the internal fear caused by being in such a dark scary corridor.

Something was waiting to be found at the end of this hallway.

Either that, or SOMETHING itself.

Aha.

There it was.

Not SOMETHING, persay, but it wasn't exactly whatever he was expecting either.

A cracked mirror hanging at the end of the hall.

As he got closer to investigate, he could see his own reflection within.

The bleeding right eye that his reflection carried did not make him look very endearing, he had to admit.

It was a sign pointing that he was on the right track though.

Was this what he saw earlier then, when he had walked past the entrance to the circus? He did start calling it his cracked mirrored image, but he had no idea the description would end up being this literal.

As OMORI walked even closer to get a better look, so too did his reflection.

Out of curiosity, he brought his hand up to feel his right eye.

He wasn't actually bleeding, of course. It was only his cracked reflection.

It still made him strangely uncomfortable to see the blood from his eye staining his hand in the reflection though.

You'd think after four years, he'd be used to this kind of thing. Apparently not as much as he hoped.

He raised his hand with some hesitation, wondering if he should touch the mirror to see what would happen.

His mirrored image did the same, his face as stoic and cliff-faced as ever.

He had his knife ready in his pocket. He wasn't going to be caught off guard again like he did down under the STRAWBERRY OCEAN.

If SOMETHING came out to attack him, OMORI was going to be prepared this time.

Letting go of his trepidation, he placed his hand on the mirror.

Something clicked.

The wall where the mirror was adorned suddenly swung open.

A new room?

Gathering up more courage, he pushed the hidden door all the way through and peered inside.

OMORI's eyes widened to what he saw.

It wasn't SOMETHING.

It was a violin.

Right there in the center of this new room, sitting on a stand atop a wooden table. Music sheets were littered haphazardly around it, almost like a summoning circle.

What made it stand out even more was that the violin was the only brightly lit object in the otherwise completely black room.

OMORI stepped through the opening, walking up to the violin sitting perfectly picturesque on the table.

He had to wonder what this implied. How did MARI view the violin ever since the incident that ruined both of their lives?

In this other world where she never died, her little brother managed to wrap himself around her body to protect her during the fall. The broken violin that he threw down the stairs got embedded into his eye during the landing.

This violin was supposed to be a cherished gift… It was something all of their friends worked hard to chip in so that they could afford this for him.

Yet he so callously threw it down the stairs that day without a second thought.

It killed his sister, in his world.

It took his eye, in this one.

…so what exactly does it mean, being placed here?

Maybe she just couldn't bear to remember the memories it brought her whenever she saw it. So she locked it away in BLACK SPACE… That was his best guess at least.

OMORI took the time to study the instrument with a careful eye, wondering what would happen if he touched it.

Before he could decide to do so, a sudden click came from behind him.

Unnatural breathing, like from a demonic animal.

His instincts flared as he turned around, his hand already in his pocket ready to draw his steak knife.

Eyes.

So many eyes.

His body froze once again as he saw the large black entity crawl into the room through the only doorway leading in and out.

Multi-legged like a spider. Arms as large as muscles. A crooked smile that seemed to stretch on forever.

SOMETHING was looking at him.

He thought he had been ready. He thought that the moment he had to face off against SOMETHING again, he would be prepared to fight it.

For some reason, his body refused to move. The moment he had locked eyes on the thing, it's appearance was enough to make him act like nothing more than a deer in headlights.

Stop it…! Don't be afraid again. If you fall now, HIKIKO won't be here to save you this time!

OMORI couldn't let himself die here.

He did his best scrounge up as much courage he could find left in his heart, preparing himself to make the first strike.

However, just before that could happen…

SOMETHING stretched out to flick on the lights.

The sudden brightness nearly blinded him, as he instinctively shut his eyes closed.

Stunned from being blinded, it took a few moments for him to collect his wits and force his eyes to open again.

But when he did, SOMETHING wasn't there anymore.

It was…

It was just one of those crab creatures from the orchestra.

"Hey kid? You know you're not supposed to be in here, right?"

waitwat

With one last death defying stunt, the mustached trapeze brothers ended their performance with a bang. Jumping off the unicycle and climbing down, they waved their burly and hairy appendages whilst thanking the audience for their time.

HIKIKO wowed under her breath as everyone in the crowd gave a huge raving applause again.

Switching places with the big giant bubble of a ringmaster, it began preparing to do its introduction for the next act they had in store.

HIKIKO felt herself giggle again as her excitement began to die down, letting herself relax after seeing another thrilling performance.

She felt her giant plushie beginning to slip in her arm again, already moving to push it back up to prevent it from dropping.

HIKIKO wondered if she should've turned in her tickets to also afford a backstrap or something to easily carry her DINO plushie. Despite how much she loved SUNNY's gift for her, it could be a little inconvenient to hold sometimes…

Once she was done adjusting it, she reached down to grab her little brother's hand again to make sure he stayed close.

"So what did you think about those guys, SUNNY?" HIKIKO turned to ask, curious about how he felt about the latest performance they just watched.

KEL looked back at her with small dotted eyes and a blank smile on his face.

HIKIKO took a second to herself to blink. Then she blinked again, but a bit more slowly this time to allow her mind to catch up with what she saw.

KEL continued to smile back at her, growing increasingly nervous at her lack of reaction.

After a while of pure silence between them, HIKIKO decided to let go of KEL's hand.

"Where's SUNNY?"

"Ummm… Uhhh…" KEL was practically sweating as he worked up the nerve to confess, "So, uh… SUNNY kinda… snuck off to explore? I think?"

SUNNY… snuck off?

But she had been right here, holding his hand the whole time.

How could he-... Why would he-...

So many thoughts were piling up in her head and it was hard to even process any of them to think anything coherent.

But as she looked around searching for SUNNY, hoping it was some small prank and that he would pop up from behind her, she realized it.

Her little brother disappeared again.

HIKIKO's arms fell limp to her sides, unknowingly dropping the DINO plushie to the floor.

She helplessly spun around in a circle, trying to find out where he might've gone.

He was just here. He had beenright here, standing next to her this whole time. They had been holding hands together the entire time they've stood here— How could she have lost track of SUNNY?!

Once again, she felt her mind beginning to fray, trying to figure out when he disappeared, why he was gone, how she didn't notice, and where he could've gone.

How…? How could she lose him again?

He promised that he'd stay close!

He explicitly promised this time!

His exact words,I'll stay close!

SUNNY couldn't have lied… could he?

No- NO! SUNNY would never lie to her! He knew how much she hated when he wasn't by her side! She told him so, so many times already!

SUNNY was a good boy, he wouldn't do something like this on purpose… He wouldn't choose to leave her alone, knowing how much she would suffer for it!

How could she let her guard down like this…?

Grabbing KEL by the shoulders, she was practically shaking him as she shouted, "Where did you see SUNNY go?!"

KEL could only breathe out a nervous, "I-I don't know! He just went off somewhere through the crowd!"

Releasing the shaken boy, HIKIKO immediately went off to search for her little brother again.

"SUNNY?!" She screamed out in a desperate attempt to call for him again.

The cheers of the crowd drowned out her voice.

"Did you get lost, kid?"

OMORI could only mumble out an awkward, "Y… Yeah."

OMORI took the time to look at his surroundings again, trying to keep his bearings on the situation.

OMORI… he wasn't, like, being stupid right now. Was he?

With this crab person coming in out of nowhere and turning the lights on, everything went back to looking as colorful and cheery as it always was. Instead of the ominous empty room like before, it was revealed to be some kind of dressing room meant for someone half his height.

There was no feeling of dread or terror building up within him anymore, almost like a suffocating blanket was unceremoniously thrown right off of him before he could even realize it.

So he had to wonder- Like he reeeeaaally had to wonder…

He didn't just mistake a hallway and room with the lights turned off as BLACK SPACE, did he?

Because if he did, he felt like he should be feeling extremely embarrassed about this.

The only thing that clung his mind back to sanity was the fact that he distinctly remembered the cracked mirror showing his bloody eyed reflection. If it wasn't for that sole piece of evidence, he really felt like he could've just been wandering aimlessly around in the dark thinking he was discovering BLACK SPACE.

The thought of that made him almost upset.

"You okay? You seem kind of out of it, kid."

"S-Sorry." OMORI rubbed his eyes to clear his head, "Didn't mean to sneak in."

The crab gave a curious hum, scuttling around to the other side of the room to grab something in its closet.

OMORI silently watched the crustacean as it shuffled its belongings around and organized its stuff.

What happened to the scary monster from moments ago? He didn't seriously just imagine all of that, did he?

After a moment of cleaning, the small crab creature came back to look up at OMORI again.

OMORI looked back at the crab creature that was only halfway up to his height.

Its eyes curiously blinked at him.

He curiously blinked back.

OMORI had to wonder how he was even able to mistake such a cute critter to look like a huge giant spider-like SOMETHING in the dark.

"You were looking pretty interested at the violin when I came in. Are you… curious about it?" The crab suddenly asked.

What was even happening right now…?

OMORI did his best to recover from the tonal whiplash of this whole situation, deciding to answer the crab as best as he could. "Sort of. Yeah."

The crab scuttled around scooping up the fallen pieces of music sheets before climbing up onto the table. Setting the music sheets down, the crab looked back at OMORI to ask, "Ever wanted to learn how to play a violin?"

Glancing at the violin briefly, OMORI shrugged, "I used to play."

"No kidding?"

OMORI shook his head.

"Why'd you stop?"

"I don't… I don't have a violin at home anymore." OMORI answered vaguely.

"Oh… That's a shame." The crab nodded understandingly.

There was a moment of awkward silence again.

OMORI felt that he really had no idea what he was doing here at this point. He seriously hoped he didn't accidentally fall for some kind of red herring.

Did he miss his chance? Did the cracks to BLACK SPACE get sealed up before he could even enter? Did he take too long to explore?

The more he thought up reasons for why everything suddenly became different, the more he felt frustrated at himself.

His moment of self-destructive reflection didn't last long though, as the crab decided to take the violin off of its stand and gestured to OMORI with it.

"Play a song for me."

OMORI blinked in confusion.

"You… want me to play?"

The crab nodded, shaking the instrument towards him as an insisting gesture.

It took a moment for OMORI to really process the sudden request in his head. Although hesitant about it, he ended up accepting the violin in the end.

Holding it in his hands, he tested the weight and texture of it all.

It really was identical to the one he owned…

"...Is this a good idea?" OMORI felt the need to ask.

"Why not?" the crab shrugged, "You seem like you missed playing it."

Missed playing it…? Why would it get an idea like that? How would it even know if he missed playing or not?

Saying that he missed playing the violin… Well, it wasn't an entirely accurate thing to say, to be honest. OMORI hasn't played a violin in forever.

Not since the day of the recital.

He doesn't exactly have warm feelings towards the violin. It brought up a lot of unpleasant memories.

But he'll also admit that he didn't outright hate it either. There were some fond memories too. It was a gift from all of his friends after all…

He'd be lying if he said he had no feelings for it.

The crab brought him out of his thoughts by handing him the violin bow to play it with.

OMORI gave it a skeptic glance as he took it in his other hand.

They both weighed and held exactly how he remembered them to be, all those years ago.

Does OMORI still even know how to play? It had been so long, after all.

The last time he even held a violin in his hands was when he…

was when SUNNY used it during their fight together. Their fight for the truth.

OMORI placed the violin under his chin.

He gave one experimental swipe, letting a warm melody ring out to fill the room.

Bit by bit, it was coming back to him a little.

Let's see… How did the motions go again?

I took a deep breath to steel my nerves.

I recounted the notes like how the music sheet taught me.

My sister smiled so patiently the first time I did this.

OMORI began to play the duet they used to practice.

And it was as if he had never stopped practicing.

She had searched everywhere for him.

HIKIKO went through the entire circus for him, asking and begging anyone she came across if they knew where her little brother went.

She had hoped he would turn out somewhere, coming back to her safe and sound like he always does. Or maybe just lounging around somewhere distracted by something new and shiny, somewhere she could find him again.

But he was nowhere.

She was even desperate enough to interrupt the whole circus act by jumping onto the main stage and shouting for SUNNY that way. Hoping he was still watching from wherever he was. Waiting for him to run back to her, so that she could welcome him back with open arms.

Yet he didn't show.

The ringmaster had to kick her out for disrupting the show. She was left mindlessly wandering around as she continued her search for SUNNY.

KEL helplessly followed after her, unable to do anything to comfort her or reassure her that SUNNY would be okay.

Over and over, in her mind, she kept asking herself where he was.

After everything they had been through today, how did things end up like this?

"Please, anyone, have you seen a small boy a bit younger than me?! He might have come through here, so if anyone saw something, please tell me!"

She found herself in the backstage area asking the same thing to anyone that bothered to listen to her. Some of the performers could only shake their heads and told her they haven't seen a thing. Others nervously asked her to please wait outside since she wasn't allowed back here.

She felt like she could break apart at any moment. The urge to curl into a ball and cry was so overwhelming for her, she didn't know how to handle it.

SUNNY could be anywhere at this point and she would have no idea where to look.

Even when KEL tried to apologize to her for letting him go and trying to comfort her, she couldn't hear any of it. She was inconsolable unless SUNNY was with her.

The worst part of it all was that she didn't know whether he'd be safe or not. SUNNY could be out there in the world, exposed to any or all sorts of dangers. Without her there to protect him, he could get kidnapped, hurt, or even killed.

She wouldn't be able to save him like she usually does.

There'd be no meaning left in her life if she lost her little brother. She'd fail at being the proper sister that her brother deserved…

She didn't know what else to do. She felt so lost and alone.

She didn't want to lose her brother. Not again. Never again.

So many times… So many times she had nearly lost him, but she always managed to find him again in the nick of time.

Why couldn't this be one of those times? Why?

HIKIKO felt her strength sap away from her as she collapsed to her knees.

It was like the only thing she could do now was wait.

Wait until SUNNY shows up again to tell her he was alright.

Wait until KEL pops in to confess it was just a prank he wanted to pull and SUNNY was right with him the entire time.

Wait until someone tells her that he had been found and was waiting for her to pick him up.

She could only wait.

Waiting for something to happen.

Music.

She perked up, hearing music playing.

Why? Music was playing all the time, why would she react to this one?

Something about it made her insides flare out.

HIKIKO forced herself to stand up, pushing past all the onlookers who were worried and checking up on her.

That music she heard was being played down the end of this hall. HIKIKO kept following after it like a siren's call. The closer she went down there, the louder the music became.

She recognized this song.

HIKIKO had never heard this song before, and yet she felt as if she knew it like the back of her hand.

Why does she know this song?

It…

It was…

A violin.

This wasn't supposed to happen.

It wasn't possible. That song shouldn't exist.

This wasn't supposed to happen.

She traveled down the hallway even faster, breaking out into a sprint.

Thiswasn'tsupposedtohappenThiswasn'tsupposedtohappenThiswasn'tsupposedtohappen

The source of the music played at its loudest at the end of the hall, where a door was partway open.

She didn't hesitate to slam through it once she reached it.

The first person she saw the moment she barged into the room was SUNNY.

Her little brother, he was okay. Shocked and startled, but okay.

Joy and relief filled her heart once she recognized he was here and that he was safe.

But that split second of happiness was overtaken once she saw what was in his hands.

And she blacked out.

That violin wasn't supposed to exist.

The world darkened.

Lightbulbs shattered.

Lanterns were snuffed out.

The ground began trembling slightly as HIKIKO stepped towards SUNNY.

There was fear in his eyes as he watched her approach. With a nervous tremble, he took small steps back. His hands quivered uncontrollably while still holding onto the violin.

A rope curled itself around the offending object, yanking it away from SUNNY's grip as quickly as it could. Another rope latched onto the bow before taking that away too.

SUNNY stared at the ropes in shock before settling his eyes back at her.

The two ropes floated right next to her, presenting the impossible objects to her like obedient servants.

With a firm tone, she asked, "Who gave you this violin?"

The violin was not supposed to exist. SUNNY was never supposed to have one.

He couldn't have found this on his own. Which meant someone had given it to him. On purpose.

So many things went wrong today. Things that weren't supposed to happen somehow happened, and the world was shifting unnaturally because of it. Events were happening outside of her control. She was going to have to abandon everything and rebuild it again.

SUNNY hasn't answered her yet.

Once more, she stepped forward and asked loudly, "WHO GAVE YOU THIS VIOLIN?!"

SUNNY couldn't seem to speak. He had his mouth open, trying to form the words, but nothing came out. But in the end, he didn't have to.

A crab came between them, waving around its claws to catch her attention and move it away from SUNNY.

"It was me! It was me alright?! I gave him the violin!" it shouted at her, "So please just calm down, DREAMER!"

She shifted her gaze at the creature and it flinched back before going silent as well.

HIKIKO carefully studied the crab creature in front of her.

It wasn't supposed to own a violin. She made sure that this world would never have any kind of violin ever again. Why did it have one? Why would it give the violin to SUNNY? Why would anyone even think to do something so terrible and stupid?

After what happened to him, how could anyone in HEADSPACE possibly think it would be okay?

Reaching out, she grabbed the crab by the leg and brought it up to her level.

It could barely make a sound, quivering from fear in her grasp.

It should've known better. After all, she had made it explicitly clear to everyone in this world.

SUNNY hated the violin.

Within her hand, a fire began to spread.

Pure white flames quickly enveloped the crab creature, causing it immeasurable pain and suffering.

Even now, it screeched and cried out pathetically, begging for her to spare its life.

"I'M SORRY! PLEASE NO, I'M SO SORRY!"

HIKIKO watched on as the white fire spread out from the crab and onto everything else in the room.

She couldn't bother to feel any emotions for a world that didn't fit her design. Better to erase it all and start over again later.

"DREAMER, I'M SORRY! DREAMER! I'M SO SORRY PLEASE FORGIVE ME!"

As it kept screaming and begging for forgiveness, its shape was slowly transforming into the grotesque monster that HIKIKO viewed it as.

The fire burnt its flesh off, turning its skin to pure black ash. Eyes began growing everywhere on its body, while its bones were breaking apart to leave it in a disgusting mangled state.

What was once formerly a crab was now nothing more than a simple nightmare. An abomination to discard in a hole for the rest of its life.

The flailings grew weaker over time as the fire finally began killing it.

It continued to spread the fire around as it rolled away, grabbing anything that could support it.

"MARI… I'm… sorry…"

It gave one pitiful last breath before burning into ashes.

The white fire continued to spread out even further, and it would eventually go to spread everywhere else outside this room.

HIKIKO dropped the violin onto the floor, letting it burn along with the rest.

Nothing would be left once this was over. This will all be another forgotten memory.

HIKIKO turned over to her little brother, seeing him still staring at her with big wide eyes.

It doesn't seem like he was scared anymore. Rather, he just seemed to be in shock.

Her poor little brother…

HIKIKO sat on her knees and bent forward to hug her little brother.

"Ssshh. It's okay. You'll be safe like always." She whispered comfortingly, "I won't ever let anything happen to you."

SUNNY didn't relax or hug her back like he usually did.

But that's okay. This will all be over soon. They'll go back to going on adventures again, like they always do.

Even as the white fire ate the entire world, slowly leaving them alone in darkness.

Everything was going to be okay.

When HIKIKO came to, she found herself wandering in the middle of a dark empty forest.

Carrying a lamp with her, she traveled and explored the place for the longest time.

She had no idea how she managed to wound up here or why she was here to begin with.

She didn't even remember how she got here either…

HIKIKO felt like she had to find a way out of here, somehow. Her little brother must be worried sick about her. He was probably waiting for her somewhere, wondering where she could be.

Hopefully BASIL and the others were taking care of him…

Gah, if only this lamp was a little bit brighter! She could barely see anything in front of her.

Seriously, where the heck even was she?

Phew, okay, what was the last thing she remembered?

Something about a circus, right? Or was that just a dream she had?

She at least remembered being with SUNNY…

God, she hoped he wasn't lost in this weird forest like she was. Please please please, let her brother be safe with her friends…

A slight drizzle was beginning to set in.

She slowly started feeling herself getting drenched thanks to the sudden appearance of rain.

"Oh gee, that's justswell." HIKIKO grumbled.

And if that wasn't all, the lamp also dimmed before being lit out too! Like icing on an unlucky cake.

Dammit…

With her trusty old lamp now becoming a rusty old damp, she tossed the thing away since it would only slow her down.

Sigh…

Still left with no other options, she kept trudging forward in the rain, hoping that she'll come across something to help her soon.

Something told her that she shouldn't stay here too long… It might get dangerous at some point. Who knows what else could be lurking in the forest while it was dark out?

HIKIKO trudged on and on and on. Walking and walking, for what must've felt like hours now.

Not once did the rain let up. If anything, it felt like the rain was progressively getting worse with each step she took.

The path became extremely muddy at some point. It was slowly getting harder to traverse, taking extra effort to move one step further.

How long has she been walking like this? When was it going to end?

That was when she heard it.

Off in the distance, further ahead from where she's been going. She could hear the sounds of someone crying.

The sounds of this new voice gave her goosebumps. Knowing that there was someone out there besides herself in this weird forest…

It didn't sit well with her.

"H… Hello?" HIKIKO called out hesitantly. "Someone there?"

She waited, hoping to hear a reply back.

No immediate response. They either didn't hear her, or they were too busy crying to respond.

The crying started sounding more ominous the longer she stood still listening to it.

It sounded like they were just a little further ahead. HIKIKO might be able to reach them, if she kept going.

But should she?

It felt wrong to try to chase after the sounds of someone crying in the middle of a dark raining forest, but she had been traveling alone for so long. She could only hope that it would end up being someone friendly who knew the way out.

And if not…

HIKIKO nervously swallowed as she pulled out her jump-rope, readying herself for any possible threat.

HIKIKO trudged on, following after the lone sobbing in the distance.

It felt like the trees were beginning to get a bit more dense than before. The path towards the crying felt more narrow and claustrophobic.

A dark pit in her stomach told her to stop what she was doing and run away. Her imagination couldn't stop fearing for the worst.

Like a monster was trying to use crying as a way to lure her closer to her demise.

But she kept pushing forward, ignoring the warning bells in her head.

Eventually, the path finally ended with her arriving at a clearing. She felt like it was easier to breathe now, not being surrounded by so many trees anymore.

The rain hasn't let up for even a second…

There was a single tree in the center. The crying that she's been following after seemed like they were coming from behind it.

"Hello? Are you okay?" HIKIKO tried to call out again, now that she was close enough to communicate properly.

Whoever it was, it still chose to ignore her. The sounds of their crying felt haunting to her.

With a deep breath, HIKIKO steeled herself with her jump-rope as she came closer to the tree to investigate.

She flattened herself on the side of the tree, feeling the vibrations of the crying through the wood on the other side.

One last deep breath to control her nerves…

She slowly peeked around the corner to finally see what was crying so mu—

No…

No… No!

NO NO NO NO NO

HIKIKO's breath hitched as her entire body was filled with horror.

It was her little brother. His entire body bruised and battered, with his head bleeding profusely from so many wounds.

"SUNNY!"

All thoughts and worries about her own safety were tossed away in a heartbeat as she collapsed to her knees right next to her little brother.

"Oh god, please no…!"

She felt her insides curl, not knowing where to even begin with SUNNY's injuries.

He was bleeding everywhere, lying in a pool of dirt and mud.

How could this even happen to him?

"SUNNY, I'm right here! Big sister is right here!" She hurriedly reassured him, gently raising his head into her arms.

He finally stopped crying, looking up at her with tear-ridden eyes.

MARI…

"What happened to you, sweetie? Please… Please tell me what did this to you!" HIKIKO could barely control her voice, almost on the verge of sobbing herself.

Monster…

"A… A monster?" HIKIKO repeated confusedly.

SUNNY did not respond.

In her arms, he suddenly became still and silent.

"...SUNNY…?"

She gave him a small shake. When he didn't react, she had shaken him again, trying to keep him awake.

"SUNNY… Please… Talk to me…" HIKIKO whimpered, staring into her brother's still eyes.

SUNNY did not respond.

The sounds of his soft breathing was the only thing to help her keep her sanity in check.

He was alive. Unconscious, but alive.

His wounds must've been too much to bear. Now that he knew HIKIKO was here, he could finally rest to heal up his injuries.

HIKIKO slowly laid his head back down in a comfortable position.

This place wasn't safe for him. She'll need to get him to shelter away from the rain.

"Monster…" HIKIKO repeated to herself.

That was what he said to her, didn't he? A monster did this to him?

What kind of monster? And how could it do such a thing to an innocent boy like SUNNY?

How heartless and cruel did you have to be?

Lightning.

Thunder.

The brief flash of light showed a sudden shadow that came from behind her.

HIKIKO stood up and turned around to see the sudden appearance of another tree inside the clearing.

It looked like a tree, at least.

But the cruel sad*stic smile etched on its face told her it was anything but.

Black and white piano keys were growing as bark from its black mahogany wooden surface. The long wired strings that grew out like leaves from its branches looked more like hair.

"Are you the monster?" HIKIKO asked, "Were you the thing that hurt my brother?"

Another flash of lightning.

The thunder boomed across the entire area, almost deafening her.

The monstrous tree said nothing in return. It only kept up the sad*stic smile still etched onto its face.

"I'll kill you." HIKIKO stated emotionlessly.

From the sky, an axe fell down and landed squarely between her and the monster she faced.

Like divine intervention from an outside being had come in to witness what was happening, and chose to directly support her.

She gladly took up the axe in her hands, grateful to have it become the tool she'll use to avenge SUNNY.

The monstrous tree didn't move at all as HIKIKO walked up to it. Not once did it show any sign of remorse for what it had done to her brother, or showed any fear for what HIKIKO might do to it.

So instead, she made it show fear herself.

She used her axe to chop the sad*stic smile off of its face, reforming the mouth into a frown and the eyes into X marks.

Now that it was properly afraid of her, she proceeded to enact her punishment on it.

Chop. Chop. Chop.

HIKIKO demolished the black mahogany skin into smithereens, making sure that every square inch was cracked and blemished so that it could never shine again.

Chop. Chop. Chop.

Each piano key she cut down made a strangled melody play out, almost as if she was creating a symphony from her righteous judgment.

Chop. Chop. Chop.

The wired strings were snapped into pieces as HIKIKO demolished every last fiber she could see.

No matter what happens by the end of this, HIKIKO would make sure that when she finally finished cutting it down, it would never be recognizable ever again.

Each and every chop, the rain began to pour more violently. The wind and thunder came forth to help her destroy the monster all the more quicker.

Even as she became soaked to the brim from the cold water of the rain, she didn't stop chopping.

Chop.

Chop.

Chop.

When it was finally over, the monster that once stood in front of her was now nothing more than a pile of broken wood.

She tossed her axe into the pile with a satisfied huff, finally done avenging SUNNY.

It'll never hurt him again. Never ever again.

Within the pile of broken wood, something shiny caught her attention.

Wordlessly, she reached in to pick it up.

A piano key. One of the only ones that made it out unscathed from her wrath.

It felt warm in her hands somehow. Like it was different from the others. Maybe she should keep this as a trophy, as proof of the good deed she did today for saving her little brother from the monster that hurt him.

Another flash of lightning again. The thunder boomed once more, briefly drowning out every sound.

She looked up at the sky, feeling the water practically pouring onto her skin.

SUNNY… This wasn't a safe place for SUNNY. She needed to move him to shelter somewhere.

Turning around, she walked back to her unconscious little brother to pick him up and carry him on her back like she always did.

But when she tried to pull SUNNY up, he wouldn't budge from his spot.

Lightning. Thunder.

The rain has gotten even worse.

HIKIKO pulled once again, only for SUNNY to somehow stubbornly refuse to move.

That's when she noticed that half of his entire body became buried in the mud.

At some point while she wasn't paying attention, SUNNY had melted right into the dirt and was nearly buried alive because of the rain.

HIKIKO slowly started to panic as she desperately tried to pull SUNNY out of the ground.

When he wouldn't budge, HIKIKO attempted to dig the dirt out with her own hands in the hopes of freeing her little brother.

No matter what she did, it felt like SUNNY was only sinking deeper and deeper into the ground.

Lightning.

Thunder.

Flood.

The water level was beginning to rise above the ground. The longer it continued to rain, the more the water kept rising.

Her knees were completely soaked at this point.

"SUNNY, please wake up…" HIKIKO pleaded, hoping that he would somehow awaken from injuries and realize the danger he was in.

SUNNY did not respond.

No matter how much she pulled and digged, SUNNY kept sinking further and further below the surface.

And yet the water level continued to rise.

When HIKIKO looked down again to check, she was terrified to find that his head was only barely just above the flood.

"SUNNY, please! Wake up!" She pleaded again, keeping a firm grim on his shoulder as she kept failing to pull him out.

Lighting.

Thunder.

More rain.

Nobody was here to save her as the flood got worse.

She could only watch helplessly as the water filled up so quickly, enveloping her little brother's head.

The water was all the way up to her shoulders at this point. If it continued to rise at this rate, HIKIKO would drown.

But she couldn't let go of SUNNY. She couldn't let go of her little brother, or else he'll drown to death too.

"SUNNY!" She groaned as she once more tired to pull him out of the flood, her arms growing exhausted and weary from the constant weight.

Her head was barely just above the water now.

Despite knowing how pointless it all was, despite knowing how much she'll suffer if she kept holding onto SUNNY, she never once let it cross her mind to let him go to save herself.

The rain continued to pour.

She took one last deep breath before the water enveloped her entirely.

The dark forest became an ocean.

OMORI's eye became wide open as he was startled awake, gasping for breath.

Instead of saltwater rain filling his lungs, he felt nothing but cool air.

Back in his room again, just as the sun was shining through the window to signify daytime.

He turned over to look at MARI, checking to make sure she was fine. To his immense relief, she wasn't in any danger.

Not stuck drowning in a dark forest.

Not burning alive in fire.

Instead, she had a serene expression as she hugged onto him tightly. No signs of any discomfort across her face.

OMORI felt himself release a huge sigh as he brought a hand up to cover his face.

That… That was…

Oh god…

He was not nearly as prepared for any of that as he thought he was. To think that borrowing a violin could cause such a huge overreaction from her was just…

She was so much more messed up than he initially thought.

How in the world was he going to solve this?

Notes:

I just want to say thanks to all the support I've gotten over the years, all the people who reached out to me on Discord and consoled me, all the people who kept commenting telling me that it was okay to take a break, all the people who chose to wait for me-

There's so many of you want to thank. It's honestly so great to know that there are people still out here ready to read I Won't Let Him even after being gone for so long.

I usually do Comment highlights here, discussing about the story with people who commented on previous chapters. I might be a bit rusty on some stuff, so I feel like we should kinda skip this until next chapter when I'm more up to date with everyone here. Sorry to all the usual commenters who posted for chapter 25! I hope you guys are still around though. I love the Comment Essays that go into super big detail about the story and theorize what things mean or what will happen next. Those are my favorite kinds of comments <3

I have some Fanfics I want to showcase, made for me during the 3 years I was gone.

Sunrise by BanditoftheEast
https://archiveofourown.org/works/53853337

No Contest by Slumbereft
https://archiveofourown.org/works/47898787

Unrecognizable by Slumbereft
https://archiveofourown.org/works/35106610

These what-if scenarios based on the universe of I Won't Let Him were so fun to read. It's so interesting to see the characters coming to life in them, and having them act the way they do. I hope I get to see more people wanting to make chapters based on I Won't Let Him!

Next up, I also have artwork I want to showcase!
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (7)
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (8)

Both of these are made by LaPapaya!
First one is my profile picture going on a date with Mari.
It's so cool to see BASIL in that second one there <3

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (9)
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (10)

I found these somehow a long time ago, and I can't seem to remember where. The one where MARI is waiting for Chapter 26 is hilarious. I hope the artist redraws this and has MARI smile because Chapter 26 is brought back to life. If they're even still around, haha T-T

That's all from me for now folks. I'll try my best to get Chapter 27 out in less than 3 years this time around.

WORK HARD, PEOPLE!

Hey I did the catchphrase correctly-

Chapter 28: V For Victory Sign

Summary:

MARI and OMORI wake up from their long dream.

A flower boy gets ready to spend the whole day with an old friend.

Everybody, say CHEESE!

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

8:00 AM

RING RING RING RING

BASIL slowly opened his eyes as his alarm clock brought him awake.

His hand went out to press the silence button, his body already moving to stand up and get ready for the day.

BASIL had to rub his eyes a bit, giving his mind some time to catch up with everything that happened yesterday night.

SUNNY… He really was awake now, wasn't he? That wasn't just a long fever dream from working himself too hard?

BASIL inadvertently got his answer by the chirps of some birds outside his window. Looking out, he saw the shattered glass still in its broken condition from last night, with two blue jay birds casually perched right in the broken center of it. Broken, presumably because of KEL trying to break in to give him that nearly undecipherable letter while he was out.

Speaking of…

Pulling the letter out from under his pillow, he reread the most important sentence on the back that proved he hadn't gone insane yet.

BASIL! SUNNY IS BACK! :D

Yesterday wasn't a dream. It all actually happened.

SUNNY really came back.

With the realization now settling in, his morning drowsiness was wiped away in an instant to make room for the new giddy excitement growing inside.

SUNNY was back!

BASIL had to go get ready to pick him up soon! Today was going to be a fun and busy day!

8:05 AM

Brushing his teeth merrily to a tune in his head, he swayed his head from side to side while smiling in the mirror.

Spitting the paste out from his mouth, he did a quick rinse and gargle before cleaning his face up.

"How do I look? You think I need to touch myself up a bit before coming over?" He curiously asked, studying his facial features.

The image of his best friend casually leaning against the doorway stared back at him with a raised eyebrow.

"Yeah, you're right. I probably look fine." BASIL reassured himself, splashing some more cold water on his face to hype himself up.

He had been taking proper care of himself for all these years. BASIL shouldn't need to worry about looking unkempt or something in front of SUNNY. He should be fine the way he was.

8:20 AM

BASIL was practically scarfing down the eggs and toast he made for himself this morning, impatiently speedrunning through all of his morning rituals as the excitement for the day practically fueled his blood.

Usually, he liked to practice his cooking whenever he got the chance, but today was going to be an exception for him. Besides, he and SUNNY were probably gonna go out to eat later when he showed his best friend around. Gotta make room in his stomach for all the best places!

8:35 AM

BASIL calmly and methodically checked every single plant around his house.

Despite his ever-growing excitement to go out and pick up his best friend as soon as possible, he knew that this was a part of his morning ritual he just couldn't rush through.

His plants were also his friends. It was his job and duty to take good care of each and every one of them.

"Aw, Mr. Hyacinth… You're dropping petals already?" BASIL murmured sympathetically, examining the wilting purple flower.

Hyacinth. Named after the Greek god Hyacinth, lover of Apollo. Accidentally killed by Apollo during a friendly discus game.

In the language of flowers, a purple one usually meant sorrow, grief, or regret. As a gift, it was used to represent wanting to make amends or asking for forgiveness, with the hopes of new beginnings and a brighter future.

BASIL wondered why this plant was dying today while it was still so young… He had been taking good care of it so far, even changing its soil just a few days ago.

What sad luck that it was dying today of all days.

"Maybe I can still revive you before it's too late… I hope…" BASIL murmured, preparing to move it to a better spot.

8:45 AM

That's right, the camera!

BASIL quickly scrummaged around his closet until he eventually found the old relic from his past.

It had been so long since he had used this thing! He hasn't taken a brand-new picture in forever!

Now that SUNNY was back, it was high time BASIL started getting back into the hobby again!

Finally… To be able to make new memories…

BASIL gave his old camera a small kiss, feeling the waves of fond memories wash over him as he held it in his hands again.

MARI gave this to him all those years ago, that one Christmas night. It was the best gift she ever gave him.

BASIL's fond smile turned into a soft frown, thinking back on the past again.

Now that SUNNY was back… He was sure things should go back to the way they used to be.

When everything goes back to normal, all six of them could finally be together again. Just like he always hoped and dreamed.

He had absolute faith in his best friend.

8:50 AM

"Bye, everybody! Wish me good luck today!" BASIL waved goodbye to all of his plants.

Even though it was completely silent, he could already imagine all the warm farewells and good luck being given to him by all of his plant friends in the house.

With the camera strapped to his neck, he took the first step outside to finally start his brand new day.

Finally, after all this time…

He was finally going to play with his best friend SUNNY again!

WELCOME TO BRIGHTSPACE

HIKIKO lied still on her blanket as she stared at the bright endless void in front of her.

It took her a few moments, but once she realized where she was, HIKIKO slowly sat up to look at her surroundings.

Back in BRIGHTSPACE again, where nothing bad ever happens.

She had some sort of feeling in the back of her mind that she was forgetting something.

Hm…

Probably wasn't anything that important if she forgot about it. Maybe it would come back to her eventually after she stretched her legs out and did her usual routine.

HIKIKO stretched her body out while she stood up, before taking a look around.

The door to HEADSPACE was gone again. Looks like it won't be back until tomorrow.

HIKIKO went over to fill out her journal on the laptop, as she always did. The bottom of the laptop warmed her legs as she typed away her record of the day.

HIKIKO played around with MEWO for a bit, the black kitty pawing at her hand and playfully biting her fingers before licking them.

"Not much to do around here, is there?"The kitty lamented.

HIKIKO couldn't agree more.

She pulled out another piano key that somehow mysteriously found its way into her pocket, once again.

Where did they keep coming from?

Regardless, she placed the key in its rightful spot on the toy piano.

It was starting to fill up nicely so far. Hopefully, she'll find more soon.

With nothing else left to do, HIKIKO decided that she might as well choose to wake up again.

Another important day today.

Just like last time. She stepped up on the chair to tie the noose, before placing it around her neck. She checked to make sure it was as tight as it could be.

A satisfied nod later, she kicked the chair from under her.

She enjoyed the brief weightless sensation for a bit before the sudden-

MARI blearily opened her eyes as the sun shined over her face.

Blinking her lethargy away, she steadily hoisted herself up to a sitting position as she got her bearings.

Another dream.

Most of the details were already beginning to fade away from her memory, but she knew she must've had some kind of nightmare.

Again.

If this kept up, she wondered how long her sanity would even last…

"Morning."

MARI turned to see her little brother sitting right next to her with the usual stoic face she was always used to seeing.

It was enough to give her a smile, "Y-You're still here."

"Yeah." He nodded, "Just in case."

Remembering what happened last time she woke up when he wasn't there, MARI gave an embarrassed laugh.

That was definitely not her proudest moment… But still, it was considerate of him to stick around to keep her calm this time.

"Thank you." Mari went in to hug her little brother, "I seriously appreciate it."

"Mm."

Once again, she thanked her lucky stars that her little brother was back from his coma to be here with her again. It was really nice to start getting used to his presence after being gone for so long in her life.

MARI will never take her little brother for granted ever again.

She let her hug wash all the bad memories of the dream away until they were barely an afterthought anymore.

With a gargle and spit, OMORI finished brushing his teeth before moving on to wash his face.

Replacing his white eyepatch with a clean one, he covered his missing eye up and stared into the mirror once more.

Seeing the monochrome reflection staring back at him, OMORI had to wonder if this was going to be a new daily habit of his.

Once again, he forcefully closed his eyes tight before opening them.

Back to reality. Or as close as it was gonna be for him.

OMORI took the time to recount everything that happened to him so far, an idle hand reaching up to touch his eyepatch in thought.

Back to being numb again…

Let's tackle the biggest issue out of the way first… HIKIKO's reaction to him when she saw him playing the violin.

Seeing all that happen in front of his eyes for the first time… While it was admittedly startling to watch, it was also a much too familiar experience that he had dealt with countless times already.

The time when he first reacted that way towards ABBI, one of the first imaginary friends from his HEADSPACE dreams, when all she did was try to help him confront the truth about MARI's death.

Several other times after that, when other inhabitants in HEADSPACE refused to go along with his escapist adventures.

Sigh… Never got to say sorry to you guys…

DOROTHI… CINDI… LILI… MERCI… NANCI… SALLI…

BASIL.

The multiple times when BASIL would veer off the path and remember what truly happened to MARI. Over, and over, and over, and over again.

Now that OMORI had finally experienced what it was like to be on the other end of that himself, it really put things into perspective for him.

To think that MARI ended up being just like him to an extent like this… Two apples really didn't fall that far from the tree, did they?

For OMORI, it was the mentioning of what happened to MARI that would usually set him off. Being reminded of her death in any way was what caused him to immediately start repressing things back into BLACK SPACE.

For HIKIKO though, in this specific instance at the very least, it was the violin.

Black ropes, instead of red hands.

The way she shouted at him when she pulled the violin away from his hands had been so unnerving. He wondered just how close he was to getting the same treatment as the crab if it hadn't jumped in to stop her the way it did.

Was he ever in any danger though? If the crab hadn't been there to save him, would HIKIKO actually have done what she did to her own little brother as well?

"You'll be safe like always." She whispered comfortingly, "I won't ever let anything happen to you."

Somehow, OMORI kinda doubted it. A part of him somewhere deep inside stopped fearing for his safety at some point during the whole incident. Maybe HIKIKO had a soft spot for him that made SUNNY the exception if things ever stopped going according to how she wanted.

He was probably the same way. He couldn't imagine ever hurting MARI like he could with BASIL or the others.

Maybe that was why it was so easy for her to break character sometimes just to talk with him.

The violin. Beyond the obvious reasons he knew, what other things about it would make his own sister react so viscerally towards the violin?

It used to be everyone's hard-earned gift for him. MARI had been so angry with him that day when he threw it down the stairs. But now it was as if she would rather make sure her own brother would never have to touch another violin ever again.

Was it because it took his eye in this reality? Was she assigning blame towards the violin for crippling his eyesight for life, and that was why she hated it so much? To prevent the violin from ever hurting him again?

Or was it because he threw it down the stairs in the first place? Did MARI internalize that moment in her mind as an important aspect of her little brother's character? She just didn't want her little brother to be angry from another violin again?

There were so many ways to interpret this, yet OMORI wasn't sure which one to fully make of it.

Despite the vagueness of it all, it was still one hint towards figuring out the truth that MARI was hiding from herself. On its own, would've been considered a huge boost of progress for OMORI ever since he started this mystery.

Ifhe didn't already count the other elephant in the room.

The tree from HIKIKO's BLACK SPACE.

While MARI was busy in the kitchen making them breakfast, OMORI was in the living room staring out the glass screen of their house's back door.

OMORI had to admit, it took him much longer than it should've to investigate the backyard in this reality. A part of him still wanted to avoid it, just so that he didn't have to relive that memory of hanging his sister again.

He put it off long enough though.

With a deep breath, he rolled the glass screen door open to explore the backyard.

The place was still as large as ever. Sometimes he wondered if he took his own backyard as inspiration for the forests in his dreams. Being surrounded by so many trees, you'd really think you'd get lost if you traveled far enough.

A perfect place to set up a tree house.

But that wasn't why he was here right now.

It took him a bit to work up the nerve, but OMORI finally forced himself to stare at the tree near the end of the clearing.

Once upon a time, it used to be his favorite tree. He often took naps underneath it just to pass the time.

It wasn't his favorite tree anymore.

Just like what he was slightly afraid of, the tree in this reality was never cut down by his dad. Since MARI was never hung on the branches, it was still standing tall and proud, left untainted from the sins of his actions.

He… He'd really rather not look at it for longer than necessary.

Focus. Calm down. It's not as scary as it seems.

Reminding himself of what was at stake, he took in another deep breath to force his emotions down. Now was not the time to get distracted by personal issues.

OMORI came closer to the tree with his fears suppressed, taking the time to study it analytically and understand it better.

After what he saw during his out-of-body experience within MARI's BLACK SPACE, he could confirm that the tree in that dream and the tree out here in the backyard were definitely the same.

It was odd that he was always watching from far away instead of physically being in BLACK SPACE himself. Maybe what he found wasn't an entrance, but just a window?Something to file down for later…

Let's try to understand and make sense of what he saw.

The tree being made out of piano parts and piano strings was an allegory that wasn't lost on him. Clearly, something happened between MARI and her piano for it to be in BLACK SPACE like that.

But the way HIKIKO chopped it down? Was that literal or just some kind of symbolism he didn't get? Would MARI really chop apart her own beloved piano? She spent so long, countless days and nights, just practicing on it in order to get better at playing. She was so dedicated to playing it, it was hard for OMORI to believe she could just destroy it like that.

If she did destroy it though, then why? When? What would be the point?

It wasn't like OMORI hated the piano himself, or even gave MARI the impression that he did. He loved listening to her play on it. If there was any reason for him to hate it, it would be the fact that the piano would never make beautiful music again after MARI died.

There'd be no reason for MARI to want to destroy it. Not in this reality. So then why?

"Are you the monster?" HIKIKO asked, "Were you the thing that hurt my brother?"

Hurt her brother…? Why would she ever think that the piano hurt him somehow?

Hm…

OMORI looked back up at the tree in front of him once more. On top of all of those questions, he also had another one.

What was the relationship between this tree and the piano?

On the surface, there shouldn't be any. There was no obvious link between them that would otherwise suggest a relationship.

He could see her corpse still. Right now, hanging from the branch where they hung her. No amount of repression now could ever help him unsee the truth, no matter how hard he looked away.

SOMETHING was still staring at him.

OMORI felt the urge to close his eye and look away, feeling almost overwhelmed by the memories. But he shook his head and pushed through it, continuing on to study the tr-

What was that?

There was a scorched mark on the branch where MARI hung from. The charred black remains of that branch looked so out of place now that he noticed it. It was like the branch got completely burnt off from the tree.

What was that? Did MARI do that, or was it something else? How long ago did that happen?

Out of all the branches, why on this specific branch?

Why on the same exact branch where they hung her from?

Meanwhile, MARI had already placed their dishes on the table in the dining room, ready for breakfast.

Sadly, it was fried tofu again. MARI lamented how shortsighted she was for only ever buying cheap tofu to fill her fridge.

She didn't even like tofu. She didn't really care at all about what she ate, actually. As long as it filled her stomach to last for the next day.

But SUNNY was back with her again. Even though he told her not to worry about it, she'd really like to give him something with more variety next time they ate. He'd need to have a proper diet beyond just the protein-dense nutrients in tofu.

Something for her to worry about next time she decides to go grocery shopping.

"SUNNY! Breakfast is ready!" MARI called out.

She waited for him to come, but there was no response.

"SUNNY?" She called out again, a bit louder this time.

There was that immediate rise in panic again. Her deepest fears about something bad happening to SUNNY.

She had to force herself to remain calm, reassuring herself that he was probably just exploring the house again. He hadn't been here for so long, after all. It was natural to be curious about all the possible changes in the last six years.

Ignoring the gnawing gut response, she went out to the living room to find him.

She nearly tripped on a box of board games left on the floor from her plans to spend time with SUNNY last night. They never did get the chance to play more than chess, did they? She hoped she'd be able to play more with him soon…

To her relief, the backdoor was left open. SUNNY must've been playing outside like he used to back when he was a kid.

With a smile, she checked out the door and saw him standing right in front of his favorite napping spot.

The way he was standing completely still staring at his tree, he must be daydreaming about something.

Her little brother always looked so adorable whenever he spaced out. MARI wondered how he looked now if she just snuck up on him to catch a glimpse.

A small mischievous smile appeared on her lips, something she felt she hadn't had in ages. She slowly tiptoed across the grassy clearing, making sure to not make a single sound as she crept up from behind him.

Heehee! It was just like back when they were young again!

She couldn't wait to see the look on his face once she surprised him!

By the time she finally reached him, she steadily stepped over the side to sneak a quick peek at his–

She paused, her smile slowly vanishing when she saw his eye.

His pupil was so dilated, with all of his concentration directly on the tree in front of him. His hands had been balled up into tight fists, his breathing almost irregular. He looked like a startled deer that froze in place out of fear.

What could cause SUNNY to-…

MARI's eyes widened, an idea dawning in her head as she remembered the story SUNNY had told her.

This must've been the tree where she-… where he dreamt that they hung her from.

Tepidly reaching out, she grabbed one of his balled-up fists, hoping that it wouldn't startle him. Whatever was happening to him right now, she wanted to make sure to ease him back to reality.

He didn't react, still staring at the tree in front of him with such intensity.

His sense of touch must still be numb…

"S-SUNNY?" MARI called out gently.

OMORI was startled from his thoughts, looking to his side to see MARI standing next to him with her hands wrapped around his.

When did she sneak up next to him?

"Oh." OMORI breathed out, "Hey. You okay?"

MARI nervously nodded, but then hesitantly asked, "...Are you?"

"Yeah…?" He nodded back, a little bit confused. "Why do you ask?"

MARI was staring at him with a concerned expression, making him wonder why she was worried all of a sudden.

"You were staring at the tree… I thought you might've been…" She shrugged anxiously, letting it remain unsaid, "You know?"

"Oh." OMORI slowly started to get why she was acting so nervous.

He looked back at the scorched mark on the branch again. So many questions still left unanswered in his head, and he still wondered if he'd ever be able to answer all of them soon.

Still, this was good progress. HIKIKO's strong reaction towards him holding a violin, and her chopping apart the piano tree in her BLACK SPACE, they served as major hints that helped him get a good grasp about the nature of what MARI was hiding from herself.

Parts of the puzzle were connected now. He just needed to find the rest of the pieces.

"This was where you dreamt that you and BASIL… didthatto me. Wasn't it?" MARI asked hesitantly.

"I promise I'm okay." OMORI reassured her, "It's not what you think. Just doing a little daydreaming, like always. That's all."

"Is that so…?" MARI mumbled unsurely.

He had hoped that would put her at ease, but MARI still remained unconvinced. What did she see that made her get so worried about him? Did it really look like he was having some kind of panic attack from her perspective?

He's had worse. He didn't even realize that he was making some kind of face until now.

Gotta keep a check on his emotions better…

MARI continued to stare at her little brother, trying to make sure for herself if he was really as okay as he said he was.

It didn't seem like her brother was in distress or anything. Any fear in his eye that she saw before was completely gone now. Back to being cliff-faced as usual.

Was he lying to her? To make sure she wasn't worried? Or was she just overreacting?

MARI snuck a glance towards the tree.

Lightning. Thunder. A flood.

There was nobody left. She was all alone now.

MARI felt her ears begin to ring uncomfortably as she kept staring at the tree. A strange feeling arose the longer she stared. Something about it didn't sit right with her.

She didn't want SUNNY near it anymore.

"Breakfast is ready. Let's go before it gets cold." MARI recalled, lightly tugging his arm back towards the house.

OMORI wordlessly nodded before heading back inside.

MARI gave one last look at the tree as she followed her little brother.

The backyard was quiet.

Breakfast went by as fast as it came.

MARI had watched her little brother begin eating a bit faster this time around compared to previous days. By the time MARI had emptied her plate, her brother finished his shortly after.

She was glad to see him acting a bit more energetically today. It took her mind off of worrying about what happened to him earlier. Though whether he was putting on an act for her or not was still something she kept in the back of her mind.

Still, it was just nice to spend time with him again.

For OMORI though, the reasons why he scarfed down his food quicker was mostly to prevent wasting time. He only had so long before BASIL came to pick him up. It was important for him to at least ask a few questions before he had to leave.

In the cluttered game-filled living room together, the two of them carefully stepped over the mess to sit on the couch.

"So, what now?" OMORI asked.

"Anything!" MARI smiled brightly, gesturing to all the games on the floor, "We have the whole day for ourselves! Let's do whatever you want!"

OMORI was left confused at that, even as MARI started rummaging around to pick up a random game off the floor.

Bringing up two familiar game consoles to his eye, MARI cheerfully asked, "Since we played a board game yesterday, why don't we play on our GAME KIDS next? I haven't played BITTRIS in a while, but I'd like to think my BIT stacking skill hasn't gotten rusty- if you're up for that!"

MARI thought it'd be a great idea to start off with video games since that was something her little brother would be better at than her. Knowing her brother's skilled talent with anything digital, it should make him feel a bit more eased in for the day.

She even made sure to charge everything up to full battery the day before, so everything should be ready and waiting for him!

His eye bounced between the old game system in her hands and the expectant smile on her face. With an awkward frown, the boy reminded her, "Isn't BASIL going to come by to pick me up any moment?"

MARI's smile slightly weakened.

Oh. Right.

She… She completely forgot that they promised BASIL could spend the day with her little brother. BASIL had been waiting so long for SUNNY to come back, after all. Just as much as MARI had.

BASIL had as much of a right, if not more, to spend as much time as he wanted with her little brother.

This was literally yesterday night. How did she end up forgetting that?

"Y-You're right." MARI's smile turned embarrassed, putting the GAME KIDS down to the side. "We should probably do something light, just to pass the time. Wait for BASIL to come soon."

"We can just… talk about stuff instead?" OMORI offered.

At this, MARI's excited smile resurfaced again, "Talk! That's right, we never really had much opportunity to just catch up together! Something always kinda got in the way and interrupted us before we could really go deeper than that."

OMORI nodded.

If possible, he'd like to talk to MARI about the six years she spent ever since he got into his coma in this reality. Having her describe what she went through in her eyes would be useful, just to know what she was aware of.

But without enough time to fully delve into that right now, he figured he might as well get some insight about BASIL in this reality from MARI's point of view.

"What do you want to talk about first?" MARI kicked things off enthusiastically enough, letting OMORI have the opportunity to start the conversation.

"Well… Are you doing fine?" OMORI asked first, to gauge her.

"Of course!" MARI's response was quick, almost reflexively. "I've been happier than I ever have been for a long time. It's all thanks to my precious little brother being back in my life. I'm more than fine!"

She said that with a genuine smile as if the reminder that he was here again itself brought her joy. When she said she was happy, it definitely wasn't a lie… but OMORI knew enough to know the lack of light behind her eyes.

"I get that, but that's not what I was talking about." OMORI glanced away a bit, "Last night was kinda sudden, with BASIL coming over and everything. Even though you didn't say it, you kinda seemed stressed out."

Like the way she started growing more uncomfortable, the longer BASIL kept mentioning having a sleepover with everyone.

MARI blinked at this before scratching her cheek with a nervous, "O-Oh. Yeah. I figured you probably noticed that since you turned down BASIL's idea for a sleepover. You were probably worried about how I felt, weren't you? Hahaha…"

It felt odd, the more he thought about it these past few days. MARI has said multiple times that BASIL was one of the only people in their group to never give up waiting for him. It was the reason why she still considered the flower boy to be her friend, not showing any of the animosity towards him that she did for KEL and the others.

Unlike MARI though, BASIL didn't hold any resentment towards anyone else in the friend group. Based on everything he's heard from KEL and seen from last night, BASIL if anything seemed to be just as close with the others as much as back before the incident…

If BASIL and MARI still got along together, wouldn't BASIL know about MARI's issues with their old friends? If he did know, then why would he insist on having a sleepover reunion so fervently? There's no way something like that could've gone smoothly.

On the other hand, if he didn't know anything about MARI's issues with their old friends, then how the hell did he manage to not pick up on that for the last several years? While that flower boy was always socially awkward, he was never clueless about other people's feelings. He would've asked about it long ago. If not MARI, then at least from KEL or AUBREY telling him. OMORI knew him well enough to know that BASILshould'vebeen aware by now.

Which begs the bigger question…

How much of BASIL and MARI's relationship was different in this reality, ever since the incident? Did anything ever change between the two of them?

And if so, for the better? …Or for worse?

BASIL never told MARI to hang his body to protect her from getting into trouble, did he? Otherwise, she would've hated him too for even suggesting it.

"I promise I'm okay now, SUNNY," MARI reassured, seeing her little brother deep in thought again. When he looked back up at her, MARI continued, "I was… overwhelmed at the idea of getting everyone together in our house again. I wasn't ready to see any of them yet."

"I know." OMORI nodded, waiting a bit to ask, "How have things been with BASIL, the last few years? You still talk to him, right? Since you said you were still friends."

MARI's smile twitched.

OMORI noticed.

"W-We talk from time to time." MARI answered, "Not as often as before though. He always visited the hospital during different hours than I do, so we didn't really get the chance to catch up with each other that much."

"Oh?" OMORI tilted his head at that, "Why's that?"

"He works a job now, I-I think?" MARI awkwardly chuckled, "So… Yeah, just… We pass by sometimes, but not always."

Would a job really be enough to prevent BASIL from spending time with MARI? It'd seem off for BASIL to visit at different hours than her, even with a job in mind. If their friendship was still strong, he'd find a way to get around that…

MARI seemed on guard with the questions he was asking, for some reason. There must be something more going on between her and BASIL.

He'll have to ask for BASIL's point of view after this to get the full picture.

"I would tell you more about everything he's been up to if I knew." MARI smiled apologetically, "Sorry, SUNNY… But I'm sure BASIL would love to get you caught up again later when you go out together!"

OMORI nodded, brain still working overtime with the info he's gleaned so far.

Meanwhile, MARI spent a moment awkwardly twiddling her fingers as she stared at the floor.

It was wrong for her to lie like that. She knew the exact reason why BASIL chose to visit at different hours than her when visiting SUNNY. It was to avoid having to deal with her, after all.

But she didn't want her brother to get the wrong idea about BASIL though. He had perfectly good reasons to hate her, and her brother shouldn't fault him for that.

Besides, it didn't matter if BASIL hated her. He still loved SUNNY! That was the only thing that mattered to her. Whether BASIL considered her a friend or not, MARI genuinely still thought of him as her one true friend for always being there for SUNNY.

Her little brother will end up figuring out the truth eventually, but he might understand better if it came out of BASIL's mouth rather than hers.

A small realization made her raise her head a bit to look back at her brother.

With a nervous smile, she suddenly asked, "SUNNY? You still like BASIL… Right?"

He glanced over at her with an unexpected look, "What?"

MARI swallowed a bit, carefully thinking how to word this.

In his mind, SUNNY's coma made him live through a terrible world where he killed his own sister. BASIL ended up being his accomplice, even suggesting to hang her body to fake a suicide just to save SUNNY from getting into trouble.

It was such a cruel world his imagination forced him to go through. Even crueler for including his closest friend in it as well.

In a world like that, she could only imagine what sort of feelings SUNNY might've had for his old friend after that. For helping to kill his sister.

Which was why she had to make sure her little brother knew that it wasn't reality.

"BASIL is your best friend, you know? He still is." MARI carefully reminded him, "He never did anything wrong to you. Neither of you ever did anything to hurt me. I'm still alive, after all."

She did her best to stare at his stoic expression, hoping to see anything to give her a hint about what he was thinking right now.

"So, I just…" She hesitantly continued on, "I hope you don't blame BASIL for anything, for what happened in your dreams. They aren't real. It never happened."

OMORI closed his eye and reassured her, "I don't hate BASIL. Don't worry about that."

He could hear his sister give a relieved sigh.

OMORI really didn't blame his friend at all for what happened that day. It wasn't BASIL who pushed MARI down the stairs. Even if he could've blamed BASIL for what happened, she was still right to say that the BASIL in this reality didn't do anything to deserve that.

He just wished that BASIL never tried to protect him in the first place.

OMORI opened his eye, staring at his sister again.

MARI smiled back, "I'm glad."

She would've never forgiven herself if SUNNY and BASIL's friendship was ruined somehow. It would've been another thing to add to her list of faults. Thankfully, MARI at least managed not to ruin this as well.

Three knocks on the door.

The two of them perked up as they turned to face the front of the house.

"I guess that must be him..." MARI said softly.

"Yeah…" OMORI nodded.

It was unfortunate that they didn't have enough time to talk some more. OMORI still hadn't gotten around to asking any of the bigger questions he had. Looks like those will have to be saved for later tonight after he was done with BASIL.

MARI was a bit sad that BASIL came so soon. She had been hoping to keep her little brother for just a little bit longer. Part of her wanted to stall this out to get a few extra seconds in, but she knew that would've been selfish of her to do.

"Coming!" MARI called out, already on her way to welcome their old friend in.

OMORI stood up as well, ready to go. In his mind, he was already brainstorming what questions to ask BASIL later in the day.

With the two of them near the front door, they gave each other one last look.

MARI kept her weak smile, nodding to the door, "Maybe you should welcome him first. He'll like that better."

Yeah, he probably would.

Sigh, okay…

Mentally preparing himself, he opened the door.

Breathe in… Breathe out… Breathe in… Breathe out…

BASIL kept repeatedly doing this over and over again, doing his best to calm his overexcited mind.

It only started after he already knocked on the door, but his heart had begun beating uncontrollably fast all of a sudden.

He thought he'd be prepared for this, but he guessed that a big part of him was still in shock.

How many times had the words "SUNNY's back" passed through his head just this morning alone? How many times more will it play in his head after that?

It felt embarrassing. He was acting just like a little kid. Yet it was as if BASIL couldn't help himself, he was just so excited to see his best friend again.

Has it really been six years now? Sometimes it felt longer than that.

The moment the door finally opened, BASIL felt his breath hitch.

The first thing he saw was SUNNY's stoic expression coming out to greet him, like the first rays of sunshine after a cloudy day.

"Hey, BASIL."

Even though he knew his best friend was back… Seeing him again just made BASIL so stunned.

Ha… Hahahahaha!

BASIL seriously couldn't control himself. He stepped through the open door to give his best friend the biggest hug he could possibly muster!

"SUNNY!" BASIL felt himself laugh joyfully, "It's so good to see you again!"

"Mhm." The quiet boy returned the hug, patting him on the back comfortably, "Same."

BASIL had been so dead tired last night, it really did feel like it could've just been a whole elaborate dream if it wasn't for all the evidence pointing otherwise.

Now that he was properly awake and everything, seeing his old friend again just filled him with an unimaginable sense of relieved joy.

Loosening up from the hug, BASIL heartily slapped a hand on his friend's shoulder, "Probably sounds weird for me to say this when I just saw you yesterday, but… Welcome back, SUNNY. Things haven't been the same without you."

"Get enough sleep this time? Don't want you passing out on your feet again." Despite his emotionless expression, BASIL could feel the teasing nature behind the boy's words.

BASIL nodded, giving an embarrassed chuckle. "Yeah! I got plenty of sleep this time. Sorry again for last night. You won't catch me doing that again."

A small shrug in response, he said, "It's okay. I'll let you tip and fall next time if you do."

"Aw." BASIL chuckled from the banter.

Knowing SUNNY, the flower boy knew that he wouldn't actually do that. SUNNY would probably just set him down somewhere and then stick random stuff on his face until he woke up. That was more along the lines of the stoic boy's sense of humor.

Coincidentally, at the same exact time he was thinking that, OMORI was wondering what random stuff he should put on BASIL's face if he ever caught the flower boy napping on his feet again.

As the two of them continued to tease and banter in their own unique way, MARI chose to silently stand a bit further away to give them some space.

It was nice to watch them talk like this. BASIL was probably one of the first people in their old friend group that managed to coax her little brother out of his socially anxious shell so quickly when he was a kid.

It usually took a few months, maybe half a year at best, before SUNNY would even hold a full conversation with anyone he just met. Up until that point, he'd often either stay mute or use short simple responses.

BASIL managed to cut that time down to just two weeks after they first met. There was something charming about the flower boy that helped connect the two of them so naturally.

After a while, BASIL proceeded to list off his plans for the day, "I already got the whole day prepared in my head! There are so many places we should go to! Like, so many things in FARAWAY have changed while you were gone! Even some of the places we used to go to as kids had some changes! GINO's, FIXIT, HOBBEEZ– There are even some new places that have opened up ever since construction was finished! You have to see the new DOWNTOWN area as well! And there's also so many people I want to meet- OH WAIT!"

BASIL pulled up his old camera strapped behind him. The shiny glint from the sun shined on the lenses.

MARI's smile got bigger after seeing it, a wave of nostalgia hitting her all at once. She couldn't believe BASIL still kept her birthday gift all this time!

She wondered if he brought along the photo album as well?

"We gotta take a picture to commemorate this day!" BASIL declared, already setting himself up right next to his best friend.

Wait, where was MARI?

A quick look around, it took BASIL a while to notice that she was just standing off to the side and looking at them with a soft smile.

Sigh, what was she even doing so far away like that? Trying to stay invisible or something? It was almost startling to see her standing still like that after being unnoticed for so long. She couldn't at least say good morning or anything when he arrived?

…Okay, well, BASIL could kinda see why she didn't. But come on! SUNNY was back! Everything should be changing now, so what was she still waiting around for?

"MARI, come over here next to SUNNY," BASIL called out to her, nodding over at her brother.

MARI blinked for a bit, before sputtering out, "M-Me?"

"Who else?" BASIL kept his smile, hoping that would ease the girl's apprehension. "You gotta help me take this picture together."

"O… Okay…" MARI seemed flustered as she went over to stand next to her little brother's side.

Holding the camera up, BASIL patiently instructed MARI to hold up the other side of the camera so that the whole thing could be stable while he lined up a perfect shot.

When he was sure the three of them were in the frame, he announced, "Everyone say cheese!"

"C-Cheese!" Only MARI called out with a nervous smile. OMORI remained absolutely quiet, staring into the camera with his usual stoic demeanor, just like always.

*FLASH*

The lightbulb went off with that nostalgic sound as it whirred to life. The camera gave a familiar rumble as it prepared to produce a new polaroid picture, something BASIL hadn't felt for the first time in years.

"I usually don't take pictures directly like this… It always feels more natural capturing stuff happening in the moment, when it's least expected." BASIL explained with a small giggle, "I think this warrants a special exception though. Don't you think?"

OMORI hummed, remembering what BASIL told him a while ago, "You always took pictures of the precious moments of everyone living their own lives… Moments you're afraid you might lose someday."

BASIL's eyes widened, stunned at his friend's remark.

"Y-Yeah, that… That's pretty accurate, actually." BASIL nodded, a bit surprised by the specific choice of words. Then with a wide smile, he complimented, "I feel like that's exactly how I would describe it. Aptly put, SUNNY!"

Seeing how shocked BASIL reacted, OMORI realized his mistake of recounting the words BASIL once said to him in the previous world.

Probably not a good idea to do that again.

When BASIL saw his old friend awkwardly glance away, he wondered what that could mean. Embarrassment from the compliment, maybe? Or perhaps he didn't mean to say what he just said out loud?

Hm.

His thoughts were interrupted by the camera printing out the polaroid picture. Pulling the picture out, BASIL felt so excited to see how it turned out as he waved the picture around to fully settle.

Gently fading in, he could see the picture coming out perfectly.

SUNNY in the middle, neutral as always. Though his right eye was covered by the white eyepatch, it didn't seem to hamper him at all. Simple, modest, comfortable. Just like a white tulip.

To his left, MARI leaned next to him with an awkward smile. Her hand was half-heartedly making a V-sign as if she couldn't decide whether she should or shouldn't hold one up. Disorganized, clumsy, but kinda charming in its own way.

BASIL, leaning in on SUNNY's right side. A widely bright smile, bigger than he'd ever seen himself give before. Probably could've combed his hair beforehand? But that was just him being nitpicky.

Hehe, looks like when it came to picture taking, BASIL's still got it even after all these years.

When BASIL passed the photo over to the siblings, OMORI hummed in thought.

A new photo with MARI in it…

What a bittersweet feeling.

MARI started self-consciously smoothing out her messy hair after seeing herself in the picture, "God, I look like a disaster."

"The first picture taken in over six years…" BASIL said serenely.

He couldn't wait to head over to AUBREY! Not only will they have a new picture to add to the photo album after all these years, he'll finally get front-row seats to see her reaction to SUNNY being back!

AAAAAHHH~ This was going to be the best day ever!

With a giddy squeal, BASIL pocketed the photo away for later.

Turning to his best friend, he asked, "Ready to head out? I can wait if you think you've forgotten something."

OMORI silently nodded.

Guess it was time for him to go.

He gave one quick glance over at his sister to see how she was doing.

MARI patted her little brother's head, giving a sad smile, "You have fun and come back safe, okay?"

"Yeah."

With that being her farewell for the day, she walked over to BASIL.

Before she could even say anything, OMORI watched on curiously the way his sister seemed to clamp up. Her gaze lowered to the floor, her hands kept themselves busy twiddling against each other.

It felt so strange to see her slowly turn so frail and fragile all of a sudden.

Though facing BASIL, she never really lifted her eyes up to look at him directly.

"And BASIL…" She started off timidly, politely bowing a bit, "Thank you for coming again to spend time with SUNNY. I know you'll take good care of him. Have fun and come back safely, okay?"

BASIL, strangely enough, had this weird neutral expression as he nodded back, "I know."

When this was done, MARI stood a few steps back to give both of the boys some space.

BASIL turned towards OMORI with a smile, preparing to leave.

OMORI was ready to follow behind him.

Yet when they got near the door, BASIL actually paused for a minute, his facial expression stern.

BASIL didn't want to leave just yet. Not without doing something about MARI.

Instead of leaving right away, BASIL actually turned around to call out to her, "MARI."

Her natural reaction was to flinch, only to do her best to hide it under a fake smile.

When BASIL chose to walk right up to her, she instinctively took a step back.

BASIL studied the older girl as she stood nervously in front of him. Even now, she was hiding her gaze away, trying to do her best to not look him in the eye.

It was such a far cry from the gentle yet stern motherly figure she used to be, back when they were kids. She used to be so full of life, always so kind and patient with everyone around her. Someone that everyone always admired and respected.

It was about time she took the first step to change things back, shouldn't she?

BASIL offered a hand and gave the most sincere smile he possibly could, "You should join us."

The girl's eyes widened in shock from the sudden invitation, almost leaning back as she nervously repeated, "J… You want me to join you?"

OMORI stood near the doorway watching everything unfold in front of him.

"Why not?" BASIL asked, "I know how you've been these past few years. It's understandable, considering what happened to SUNNY… But he's awake again."

BASIL shook his hand once more in front of her.

MARI looked down at it, staring at his hand for the longest time.

"Don't you think we should all spend time with SUNNY, now that he's back? To welcome him home?" BASIL asked expectantly. "We can bring the group back together. It could be like old times again."

He gave her a chance, a long time ago. A chance to make up for everything she did and try to fix things so that everything could go back to the way things used to be.

Back then, MARI didn't take that chance. She still kept wallowing in her own misery, pushing everyone else away as she latched herself to SUNNY's comatose body as an excuse.

She doesn't have that excuse anymore.

Now that SUNNY was back, BASIL offered one more chance again.

He knew how much MARI loved her brother. He knew how much she cared about everyone. Even if he never condoned the way she acted, he still at least understood why she acted that way in the first place.

Which was why MARI should absolutely join them. There's no reason to put it off anymore.

There's no reason to stay all alone like this anymore.

MARI's shock subsided as she grew a small smile.

But her eyes were lifeless as she gently closed BASIL's extended hand.

"It's okay… You don't have to." MARI told him softly, "You and SUNNY should have this day together. You deserve to spend time with him, BASIL."

BASIL's smile vanished, lowering his arm to his side.

"You don't want to come with us?" He asked.

BASIL watched on as she continued to make up excuses for herself. Something about how she'll need to be at home cleaning, or to get ready to buy groceries soon, or to keep herself busy with all these lists of meaningless chores that shouldn't even matter.

They both knew it was all lies. Just mindless excuses so that she didn't have to take that first step.

"-then I guess after that, I'd need to check on SUNNY's belongings to make sure-"

"Does any of that really matter?" BASIL sharply interrupted.

MARI flinched again, staring at the floor with her fake smile.

"I… I can't face them yet, BASIL." She finally admitted quietly.

Why? Even though SUNNY was back… Why was she still acting this way towards her own friends?

Why couldn't she see how insane she was acting right now? To force herself into this meaningless situation all alone? What would even be the point now to keep resenting all of their friends for?

It had been years already. Everyone had their own lives to live. They couldn't afford to revolve around SUNNY anymore.

But SUNNY was back now! He was right here with them, alive and awake, like they all hoped and dreamed.

Doesn't that mean anything to her?! She didn't have any reason to stay like this anymore!

What was she still waiting for?

"What are you still waiting for?"

MARI kept her gaze on the ground, choosing not to respond.

Any ounce of goodwill he forced himself to build towards MARI today was instantly shattered. Seeing the way she stubbornly closed herself off by turning down his offer, he couldn't keep his disgust for her behavior in check.

Even though this all started because of her… Even though this was all her fault to begin with… Here she was, still stuck in her own world without understanding how anyone else felt around her.

She was still being a selfish hypocrite like always.

He…

He couldn't stay here any longer. He had to leave now, or else SUNNY would end up seeing a disgusting side of BASIL that he shouldn't have.

BASIL turned around, unable to stand having the girl in his sight anymore.

Giving a smile to his best friend who was still waiting for him by the doorway, BASIL told him, "Let's go, SUNNY! We got a full day ahead of us!"

Briskly passing by the quiet boy, the flower boy ended up taking the lead as he walked ahead.

He wasn't going to let MARI ruin his perfect day and good mood so early.

Behind him, OMORI looked back to check on his sister one last time.

Seeing him stick around out of concern, MARI waved him away with a smile, "It's nothing, SUNNY. I'm okay. Go on and have fun today! I'll be waiting for you here."

Bouncing between his sister and the blond boy waiting by the sidewalk, OMORI gave one last concerned look at her before closing the door.

Now the stoic boy was left wondering what just happened between the two of them.

After seeing that whole scene play out, he was left with even more questions than ever before.

What happened between the two of them in this reality that it got to this point…?

Looks like he had his work cut out for him today.

Sigh…

MARI stood still for a while, staring at the door when her little brother left.

Her smile already dropped long ago.

Inside, she felt… tired.

She was so so so tired.

Once again, she was going to have to spend another day by herself until SUNNY came home.

Just gotta wait for one more day.

Again.

Mindlessly wandering around the house, MARI got started on doing random chores to keep herself busy.

She washed the dishes. She dusted the walls. She organized the games and toys in the living room to the side so that there was still room to walk…

When SUNNY comes back, the house will be in perfect condition for them to play in. Once the day was over, she'd do everything she could to spend as much time as possible with her little brother. They'll play all the games they could think of and stay up the whole night for as long as he wanted.

Right! Speaking of games, MARI was actually starting to wonder if she brought out enough toys for them to play with!

There was probably still more stuff hidden away in the closet room that hasn't seen the light of day in forever! This was the perfect opportunity to sift through them so that SUNNY could play with them again!

She had an excited smile with that thought in mind, already heading over to travel through their massive closet storage room.

Flickering the lights on, she began rummaging around for anything interesting to find.

She pushed through random articles of old tacky clothes hung on hangers, getting to all the boxes that contained all of their old toys.

Let's see…

Some old Halloween costumes… Christmas decorations… Some bathtub duckies…

She ended up picking up an old rubber crab toy that she used to take baths with.

Definitely not that.

She flung the old thing away without a second thought, continuing to rummage around even deeper inside.

Oh! It was their old FONY GAMESTATION. She could definitely hook this up to the TV to play more video games together!

And setting that one aside, she found more of SUNNY's belongings hidden away here.

One by one, she set aside a collection of even more toys and games outside the closet, ready to set up in the living room later for when SUNNY comes home.

At the end of the closest, she pushed through some boxes to find the jackpot.

Their old toy chest!

Seeing this again was pretty nostalgic. This used to be sitting right in the corner of their room back when they were toddlers.

Pulling this treasure trove out, she opened it to see what wonders lied inside.

The first thing she saw was an old jump rope.

"Oh, hey…" MARI muttered in surprise, pulling the long plastic rope out.

It felt familiar and comfortable to hold in her hands.

This thing… Her trusty reliable tool, to help defend her and her friends from all the scary monsters out to get them.

In her dreams, at least.

She wondered… would she be able to actually use it like how she does in her dreams?

MARI gave the rope an experimental whip towards an empty wall.

It flung around in an entirely different direction, breaking a coat rack that was hiding in the corner.

"Oops."

Right, let's not do that again…

Curling the jump rope into a small tied bundle, she kept it in her pocket for later before looking back through the toy chest.

One of the other objects she immediately recognized next was an old sketchbook.

SUNNY's old sketchbook…

MARI blinked as she pulled it out, wiping away the dust from years of neglect.

So this was where it was hidden. She had wondered where this went. Her parents must've placed it here a while ago without her knowing.

When SUNNY was gone, she used to surround herself with everything that even remotely reminded her of him. Stuffed toys, old schoolwork, handwritten letters…

And his old sketchbook.

Opening the pages up, she saw the world that SUNNY drew inside.

A starry sky with constellations of toys littered across the pages.

Random worlds, filled with adventure and fun around each and every corner.

Six little purple stick figures that represented him and all of his friends. Colored in pastel crayons.

She turned each page methodically, studying the contents within like it was her first time again.

Back before SUNNY got out of his socially anxious shell, he was always really quiet and reserved. Never really spoke his mind or shared any of his thoughts with others.

Although he got more and more comfortable talking as each year passed, MARI always felt that her little brother still kept mostly to himself.

These drawings were pretty much the closest she could have to ever finding out what sort of things went through his mind. She understood how imaginative and creative he could really be, underneath his usual cliff-faced expression.

She'd give everything for the chance to read his mind. Just a single second of what it was like to spy on her little brother while he was daydreaming, to see how he viewed the world.

Having his sketchbook was the closest she'd ever gotten to something like that…

When she was done, she closed the book to stare at the details on the back.

Made in TAIWAN.

® Registered Trademark, HIKIKO.

MARI set the book to the side, reminding herself to bring it with her to their room later.

Scrounging around for more inside the toy chest, she pulled out a collection of SUNNY's old plushies neatly organized inside.

So many familiar faces greeted her as she pulled them out one by one.

Hehe, these would look great to decorate the living room. The both of them could probably surround themselves with these as comfortable pillows to cuddle up with while they played together.

Even this one here, SUNNY's old…

MARI went silent as she pulled out an old DINO plushie.

She… she remembered this.

When she won this at the DINO theme park and gave it to her little brother as a gift. He was feeling so down after not winning anything for himself, she couldn't help but give this to him to make him feel better.

"I want you to have it."

It was so odd.

Tears were leaking out of her eyes, and she didn't know why.

She couldn't help but hold the DINO plushie tightly as her body began to shake uncontrollably.

For some reason, she just couldn't calm down.

She really hoped SUNNY would come home soon.

MARI really missed him again.

Notes:

It's time for me to do my afterstory Chapter Notes! I haven't done this in a while, so I may have forgotten how I usually do this, but let's try it anyway.
Last chapter, I completely forgot to thank or credit any of my editors when I uploaded the chapter.
BigBluh, LaPapaya, IHYDGM, Evergreen, sausage172000, ZG, Maxo, Juno, ChocoNinja, Dank Humor– Most of them were able to help me with the previous chapter by giving me constant feedback whenever I made each incremental change <3
Some of them were too busy sometimes to read my 25k word long chapter, so they had to help me out in other ways via emotional support ;3
A few of them return again to help me edit this chapter too, providing feedback and advice to help this come out as good as it did. I hope everyone can show them some appreciation, because I felt so stupid not doing it the first time around.

Now for personal comments.
MARI was supposed to get her name HIKIKO from another thing entirely. Instead of the sketchbook, it was supposed to be SUNNY's GAME BOY- I mean GAME KID. How I figured was that it would've been cool if she made her name immediately after seeing her reflection on the blank screen of the game system. HIKIKO would've been the name that popped up after turning the system on, sort of like NINTENDO. Copyright friendly NINTENDO would've been HIKIKO's origin name.

Thank god I scrapped that silly idea and chose to do a sketchbook instead, since it's waaaaay more relevant to the story than some random game boy clone.

COMMENT SHOUTOUTS! Boy, I sure do miss these :D
Veterans of the story who stuck with me all those years ago, you probably remember Tuppence and Rotokon who used to provide these beautiful essay-like comments that would often note out everything interesting about the story and dissect the meaning behind them for all that it was worth. I'm sad to say that I may have been far too late in returning. While I have chatted with Rotokon and he is doing fine, he will take a very decent while before getting around to reading and commenting for the last chapter. As for Tuppence, I haven't heard from him in a long while, so I wouldn't be surprised if he moved on from the OMORI brainrot. Everyone, pop a cold one for the lost homies...

On the other hand, I still got many amazing comments welcoming me back and calling me The King Who Has Returned! I'm so grateful to everyone who stuck around even after all these years! I'll do my best not to disappear again, even if my update schedule might be slower than before.

Standout comments awards go toooooo
Moradon, Idoladea1712, and Zh3nya! With their analysis of the previous chapter! It was fun to read people leave their theories behind as they notice all the breadcrumbs and hints I left through the story. It's always fun to make puzzles that people could possibly solve, and I always love when a hint I write down gets noticed! I hope I get to hear some more people talk about the hints I wrote in this one too! There's technically enough information out now that you could probably guess what the burnt mark on the tree means if you Sherlock Holmes it hard enough.

Unrelated question, but do you guys think that BASIL's birthday is the same date as Christmas? Just asking for a friend. :3

QUESTIONS I ASK HOPING TO GET A RESPONSE AND MORE COMMENTS, UNDER THE GUISE OF GRANTING MORE SHOUTOUTS!
Uh... How have I been doing lately? These past few chapters, I always feel nervous that I've lost my touch. A lot of you seem to think I'm doing pretty well, even saying confidently that I never lost my touch at all. But I also want you guys to know that I absolutely welcome criticisms too, in case you guys have any complaints! Please feel free to comment what you truly think about each chapter or even the story in general, or even just hit up my discord, TheNextGamer, to send me a personal complaint like always!

Fan ANIMATION
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (11)
God damn, Evergreen, you sure do work fast. Making this fan animation the literal moment I sent you the draft to edit. God-f*cking-speed to you, my good chum!

As always, ladies, gentlemen, all those inbetween...

WORK HARD, PEOPLE!

Chapter 29: It Was Like Show-and-Tell

Summary:

BASIL gets sidetracked trying to hunt down the AUBREY.

OMORI follows along, learning more about the differences in this world.

And KEL was there, making it all canon.

Notes:

BY THE WAY, Please check out the a fanfic I'm collaborating on! It's called The Battle of Pinks! It's a crack-treated-seriously fanfic about Sweetheart coming to life and stalking Sunny in order to try to marry him even though he's in a relationship with Aubrey!

https://archiveofourown.org/works/55377793/chapters/140502391
The Battle of Pinks
Written by Der_Walzer_On_Hiatus, nwolc, TheNextGamer, VoxInanis

SUMMARY:
My name is Sunny.

Ever since coming to terms with the truth and confessing to my friends two years ago, I was able to turn my life around towards a better future. I moved out with my mom to live in the city, my apartment life has been going smoothly, and I've taken care of myself with a decent part time job.

Things were starting to look up as I turned eighteen this year. My relationships with all my friends have been going well, especially with Aubrey. We seem to be getting along much better as we kept in contact with each other, despite the distance.

Things went downhill when Sweetheart somehow magically appeared into my life one day. Things went further downhill as she keeps actively trying to convince me to marry her.

My life is being actively ruined by someone in my old Headspace based on the main character of a hit Saturday morning tv show.

The longer she stays here, the higher the chances of her screwing up my potential dating life with the girl of my dreams. If I don't find a way to get rid of her soon, I swear I might go crazy and kill myself.

Someone, for the love of God, please save me.

...or kill me. Whichever is more convenient.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

"Man, I still can't believe you're actually back…" BASIL giggled happily as he walked side by side next to his super duper very bestest friend in the whole wide world.

They continued down the road, crossing the streets as they headed towards wherever BASIL was leading them.

"How many times have you said that now?" OMORI hummed as he recounted, "Like, probably six?"

"Eight times!" BASIL happily corrected, holding up exactly that many fingers towards the stoic boy.

"Oh, so you are aware." OMORI nodded, "Just checking."

"Hehe, sorry, sorry!" BASIL kept giggling on, "But can you seriously blame me? It's been so long since you've been gone, SUNNY. I've been waiting for this day for the past six years!"

"And that's about the fourth time you said that too." OMORI nodded again, "Does a fifth time come with a free gift?"

"Alright alright alright-" BASIL relented with his hands raised in mock surrender, his ever-bright smile still stuck on his face, "I'll do my best to tone down my excitement and talk about something else for a change."

"Darn. Really wanted that free gift."

They've been doing nonstop banter like this the whole time now, ever since they left OMORI's house.

Despite how snarky his words might suggest, OMORI was actually enjoying spending time with his friend.

It was still so fascinating, seeing this other version of BASIL energetically moving around and talking so comfortably with him. Such a far cry from the anxious wreck of the previous world before.

Without the sins of MARI's death weighing over him, BASIL really did naturally grow up to become a well-functioning young adult. It was so odd to see how life would've been so different for BASIL if MARI never died. When was the last time BASIL and him ever had a casual atmosphere like this?

BASIL eventually tempered his excitement over the stoic boy's dramatic return, before turning to ask, "How have you been adjusting so far? I can't imagine how confusing and stressful it must've been for you to wake up only to realize that you've been asleep for six whole years."

KEL asked similarly yesterday when OMORI was out with him. Might as well give the same answer as before.

"It was a nice nap." OMORI shrugged.

BASIL seemed unsurprised at the indifferent response, giving a humorous eye roll, "Of course you'd say that. A whole portion of your entire life is missing, and all you have to say about it is that it was a nice nap. I get the feeling that you'd still say that even if fifty years had passed."

Probably. A fifty-year-long nap sounded like it'd be nice if he had to be honest. Maybe he shouldn't say that out loud though.

"You were thinking that a fifty-year-long nap would've been nice just now, didn't you?" BASIL suddenly accused, pointing at OMORI's face.

Oop. Busted.

OMORI silently looked away, not willing to confirm or deny the flower boy's allegations.

After a quick minute, BASIL began to giggle happily to himself, "At least you haven't changed at all since you've been gone. I can still read you like a book~ Glad to know that you're still the same old SUNNY."

Just the same old SUNNY, huh?

OMORI kept silent on that as well. It was probably better to let BASIL believe that.

The mood right now was light-hearted and jovial. BASIL seemed to be having the time of his life, and it hadn't even been that long ago since they left his house.

OMORI would rather keep this energy going for now, and wait for a better opportunity to question BASIL about how his relationship with MARI had changed in the last six years.

He still hasn't forgotten the way they interacted with each other earlier. The tension between them was so thick when BASIL asked MARI to join them.

MARI became so soft and frail whenever she talked to him, barely keeping eye contact. BASIL did his best to keep his smile, but OMORI could see the way he seemed to glower the longer he kept speaking to her.

What did MARI do to make BASIL so upset with her? Why didn't MARI tell him about it? How will OMORI be able to fix it?

Was any of it related to the incident?

When the opportunity comes and they find some downtime, OMORI will get to the bottom of this soon enough.

"So, mind telling me why we skipped over KEL's house?" OMORI ended up asking, "I figured you'd want to rope him along since he was right next door."

BASIL gave an embarrassed chuckle at this, before explaining, "A couple reasons, I guess. Iwasplanning on inviting him along first, if MARI was going to be joining us. It would've been easier to manage him if we had more than two of us to keep him in check from doing something crazy."

"Two of us wouldn't have been enough?" OMORI asked curiously.

"I mean… Sure, but," BASIL gave an awkward shrug, "There was another reason. I was hoping that MARI would keep him busy while the two of us would go meet up with AUBREY. Since it's just going to be the two of us though, I thought maybe it'd be a better idea to skip him for now and grab him later after everything was done and over with."

"Why would you want to keep KEL busy while we got AUBREY?"

At this, BASIL gave a coy smile before bringing a finger up his lips to wink, "It's a seeecreeeet~"

OMORI blinked.

With another chuckle, BASIL continued, "Besides that, there was alsoanotherreason why it wouldn't be a good idea for KEL to follow us when we grab AUBREY."

Oh?

BASIL felt himself give a small sigh as he looked up at the house in front of him.

It was less of a house and more like a run-down shack, to be honest. Not that BASIL would ever say that out loud publicly. Although he was sure AUBREY wouldn't be offended even if he did.

Year after year, this place just ends up looking more decrepit as time goes by… It was so sad and sickening, knowing AUBREY was forced to live here for most of her life.

Back then, AUBREY always did her best to keep where she lived a secret from the group. All those times they played at KEL's, SUNNY's, even BASIL's, yet not once did she ever suggest playing at her place.

She never wanted anyone to know just how bad her living conditions were. It was understandable why, yet it was still so depressing when BASIL eventually found out.

To think that she had lived right across the street from him this entire time…

He wished AUBREY was willing to accept his offers to help. BASIL really wanted to at least provide her with some money so that she could afford better care for herself, or even just be able to move out of this dump to live somewhere else. She was eighteen now, so she didn't have to stay trapped there anymore.

Hardheaded as usual, that stubborn girl absolutely refused to let him give her a single cent. Straight to his face with as much conviction as she could muster, she told him that she'd do what she could to work her way out herself without relying on anyone's help.

BASIL couldn't do anything to change her mind. So he was left to helplessly watch by the sidelines.

Anyway, this was also the reason why BASIL felt it would be a better idea to skip KEL for now. AUBREY was still keeping her address a secret to anyone outside of the SCOOTER GANG, and would end up getting mad if KEL ever found out where she lived.

MARI would've been handy to keep him preoccupied if she had come along.

Oh well, nothing for it now.

Turning to his friend, BASIL gave a sad nod towards the house as he revealed, "This is where AUBREY lives."

BASIL had expected a shocked expression from him, or even just a look of disbelief once he was told.

To the flower boy's confusion though, SUNNY didn't so much as bat an eye at the reveal. He simply nodded, "Yeah…"

Well, that was a surprise. BASIL had to blink for a second as his thoughts tried to keep up with him.

Did SUNNY already know about AUBREY living here? When? How?

Oh, right…BASIL hummed to himself.

AUBREY and SUNNY would often spend time alone sitting on the swing set in the park after school. AUBREY had told BASIL how often they would just sit there together so that they could spend time talking about whatever they wanted.

Perhaps AUBREY trusted SUNNY with her secret at some point, back when they were still kids?

If that was the case, then this at least ended up saving BASIL the trouble of having to explain everything to his friend.

BASIL took a deep breath to mentally prepare himself, already imagining the look on AUBREY's face once he arrived with SUNNY in tow.

"Hope you're ready to surprise AUBREY together, SUNNY!" BASIL smiled at the stoic boy.

Before he could take the first step towards the front door though, his friend stopped him by the shoulder and pulled him back.

"SUNNY?"

OMORI gave one last look at the window to the second floor before shaking his head, "She's not here."

BASIL blinked in surprise, "What? How do you know that?"

"Bike's missing." OMORI pointed towards the side of the house. Endless supply of overfilled trash bags, but not a single parked bicycle anywhere.

She'd never want to stay here if she could help it.

BASIL looked again at the area surrounding the house, realizing that his friend was right.

"Oh… Wow, yeah. That was a good catch." BASIL mumbled, turning to stare at his friend with a stupefied frown, "Wait, how did you know AUBREY rode a bike?"

AUBREY didn't start riding a bike until after SUNNY's coma. How would he already know to look out for a missing bike over at her house?

OMORI tilted his head.

Shoot, was he not supposed to know that yet?

Well, OMORI would be hard-pressed to admit it was because he saw her riding her bike in the previous reality.

Not wanting to sound like a lunatic, OMORI told a half-truth by saying, "Came here with KEL yesterday. He told me."

"Ohh…" BASIL nodded in understanding, letting OMORI know that he was in the clear.

Meanwhile, BASIL cursed his luck.

So not only did KEL already end up knowing where AUBREY lived because of SUNNY, but AUBREY wasn't even home to begin with today. What a huge waste of effort…

BASIL even made sure to pick up SUNNY early in the morning today just in case, to make sure that they could catch her before she left.

Sigh… Guess that reunion with AUBREY and SUNNY won't happen just yet…

It wouldn't be a good idea to knock then if AUBREY wasn't home. Her mom definitely wouldn't have been of any help.

AUBREY had been staying up late last night just like BASIL did, so he really thought the girl would be sleeping in today.

Where could she even be at this hour? Why today of all days?

A certain junkyard, just a few miles away…

"A hundred… and fifty… seven! A hundred… and fifty… eight!"

In the center of a makeshift training area surrounded by an endless supply of trash, KIM loudly gave a huge groan as she descended to the ground with her arms thudding to her side in defeat.

Her arms ached from having to do so many consecutive push-ups, to the point where it felt like they were screaming at her to give up.

Not helping matters was her best friend-slash-current-worst-nightmare casually sitting on top of her back this whole time, boredly chewing on a piece of candy.

"C'mon KIM, it's not over yet." She apathetically tapped on KIM's shoulders, egging her on despite KIM's current condition.

With her face in the dirt, her anguished screams were muffled by the ground yet still loud enough for anyone nearby to hear.

"She's totally not going to make it." VANCE, standing a bit further away in front of her, chuckled as he grabbed a handful of candy from his bag and shoved it all into his mouth like a chipmunk.

"Oh come on, give me a break or something!" KIM cried out, flailing helplessly under AUBREY. She gave one starved look at her brother as he dined on his sugary meal, before begging at AUBREY, "Can't I just have at least one piece? Just one single tiny bit?"

"You know you can't, KIM." AUBREY shook her head, purposely placing another chocolate in her mouth for KIM to watch, "Punishment was loud and clear. No candy for you until you do five hundred push-ups in a single day. Either you do that, or you have to go without candy for a single month."

"You should hurry, KIM!" VANCE laughed derisively with his mouth full, "If you don't finish on time, there won't be any left for us to share with you!"

To drive the point home further, VANCE grabbed another handful and somehow managed to fit that into his already occupied mouth hole. It was starting to cause KIM to feel like she might get an aneurysm.

Flailing her legs childishly, KIM groaned, "This totally isn't fair! Do I seriously deserve this crap just because I snuck a little bit of booze at our party last night?!"

With that, AUBREY gave a firm knock on KIM's head, "A little bit of booze?! KIM, you were almost as dead-ass drunk as my mom usually is! You tried to make out with both me AND BASIL at the same time, and I literally had to wrestle you away from him before anything could happen!"

Rubbing her head with a wince, KIM pouted, "Ok, yeah, I might have drunk more than I should've- But c'mon, can you blame me for flirting with you guys? You're both hot."

"Yes, I can blame you." AUBREY firmly replanted her butt on KIM's back, before commanding, "Keep doing push-ups, or no candy. Three hundred and fifty more."

KIM grumbled as she got into position again, "Three hundred and forty-two. I was on a hundred fifty-eight."

"Nope, you're back down to a hundred-fifty for trying to talk back to me." AUBREY affirmed.

At this, KIM nearly buckled before glaring at her supposed best friend for adding more to her torture sentence.

AUBREY only looked back while placing another candy in her mouth, as if challenging KIM to do something about it.

They glared at each other for a while before KIM felt the pressure and gave in, obediently continuing to do push-ups again.

"Man, who taught you to become such a bitch?" KIM mumbled pathetically as she started counting up from 150.

AUBREY raised an eyebrow incredulously at KIM, "You seriously asking me that?"

KIM widened her eyes in realization, "Oh yeah… I did."

Memories of meeting a depressed little girl by the swingset and giving her a baseball bat as an outlet to vent her anger at the world flashed in KIM's head.

AUBREY deadpanned, "Yeah."

"Damn." KIM blinked stupidly. "I created a monster."

VANCE barely paid any attention as he shoveled his seventh handful of candy into his gaping mouth.

The late morning continued on for a while as KIM continued to suffer while she counted to five hundred.

Welp, things definitely weren't going to plan today.

BASIL sat down on the edge of the sidewalk with a hand over his head as he wondered if today was just an unlucky day in general.

First his purple Hyacinth died today. Then there was MARI choosing to avoid going outside with them. Now AUBREY was off somewhere without any leads to know where she was.

What were the odds that these things would happen to him the day he finally got to reunite with his old friend?

The aforementioned old friend came up from behind and gave a comforting pat on the back, "Don't beat yourself up over it. It's not like we won't see her again later in the day, probably."

It was a small consolation, but it was enough to get BASIL to try to turn his frown around. "Yeah, you're right. We only just started the day, after all. AUBREY would show up around here eventually."

BASIL should stop focusing on the negatives and just keep trucking ahead. Even if AUBREY doesn't appear today, that doesn't mean that he couldn't still spend more time with his best friend!

"I really wanted to see her reaction to seeing you again, though…" BASIL sighed one final time before turning to the stoic boy with a smile. "Oh well, guess we'll just keep moving forward with the rest of the plan then!"

The stoic boy nodded as BASIL stood up and patted his pants clean.

They'll probably come across AUBREY later as BASIL continues to show SUNNY around the town. He'll make sure to check up on each of her and her gang's favorite places, including their old hideout spot by the lake.

"So, we going back again to grab KEL? Or…?" OMORI trailed off.

BASIL mulled over the question as he looked towards the end of the street. Just further down here was the CHURCH…

Right. There was another special someone BASIL wanted to see first, now that SUNNY was back.

"I was thinking about that, buuut… Maybe a slight change of plans." BASIL decided. Turning towards his old friend, he gave a slight nod down the street they were in, "This way."

OMORI raised an eyebrow, but nonetheless followed the flower boy.

Knowing that he was being led down to the CHURCH, he curiously asked, "You think AUBREY might be praying over there?"

BASIL shook his head with a soft smile, "No, not really. She was never the religious type, I don't think."

No, she wasn't. Not even in the previous world, if OMORI remembered correctly. AUBREY had said that she went there every week to try to find peace within herself ever since MARI died, even if she knew it was unlikely. That, and also to often visit MARI's grave as well.

Perhaps in this world, since MARI never died, she didn't have a reason to visit the CHURCH anymore. Which might mean she didn't need to go there to look for peace.

Was it because she still had BASIL's friendship in this world? Since OMORI wasn't here to scribble over the photo album, AUBREY would've never thought BASIL had done it. If he had to make an educated guess, AUBREY would've never had any reason to feel hurt or betrayed by BASIL, so their friendship would've gone on strong as they supported each other. BASIL would've been there to help her find the peace she needed, or at least helped make sure she never lost it in the first place.

Another thing in this world that was left untainted from his sins.

Interesting that she still went on to become a leader of her own gang in this world too, though. OMORI wondered if that was just something AUBREY was destined for, regardless of whether or not MARI had died.

You know, on the topic of AUBREY, OMORI just realized that nobody ever said anything about her changing her hair color to pink in this world. MARI never said anything. KEL never mentioned it, which was why OMORI didn't bother to ask. Doesn't seem like BASIL was going to mention it either, even though you'd expect it'd be one of the first things the flower boy would catch him up on if it was an important detail.

Maybe she kept her natural dark brown color? Who knows. OMORI will have to confirm it himself later with his own eyes, he guessed.

Eye. Just the one eye–

Whatever.

The trip to the CHURCH was quick and uneventful. BASIL opened the front doors for OMORI, giving a gentlemanly smile, "After you!"

Well-mannered as always. OMORI scoffed as he entered inside, BASIL following him in straight after with an impish giggle.

CHURCH was still as lifeless as yesterday, OMORI noted casually. Once again, there was barely anyone on the benches other than the odd elderly straggler since today wasn't a sermon day. The priest was still here though, being as dutiful as ever.

When the priest looked up to notice the two of them, there was a flash of recognition when he crossed eyes with OMORI, but that was overshadowed by the welcoming smile when he saw BASIL.

"Welcome, children." He greeted them first.

BASIL came up to the priest with a respectful bow, "Greetings, FATHER. I hope you are doing well."

"Same to you, BASIL." The priest nodded back, "It's been a while since I've last seen you here. Have you come to visit the cemetery again? Know that you're always welcome here whenever you need a place to collect your thoughts."

"Of course. Thank you as always, FATHER." BASIL bowed once again before gesturing to OMORI to stand next to him.

Oh- were they getting started on the introduction game now? Alright.

OMORI stood next to the flower boy, giving the priest a simple, "Hello."

"FATHER, I'd like you to meet an old friend of mine! His name is SUNNY, and he's miraculously awakened from a six-year coma recently!" Although speaking in a subdued and respectful tone, BASIL had a proud grin plastered on his face as if he were the local lottery winner. "I'm traveling around town to reintroduce him to everything so that he gets caught up with all that he missed!"

Welp, this felt kinda awkward. OMORI felt like he was some kind of gadget toy being presented at a school Show-and-Tell period.

"Oh?" The priest gave a surprised look towards him, "Isn't this the boy you often speak about? What a surprise to hear!" The priest leaned in to take a closer look, noting, "I remember seeing you here yesterday with another boy. You came in with flowers, didn't you?"

At the mention of this, BASIL turned to him with a confused look, "SUNNY? You visited the church with KEL yesterday?"

OMORI gave a half-hearted shrug, unsure what to say. Not like he expected to return here again so soon.

Leaning back, the priest straightened himself up with a warm smile, "In any case, my dear child, I congratulate you on awakening from your long slumber. BASIL was right to describe it as miraculous that you've returned after such a long period of time. It must've been a grueling journey requiring lots of perseverance and immense strength."

Yeah, no, not really. It just took a hospital trip and a front flip nose dive off the roof just to get here, to be honest.

"...thanks…" OMORI nodded awkwardly, keeping his thoughts to himself.

Almost as if he could sense how uncomfortable OMORI was feeling, the priest relaxed, "Hopefully the long gap in time hasn't disoriented you. I pray that you'll adapt well to your circ*mstances and live a long healthy life to make up for the time you've lost."

"...sure." OMORI nodded again.

Hopefully not, though.

With another gentle nod, he smiled at BASIL, "Well, I'll leave you boys to it."

"Thank you, FATHER!" BASIL smiled.

With that out of the way, the priest gave a small wave before returning to his podium.

BASIL gestured OMORI over to follow him again, heading to the back towards the cemetery.

OMORI gave one last glance at the priest before following after the flower boy.

Hopefully, it wouldn't be this awkward for every other person that BASIL planned to introduce him to. OMORI didn't really have that much knowledge of the priest from the other world other than that he was a nice guy who was patient and understanding, especially towards AUBREY.

So BASIL became friends with the priest in this world instead, for some reason. OMORI wondered if he hadn't been exaggerating when he said that he made tons of new friends in this reality.

As OMORI caught up with BASIL outside in the cemetery, the flower boy gave a heavy sigh as he stared at the scenery.

The stoic boy stood right next to him, patiently giving BASIL the chance to collect his thoughts.

For BASIL, he was mostly just taking in the air of the atmosphere here. He didn't really like staying here too much. The reminder that death was constant wasn't exactly a fun fact to think about.

Still, he was determined to make the effort to visit someone near and dear to his heart at least somewhat regularly.

Speaking of visits… SUNNY came in yesterday to visit someone? He even brought along flowers? It perked the flower boy's interest.

BASIL turned to his old friend, curiously asking, "I didn't know you and KEL already came here yesterday. Who were you visiting, SUNNY?"

With a nonchalant tone, the stoic boy answered, "Secret dead relative from an alternate parallel universe."

PFFFFFFT–

BASIL had to make an effort to cover his mouth as he began to smirk.

The answer came so out of left field, that BASIL couldn't help but laugh at the audacity and randomness of it as it clashed with the current melancholic atmosphere.

"Seriously, SUNNY? What kind of crazy answer is that?" BASIL giggled behind his hand.

The boy only gave a stoic shrug in response.

Sigh, but that was definitely on par with his weird brand of humor. BASIL had to wonder what goes through his friend's mind to come up with this stuff.

The best part has got to be the fact that the stoic boy could easily say such a strange sci-fi fantasy answer with such a serious face.

Ah, whatever~ BASIL figured he'd figure it out sooner or later just by checking around. First things first, though…

Without another word, BASIL happily trotted over toward the back row of graves, heading directly to the headstone that he was most familiar with.

His grandmother's grave.

"Hi, Grandma…" BASIL gently waved, "It's been a while. Guess who I brought along today? You'll never believe who it–"

Upon closer inspection, he noticed in front of her headstone was a brand new bouquet of flowers that BASIL knew for sure didn't come from the flower boy himself.

Actually, they were sort of familiar… Were those lilies of the valley?

BASIL blinked to himself as he bent down to grab the bouquet in his hand. It even had the same plastic wrap with a beautiful design that FIX-IT used.

A slow realization began to dawn on him as he remembered working at FIX-IT yesterday, giving the manager a bouquet of lilies of the valley at the request of a customer.

"SUNNY, was this you?" BASIL turned around to ask in shock.

In the meanwhile, OMORI could only stare at the flowers sitting in front of what was apparently his best friend's grandmother's grave instead of sitting on the empty patch next to her.

He had meant to place that in the same spot where MARI had been buried in the other world. Did somebody like the priest or the gravekeeper move it to the nearest headstone, thinking it got pushed away by the wind?

What were the chances that BASIL's grandma would be sitting right next to it? OMORI never even noticed. Then again, OMORI hadn't even known that she had died yet in this world until KEL told him straight after that back at his house.

Unsure of what to say, OMORI could only awkwardly glance away.

It'd be really hard to explain how much of a coincidence this all was, especially when the truth was already even weirder. Might as well just roll with the cards that were dealt to him from pure chance.

OMORI sat next to his flower friend, hugging his legs close to his body as he chose to answer with an open-ended, "KEL told me she passed away a few years ago."

BASIL gave a small smile as he nodded, "Yeah… Two years after you fell into that coma." Looking down at the bouquet again, he chuckled, "So you ended up buying these from FIX-IT after you found out?"

OMORI shrugged. Better to let BASIL come to his own conclusions here.

The flower boy gave a humorous sigh as he set the bouquet down. Taking a moment to properly sit down next to his best friend, BASIL fidgeted around with his flower hair-clip as he explained, "I was actually working at FIX-IT the whole day yesterday. I even remembered wrapping up the lilies of the valley myself while I was in the back since it stood out to me at the time… You and I were probably just a few seconds away from seeing each other that entire time without us ever even realizing it."

"Oh." OMORI blinked at that, "That's unlucky timing. If I knew you were there, I would've asked the clerk about you."

BASIL's job was over at FIX-IT?

Yeah, that checks out. Having a whole giant section in the back of the store dedicated to gardening would've definitely drawn in a plant-maniac like BASIL.

With a laugh, BASIL smoothed out his hair, "Yeah, really unlucky… Knowing KEL, he probably didn't even realize I worked there either. Probably the whole reason why he chose to break into my house to leave that note instead of just reaching out to me. Funny how that all played out."

"Yep. I was there for that part." OMORI gave a stoic hum, before adding, "Sorry for not stopping him in time, by the way. Hope it wasn't too much of a mess to clean up in there."

"Haha! Nah, you're good!" BASIL reassured, "If he hadn't done that, who knows how long it would've taken for me to realize you were already awake? I probably would've ended up with a heart attack if they had told me you were gone the next time I visited the hospital!"

Hm.

There was a comfortable silence between the two boys as they sat in front of the gravestone together.

OMORI closed his eyes, enjoying the serene tranquility they had going on. BASIL kept smiling to himself, staring up at the clouds.

When BASIL's eyes trailed down at the bouquet again, he couldn't help but give himself a carefree sigh.

Of course SUNNY would choose these flowers. He probably still remembered all the times BASIL would go on and on about his flower language trivia. He's always been a good listener like that.

It took a long while before BASIL finally interrupted the silence with a sincere, "Nice choice to pick the lilies of the valley, SUNNY. Thanks for bringing them to my grandma."

OMORI uncomfortably glanced away, feeling kinda guilty at being thanked for something he didn't actually mean to do.

Instead, the stoic boy changed the topic back to the grandmother, as he had always been meaning to ask, "How did she pass away? Did something happen to her?"

OMORI remembered how the grandmother had passed on during his final day in FARAWAY, back in the previous reality. Even though he wasn't there to see it, hearing the news from POLLY that she was rushed to intensive care the night before didn't inspire much confidence in him.

When the group heard that BASIL came back home that afternoon, locking himself away in his room without even speaking to POLLY… OMORI had guessed that something must've gone wrong.

The poor boy went through so much. Losing his grandmother must've been the final straw to break his sanity on top of everything else.

BASIL would've definitely killed himself if OMOR–… ifSUNNYhadn't woken up and checked on him in time.

So what changed in this reality? What could cause BASIL's grandmother to die two years earlier than she should've?

BASIL gave the incredibly simple answer, "No, it was just old age. It was her time to go, that's all."

…?

OMORI turned to stare at the flower boy in confusion, "...That's all?"

So it wasn't some kind of butterfly effect caused by MARI's death being prevented? Did BASIL's grandmother just simply die out of pure random chance?

Mistaking his confusion for concern, BASIL reassured, "She was getting up there in age. It was bound to happen eventually. Don't worry though, she passed on peacefully."

He gave a small pause as he looked at the gravestone in front of him.

OMORI noticed the change in the flower boy's eyes.

"I was…" BASIL breathed out solemnly, "I was with her when it happened."

BASIL was fourteen years old by now.

He came into his grandmother's room with a small smile, carrying a dinner tray of her favorite stew.

"Grandma, dinner's ready." He called out gently.

Laying in her bed, the elderly figure slowly opened her eyes to see her grandson. Seeing his wonderful bright face, she smiled in return.

"BASIL… Good morning…" She spoke faintly, far too tired to work up the energy to speak a decibel beyond that.

"It's evening, Grandma." BASIL corrected, already placing her dinner tray onto the movable bed-table and pushing it in.

"Oh… Is it now…?" She hummed back.

The small clatters of the dish filled the quiet room, along with the fragrant smell of the vegetable stew wafting through the air.

It took considerable effort on her part, but she managed to sit up in her bed with a tired smile, "Is that… my favorite…?"

"Mhm. Peas, potato, and bell pepper." BASIL nodded while setting up the utensils for her, "I had help from the nice caretaker lady. I chopped up all the veggies while she did all the cooking."

"Thank you, sweetie… Such a good boy…" Grandma said appreciatively, reaching out to pat his head.

Although it was clumsy and weaker than how she usually did them, BASIL smiled and accepted it all the same.

"Where is… Miss… Erm… What was her name again?" She asked, somewhat mindlessly.

"Don't worry, she's just on the phone right now." BASIL reassured her, "If you need anything, you can rely on me. I'll help out until she's done!"

"Mm… Yes… I can always rely on you, BASIL…" Grandma nodded gratefully, slowly beginning to eat her dinner.

BASIL sat next to her on a chair, patiently watching to make sure she was eating properly. Grandma has been getting kinda clumsy lately, so it was important for someone to be in the room with her to make sure she doesn't accidentally choke or drop anything.

She had been eating far less these past few weeks, and sleeping far more frequently than she ever used to. Yet tonight, Grandma made the effort to eat more than usual this time around. Maybe it was because it was her favorite stew, or maybe it was because BASIL was keeping her company this time instead of her caretaker.

Regardless, he was happy when she had almost nearly finished her entire plate.

Placing her spoon down, her weak smile seemed to shine more than ever, "So tasty… The best I've had in years…"

BASIL giggled, "I'll give the chef your warm regards."

"And the little helper who cut the ingredients too… if you please…" She wheezed out, giving a teasing smirk.

BASIL rubbed the back of his neck with an embarrassed grin, "Jeez, Grandma, it was only cutting. I didn't do much."

Their gentle laughter slowly subsided into a comfortable silence, the cool evening settling between them like a comfortable pillow.

Moments like these were what BASIL always cherished between the two of them. They helped comfort him from the feelings of loneliness seeping in ever since SUNNY's incident that led to his coma. Things had been so depressing for him lately, with his friend group becoming more withdrawn each passing day.

KEL was starting to grow more distant as he started spending more time in clubs and activities after school nowadays. It was almost as if he was finding more excuses just to not be around the old group anymore.

AUBREY still kept him company during lunches and after school, though the different class periods were starting to drive a wedge between their possible time spent together.

HERO had already graduated and moved to college a while ago. Even during the transitional period of moving away, HERO had less time than ever to hang out with friends anymore. During the time he was still around, all he ever did was spend his last moments comforting… MARI.

Sigh…

BASIL still hasn't gotten over that yet, huh?

The anger he had towards the older girl was starting to wane as time passed on, though he still avoided MARI like the plague ever since that day he confronted her about the–… well…

BASIL didn't really have much free time either, now that he thought about it. He had been getting more busy taking care of Grandma these days.

Maybe the group slowly falling apart was inevitable at this point… The thought of that broke his heart though, as he wished something could come to stop this change from happening. He missed the old days, back before SUNNY was gone.

He wished they could go back to the old days again…

He missed everyone.

He missed SUNNY.

When BASIL saw his grandma lay back down as she became sleepy again, he snapped out of his thoughts and went ahead to clean up her nearly empty plate.

Grandma ended up gently reaching out to grab his hand, holding it steady in her weak grip.

When did she become so frail? Where did all the energy she used to have go?

BASIL couldn't help but wonder to himself as he curled his fingers around hers to call out, "Yes, Grandma?"

She turned to look him in the eyes. For the first time in a long while, BASIL felt like he could see a youthful energy behind her eyes.

"You've grown up to become so handsome, BASIL…" She told him with a proud grin, "You used to be such a cute little button back when you were a baby… It won't be long now until you grow up to become a strapping young lad who'll be chased by all the girls in town... Maybe even a couple of boys too..."

BASIL's face flushed from embarrassment at the sudden compliment, whining out, "Grandma, stop iiiit! Come on, where did that even come from?"

"Soon you'll end up settling down with one and get married… Maybe even have a kid or two…" Grandma continued on with a chuckle, "You'll be too busy to spend time with your old grandma anymore."

At that, he frowned, "Grandma?"

She smiled sadly, "Don't worry though… When you get that old, I'll make sure you won't need to worry about an old burden like me holding you back from living your own life…"

"Grandma, don't say something like that." BASIL reprimanded, holding tightly onto her fingers. "You're not a burden at all. I can take care of you for a long time, even when I grow that old. You don't have to worry about stuff like that."

"I don't…?" Grandma asked quietly.

BASIL shook his head, "I'm old enough to know how to take care of myself and you at the same time. I'm not the same fragile little boy I used to be anymore."

She stared deeply into his eyes. Almost as if she had been searching for something, deep within his soul.

BASIL looked back with as much conviction as he could, hoping that it would reassure her.

Whatever she ended up seeing, she gave a relieved smile in return.

She looked so pale these days.

"You're not anymore, are you…?" She chuckled warmly, "I'm so glad… I'm so proud of you, my precious young man… I'm so happy I raised you right… I'm so happy that nothing went wrong while I took care of you…"

BASIL softly sighed as he told her, "Of course nothing went wrong. You're the best grandma in the world."

Grandma softly released his hand so that she could reach out to caress his cheeks. BASIL could feel her strangely cool touch spreading all across his face.

"I see… a delicate bud within you, BASIL," Her voice had gained some strength, as if she had finally found the energy to speak up, "It's not fully bloomed yet, but it's there. Faint, yet unmistakable. When you grow up, I know it'll blossom into a glorious sunflower. A bright, fiery, passionate sunflower. One that can take on any harsh storm, no matter how terrible, and come out still facing the sun."

Where was all of this coming from?

BASIL gently smiled at the kind vote of confidence, though he didn't truly believe in it himself. In some ways, he was still that socially anxious kid who preferred to hide and avoid trouble if he could help it. Still, he stayed quiet so as to not hurt Grandma's feelings.

Grandma continued to pet his cheeks, looking at him with loving motherly eyes.

"BASIL, can you promise me something?" She asked.

BASIL perked up, "Sure. What is it?"

"Promise me that…" Her voice became weaker again, though her smile was still as bright as ever, "Promise that you'll remember me as I was before… Not as I am now..."

"...Grandma?"

"Not as this old bag of bones who can barely walk anymore… I want you to think back on me when I was still full of life… Bouncing and energetic and happy… That's all I ask…"

BASIL began to get a bit worried, as he said, "Grandma, don't talk like that…"

"Promise me… Please…"

"I promise, Grandma. I will." BASIL ended up nodding along, hoping that it would put her mind at ease.

"Thank you…" Like a spell suddenly lifting from her, the energy she had in her eyes was slowly dying down. She looked so sleepy again all of a sudden.

"G-Grandma, wait–" BASIL called out, "A-Are you gonna be okay? Should I call the caretaker to check on you?"

"BASIL…" She spoke so warmly, but so quietly now. "You will… always be… my…"

Her eyes became so foggy as they slowly closed.

"Grandma? What's the matter?!" BASIL felt his heart spiking, a terrible feeling overwhelming his entire body. "Grandma?!"

"...my precious… little… SUNFLOWER PRINCE…"

Her hand loosened, slowly dropping down from his cheek.

The feeling of her cold touch was slowly replaced by warm tears as BASIL silently stared at his grandmother in shock.

"G-... Grandma?" BASIL could barely croak out.

Grandma did not respond.

BASIL sat still for a while, staring at his grandma's headstone.

OMORI sat nearby, still hugging his legs as he quietly digested everything he heard.

The quiet serenity of the cemetery was the only thing to keep them company.

OMORI was beginning to see why BASIL's grandmother died earlier, in this reality…

Eventually, OMORI found the words to say, "I'm sorry, BASIL."

BASIL glanced back at his friend, returning a soft smile, "It's okay. Thank you though."

So…

If OMORI was going to go out on a limb here… He would probably guess that maybe BASIL's grandmother was supposed to die around the time when BASIL was just fourteen.

In the previous world, MARI's death loomed over BASIL just as much as it did over OMORI. BASIL had to live with the guilt over what they both did, the trauma messing up the course of his life in the worst way possible.

Their friend group had disbanded. KEL left to move on with new friends. HERO would leave for college. AUBREY would begin to bully him because of the misunderstanding with the photo album.

His only friend left would be locked away inside his house, stuck in HEADSPACE.

BASIL would've had nobody left to support him. No other friends. Not even his own parents.

His grandma would be the only person he had left.

Maybe that was why things were different with the timeline of her death. BASIL's grandmother must've seen something so dark and terrible in BASIL's eyes that day. Or maybe BASIL begged and pleaded for her not to leave him alone when she was about to go.

Either way, she must've found the willpower to eke out a few last bits of time left out of her life, just to watch over her own grandson and make sure he was okay. Two extra years.

...

OMORI had to admit to himself that this was all just a theory, of course. Not like he could just pop back to the old world and double-check to make sure. Still, for a rough guesstimate, it was something he felt made the most sense to him.

He had to wonder whether this reality's version of her death was better or not. Would it have been better if she stuck to life for at least two more years? Or was it better for her to pass on, as peacefully as BASIL described it to be?

Hm… Well, BASIL seemed to have turned out alright in this world, so maybe this one was a better situation after all. Morbid as that might sound.

OMORI's analytical thoughts had to pause when he saw his friend readjusting himself to take a knee in front of his grandmother's grave.

BASIL gave a deep sigh, even as he smiled warmly at the headstone.

"Can you believe it, Grandma? SUNNY finally woke up after six long years. I wish you were still around so that you two could have caught up together again. You would've been so happy and thrilled to have him back. It would've been so much fun."

BASIL gently touched the headstone, taking the time to caress the stone features.

"I miss you, Grandma. I hope you're resting peacefully, wherever you are. Thank you again for raising me and giving me the strength I need to look forward to tomorrow every day. I promise I won't let anything bad happen to the sunflower you saw inside of me."

A soft breeze passed by, making BASIL's hair and clothes rustle with the wind.

BASIL gave a sniff, eyes getting slightly wet, "Now that SUNNY's back, I feel like things are gonna be looking up for me. Things are finally going to get even better from now on. So cheer for me, okay? I hope I'll see you again someday. I'll be collecting lots and lots of stories to tell you later."

OMORI respectfully kept silent, letting BASIL have his moment to cry.

After a while, BASIL eventually wiped his tears away before standing up straight.

With a warm smile, he turned to OMORI and apologized, "Sorry for getting sidetracked. You ready to go get KEL and head somewhere else?"

OMORI stood up as well, giving a silent thumbs up.

Side by side, the two of them left the cemetery together to continue their plans for the rest of the day.

OMORI did linger a bit though, just to give one last glance at motherly grandma's gravestone.

Then one last guilty glance over to the empty spot right next to her.

Sorry for stealing the flowers back, MARI. He'll try to get you new ones later, hopefully.

He left the cemetery after that.

After careful planning and methodical movements, KEL managed to sneak past his mom in order to escape the house.

He crouched himself down by the front of the door, carefully shutting it close without making any noise.

He nearly jumped when he heard his mom calling out for him from inside.

"Helloooo? KEL, sweetie? Where are you? I need you to come with me to the grocery store!"

KEL was so glad he managed to leave before his mom could come wake him up.

"KEL? Did you seriously already leave the house?" He could hear a few Spanish curse words here and there before a final, "That little troublemaker, I swear. I am going to give him an earful when he gets back."

Eugh. That didn't sound good for KEL. He could already imagine the headache he was gonna be in for later when he came back home.

Still, sneaking out away from his mom today was going to be worth it. He'd really rather not have a whole day wasted on grocery shopping with his mom. She only ever liked to visit one of those Hispanic community places that were always like an hour away from home, and then takeforevershopping for stuff. It would always end up taking a bajillion years before they could finally come back home.

I mean, come on! SUNNY was back after six long years! KEL really wanted to at least spend one more day hanging out with him before being cruelly whisked away by familial responsibilities.

"Sorry Mom, I'll try to make it up to you later!"KEL whispered to himself with a guilty smile.

With that out of the way, KEL began crawling on all fours as he stealthily made his way out beyond the vicinity of his house.

Once he felt safe from any imminent danger, KEL bounced right back up on his feet to immediately sprint over to SUNNY's house!

WOOO, FREEEEEEEDOOOOOOM!

Making his way up to the front door, he was about to do the typical signature ultimate KEL move where he would repeatedly knock on a door until someone answered.

Right as he raised his fist to do that though, a sudden lightning of clarity and forethought came to his mind as he just remembered a seriously life-saving detail.

If he started knocking on the door… What if, instead of SUNNY answering, it would be MARI again? And since MARI was still upset with him, what if she just chose to slam the door shut in his face just like last time?

"Oh man… Good thinking Brain, I almost did something stupid there." He shook his head, trying to calm his excitement down.

You're welcome.A deep-sounding intellectual and studious voice responded back in his mind.

Alright, but for real though. After everything he and SUNNY talked about yesterday, it was important for him to bejust a little bit moretactfulwhen it came to interacting with MARI. Especially considering how she still felt about him.

Last time he talked to her, she basically shouted in his face and kicked him out of the house after all.

Let's form a play-by-play in his head, shall we?

First, KEL was going to walk up to the front door and politely knock this time around. No funny business here, just strict super serious serial KEL.

Second, if SUNNY opened the door, ask him to be invited inside! Skip to step three if MARI.

Third, if MARI opened the door, calmly apologize for the inconvenience and ask to come inside like a gentleman. Act charming and polite, maybe like HERO!

MARI then proceeds to rip the door off its hinges and beats him to death for reminding her of her ex-boyfriend. GAME OVER. Do you want to retry?

Okay- scratch that- Don't do anything that would remind her of HERO.

Third, if MARI opened the door, calmly apologize for bothering her and tell her that he just wants to talk things out. Convince her that he was here to make amends and wants to start over again. Act as genuine as possible so that she knew that he was serious.

Fourth, win her over and become best friends forever again! Everyone becomes happy, and they all go out to get some ice cream! :D

KEL WINS!

Aaaand that was about as far as KEL's thought process went. He was having a tough time visualizing what else could go wrong if any other situation happened beyond what was already laid down in his step-by-step game plan.

Sigh… KEL really hoped he knew what he was doing.

You do not.His brain callously remarked.

Shut up Brain, who asked you?

Okay… Here goes nothing.

Clearing his throat to prepare himself, KEL nervously butpolitelyknocked on the front door. Just three casual knocks. No more than that.

Felt so weird and unnatural to do it like that, for some reason. It was like it went against his nature.

The response seemed to be instant though, surprisingly enough. He was already hearing someone sprinting on the other side to reach the door.

"SUNNY? You're back already?" MARI practically blew the door open, coming out with an excited smile on her face.

"Uh… Uhhhh…" KEL mumbled dumbfoundedly.

Her smile immediately disappeared when she realized that it wasn't who she thought it was.

KEL and MARI were left frozen in place, staring in shock as they reacted to each other's sudden appearance.

After an uncomfortable amount of time had passed between them, KEL realized that they were stuck at a standstill and decided to make the first move.

"Hey, MA-"

MARI immediately slammed the door in his face.

Welp, that could've gone better.

"Wait, MARI!" KEL's natural instinct kicked in, already running up against the door to knock and shout, "Hold on, please! Let's just talk!"

Dang it, he always was pretty terrible when it came to situations like this…

It wasn't like he even knew what to say to her right now, he didn't give that much thought to preparing a speech or anything.

Gah, he was horrible at this!

"MARI, don't shut me out again! Please… Please just hear me out!"

KEL scrambled to think of what to even say. How was he gonna apologize to her? What was the best way to convince her to change her mind?

…What if MARI didn't even want to change her mind?

When all else fails… It was better to speak from the heart. He might be an idiot more often than not, but…

"MARI, I'm so sorry." He began, closing his eyes as he let the words come out naturally, "I don't want you to hate me anymore. I know what I did was stupid and mean and wrong and you must think I'm a horrible person for giving up on SUNNY for all these years. But please, believe me when I say that I'm so absolutely sorry for everything! I just… I don't even have any good excuse for why I gave up on him. I was just so tired of being stuck in the same place, over and over, that I thought that I would go crazy if I didn't try to move on. But I didn't mean to abandon SUNNY though. I never meant to abandon you either… I never meant to hurt you…"

All the words he wanted to tell SUNNY yesterday, yet never got the chance since the stoic boy forgave him before he could. Even though it felt like a huge load off his mind at the time, KEL didn't realize just how unfulfilled he felt to be forgiven so easily.

Maybe it was good that MARI hated KEL on SUNNY's behalf. Just so that at least someone could hold him accountable for his actions.

He could only hope that his apology ended up reaching out to MARI instead.

KEL had his head against the door. He waited to see if MARI would say something. React with anything at all.

When all he got was the silent treatment, he sighed depressingly.

"I should've told you the truth back then. I shouldn't have ran off and left you in the dark about how I was feeling at the time. Maybe if I did, it would've ended up hurting you less. Or maybe you would've understood where I was coming from. Or maybe–... I don't know… I just wish I could've said something to anyone at all instead of trying to push you all away. I was so desperate for things to change, I didn't even consider what would happen if I left you all behind… I'm so sorry…"

KEL seriously regretted ever avoiding his old friend group back then. He felt so much happier now, reuniting with them and seeing SUNNY again.

Maybe if he had just tried sticking it out with them for a little bit longer… All of this could've been avoided in the first place…

He felt the door in front of him click.

To his surprise, the door started to open again. He leaned back just to stop himself from falling forward and landing on his face.

In front of him, MARI was staring at him with a frown. She looked kinda lost and confused. Almost as if she didn't even know what she was doing right now, herself.

"MARI… Hey." KEL breathed out with an awkward smile, "I didn't think you'd actually open the door again."

MARI kept silent, continuing to stare into his eyes.

Whatever she was searching for, KEL didn't know. But he still kept up his smile, hoping that he appeared genuine.

After what seemed like forever, MARI admitted, "SUNNY's not here right now. He's out spending time with BASIL."

"Oh, really?" KEL perked up at that, "That's great! BASIL must've figured out the puzzles in my note then!"

What a smart guy. KEL would have to come up with even more complicated puzzles later in the future if he ever had to pull off something like that again. Hopefully BASIL didn't mind the broken window!

"If you hurry, you can still catch up with them." MARI simply said, ready to close the door again.

Seeing him almost losing his opportunity, he called out, "MARI! Wait just a second!"

Something he said earlier must've struck something inside the girl, because she actually did end up pausing for him.

Taking a deep breath, he calmly asked, "Can I come in? So that we can talk? I promise I won't take long."

MARI didn't say yes. She didn't exactly say no, either. She actually just kept silent, continuing to stare at him like he was some kind of alien species who landed in her front yard.

KEL didn't know what that meant for him yet.

It wasn't until she backed away from the door and went inside that he got his answer.

The door was left open for him.

That had to be a good sign, right? Heh…

KEL gave a huge sigh of relief, smiling as he welcomed himself inside.

Maybe he had a chance to fix things after all.

Notes:

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (12)
Artist is once again LaPapaya! I always wondered what EL DORA-DINO looked like outside of my head. So glad it's just as pretty as I hoped it would be! Now if only the hot dog vendor was selling co*ckAIGNE-Balls instead... Mmm, delicious co*ckAIGNE-Balls :D
I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (13)
Credit to JBandit12 aka BanditoftheEast! This adorable picture of HIKIKO casually murdering a BLOCK MINION will live rent-free in my heart forever. ALSO LOOK AT THE AUDIENCE STANDS, SANS AND PAPYRUS ARE THERE, OH MY GOD UNDERTALE
I wonder if Sans would eat co*ckAIGNE-Balls?

Thanks to all my editors once again for proofreading, pointing out errors for me, and providing emotional support!
ALSO, I want to apologize for the lack of SUNBURN this chapter. I've tease you all so much these few chapters. Hopefully, next chapter will be the one that gets the reunion between the two!

Anyways, fun facts about this chapter. When I originally wrote that BASIL's grandmother passing away two years earlier than the game's canon, I had no idea what I was doing. It seemed like a spur of the moment change at the time that felt natural to me. Then I figured, eh, might as well make it so that BASIL went into depression about it and get his own HEADSPACE. You guys remember PRINCE, right? Of course you don't, he's only ever been mentioned once by name and it's been three years now. I'm so sad I took so long to come back...

Anyways, yeah. It took a while over the course of many chapters before I figured out the reason why BASIL's grandma died earlier. It helps that this scene was so easy to write thanks to my experience taking care of my own paraplegic grandma. She's still alive btw, so don't worry about that.

SHOUTOUT TO COMMENTERS!
So many of you reassured me that I haven't seemed to lost my touch at all since I asked last chapter. Thank you so much for the vote of confidence! I hope that I'll keep up the quality as I keep writing. I've been self-conscious about myself ever since reading some Reddit comments about how my HEADSPACE chapters were a slog and a drag to read through.

CavemanG! I knew that BASIL's birthday wasn't on Christmas, I just wanted to act coy and give hints so that readers would pay attention to my special breadcrumbs in the story ;~; But thanks for the nice review and your registered trademark award!

Moradon! Your comment gave me shivers. I greatly enjoyed how you picked apart scenes and analyzed them. And the THEORIES! Ooooh, call me MatPat, because I do enjoy reading some good ol' theories <3 And I also appreciated you pointing out how I defied the trope of keeping characters silent to prolong drama. I'll be honest, I wasn't even thinking about whether or not I should or shouldn't have OMORI confess to MARI about his version of the Incident, or whether or not I should have BASIL try to pass the olive branch first. I genuinely just wrote what came naturally to me because at the time, I thought "Man, it would be REALLY cool if OMORI did this." I'll admit, it's probably because I also never seen any other fanfics have SUNNY/OMORI confess about what he went through so early in the story. I just wanted my trauma-boy to have some closure ;3 Also thank you for the potential criticism of future repetitive plot beats! I'm gonna do my best to avoid staying within that cycle, especially since I didn't even realize I was about to get stuck in one to begin with! Here's hoping I know what I'm doing for future chapters.

thesecondone! Your comment was so interesting to read! I never had someone express so much doubt towards BASIL before, or even outright question if it was just a facade to hide a more mentally broken BASIL underneath. Is his healthy life and mindset really just an act? If it is an act, then who is he acting for? Himself? SUNNY? Everyone else? You might be onto something, though I don't know just how severe it really is...

Also, I hope you got my comment I left in your fanfic Slumberleft! :D

QUESTIONS FOR THE NEXT CHAPTER!
What do you guys think HERO is doing right now? I haven't wrote for him in a while, he sort of just shows up in flashbacks or in HEADSPACE chapters, but it's been a while since we last heard from him. It's been like, what, five days now since KEL called him on the phone? Hopefully the guy is alright. Wonder if he made it to med school or not? Hmmm, thoughts to thought about with thinking thoughts.

WORK HARD, PEOPLE!

Chapter 30: Tea and Bagels

Summary:

The road to recovery is a slow and painful process.

AUBREY finishes her punishment with KIM.

OMORI learns small little things along the journey with BASIL.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Three simple knocks on the door.

The sound of it caught MARI off guard while she was still busy rearranging the living room to decorate it with more of SUNNY's toys.

It couldn't be…

He had only just left a short while ago. MARI knew that he wouldn't be back until later, once he was done playing with BASIL. They had the whole day ahead of them.

Yet a part of her felt so hopeful and optimistic that it was still him. Enough that she immediately dropped what she was doing just to rush over to the door to welcome him home.

Even if it was only a short visit- maybe to grab something he forgot or to ask her a quick favor- she would still be happy just to see him again.

She practically hurled the door open, fully expecting to see her little brother in front of her.

"SUNNY? You're back already?"

"Uh… Uhhhh…" Not SUNNY mumbled dumbfoundedly.

She blinked as her smile disappeared, her mind taking a moment to process what was obviously not her little brother in front of her.

Oh. It was just KEL.

Because of him and his stupid knocking style, she ended up screaming at BASIL's face for no reason last night.

What, did he finally learn how to knock like a normal person just to come over and steal her brother again? Jerk.

She didn't have time to deal with his annoying bullcrap right now. SUNNY wasn't even home anyway.

"Hi, MA-"

She slammed the door in his face, hoping it would be the end of that.

Just before she was about to go back to organizing the living room, she heard the door getting body-slammed against as KEL's desperate cries rang out.

"Wait, MARI! Hold on, please! Let's just talk!"

MARI had to grit her teeth just to control her temper. Why did KEL always insist to butt in on her life every single time he showed up?

"MARI, don't shut me out again! Please... Please just hear me out!"

Wasn't it already enough that she let him steal SUNNY away yesterday? Just leave her alone already!

Honestly, she was about this close to ripping the door off its hinges just to club the idiot. The only thing even stopping her right now was the fact that she knew she wasn't strong enough to actually do that.

But she would definitely try to if he kept pushing her buttons like this.

There was a brief moment of pure silence while MARI tensed up behind the door.

MARI had thought that the tanned boy finally got the hint. She gave a gruff sigh to herself, thinking she was finally alone again. Just when she was about to go back to her business though, she could hear him calling out once more.

"MARI, I'm so sorry."

MARI froze in her spot, eyes slowly widening as she heard KEL speak to her through the door.

"I don't want you to hate me anymore. I know what I did was stupid and mean and wrong and you must think I'm a horrible person for giving up on SUNNY for all these years. But please, believe me when I say that I'm so absolutely sorry for everything! I just... I don't even have any good excuse for why I gave up on him. I was just so tired of being stuck in the same place, over and over, that I thought that I would go crazy if I didn't try to move on. But I didn't mean to abandon SUNNY though. I never meant to abandon you either... I never meant to hurt you…"

Why?

Why was he saying this now all of a sudden?

MARI could only turn around, staring at the front door as she imagined the face behind it.

All she could see was a familiar twelve-year-old little boy standing at her door. A sad frown on his face as he laid his head against the wood grain. His arms resting against the door, hoping for someone to open it again.

She heard him sigh to himself before he continued.

"I should've told you the truth back then. I shouldn't have ran off and left you in the dark about how I was feeling at the time. Maybe if I did, it would've ended up hurting you less. Or maybe you would've understood where I was coming from. Or maybe–... I don't know... I just wish I could've said something to anyone at all instead of trying to push you all away. I was so desperate for things to change, I didn't even consider what would happen if I left you all behind... I'm so sorry..."

It took him so long to say something to her. Four whole years to finally say all of this to her.

Why did he take so long…?

So many conflicting thoughts and emotions were overwhelming her mind as she stared at the pastel boy in front of her.

MARI remembered last night when SUNNY had told her about KEL. How he wanted to apologize first because of her. How SUNNY already forgave him since it never really bothered him that KEL left.

How SUNNY wanted her to forgive KEL too.

She was so angry right now. Why didn't KEL ever say any of this to her face before? Why did he end up taking so long to finally apologize in the first place? What kind of excuse was that anyway, that he just wanted to move on before he went crazy?! The hell was that supposed to mean?! Just because SUNNY forgave him doesn't mean that MARI could just forget all those years of neglect and abandonment! Especially not for such a selfish reason!

Yet she was so happy right now. Knowing that he finally cared again. Knowing that he felt so bad enough to reach out to apologize like this. Even though he already had SUNNY's forgiveness, he was still here to try to get her forgiveness as well. Maybe they were still friends after all, if he was willing to risk seeing her again after what happened the last time they were face to face like this.

She felt her heart break apart. The four years that passed by without him felt like such a waste. Why couldn't he have done this sooner? It would've been so much easier to forgive him if he had just come to her a few years sooner than this… Why couldn't they have waited for SUNNY together anymore? Why did KEL feel like he couldn't see SUNNY anymore in the first place? Why didn't he ever tell her so that she could understand? Whenever she visited SUNNY, it always hurt her too after all…

It was like her body was moving on its own.

She didn't know why, but her hand reached out to open the door again.

KEL had to lean back and step away from the door, looking at her in surprise.

"MARI… Hey." KEL breathed out with an awkward smile, "I didn't think you'd actually open the door again."

MARI had to stop and study the boy in front of her. The KEL that was standing right here was so different from the one she remembered all those years ago.

When did he get so tall? He used to be such a short-stack, but now he was practically a head taller than her now.

Did the time really go by that fast?

She didn't really know what she was doing right now. Why did she open the door for him?

MARI wanted to tell him to take his apology and shove it somewhere else.

But deep down, she knew that wasn't what she actually wanted to do.

Not knowing what to really say, she ended up just telling KEL, "SUNNY's not here right now. He's out spending time with BASIL."

That was what KEL was here for, right? To spend time with SUNNY now that he was awake again? It'll be good for SUNNY to spend more time with his friends now that he was back.

"Oh, really?" KEL perked up at that, "That's great! BASIL must've figured out the puzzles in my note then!"

Puzzles? What? The heck was he talking about?

Well, whatever. He got what he wanted. Hopefully, the boy would leave her alone now.

"If you hurry, you can still catch up with them." MARI simply told him, ready to close the door again.

She barely pulled the door in by an inch before KEL already called out "MARI! Wait just a second!"

MARI couldn't help but hold in her breath as she froze up again.

She listened to him gulp nervously as he took a deep breath. Then, he finally asked, "Can I come in? So that we can talk? I promise I won't take long."

Why…?

She already told him where SUNNY was. Wasn't that the reason why he came here? Why did he still want to reach out to her?

Should she even let him in?

Let him in, let him in!

Do not let him in.

Maybe?

She didn't know.

She really didn't know.

MARI decided to take a few steps back, standing away from the front door after choosing not to close it.

She didn't know why she left it open for him, but it was what she ended up doing. Whatever happened next would be beyond her control. All she had to do now was wait.

Wait for something to happen.

It didn't take long for KEL to follow her in right after.

He had a nervous smile, but there was a gentle warmth behind it that she didn't expect.

"Thank you."

"Sorry boys, he's just not here."

BASIL widened his eyes as he stared at KEL's mom, barely able to make out the words she was telling them.

"What?! What do you mean he's not here?"

KEL's mom gave a helpless smile as she shrugged, "Oh, I'm so sorry, BASIL. He was already gone by the time I woke up. I'm guessing he's snuck out today because I planned to take him out grocery shopping."

BASIL practically went slack as he sighed at his rotten luck striking again today. First AUBREY was gone, and now KEL too?

No MARI, no AUBREY, no KEL, HERO was still in college– Dang it… It was like some force beyond their control was just trying to delay their group reunion as much as possible.

Meanwhile, OMORI stood beside him as he gave the flower boy some consoling head pats. "He might still be in town. We could find him later."

BASIL gave a small sigh, his mood feeling sedated even when his best friend tried to make him feel better. Shaking his head clear, he worked himself up to bring back a small smile, "I guess so."

"If you do see KEL, can you force him to come back here? I have a few choice words for my little darling~" Despite the sweet tone, KEL's mom had quite a cutting-edge smile as she asked.

Heh, it was no wonder why KEL tried to escape. Though BASIL tactfully kept that thought to himself.

"I'll be sure to pass the message, ma'am." BASIL nodded appreciatively, "Thanks for letting us know."

KEL's mom was practically sparkling as she reached out to pinch the flower boy's cheek.

"Oh~ You are so very welcome, BASIL! It's been so long since you last visited, it's absolutely wonderful to see you again! You've grown so handsome and tall since the last time I've seen you!"

Ow, ow, ow, ow, ow-

BASIL grinned and beared with the pain, not wanting to seem impolite.

"I-I appreciate the compliment, ma'am." He laughed out awkwardly.

After a while of that, KEL's mom finally granted him mercy and released the tortured cheek, "Well, I won't keep you waiting. I'm sure you've been planning this day out for ages, waiting for SUNNY to come back. You two have lots of fun today, okay?"

The two boys waved goodbye as KEL's mom closed the door.

Now that it was safe to do so, BASIL rubbed his cheek to comfort the pain.

"Well, that was hilarious." OMORI said stoically.

Still holding onto his cheek, BASIL looked towards the direction of the PLAZA, "Where do you think KEL went off to anyway? I would've thought he'd try to head over to your house as soon as he woke up."

OMORI shrugged, "Maybe we just missed him when we went over to AUBREY's."

"Yeah, maybe…" BASIL hummed in thought.

But if that was the case, where would he have gone now?

BASIL gave a curious glance over at the neighboring house, wondering to himself.

He wouldn't happen to be with MARI right now, would he?

As BASIL continued to think about it, he eventually shook his head and brushed the thought off. Even if KEL had dropped by just to check in on SUNNY, there'd be no way he'd still be there now.

With the way MARI rejected BASIL's offer to join them earlier, the flower boy doubted that the girl would have any reason to welcome KEL in or let him stick around. More than likely, she gave him the boot the moment he popped his head in to say hello, or just kept herself locked inside the house.

Sigh…

Oh well. If they ended up being lucky, they would come across AUBREY and KEL lounging around somewhere in town and join up with them later. But if not…

Well, BASIL supposed that it wouldn't be the worst thing in the world to have SUNNY all to himself today. Hee hee hee~

Regaining his good mood again, the flower boy turned to his friend and asked, "I guess we'll just have to see when we head out there. You ready to explore the town, SUNNY?"

OMORI gave his usual thumbs up.

BASIL gave an excited grin, "First stop, memory lane!"

KEL did his best to wait patiently after MARI sat him down at the dining table.

His leg seemed to have a mind of its own, twitching and bouncing around restlessly as he gave a cursory glance around the room.

Since MARI kicked him out so soon the last time he had been here, he never had the chance to really take the time to fully observe the place.

Lots of nostalgic memories surfaced as he remembered all the times he once came here with everyone during slumber parties. It actually surprised him to see the living room decked out in so many toys and board games when he first entered. Seemed like MARI was doing some kind of Welcome Back party for SUNNY, or something.

The thought of MARI still keeping that kind big sister energy despite everything that happened did give KEL some relief. He was hopeful that, if things panned out, he'd catch a glimpse of that energy soon for himself.

Oh, MARI was back.

KEL watched the older girl enter from the kitchen door while carrying a hot teapot with some teacups on a silver tray. She roughly placed it down, the clattering noise making him flinch a little.

MARI went on to put the hot teapot on the dining table and set down a cup for each of them. Though her movements seemed almost mechanical, the way her arms stiffly moved around. Once she was done, she sat on the opposite end of the table and poured a drink for herself.

"Oh, uh... tea." KEL blinked dumbly. He began to mirror her and pour tea out for himself as well, giving a nervous nod, "Thanks."

MARI didn't say anything. She just stared at her cup, waiting for her tea to cool down.

God, this was so awkward.

The atmosphere was uncomfortably tense, and KEL had no clue what to do next. He didn't even know how to begin, especially after watching her move so stiffly around like a robot.

All he could do at the moment was blow on his cup, hoping that MARI would make the first move. Or at least stall long enough to brainstorm what he could possibly say to her.

"You've gotten taller." Her strangely emotionless voice rang out.

KEL was actually surprised to hear her starting the conversation first. He glanced up, seeing her eyes staring at him from across the table.

The way she stared gave him a weird icy feeling on his back. He almost wanted to change his mind about all of this and just run away.

With a nervous chuckle, he gave an awkward, "H-Haha, yeah! I've been drinking tons of milk pretty much every day! One for every meal!"

"You hate milk though." MARI stated.

"You remember that?" KEL smiled embarrassingly. He was starting to appreciate the fact that she was getting the ball rolling conversationally, even if she did have a bit of an edge in her voice. Jumping at the chance, he continued, "Yeah, I did. I still do, to be honest, but it's not that bad once you get used to it. Plus, it paid off pretty well! I'm pretty much the tallest boy on my basketball team now! It helped out a lot back when I was doing tryouts!"

KEL accentuated this by turning around to point at his high school team's logo on his orange hoodie.

"Hm." MARI hummed to herself.

She took a small sip of her tea as she kept staring at KEL. The intense look in her eyes did not wane in the slightest.

While KEL was still posing, he began to feel awkward again when MARI didn't say anything else. After a while, he sat back in his seat again.

KEL was starting to feel like he was really REALLY bad at this.

There was a long period of awkward silence between the two of them again. Though he did his best not to make eye contact, he would every so often try to take a quick peek at her to figure out what was going through her mind.

Not once did she let up her glare on him. It was starting to feel really suffocating, the way she looked at him. It made him feel like a little kid again. A small weak tiny kid who was about to get in serious trouble for spilling juice on MARI's carpet.

Agh, out of all the memories, why did that stressful one have to pop up now?

"Why are you here, KEL?"

KEL snapped back to reality.

MARI was still staring at him with her indiscernible expression.

Guess the mindless chit-chat part of the conversation was over.

Sigh…

KEL scratched his cheek as he carefully thought out his words. In the end, he simply admitted, "I don't want you to hate me anymore. I… I really want us to be friends again. For you to be my friend again, I mean."

MARI lowered her teacup as her fingers slowly tensed up.

"After everything that happened? Why?" She asked bluntly.

KEL frowned, "Because I still care about you! I mean, I know you probably don't believe me… but..."

Dang it, the words just aren't coming out of him for some reason… The way she was staring at him made his mind totally blank, and he couldn't help but second-guess every word.

What if he said the wrong thing and made her angry again? Or got himself kicked out of the house like before?

Why was this so much easier through a door?

"I know you don't think we're friends anymore. I haven't acted like a good friend toward you either." KEL took a moment to gulp as he felt his mouth going dry. "I wish I knew how much I hurt you. If I had known, maybe I would've–" KEL stopped, shaking his head and retracting his words, "That's not an excuse. I know I can't ever say it enough, but I really am sorry. I can be really stupid a lot of the time, so I get that maybe I don't deserve it yet, but I hope you can forgive me so that we can start over again."

He looked up at MARI again to see her reaction.

She only stared back at him without so much as a twitch. Absolutely no hints to whether she was happy or upset with his apology at all. The only possible hint he got was the way her hands were absolutely clenched white from the vibrating grip she had on her cup.

KEL felt like he wanted to bite his tongue, doubtful if his words had sounded sincere enough. He couldn't help but wonder if he was giving a lackluster shot in the dark, carefully picking his words like this.

Yet all she did was continue to stare at him. He didn't know if it was his mind playing tricks on him, but it was as if she was trying to drill holes into his head from the way she continuously bore her eyes into him like this.

Does she forgive him, or does she want to throw that cup into his face? At this point, anything was preferable instead of this maddening silent staredown.

The longer this went on, the more he felt pressure building up.

He really felt like he couldn't take this anymore.

"MARI, please…" KEL finally felt himself crack first from the silence, "Just say something already… I'll understand if you don't want to forgive me. I just don't want to walk away without at least trying to tell you how sorry I was first! I'll do anything it takes to get you to believe me, but if you want me to leave, then I promise I won't bother you aga–"

MARI couldn't take this anymore.

She suddenly slammed her cup down on the table with a loud clack.

She watched KEL nearly jump with a startled expression.

Furrowing her brows, she glared at the nervous boy while a storm raged within her mind. It was so hard to keep herself calm as the overwhelming emotions inside of her felt like bursting after hearing everything he had to say.

"WhyshouldI even believe you? Is that all you have left to say?!" Standing up from her seat, she stared down at KEL as her emotions came flooding out, "You waited FOUR WHOLE YEARS just to say this?! Do you know how angry and hurt I've been ever since you left SUNNY?! How could you do that to him?! How could you give up on him so easily?! You were one of his best friends- You were one of the cheeriest optimistic kids I've ever known! So how could you be the first one to give up on him out of everyone else?!"

Each word came out a decibel higher than the last. KEL could only wince back into his seat further and further as each word cut through him.

"The worst part is the fact that you never said anything to me! You used to be so eager to check up on him with me, then all of a sudden it was like you stopped caring! WHY?! Every time I ever mentioned SUNNY anymore, you would just find any excuse you could to disappear! How was I supposed to interpret that?! Tell me how I was supposed to feel after that, huh?! Even when I asked you directly to your face, 'Why don't you ever visit SUNNY anymore?' All you could do was make up a random excuse just to avoid me!"

Her hands slammed the table as she leaned forward, gasping for air. Her head felt so lightheaded all of a sudden, letting out all of her anger like this.

KEL was at a mix between looking worried for her well-being as well as looking scared for his own.

After a moment to catch her breath, she gained her second wind, "Even just a few days ago, I asked you point blank! And you still never answered! You never say anything whenever I mention SUNNY! It was like his name was a curse that you never want to acknowledge! Tell me how I'm supposed to take that as anything other than you abandoning him just so that you could forget about him?! Why care about any of us anymore when you can just easily replace us with someone else?! Make as many friends as you can so that you can finally block out our existence from your life?! WHAT KIND OF FRIEND DOES THAT, HUH?!"

With a furious cry, she grabbed the teapot and threw it to the side, letting the porcelain crack apart to fly off everywhere as the hot tea soaked the floors. KEL flinched back while covering his face against the loose shrapnel.

MARI felt tears welling up in her eyes as her rant went on. Her voice started to waver as the hurt and sadness overwhelmed her anger.

"And now that SUNNY's back, you think you can just waltz back into our lives? Expecting me to welcome you with open arms?! After all these years of abandonment and neglect?! We were supposed to be more than just a group of friends! We were supposed to be a family! We were supposed to look out for each other no matter what!"

MARI leaned back as the anger suddenly left her body. Her tears kept streaming as she stared at the mess she made, the cracked broken pieces of her teapot scattered all across the floor.

"You… AUBREY… HERO… The six of us were all supposed to be together forever."

She collapsed back into her chair, burying her face in her hands.

"I just kept waiting… Waiting for something to happen. Waiting for you to come around. To start caring about SUNNY again and be there for him like you promised. But you never did. You all just left us behind."

KEL was only able to look on helplessly, his own eyes glistening with unshed tears after seeing MARI break apart like that.

Did giving up on SUNNY really hurt MARI that bad? He genuinely had no idea that she had been going through so much pain and suffering this whole time. It was so far worse than he ever thought.

He… He really was a terrible friend, wasn't he…?

MARI finally turned to look back at KEL in the eyes, no longer blankly staring at him like before. For the first time in a long time, she was instead crying out to him.

"Why did you stop visiting him, KEL…? Why did you leave us? Why can't you tell me?!"

KEL understood now.

He really thought he was sparing MARI from getting her feelings hurt by keeping his reasons to himself. He thought that telling her directly would just hurt her even more, because of how selfish it was. He thought that she wouldn't have understood.

Even KEL never understood his own feelings or reasons for why he gave up on SUNNY, not until a while ago.

Sigh…

KEL ran a hand through his hair with a shameful frown, finally confessing his feelings, "It was because I couldn't stand being around the shell of a person I once cared about anymore."

MARI's eyes slowly widened as she kept staring at him.

"Whenever I visited him at the hospital… I didn't see SUNNY anymore… I just kept getting reminded of what it used to be like when SUNNY was around. Back when he was still someone I could play games with or hang out in the park or just… do something other than just sleep on that bed."

KEL had to stop himself from pulling out his hair. Instead, he dragged his weary hand down his face as he stood up to properly face MARI so that he could look her in the eye.

This felt right. He wasn't going to run away again. Not like all the other times she ever asked him before.

"It's not that I didn't care about SUNNY anymore!" KEL insisted, his voice thick with remorse. "I'd never try to forget about him or what he meant to me. All the things we did together, all the times he was there for me… There's no way I could forget any of that."

It was like a dam inside him was breaking apart the more he went on. All the words he had kept secret from her were now spilling out like an unrelenting waterfall.

"But I was just a stupid, dumb kid who didn't even understand what made me so uncomfortable back then. I thought it would be easy at first. I thought that I could keep visiting SUNNY and he would eventually wake up soon and things would go back to how they used to be! But I never realized how much it would hurt, or how much it was supposed to hurt, trying to support someone who might not even wake up again! It's just… It's so hard to stay connected with someone when they're never awake anymore."

KEL shook his head, forcefully wiping a tear away as he continued with frustration, "I didn't know how to process what I was going through back then. I didn't know what I was feeling. I didn't even know how to talk about it! I thought that if I actually did say anything, I would just say something dumb and insensitive that would end up hurting you even more..."

More tears kept coming, so he kept shoving them off of his face. His voice dropped to a shameful murmur. "That's why I thought it would be better to just… run away from all of it instead. To avoid having to deal with any of it. I felt like the whole world was moving on without me while I was stuck in the same spot, still hung up on what happened to SUNNY. I was scared I'd go crazy if I got stuck any longer. I wanted to move on before that ever happened. I didn't want the world to pass me by, even if it meant…i-if it meant avoiding my old friends and leaving them behind."

The more he kept going on, the more he could see MARI's face slowly growing angry again. The way her teeth clenched together as she kept listening, yet she squeezed her eyes shut to stop herself from crying still. KEL knew that he was going to be in for it now. Maybe that was what he deserved after everything he did to her.

Slumping to his knees, he bowed his head towards her. "Saying I'm sorry to you doesn't even cut it at this point. I never meant to do this to you, MARI. I didn't think that leaving SUNNY behind would end up hurting you so badly. I should've told you sooner why I didn't want to see SUNNY anymore. I wish I figured all of this out earlier. I'm such an idiot for not realizing it until now. I am so absolutely, seriously sorry…"

MARI slowly brought herself to her feet as she wobbled herself in front of the selfish idiotic brat.

She couldn't even think straight anymore. Her mind was a jumbled mess from being so absolutely livid.

She almost felt like kicking KEL right in the face, if only something else inside of her didn't manage to stop her.

"You..." She began, angrily wiping her tears with a sniff, "You absolute idiot! You stupid selfish short-sighted jerk! How could you think like that towards SUNNY?!"

KEL didn't respond. He just sat there to accept it all. This had been a long time coming for him, and he realized that now.

No more running away.

"Some friend you turned out to be! Why couldn't you have told me any of this back then?!" MARI stomped, though it had no energy in it. "Did you think you were the only one who felt like that?! You think I wouldn't understand what you were dealing with?! I've been visiting Sunny practically every single day– More times than you ever did even before you stopped visiting! You think I wasn't constantly hurt by seeing him too?!"

MARI watched KEL raise his head up from the floor.

It was heartbreaking, seeing him silently cry.

"I'm so sorry, MARI… I'm seriously so sorry…" KEL breathed out pathetically.

But she wasn't done tearing into him just yet.

"You're the absolute worst! You always do these things without thinking about others! You just do whatever you think is fun for you, and then dash out the moment you get in trouble!" MARI then pointed to herself, "Did you think I just visited SUNNY because it was fun for me?! It was even worse for me because everything that happened to begin with was allmy fault!"

KEL widened his eyes.

MARI finally felt the wind taken out of her sails. She breathed heavily, trying to regain her energy.

With a frustrated grunt, MARI stumbled back so that she could lean against a wall to support herself. Even then, it didn't do much to stop her from slumping to the floor.

KEL was left to his own devices, blankly staring at the floor.

Once again, an oppressive silence filled the gap between them.

After everything was said and done, what else was left for them to do?

KEL managed to pick himself off the floor first, wiping his face with his sleeves.

Looking at MARI again, KEL was starting to understand her a little better now.

Even though he knew it certainly didn't help, it wasn't just what KEL did to make her like this.

She still carried that guilt from six years ago that she never worked out by herself. KEL felt naive to think that just because SUNNY was back, those issues would magically go away.

If only KEL had stuck around, maybe he could've helped her much earlier.

Although hesitant, KEL worked up the nerve to tell her, "MARI… You shouldn't blame yourself for what happened to SUNNY. That was all just an accident-"

"Stop."

KEL went silent as MARI covered her eyes.

"Just… please don't say that…" MARI pleaded with a tired tone. "Anything but that."

She hated that word. She hated that people called the incident an accident.

An accident meant there was nothing she could've done to prevent it. It was something beyond her control.

She knew that it was anything but an accident.

She could still remember the terror in her brother's eyes when she slipped from the top of the stairs, before she-

A ringing in her ears. She blinked at the memory.

She grabbed his arm just as she fell, taking him down with her. That was what happened.

It wasn't an accident, and that was the truth.

KEL rubbed his arm, giving a sad look as he reminded her, "SUNNY doesn't blame you though. He told me yesterday. You know that right?"

She did know that already. But that didn't make her feel any better.

The only reason why he didn't blame her was because he was still blaming himself. For thinking he killed her.

That was the most tragic part in all of this.

"You wouldn't get it." MARI mumbled.

KEL frowned at that.

What did that mean? What wouldn't he get? She couldn't at least try to tell him? How could she say that and know for sure, when she never even told anyone why she thought it was her-

Oh.

So this was probably what she felt like for the past four years since KEL was gone.

It was a touchy subject right now. He wanted to know more, but he felt like if he pushed his luck too hard, it might end up doing more harm than good.

After all, KEL could understand where she was coming from.

KEL clutched his arm, feeling a little nervous asking this again, but pushed on despite it all.

"MARI… I'm so sorry for everything I did to hurt you. I promise I'll never leave you guys behind ever again." KEL solemnly promised, "Do you think you could ever find it in your heart to forgive me?"

MARI lowered her hands so that she could look back at him.

That was the question of the century here, wasn't it? Could she find it in her heart to give KEL another chance?

Please give him another chance!

You know he doesn't deserve it.

…maybe?

She doesn't know.

She wanted to. But she also didn't want to.

She wanted to hug KEL again and welcome him back.

She wanted to throw KEL down a ravine and forget about him for the rest of her life.

Why couldn't she make up her mind, still? After everything that happened today, why wasn't this enough for her? Didn't she get what she wanted from him after all this time?

An explanation and an apology.

KEL's reasons for why he left were absolutely selfish. But she still understood them. It made her feel so much lighter, now that she finally knew the reasons why.

But she still hated him for it. The last four years of resentment were still like fresh scars on her mind.

God, why was it so easy for SUNNY to forgive him? Why couldn't she do it too?

MARI was tired.

So so tired.

Holding her head, she admitted, "I don't know, KEL. A part of me really wants to, but for some reason, I just can't."

KEL nodded in understanding, giving a sad, "Yeah… I get it."

Covering her face again, she gave a frustrated groan, "It'd be so much easier if I could. I know it'd make SUNNY happy too. If I could just get over myself and forgive you for his sake…"

Hearing this, KEL actually gave a worried glance at her, "Whoa, hey! No!"

MARI peeked up in confusion.

"MARI, you shouldn't force yourself to forgive me just because you think it'll make SUNNY happy! You should only forgive me if that's something you actually want to do." KEL reminded her, "Outside of SUNNY, you're also your own person, you know."

Despite herself, MARI couldn't help but chuckle after hearing that.

It was a bitter laugh, though.

What was she worth as a person, outside of SUNNY? After everything she did to ruin his life and put him in that coma, what value could she possibly have left?

She lost everything in the days after she put her brother in a coma. It was a miracle that she was even allowed to have him back in her life again at all.

MARI won't take her little brother for granted again. Never again.

Nothing else mattered besides her little brother.

Especially not her.

"I need time alone to think about it. I don't know how to feel right now." MARI said instead, rubbing her eyes.

"...that's fair…" KEL murmured sadly.

Propping herself up against the wall, MARI brought herself to her unsteady feet.

Looking at the broken teapot on the floor, she mumbled, "Don't worry about the mess. I'll clean it up later."

Knowing that he was about to be shown the door, KEL went ahead to the living room as MARI trailed behind him.

Right as he was about to leave, he rested his hand on the door handle and hesitated.

He felt like there had to be one last thing he needed to tell MARI before leaving. Maybe it might comfort her, or maybe it might not.

Still, better to at least try instead of keeping it to himself like he's been doing these past few years…

Turning around, he could see MARI staring at him quizzically.

It took him a moment to find the words, but eventually told her, "That day, the last time we talked… Right after you kicked me out, I managed to reconnect with BASIL. He talked it out with me, and… he was the reason why I started wanting to visit SUNNY again."

MARI slowly blinked.

KEL sheepishly scratched his head as he continued, "The more I think back on it, the more I realize how stupid I was. I wanted to catch up with the world so badly, but… everything was so much better when I finally stopped running. I got back together with everyone again on SUNNY's birthday. I finally visited him in the hospital with BASIL and AUBREY, and we just sat around for hours. Talking about our memories, about the times we had together, catching up on what we missed out on with each other. Even though SUNNY wasn't awake yet, it felt... awesome. To be back with them again. Things weren't how they used to be, but I was back with my friends."

He hadn't laughed or had so much fun before in such a long time. It really felt like he was a kid again, that day.

He remembered that day so fondly, he didn't even notice that MARI stopped staring at him.

KEL chuckled softly, "Then SUNNY woke up again, just to make everything all that much better. He even forgave me when I told him that I gave up on him. Everything was slowly starting to get better… but you're still hurting because of what I did."

When he looked back at MARI again, she was barely able to make eye contact with him.

KEL swallowed, as he finished, "I… I know that I hurt you. I know I can't expect you to forgive me so soon, but… I still really hope that we'll be friends again someday. That's all I wanted to say…"

When she didn't respond, KEL figured that was his cue to leave now.

He opened the door, one foot already outside until–

"Thank you."

It was faint. Just barely a whisper behind him. But he managed to catch it in time as he left the house.

The door closed softly behind him, and he couldn't help but look back.

The warm summer air blew past him as KEL stood in the front yard. He gave an exhausted sigh, suddenly feeling weary from the emotional confrontation weighing on him. Rubbing a hand over his face, he couldn't deny that the whole situation ended on a really depressing note.

Yet in a way, he felt a lot better than when he hung out with SUNNY yesterday. Being able to properly apologize this time around, having MARI hold him accountable… He felt like he really needed that.

He'll just have to wait on MARI now, to see how she ends up feeling later. Even though things weren't concrete yet between the two of them, KEL felt it was safe to be optimistic now that they talked it out.

Raising his arms up to do a deep stretch, KEL wondered what he should do next today. With his mood rapidly rising back up to his usual levels, he started running in place to think.

SUNNY and BASIL were probably out in town, right? How long did he take to talk to MARI? Would he be able to catch up with them in time if he started looking for them now?

Oh man, he really hoped they didn't go over to his house and talked to his mom. How much would it cost to bribe them to keep their mouths shut if they realized he snuck away from home?

No time like the present.

Getting into starting position, he took deep breaths to control his blood flow as he counted down in his head.

Then, boom.

He was already off to the races, sprinting down the street and heading over to the town like a sci-fi ship using light-speed travel.

WOOO, EMOTIONAL FREEDOOOOM!

"I can't feel my limbs…"

KIM sobbed overdramatically as she was being carried by her brother. VANCE, himself, gave a lighthearted sigh while continuing to hoist his idiot sister over his shoulder like a sack of bricks.

"We're going to need to amputate, VANCE! I can't go on much longer, living like this!" KIM continued to wallow in pain, feeling her sore body continue to ache after finally pulling off the impossible feat of doing five hundred push-ups in a single day.

"Yeah, yeah, quit whining you massive crybaby." AUBREY smirked, trailing right behind them. "You're acting like you haven't been through worse already."

It was actually pretty impressive that she finished so early. Once KIM managed to reach around four hundred reps, it was like she had a burst of motivation from being so close to the finish line and just kept pumping like a machine. She didn't even notice that she went over five hundred at some point before AUBREY had to get her to stop.

Now they were on their way back to FARAWAY. They should be back around late afternoon, still enough free time left in the day to mess around and relax.

Wonder if she should head to the hospital and visit SUNNY later. She did promise BASIL, and it has been a while since the last time. Might even run into the flower boy if he was already there.

"This was totally not worth it, man." KIM gave a tear-stained sniff, moaning like a kicked puppy. "I'd give up all the candy in the world just to stop this unbearable pain!"

Contrary to what her words and attitude suggested, KIM then proceeded to open her mouth expectantly with one eye peeking at AUBREY.

Rolling her eyes, the pink-haired girl plopped another candy in the girl's mouth just to shut her up.

In a quick one-eighty, KIM immediately started gushing from the sugary sensation, "Ohthat's so good. Never mind, this was totally worth it. I feel like I could get used to being pampered like this."

"Just so you know, the next time this happens again, I'm gonna make you do 1000 pushups." AUBREY warned with a polite smile, "So don't get any bright ideas."

KIM had a pale look once she heard that.

"Right. Sorry." KIM wisely retracted her statement as she began to chew silently.

With everything done and over with, AUBREY gave a small yawn as she stretched.

She could use a nice boring evening to finally relax once she gets back to FARAWAY. Hopefully, nothing big happened while she was away.

OMORI took a sip of his soda while sitting at his table along with BASIL and two others joining them.

A soft sigh came out as he stared at his drink, still noting that he couldn't taste anything in this world.

OMORI would kill for some of that fruit juice he had back in HIKIKO's HEADSPACE right about now. What a shame.

Setting the issues of his broken taste buds aside, he curiously looked around the restaurant as BASIL was busy dealing with the other two at their table.

GINO's PIZZA was still a popular place as usual. Some familiar faces stuck out to him here, like the old gravekeeper thinking about his order, or even the music connoisseur RAI leaning next to the jukebox. Even though BASIL made such a big deal earlier about how much this place had changed the last few years, OMORI didn't really notice since it looked practically identical to the one from the previous world.

The only major difference so far was the big plasma TV screen on the wall, along with a karaoke set connected to the jukebox. Not much else OMORI noted other than that.

"It just feels so lucky that we managed to catch you here, BAGELS!"

His wistful reminiscing was interrupted by something far more entertaining. As OMORI got bored of looking at the scenery, he decided to pay his attention back to the main show right in front of him.

Sitting across the table was an incredibly anxious-ridden BASIL sandwiched between two familiar girls OMORI once knew from the previous world.

"See? Isn't he such a cutie?"

A girl who was so desperate for true love in the previous world, she made a wish from the fountain around the same time MIKHAEL was nearby and immediately fell in love. She managed to get so smitten by MIKHAEL of all people, to the point that she started stalking him around whenever OMORI saw her. BEBE.

"Y'know, I was worried at first considering your usual tastes in guys, but this might be the first time you ever picked a good one! He is gorgeous!"

Someone who went to the same college as HERO in the previous world, if OMORI remembered correctly. Intimidating-looking, but seemed protective over her sister. Kept trying to flirt with HERO the last time OMORI met with her. BRANDI.

"Um, I'm flattered, you two… but…" BASIL murmured uncomfortably, "Can you please give me some space? I'm just trying to show my friend around town-"

BRANDI couldn't hear a single word BASIL was saying, already asking her sister, "How did you even find this stud? I don't ever remember a boy this cute living around here before I moved to college!"

"I was making a wish by the fountain one day, and then all of a sudden BAGELS showed up out of nowhere! He was the first person I talked to after I made my wish, and I knew it was destiny!"

BASIL blanched at this, "When did that happen?! I thought I just met you yesterday!"

"Oh, you know. Aroundtwo yearsago, maybe?" BEBE playfully shrugged.

Oh wow. OMORI kept drinking, marking this as another difference between the two realities then.

"BAGELS, did you move here recently or have you always been a FARAWAY kid?"

"BAGELS, would you be open to a relationship now if I got my sister involved?"

"BAGELS? Are you-"

"BAGELS, you should-"

Out of all the things he thought he'd see today, watching BASIL right now getting preyed upon by these two girls has got to be the most entertaining thing he has ever seen in his entire life.

The sisters leaned in closer as they hounded him together, making BASIL squirm deeper into his seat as he laughed nervously. His pleading eyes silently screamedPLEASE HELP ME! towards OMORI.

OMORI watched the scene unfold with a perfectly stoic expression, draining the last of his soda. With his drink empty, OMORI stood up while giving his friend an impassive thumbs up, "Good luck, BAGELS."

BASIL could only watch as his supposed best friend left him behind, his inner cry of anguish silently screaming in his mind,I KNEW HE WAS GOING TO DO THAT.

What a cruel sense of humor.

MARI knelt down to start picking up the porcelain pieces of the broken teapot she had thrown across the room earlier. One by one, each piece went into the trash bin as the smell of tea wafted up from the soaked floorboards.

Her movements were sluggish as the emotional confrontation with KEL had utterly drained whatever energy she had left in the tank.

She barely had the wherewithal to focus on the chore.

"Ow!"

A sharp stinging pain brought her back, causing her to look at her fingers.

Oh, blood. Gonna need to bandage that later.

Continuing to scoop up handfuls of the porcelain shards into her palms, she threw them into the trash bin without any real care.

Something about this sparked a memory though. She did something like this once before, back when she was a kid.

SUNNY accidentally broke one of their mom's decorative vases while playing around a few years ago. That poor boy, he was absolutely terrified to the edge of crying when he came to her about it. MARI couldn't help but feel so bad for him. He was too young to know any better, after all.

MARI remembered taking the fall for him instead. When Mom came home, MARI came up with a lie on the spot just to get SUNNY off the hook..

God, the chewing out she got for the rest of the day. She had never seen Mom so angry before. MARI was grounded for weeks before she was allowed to go out to play again.

Even though SUNNY didn't get in trouble, he still felt so guilty for her. He ended up helping her out with chores and stayed inside anyway just to keep her company. It pretty much defeated the whole point of her sacrifice.

A ghost of a smile slowly crept across her lips.

Thinking about it now, this old teapot actually belonged to their mom, didn't it?

Heh. At least Mom wasn't here to chew her out for this one. Not like she would care anymore.

MARI kept running her fingers over the smooth porcelain, deep in thought. Her reflection shined back, and she could see her own red rimmed eyes from crying earlier.

She already had the feeling that BASIL must've done something to get AUBREY and KEL together again, back on SUNNY's birthday. Having KEL say so to her just kinda confirmed it further.

What did BASIL say to convince them to come back? How did the flower boy manage to break through to both of them?

They stopped coming with her for so long, then suddenly it was as if the last four years never happened at all.

Out of all of them, was she the only one stuck in the past?

Her hands went on autopilot as she finished bagging the trash. The blood from her fingers stained the plastic as she prepared to throw it away.

MARI wondered if SUNNY was having fun right now. What sort of stuff was BASIL showing off to him around town? She hoped he was enjoying himself.

She'll be waiting for him at home. Waiting for him like a good older sister should.

Waiting. Just like always.

Notes:

Major thanks to BigBluh and Sydosis for helping me out with editing this chapter, this thing went through major revisions and stuff before I was finally satisfied with it.

I want to shill Sydosis because he happens to make music, but he's not responding to my Discord messages right now so I'll just ask him later when he reads this.

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (14)

Art provided by Maxo!

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (15)

Another quick fanart made by Evergreen!

I feel like I owe an apology for once again teasing SUNBURN again. I was planning on it for this chapter, but the MARI and KEL stuff got too much words and I tend to underestimate my word count and it was already 9k by the time I was done, sooooooo.
I SWEAR TO GOD, NEXT CHAPTER FOR SURE! AUBREY WILL SEE OMORI THIS TIME! Please be patient and understand and don't kill me TwT

COMMENT SHOUTOUTS!

Guys, did you know that Rotokon is back! :O
He's been making nonstop chapter analysis and reviews these past few days, check them out and read them! I already gave him my responses on Discord, so I won't have to use up wordcount here, so he knows what I think of it :3

Anyways, lots of people are saying that he's probably still working hard in college to try to get that medical degree. Some maybe even said that he was working hard for SUNNY's sake, hoping that he could somehow help cure the boy out of his coma. Who knows? I certainly don't.

Moradon again, I read your comment and really appreciated your analysis of BASIL! I hope this chapter satisfied your curiosity about MARI and KEL's reconciliation, and that I managed to pull it off okay.

thesecondone again! I love your comment. I seriously do. Just how deep you go into your theories about the flower boy and what you're trying to suspect about him. I can only hope that you'll get your satisfying conclusion out of all of this when I finally write more of BASIL and his feelings towards MARI.

blue_blooded_blueberry! You're definitely new, and I didn't expect to see a comment like yours so heavily complimenting me about my writing! I'm very happy, and yes I did read your comment. I read everyone's comments :3 Yours stood out because of your profile icon! I hope you're enjoying the story so far!

God, it feels like it's obvious about my bias for long comments ;-;
Hope I didn't miss anyone, I seriously appreciate everyone commenting so much, it's still hard to believe that people are still reading even now. Here's hoping I don't get another hiatus depression like last time anytime soon, especially now that AUBREY is going to reunite with OMORI in the next chapter WHICH I CAN SAY FOR SURE THIS TIME PROBABLY!

WORK HARD PEOPLE, sorry for the lackluster chapter notes here, I am soooo sleepy as I'm writing this right now.

Chapter 31: A Broken Glass Shard

Summary:

AKA A Day Spent With BASIL

Some stuff happens and then AUBREY shows up, hooraaaaay <3

Notes:

Once again, I just wanted to sponsor The Battle of Pinks again, a story that I'm collaborating with a bunch of other story writers!

https://archiveofourown.org/works/55377793/chapters/140502391

If you like Sunburn, romance stories involving Sweetheart, or both, please give it a chance!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The door opened, ringing the shopkeeper's bell.

PEDRO looked up from his comic book in interest before seeing two teens come in. Like a quick switch, he was already in work mode and prepared to make a sale. It was already early afternoon, so it looked like business was about to pick up for HOBBEEZ.

After a quick adjustment of his glasses, he looked towards the entrance again, recognizing one of the two boys who came in.

"Tadaaa! Check out the new and improved HOBBEEZ!" BASIL revealed with open arms, welcoming his friend in.

Oh hey! BASIL! One of his fellow four secret veteran PET ROCK players of the town! Ever since MANDO over at FIX-IT retired from the game, BASIL had joined the crew and became a welcomed successor.

"Hey, how's it going BAaaa-..." PEDRO tried to call out at first before quickly going silent as he recognized the other teen accompanying him.

The black-haired teen looked around the place, evaluating it with a neutral, "Hm."

Oh sh*t. It wasthatguy again.

A cold sweat dripped from his forehead as PEDRO swallowed nervously.

He still remembered what happened yesterday. He really seriously supremely screwed up, thinking that this kid's eyepatch was just for cosplay.

Stupid idiot, why would you justassumesomething like that without making sure first?

Guh, so many kids and teens came in wearing SPACEBOY accessories so often (especially the eyepatch) that it made PEDRO too complacent.

PEDRO kept his eyes on the emotionless dark-haired boy as he tried to keep his cool.

When the kid turned to look directly at him, PEDRO felt his mind go blank out of fear.

Look at that cold despondent stare from his lifeless blank eye, it was so obvious that the kid absolutely hated PEDRO's guts ever since yesterday. He probably thought PEDRO was some kind of ableist jerk who makes fun of people's disabilities behind their backs.

The thought of that idea only made PEDRO become even more anxious. For the love of god, he really hoped that wasn't the case. It was just an accident! A misunderstanding! PEDRO wasn't the type to usually point out disabilities for no reason! PLEASE STOP LOOKING AT HIM LIKE THAT.

AaaaaaAAAAAAAAHH-

Meanwhile, OMORI tilted his head as he stared at the shopkeep vibrating behind the counter.

Wonder what has him so worked up.

BASIL glanced over to where OMORI was looking and gave a big smile, "And of course, you probably still remember PEDRO! Let's go say hi!"

BASIL wrapped a hand around his shoulder to bring him up close to the shopkeep.

"Hey, PEDRO!"

"AH-" PEDRO let out a micro-scream in response, before quickly realizing what was going on. With a nervous smile, he pretended to act normal, giving BASIL a casual wave, "H-Hey champs! H-How you both d-doing?"

BASIL gave the jittering shopkeeper a concerned glance, "You okay? Did we catch you at a bad time?"

"NO! No, nono, I'm chill. Cool." PEDRO quickly reassured them with an elegant floof of his fluffy hair. Pretending that a waterfall of sweat didn't just rain all over his hand, he gave his best confident smile as he used the light reflecting on his glasses to hide his eyes.

Guess they were all just gonna pretend that didn't happen. Okay then.

Like before with the priest, OMORI stood there and watched as BASIL proceeded to show him off like a prized dog at a pet show.

"I want to introduce you to an old friend! I don't know if you remember him since it's been a while, but his name is SUNNY!" BASIL gave a wide smile as he huddled close with his best friend. "He used to come here often as a kid, but he got stuck in a coma for six years. He finally woke up and came back to us though, so now I'm just getting him familiar with FARAWAY again!"

"Woof." The prized dog known as OMORI casually greeted PEDRO with a small wave.

"Uh. Hi." PEDRO mumbled, giving a hesitant wave before confusedly repeating back, "Woof?"

Wait, hang on actually.

"Did you say a six-year coma?" PEDRO asked in shock.

"Yep!" BASIL nodded cheerfully, "He woke up the day after his eighteenth birthday! Pretty miraculous, huh?"

PEDRO perused his memories a bit, trying to remember the familiar details.

Right, BASIL would always talk about some friend he was waiting on who was stuck in a coma. Apparently, it was someone who would always sneak out to HOBBEEZ during the night just to get the latest peek at the newest CAPTAIN SPACEBOY comic issues. Lots of kids tended to do that, so it wasn't like PEDRO could immediately narrow that down to any specific one. BASIL had insisted that PEDRO had rung up the kid's purchases several times already, though.

This emotionless guy with the dead fish stare wasthat comatose kid? The one that BASIL had always talked about??? And he only just woke up recently???

Oh god. One of the first things he did after waking up was visit a store from his childhood, HOBBEEZ, and PEDRO immediately dropped the ball by pointing out his eyepatch, thinking it was cosplay.

Dude, PEDRO was literally the worst.

Facing the emotionless young boy (oh god, why was he still staring at PEDRO like that) the shopkeep immediately went to grovel over at the counter. "I am SO absolutely sorry for what happened yesterday! I swear to god I'm not a prick, so please please please forgive me if I made you think I was making fun of you!"

OMORI blinked, giving BASIL a confused look.

BASIL glanced back, shrugging to show that he was just as lost.

The shopkeep still continued to keep his face pressed to the counter, not daring to look up until somebody said something first.

Welp, this was getting awkward again.

"I think I'm just gonna go stare at random stuff." OMORI decided, "I already went here with KEL yesterday, so I get the gist of HOBBEEZ by now."

"Oh, alright." BASIL nodded, before remembering something as he pulled out his wallet. He gave OMORI a few dollar bills and said, "Here, in case you see something you like. Don't worry about paying me back!"

OMORI took the twenty-five dollars given with a curious look. "Huh. Thanks."

Was BASIL always this generous with his money? OMORI couldn't help but note this as another possible difference.

BASIL waved off OMORI with a smile, leaving him alone with HOBBEEZ's shopkeeper, who was acting very strange today.

Glancing around to make sure the two had a moment of privacy, BASIL leaned over the counter to stare at PEDRO, "So, did something happen yesterday between you and SUNNY? Because I'm getting the feeling that there's a misunderstanding here."

With a heavy sigh, PEDRO finally arose from his groveling position on the counter and adjusted his glasses. He leaned in to whisper, "I screwed up with your friend. I didn't recognize him, and I thought his eyepatch was just part of some SPACEBOY cosplay. I wanted to make a good impression, so I thought I'd give him a compliment about it. I didn't think he was actually missing an eye though!"

PEDRO looked towards the black-haired teen hiding behind the comic shelves, perhaps already trying to avoid having to look PEDRO in the eyes.

Meanwhile, OMORI was actually just catching up on some old SPACEBOY issues. It was going through some kind of multiverse arc, which was pretty cool.

BASIL raised an eyebrow at PEDRO's remark, "I mean, I guess that sounds pretty insensitive when you put it like that, but I don't think SUNNY took it personally."

"BASIL, BASIL, BASIL…" PEDRO shook his head pitifully, "You shouldn't be so naive. I mean, you saw the way he was looking at me! It was so obvious that he couldn't stand the sight of me! The way he just… stared at me so coldly, he was pissed off beyond belief!"

"Uh…" BASIL gave an awkward deadpan, "Yeaahh, no. He's kinda just looked like that since… pretty much since forever."

BASIL could still remember the awkward way they had first met. He could sort of see how PEDRO came to the wrong conclusion, though? Unless you were one of the close friends who's been around him long enough to know what he's like, SUNNY's passive stoicism would tend to catch people off guard.

"Either way," PEDRO sighed, "He hasn't really forgiven me for it yet, so I can't help but feel like I'm on thin ice around him."

BASIL let out a small chuckle, "I'm sure maybe I could talk to him and work things out for you. Would that make you feel better?"

"IMMENSELY." PEDRO let out a heavy sigh of relief at the idea, "You're a lifesaver, BASIL."

Not really, you're just really self-conscious for some reason.But BASIL chose to tactfully keep that to himself.

With the situation sorted for now, both of them relaxed as PEDRO floofed his hair with a smile.

Oh actually, this was a perfect opportunity to pullthat thingout, to show BASIL his appreciation.

"Wait just a sec, champ." PEDRO leaned under the counter to pull something out.

BASIL waited curiously in front of the counter, occasionally checking in on SUNNY to see him wander around the shop.

PEDRO came back up with a familiar packaged box, the sight of which instantly made BASIL gasp with childlike giddiness.

"No way!" BASIL had to cover his mouth quickly before he ended up shrieking. After a bit to calm himself down, he excitedly whispered, "A new pet came out already? It's not even the new season yet!"

"Early shipment." PEDRO grinned, "Just got a whole cargo sent in this morning. Official public release date isn't until next week, but I just wanted to show it off to the veterans first so that we could all prepare beforehand. It wouldn't do if we got caught off-guard by a new pet we've never seen before, after all."

"Have you shown this to GINO or CURTSEY yet?" BASIL delicately held onto the box like it was the Holy Grail. His fingers caressed the green-colored decorations, resisting the tantalizing urge to rip it open just to see what was inside.

"Not yet. I was planning on revealing it in a group meeting, buuut I'd figured it'd be fun to see you test it out first." PEDRO pushed his glasses up with a proud smirk.

"Me?! Could I?!" BASIL's smile couldn't get anymore wider than that, "PEDRO, you're the best!"

"Ah, shut up and play with your new toy, would ya?" PEDRO waved away, quickly urging the flower boy to open the box.

BASIL did so, with both PEDRO and him staring in trepidation as he carefully unpackaged the PET ROCK hiding inside its plastic shell.

Now within his warm grasp, BASIL gulped his excitement down as he flicked the switch on to reveal the debut of the newest digital pet.

Flying onto the small retro screen like a majestic bird, a giant round parrot in sunglasses landed with a slam and struck a dramatic pose. The sound effect of its digital cry rumbled from the speakers, vibrating into BASIL's hand.

PAPAYA BIRD has joined the clash.

PEDRO whistled, impressed. "Look at that stat screen."

"He looks so cool!" BASIL breathed out in awe, already testing out the new pet and experimenting with its fighting moves.

Like the talented veteran of the game that he was, BASIL already began to get used to the new character's moveset as he discovered the most optimal combos to use, as well as imagining the different ways to counter them. After playing this game for so long, stuff like this was second nature to him.

"What are you thinking so far?" PEDRO asked curiously.

"He's interesting! Kinda like PLUTO in a way? I'd have to practice a bit more to get the hang of him, but I think he won't be that bad against the four of us if we get challenged!" BASIL practically bounced in place as he smiled, "I can't wait to do a test run against someone with him! I wonder who I should ask to clash with me first?"

PEDRO gave a quick glance at the scary boy mindlessly staring at a horror movie poster of FREDSTER CLAWMAN in the corner.

"Why don't you ask your friend there?" PEDRO suggested, "He seems to be good with clashes. I saw him beat the friend he came in here with yesterday."

"SUNNY?" BASIL blinked.

Oh right! BASIL remembered when KEL showed off his birthday gift for SUNNY. He should already have a PET ROCK to clash with.

It had been six years since BASIL had a chance to play any kind of game with SUNNY. The idea of getting that chance again after so long was slowly firing BASIL up as he gulped to himself.

The BASIL from back then would perhaps dread the idea of playing any kind of competitive video game against someone as skilled as SUNNY. But the current BASIL, who was now considered one of the four secret veteran players of FARAWAY? That shouldn't be the case anymore, should it?

This might be his chance to show off his skills and see if he was finally a match for his old best friend.

With an impish chuckle, BASIL clutched his new PET ROCK in his hands as he prepared to challenge SUNNY.

"Hey, SUNNY!"

OMORI turned towards BASIL, already knowing what was coming as he had been eavesdropping on the secret conversation.

He could see the fire in BASIL's eyes as the boy approached, holding up his new PET ROCK in hand.

"Did you bring a PET ROCK with you today?" BASIL asked with a firm tone.

OMORI silently pulled JASH out of his pocket.

BASIL nodded, "I formally challenge you to a clash! It's been years since the last time we battled, but I'm different from the BASIL you fought as a kid. I'm confident that I'm good enough to match your skill level now! So don't underestimate me, alright?"

OMORI couldn't help but raise an eyebrow, impressed with BASIL's resolve.

It was a surprise when he learned that, in this reality, BASIL somehow became one of the new veteran players in FARAWAY. Never did he ever imagine that BASIL would actually get into the hobby that seriously.

Seeing BASIL now, OMORI was starting to understand how he managed to join the veterans.

No need to hold back, then.

Without any quips or sarcastic remarks, OMORI held JASH out as he wordlessly accepted the challenge request.

BASIL gulped, understanding that this was as respectful and serious as his friend was going to be for this fight.

Connecting their magnets together, his new PAPAYA BIRD came face to face with the unassuming JASH.

"LET'S CLASH!"

Ten minutes later, BASIL was laid dead on top of the HOBBEEZ counter as if a truck had mowed him down.

OMORI let out a sigh of relief when the battle was over, silently praising JASH for another victory. That was surprisingly heart-racing. BASIL really had grown up to become pretty talented at the game, he had to admit. It was a good thing he took it seriously.

Still completely and absolutely dead, BASIL's corpse had a shell-shocked expression as he drooped on top the counter like a U-shaped noodle.

"I couldn't land a single hit… He's just on a whole other level…"

PEDRO witnessed the whole battle in shock, unable to accept that someone could easily beat one of the veteran players so thoroughly.

Poking BASIL's dead corpse on his counter, PEDRO whispered, "BASIL, is he the real deal? You weren't just going easy on him?"

BASIL's corpse shook its head, "I tried, sir. I really did. His JASH is just impossible to beat. I don't think there's a living soul in FARAWAY that could match his skills."

Coming from anybody else, PEDRO would scoff at the idea of an unbeatable player like that. However, seeing it in action with a reputable veteran player like BASIL getting defeated? PEDRO couldn't help but cover his mouth in thought as he looked at SUNNY in a whole different light.

To think there's been a PET ROCK prodigy like that living in FARAWAY this whole time, and the only reason why nobody ever heard of him was because he had been stuck in a coma for the last six years. You couldn't write stuff like this.

Despite PEDRO's earlier fears about the boy before, even he was starting to get fired up at the idea of facing this kid just to see what SUNNY was made of.

However, PEDRO had made it a strict rule for himself not to battle anyone unless they completed the trials of the Veterans Challenge first.

But if he was worthy… would he be a match for the HOBBEEZ store owner, the strongest veteran player in FARAWAY? Would he even be a match for the elusive CHAMPION herself?

PEDRO was dying to know for sure.

Stepping past BASIL's extremely absolutely completely totally 100% no doubt about it dead body, PEDRO worked up the nerve to approach SUNNY as he wiped the dust off his PET ROCK.

OMORI perked up as he saw the shopkeep apprehensively approach him.

Pushing his glasses up, PEDRO nodded respectfully, "Apologies for speaking so candidly like this, considering we are not on the best of terms."

OMORI was still incredibly confused by that, but whatever. "Yeah?"

PEDRO took a moment to gather his thoughts, before announcing, "I couldn't help but be floored by your skills against BASIL just now. To defeat a player like him so thoroughly… it's unprecedented."

Behind him, OMORI could see BASIL finally coming back to life as he pushed himself up to his feet, rubbing his head in a daze.

PEDRO continued, "Considering your circ*mstances, it makes sense for you not to know. But BASIL is part of a secret elite group of veteran PET ROCK players that reside in FARAWAY. They are the arbiters that test the mettle of any up and coming PET ROCK player beginning to make a name for themselves. Normally, you'd be vetted after winning a few battles under your belt, but considering you beat one of the veterans so quickly, you might already qualify to be a candidate for…"

A dramatic pause. PEDRO pushed his glasses up to have the light reflected to hide his eyes.

"The Veteran's Challenge."

Oh, it was just this again.

Yeah, OMORI already did this the first time around in the previous reality. He wasn't looking forward to redoing that whole thing anytime soon.

As BASIL made his way to join in on the conversation, OMORI had a disinterested glance while the shopkeep gave his whole introduction speech explaining the process.

Worried that he was about to get roped into something that would end up wasting too much of his time, he felt the need to interrupt PEDRO before the shopkeeper got too into it.

"Uh, hey."

PEDRO paused his elaborate exposition about the privilege of participating in the challenge, still dramatically posing with his glasses pushed up as he glanced at OMORI with a puzzled, "Hm?"

"Thanks for the offer, but I'm good." OMORI stated bluntly.

PEDRO, finger still posed to push his glasses up, slowly tilted at an angle as he was unable to comprehend OMORI's swift rejection.

BASIL gave a surprised frown, "You're not interested in doing the veteran's challenge, SUNNY? Something like this would probably be a cakewalk for someone like you."

"Nope, I'm fine. Sounds like a lot of work, to be honest." OMORI shrugged.

Besides, he already had the CHAMPION cap in the previous world. Not like he needed to prove it to anyone other than himself.

"Are you sure? I was kinda hoping you'd show off to everyone a little, now that you're back. A lot of people would've been really impressed." BASIL murmured sadly, disappointed at his friend's quick refusal.

"I'd rather not have that attention on me." OMORI shook his head, "Flattered though."

BASIL let out a small sigh, "Dang… Oh well, I guess that's the end of that discussion then."

BASIL couldn't help but feel like it was such a shame, not having SUNNY take part in the prestigious challenge and showcase his talent to the PET ROCK community of FARAWAY. It especially didn't seem in character for SUNNY to turn down something like this to begin with, since BASIL knew how much his friend was into games like these. Though, maybe this was all a bit too much for SUNNY to handle when he just came back from his coma?

BASIL decided to consider asking him about it later. For now, it was probably better to just move on from the topic.

"In that case, I guess we can head out then." BASIL gestured to the front door, "We still have the rest of the town to go through!"

OMORI nodded before heading out first.

BASIL gave a quick glance back and waved, "See you later, PEDRO! Thanks for the new PET ROCK!"

After both of the boys left, PEDRO was left behind alone in his store, still stuck frozen like a statue in a tilted position.

The shock of his veteran's challenge being refused still hadn't worn off yet. All PEDRO could do was wonder if SUNNY really did hate his guts after all, and if it was all his fault to begin with.

PEDRO tilted over too much and collided with the floor.

BASIL did a quick stretch outside the shop, still recovering from his brutal beatdown from before.

OMORI turned back to stare at HOBBEEZ curiously, asking his friend, "So, what was the deal with him? Why was he acting so weird around me?"

Brushing the dust off his shoulders, BASIL explained, "PEDRO thinks you hate him for some reason. He said something about how he accidentally thought your eyepatch was cosplay, and now he feels bad when found out he was wrong."

OMORI suddenly remembered his tiny little prank from yesterday, showing the shopkeep his missing eye.

That explained the constant apologies and walking on eggshells around him. Whoops.

Didn't OMORI tell him that it was fine yesterday? Why was he still on that?

Well, whatever.

"I'll wait until he gets over it." OMORI hummed before standing next to BASIL. With a curious eye, he asked, "So…A secret elite group of veterans, huh? How'd you manage to get into something like that?"

Hearing this, BASIL gave an awkward but humble smile, "Oh, that? I mean, it's not really that big of a deal. Believe it or not, the whole position kinda just got handed to me one day about two years ago."

"You just became a secret elite veteran by random chance?" OMORI raised an eyebrow, "Sounds like you're downplaying it."

"I guess…?" BASIL admitted with an embarrassed chuckle, "MANDO, the manager over at FIX-IT, was playing against a kid while I was working one day and it caught my attention. I told him that I used to play, then all of a sudden he had this gleam in his eyes and challenged me to a clash. Even though I lost against him the first time around, he must've seen something in me to the point where he insisted on training me to hone my skills."

"Wow." OMORI hummed.

"Well, either that, or he was just looking for an excuse to procrastinate on work." BASIL giggled. "In any case, the manager eventually decided to make me his successor and announced that he was going to retire since the hobby was getting too expensive for him. He introduced me to the other veterans, they tested to see if I was worthy, and the rest is history. That's how I got to be closer friends with PEDRO and the others."

"A real KUNG-FU BOY story, but with PET ROCKS instead of martial arts. I'd pay for a ticket to see that."

"Jeez, it really wasn't anything as glamorous as that." BASIL waved off with a lighthearted smile.

OMORI was teasing BASIL, but he actually did mean it when he said he'd watch a movie like that. It was fascinating to learn just how varied and interesting BASIL's life had become in a world where MARI's death didn't weigh him down. It seemed like BASIL was living out the potentially best possible future he could've had if OMORI never cruelly robbed that future from him.

Outgoing, popular with girls, talented in all of his hobbies whether it's gardening or PET ROCKS- What else was in store for OMORI to discover about his old friend?

"Mew?"

The sudden appearance of an orange furry creature grabbed both of their attention from below.

Down at their feet, a familiar orange cat was looking up at them. It had a curious glance as it purred.

"Aww, hello kitty-cat!" BASIL knelt down with a welcoming smile.

BASIL held his hand out to pet the random kitty. It graciously accepted his touch and began purring louder, pushing its head against his hand.

Wasn't this the same orange cat that came up to him last night, when he was with AUBREY? It wasn't evening yet, so BASIL had to wonder what it was still doing out during the daytime like this. Most of the town's stray cat population only began coming out once it got dark, after all.

"Oh, it's CLAUS."

OMORI kneeled down next to BASIL, recognizing the cat from the previous world.

The cat seemed to get excited after hearing OMORI's voice, almost as if it recognized him back somehow. It quickly jumped out of BASIL's hands to cling to OMORI's legs in an affectionate nuzzle.

BASIL curiously raised an eyebrow, "CLAUS? How did you know that was its name?"

OMORI shook his head to explain, "I didn't, it's just something I like to call him. Probably doesn't even have a name."

CLAUS gave an adorable little head tilt towards OMORI, almost as if expecting something from him.

OMORI noted to himself that CLAUS was surprisingly more friendly this time around, compared to how they initially first met in the previous world.

"I'm guessing you two already got to know each other, huh?" BASIL chuckled.

"Something like that." OMORI vaguely confirmed, reaching out to give the kitty a chin scratch.

Let's see here… in his pockets was; a PET ROCK, BIG YELLOW CAT keychain, twenty-five dollars-...

Hm, OMORI didn't have anything to give CLAUS at the moment.

OMORI glanced at BASIL, "Can we buy something real quick to give it as a treat?"

BASIL smiled at that, "Yeah, sure! We can head into FIX-IT and buy some cat food. I've been meaning to check up on the place, anyway!"

A loud door buzzer sound announced the two as they entered the store.

Upon their arrival, a trio of kids near the front desk stopped in the middle of their conversation to give varying panicked expressions.

Two kids, a boy and a girl, immediately went off toward random shelves pretending to be browsing for wares. One kid stayed to man the front desk, readjusting his headphones as he hid his face behind a magazine.

Well, that wasn't suspicious at all.

BASIL raised an eyebrow as he came in, with OMORI following right behind.

For OMORI, it only took a quick glance around before he ended up recognizing the trio of kids in front of him.

BRENT, JOY, and JESSE.

BRENT and JOY, he recognized from when he took those tutoring jobs from those wanted fliers in OTHERMART. JESSE, he met through JESSE's dad while trying to help the old guy with picking out a birthday present.

He remembered JESSE saying something about being friends with the other two, but school studies ended up making them estranged from each other. OMORI wondered if that wasn't the case anymore, seeing them all together in one place like this. They certainly looked like they were all hanging out together, if not doing a terrible job of hiding it.

Meanwhile, BASIL came up to the front desk to study the new hire that he'd be working with in the future.

So, this was the person that the manager was talking about yesterday, the son of a drinking buddy. Didn't this kid look a bit too young to be working, though?

"Excuse me," BASIL called to the headphones kid.

The kid stiffened up before placing down his magazine and anxiously replying, "Y-Yes sir?"

"Just curious, but how old are you?"

"I'm twe–" The kid almost answered but froze, as if remembering something important. He pulled out a pamphlet of notes on the side of the desk and flipped through the pages. Finding what he was looking for, he managed a professional voice to say, "I'm sixteen, Officer."

No, he definitely was not, and that was definitely a script he just read.

BASIL felt a sweat drop as he sighed. How typical of the manager to still hire cheap child labor.

Well, it wasn't like BASIL was in a position to complain considering he was fourteen when he started working here. Hahaha…

Let's change the topic.

"YeahIthoughtso- Anyways!" BASIL coughed to clear his throat, before gently asking, "I'm looking for some cat food. Think you can point me in the right direction?"

Of course, BASIL already knew where everything was located in FIX-IT after having worked here for the past four years. He was just curious to see how the new hire would fare.

The boy stammered nervously, "Oh, sure! I can do that. Umm…"

Despite saying otherwise, the headphones kid seemed a little lost as he tried to remember where the pet produce aisle was. He had a hesitant finger up, vaguely pointing somewhere further into the shop.

"Wait, would a hardware store even sell pet food…?"

Guess he wasn't familiar with the shop layout yet. Heh, the kid was new so it couldn't be helped. BASIL wondered if he should admit that he worked here too and give the new hire some quick tips and advice.

But then the headphones kid leaned over to look behind BASIL, an intent look in his eye before confidently stating, "It's in the back row, right before you head to the garden section! Make your way down there and turn to the left, you can't miss it!"

BASIL blinked in surprise at the sudden confident answer. Out of curiosity, he turned around to see what the kid had been looking at, but could only find the two other kids browsing the tool shelves together.

Facing the headphone kid again, BASIL noticed in the reflection of one of the glossy posters hung on the wall, the two kids giving encouraging thumbs up from behind him when they thought he wasn't looking anymore.

Oohh, BASIL was starting to understand now. That was actually really adorable! What a lovely tight-knit group of friends, helping each other out like this.

"Thanks," BASIL chuckled, "I'll get out of your hair now. Don't get too distracted during work hours though, okay?"

"Uh..." The headphones kid mumbled, unsure how to respond to that.

BASIL allowed the kids to be alone, with OMORI following closely behind him.

"Did you see behind me?" BASIL asked curiously.

"The girl and boy posing like crazy to give that kid signals? Yeah. Not exactly subtle." OMORI commented. "I won't say anything if you won't, Officer BASIL."

"Oh, don't start." BASIL chuckled. A small whimsical sigh passed between his lips as he smiled nostalgically, " You know, it's nice to see a group of friends watching each other's backs like that. Reminds me of the times we'd have to watch over KEL and AUBREY together for HERO to make sure they didn't go off the rails while he was busy."

"So… Basically almost all the time, then?" OMORI bluntly stated.

"Haha! Yeah, that's a good point!" BASIL laughed.

Heading to the back of the shop, BASIL led OMORI to the shelves containing all the canned pet food.

BASIL hummed as he went through all the different flavors and brands, turning to ask, "Which do you think CLAUS will like the most?"

"Fish, probably." OMORI surmised. Although he wasn't sure if CLAUS would enjoy the canned stuff since he never bought canned fish for the orange cat in the previous world. Hope CLAUS wasn't a picky eater.

"Fish it is, then!"

Grabbing a can off the shelves, BASIL dexterously spun it on his finger as if it were a basketball.

"Since we're already here, do you mind if we do a quick check on the gardens?" BASIL asked. "Shouldn't take long."

"Gonna take a stab in the dark and say that you've been in charge of taking care of plants ever since you started working here."

BASIL clapped his face in exaggerated shock, "Gasp! How did you know?!" After that, BASIL let out a lighthearted giggle. "I guess it was pretty obvious, wasn't it? Not like there was any other store in FARAWAY that had an open garden. Although, even though it was a major plus, it wasn't the only reason why I wanted to work here."

BASIL looked away with a soft smile, "When Grandma passed away, I had been stuck in a rut for a long while. I thought it'd be a good idea to find an excuse to go outside more. Getting a job at FIX-IT gave me that excuse and a sense of responsibility to go with it, you know? Something to help me grow as a person."

"I see." OMORI had an uneasy frown as he looked away.

That was something the BASIL from his world never ended up doing. To think that in this world, BASIL was able to come to terms with himself and grow out of his shell despite losing his grandma so early.

If only something like this could've been true in the previous world too. Though, OMORI knew the sole reason why that never would've happened…

Sigh.

Sensing that the mood was dropping from mentioning his grandma, BASIL gave a small tug on OMORI's shirt and changed the topic, "Can I show off some of the plants I'm particularly proud of? I think you'll find that my green thumb has only improved since the last time you've seen me."

OMORI glanced back at his friend and gave a silent nod.

Following BASIL, they entered the garden section of FIX-IT.

The first thing that hit OMORI right off the bat was the vibrant colors overwhelming his vision as soon as he entered the room. Dozens, if not hundreds, of fully developed flowers decorated the shelves, tables, and walls like a greenhouse paradise.

Out of all the places he'd seen so far, the garden section of FIX-IT was the starkest contrast from the previous reality.

"Whoa," OMORI murmured in surprise, slowly swiveling his head like an owl as he took in the view.

What was originally once a place housing simple potted plants was now turned into a sort of full-blown mythical garden of grand proportions.

To think having BASIL working here could lead to such a massive difference. It was astounding, to put it lightly.

Seeing the awestruck expression on OMORI's face, BASIL gave an embarrassed smile as he scratched his cheek, "What's with that reaction? I haven't even shown you my favorite plants yet, and you're already so worked up."

OMORI didn't respond, still caught up in admiring the beauty in the room.

Although, beyond just the plants and flora catching his attention, he also happened to have his eye caught by someone familiar standing near the very back. A silver-haired girl with a pink dress, taking the time to appreciate a collage of sunflowers.

That was… CURTSEY, wasn't it? The cute-looking girl that worked at the candy shop in OTHERMART. One of the PET ROCK veterans he fought with back in the previous reality.

OMORI remembered seeing her hang out at HOBBEEZ before, but he never saw her at FIX-IT. Curious.

If she was still one of the other veterans in this world, then that meant BASIL had gotten to know her too, right?

Making a guess, OMORI pointed the girl out to BASIL, "She a friend of yours?"

"Who?" Caught off guard by the question, BASIL turned to where OMORI had pointed.

Recognizing the girl, BASIL's smile widened as he waved a hand up in excitement.

"CURTSEY! Hey!"

The girl in question seemed to practically jump a whole inch in the air as she turned around in surprise.

Seeing BASIL, her face became flushed as she quickly combed through her hair and patted her dress down to make herself look more presentable. Once she was done, she stood with her back straight and waved back with a smile.

With an apologetic smile, BASIL gave a quick gesture for OMORI to stay put as the flower boy rushed ahead to meet up with the girl. OMORI was left to stand idly by on the sideline.

"CURTSEY, I didn't expect to see you here!" BASIL happily greeted, "Coming in during your break to admire the flowers again?"

"No, actually!" CURTSEY had an awkward giggle, "Well, I mean kinda. No, I don't have work today. I actually came over because I had something to talk to you about, but then I realized you weren't here."

"Oh! I didn't have work today either. The manager gave me a day off for covering so many shifts the past few days." BASIL smiled apologetically, "Sorry about that, I must've forgotten to mention it to you."

"Right, that explains the kid out front…" CURTSEY mumbled, before shaking her head, "It's fine! I knew you'd show up to check on the garden again eventually! That's why I waited!"

BASIL gave a small incredulous laugh at that, "You haven't been waiting on me this whole morning, have you?"

She gave a nervous smile as her eyes darted around, "Haha… No, not particularly…that early."

"Uh… Haha…" BASIL anxiously rubbed his neck.

OMORI, still watching from a distance away, stared with increasing intrigue at the two fidgeting around like a socially awkward pair of teens.

Well, well, well… What was going on here?

BASIL and the candy shop girl. That was a pairing he didn't expect to see.

And he would've thought BASIL, BEBE and her sister were an interesting love triangle if BASIL hadn't shut that down almost immediately.

"Um… Anyway-" CURTSEY continued as she fidgeted with her hair, "I just wanted to say sorry for what happened yesterday. I think I might've said or…donesome strange things that I wouldn't normally have done otherwise?"

Remembering the events from yesterday, BASIL gave her a reassuring smile, "I think webothgot equally swept up by the moment and did some crazy things. So, it's fine! Nothing to worry about."

CURTSEY fidgeted with her pigtails, "I was talking more about the stuff that happened before the swarm of beetles got involved…"

BASIL froze up a bit, remembering the interrupted love confession from yesterday.

Ah, crud. He completely forgot that CURTSEY was about to pour her heart out to him before the beetle thing happened.

"I wanted to make it up to you, so…" CURTSEY shyly pulled out two tickets and held it up for BASIL to see.

BASIL had a sinking feeling as he nervously asked, "What are those for?"

Hiding her face behind the tickets, she nervously stammered, "Y-You didn't answer me yesterday when I a-asked about the new r-restaurant, so I figured you didn't like places like that. I, um, thought maybe you'd like to watch a movie i-instead? I bought tickets in case you'd be interested, but…"

Shoot, the same conundrum as yesterday. BASIL couldn't help but lament the bad timing in all of this, especially now that he was spending the day with SUNNY at the moment.

What could he possibly say right now to let her down easy? Was there any way to stall this for another day at the very least?

With a guilty sigh, BASIL rubbed his neck, "CURTSEY, you didn't have to-"

As if realizing how sudden this was, she had second thoughts as she hid the tickets away, "Or we can f-forget about the movie and do something else! Like, I'm really easygoing a-and into a little bit of everything! Maybe you like musicals, or sporty stuff instead-"

More and more, she began to ramble on and on, thinking up multiple different date ideas to the point where her words began blurring together and losing all meaning.

BASIL had a concerned frown seeing CURTSEY rambling faster in her nonstop tangent. Realizing he might need to do something to stop her before she hurt herself or passed out from lack of oxygen, BASIL reached out to grab her shoulders to get her attention.

"CURTSEY?"

With his hands on her, CURTSEY fell silent as her face turned red.

Looking at him, the heat from her flushed face seemed to radiate right towards him. It took him a bit before he realized how close they were, after which he gently let her go to step back a bit.

"Haha… Sorry." BASIL awkwardly kept up his smile.

CURTSEY didn't respond. Sensing the tension in the air growing, she felt the need to cross her arms and look away.

BASIL had been hoping that maybe he could put this situation off for another day somehow, but it seemed like this was going to happen no matter what he did.

"I don't… I didn't mean…" CURTSEY timidly began, struggling to get her words straight. After a while, she apologized again, "I'm sorry if I'm putting you on the spot like this."

Despite the situation, BASIL shook his head and reassured her, "You didn't do anything wrong."

"It's just… You look uncomfortable." CURTSEY gulped, "It's like you want to be anywhere else other than here right now."

BASIL realized how stiff his shoulders had been at this point. Forcing himself to relax, he loosened up to try to keep a convincing smile.

"Well, that's not entirelyyourfault." BASIL rubbed his neck as he explained, "I'm just not good in these kinds of situations in general."

After a bit of silence between them, CURTSEY managed to gain a bit of courage to face him directly.

"BASIL… You already know that I have a crush on you."

No point in hiding it anymore. BASIL gave a guilty nod, "...Yeah… For a while now."

Hearing this, CURTSEY had to cover her face in a fit of embarrassment. "Ugh… Figures… I didn't think I was doing a good job hiding it…" But after a moment, she forcefully uncovered herself to try to ask, "So… Why didn't you ever say anything if you knew?"

BASIL didn't know how to answer that. His mind was racing as he tried to come up with any kind of excuses or responses to give her, hoping to find one that would end without hurting her or their friendship.

When BASIL took too long to answer though, CURTSEY seemed to have come to her own conclusions as she looked down.

"I guess it should be obvious at this point." She smiled forlornly, "You don't feel the same way, right?"

"Wait, hold on, that's not it either!" BASIL suddenly exclaimed.

CURTSEY looked back up at him with a confused expression.

BASIL felt like he was losing his cool as he tried to calm his panicking mind. Dang it, what were the right words to say so that he could get himself out of this situation?

He didn't want to get involved in a romantic relationship right now! It was too soon for him! But he cared too much about CURTSEY as a friend to break her heart…

His eyes kept darting around everywhere to try to brainstorm a solution, until finally settling his eyes on his best friend, who was casually staring at them from afar.

A lightbulb flashed in his head.

"Wait here for me real quick!" BASIL suddenly told her.

"W-What?" CURTSEY blinked, before asking, "Wait, where are you-"

Reaching out once more to set a comforting hand on her shoulder, BASIL pleaded, "I promise, I'm gonna come right back. I just need a minute to talk things out with someone and get my head on straight. Don't go anywhere, alright?"

The sudden contact scrambled her mind a bit, her face poofing a cloud of smoke as BASIL's face got so close to her again.

Weakly giving in, she mumbled, "A-Alright…"

BASIL nodded appreciatively, letting go of her before he ran off towards his best friend waiting in the corner.

"I need your help, desperately." BASIL whispered in an increasingly panicked tone.

OMORI raised an eyebrow, "Not sure if I'm qualified for this."

"Just– Let me explain everything, okay? C'mon!" BASIL insisted, pushing him out the room.

CURTSEY was left behind in a confused stupor, watching as her crush pulled aside some random kid in an eyepatch that she hadn't noticed before out of the garden section.

"What… just happened?"

A short few minutes of catching up later.

"Well, that's hilarious." OMORI hummed after digesting everything.

"SUNNY, please take this seriously!" BASIL pleaded with his hands flat together, "I'm begging you, I don't know what to say and I'm scared of losing her as a friend!"

"Right, sorry." OMORI nodded, quietly going into thought.

He was just caught off guard by the whole situation. He didn't expect BASIL of all people to be struggling with girl issues, nor did OMORI expect to be the one having to help him out with this.

HERO would definitely be a more fitting person to ask for advice on things like this, to be honest. What help could OMORI possibly give when it comes to relationships? He never even got confessed to by anyone before, and the stuff with HEADSPACE AUBREY definitely didn't count.

Taking a minute to think about it, OMORI ended up advising, "Just tell her the truth."

"What?!" BASIL guffawed at the blunt yet simple solution. "SUNNY, I can't do that!"

"Why not?"

"Because… I mean…" BASIL struggled to form a reply, coming to a loss for a reason.

OMORI gave a small hum, before asking, "Do you like her back? Romantically?"

"Well… It's just that-... SUNNY, this is really complicated-" BASIL was about to form an excuse before OMORI held a hand up to interrupt.

"Don't make excuses. We're alone. Just tell me honestly. Outside of everything else, do you like her back romantically?"

BASIL was silent for a bit as he came to terms with his feelings. OMORI watched his flower friend's facial expressions shift all over the place.

Eventually, he nodded, "I think I do? I mean… She's adorable, and I like her personality. She crosses off a lot of things on my checklist for the kind of girl I might be into…"

"Okay, good." OMORI nodded back, "So, what's the problem?"

BASIL sighed, "Like I said, it's complicated. There are so many things I need to wait for before I can even feel comfortable with dating. How could I possibly start a relationship when-"

BASIL quickly shut his mouth as he realized what he was about to say.

There was no way he could ever explain that one of the main reasons why he waited for so long was because he wanted SUNNY and AUBREY to get together first. That was a can of emotional business that he just did not want to open up right now.

"I'm just not ready for a relationship yet." BASIL decided to conclude instead.

"Okay… So, just tell her that." OMORI stated simply.

BASIL shook his head as a hand stressfully rubbed his neck, "But what if she doesn't accept that? What if it ends up hurting her and we start growing distant from each other? I… I don't want to ruin the friendship we already have together…"

There was a strange feeling gnawing on OMORI's conscious as he listened to BASIL's reasons. It felt so painfully familiar, hearing him say all of this.

"When SOMETHING killed MARI… When SOMETHING ruined all my photos… I didn't say anything… I didn't want people to think it was you, SUNNY!"

BASIL began to notice the way his friend clenched his hands into tight fists. BASIL looked up to find a surprisingly dark expression staring back at him.

"SUNNY?"

A blink later, and it was already gone. BASIL could only see the same stoic face he'd always been used to seeing.

Eventually after some thought, OMORI stated, "Whether or not you end up telling her the truth, she'll be affected either way. At the end of the day, you're still choosing not to start a relationship with her."

BASIL frowned, looking away as he mulled over his thoughts.

"It takes a lot of courage to confess your feelings for someone. She deserves an honest response so she can at least know how to react based on that. Otherwise, if you keep the real reason hidden, she might get the wrong idea and end up thinking it was her fault." OMORI continued on to ask, "Is it her fault that you don't want to date her?"

BASIL shook his head, "No… Of course not. If anything, it's me working out my own personal issues that's at fault here..."

"Yeah." OMORI nodded understandingly, "So let her know what she's getting herself into. Even if she ends up choosing to hate you because of it, you'll at least give her closure by telling her why."

BASIL furrowed his eyebrows at this, giving a frustrated, "I just… I dunno. The idea that this will affect our friendship either way because I can't return her feelings… It kinda makes me feel powerless."

"You can't control the way people act. That was never something you had power over to begin with. Better to accept the consequences of your own actions than to lie and have it ruin things further down the line."

BASIL gave a thoughtful glance at the stoic boy as he listened to the insightful advice. Then with a lighthearted smile, he chuckled, "You're so convincing, it almost sounds like you're speaking from experience."

OMORI chose not to respond to that.

Eventually, BASIL felt himself relax as he gave an exhausted sigh.

BASIL asked with a defeated smile, "There's no way out of this, is there?"

BASIL cried out weakly, "There's… no way out of this… is there?"

No. There never was. Not for either of us.

Heading back inside the garden room again, they could see CURTSEY sitting around, anxiously messing with a sunflower pot in her hands.

"Thanks for telling me this. You're right, I should… I should stop tip-toeing around the issue." With one last anxious deep breath, BASIL let it all out to put on a determined face.

In a world where MARI never died, the worst sin BASIL ever seemed to commit was not being able to reject a girl he liked to her face.

Such a small sin in comparison to what could've happened.

BASIL shouldn't have anything to worry about though. If CURTSEY really was his friend, something like this wouldn't get between them. Wasn't like he helped kill anybody this time around.

As BASIL approached to confess his true feelings, OMORI decided to stay a bit further back to give them their privacy.

CURTSEY scrambled to her feet when she saw BASIL was back, putting her plant down and awaited the news with trepidation.

BASIL spoke softly to her out of earshot, so OMORI couldn't make out the conversation. BASIL seemed bashful and nervous the whole time though.

For a brief moment, CURTSEY lit up with a bright smile at whatever BASIL had said to her at first. But that smile waned the more she listened. Her shoulders dropped as her expression became depressed after that.

In a surprising twist of turn, BASIL suddenly reached out to firmly grab her hands. Whatever he said next, it made CURTSEY look completely bewildered as she stared back at him.

A small smile came back, though it was still sad. Eventually, she gave a small nod and said something back to him. OMORI could only make out the words 'I understand'in the middle of it.

Conversation seemed to flow normally after that. She started giggling and lightly shoved BASIL back, making him start to laugh as well.

Huh, it seemed like BASIL managed to work things out. Wonder what he said to her?

After a while, CURTSEY seemed to notice OMORI staring at them from afar.

CURTSEY pointed towards him and spoke out loud. "So who's this new friend you came in with? I don't think I recognize him."

Seeing as good an opportunity as any, BASIL jumped at the chance to quickly rush across the room to meet up with OMORI.

Seeing the big wide grin on his face, OMORI had to ask, "Guess everything went well?"

"Yeah! Your advice really helped." BASIL nodded gratefully, "I told her the truth. I said that I liked her back, but couldn't be her boyfriend yet because I wasn't emotionally ready for a relationship. But then I kinda realized and came up with something on the spot."

OMORI tilted his head curiously, "Oh?"

For BASIL, the thing he ended up realizing was the fact that things were different now. No longer did he have to wait for SUNNY to wake up from his coma anymore, because he was already awake now. And once AUBREY and SUNNY reunited together, it was only a matter of time before they might be able to light up a spark in their relationship, something that BASIL has been looking forward to all this time.

Once he got the closure he needed from that, he'd be a free man.

Holding up a finger, BASIL explained, "One month. I told her to give me exactly one month at most to sort my life out. Even though it wasn't exactly fair to make her wait for me, I promised her that I'd give her a concrete yes or no answer if she waited for just a month."

OMORI gave an impressed nod. With a thumbs up, he simply stated, "Nice work."

BASIL chuckled as he felt immensely happy with himself. SUNNY was always the best at listening to other people and giving advice. Being able to get the encouragement he needed did wonders for his confidence.

He was so glad SUNNY was back.

"C'mon, SUNNY! Let me introduce you to her!" BASIL tugged his friend along by the arm.

Welp, here they go again.

Once again like before with PEDRO and the priest, OMORI stood by and watched as BASIL proceeded to show him off like a fisherman proud of how big his catch was.

"CURTSEY, I want you to meet a childhood friend of mine! His name is SUNNY, and he just woke up from a six-year coma!" Huddled together by the shoulder, BASIL enthusiastically stated, "Remember how I've always told you about a friend I've been waiting on? This is that friend! He's finally back after all this time! Isn't it a miracle?"

OMORI made a quick bubble popping noise with his mouth, as live fish tend to do, before giving a simple wave.

CURTSEY stepped closer to examine him like the impressive aquatic specimen that he was, "You're SUNNY? You'rethatSUNNY? Wow! I didn't think I'd ever get the chance to meet you!"

Did BASIL always just talk about him to anyone who would listen? OMORI couldn't imagine something like this coming up in natural conversation often…

Regardless, the girl in front of him had a welcoming smile, "Welcome back to FARAWAY! It's a real honor to meet you like this. I've always heard good things about you from BASIL. He pretty much sings your praises all the time as a source of his inspiration!"

OMORI raised a silent eyebrow as he glanced at his friend. BASIL was looking somewhere off in the distance, conveniently avoiding eye contact.

"Gotta admit, I imagined you looking different…" CURTSEY hummed, her frown tinged with slight disappointment. "From the way BASIL described you, I kinda expected you to look more-"

"HAHA- CURTSEY CAN BE SUCH A KIDDER SOMETIMES-" BASIL interrupted with a loud awkward laugh, suddenly covering OMORI's ears.

CURTSEY let out an immense giggle fit at his reaction.

OMORI hummed to himself as he studied the silver-haired girl.

It didn't really hit him until now, but this girl was going to be a potential girlfriend for BASIL.

BASIL having a love life. Was not expecting that. Was not expecting that at all.

"Kitty~!!!"

The first thing they did after exiting FIX-IT was open up the can of fish for CLAUS, who was dutifully waiting for them by the front door this whole time.

The orange cat thankfully wasn't a picky eater, gobbling up the processed fish meat with the fervor of ten thousand lions. Or at least one hopped-up KEL on a sugar rush.

CURTSEY had a serene smile as she crouched nearby to gush over the adorable scenery.

OMORI was crouched as well, occasionally petting CLAUS whenever the orange cat paused eating to affectionately rub against his legs.

When CURTSEY saw the stray cat acting friendly, she wanted to reach out and pet him as well. CLAUS then proceeded to slap her hand away and dodge each subsequent attempt to pet him after that.

Slumped on the ground after being rejected, CURTSEY silently pouted to herself as BASIL gave the poor girl a pitying headpat, "There, there…"

Funnily enough, OMORI remembered how cold CLAUS had been to him when they first met in the previous world too. Wonder what changed to make the cat so friendly towards him this time around?

"Heeey!" A new character approached the scene, calling out to all of them, "What are you kids doing in front of my shop?"

BASIL perked up with a smile, leaving CURTSEY on the ground to stand up and wave, "Bossman! There you are!"

The manager of FIX-IT, MANDO, came over while carrying fresh OTHERMART grocery bags in one arm.

"BASIL? Dude, what are you doing here? Don't tell me you're spending your day off sitting in front of FIX-IT."

"Nah, I just wanted to do a quick check on the garden to make sure everything was okay." BASIL chuckled.

"Tch, I'm not paying you to do maintenance work on your day off." The manager scoffed in a lighthearted manner, playfully shooing away the boy, "Go on, beat it. Kids your age barely get enough free time as it is, so you might as well spend it on dumb kid stuff while you still can."

"Sure, but I actually wanted to introduce you to someone while we're here!" BASIL excitedly announced, quickly stepping over to grab OMORI.

Uhp, here they go again.

Once again like before with CURTSEY, PEDRO, and the priest, OMORI stood there and watched as BASIL proceeded to show him off like blah blah blah.

"Bossman, I want toblah blah blahSUNNY!blah blah blahComa!Blah blah blahMiracle?" BASIL introduced proudly.

"Blah." OMORI blah'ed with a simple blah.

"Oh wow, no kidding?" The older man muttered in astonishment. Leaning in closer to inspect OMORI, he commented, "So this is the kid you keep yammering on about all these years…"

Seriously? BASIL even told his own boss about OMORI as well? At this point, he had to question just how many people BASILdidn'ttell about his situation.

"The heck are you doing, giving him a tour at the place you work?" MANDO suddenly admonished, pointing at OMORI's stoic face, "Look at this poor kid, he's bored half to death! Six years spent in a coma, and the first place you take him is a hardware store? You should be taking him out to a party or something!"

BASIL chuckled, "I guess I should, shouldn't I? I'll get right on that, Bossman."

The manager continued to scrutinize OMORI for a bit, humming to himself with a finger on his chin. Then he had an idea as he called out to BASIL, "You know what? C'mere for a bit."

"Uh… Sir?" BASIL replied questioningly.

MANDO went inside the shop, gesturing for BASIL to follow him inside.

Although confused, BASIL turned to OMORI and said, "I'll be right back, then."

OMORI gave his usual thumbs up before returning his attention to CLAUS alongside the depressed CURTSEY.

Heading inside the shop with his boss, BASIL saw the older man leaning over the counter to grab something on the other side. The headphones kid leaned away with a frown, trying to avoid getting hit by whatever the manager was struggling to pull out.

After a while of this, MANDO managed to fumble out a colorful packet of some kind. "HA, there we go!"

With that, he suddenly decided to toss the item over to BASIL. It almost caught him off guard, but BASIL managed to catch it in his hands safely without fumbling.

Upon looking it over, BASIL realized that it was a glitter confetti packet.

"To celebrate your friend's return, BASIL! My number one employee!" The manager announced with a proud smile.

Hearing that, BASIL's eyes sparkled with gratitude, "For real? Bossman, that's so kindhearted of you!"

This was possibly the most generous thing BASIL's manager had ever done for him in the four years he'd known the man. To think, the ultimate cheapskate who was too lazy to properly manage his own store and even hired child labor to lower costs– He actually cared enough about BASIL to give something away for free-

"Yep! A whole 10% discount just for you, my dude!"

BASIL's smile twitched a bit.

"Oh. You're just selling it to me instead of giving it away." BASIL deadpanned.

MANDO's smile still remained proud, if not also completely oblivious to the lukewarm reception.

Sigh…

"Thanks, Bossman…" BASIL still thanked his manager anyway.

It was hard enough to believe as it was, but this wasstillthe most generous thing MANDO had ever done for him. The fact that he was even giving BASIL a 10% discount in the first place proved that he cared enough for his number one employee, at least in his own special way…

A quick purchase later, BASIL went out of the store just in time to see CLAUS finishing the last scraps of his canned fish.

With a satisfied pur from having his tummy filled, CLAUS gave a cute meow before scampering away.

"Aw, the kitty is gone…" CURTSEY pouted, before standing back up and patting her legs, "Guess that's my cue to leave too. I need to get a refund on some movie tickets before the return window closes."

"Sorry again, CURTSEY." BASIL apologized with a shameful smile.

"It's fine! You promised you'd give me a response in a month, so I'm gonna be timing that!" The girl winked before waving farewell, "You two have fun on your tour! Congratulations on the recovery, SUNNY!"

OMORI gave a silent nod in response.

Once CURTSEY left the picture, it returned to just being BASIL and OMORI again.

"Ready to head off to the next place?" BASIL asked, only for OMORI to hold a finger up.

"Give it a second."

BASIL raised an eyebrow at his friend, wondering what exactly they were both waiting for.

His answer came in a familiar orange cat returning to them, this time carrying something in his mouth. Placing the object right where the empty can was, CLAUS gave one last meow before dashing off to another place.

It was a music CD.

"Wait, wha-" BASIL had a flabbergasted face as he stared at the item, "W-Why would…?"

"There we go." OMORI bent down to grab the CD. Giving it a quick review, OMORI realized that he already listened to this song in the previous world. So, OMORI handed the CD to BASIL, "Here."

"But-... I just… Wha-...???" BASIL mumbled in pure confusion.

Why would… How could… But, how did SUNNY-...?????

Seeing BASIL's mind still struggling to understand the concept of a CD, OMORI slowly grew bored and decided to walk off on his own.

Eventually, BASIL snapped out of it and noticed his friend already leaving without him.

Pocketing the mysterious CD, BASIL cried out, "SUNNY, wait! Come on, how did you know that was going to happen?!"

OMORI chose not to respond.

"Hi guys! I want you to meet someone!"

OMORI stood by once again as BASIL continued to introduce him to people throughout the day.

"His name is SUNNY! He's a childhood friend of mine!"

The amount of people that BASIL seemed to personally know was staggering.

"He was stuck in a six-year coma this whole time, but he finally woke up recently!"

Some of them were people OMORI even recognized from the previous world. He really didn't expect BASIL to become friends with so many people.

"Isn't it such a miracle?"

Outside by the fountain, a familiar duo consisting of a jock and an effeminate boy came up to peer closer at him.

"Whoa, so this is the guy you've always talked about… Badass!" JAY, captain of the football team and one of KEL's friends from the previous world.

"Can't believe it took such a long time. I hope things are working out for you, I'm glad you got to reunite with BASIL again!" PB, a strangely gorgeous stranger OMORI only briefly met in the previous world.

Glad to see these two seemed to hit it off together in this reality. OMORI still remembered the way JAY awkwardly invited PB to hang out in the previous world.

By the park, two juice vendor brothers paused from their fight together as they came up to introduce themselves to OMORI.

"Goodness, your complexion is terrible." Orange juice guy, BRAYDEN, commented with a pitying tsk.

"It's important to get your daily nutrition, especially if you've been skimping on it for six whole years." Apple juice guy, ADRIAN, advised before pulling out a pitcher of juice, "Here, you should grab a glass of-"

"-orange juice, buddy! It's way more healthy than something as DISGUSTING as apple juice!" BRAYDEN came in suddenly, knocking over the apple juice pitcher as he held an orange juice pitcher up to OMORI instead.

ADRIAN began pushing his brother's face out of the way, "Haha! Don't listen to my mentally deficient brother! He's incapable of lucid thoughts anymore since all he drinks is FILTHY orange juice."

"MOTHER NEVER LOVED YOU!"

"FATHER DISOWNED YOU!"

"BASIL, BACK ME UP-"

It didn't take long for the brothers to resume their fight, so BASIL proceeded to gently pull OMORI out of the area with an embarrassed smile.

Beyond the roads that were once blocked by construction in the previous world, OMORI finally traveled through the new DOWNTOWN area that he never had the chance to visit before, coming across a familiar couple that OMORI recognized.

"Oh, you're so small and adorable! You poor thing, you must be so glad to be awake again!" A pigtailed girl named KAREN coo'd sympathetically.

"BASIL's always talked about you, did you know that? You sure are lucky to have such a loyal friend!" A man in a checkered shirt named SEAN complimented, giving BASIL a light punch to the shoulder which BASIL returned with a humble smile.

OMORI remembered them from the previous world. They were the lovey-dovey couple that had just moved into FARAWAY together. OMORI had to help them pick out decorative wall patterns at FIX-IT since they were too madly in love with each other to decide for themselves. Then he got invited to a housewarming party just for doing that.

Nice people.

The conversation about OMORI's coma recovery somehow veered back to the two of them continuously flirting with each other again, to which BASIL respectfully pulled OMORI away to avoid getting caught up in that.

At an arcade, two young kids clamored to greet BASIL as all three did some kind of secret handshake together. OMORI and BASIL were then immediately invited to join them in a co-op light gun game that they were having trouble with.

With BASIL and OMORI taking the reins as an anime cop duo protecting the world from swarms of terrorist mosquitos, the more energetic kid out of the two practically screamed out, "WOAH, YOU GUYS ARE SO GOOD AT THIS!"

The skinny quiet kid stood by with a stoic, "I'm bad at action games. Better at farming sims."

Although OMORI remembered meeting these two playing around in the previous world, they still seemed strangely familiar beyond that. OMORI couldn't quite discern why.

Showing off enough of their combined teamwork (mostly OMORI, since BASIL wasn't actually good with light gun games) they had to leave the two kids to continue BASIL's tour of the town.

"Man, you really do know tons of people." OMORI commented, waving goodbye to the kids.

BASIL gave a small embarrassed chuckle, "Yeah… Hope it's not overwhelming you so far."

"No." OMORI hummed, "I'm just really impressed, actually."

BASIL turned to look at OMORI for a bit before his smile slowly widened. With a bright and cheery demeanor, BASIL scratched his cheek with a proud, "It's not that big a deal, heheheh…"

This meet-and-greet pattern continued on as they traveled all over the place, visiting each location and greeting everyone that BASIL knew, familiar or otherwise. Teachers, homeless people, struggling artists, children, parents–

Then, coming full circle, they ended up back at FARAWAY PLAZA.

The sky was glowing a comforting orange hue as they reached the familiar parking lot. Stray cats were slowly beginning to fill the area as the late afternoon was nearing its end.

OMORI never thought he'd ever see the results of FARAWAY's construction finally get finished. The new roads really did make FARAWAY feel like a bigger place now.

Guess some things do change after all.

Seeing that they were back where they had started, OMORI casually asked, "So, what's next on the list?"

When BASIL didn't respond, OMORI curiously turned around to check on him.

There was a strange frown on his face.

While BASIL had a great time and was very happy to show OMORI off to anyone with a pulse, he realized the two of them had already traveled everywhere he wanted to go. He took a moment to collapse to his knees and ruefully punch the sidewalk in an overly dramatic silent fashion…

…Much to OMORI's puzzlement.

WHERE ARE AUBREY AND KEEEEEELLLLL?!

BASIL silently pouted to himself in frustration, hiding his face so that his best friend didn't tease him about the expression he was making. Or worse, ask what was wrong.

Was he asking for too much with his dream of everyone coming back together for one big happy reunion? Even if MARI and HERO couldn't be there, AUBREY and KEL could've at least shown up by now…

It was wonderful to be able to spend so much time together alone with SUNNY again, but… It really wasn't the same without the whole group together… They should've all been here for this as well…

BASIL felt something wooden poke his arm.

Looking up, he saw his best friend staring back at him while continuously poking at him with a random stick.

"Just checking to make sure you weren't passing out on me again. Hi, by the way." OMORI casually waved with his new stick.

BASIL felt a small smile return on his face. "Heh. Hi again."

"So? Any reason why you're curled up like a ball on the sidewalk?" OMORI asked, tossing his new stick onto the grass.

With a small sigh, BASIL stood up and reassured his friend, "No reason. I'm fine. I guess you could say maybe I'm just a little tired, that's all."

He'd rather not let SUNNY know that he was just hung up on the fact that they hadn't reunited with the others yet.

Standing up alongside him, OMORI bluntly stated, "Of course you'd be tired. You spent the whole day yapping about me to anyone with a pulse. I've heard the word 'miracle' used so many times, it doesn't even sound like a word to me anymore."

BASIL broke out into a laugh at that. Even as he tried to cover his mouth up, he couldn't help but let loose several giggles and snickers as he tried to apologize, "Pfffft! M-My bad! I didn't think I introduced you so many times t-today!"

It took a decent while until BASIL was able to calm his giggle fits. OMORI stood by and waited the entire time.

Maybe his friend had a point. All this walking, talking, and playing must've had him exhausted and he just didn't realize it. Seeing that time had already passed by so quickly just made him really antsy since they still couldn't find the others.

Guess it would've been too much to ask to find them already in one place somewhere, or for them to eventually come to BASIL instead-

Actually.

"There's still one spot we haven't visited yet." BASIL suggested, "I think you might like it! It's the perfect place to relax after everything we did today."

And if his bad luck streak could finally be broken, it would also be the perfect spot to wait for AUBREY or KEL to show up. If there was any place in FARAWAY where they would show up, it'd be this place.

"Sounds good. Where're we heading?" OMORI asked.

BASIL gave a small giggle.

Their old HANGOUT SPOT.

BASIL and OMORI made their way past the bushes in the park, the old lake coming into view once they reached the clearing.

Jogging up ahead a little bit, BASIL spun around with his arms spread out, "Tadaaa! Our old little picnic hideout! You still remember this spot, right SUNNY?"

OMORI glanced around, noting the grass being taller than he remembered. Beyond that, it still looked almost exactly the same as the one in the previous world. Some toys were still scattered here and there, though they seemed more like leftovers from whoever was here before rather than outright abandoned.

The statue inhabiting the small island in the middle of the lake was as tall and ominous as ever. Although he had already overcome his fears, seeing the statue again still brought up some unpleasant memories.

Despite the history he had with this place, this was still his favorite spot in the world.

"I think out of all the places we've been to, this one's changed the least." BASIL giggled with a nostalgic smile. Then with a quick wave, he suggested, "Here, let's sit on the bench nearby!"

OMORI silently stepped past everything, heading directly towards the wooden pier.

"Uh, wait, SUNNY?" BASIL, seeing his best friend approaching the lake, raised a hand up in concern. "Be careful!"

But there was no need.

OMORI confidently stood at the edge of the pier without a care in the world. The pink-hued waters swayed around him underneath his feet.

BASIL could only blink at the sight before coming up to stand right next to his friend.

There really wasn't an ounce of fear or dread anywhere on his face. Just the same blank look he usually had.

"Wow, I didn't expect that…" BASIL murmured, "I was a little worried that you'd be scared of going near the lake, especially since what happened last time we came here as a group."

When OMORI bent down to sit on the edge of the pier, BASIL followed suit while carefully keeping watch of his friend.

BASIL asked considerately, "Are you… okay? You don't have to pretend not to be scared… I still remember you having a fear of drowning."

OMORI shook his head, "Don't worry. I got over my fear a while back."

A while back? When exactly was that?

BASIL pondered at how odd this was, giving his friend a quick once-over. He couldn't help but feel like SUNNY was just a tiny smidge different than how BASIL expected.

For the most part, SUNNY seemed like how he'd always been. He acted pretty much the same as BASIL remembered, but there were still some moments where BASIL could swear that SUNNY seemed off.

Was he overthinking it? BASIL wondered if maybe he was just remembering his friend wrong. Or maybe being stuck in a coma for six years had more of an effect on SUNNY than he realized.

He hesitated, considering his next question. "Hey. I know I already asked this before, but I don't think you ever gave me a straight answer last time."

OMORI glanced over to show he was listening.

"Can you tell me more? About what it was like when you first woke up, I mean. When the doctors or MARI told you that you slept for six years, how did you take the news?"

OMORI tilted his head, "Calling it a nice nap wasn't a straight answer?"

"SUNNY." BASIL deadpanned.

OMORI sighed, looking over to the statue in thought.

"Confusing, at first. Once I figured out the whole situation though, I pretty much accepted what was going on."

Another half-truth. OMORI figured it'd be better not to have BASIL worry about the specifics of his circ*mstance. Not like he'd believe it anyway. He'd probably rationalize the whole experience as a coma dream, just like MARI did.

"Just like that?" BASIL murmured in astonishment, "I knew you could be easy-going, but… You're almost exactly like KEL on that level."

"Hm." Maybe in a situation where OMORI hadn't come from a different reality, he probably would've been a little more disturbed. Who could say?

"It must've been awkward though, right?" BASIL pressed, "Being a kid one day, then suddenly waking up to find out you're already eighteen. Wasn't the transition to that a little concerning for you?"

"Not really." OMORI glanced back at BASIL, "Isn't it a bit late to be worried about all of this after we just spent the whole day hanging out together?"

"That's uh…" BASIL blinked, "That's a good point."

It wouldn't betooout of character for SUNNY to just adapt to the situation extremely quickly, right? Maybe BASIL really was just overthinking it. It didn't seem like anything was outright wrong with his friend. At the end of the day, it was still the same twelve-year-old SUNNY he always knew. Frozen in time, but now free at last.

So why did something still feel off?

BASIL stared at the lake, deep in thought. The water reflected the colors of the cloudy sunset, giving it a pink hue as white shimmers reflected off the waves of the surface.

After a while, he waved the thought off with a small chuckle, "Ah, nevermind. I guess I'm being overprotective. I was a little worried that there might've been something important I didn't realize while spending time with you today. Just wanted to make sure nothing was wrong."

"Hm." OMORI nodded neutrally, though his eye lingered a bit on BASIL's relaxed expression.

Hm… Maybe it was a bit much for OMORI to decide to just sit on the pier without thinking.

Would it have been better if OMORI pretended to still be scared of the lake? Or was it the thing earlier with CLAUS and the CD that tipped BASIL off?

Either way, it was too late to take it back now.

A gentle and comfortable quiet settled between them as they enjoyed the scenery.

Honestly, after the hustle and bustle of traveling all across the newly-expanded FARAWAY, it was nice to finally have the downtime to breathe and relax like this.

OMORI took the time to study his friend as BASIL gave a quick stretch of his arms.

Something about this felt kinda nostalgic, to be honest. Reminded him of how the two of them sat on the pier and stared at the lake like this, just a few years ago.

Before all this crazy stuff with traveling to another reality… Before the incident that led to MARI's death… Before OMORI was even his name… Things used to be so much simpler.

Just two small kids, relaxing together as the autumn leaves fell. Basking in the beauty of the evening sky, waiting for it to turn to night as they sat at their favorite hangout spot. Waiting for their friends to show up so that they could have a picnic just as the stars came out, perfect for stargazing.

Here they were again.

Right back here.

As if everything from before never happened.

OMORI remembered what BASIL was like as a kid. Socially anxious and shy, low self-esteem, constantly panicking over the smallest things. As they spent more time together though, BASIL slowly grew more comfortable as he cracked out of his shell. Underneath all of that was a cheery, caring flower boy with a bit of a sassy humor streak. He was humble, patient, and understanding towards everyone around him.

Seeing BASIL in this world was like witnessing the natural evolution of what he would've become if things never went wrong.

A grandmother who passed away two years early, the group still disbanding, the loss of his best friend, a falling out with MARI… This world wasn't perfect, but he still managed to thrive.

Without anything to hold BASIL back, he became close friends with AUBREY again. He reconnected with KEL as well and brought the group back together. Outside of that, he met tons of new people and formed his own meaningful relationships with them all by himself. He got a job, he got into new hobbies outside of just gardening, and he even had a potential love life in the works.

This was the BASIL that should've existed in the first place. A charming, popular, and caring young man who could push through life with a hardworking smile.

To think that all it took was for a boy named SUNNY to be out of BASIL's life for any of it to be possible.

"I'm really proud of you, BASIL."

BASIL paused as he heard that. Blinking a bit, he faced OMORI with a surprised, "What?"

OMORI stared at his reflection in the lake.

A monochrome boy stared back.

"Even after everything that happened to you, you grew up to be an amazing person. Things could've gone so much worse for you, but you ended up showing how capable and reliable you really are when it counted." OMORI glanced over at BASIL's reflection, giving a small smile, "I'm seriously proud of you."

OMORI didn't expect BASIL to know what he was talking about. How could he, when he never even knew the other life he could've lived through? OMORI was just being self-indulgent by speaking his mind like this.

If BASIL asked what had gotten into him, OMORI would just treat it like it was another weird joke from his weird sense of humor. Most likely though, BASIL would just take the praise for what it was worth and wave it off awkwardly like he always did. Humble almost to a fault, that guy.

BASIL's eyes shifted around to stare at OMORI, before an awkward smile appeared as he scratched his cheek, "Aw, thanks, SUNNY! But it's not that big of a-..."

He suddenly trailed off.

The sudden silence caught OMORI's attention, and he looked up from the lake to direct a confused glance at BASIL.

He was crying.

But why?

Shaking his head, BASIL corrected himself, "No, that's not what I want to say. What I mean to say is..."

BASIL let out a deep breath.

"You… You have no idea how much it means to me to hear you say that, SUNNY." BASIL smiled softly. With a sniff, he wiped his cheek and continued, "That's all I've ever wanted to hear you say."

"BASIL?" OMORI mumbled confusedly.

Growing more emotional, BASIL still kept going, "All this time while waiting for you to come back, I've been doing everything I could to try to turn myself into a better person! I wanted to be someone that people could look up to and admire! I've always told myself that I'd be the person you'd rely on to guide you through this ever-changing crazy world that moved on without you…!"

BASIL let out a hard sob, his arms continuing to wipe away his never-ending tears.

"You were one of my biggest inspirations for why I worked so hard! I wanted- I wanted to be just like you! If I could become even half as mature and reliable as you, I could make you proud of me!" BASIL smiled through his heavy tears, "So I made a promise to myself that by the time you woke up and came back, you'd get to see me change from being the old lanky weird kid I used to be, to someone so mature and reliable that it'd make you speechless!"

OMORI was left floored by the confession.

All he could think of was simply…

Why?

Where did this even come from? It came so far out of left field that OMORI was still struggling to grasp what was happening.

How could OMORI have done anything to inspire BASIL, when he never did anything yet in this reality?

It didn't… It didn't make any sense to him at all.

Eventually, BASIL was able to get a hold of himself as his tears died down. He kept smiling, even as he struggled to wipe his still wet eyes.

"BASIL… Why do you always think so highly of me?" OMORI couldn't help but ask.

He really hadn't done anything to deserve all this praise. BASIL did all of this on his own, without OMORI's help.

How could BASIL possibly give him credit for any of this?

BASIL laughed out with a terrifyingly shining smile. "Why wouldn't I? You're my best friend! I've always admired you, SUNNY!"

Blue eyes pierced back at me in the moonlight, "You couldn't have done it… It was SOMETHING behind you, wasn't it? You're a good person, SUNNY. I know you're a good person! A good person wouldn't do something like that…"

It was the same as the other BASIL too, wasn't it? Just this mindless adoration for him that he never did anything to deserve.

Why didn't BASIL see what was wrong with this?

"I wouldn't be the way I am now if it wasn't for you, SUNNY! You practically mean everything to me!" BASIL leaned in to give him a suffocating hug, "I'm so happy I could make you proud! Thank you so much for everything!"

OMORI couldn't respond. Because all he could see…

SOMETHING standing behind BASIL looked exactly likehim.

IT

WAS

NOT

HIS

REFLECTION

OMORI silently pulled himself away from BASIL's hug.

Although he was still leaking tears of joy, BASIL gave his friend a confused smile, "SUNNY?"

BASIL's confusion didn't last long, the rustling sounds of footsteps on grass came from behind to steal their attention.

His joyous smile quickly formed into an excited grin as BASIL hurriedly wiped away all of his tears while getting on his feet.

"I knew someone would check the HANGOUT SPOT eventually!" BASIL cheered to himself. Finally, his bad luck streak was about to end and he could get SUNNY reunited with AUBREY again!

Standing tall, BASIL prepared to widely wave both his arms up to greet whoever arrived. "Hey, over heeere!"

But then he paused when he saw it wasn't who he expected.

It wasn't AUBREY. It definitely wasn't KEL either. Surprisingly enough, it wasn't even anyone from the SCOOTER GANG who showed up.

It was just some guy with a biker jacket pushing past the bushes to head into the clearing. He was staring directly at BASIL too.

Letting his arms down, BASIL gave an awkward wave, "Sorry! Thought you were someone else!"

The stranger had a quick look around, before asking, "Yeah? Whose was you expectin' then?"

Something made BASIL pause as he noticed more people appearing from the thick bushes. Around seven to eight of them came along, slowly coming into the clearing to cover the entrance.

They all were wearing biker jackets.

BASIL was beginning to get a bad feeling about this.

While OMORI was still bothered by what happened earlier, this new sudden situation made him confused as he got up from his spot.

"SUNNY, stick behind me." BASIL warned, taking a protective position in front of OMORI.

The serious tone BASIL had convinced OMORI to listen.

Carefully studying the situation he was in, OMORI took in the sight of all the new people who arrived at the HANGOUT SPOT. None of them looked particularly friendly if their gruff faces and dark smiles had anything to insinuate.

Clearly not any of BASIL's friends, then.

"So this is that elusive hideout of the SCOOTER GANG, huh?" The first guy who showed up gave the entire area the stink-eye, "Figures that they'd choose a run-down dump as their base."

Gang members.BASIL gulped to himself. This place wasn't safe anymore. He had to get out of here and take SUNNY to a safer place.

Damn it, what was up with his bad luck today? This was starting to get ridiculous! Could anything else possibly go wrong?!

One of the members in the group came up to the first guy, pointing directly at the two boys, "Yo, what do you think about these guys? They look like wimps, but they're hanging out here like they own the place."

The apparent leader of the group hummed suspiciously, before deciding to call out, "Hey, you two nerds! You guys part of the SCOOTER GANG or not?"

OMORI stood by silently and watched BASIL try to defuse the situation with a steady smile, "Who, us? No, we're not part of any gang! Do we look like we are?"

The group started approaching closer to the lake, many of them still keeping tabs on the entrance.

The leader had a discerning glare at the two, "If you ain't part of a gang, why are you sittin' around at a gang hideout?"

"We just happened to be touring around and found this place by accident! We thought it looked cool, that's all!" BASIL did his best to hide his nervousness as best he could, maintaining his friendly and disarming smile.

"Huh. An abandoned sh*tty lake filled with dirt water is cool to you guys while just touring around?" The dubious tone in the leader's voice was apparent.

"I mean… Yes?" BASIL answered unsurely, before stuttering, "To us, at least?"

It took an uncomfortably long period of silence before the gang leader scoffed, "Whatever, this loser couldn't be with the SCOOTER GANG. He's a total wuss."

BASIL relaxed at this, though he still remained on edge since he wasn't completely out of the clear just yet.

The tall gang member nearest to the leader came in to ask, "So what're we s'posed to do?"

"Obviously we kick them out and hide here until the SCOOTER GANG shows up! Then we can ambush them and finally get some payback for the MOPED BOYS!" The leader announced roughly, curling his hand into a rueful fist, "I'm never gonna forgive that pink bitch for what she did to my big bro! It's up to me as the new leader to take back revenge for what they did!"

A loud assortment of cheers and hoorahs in agreement rang out from the crowd.

Well, that was definitely not good. BASIL was gonna have to hurry and find AUBREY so that he could warn her about this before she got hurt…

"For the former boss! May he rest peacefully as he passes…" One of the random gang members spoke out in mourning, his head heavy with grief, "...his college exams soon, to get his associate's degree!"

"Hear, hear!" Another cry rang out within the group.

BASIL felt his smile slowly growing awkward while he was still stuck in this weird atmosphere. Eventually, he asked, "So, can we go now?"

The leader almost seemed to have forgotten about them, waving them off with a dismissive, "Get out of here already, dickwad."

With a quick sigh of relief, BASIL grabbed OMORI's hand as they prepared to leave the HANGOUT SPOT.

Stepping off the pier to head out the entrance, they only made it halfway through the clearing before the leader decided to suddenly step in the middle of their path.

"Who said you could take your buddy with you?"

"W-What?!" BASIL instinctively put himself in front of OMORI again. "I thought you said there's no way we could be part of a gang!"

"I said that there's no way a wuss likeyoucould be part of the SCOOTER GANG." The leader corrected with a forceful poke, pushing BASIL away to come face to face with OMORI, "This guy with the eyepatch on the other hand? I don't like the look in his eye. He's been staring at me this whole time like I'm a piece of dog turd stuck on his shoe."

"What? SUNNY? No, he couldn't be!" BASIL quickly defended, looking over at his friend to explain, "That's just how his face always loo-"

BASIL paused mid-sentence, caught off guard when he saw the usually stoic boy giving the darkest expression he had ever seen.

OMORI silently glared at the gang leader, even as the intimidating guy got right up to his face.

"Got somethin' to say, cyclops?" The leader sneered.

OMORI clearly didn't have any idea what was going on, or why there was suddenly an entirely new gang of bullies showing up out of nowhere. None of this ever happened in the previous world for him, so this new situation put him at a bit of a loss.

But still, he at least knew two things.

These guys have plans to hurt AUBREY and her friends, something he wasn't going to just let happen.

And also…

"This place isn't a dump." OMORI bluntly stated. "You should just leave if you dislike it so much."

This drew an obnoxiousoooohout of the crowd, the group slowly forming a wide circle around them.

The gang leader smirked at this, "Look at the balls on this guy… You seem pretty different from your lame-o friend here. Maybe he's not part of any gang, but you sure look like you could be part of one."

"Nonono! You're wrong!" BASIL reinserted himself between the two, trying to explain, "My friend SUNNY doesn't know what's going on! He just woke up from a six-year coma and this lake used to be a spot we always came to as kids! He doesn't know any better!"

"Oh really?" The leader scoffed at this, before asking doubtfully, "When did he wake up then?"

"A couple of days ago! July 21!" BASIL frantically answered, "I know it's hard to believe because he doesn't look like one, but SUNNY is practically still a kid!"

"The twenty-first?" The leader repeated, taking the moment to carefully think about this before letting out a huge guffaw, "That's like two days ago! You think I'm stupid? If he really just woke up from a six-year coma, then why isn't he still in the hospital? You ever heard of a thing called muscle atrophy, dipsh*t? You can't just walk it off after sleeping for that long."

"Uh..." BASIL struggled to come up with a proper response to something like that.

In the end, he wasn't even given enough time to respond. The leader suddenly grabbed his shirt and brought him close to his face.

"If you're gonna come up with a lie to cover for your friend, at least make up a good one!" The leader shouted, rearing back a fist.

BASIL flinched, expecting the punch to come in quick.

It never came.

OMORI got in between the two of them and shoved the gang leader away with all of his might.

The leader stumbled back a bit in surprise, staring at the stoic boy who was now taking a protective stance in front of his friend this time around.

All things considered, it was a pretty weak shove. But the act of defiance drew a reaction all the same.
With a sad*stic smirk, the gang leader chuckled ominously to himself before announcing, "I was hoping that someone would have the backbone to pick a fight with us. A'ight boys, let's teach 'em a lesson!"

Surrounded by all sides, the gang group gave a rambunctious cheer as they began slowly closing in on the two like lions to prey.

BASIL huddled together back-to-back with OMORI. Even though OMORI seemed fully willing to fight it out despite the crazy overwhelming odds stacked against them, BASIL had more rational thoughts.

No no no! This wasn't supposed to be happening!BASIL felt his body flare up in anxiety as he watched the gang members approaching. He was having difficulty breathing, his lungs beginning to hyperventilate in panic.

This was supposed to be a happy perfect day! BASIL only just got his best friend back after waiting for so long! Now they were going to get assaulted by a bunch of random thugs out of nowhere before they could even reunite with their friends?!

He had to think of a way out of this. They were outnumbered, BASIL was a devout pacifist, and there was no way SUNNY knew how to fight! BASIL had to get them out of here somehow!

Above all else, even if it meant sacrificing himself,BASIL was not going to let his best friend get hurt again!

NEVER AGAIN!

An idea came to BASIL's mind as he remembered what he had in his pocket.

He quickly steeled his nerves, preventing himself from having another panic attack during this crucial moment. One hand reached in to grab the item in his pocket, the other reached out to hold back OMORI's arm.

OMORI looked back at him with a questioning glance.

BASIL quickly studied his surroundings before finding what was potentially the weakest link in the circle. Two younger gang members on the east side, practically still kids, looked like they could be caught off guard easily enough.

"When I say run, we run. Okay, SUNNY?" BASIL whispered.

Although OMORI was confused by this, he still gave a hesitant nod.

God, please let this work.BASIL gave his silent prayers as he worked up the courage.

Aiming directly at the gang leader, he threw his tool of distraction!

BASIL uses GLITTER CONFETTI!

GANG BOSS feels HAPPY!

"AAAAAAGH MY f*ckING EYES"

"Ah! I'm sorry!"

BASIL instinctively apologized, but quickly snapped out of it to pull OMORI along.

"RUN!"

The two immediately bolted past the two younger gang members BASIL scouted earlier, making it out the circle and into the dense forest.

Though it was dense and hard to maneuver within, BASIL felt it was their best chance to lose their tail and hide if they were chased after.

All the gang members were too slow to react, completely taken off guard by the colorful explosion of plastic littering the air right in front of their leader's face.

Through a string of curses and slurs, the gang leader struggled to clear his vision with the glitter confetti irritating his eyes into a teary red mess.

With one finger struggling to point in their direction, he could only scream out one firm command.

"GET THOSE MOTHERf*ckERS!"

After what felt like a marathon, OMORI and BASIL managed to sneak away to some random alleyway after they escaped the park's forest. Though the thugs from before were still after them, it seemed they managed to find a good spot to at least have a moment of downtime before they had to run again.

BASIL gasped for air as he rested against the wall, clutching his chest to calm his rapidly beating heart.

Although breathing heavily as well, OMORI felt no worse for wear. Probably due to his numbed senses. He gave a curious glance at his fingers as he slowly flexed them- still feeling nothing- before deciding he had other things to worry about.

When they finally had a chance to recover their breath, OMORI ended up asking, "So when did FARAWAY have a gang problem?"

Something like this never happened before in the previous world. Not unless he counted the time spent fighting with the HOOLIGANS. He thought that AUBREY's gang was the only one here in FARAWAY, he never imagined that there'd be even more of them skulking around. Had something like this always been the case, even in the previous world? Surely this couldn't have been something that only came to be because MARI never died, right? What kind of butterfly effect would that even be?

"I'll tell… you later…" BASIL breathed out. One last deep breath in and out, BASIL said, "We still need to find somewhere safe for you to hide!"

"Do you even know where you're going?" OMORI asked.

BASIL gave a slow blink in response to the question, before realizing that his friend had a point. He had been running around in random directions, hoping to disorient the gang members. Because of that, he hadn't really been paying attention to where they'd been going.

"Right… Where are we right now?" BASIL asked, mostly to himself, as he looked around for any recognizable street signs or landmarks.

But when he couldn't see anything noticeable, he cursed his rotten luck once again. For BASIL, this place was unknown to him since he had never used this route to travel around before. He had absolutely no idea where they were.

"Between 12TH and SOMNIA STREET." OMORI suddenly announced. "We're just a bit northeast of the PLAZA."

BASIL's eyes widened at the unexpectedly quick answer. Looking around one last time to check for named street signs and finding none within the alleyway, BASIL asked, "How do you know that?"

OMORI hesitated to answer.

How to explain that the only reason he managed to recognize this place was because of the pizza delivery jobs he did in the previous world? Especially 12TH STREET in particular due to a very difficult list of directions.

Find the… the house with lots of… fan-flaming-flamingos? With the yellow- Does that say a roof or rug? WHY IS HIS HANDWRITING SO TERRIBLE???

There were two houses who decorated their lawns entirely with flamingos on this street. One had a yellow roof, the other had a yellow rug. Neither ordered any pizza. That delivery had not been fun, and it still haunted his recent memories.

OMORI didn't have the chance to come up with an answer for BASIL though, as both boys heard one of the gang members yelling in the distance.

"I saw them go down here, guys! Let's go!"

BASIL was beginning to panic again, "No! Damn it, we still haven't found a way to hide you yet!"

At this rate, would the two of them be able to outrun or hide from these people? What would happen to them if they ran out of energy and got caught?

How would BASIL be able to protect SUNNY…?

BASIL could feel the blood pounding in his head as he searched his surroundings. He could feel himself hyperventilating again, being backed into a corner like this.

Then he saw a glossy shine on the ground. A closer look revealed it to be a large broken shard of glass, sitting so innocently close to other broken glass shards right next to the nearby trash can.

Something compelled him to pick it up as he studied it in his hands. He could feel his heartbeat growing louder, almost drowning out all other outside noise.

If there was no other option…

BASIL stared at the makeshift blade, wondering if he had no other choice but to go against his pacifism.

If it was for SUNNY's safety, it would be worth it… Right?

Right…?

"BASIL?"

OMORI called out gently in concern after watching his friend carefully caressing the sharp piece of glass a little bit too long for his liking.

BASIL looked up at him, and OMORI could only see hispiercing blue eyes staring back.

OMORI flinched.

Realizing that his best friend was staring at him with a strange look, BASIL felt himself come to his senses as if snapping out of a spell.

Seeing a dangerous glass shard in his hand, he dropped it and let it shatter into pieces by his feet. He didn't even give it another glance.

Choosing to forget that had just happened, BASIL continued looking around once again for a way out, before another idea popped into his head. Running over to the trash can, he quickly opened the lid and sloppily carried out a bag full of trash to set it on the side. Some empty cans and old Asian food cartons spilled out as he did so, making the alleyway reek from the smell.

BASIL gagged a bit before forcing himself to hold it in. Then with an apologetic look towards his friend, he wasted no time pulling OMORI towards the now empty trash can so that he could stuff him inside. "Sorry! Just bear with the smell for now!"

OMORI didn't really mind the smell since he couldn't actually smell anymore. If anything, he was more confused about the fact that he was being forced inside a trash bin to begin with.

Safely crouched inside the container, OMORI looked up to see BASIL preparing to close it with the lid.

"Stay here and don't make a sound! I'm sure they won't find you!"

OMORI pointed out, "Wait, what about you?"

BASIL shook his head, "I'm going to act as bait and lure them away from here! Don't move at all unless you have to! I'm going to try to find help and come back for you as soon as I can!"

Just when BASIL was about to close the lid, OMORI sprang up to block it with a worried, "What?! BASIL, you can't use yourself as bait! Why would you do something like that?!"

How could BASIL think up such a reckless idea?! He was going to get himself hurt, or worse! It'd be better if they both ran together so that they could at least watch each other's backs!

BASIL could hear the sounds of footsteps growing closer. Knowing that time was running out, BASIL roughly pushed OMORI back into the trash can.

"Please, SUNNY!" BASIL pleaded with desperate eyes, "I made a promise that I'd always protect you, no matter what! I can't let anything happen to you!"

OMORI was stunned into silence.

With one last reassuring smile, BASIL told him, "Don't worry! Just trust me. Everything is going to be okay!"

The last time you ever said something like that, we hanged MARI.

OMORI was left with those haunting last words as he watched BASIL close the lid, covering him in darkness.

BASIL let out a relieved sigh, stepping away just in time as the gang members arrived.

"Hey, there's one of them!"

Knowing that SUNNY's safety relied on him, BASIL managed the courage to put on a brave face.

Turning towards the group of gang members, he loudly shouted the first thing he could think of to catch their attention, "Y-You jerks are never gonna b-beat AUBREY and her S-SCOOTER GANG! Mopeds aren't even cool!"

This managed to get quite the response from the gang leader, pushing past everyone to face BASIL with a loud, "Mopeds aren'tWHAT?!"

Just for emphasis too, BASIL even tried to kick an empty Chinese food carton that he spilled on the ground right at them.

Through sheer force of luck, the carton landed directly on top of the gang leader's head with perfect accuracy. Also through sheer force of luck, the carton wasn't actually empty as the old slimy contents of what was inside slowly spilled out on top of the gang leader's hair.

"Ah! I'm sorry!" BASIL covered his mouth in shock, "I didn't know that would happen!"

"I AM GOING TO KILL YOU!"

"Eep!" BASIL felt he did more than enough to act as bait after this, already high-tailing it out of here.

The gang members naturally gave chase, with much more fervor than before.

OMORI was left behind, sitting quietly within the darkness.

Though it seemed like the coast was clear, he didn't get out right away. His mind was still stuck on the events earlier, along with BASIL's actions.

That promise again.

He remembered hearing it from the BASIL within HIKIKO's HEADSPACE. This random promise between BASIL and MARI to always protect her little brother, and keep him safe when MARI wasn't around.

When did the two of them make a promise like that? And why?

It sounded like such an innocent promise a kid would make, but it was almost like BASIL was following it to a religious extreme.

And those eyes again. They looked exactly like before. How could he still have those eyes again even in this world?

What was he thinking about when he held that glass shard? Would he really have done something drastic, if it meant keeping his best friend safe?

OMORI wasn't someone that was worth risking life and limb for. Even outside of his own hatred for himself, he knew that he wasn't worth any more or less than BASIL as a person.

And the way BASIL acted so grateful towards OMORI back at the HANGOUT SPOT… All he did was give him a simple compliment, but BASIL ate it up and cried like it was the best thing that ever happened to him.

Why does he always do this? Why did BASIL always place OMORI on a pedestal like this?

What the hell did OMORI ever do to make BASIL like this?

Even back then…. when MARI died… He still…

"You're a good person, SUNNY! A good person wouldn't do something like that…"

This… strange idolization of him. It was almost on a level of worship.

OMORI thought that BASIL had only developed this trait in the previous world because of what happened… But apparently, this was something that the BASIL of this world shared too. When that became the case and why, he didn't fully know.

Did this ever have an effect on MARI and their estranged relationship?

He always wondered why BASIL didn't suggest hanging his body to MARI. Guess he figured it out now.

What did BASIL see the night of the incident in this reality? What happened between BASIL and MARI to make their relationship so estranged? What was life like for both of them after everything that happened?

OMORI had already wasted enough time playing around with BASIL. He needed to go back to focusing on what was really important here, and ask BASIL everything he knew about MARI in this reality.

But before he had to do that, he was going to need to find a way to save BASIL. Somehow.

With that thought firmly set in his mind, OMORI finally pushed himself out of his hiding spot. The loud clatter of the metal trash lid reverberated in the air as he climbed out of the trash bin.

The sky was turning from orange to a darker shade of blue. It was almost nighttime.

Damn it… Would he even have time to ask BASIL anything after this whole gang thing was done and over with? If only they hadn't been interrupted earlier, he could've asked everything he needed to back by the lake…

Where could BASIL even be right now?

"Aha! I knew it!"

A snotty voice came from behind, causing OMORI to turn around in surprise.

Two of the gang members seemed to have come back, almost as if they had been waiting for him this whole time.

While slowly sauntering up to him, the short younger one playfully ribbed the older gang member with a prideful, "See? Didn't I tell you somethin' was fishy about the trash being outside the trash can? You so owe me a soda later."

His friend scoffed with a dismissive, "Yeah, yeah, you got lucky."

OMORI silently stepped back, putting himself on guard against the two thugs as he watched them carefully.

"Ooh, look at this guy~ Boss was right, he does kinda have a face that rubs you the wrong way!" The shorter one chuckled, "Aren't you scared of us, dweeb? Or maybe you've already been in a few fights before? Think you're confident enough against the MOPED BOYS?"

He wondered about that himself, actually.

Although he wasn't afraid of a scrap if it came down to it, OMORI had no grand delusions of beating someone in a straightforward fight. The best he could do was probably hold out until they got tired or bored of him, optimistically.

He always had to rely on KEL in almost all of the fights he'd ever been a part of, back in the previous world. KEL usually had his back and was the one to pick up the slack between the both of them.

If this was in HEADSPACE, that'd be a different story. But this definitely wasn't HEADSPACE, nor did he even have his knife.

Sigh. Having a knife right now would've been really handy, actually. OMORI would even settle for pepper spray, if only he had thought to bring any. Who would've predicted any of this would happen today, though?

His hands were all he had. Let's hope it's enough.

OMORI raised his fists up, doing his best to copy what he thought was a boxing form.

"Ha! What kind of fighting stance is that?" The older gang member guffawed, "Thought you might be tough because of the eyepatch, but do you even know how to fight to begin with? Did you even lose that eye in an actual fight?"

"Maybe he's faking it." The shorter gang member jeered, "I bet you ten dollars he's wearing that just to make himself look cool. Like that MAVERICK weirdo with the blond wig."

OMORI continued to stay silent, not bothering to dignify their taunts with a response.

With a small hum, the older thug nodded, "Yeah, I'll take that bet. Why don't you teach him a lesson? Show him why you never mess around with one of the MOPED BOYS."

"Pfeh, easy."

The shorter thug started to approach OMORI while the other thug stood a few feet back to enjoy the spectacle.

Steadying his breathing, OMORI patiently waited for the first strike as he stared at his opponent.

"Not gonna make the first move? Heh,fine by me!"

The gang member lunged forward first with a wild swing. OMORI ducked in time, letting the fist whistling over his head as its momentum carried the gang member past him with a slight stumble.

"Lucky dodge, twerp," The thug turned around with a growl.

OMORI remained calm, studying his opponent's shoulders. Thank goodness they were doing this one-on-one, OMORI would've felt overwhelmed if both of them had ganged up on him. Who knew how long that courtesy would last, though?

The thug charged again with a lower aim, but OMORI sidestepped and managed to shove the gang member away from him. The thug landed roughly against the alleyway walls, letting out a frustrated groan.

"C'mon man, just hit the damn cyclops!" His friend called out impatiently in the back.

Pushing himself off against the wall, the thug narrowed his eyes at OMORI and began to take him more seriously. Approaching carefully this time, the thug tried to catch OMORI off guard by juking his body around to try and disorient him.

OMORI flinched when he thought he saw a punch coming, only for it to turn out to be a feint. Another punch swung out, managing to slip past his blind spot and hit him in the face this time.

"HA! Taste it, dickwad!" The thug laughed.

OMORI stumbled back a bit with some minor disorientation, but was surprised to find that he didn't feel any pain. OMORI gently rubbed the side of his face, feeling absolutely nothing because of his numbed sense of touch.

Huh. First time this ended up being useful for something. Neat.

"Dude, are you going easy on him or something? That barely even looked like a love tap!" The tall gang member in the back called out in disappointment.

"Shut up! That was a real punch!" The thug in front of OMORI shouted back impatiently before returning his attention back to the fight. Staring OMORI square in the eyes, he muttered, "Yeah, you might be tougher than I thought, but you're still going down…!"

Knowing that he couldn't feel any pain even if he got damaged, OMORI felt emboldened by the new advantage he had.

The thug began to switch to a more aggressive tactic, suddenly charging in without a care for his own well-being and throwing out a rapid flurry of punches. OMORI managed to block what he could with his arms, tanking all the hits relatively easily.

After a while, the thug began to tire himself out as his swings began to get sloppier. Seeing an opening, OMORI darted in and managed to land a solid blow to the stomach.

"f*ck!" The thug stumbled back while holding his gut, letting out a rough cough as he tried to recover.

It would've been a weak punch in any other situation, since OMORI knew he wasn't that physically strong. But landing it right in the middle of the thug's stomach seemed to be a moving attack.

In the background, the older gang member kept lambasting his buddy's poor performance.

"What's wrong with you today, man?! You're seriously going to let this dweeb kick your ass?!"

Seemingly having enough of his ego being shattered and questioned all at the same time during this fight, the thug in front of OMORI let out an enraged, "Oh, whatever! Screw this sh*t, man!"

OMORI saw him lunging in for another attack, so he quickly stepped back with his guard up to dodge.

After successfully avoiding an uppercut swing from the thug, OMORI lowered his arms to keep his eye back on his opponent, ready for another-

He froze.

The gang member gave a satisfied grin to himself, a complete one-eighty from the frustrated face he had on before. In the thug's hand was suddenly a switchblade knife, coated in a fresh layer of blood.

Oh.

OMORI was just beginning to notice that there was a fresh cut on his right arm. It was a pretty shallow cut, all things considered, but it was bleeding a concerning amount as the blood dripped down his arm.

Something about this feels embarrassingly familiar.

The thug twirled the bloodied switchblade around his fingers, gloating maliciously. "HA! How's that?! Still feeling like you're hot sh*t, punk?! Bet you're scared now!"

Surprisingly, no. OMORI wasn't scared at all from seeing the knife. Despite the fact that getting a fatal stab wound was now a possibility, OMORI felt eerily calm about it.

It was strange to think about. It wasn't like he was incapable of feeling fear. There were plenty of times he could recall when he felt his nerves shivered, or his body locked up in terror when put in a stressful situation. The multiple encounters with SOMETHING as examples, both his own and the ones inside HIKIKO's HEADSPACE.

Was he just not scared of the knife because he had gotten used to the sight of them? Or was it because he knew he deserved to die?

The taller gang member in the peanut gallery actually seemed shocked at the sight of his friend pulling a knife out, "Whoa, hey! Don't get carried away, you might actually kill him with that!"

Despite his partner's concerns, the shorter gang member ignored everything else as he instead continued to glare at OMORI, "Cat got your tongue or something?!" The thug's earlier grin morphed back to a frustrated growl again after seeing OMORI's lack of reaction. "Come on! Say something already, you freak! I just stabbed you!"

"No, you didn't."

The gang member slowly blinked with a confused, "What…?"

With the same stoic face that he always had since long before he could even remember, OMORI emotionlessly stared back at the thug in front of him and bluntly repeated, "You didn't stab me. That was just a cut. Doesn't even hurt."

Though still holding the bloodied knife in his hands, the gang member's confidence seemed to waver a bit as he stepped back with a frown.

"The hell is up with this guy…?" He murmured nervously to himself.

Whether put off by OMORI's stoicism during this whole fight, or by the fact that OMORI was surprisingly more durable than he initially appeared, the tall gang member in the back gave out a worried, "Yo, dude! I think we should fall back and get some backup. This kid might actually be kinda crazy good!"

"What? No!" Though there was some apprehension in his eyes, the shorter gang member shook himself out of his stupor to steadily raise his knife, "It's just a single guy! I'm one of the best bruisers of the group, I can totally– No, I candefinitelybeat this clown by myself!"

OMORI backed up while keeping his stance. While he still didn't feel any pain from all the attacks the thug managed to land on him, there was still the concern if OMORI could similarly brush off an actual deep stab wound.

"Think you're better than me just because you can handle a few bruises and cuts?" The thug spat out with a hard glare, "I'll show you, smartass. How about I take a stab at you for real then?!"

In the background, the taller thug's face dropped to an expression of petrified shock. He quickly extended a hand while shouting, "DUDE, WAIT!"

With that, the shorter gang member recklessly charged at OMORI with the knife, fully prepared to run him through.

He's seriously going in for the kill...

OMORI braced for impact, hoping to at least block the attack somehow to avoid any vital organs.

But before the attack could land on him…

His vision was suddenly blinded by a wave of pink as something yanked his body back. For that brief millisecond, it was the only color he could possibly see.

Pink…?

Just as he blinked to clear his vision out of instinct, the sound of a loud clang of metal reverberated in the air as if something had been struck. A split-second after that, a sudden loud cry of pure agony rang out across the entire alleyway.

It took him a second to readjust his sight, but once OMORI was able to do so, the sight of what just happened surprised him.

Like a guardian angel showing up just in the nick of time, a very familiar pink-haired delinquent appeared before him. She had her back turned to face the thugs that were attacking him, so he couldn't get a good look at her face. But OMORI instantly knew the girl who just pulled him out of harm's way.

Nobody else could pull off the pink hair and still look as threatening as her, after all.

AUBREY let out deep controlled breaths, wielding the metal pipe in her hand like it was a baseball bat. After having just swung her weapon to counter the knife-wielding maniac who was about to skewer her old best friend, the switchblade clattered against the ground now that the punk couldn't maintain his grip on it anymore, thanks to her reshaping his arm into a grotesque bent angle.

The short MOPED BOY stumbled back, loudly cursing up a storm while trying to make sense of what just happened. But when he saw AUBREY right in front of him, all the color vanished from his face as he recognized who he was facing.

"Oh f*ck! It's the PINK DEMON!" The other MOPED BOY in the back screamed out in panic.

She didn't give the punk a chance to properly respond, already on the offensive as she charged right at him. She swung her metal pipe again with a furious cry, mercilessly attacking the thug over and over like a violent game of whack-a-mole.

Even as he tripped over and fell to the ground, AUBREY didn't relent. She continued to pummel him in order to teach him a lesson, each strike against his body making another dent in her already bent metal pipe, each blow creating a loud symphony of metal clangs to ring across the alleyway. The MOPED BOY could only cry out in pain as he curled into a defensive ball, suffering through the relentless beatdown until she decided when it was over.

With one last ferocious grunt, AUBREY winded up her leg and sent a powerful kick to the balled-up punk on the ground, causing him to tumble a few yards away.

Landing right in front of his friend, the short MOPED BOY splattered across the ground in a mangled mess. He looked barely recognizable from how he was before she entered the fight, red and black bruises forming all across his body and face.

"Oh sh*t oh sh*t oh sh*t–" The other MOPED BOY kept panicking to himself, indecisively trying to choose between worrying about his friend or keeping his eyes on her.

AUBREY let out a heavy huff, loudly throwing her destroyed metal pipe down at the ground. Slowly walking up to the last MOPED BOY, she gave the meanest glare she could possibly give as she cracked her knuckles for round two.

With a petrified cry, the uninjured MOPED BOY quickly pulled his friend up to his feet, "Dude, the plan was to ambush her with the entire group! We can't take the PINK DEMON with just the two of us!"

"We're f*cked man." The injured MOPED BOY let out a splatter of blood from his nose, "I can't feel my face anymore. We are so f*cking dead."

With their morale, spirits, and maybe some bones broken, they jolted in terror as AUBREY loudly stomped right in front of them. Both of them collapsed to their knees and hugged each other in terror as she stared the both of them down.

"We give up… Please have mercy…"

Seeing them both in such a weak and pathetic state, AUBREY pointed directly at them with one final warning, "This is the last chance I'm going to give to you MOPED BOYS. Take every single last one of your gang and get out of FARAWAY. Come into my territory again,and I will hunt down every last one of you all across SOMEWHERE CITY! I'll make you wish you were allDEAD!"

The two of them heeded her words as seriously as they could, clamoring over each other as they stumbled their way out of the alleyway with their tails between their legs and out of her sight.

OMORI had been standing a few feet back while he watched that carnage play out in front of him. He had to admit to himself, that was pretty terrifying. He knew what it was like to be on the receiving end of AUBREY's rage like that, and he was glad that it wasn't targeted at him this time around.

AUBREY stood still, staring down at the end of the alleyway to make sure that those guys didn't have any plans to return.

After a while of dead silence, OMORI let out an awkward cough and muttered, "Thanks."

When AUBREY heard his familiar voice behind her, her body tensed up. Not in anger this time, but… in fear.

Eventually… She turned around.

The two of them were finally able to make eye contact with each other for the first time.

Wow, it really is you. It's been a while, but you haven't changed a bit. How long has it been since you left your house? Three years…? Maybe four? Must have been nice to live in your own little bubble.

You think you're the good guy, don't you KEL? And I'm the big, bad bully… here to terrorize poor, defenseless BASIL. If you want me to be a bully... THEN I'LL BE A BULLY!!

Why?! Why do you guys keep coming back?! SUNNY… Why did you show up now…? Where were you when MARI died?! WHERE WERE ANY OF YOU?!

I'm sorry, guys... I've been acting like such a jerk.

I hope you've been doing okay and stuff... I'm sure everything was really hard for you to deal with. Sometimes I think I was the one that should have been there for you.

I hope you can find some peace out there... or you know... some happiness.

AUBREY has always acted true to her feelings. Even though she has trouble admitting how much she cares, her actions have shown otherwise. She's been a little hard to understand, but… I can trust that she'll always try her best to do the right thing.

I'll really miss her.

AUBREY loved her and you killed her.

…sigh…

AUBREY looked exactly like how OMORI remembered her.

Though she used to have dark-brown hair and dark-brown eyes, she still grew up to dye her hair and wear contact lenses just like in the previous world. He still remembered the promise that AUBREY told him, about how she and MARI were supposed to dye their hair together.

When he first met her again after the four long years of hiding away in his house, OMORI could recall the shock and anger she had in her expression when she saw him.

The AUBREY in front of him now didn't have a trace of that anger for him. There was only pure shock in her eyes.

For AUBREY though, it wasn't just shock she was feeling when she finally came face to face with the ghost of her old best friend again. She was astonished. She felt joy.

She felt pure dread and fear in her heart.

It felt hard for her to breathe. Like her entire world was about to collapse.

He… He was seriously back.

The black hair. The eyepatch. The strangely emotionless expression, despite everything that just happened.

She couldn't believe it. It was seriously him.

But… How…? When…? Why…?

How did he end up in a situation like this in the first place?

When did he even wake up? Where was she when SUNNY finally opened his eyes?

Why was she only just now finding out about this today?

So many thoughts and questions raged within her mind, and yet they all seemed so trivial in comparison to the most important question she had screaming in her head the loudest.

How do I talk to him?

She was almost hesitant, her hand timidly raised as she struggled to find the words.

AUBREY wanted nothing more than to just run towards SUNNY and give him the biggest hug she could ever give. It had been so long since the last time she ever heard his voice, she wanted to just hold him and cry.

But…

Would he even recognize her?

All the doubts and insecurity she had ever faced came straight back to hit her at this moment. Nightmares of this exact moment replayed themselves in her mind.

He's not gonna recognize me. How could he recognize me? Not when I look like this… Not after watching me go crazy with a metal pipe right in front of him just a second ago.

AUBREY wasn't prepared for this day. She had never been prepared for this day. Despite everything she had been through in the past few days after visiting him for his birthday, AUBREY never thought that SUNNY would ever wake up again.

And now that he had, she was absolutely terrified.

Oh god, what should she do? AUBREY was nothing like the girl she used to be all those years ago! She wasn't the cute girly schoolgirl that SUNNY used to have a secret crush on anymore! She was so entirely different, she might as well not even be the same person in his eyes!

SUNNY would never believe her if she told him. He'd call her a liar. He'd run away from her like the crazy pipe-wielding maniac like she was.

She'd never be able to explain to him that she was actually-

"AUBREY?" OMORI called out to her, "You okay?"

OMORI felt like he had to say something after what felt like several hours of pure awkward silence. AUBREY hadn't been doing anything except just standing there, lost in her own thoughts while staring at him.

Usually, it was the other way around, wasn't it? He was the one who always tended to daydream, even when in the middle of important stuff happening.

But when AUBREY heard him call out her name, she jolted before her eyes widened again in pure shock.

Was it really that much of a surprise to see him again?

But what she ended up saying next caught him off guard. When she finally found the words to speak, she could barely whisper out a faint, "You recognize me?"

OMORI felt a little confused by this, raising an eyebrow as he asked, "Why wouldn't I?"

It took him a second before he realized his mistake.

Oh, shoot… That's right…

In this reality, he had been stuck in a coma ever since the incident. He wasn't supposed to know that AUBREY would look different since he couldn't have known she dyed her hair or wore blue contacts. He got so caught up in the situation that the detail completely slipped his mind.

He considered trying to come up with an excuse to explain how and why he was able to recognize her so easily– Only to pause when AUBREY suddenly tackled him into a hug.

With her arms wrapped around his shoulders, her body began trembling against him as her voice wavered right in his ear.

"SUNNY…! I missed you… I seriously missed you so much…!"

OMORI allowed himself to relax before returning the gesture to wrap his hands around her back.

She must've been holding herself back until now because she was worried he wouldn't recognize her.

AUBREY felt her emotions break loose as she fell apart in his warm arms. She couldn't stop herself from uncontrollably sobbing, tears streaming down her cheeks.

SUNNY recognized her. She didn't know how, but she didn't care either. The fact that SUNNY knew who she was just from a glance was all the excuse she needed to finally break down in front of him.

It felt like she was back to being a kid again. When was the last time she even cried this hard before? So many memories rushed back into her mind of all the times she ever spent together with SUNNY, and it tore her apart inside.

"What took you so long…?" She cried out in an anguished, broken voice, "Do you have any idea how long I've been waiting for you? You were supposed to wait for me by the swingset like you always did…"

OMORI closed his eye, guilt rising up within him as he imagined all the lonely years AUBREY had spent by herself without him to support her. Ever since MARI died, she had nobody else to go to when she needed someone the most. If only he hadn't run away from his problems by hiding in WHITE SPACE those past four years, maybe he could've done something to help her.

Or maybe he would've just made everything so much worse.

"I'm sorry for being late." OMORI ended up mumbling. The meaning behind this apology didn't apply to this AUBREY, but he still felt like he should say it all the same. It was still his fault, after all.

AUBREY gripped around him even tighter.

"Please don't leave… Please don't ever leave… Don't you dare ever leave me again…"

OMORI chose not to respond to that.

Notes:

This one took a while to finish, but I hope I made up for it with the word count length of this chapter!

Time to thank various people again for helping with edits, story ideas, and proof reading! BigBluh, Sydosis, basilasilsilill, BanditOfTheEast, Evergreen, Prunejuice, YASMNikost, IHYDGM! Also especially BanditOfTheEast and Slumberleft for creating their fanfics of IWLH and helping inspire me the direction of the AUBREY reunion I wanted to write!

So many people make such long comments that I can't tell which to talk about first or who to respond to anymore in chapter notes! I feel like I might need to change how I do comment shoutouts here. I think for next chapter, instead of replying directly on here, I should send my responses in comment replies, and then shoutout to users on here instead so that people can get more engaged within the comment section. It can save some time because I often spend an extra hour or so thinking of replies in the chapter notes here.

Rotokon and Stardenzel for their discussion within the last chapter's comments!

Zh3nya with his proposal of BASIL using SUNNY as his coping mechanism! I wonder how confident your theory is now, after reading this chapter? Has anything changed, or are you even more certain than ever before? ;3

thesecondone for his thoughts about BASIL trying to rush AUBREY and SUNNY's romance reunion. You're definitely not far off from the truth there, my friend. Wonder how your thoughts about BASIL are now that this chapter has released? Dying to hear your brain-waves, especially once I finish writing the next chapter after this where we now get to dive even DEEPER to BASIL.

Moradon! Your analysis made me very happy when I saw it for the first time, I'm hoping to see what you have to say for this one as well.

Wow, rereading all of these replies, I'm very milktoast about it. Sorry again, I'm super incredibly tired and I can't even think of words to say right now. I swore I had more interesting things to reply back when I first read these comments, but real life and the passing of time has made me lose all of my brain IQ ;-;

For next chapter comments, I'm definitely just going to start directly replying and then shoutouting the conversation here in chapter notes instead.

Here's hoping for the next chapter to come out soon and that I'm still good at writing ;-;

WORK HARD PEOPLE, DON'T DIE

Chapter 32: The Important Story That Explains How AUBREY Got Her Metal Pipe, Which Is Integral To The Entire Plot of I Won't Let Him (Probably)

Summary:

INTERLUDE CHAPTER, PLEASE READ THE AUTHOR'S NOTES BELOW

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“OOOOWWW! OWOWOWOWOW–”

KIM hissed in pain as she sat on the floor of OTHERMART’s pharmacy. VANCE was right next to her, his sister’s hoodie draped over his shoulder as he applied generous amounts of pain-relief topicals to KIM’s arms.

“Stop crying! You’re way too loud!” VANCE gruffly admonished, still in the process of getting the topical under her arm.

Grumble grumble grumble… I wouldn’t be crying so much if you weren’t so rough with me! C’mon, show some mercy to your suffering sister alre–” KIM’s whining began trailing off as the effects of the topical finally kicked in, her expression relaxing as she sat back against the wall with a calm, “Oooohhh… Oh shoot, that hits the spot.”

“Yeah, you’re welcome.”

With KIM now finally getting her muscles treated, she had a serene expression as she sat back and relaxed.

AUBREY let out a small chuckle at the sight. KIM could be pretty adorable when she loosened up sometimes.

Patting his hands after a job well done, VANCE smeared the rest of the topical on his pants as he stood up. Standing right next to THE BOSS, he asked, “Delayed Onset Muscle Soreness?”

“It kicked in a little early, but yeah, probably the case.” AUBREY shrugged, “Thought it would flare up tomorrow since she seemed fine earlier. Didn’t think she’d just collapse again without warning.”

“Didn’t help that she kept running around town, acting like a spaz like she always does.” VANCE sighed, “Overexerting after a brutal workout probably sped up the process.”

After heading back to FARAWAY from their secret training area (ie the JUNKYARD), they spent the whole late afternoon shooting the sh*t across town. KIM had seemed to recover quickly after a short rest and wanted to celebrate her epic 500 push-ups accomplishment, despite the fact that it was supposed to be her punishment. Even though her body was shaky the whole time, KIM didn’t pay any mind and just kept doing what she usually did as they spent the day around town.

It was only until around the mid-evening that she suddenly collapsed and started groaning about how much her muscles were hurting again. Which was why they had to carry her all the way to the pharmacy to buy her some pain-relief cream.

Sigh…

AUBREY lamented the fact that she didn’t get the chance to check in at the hospital today to go visit SUNNY like she wanted to, but figured that she might as well shelve that plan for later since it was getting so late. Maybe tomorrow, she’d go meet up with BASIL and have him invite her out instead.

A part of her wondered if she was still nervous about visiting SUNNY all by herself and was just making excuses again. If that was true, she’d be really disappointed in herself. Especially after everything she’d been through these past few days…

Yeah, tomorrow for sure. She solemnly promised this time.

“I think I want to go home now, guys.” KIM murmured, her body completely slack against the walls.

"No kidding." VANCE sighed, already prepared to bend down to carry his sister. With a quick Upwego , VANCE flung KIM right on top of his shoulder again.

"Owww…" KIM mumbled, barely lifting a single muscle on her own.

“C’mon, let’s get you back to Mom’s house. It’s gonna be a whole lot worse for you tomorrow before it gets any better.”

“Awww…” KIM groaned, “I promise I won’t sneak in alcohol at a party and drunk-flirt with you again, AUBREY. So, please go easy on me next time?”

AUBREY gave her a reassuring pat on the head from behind VANCE, “Since you learned your lesson, I’ll keep it under consideration.”

With a grocery bag filled with newly bought pain-relief cream, the three SCOOTER GANG members exited OTHERMART just as it began to close for the night.

Meows and purrs assaulted AUBREY’s senses the moment she stepped foot into the parking lot. Stray cats and kittens of all shapes and colors were littered across the area. A very familiar sign that the day was coming to an end.

The last bit of orange hue in the sky was about to give out. It would be night-time soon.

“We should hurry while there’s still light out,” VANCE advised, bouncing his shoulders a bit to readjust KIM while ignoring her pained groan.

AUBREY grabbed her parked bicycle, while VANCE effortlessly carried his and KIM’s folded scooters under his free arm. Since KIM was in no condition to ride, walking would be their only way to travel. Thankfully, their mom’s house wasn’t that far. It’d be just past the park and a quick trek down the street south.

On their way, AUBREY had to wonder what she should do with herself once she was done escorting her friends back to their house. She didn’t really want to go back home yet, for very obvious reasons.

Maybe a quick visit to the secret hideout just to relax? End the day on a relaxing calm note.

The stars and moon ought to be beautiful tonight.

Her idle thoughts came to a screeching halt when she suddenly heard a noise ahead during their trek back home.

It almost sounded like… a fight was going on? At the park?

“The hell is that?” VANCE mumbled.

They both gave a glance at each other before hurriedly rushing to check on the scene. If there was trouble brewing in FARAWAY, it was the SCOOTER GANG’s job to put a stop to it before it spread.

BASIL was crouched into a turtle position. He had his chin tucked to his chest, his arms shielding his face, and his knees drawn up to block his torso, covering all of his vital areas to protect himself as he was getting wailed on by his group of assailants.

Even as several of them took their turns kicking and punching his body, he kept his mind clear and repeatedly took deep breaths to avoid panicking from the situation.

“You like that?! Huh?!” The aggravated gang leader growled as he kicked BASIL’s back again, “Still think it was a good idea to mess with the MOPED BOYS now?!”

Stay calm. Focus. Deep breaths. Just like SUNNY taught you.

Breathe in… Breathe out… Breathe in… Breathe out… Breathe–

He felt another blow hitting his back, hitching his breath. But it was fine. He could take it.

BASIL just needed to outlast them. It was just like three years ago, back when he got attacked by ANGEL and MIKHAEL. He just had to hold out long enough for someone to notice him in trouble and step in to help! If that didn’t end up happening, then he just needed to wait until they all got tired so he could escape and go find help!

It hurts. It hurts it hurts it hurts it hurts…!

But BASIL could endure it. He had to. The idea that he was the only one protecting SUNNY by keeping these thugs away was all the fuel his mind needed to keep calm and remain focused. As long as it was for SUNNY’s sake, he’d take on the world and then some.

He’d like to believe so at least… But even the human body had its limits.

BASIL let out a cry when he felt another strong kick land on his side, disrupting his breathing mantra again.

Please, get tired or bored already…!

As much as his endurance had improved over the years, he really didn't know how much longer he could take this abuse. Each blow was starting to create bruises on his muscles, making him less resilient to attacks as time went on.

How did things end up like this?! Today was supposed to be a perfect day spent with his best friend! None of this was supposed to happen, so how could it end up like this?!

“Damn, this dickhe*d is resilient.” He could hear one of the gang members mumble while out of breath above him.

The next kick to his back, while it still hurt, was weaker than before.

BASIL tensed up. This could be his chance to finally escape!

But that hope vanished as he felt someone rest their boot right on top of him, “You think you’re so tough just because you’re curled up into a ball, huh?”

While BASIL couldn’t see it from his turtle position, the gang leader gestured to someone in his crew to pass something over to him.

A younger gang member pulled out a metal pipe, handing it over to his boss.

With an experimental twirl, the gang leader tenderly placed the pipe right up against BASIL’s arm.

When BASIL felt the cold piece of metal rub against his arm through his sleeves, his hair stood on end.

“If you like being a ball so much, how about we play some golf?” The gang leader chuckled ominously, before taking up a golfer’s posture.

BASIL's heart raced as the gang leader's ominous words echoed in his ears, making his breath catch in his throat. He squeezed his eyes shut, bracing for impact.

“FOOOORE!”

BASIL was braced for impact, but never felt anything come.

Instead, the pressure of the gang leader’s boot disappeared from his back when he heard the sound of a heavy, metallic CRASH from above him.

W… What just happened? Why’s everything so quiet?

BASIL risked poking his head out to glance at what was going on.

The shocked gang members were staring at something behind him. BASIL followed their gaze to see the unexpected sight of the gang leader sprawled on the ground, knocked out by… Was that a bike?

A bike? Where the heck did a BIKE come fro– Wait…!

BASIL recognized who owned that bike!

" Stay the hell away from my friend! "

As if his prayers had been answered, the reassuring sight of pink hair came into view. AUBREY quickly slid inside the circle of gang members to take a protective stance in front of BASIL.

A whole day spent trying to find her, but she was finally here!

"AUBREY!" BASIL cried out.

"Are you okay?! I’m sorry I'm late!" AUBREY called out remorsefully, still facing the enemy gang members as they slowly began to recognize her and back away.

"Better late than never!" BASIL laughed as a relieved smile spread across his face. Any fear or panic he had of the situation beforehand had almost instantly disappeared the moment his other best friend arrived.

Risking a quick peek behind her to check on BASIL’s condition, AUBREY’s eyes widened in shock. After seeing his battered and bruised face, a growing wave of righteous anger reached its boiling point inside of her.

" Oh, you people are ALL going to pay for this… " AUBREY, THE BOSS of the SCOOTER GANG, growled with a furious glare at the crew wearing their familiar biker jackets.

"Holy sh*t, is that the PINK DEMON…?" One of them took a fearful step back.

The MOPED BOYS. AUBREY thought that she already dealt with these creeps four years ago, back when she first started building her reputation as FARAWAY's protector. What the hell were they doing here again?

"Oh sh*t, boss is out cold! What the hell do we do?!" A panicking MOPED BOY cried out.

"Wait, everyone calm down!" A more level-headed member, possibly a sub-leader, shouted orders before pointing out, "None of the other SCOOTER GANG guys are here, it's just her! This has always been the plan, to ambush her as a group! We outnumber her, we can win this!"

Despite their evident fear of her title as PINK DEMON, all of the punks seemed to stick together as the sub-leader managed to rally them.

If she had been alone with nobody else but BASIL to watch her back, this might've been a problem.

Thankfully, it wouldn’t be.

VANCE and KIM came into the scene late with a dynamic entry, both of them slamming the sub-leader from behind with their folded scooters and knocking him unconscious.

After that, they tossed their scooters to the side while rushing in to cover AUBREY's flanks, forming a protective circle around BASIL.

"KIM! VANCE! You're here too!" BASIL practically cheered.

KIM snuck a glance back at him, only to frown upon seeing his injuries. With a scowl, she grumbled, "Oh, they are so not getting away with treating my boy like this!"

VANCE took a calm look at the situation, before giving a tired sigh, "You really had to rush in like that without us, BOSS?

"Sorry. Couldn't help it after knowing it was BASIL." AUBREY smirked.

"Fair," VANCE smirked back.

"KIM," AUBREY called out to ask, "Think you can do this? How are the muscles?"

"I'll be fine! The pain cream is working, so we just have to make this quick!" KIM reassured her. Despite KIM's words though, her arms still seemed shaky.

If only AUBREY had chosen to bring her nailed bat along with her today. She could've easily scared these idiots off without needing to force KIM to fight.

Not that there was anything she could do about it now. She'd just have to trust that KIM would last long enough to make it through the fight.

She sucked in a quick breath before shouting her orders, "VANCE, me and you on offense! KIM, defend BASIL! Ready?"

" YES BOSS! "

"LET'S GO!"

*SLUUURRP*

Guess they weren’t at the MUSTARD SUBWAY burger joint either…

Maaaaan… and KEL had a really good feeling that they would’ve been there too.

With one last sip from his plastic cup, KEL looked inside and was disappointed to find it emptied. Heaving a melodramatic sigh, he tossed the cup into a nearby recycle bin.

KEL had practically spent the whole day trying to find BASIL and SUNNY around town, only to end up with nothing to show for it.

Sheesh, how hard was it to find two guys in a small town like FARAWAY? Like, he literally checked every place he could think of, and they were still nowhere to be found.

Sigh, stuff like this never happened back when they were kids. Then again, HERO and MARI usually kept track of everyone, so they were all at least coordinated with each other.

Maybe KEL should learn to coordinate stuff better too, to prevent wild goose chases like this next time.

Wild goose– Geese? Geese chases? Since there were two of them, technically?

Bleugh, KEL was starting to notice some stars already glinting faintly in the evening sky. It was gonna be nighttime soon, which SUCKED ! He couldn’t believe that he wasted a whole day without being able to hang out with his childhood friends!

He reaaaaaaaally didn’t want to go home anytime soon either. Not with an angry mom waiting to chancla him a new one for sneaking out today.

You know, since it was getting this late, KEL wondered if maybe BASIL wasn’t already at home at this point?

Actually… Yeah! Thinking about it now, BASIL and SUNNY had to be somewhere inside now that the evening was here. It couldn’t hurt to at least check, right?

Might have to suffer through getting chewed out by BASIL over that whole broken window business… But it’ll be worth it!

KEL perked up at that thought, preparing to make the trip over to BASIL’s house.

The jog over there was relatively quiet at first, with nothing but the chirps of the crickets and the mews of stray cats filling the air.

It wasn’t until he was near the intersection next to the park that things suddenly became much rowdier. KEL couldn’t help but feel confused about the sounds of a tussle happening somewhere nearby.

He only got more confused the closer he was to the source.

Right in the grassy clearing at the middle of the park, there was a large group of teenagers engaged in a large-scale brawl. It was like something out of a movie. KEL could barely believe that it was happening, especially in a quiet small town like FARAWAY.

What drew his attention the most, however, was the familiar pink and blond hair within the middle of this whole shebang.

AUBREY? BASIL?!

“What the heck…?” KEL murmured.

When AUBREY saw a kick come flying at her head, she brought her arms up to block it just in time. After sliding a few feet back from the momentum, she let out a frustrated huff, glaring at the two punks in front of her. The damage was minimal, but they seemed to be gaining morale just from knocking her back.

"Dude, are we actually holding our own against the PINK DEMON?!" One of them asked in surprise, energetic despite sporting the black eye AUBREY gave him.

"Maybe the rumors about her were just rumors after all?" The other punk gave an unsure frown whilst keeping his guard up.

Tch. Getting a bit ahead of themselves, aren't they?

Although it frustrated her, they weren't wrong that the rumors about the PINK DEMON really were just rumors.

A lot of her success in gang fights mostly came from her scaring the rival gangs into surrendering before anyone could throw a punch. She seemed to have a knack for it, being able to intimidate almost anyone into a quivering wreck just by giving them her meanest glare possible. Carrying around her nailed bat actually helped sell that crazed image of hers even further, even though she never used it in a real fight. All of which culminated together into getting her the nickname ‘PINK DEMON’ in the first place. The bigger her reputation grew, the more she took advantage of it to up her fear factor.

In addition, she also carefully planned her fights as strategically as possible if her intimidation just wasn't enough. She always focused on knocking out the leaders first and took advantage of the panic that usually came after. Once you cut off the head of the snake, the body will die and the rest of the delinquents become easy pickings.

This was how she managed to make the SCOOTER GANG one of the most infamous gangs FARAWAY ever had to offer. Without her basic battle tactics and her scary gang leader persona to back her up, AUBREY was no better than any other punk on the streets.

So the fact that these MOPED BOYS didn't back down despite being leaderless and sh*t terrified of her, made her frustrated to no end.

AUBREY spat on the ground before wiping her mouth, mentally preparing herself for the next round. Meanwhile, the MOPED BOYS in front of her warily approached, ready to counter whatever she had in store.

Damn it… she was supposed to have the advantage in this fight, but these guys were starting to wear her out. AUBREY was more used to dealing with dumb reckless idiots who came at her right off the bat. Dealing with cautious types who always tiptoed around her only made her annoyed and tired.

Sigh… If only she had the full gang with her right now. ANGEL and MIKHAEL could've taken advantage of these punks while they were hyperfocused on her.

Speaking of her gang, how were KIM and VANCE doing right now?

VANCE seemed to be doing just fine by himself. With his body size, he was able to keep his opponents preoccupied, pinning them down on the ground with his wrestling moves.

AUBREY was more worried about KIM…

Meanwhile, the aforementioned red-glasses girl was struggling against her opponent. She breathed heavily, her weakened body taking its toll on her the longer the fight continued.

To be fair, she at least wasn't making it easy for the jerk she was fighting with either. He was struggling to breathe as well, his head drenched in sweat.

"Damn it! I thought a short chick like you would be easier..." He groaned, "Can't believe the SCOOTER GANG members are all monsters..."

Heh. If this nerd thought she was this hard to deal with, he should've seen her while she was on her A-game. If only this had been any other day, KIM would've been able to go toe-to-toe with these assholes. Tch, if only.

Another surge of muscle pain flared out within her arms, causing her to wince. sh*t, was the muscle cream wearing off?

Agh! C'mon arm muscles, work with me here! KIM cursed to herself as she struggled to keep her cool. She just needed to keep calm and focused on protecting BASIL behind her–

Instincts kicked in as she weaved to the right, dodging under a sudden left hook aimed at her face. The jerk must’ve noticed her getting distracted and tried to take advantage.

Slipping past under his arm, KIM didn't waste her chance to counterattack with a devastating kick to the back of his shin. The MOPED BOY let out an agonized scream as he dropped to his knee, being at just the perfect height for KIM to land her own right hook to the back of his head to finish him off.

He dropped with a thud, completely knocked out.

KIM didn't have the chance to celebrate this, however. Vibrations from landing that punch sent shock waves throughout her right arm, pulsing with pain. She couldn't control herself, as the overexertion was quickly beginning to catch up to her body. Stumbling back, she would’ve passed out if BASIL hadn't caught her from behind.

"KIM! Are you okay?!" BASIL cried out in worry.

Damn. Out of all the times to be held in his sweet warm arms, it had to be when she was too in pain to properly enjoy taking advantage of it.

Though she struggled, she kept up an upbeat smile for his sake. "Don't worry your sexy self over me, Flower Boy. I'll be alright."

Well, she said that, but then she realized she couldn't properly move. It was like an extra set of weights had just been added onto her shoulders. She tried to stand back up, only to immediately stumble over again.

She sighed, knowing she had finally reached her limit. Her body went slack, unable to force it up any longer. At the very least, she had a cutie pie right behind her to nurse her wounds.

sh*t, everything was sore and it hurts. Why the hell did these guys have to choose today of all days to start a fight in her town?

Little did either KIM or BASIL know, an extremely angry MOPED BOY leader had just returned to the land of the living. Having recovered consciousness after getting his face dented in by AUBREY's bike, he had pushed the offending object off of him and stumbled onto his feet, still menacingly sporting his metal pipe along.

Nobody seemed to notice when he came up from behind BASIL until it was too late. VANCE was occupied, KIM’s view was blocked, and AUBREY was in the middle of straddling a guy to dislocate his shoulder when she realized something was wrong out of the corner of her eye.

When she turned her head and saw the rival gang leader literally seconds away from piping BASIL in the head, panic surged through her as she screamed.

"BASIL, WATCH OUT!"

BASIL blinked at hearing his name, only having enough reaction time to turn around and see the gang leader raising his pipe above him.

"This is all your fault, you piece of-"

BASIL’s eyes dilated as his life flashed before his eyes for that brief second, fully convinced he was gonna die. All he could think to do at that split second was to cover KIM to at least protect someone before he had to go out.

But right before anything could happen…

An orange blur launched out of nowhere, striking the gang leader in the head. He stumbled to the side with a loud “AGH, f*ck!” as he got interrupted for the second time from caving BASIL’s skull in.

Noticing that he was somehow still alive, again, BASIL took a moment to look behind him while trying to figure out what was going on.

The basketball that bounced off the gang leader’s head soared high in the air before bouncing steadily across the park, landing right back into the skillful hand of the person who threw it in the first place.

“Pick on someone your own size!”

Recognizing the extremely tall and tanned figure in the orange hoodie, BASIL gasped out, “KEL!”

It took a moment to recover, but the gang leader furiously rubbed the back of his head as he turned to face the newest nuisance that just appeared.

“The hell?! Who the f*ck are you ?!” He snarled, practically fuming in rage, “Are you another guy from the SCOOTER GANG?!”

KEL furrowed his eyes confusedly, before shaking it off to sternly frown at the pipe-wielding stranger, “I have no idea what the heck is going on, but I’m not gonna let you get away with hurting my friend! Stay away from him, or else!”

The gang leader, slowly growing livid, began to furiously scratch his entire head as the stress of the day was getting to him. The gross oily fluids from the food carton moments before covered his hand as he spread it around in his rage.

"I have seriously had it with you friggin' assholes coming out of the woodworks! I'M SO SICK OF IT!" Pointing the pipe at KEL, he gave a menacing glare, "After I'm done with you, I am going to kick everyone's asses until none of you are-"

That was all he could say before AUBREY sprinted up from behind and landed a devastating headbutt on his head, making him collapse on the spot.

KEL nearly jumped back with a startled, "WOAH!"

There was no sign of consciousness behind his eyes as the gang leader lay splayed out on the ground.

"AUBREY… I think you killed him." KEL blinked dumbly.

"Oh please, he'll be fine." AUBREY huffed tiredly as she rubbed her forehead. "He deserved it anyway."

Well, that was anticlimactic.

The sight of their boss being down for the count (again) so quickly, as well as KEL showing up, began to put the MOPED BOYS in a state of panic.

"sh*t, there's another one?!"

"This new guy is a giant! How the hell are we supposed to fight that?!"

"Damn it, this was supposed to be an easy ambush! What happened to the original plan?!"

AUBREY turned around to glare at the last remaining MOPED BOYS, before pointing at them as she firmly stated, "KEL, either help me take down these guys or stay out of the way! I am not babysitting you on top of protecting BASIL!"

KEL stared back with an offended, "Who's babysitting who here?! I'm not sitting around while BASIL is in danger!"

Holding the basketball in his hands like a protective shield, KEL got into a defensive stance while standing alongside her.

“You better tell me what’s going on after this is all over!” KEL demanded with a huff.

AUBREY glanced at him before letting out a scoff, “Works for me.”

With KIM out of commission and VANCE still wrestling with his goon, KEL and AUBREY were the ones left to face the last remaining MOPED BOYS in a more balanced two-on-two fight.

AUBREY was annoyed as hell that KEL had gotten himself involved in this out of nowhere, but standing side-by-side with him in a fight to protect BASIL felt strangely natural to her for some reason. Even though they'd never done anything like this together before, there was a weird sense of nostalgia knowing that KEL was watching her back.

The two MOPED BOYS gave each other dubious glances before nodding in unison together. Even though their situation seemed dire now that she had KEL to help level the playing field, it seemed these two knuckleheads still had a plan in mind.

In what could only be an act of desperation, they both suddenly rushed her, trying to turn the tide back in their favor. Seemed like their strategy was to pick her off first in a group attack.

Not a bad plan. Sadly for them though, she was perfect at dealing with panicky reckless idiots who could only charge straight at her.

The fight became much easier now that they were being reckless. They were woefully unprepared for her skilled counterattacks, unable to properly defend themselves when she would tank all of their hits head-on and return her own punches with full force.

Her cohesion with KEL wasn't that bad either, surprisingly enough. He knew perfectly when to back off to avoid getting in the way, and when to throw potshots with his ball to trip the enemy up. Multiple times, he would grab their attention off of her just long enough to give her the perfect opportunity to sock them while they were distracted.

In the end, their surprisingly great teamwork managed to overwhelm the MOPED BOYS. KEL threw a perfect headshot, disorienting one punk while he was in the middle of throwing a punch. AUBREY ducked in time, letting the punch whiff past and land directly in the face of the other punk behind her. Before he could even realize his mistake of knocking out his own partner, AUBREY leaped back up as she aimed a headbutt straight for his nose.

The punk lost consciousness, falling right on top of his friend as the two lay together in the dirt, both down for the count.

AUBREY and KEL both breathed heavily together when the battle was over.

Looking over her shoulder, she saw VANCE sitting on top of the MOPED BOY he was wrestling with, hand covering his face as he was overwhelmed with exhaustion.

Looks like that was the last of them. They all managed to protect FARAWAY from another rival gang, once again.

With a sigh of relief, AUBREY bent over and took deep breaths to calm her heart down.

KEL used his ball as a stool to rest on, wiping the sweat off his brow.

AUBREY considered telling him that he had nice moves back there, but then realized that she was about to compliment KEL of all people. So she decided to just keep it to herself.

With heavy breaths, KEL finally muttered out, "So who are these guys anyway…?"

AUBREY took a moment to stabilize herself first, before answering in short breaths, "MOPED BOYS. Gang members from SOMEWHERE CITY. Used to come here to mess with FARAWAY and steal the park. Probably came to do it again."

Rubbing his face, KEL curiously looked around to study the unconscious bodies all over the park. "Wow… You seriously weren't kidding when you said FARAWAY was having a gang problem?"

AUBREY turned to look at him with an annoyed, "Oh, so now you believe me, huh?"

Despite it all, KEL managed to chuckle humorously, "I mean, I guess I have to! I literally just took part in a gang fight!" He leaned back with a carefree whimsical smile, "Wow… This has gotta be a first. I gotta brag to HERO about this someday!"

AUBREY scoffed, "Like HERO would be happy to hear that. You are such an idiot, KEL..."

A small twinge of a smile broke out from her lips, but she was able to turn away and hide it before it got noticed.

" Oh shoot, BASIL !"

Both of them shot up to their feet, remembering their beaten-up old friend sitting in the dirt right behind them. The both of them quickly dashed over in an instant to check up on him, worrying about his condition.

"BASIL, are you alright?!"

"Dude! Are you hurt?!"

Although beaten, bruised, and battered like a used punching bag, BASIL gave a gentle smile as he reassured everyone, "I'm alright… I think…"

He tried to stand up, only to wince in pain as he clutched onto his hip.

AUBREY panicked as she gently reached out, "M-Maybe don't get up just yet. Assess the damage and all that."

"Right…" BASIL giggled, before gratefully looking up at both of them, "Thanks for saving me, you guys. I was in a really tough situation there."

How BASIL could manage to put on such a warm smile despite everything that happened to him, AUBREY would never understand. Still, she let out a relieved sigh after seeing him in such good spirits.

Right next to him was KIM, lying on the ground with a dead-eyed stare at the sky. AUBREY shuffled over to her to make sure she was alright next.

"I think I might've torn all my arm muscles," KIM grumbled. Trying to sit up, she hissed out in pain when moving her arms. "Actually, I seriously hope I'm joking. It feels like my arms weigh a hundred pounds now."

"Here. Let me see." VANCE muttered, coming up from behind AUBREY.

Scooching away to make room for him, VANCE sat down and gently checked on his sister's condition. After carefully eyeing each arm, he let out a calm sigh and shook his head.

"You're gonna be okay. I don't think you should move your arms anytime soon though."

"OH, YOU THINK?!" KIM shouted, only to end up hissing again before collapsing back on the ground. With a tired groan, she muttered solemnly, "I'm dead. Just let me die in peace already."

"Drama queen." AUBREY chuckled. KIM was probably going to be out of commission for the next few days, but at least she’d be alright.

Off to the side, BASIL was rubbing his wounds while looking around the area. Although all the gang members seemed to be unconscious and thoroughly beaten, something about them made him feel… off.

What’s wrong with this…?

KEL crouched down right next to BASIL before asking, "BASIL, how the heck did you even get caught up in all of this anyway?"

But BASIL didn't respond. He was still too busy studying all the unconscious gang members littered around them.

KEL raised an eyebrow, "BASIL? You alright, man?"

It didn't take long for BASIL to figure out what was bothering him, as his eyes slowly widened in horror.

"There's two missing," BASIL whispered.

Before KEL could ask what he meant by that, BASIL was already crawling towards AUBREY. Ignoring the aches from his body, he reached up to grab the poor girl by the shoulders and startled her in the process.

“AUBREY! There's still two gang members missing!” BASIL told her with a panicked voice, “There’s supposed to be eight of these guys, but only six of them are here! Those missing two are still out there!”

“Woah, hey, take it easy!” AUBREY gently tried to calm BASIL down. She hadn’t seen him this worked up in ages, the sight of his distressed face reminding her a lot of how he used to be back in the old days. “Calm down. Those last two guys probably ran off from the group somewhere, but we can deal with them later. There’s nothing to worry about.”

“No, AUBREY! You don’t understand! Those two, they might still be–”

BASIL sucked in a deep breath.

Dang it! BASIL had wanted to keep this a surprise so that he could see AUBREY’s reaction… He had been dreaming about this day for so long, fantasizing about how AUBREY and SUNNY would react to each other after getting reunited… Gah! Curse his stupid rotten streak of bad luck today!

This was an emergency now. SUNNY could be in trouble! BASIL didn’t have a choice…

Staring deep into AUBREY’s eyes, BASIL told her as seriously as possible, “AUBREY, SUNNY is awake again. I was with him today before we got chased by these guys! If those two missing gang members are still with him, then SUNNY might be in danger!”

Instead of being shocked by the news like he expected, AUBREY only gave a concerned frown as she gently pulled him off of her.

“BASIL… I think you might have a concussion…” She stated calmly, holding onto his face to check his head for injuries, “You’re getting confused. SUNNY is still in a coma, remember? He’s sleeping back at the hospit–”

BASIL shoved her hands off of him, crying out desperately, “NO! HE’S NOT ANYMORE! LISTEN TO ME!”

KEL put himself in between the two as he interrupted with, “AUBREY, wait! BASIL is telling the truth, SUNNY is seriously awake again! I was hanging out in town with him just yesterday!”

Probably because it was KEL telling her this, AUBREY only sighed dismissively, "KEL, come on. Don't make a joke about this, it's not funny. Even if SUNNY could wake up by now, how would he be able to walk around after a six-year coma?"

Damn it, there was no time for this! How were they going to quickly convince AUBREY that-

An idea struck BASIL at that moment, making him pull something out of his pocket.

The photograph from earlier this morning.

Shoving the picture straight into AUBREY’s face, it only took her a moment before her face shifted to a shocked expression as she realized what she was looking at.

Right there, in the center of the picture. Sandwiched right between BASIL and MARI was a face so painfully familiar, one that she never thought she’d ever see it again. At least not with his eye open to stare directly at the camera.

This… This wasn’t an old photo. This was taken just recently. The eyepatch on his face and MARI’s messy appearance was proof of that.

But that was impossible. A photo like this couldn’t possibly exist, unless…

Unless…

“Holy sh*t…!” AUBREY gasped out.

“It’s not a joke, AUBREY.” BASIL firmly told her, “He really is back.”

So many questions began to cloud her mind as she stared at the photo. Yet her instincts were screaming at her to push these thoughts back for later as she was reminded by what BASIL had told her earlier.

SUNNY might be in danger.

With an alarmed expression, AUBREY was now the one grabbing BASIL by the shoulders as she shouted, “Where is SUNNY right now?!”

BASIL quickly answered, “In an alleyway nearby here! S-Somewhere between SOMNIA and 12TH STREET!”

AUBREY knew that street. That was the place with the two houses that had the flamingos all over their lawn. She once had to deliver pizza there back when she worked at GINO’s for a time. She always hated that street.

“I’m going after SUNNY!” AUBREY quickly pushed herself to her feet.

BASIL tried to do the same, only to crumple over with a cry as he clutched onto the injured part of his hip.

“BASIL, be careful!” KEL hurriedly checked on him, “You’re still injured!”

“No! I need to be there to help too!” BASIL insisted, “I have to protect SUNNY!”

But when BASIL hurried to push himself up, his weak arms slipped out from under him, causing him to drop to the ground again with an exhausted grunt. BASIL couldn’t help but let out a frustrated sigh, realizing it was no use.

KEL pulled BASIL up to a sitting position before looking towards AUBREY. He gave a quick nod to her, “AUBS, go! I’ll look after BASIL!”

For once in their lives, AUBREY and KEL seemed to have come to a mutual understanding with each other. Trusting that BASIL would at least be safe in KEL’s hands, AUBREY nodded gratefully before turning to sprint out of the park.

“Hey, BOSS! Catch!” VANCE called out to her before she could leave.

Looking back at VANCE just in time to see him toss a metal pipe her way, she caught it in the air before shouting a quick, “Thanks!”

The feel of the metal pipe was weighty in her hands, but she handled blunt objects long enough that it felt natural to wield. With that, she took off to a sprint.

The place BASIL mentioned shouldn’t be that far from here! If she was lucky, she could catch up with SUNNY before it was too late!

Notes:

Hi there guys! Just wanted to post this extremely short chapter to announce that I am gonna take a week or two off from writing to recover my writing mojo. Happy Late Birthday to SUNNY again!

Currently have tons of projects that I'm working on that are making it hard for me to focus on writing. Or at least, hard for me to write consistently on IWLH. This short interlude chapter itself took almost a month to make, which disappointed me. Hopefully, I'll be able to get back into writing stronger than ever once I relax and find some inspiration to help me out.

Thankfully, this won't take as long as THREE f*ckING YEARS like when I had my depression hiatus. I'll be back soon, so don't fret.

Feel free to reach out to me on my discord for questions or if you have a complaint! Should be the same as my AO3 username, TheNextGamer.

Big thanks to all my editors who strongly helped me with suggestions and fixes for this chapter. They're the same peeps from the last chapter, so please worship them and the ground they walk on, because that's what I'll be doing for a while.

Shoutout to commenters of last chapter! I already replied to each comment for talking about details and having something interesting to discuss, so feel free to read them in case you want insight on the story! Mellohi138, moqsburntashes, ArenVrem, thesecondone, Slumbereft, StarDenzel, FleksAndru, and CavemanG.

Biggest standout comments are from Moradon, Zh3nya, Rotokon, for pretty much writing a giant thesis just to analyze what the chapter has to offer. It's always so fun to read what people have to say, and you guys especially made it more fun by going over everything. Hope my replies back showed you just how much I appreciate these long comments, I hope to hear more from you guys in the future when dissecting future chapters! This current interlude chapter really isn't that plot-driven, if you don't count AUBREY's metal pipe to be the biggest plot-twist of all time...

Finally, FANART SHOWCASE SECTION! I GOT MORE FANART GUYS! AAAAAAAAHHHH-

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (16)

This one is made by Vdoodles123! The compare/contrast of the two siblings is super cool!

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (17)

Deus-Ex-Machina1111, who I found by pure chance casually browsing through reddit! Seeing this instantly made me freak out and cry. I really wish people who make fan-art reach out to me and let me know, stuff like this makes me crazy happy so don't ever be afraid to share stuff!

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (18)

Made by Vix, a deeply close personal friend of mine who doesn't even read my fanfic or play the game at all. Beautiful stick figures, Vix. Very classy. TwT

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (19)

Made by blue_blooded_blueberry! GUYS LOOK AT THIS BEAUTIFUL PICTURE OF MARI! AAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH IT STILL MAKES ME FANGIRL LIKE CRAZY JUST SEEING IT HOLY sh*t <3 <3 <3
Anything with MARI in it is always a win in my book, I'm super obsessed with her ^w^
The fact that this is fanart for IWLH of all things is so crazy, I genuinely couldn't feel my legs when I saw this the first time.

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (20)

Eggtaku from the Sunburn Discord made this at my request. This quick doodle of BASIL doing the Jon Arbuckle dance meme will someday be written and canonized in IWLH. This is both a promise, a pledge, and also a threat. :D

And that's it for now. See you guys in the next chapter once I come out of my break. Talk to me on discord, again TheNextGamer, if you want to check up on me, ask me questions, give me complaints- I'm down for whatever.

As always for interlude chapters, I ask you not to work hard, but instead...

Rest easy, people. You deserve some me-time too!

I Won't Let Him - TheNextGamer (2024)
Top Articles
Latest Posts
Article information

Author: Duncan Muller

Last Updated:

Views: 6553

Rating: 4.9 / 5 (79 voted)

Reviews: 86% of readers found this page helpful

Author information

Name: Duncan Muller

Birthday: 1997-01-13

Address: Apt. 505 914 Phillip Crossroad, O'Konborough, NV 62411

Phone: +8555305800947

Job: Construction Agent

Hobby: Shopping, Table tennis, Snowboarding, Rafting, Motor sports, Homebrewing, Taxidermy

Introduction: My name is Duncan Muller, I am a enchanting, good, gentle, modern, tasty, nice, elegant person who loves writing and wants to share my knowledge and understanding with you.